Edusehat - : Industri

Industrial incubators market grows as poultry hatchery segment expands

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 14:35:09 +0700

A new forecast published by IndexBox indicates that the global industrial incubators market is expected to continue growing steadily through 2035, supported primarily by biopharma and research demand, alongside continued expansion in the poultry hatchery segment.

According to the report, the market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 5.8% over the 2026–2035 period. Within this market, the poultry hatchery segment accounts for around 22% of global demand, making it one of the largest application segments in the market alongside biopharmaceutical and laboratory uses.

Hatchery modernization in emerging regions

The report highlights that the poultry sector is benefiting from the modernization of hatchery operations in developing regions, particularly in Asia-Pacific, Africa and Latin America. Producers are increasingly replacing traditional systems with large-scale automated incubators designed to improve hatch rates and operational management.

Technologies shaping the poultry hatchery market

Among the main technologies driving demand in the poultry hatchery segment are:

IoT-enabled monitoring systems for real-time control of temperature, humidity, CO₂ levels and egg turning;
energy-efficient incubator designs aimed at reducing operating costs;
integration of automated in-ovo vaccination systems;
advanced biosecurity solutions, including HEPA filtration, controlled airflow management and automated disinfection systems.

The report also points to a growing adoption of remote monitoring systems and predictive maintenance services across the industrial incubators market.

Biosecurity and antibiotic-free production

According to the analysis, increasing attention toward antibiotic-free production is contributing to stronger demand for incubation systems offering more precise environmental control and reduced risks of cross-contamination.

Although the report is mainly focused on biotech and laboratory equipment markets, the poultry hatchery segment is identified as one of the most dynamic application areas in regions where poultry production capacity is expanding.

Outlook to 2035

IndexBox expects the industrial incubators market to continue expanding over the coming years, driven by automation, digitalization and tighter process control requirements.

In the poultry sector, these technologies could help improve hatch rates, chick quality and process traceability, while also supporting higher standards of energy efficiency and biosecurity in modern hatcheries.

Source: IndexBox – Industrial Incubators Market Forecast Points Higher Toward 2035, Driven by Biopharma Expansion and R&D Intensification

Your opportunity to Join in a FREE Webinar with FAO-SCA to Discuss Seafood Fraud

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:17 +0700

By: SCA

𝗔𝗾𝘂𝗮𝘁𝗶𝗰 𝗳𝗼𝗼𝗱 𝗳𝗿𝗮𝘂𝗱: 𝘄𝗵𝗮𝘁 𝗶𝘀 𝗿𝗲𝗮𝗹𝗹𝘆 𝗼𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗽𝗹𝗮𝘁𝗲?

Thursday 18 June 2026

Aquatic food fraud covers a wide range of deceptive practices, including mislabeling, species substitution, and false claims about origin, production method, quality, sustainability, or traceability, among many others. Beyond economic losses, it can undermine consumer trust, fair competition, public health and sustainability.

As part of the FAO #GLOBEFISH Webinar Series 2026, this upcoming online session will explore how market demand, price incentives, and supply-chain complexity create conditions for fraudulent practices, and what governments, industry, retailers, researchers and standard-setting bodies are doing to strengthen transparency, traceability and authenticity. The webinar will feature:

Expert presentations.
Live polling.
A moderated panel discussion.
Audience Q&A.

Of interest for stakeholders working across fisheries, aquaculture, seafood trade, food safety and sustainability.

Participation is open upon registration: July 17^th, 2026

𝗧𝗶𝗺𝗲: 10:00–12:00 CEST (1800hrs Melbourne)

𝗙𝗼𝗿𝗺𝗮𝘁: Online via Zoom

𝗟𝗮𝗻𝗴𝘂𝗮𝗴𝗲: English Register here https://lnkd.in/eY_un56X

If you’ve registered, please complete a short pre-webinar survey to share your perspectives on fraud affecting fisheries and aquaculture products: https://lnkd.in/e3rjMhan

Look forward to seeing you there

Canadian Cascadia Seaweed Announces the Official Opening of an Advanced Seaweed Processing Facility in Port Edward

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:12 +0700

The Canadian company Cascadia Seaweed announced a few days ago the official opening of an advanced seaweed processing facility in Port Edward, British Columbia, marking a major milestone in the Company’s development as a vertically integrated seaweed production and biomanufacturing business.

“This facility represents a significant milestone in building a fully integrated seaweed-based agricultural inputs company in Canada,” says Michael Williamson, CEO and Co-founder of Cascadia Seaweed. “We’ve built this business step by step from cultivation through to advanced processing, overcoming the challenges of scaling within this sector. With the facility now operational, our focus shifts toward expanding market adoption and growing our presence in agriculture markets, starting with North America.”

The Port Edward processing facility emerged within a broader context as a strategic opportunity to establish northern processing capacity. The facility had completed its final stages of commissioning, with secondary processing equipment installed. The grand opening celebration took place on May 14, marking an important milestone in the development of Cascadia‘s northern processing capability. Full operational capacity is expected by summer 2026.

Long Story

The relationship between Cascadia Seaweed and the Metlakatla First Nation and the Metlakatla Development Corporation (MDC) began in 2021, as early discussions emerged around the potential for a northern hub of aquaculture and processing operations. What started as exploratory conversations has evolved over several years of sustained engagement, site visits, technical collaboration, and joint evaluation of infrastructure opportunities in the Prince Rupert region.

They explain that, from the outset, discussions with MDC have focused on exploring how existing marine infrastructure and licensed tenures could be repurposed to support a more diversified and resilient coastal economy. Over time, this dialogue has included trials, funding collaborations, environmental baseline work, and ongoing evaluation of integrated aquaculture systems, including kelp cultivation and a processing capacity.

A consistent theme throughout this period has been the shared focus on long-term opportunity rather than short-term transactions. This has included parallel progress on permitting, early-stage site trials, and technical planning for processing infrastructure capable of handling rapidly perishable seaweed biomass at scale.

Strengthened Presence

The Port Edward processing facility emerged within this broader context as a strategic opportunity to establish northern processing capacity. In 2024, Cascadia strengthened its regional presence with the appointment of Dan Pedde as Project Manager, Northern Developments.

In March 2025, Cascadia signed the lease for the Port Edward facility, formally advancing the project from planning into construction and commissioning. Since then, the facility has progressed through installation, commissioning, and early system validation, including turning on the power in January 2026 and first “practice runs” of seaweed processing in March 2026.

They explain that, as with many first-of-kind infrastructure projects, the build phase has included execution challenges with contractors, including equipment delays and resulting scope adjustments. These changes led to a revised project plan and modest budget escalation, while ultimately increasing direct control over installation and commissioning activities.

By spring 2026, the facility had completed its final stages of commissioning, with secondary processing equipment installed. The grand opening celebration took place on May 14, 2026, marking an important milestone in the development of Cascadia‘s northern processing capability. Full operational capacity is expected by summer 2026.

Importantly, Cascadia and MDC continue to explore potential joint venture structures for both farming and processing operations. The relationship continues to evolve, grounded in ongoing collaboration, shared objectives, and a long-term view of regional industry development.

Cascadia Seaweed grow local species of seaweed on marine farms in partnership with coastal First Nations. They then harvest that seaweed and manufacture liquid biostimulants for farmers across North America. “Our products enhance nutrient use efficiency while achieving the same or even better yields, providing a clear return on investment for farmers.

WellFish Tech Received Approval From the Norwegian Food Safety Authority for Its Non-Lethal Salmon Blood Sampling

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 11:20:07 +0700

Two studies demonstrated that the procedure does not compromise fish survival, growth, or welfare when executed by trained personnel using their standardized protocol

WellFish Tech, a biotechnology company based in Paisley, Scotland, has obtained regulatory clearance from the Norwegian Food Safety Authority (Mattilsynet) for a non-lethal blood sampling method used on Atlantic salmon in aquaculture. According to the firm, this is the first instance in which Mattilsynet has approved such a non-lethal sampling technique, ending a restriction that had been in place for multiple years.

The company completed the required protocol revision the last May 4. The updated standard operating procedure is now the governing document for all non-lethal food sampling activity carried out under the WellFish Tech service.

“We are proud of the rigorous work that underpins this approval. This has been a collaborative effort with the scientific community and regulators, with one goal: better fish health. Having a non-lethal diagnostic method formally recognized in Norway is a meaningful step for the industry,” said Charlie Granfelt, CEO of WellFish Tech.

After the news broke, they thanked to Magnus Blø, Randi Fivelstad, Hilde R. Storhaug, “and the wider team who put in the work to get this over the line, and to Mattilsynet for a rigorous and thorough process”.

Temperatures Between 5 and 8 Degrees Celsius

The company stated that the approval followed field and laboratory trials designed to provide the animal welfare evidence required by the regulatory body. Trials conducted in Spring 2025 evaluated the method’s effect on fish in water temperatures between 5 and 8 degrees Celsius, conditions described by the company as among the most challenging for welfare and wound recovery.

A separate controlled warm-water trial carried out at AquaBioTech Group‘s facility in Malta supplied complementary data for higher temperatures. Both studies demonstrated that the procedure does not compromise fish survival, growth, or welfare when executed by trained personnel using WellFish Tech‘s standardized protocol.

Performed Under the Professional Authorized Fish Health Personnel

The development of the company becomes the first method of its kind to meet Norway’s welfare documentation requirements. The approval removes a prohibition that had been in place for several years and allows fish health personnel to collect diagnostic blood samples from live salmon and return the fish to the production environment.

WellFish Tech has created a tool that uses blood samples to deliver a range of data for salmon farmers, including mortality forecasting for the upcoming seven, fourteen, and twenty-eight days, along with other predictive insights. The non-lethal sampling method allows farmers to return the fish to the production environment, unlike current procedures that require the fish to be euthanized.

The clearance applies specifically to Atlantic salmon weighing over 500 grams. It permits a maximum sample volume of 1 milliliter per fish and mandates a minimum interval of fourteen days between repeated samples from the same individual. The company noted that the method must be performed under the professional responsibility of authorized fish health personnel.

Hidden Information

According to Wellfish Tech, their services give back to the customers time and add previously hidden information through analysis of biomarkers, just like in human blood work. By revealing the inner workings of fish not on a sporadic, but routine basis, a holistic and continued picture of the health condition of your fish emerges. “This gives your team time to plan crucial production decisions according to the condition of the fish, making sure to minimize losses and maximize resource efficiency,” they assure.

“Analysis provided by WellFish Tech is proving to be a valuable salmon health management tool by providing early warning and insights into which vital functions are affected and how fish may be supported, as well as measurements of prognosis, making a significant contribution to our fish health strategy and influencing management decisions,” commented Dave Cockerill, Director of Biology, Bakkafrost Scotland.

From Ocean Depths to Farm Ponds: How Lallemand’s Marine Microbial Treasure Is Fueling the Next Wave of Aquaculture Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 04:10:06 +0700

* By Lallemand Animal Nutrition

Evolving global aquaculture demand requires paradigm shift toward scientifically validated, preventive health solutions. Driven by a dedicated innovation ecosystem, Lallemand Animal Nutrition leverages its specialized library of over 12,500 marine microorganisms to deliver advanced solutions for gut microbiome management and mucosal immunity. This continuous cycle of cross-functional research translates deep-ocean biological assets into industrially reliable microbial products, securing long-term operational resilience and sustainable growth across intensive farming environments.

Beneath the surface of the world’s oceans lies a vast, largely untapped reservoir of microbial life, one that is increasingly shaping the future of aquaculture. At the heart of Lallemand’s field-led, marine-rooted microbial approach to aquaculture innovation is a distinctive biological asset. The Lallemand Marine Culture Collection (LMCC) is a living library of more than 12,500 marine microorganisms assembled over decades of sampling expeditions to some of the world’s most extreme and biologically rich marine environments. This collection is a key pillar of Lallemand’s aquaculture innovation strategy, complementing a broader range of non-veterinary microbial solutions derived from both marine and terrestrial sources. Notably, several strains from the LMCC are also used across other Lallemand business units beyond aquaculture, underscoring the collection’s value as a cross-functional scientific asset. Together, these capabilities position Lallemand as one of the most scientifically credible and forward-looking partners in the global aquaculture industry.

Reshaping Aquaculture Production

The urgent challenges confronting aquaculture producers today are well documented: rising production costs, tightening environmental, welfare and regulatory standards, mounting expectations for antibiotic-free production, and the persistent difficulty of maintaining animal health, water and soil quality across highly diverse production environments. Producers from Norwegian salmon fjords to Asian and Latin American shrimp and fish ponds are looking beyond conventional management approaches for biological solutions that are effective, consistent, and scalable. The question is: where will better solutions come from, and can the science behind them be trusted to deliver under real-farm conditions?

Meeting these expectations requires an approach to innovation that combines a genuine understanding of production realities with a differentiated biological knowledge base, and holds products to rigorous field- level validation before they reach the market. This is precisely the approach that defines Lallemand Animal Nutrition’s aquaculture strategy.

Innovation at Lallemand starts on the farm, where daily conversations with producers reveal the challenges that tomorrow’s solutions must solve.

The Marine-Origin Advantage

The LMCC is home to more than 12,500 strains of marine microorgan- isms — bacteria, yeasts, and molds — sourced from a wide range of habitats, including shallow coastal ecosystems, deep-sea sediments, and polar waters. Built over decades of targeted sampling expeditions, the collection represents one of the most extensive repositories of marine microbial diversity assembled for biotechnological application.

What makes marine-origin strains particularly valuable for aquaculture is precisely what shaped them: extreme and fluctuating salinity, variable temperature regimes, limited oxygen availability, and intense competition within complex aquatic microbial communities. These evolutionary pressures have equipped marine microorganisms with metabolic profiles that may offer distinct functional benefits from those of terrestrial-origin strains — properties that may confer distinct performance advantages in the aquatic environments where farmed species live.

This does not mean that all of Lallemand’s aquaculture solutions originate from the LMCC. Some well-established strains are of terrestrial origin with documented performance records. Terrestrial-origin strains remain important for some applications, while marine-origin strains broaden the functional toolbox for aquatic environments. The LMCC essentially serves as a complementary, strategically differentiated screening source that broadens the range of functional candidates available for development and opens biological avenues that terrestrial-only libraries cannot.

Field-Led Innovation: Starting Where It Matters Most

Unlike technology-push models that develop solutions in search of problems, Lallemand’s innovation cycle is largely demand-driven. A global team of aquaculture specialists — with expertise in both fish and shrimp production systems — operates across Europe, Asia, and Latin America, maintaining continuous engagement with farms, hatcheries and processing facilities. These specialists function as trained observers who translate operational pain points into precise scientific questions that directly shape R&D priorities.

This field intelligence is reinforced by Lallemand’s active participation in major international aquaculture congresses and technical forums, where the company engages with emerging scientific developments and evolving market needs. The result is an innovation roadmap continuously recalibrated to what producers actually require such as better support for gut microbiome, mucosal integrity or again animal resilience under environmental or management-related stress, reliable water and soil-quality maintenance, and microbial solutions that integrate seamlessly into existing farm management protocols. Every R&D project within Lallemand’s aquaculture portfolio traces back to a challenge identified in the field.

With over 12,500 strains collected from the world’s most demanding marine environments, the LMCC is not just a laboratory asset — it is a living atlas of microbial potential, built to anticipate the solutions that aquaculture will need tomorrow.

Scientific Rigor at Every Stage

Identifying a promising microbial strain is just the beginning. Every candidate — whether sourced from the LMCC or from terrestrial origins — is subjected to a rigorous, multistage evaluation protocol before it can advance toward product development. Functional potential criteria are defined according to the intended application: supporting gut microbiota balance, immune response, organic matter degradation, ammonia management, competitive exclusion of undesirable bacteria, or other targeted functions.

Alongside functional performance, candidates are screened for safety: absence of transmissible antibiotic resistance genes, absence of virulence factors, and demonstrated stability under the physical and chemical stresses of industrial fermentation and formulation. Industrial suitability and scalability — including the ability to survive and maintain activity during large-scale production and downstream processing — is evaluated in parallel, ensuring that only candidates with genuine commercial potential proceed.

The Oban facility in Scotland serves as the operational hub of the LMCC and a key scientific platform for this screening work. Operating at biosafety level 2 (P2 certification), the laboratory is equipped with High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) for the identification and quantification of microbial metabolites, and a suite of bioassays configured for high throughput functional evaluation. The collection’s long-term integrity is maintained through rigorous preservation protocols: every strain is stored in triplicate using different preservation methods and physically separate locations, ensuring full traceability and resilience against loss.

Five Lallemand Centers of Excellence contribute specialized expertise spanning fundamental microbiology to applied nutrition science, supported by a global network of academic institutions, research centers, and specialist partners. This collaborative infrastructure accelerates discovery and provides independent scientific validation, while a dedicated internal R&D team translates findings into product development pathways.

In five years, Lallemand Animal Nutrition has conducted over 30 in vivo trials across multiple countries and species, ensuring that every product reaching the market has been validated under the conditions producers actually face.

Lallemand’s innovation cycle.

From Controlled Conditions to Farm Performance

Scientific performance in controlled laboratory settings is merely a prerequisite. Lallemand’s commitment to evidence-based innovation is measured by the scope and rigor of its in vivo validation program. Two fulltime scientists are dedicated exclusively to aquaculture trial management, overseeing field and controlled experiments designed to evaluate support for gut and immune function, performance outcomes, stress resilience, and water quality management across diverse production contexts. In the field, more than 30 trials have been conducted in the past five years alone, on both fish and shrimp in multiple countries across wide- ranging production environments and factors like water temperatures, salinity regimes, biosecurity contexts, and management intensities. This geographic and biological breadth is deliberate. Having experienced the complexity of good animal health maintenance and microbial management for more than 40 years, we know that development of sustainable and efficient solutions requires a deep understanding of microbes as well as farm specificities. Only when robust results are demonstrated across varied real-world environments does a solution earn its place in Lallemand’s market-ready portfolio.

Lalsea Biorem and the LMCC in Action

Lalsea Biorem, Lallemand’s non-veterinary bioremediation solution for aquaculture pond management, offers the most concrete illustration of how the LMCC’s biological depth translates into practical, producer- level outcomes. Its development required systematic screening of thousands of LMCC strains against a demanding, specifically defined set of functional criteria.

Selected strains had to demonstrate robust microbial activity across a salinity range of 0 to 50 ppt — covering both freshwater and hypersaline production environments — and perform reliably under aerobic, anaerobic, and microaerobic conditions typical of oxygen-variable pond ecosystems. Functional screening targeted strains with broad enzymatic capacity to support degradation of the organic matter that accumulates in pond sediments, alongside demonstrated ammonium assimilation capacity to contribute to water quality management and reduce algal bloom risk. Overall microbial dynamics – including activity involving opportunistic microorganisms – were also evaluated as part of the screening framework for water quality management.

Each shortlisted candidate was validated under simulated farming conditions before the final product formulation was established. The result is a non-veterinary microbial solution with demonstrated effectiveness in both shrimp and fish ponds across multiple continents — a direct expression of both the LMCC’s unique biological diversity and the rigor of Lallemand’s end-to-end innovation and validation process.

Anticipating Tomorrow’s Challenges

What distinguishes the LMCC from a passive biological archive is the active, forward-looking scientific strategy that governs its use. Lallemand’s research agenda includes proactive screening of the collection against challenges that aquaculture is anticipated to face over the next years and decades such as the impact of non-conventional ingredients, of a warming world, of the application of One-health approach on animal and aquatic health, performance and microbial communities. Emerging production contexts — including recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) and increasingly intensive pond management — also inform pre-emptive screening priorities. This anticipatory approach provides Lallemand with a structural advantage: when market needs crystallize around a new challenge, the company is ready. It draws on a collection that has been systematically characterized over decades, a scientific team already familiar with the most relevant candidates, and an industrial platform capable of scaling validated solutions in months rather than years. The LMCC is, therefore, not only a resource for today’s products — but also the strategic foundation of tomorrow’s innovation pipeline.

The ocean, long the source of life on Earth, is now becoming the source of solutions for aquaculture’s most pressing challenges — and Lallemand holds the key to that treasure.

An Innovation Ecosystem Built for the Long Term

From field insights to scientific design, from marine microbial libraries to proven farm-level products, Lallemand Animal Nutrition has built an innovation ecosystem that is both rigorous and responsive. The company’s aquaculture portfolio — addressing support for gut microbiome management, mucosal and immune function, stress resilience, hatchery performance, and water quality — reflects a consistent commitment to solutions that are scientifically validated, industrially reliable, and practically relevant.

The LMCC is one of several distinctive assets within this ecosystem, representing both the biological breadth needed to address today’s challenges and the scientific depth to anticipate tomorrow’s. Its value goes beyond the diversity of strains it contains to the decades of scientific expertise, cross-functional collaboration, and disciplined innovation process built around it. For aquaculture producers seeking solutions built on a transparent, rigorous scientific foundation, Lallemand’s integrated approach — from ocean collection to validated non-veterinary microbial products — represents a differentiated value proposition. One that is responsive to today’s production realities and designed to remain relevant as the industry evolve.

Discover how Lallemand’s innovation ecosystem — from the Marine Culture Collection to market-ready products — can support your aquaculture operation.
Visit: www.lallemandanimalnutrition.com

Getting the most out of ionophores, the turkey industry’s enduring tool against coccidiosis

Edusehat — Sat, 30 May 2026 00:15:05 +0700

Paying attention to changes in turkey barns is key to successfully using ionophores, one of the industry’s older tools against the ubiquitous threat of coccidiosis, according to two industry experts.

Ionophores, feed additives that are classed as antibiotics and produced via fermentation, have been commercially available since the early 1970s. They remain the industry’s most common option for controlling coccidiosis.

Two facets of cocci control, two options for farmers

Ionophores work by modifying the cell walls of the Eimeria protozoans that cause the disease. This means that while water can get into cells, it can’t get out, ultimately killing the parasites. Not all of them are killed, however, and it is this “leakage” that allows birds to develop immunity naturally.

“It’s kind of a two-part control program. It’s long-term immunity, and [in the] short term, we’re controlling the oocysts. And the test is during that critical time during early grow out,” Steven Clark, DVM, Huvepharma’s veterinary technical services manager, explained during an appearance on the Iowa Turkey Federation’s Turkey Talkshow podcast.

There are only two ionophores available for commercial use in turkey flocks: monensin and lasalocid. Ionophores are fed through the whole life cycle of turkeys, but more commonly their use lasts from day 1 until the birds are between 8 and 12 weeks old.

Dose is always critical, but the drugs can have differing impacts under varying environmental conditions, influencing when they are used.

Different weather, different ionophore?

Monensin was singled out by Terry Olson, DVM, an Iowa turkey veterinarian who joined Clark on the podcast to share his experiences using ionophores with clients. He noted that although the drug can have great efficacy, in hot weather, using sulphonamides as well as monensin can be a “terrible triad” that can cause paralysis in turkeys. This becomes evident when fully alert birds are trying to pull themselves along by their wings.

“We need to be very careful about using some of these products during hot weather, because they can be toxic,” he added.

Clark pointed to producers using monensin when they have challenges keeping dry litter in the wintertime and shifting to lasalocid in the summer. He also noted the importance of paying attention to multiple factors in the field and adapting management accordingly.

“[In hot weather], we need to make sure that we have the right dose, [usually a low level], or we’re not using a sulpha drug,” he explained.

“When we’re moving birds, we need to be considerate of how long the birds are off feed and water, whether they’re going to gorge or if they’re going to have good access to water when they get moved, because all those things can combine into a situation where we might get knockdown [syndrome].”

Producers can also do their best to control the turkey house environment by ensuring water is available at the right height for birds and ensuring ventilation systems are working optimally.

A matter of rotation

Beyond making choices to avoid adverse reactions under certain conditions, rotating the two ionophores available is key to preserving their efficacy, the experts agreed.

Usually, signs of resistance will come in the form of reduced levels of control, and producers will make their own judgments about how their current program is performing, Olson noted. Although the option is there to conduct wider sensitivity trials with coccidia isolates, this is “not commonly done,” he said.

With sufficient attention to detail and timely rotations, substandard outcomes can be avoided, Clark added. However, he emphasized that in conventional turkey production, where they are used, ionophores should not be considered alone, but as part of a broader coccidiosis control program. This includes chemical anticoccidials and vaccines.

“We’re going to pick the best time when we’re going to focus on using ionophores in the correct dose and duration, then we’re going to include a chemical for rotation, and then some of us are going to include vaccination in our program. After that, we can come right back around again,” he said.

Farmer-veterinarian connection key

To ensure that programs continue working successfully, Olson highlighted the importance of communication between farmers and veterinarians.

“The feedback is critical. Anytime that turkey producers are doing their daily chores, they should note anything that’s unusual and specific to cocci control and report back to the veterinarian,” he said.

“That could be some depression, pulling off water or some loose droppings. Sometimes we see reddish-orange droppings, but anything unusual should be reported [so it] can be investigated.”

Managing birds’ vulnerabilities

Typically, coccidiosis is observed causing effects in the brooder house when birds are between 3 and 4 weeks of age, Clark said, which is a vulnerable time for birds, particularly with immunosuppressive pathogens like avian metapneumovirus appearing with greater frequency in the US.

“Now it is even more critical than ever that we must have the right program at the right time,” he added. “We’re all trying to define and fine-tune these comprehensive programs now so that we have the best immune response, the minimal reaction and the least disease in the flock during this time.”

To listen to the full episode, visit the Turkey Talkshow podcast website or scan the QR code:

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Getting the most out of ionophores, the turkey industry’s enduring tool against coccidiosis appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine: latest digital issue now online

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 19:10:09 +0700

The latest issue of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now available online, with articles covering poultry production, welfare, nutrition, health, and international market developments.

This issue includes a report on the outlook for the Chinese poultry sector, an analysis of slow-growing broiler production in Europe, and the first part of a feature on the role of the G20 in global meat production and trade.

Other topics include litter moisture management, hot weather management for commercial flocks, feeding techniques, laying hen welfare and production efficiency, and a veterinary update on Newcastle disease virus evolution and control strategies.

The issue also includes industry news, market updates, upcoming events, and online resources for poultry professionals.

📖 Read the digital edition below.

📥 The complete magazine is also available for PDF download.

VIV Europe 2026 show preview: marking the 25th edition as the showroom of the world for animal protein innovation

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 19:10:09 +0700

The global feed-to-food industry converges on Utrecht for three days of innovation, conversation, and discovery.

VIV Europe 2026, the World Expo from Feed to Food, opens its doors on 2–4 June at Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs in Utrecht, The Netherlands. For 25 editions, it has been the place where the industry’s most consequential decisions begin: where suppliers meet producers, science meets practice, and the future of global food production takes shape. This year’s theme, “Showroom of the World”, says it plainly: every technology, solution, and conversation that matters to the industry right now will be represented across every link in the global feed-to-food chain.

Spanning poultry, pig meat, dairy, aquaculture, eggs, feed systems, and digital farm management, VIV Europe 2026 addresses the most critical forces reshaping global food production. Four strategic pillars anchor this year’s program: the protein transition and sustainable protein sources; digitalization, AI and robotics in farm operations; animal health and welfare; and climate-smart agriculture. From 2026, the event moves to a biennial cycle, providing the sector with a consistent rhythm to engage with the world’s most advanced suppliers and thought leaders.

“Twenty-five editions only happen because of the people who show up. VIV Europe is where the industry comes to see what’s next: new technologies, new solutions, new connections. The energy and ambition this year have never been greater,” says Natalie Taylor, Project Manager, VIV Europe.

HRH Prince Carlos of Bourbon de Parme to address opening ceremony

VIV Europe 2026 will be marked by a royal milestone as HRH Prince Carlos of Bourbon de Parme attends and speaks at the Opening Ceremony on 2 June. His Royal Highness will address the future of sustainable food production, innovation, and resilience, with a particular focus on the growing role of cities in shaping tomorrow’s food systems.

The appearance marks a significant moment for the event’s 25th edition, underscoring the global relevance of the conversations taking place on the VIV Europe floor and the urgency of the challenges the industry is being asked to meet.

Over 70 conference sessions tackle the industry’s defining challenges

Alongside one of the most extensive exhibition floors in the event’s history, VIV Europe 2026 presents a richly layered conference program of more than 70 sessions across three days. Topics range from AI-driven farm management and smart feedmill automation to antimicrobial resistance, and international trade dynamics. Knowledge partners include Wageningen University & Research, Rabobank, the World Poultry Science Association (WPSA), the World Veterinary Poultry Association (WVPA), and the Netherlands African Business Council (NABC), among others.

The program also features the official launch of the Poultry Forward Kazakhstan initiative by the Dutch Poultry Centre, a significant new Dutch-Kazakh industry collaboration, and a dedicated multi-day strand, Cities Leading Food Production, positioning urban communities as active drivers of food system change.

Registration is still ongoing

Visitors are encouraged to register in advance at europe.viv.net/registration to secure their pass ahead of the show. Registered visitors can proceed directly to the Scan and Print counters on arrival at Jaarbeurs, bypassing on-site registration queues for a faster, more seamless entry experience.

Registered visitors also gain access to VISIT Discover, the event’s dedicated platform where attendees can browse the full conference program, bookmark sessions of interest, and sign up for talks ahead of the show, ensuring they make the most of every day on the floor. Access VISIT Discover at viv-europe-2026.discover.visitcloud.com/visitor. Download the Show Preview here.

Source: Viv press release

China lifts HPAI-related poultry export restrictions for 17 U.S. states

Edusehat — Thu, 28 May 2026 15:35:09 +0700

USDA’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) has updated its China export restrictions webpage to confirm that China lifted highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI)-related poultry export restrictions for 17 U.S. states, effective 15 May 2026.

The states listed by APHIS are Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Mexico, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia and West Virginia.

According to APHIS, only poultry products produced on or after 15 May 2026 are eligible for export to China from these states.

China had previously restricted raw poultry imports from U.S. states affected by HPAI outbreaks. Under the 2020 Regionalization Agreement between the two countries, restrictions are meant to be lifted at state level 90 days after cleaning and disinfection procedures are completed.

Industry reports stated that China had not been abiding by that provision in recent years. It has now been reported that APHIS confirmed China agreed to resume implementation of the terms of the 2020 Regionalization Agreement.

Under that framework, APHIS may submit state closeout reports 90 days after cleaning and disinfection are completed. China then has five days to review the reports and lift restrictions where applicable.

Despite the latest update, APHIS indicated that 27 U.S. states remain under poultry export restrictions related to HPAI.

Several major broiler-producing states, including Georgia, Mississippi and Missouri, have recently reached the 90-day post-cleaning and disinfection milestone. According to industry reports, APHIS closeout reports for those states could be expected soon.

The National Chicken Council described the reinstatement of the regionalization framework as a significant development for U.S. poultry exports. NCC President Harrison Kircher stated that China remains an important market for U.S. chicken products, particularly chicken paws, and said restoration of access would have a meaningful impact on export volumes of U.S. chicken.

Source: www.nationalchickencouncil.org

Zavala: Scratching the surface of emerging poultry health challenges

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 21:40:05 +0700

By Guillermo Zavala, DVM, PhD, Dipl. ACPV
Avian Health International, LLC

Over many decades, the US poultry industry has been at the forefront of productivity and disease prevention and control. Many poultry pathogens that circulate routinely in other global regions have been kept out of the continental US until recently.

Over the last 20 years, though, the US has lost some ground in productivity and in disease prevention and control. Productivity in broiler breeders has decreased substantially to the point that the cost per hatching egg and chick is now much higher than it was only 10 to 15 years ago. Additionally, hatchability in the US is extremely low compared to many other countries in the same continent.

Broiler production efficiency has also suffered since the implementation of ‘no antibiotic ever’ production, but the efforts to add value to processed broiler meat at further processing plants have helped keep the industry viable. Productivity and livability in commercial egg layers are at an all-time high, but the frequent incursions of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) have created very significant market disruptions in the egg industry, not to mention the heavy losses in the national hen inventory.

The turkey industry has certainly also been affected by HPAI. In addition, some diseases that were absent in the past are now causing economic losses to breeder, broiler, layer and turkey operations.

Emerging poultry health challenges

HPAI has been, and remains, without a doubt, the most important health problem for the poultry industry in dozens of countries, including the US, over the last 20 to 25 years. Stamping-out strategies against HPAI are less effective than they once were. Countries that have implemented vaccination along with enhanced biosecurity and surveillance have been able to secure their food production in a more predictable manner. The US, however, remains a country that insists on stamping out without vaccination.

Additional health issues that were never a problem in the US, or that had not been a problem for decades and have reemerged, include those listed below:

Occasional incursions of virulent Newcastle disease (vNDV)
Avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) subtypes A and B (aMPV-A, aMPV-B)
Infectious coryza
Variant avian reovirus
Inclusion body hepatitis
Variant infectious bronchitis viruses
New genotypes of infectious laryngotracheitis virus
Egg drop syndrome 76
Spotty liver disease in brown layers (Campylobacter hepaticus)
Erysipelas (Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae) in free-range chickens
Focal duodenal necrosis in layers
Various myopathies in broiler chickens and other diseases

Double-edged sword

The more powerful the detection tools, the easier it becomes to find pathogens that we were not aware of. Some of the most recent molecular diagnostic tools available to research and diagnostic laboratories are extremely effective at identifying pathogens, commensal microorganisms and viruses.

The advent of these tools, though, exposes a significant disadvantage: The expertise we once had to use classical microbiological methodologies to manage pathogens such as infectious coryza or fowl cholera is almost lost. The tools are excellent, fast and effective, but we are forgetting how to isolate and characterize microorganisms that often cannot be characterized easily using molecular tools.

Future of poultry diagnostics, research

The role of research and diagnostic laboratories at academic institutions, state diagnostic and surveillance laboratories and private industry laboratories is rapidly being reshaped. For example, the vaccine industry is now pushing hard to provide diagnostic services as part of their service package, often at the expense of the clinical sample volumes that used to be directed to academic and independent laboratories.

Additionally, it is quite possible that the independent epidemiological surveillance expertise will gradually be reduced and concentrated in private businesses. Also, various integrators aim to have their own laboratories for routine serology, bacteriology and quality programs.

Perhaps only the laboratories conducting official surveillance of disease agents such as vNDV, HPAI, non-motile Salmonella, Salmonella Enteritidis, S. Typhimurium, Mycoplasma gallisepticum and M. synoviae will remain relatively intact for this specific function. It is my hope that basic and applied research of poultry pathogens and diseases will continue at academic institutions and agricultural stations.

Why the emergence?

Nobody can claim to have a real explanation for the emergence or reemergence of new pathogens and diseases. However, there are some risk factors that cannot and should not be ignored.

For example, egg-layer production complexes are typically designed for efficiency but rarely for disease prevention and control. Also, large-capacity farms are a significant risk that needs consideration before constructing future poultry facilities. Multi-age farms that can house millions of chickens can pose a real challenge and, in a way, are not conducive to effective disease prevention and control.

Production pressure in any type of poultry production should be regarded as a risk factor. Long ago, the broiler industry understood that a very short downtime and high bird density are not compatible with disease control.

Farm density is another issue in some areas where infectious diseases tend to recur. If possible, new farms should be isolated as much as possible.

Continuing education on biosecurity at all levels of any company is critical for disease control. There is certainly an opportunity at all poultry companies to optimize biosecurity awareness.

Preventing, controlling new health problems

Biosecurity, disease surveillance, rapid diagnosis and response, and coordinated collaboration among diagnostic laboratories, allied industry and the poultry industry are essential.

As vaccine and poultry industry laboratories take on a substantial share of surveillance and diagnostic work from the independent laboratories, there will be a gap in epidemiological knowledge and reporting and a partial loss of awareness. It is important that the usual lines of communication are not lost.

It is concerning that the expertise in some fields is being lost or has simply been lost. In particular, if the US breeding industry suffers renewed problems caused by tumor viruses, there will be virtually no one to assist because the expertise and the support are disappearing. There is virtually no one left to work on avian leukosis viruses, and very few scientists work on Marek’s disease or reticuloendotheliosis viruses.

When the experts in classical bacteriological and virological methods retire, all that will be left are powerful molecular tools but little knowledge or criteria on how to apply the results. A classic example is next-generation sequencing (or deep sequencing), a very promising approach in metagenomics. When this exquisite technique is applied to clinical samples, the results are difficult to interpret, explain and use, even for the laboratory that generated them.

The US needs to retain agility to respond to unexpected poultry health challenges. A good example is aMPV: Neither the expertise nor the vaccines were there when aMPV surfaced in the US. Certainly, the response was eventually productive and very positive, but it took longer than it should have. Meanwhile, many other countries had already been vaccinating effectively against aMPV-A and aMPV-B for decades, and aMPV is generally a non-issue elsewhere.

The debate about vaccination against HPAI in the US is still very much alive, while other countries have gained vast experience with vaccines and vaccination and have not had the production disruptions that the US and the EU have experienced.

What I have mentioned in this article only touches the surface of what to consider regarding the very complex subject of attempting to prevent and control future health problems in the poultry industry.

Final thoughts

The vast resources, knowledge and experience the US poultry industry has accumulated over decades have equipped us with the necessary tools to confront any challenge, no matter how large. Younger generations must make every possible attempt to understand and identify potential health problems and apply an effective holistic approach to optimize the early detection, prevention and control of poultry pathogens that can threaten the US poultry industry and the US food supply.

Moving forward, as the research, surveillance and diagnostic laboratory work are being reshaped, it will be critical to maintain active and effective lines of communication between academia, government, industry, and private and independent laboratories if we want to stay on top of epidemiological issues as an industry.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Zavala: Scratching the surface of emerging poultry health challenges appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Kazakhstan poultry industry growth: broiler production, egg market, government support and export potential

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 18:00:09 +0700

The Kazakhstan poultry industry is growing rapidly and becoming one of the strongest livestock sectors in Central Asia. Over the last few years, Kazakhstan poultry production has increased significantly through government investment, expansion of commercial poultry farms and modernization of the poultry sector.

Today the poultry market in Kazakhstan is attracting global attention because of its rising broiler meat production, strong egg industry and growing export opportunities. Kazakhstan is now moving steadily toward poultry self-sufficiency while also preparing to become a competitive poultry exporter in the international market.

According to recent industry reports, Kazakhstan now fulfills around 80% of its domestic broiler meat demand through local poultry production. At the same time, the country has already achieved full self-sufficiency in table egg production. This rapid growth shows the strong potential of the Kazakhstan poultry industry in the coming years.

Kazakhstan broiler meat production growing rapidly

Kazakhstan broiler meat production has increased strongly during the last five years. According to the Ministry of Agriculture, local poultry farms now supply nearly 80% of domestic chicken meat demand. In 2022 the figure was only around 67%, which shows how fast the poultry industry in Kazakhstan is expanding. The government aims to achieve full self-sufficiency in poultry meat production by 2027.

During the first ten months of 2025, Kazakhstan poultry meat production exceeded 360,000 tons. Large industrial poultry farms produced almost 350,000 tons of this volume.

Kazakhstan’s poultry population has also increased steadily. Recent reports show that the country now has nearly 49 million poultry birds.

Per capita poultry meat consumption in Kazakhstan continues to rise because consumers prefer chicken meat as an affordable and healthy animal protein source. Industry experts believe per capita broiler meat consumption will continue increasing as poultry products become more available in local markets.

Kazakhstan egg production fully meets domestic demand

Kazakhstan egg production has achieved full domestic self-sufficiency. The country currently produces around 4.5 billion eggs annually, which completely fulfills local table egg demand.

The egg industry in Kazakhstan is highly commercialized and technologically advanced. More than 80% of poultry production comes from large industrial poultry farms with better biosecurity, modern housing systems and improved management practices.

At present, Kazakhstan has around 43 commercial poultry and egg farms, 36 broiler meat enterprises and several breeder farms supporting poultry production growth.

Government support accelerating Kazakhstan poultry industry growth

Government support is one of the biggest reasons behind the rapid growth of the Kazakhstan poultry industry. The Kazakhstan government considers poultry farming a strategic sector for food security, agricultural development and import reduction.

Since 2022, Kazakhstan has brought 14 new poultry farms into commercial operation with a combined annual production capacity of about 144,000 tons of poultry meat.

The government is also encouraging modernization and expansion of existing poultry farms. According to the Union of Poultry Farmers of Kazakhstan, many poultry enterprises still have unused production capacity and can increase output by nearly 30% through modernization and better operational efficiency.

The Kazakhstan government is also investing KZT 2.3 trillion (approximately USD 4.3 billion) into 780 agricultural projects by 2027. The investment program focuses heavily on agricultural infrastructure, food processing facilities and modernization of production systems. This large-scale investment is expected to strengthen the poultry industry through improved feed production, better logistics, modern processing plants and advanced farming technologies.

To support poultry farm investment, the government is offering subsidized agricultural soft loans with only 5% interest rate. This financial support is helping poultry companies invest in new broiler farms, hatcheries, feed mills and processing facilities.

Kazakhstan has also approved a long-term livestock development strategy for 2026–2030 focusing on poultry production growth, export development and higher agricultural productivity.

Leading poultry companies in Kazakhstan

Several major poultry companies are leading the modernization and expansion of the Kazakhstan poultry sector.

Leading poultry companies include:

Aitas KZ
ALEL Agro
Ust-Kamenogorsk Poultry Farm
Alsad Kazakhstan

These poultry companies have invested heavily in modern poultry houses, hatcheries, feed production systems, slaughtering facilities and poultry processing plants. They are playing an important role in increasing domestic poultry meat production and reducing dependence on imported chicken meat.

Kazakhstan poultry export potential expanding

Kazakhstan poultry exports are also increasing as the country strengthens its production capacity and improves international trade access.

One of the biggest achievements came in 2025 when Kazakhstan officially signed a poultry meat export protocol with China. This agreement opened the Chinese market for Kazakhstan poultry meat exports.

The government is also working to expand poultry exports to other international markets including neighboring Asian countries and the European Union.

Industry analysts believe Kazakhstan has strong export potential because of its strategic geographic location between Europe and Asia and its rapidly increasing poultry production capacity.

Challenges facing the Kazakhstan poultry industry

Despite rapid progress, several challenges still affect the poultry industry in Kazakhstan.

High feed costs

Feed remains one of the largest production expenses in poultry farming. Rising grain and feed ingredient prices directly increase broiler and egg production costs.

Expensive logistics and transportation

Kazakhstan is geographically very large which increases transportation and logistics expenses for poultry feed, equipment and finished poultry products.

Limited access to modern poultry equipment

Some poultry farms still face difficulties accessing advanced poultry equipment, automation systems and modern poultry technologies. Continued modernization will be important for improving efficiency and international competitiveness.

Competition from imported poultry meat

Imported chicken meat continues to compete strongly in the domestic market. Local poultry producers must continue improving productivity and cost efficiency to remain competitive.

Future potential of the Kazakhstan poultry market

The future of the Kazakhstan poultry market looks highly promising. Government investment, industrial poultry farm expansion, increasing poultry consumption and export opportunities are creating strong momentum for long-term growth.

Kazakhstan aims to become fully self-sufficient in poultry meat production by 2027 while significantly expanding poultry exports by 2030.

The Union of Poultry Farmers of Kazakhstan believes that continued modernization and expansion will help the country become more competitive in the global poultry market.

Industry experts believe Kazakhstan has the potential to become one of the leading poultry producers in Central Asia because of its large agricultural resources, government support and growing industrial poultry sector.

Conclusion

The Kazakhstan poultry industry is entering a new phase of rapid growth and modernization. Strong government policies, investment in commercial poultry farms, soft agricultural loans and expansion of poultry production capacity are helping the country move closer to full poultry self-sufficiency.

Kazakhstan has already achieved complete domestic supply of table eggs and now fulfills nearly 80% of domestic broiler meat demand through local poultry production. The country’s long-term development plans for 2027 and 2030 clearly show its ambition to become a major poultry producer and exporter in the regional and global market.

The opening of poultry meat exports to China, establishment of new poultry farms and modernization of leading poultry companies such as Aitas KZ and ALEL Agro are creating strong positive momentum for the industry.

Although challenges such as high feed costs, logistics expenses and limited access to advanced technology still exist, the future of the Kazakhstan poultry sector remains highly promising.

For the global poultry industry, Kazakhstan’s rapid poultry production growth is positive news. Increased broiler meat and egg production can help strengthen global food security and improve the supply of affordable animal protein for consumers worldwide.

Kazakhstan is no longer only an emerging poultry producer. The country is steadily becoming a competitive and important player in the global poultry market.

References and sources

FAO Puts Seafood Consumers at the Centre —Why That Changes Everything

Edusehat — Wed, 27 May 2026 00:30:41 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

The Food and Agriculture Organization of the that could reshape the global seafood sector — if industry, regulators and consumers are paying attention. In its newly released Medium-Term Plan 2026–29 and Program of Work and Budget 2026–27, FAO identifies consumer awareness as one of four global “priority triggers” needed to transform agrifood systems. That might sound like bureaucratic language, but for seafood it represents a significant shift: consumers are no longer treated as passive end-users, but as active drivers of system-wide change.

For decades, seafood policy and market structures have been largely producer- and trader-centric. Consumers sat at the end end of the chain, expected to trust labels, menus and marketing with limited ability to verify what they were buying. FAO’s new framing challenges that model — and creates a clear mandate for reform in areas that seafood consumers have long raised: standardized naming, origin labelling, traceability and fraud prevention.

For organizations like the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA), this is not a theoretical development. It aligns squarely with the practical re- forms needed to restore trust, reward honest fishers and build a transparent, accountable seafood system. Importantly, it also presents Australia with an opportunity to lead.

Four Triggers for Transformation

FAO’s Director-General, Qu Dongyu, sets out four “priority triggers” designed to catalyze meaningful change across global agrifood systems:

Institutions and governance.
Consumer awareness.
Income and wealth distribution.
Innovative technologies and approaches.

FAO describes these as “effective starting points for transformative processes”. From a seafood consumer perspective, they also read like a checklist of the sector’s most persistent problems — and its biggest opportunities.

A quick meal of Oysters.

Consumers cannot reward well-managed fisheries or responsible aquaculture if the only information provided is “fish of the day” or a generic “battered fillet”. Environmental and health consciousness cannot be leveraged if labels and menus obscure rather than clarify.

1. Institutions and Governance: Making Transparency Non- Negotiable

FAO’s first trigger focuses on stronger, more transparent and accountable institutions. In seafood, that goes well beyond fisheries management plans and stock assessments. It cuts directly to the everyday consumer experience — and long-standing weaknesses in how seafood is governed at the point of sale.

Across retail and food service, consumers still encounter:

» Inconsistent or vague species names.

» Poor or absent country-of-origin information.

» Blurred distinctions between wild and farmed product.

» Limited visibility of production methods.

» Weak enforcement of existing naming and labelling rules.

These gaps make it easier for mislabeled, substituted or illegally sourced seafood to enter legitimate supply chains. They also place an unfair burden on consumers, who are effectively asked to “trust the system” without being given the information needed to verify claims.

From FAO’s perspective, governance is not credible unless it delivers transparency. For SCA, this reinforces a core message: standardized, enforceable seafood labelling is governance reform, not cosmetic tidying-up. When institutions require clear, consistent naming and origin disclosure, they move the system from “trust us” to “show us”.

2. Consumer Awareness: From Passive Eaters to Active Market Shapers

FAO’s second trigger — consumer awareness — speaks most directly to the seafood sector’s future. FAO explicitly recognizes that informed consumers can influence how food is produced, sourced and marketed.

In seafood, the appetite is already there. Consumers increasingly want to know:

» Is this fish legal?

» Where was it caught or farmed?

» Is it Australian or imported?

» Is it wild or farmed — and impact on shelf life?

Concern about seafood fraud, species substitution and IUU (Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated) fishing is no longer confined to specialists. It is part of mainstream consumer consciousness.

The problem is not awareness; it is information failure. Consumers cannot reward well-managed fisheries or responsible aquaculture if the only information provided is “fish of the day” or a generic “battered fillet”. Environmental and health consciousness cannot be leveraged if labels and menus obscure rather than clarify.

FAO’s message is clear: consumer awareness only works if consumers are given usable, trustworthy information. This is where SCA’s long- standing advocacy — for standard names, clear origin labelling and truth in wild-caught versus farmed claims — becomes a practical expression of FAO’s global strategy.

1. Income and Wealth Distribution: Fair Value for Honest Fishers

FAO’s third trigger addresses income and wealth distribution — an area often overlooked in seafood debates. Fraud, mislabeling and IUU fishing are sometimes framed as consumer deception issues alone. They are not.

These practices directly harm:

» Commercial fishers who comply with quotas, reporting requirements and safety rules.

» Processors and retailers who in- vest in compliance and traceability.

» Communities dependent on legitimate fisheries.

Illegally or misleadingly marketed seafood undercuts honest operators, distorts prices and creates the false impression that legally caught seafood is “too expensive”. Over time, this erodes trust and demand across the entire sector.

Transparent, standardized labelling is one of the simplest ways to rebalance value. When species, origin and production method are clear, it becomes harder for non-compliant product to hide behind generic descriptions. That supports fairer returns for those who play by the rules — a point FAO’s income distribution trigger makes explicit.

From SCA’s perspective, consumer transparency is not just about informed choice; it is about market fairness.

1. Innovative Technologies: Traceability Consumers Can Actually Use

FAO’s fourth trigger focuses on in- novation — but with an important condition: new technologies must be accessible and inclusive, not just efficient for large players.

Seafood is already rich in traceability innovation:

» Digital catch documentation.

» Electronic logbooks.

» Blockchain pilots.

» DNA testing and verification tools.

Yet much of this innovation remains invisible to consumers. Traceability systems often serve regulators, auditors and corporate buyers, while shoppers and diners still see minimal information at the point of decision.

If FAO’s trigger is taken seriously, the next step is obvious: bring trace- ability to the front of the label. That could include:

» QR codes linking to verified spe- cies, origin and production data.

» Simple, standardized icons for key attributes.

» Clear, consistent digital records accessible on request.

Crucially, these systems must work for small-scale and Indigenous fishers, not exclude them through cost or complexity. Designing traceability that is both robust and inclusive is one of the sector’s biggest challenges — and one FAO has squarely put on the table.

From FAO’s perspective, governance is not credible unless it delivers transparency. For SCA, this reinforces a core message: standardized, enforceable seafood labelling is governance reform, not cosmetic tidying-up. When institutions require clear, consistent naming and origin disclosure, they move the system from “trust us” to “show us”.

What This Means for Seafood — and for Australia

Taken together, FAO’s four triggers send a powerful message:

» Transparency is foundational, not optional.

» Consumers are legitimate drivers of change.

» Fair markets depend on eliminating fraud.

» Technology must serve accountability, not just efficiency.

For the Seafood Consumers Association, this global framing strengthens our work in three ways. It aligns consumer-focused reform with UN- endorsed priorities. It reinforces that information is a governance and fairness issue, not a marketing extra. And it opens the door to collaboration — across industry, government and the supply chain.

FAO’s plan will not, by itself, stop a single mislabeled fillet. But it changes the narrative. Consumers are no lon- ger an afterthought; they are a trigger for transformation.

The task now is to turn that recognition into practice — building seafood systems that are transparent enough to earn trust, fair enough to reward honesty, and resilient enough to serve future generations.

That is a future worth working towards.

* Seafood Consumers Association www.seafoodconsumers.global

Avian influenza: how Italy’s pilot vaccination programme for poultry farms will work

Edusehat — Tue, 26 May 2026 16:50:09 +0700

Italy’s Ministry of Health has adopted a pilot vaccination programme against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) subtype H5 targeting selected turkey and laying hen farms located in the provinces of Verona and Mantua. The plan, which became operational on 5 May 2026, represents a practical trial ahead of a possible large-scale vaccination programme for the Italian poultry sector.

The measure comes at a time when avian influenza has become a recurring challenge in both Italy and across Europe. In recent years, outbreaks have had significant economic consequences for the poultry industry, not only because of compulsory culling measures but also due to trade restrictions applied to poultry and poultry products.

According to the Ministry’s plan, vaccination is considered one of the preventive tools to be integrated with biosecurity and flock management measures. The objective of the project is to collect data useful for evaluating the operational feasibility of a wider vaccination strategy.

Farms involved in the project

The pilot programme will involve:

three broiler turkey farms in the province of Verona;
two laying hen farms in the province of Mantua.

These areas were selected because they are considered among the Italian territories at higher risk for avian influenza.

Vaccinated birds will be managed within a closed and controlled production chain. The movement of vaccinated birds to farms not included in the project will not be permitted, except under specific derogations authorised by the competent veterinary authorities. Products originating from the participating farms may only be marketed on the domestic market.

Vaccination protocol

The protocol involves two vaccine doses.

For turkeys:

a first vaccination at the hatchery on day one using a recombinant HVT-H5 vaccine;
a booster vaccination with an inactivated vaccine between 30 and 36 days of age.

For pullets:

a first vaccination at the hatchery on day one;
a booster between 10 and 12 weeks of age.

The system adopted is compatible with the DIVA strategy (Differentiating Infected from Vaccinated Animals), which allows differentiation between vaccinated and potentially infected birds through specific serological and virological testing. This aspect is considered essential both for disease management and for future international trade relations.

Traceability and enhanced surveillance

The programme includes a particularly strict traceability system.

All vaccination procedures must be recorded within the national veterinary information systems, including:

REV (Electronic Veterinary Prescription system),
BDN,
SINVSA.

Each vaccinated batch will be identified and monitored throughout the entire production chain, from the hatchery to the farm and, in the case of turkeys, through to slaughter.

Enhanced health surveillance is also planned. Participating farms will undergo:

regular clinical inspections,
monitoring of production parameters,
virological sampling,
serological testing to assess both possible viral circulation and vaccination coverage.

Monitoring activities will be carried out at least monthly under the supervision of the official veterinary services and the National Reference Centre for Avian Influenza at the Istituto Zooprofilattico Sperimentale delle Venezie.

Staff training and biosecurity

The plan also includes detailed operational guidelines for vaccine management. Companies involved will be required to appoint dedicated vaccination teams and ensure specific training for personnel involved in the programme.

Particular attention is given to the correct storage of vaccines, hatchery procedures, and biosecurity measures during vaccine administration.

The Ministry also stresses that vaccination does not replace existing preventive measures. Biosecurity, surveillance, and movement controls remain essential elements in the containment of avian influenza.

A commercial test as well

In addition to its animal health objectives, the project will also serve to assess the possible commercial implications of vaccination and the requirements of importing countries.

The Ministry’s plan refers to the need to understand in advance the conditions that export markets may require should vaccination be implemented more broadly within the poultry sector.

The project is also expected to provide indications on the organisational and commercial impact that a wider vaccination programme could have on the Italian poultry industry.

Broilernet and the future of slow-growing broilers in europe: animal welfare, sustainability, and economic challenges

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 19:20:08 +0700

The European broiler production sector stands at a crossroads. On one hand, growing demand for animal protein drives the need for efficiency; on the other, regulatory and consumer pressure for a shift toward more sustainable practices and higher animal welfare standards. Against this backdrop, slow-growing broiler breeds represent a promising alternative, provided they are applied within large-scale, sustainable models that balance economic implications with strategies to reduce environmental impact. The sector’s success will depend on integrating science, market, and communication.

Innovation and new challenges for the European poultry chain

Today the European broiler production sector stands at a crossroads. On one hand, growing demand for animal protein continues to drive the need for efficiency; on the other, regulatory and consumer pressure for a shift toward more sustainable practices and animal-friendly approaches. In Italy, as in many other European countries, conventional intensive farming systems are often associated with high resource use and greenhouse gas emissions, as well as concerns about animal welfare and meat quality. Nevertheless, it is worth noting that broiler production systems are among the least impactful within livestock production in terms of greenhouse gas emissions (de Vries & de Boer, 2010; Poore & Nemecek, 2018), although they contribute significantly to nitrogen and phosphorus emissions, which may lead to acidification and eutrophication. Within the European Union, poultry and pig production systems are estimated to account for approximately 85% of total ammonia emissions.

Against this backdrop, it is essential to identify strategies that can reduce environmental impact, improve animal welfare, and meet consumer demands. Slow-growing chicken breeds represent a promising alternative. Although they require longer production cycles, they offer significant benefits in terms of animal welfare and meat quality, while also presenting new challenges in resource management.

The European thematic network BroilerNet

The BroilerNet thematic network for innovation in broiler production (https://broilernet.eu) brings together farmers, researchers, veterinarians, and advisors from 13 European countries. Funded by the Horizon Europe research and innovation programme, the initiative aims to enhance the resilience and sustainability of the European broiler sector by creating a platform where science and practice can interact, fostering the co-creation of ready-to-use innovative best practices for broiler farms across Europe. Italian partners in the project include CRPA in Reggio Emilia (leader of the work package on environmental sustainability) and Unaitalia.

Presentation by the Friedrich Loeffler Institute at EuroTier on the use of slow-growing broilers

BroilerNet has identified and assessed the feasibility of innovative best practices and ready-to-apply research solutions addressing the most urgent innovation needs in three key areas: environmental sustainability, animal welfare, and health management. The use of slow-growing broiler breeds emerged as one of the poultry sector’s main challenges, a finding also confirmed through consultations with breeder associations in the BroilerNet partner countries. The use of such breeds is required under European organic production rules and recommended in free-range farming.

Ingrid de Jong and Jamie Kater of Wageningen Livestock Research organised a BroilerNet workshop on the topic of slow-growing breeds on November 15, 2024, in Hannover (Germany), during the international EuroTier fair. The event served as an important forum for discussion among researchers, farmers, and industry stakeholders, with the aim of identifying key innovation needs and sharing best practices to support the sustainability of production systems based on slower-growing chicken strains.

Several priority needs emerged from the workshop. These included the need to define a clear maximum growth rate, establish shared metrics to assess animal welfare benefits associated with different genetic lines, and develop common tools and indicators for comparing the sustainability of various production systems. Participants also underscored the importance of reliable auditing procedures to certify slow-growing poultry systems.

Another central issue concerned the design of environmental enrichments and outdoor spaces, such as verandas or “winter gardens”, for organic and free-range farms, as well as the optimization of ventilation and heating in low-density housing. Participants also emphasised the need for vaccination programmes tailored to slow-growing breeds, together with strengthened biosecurity measures, which must be maintained for longer periods in outdoor systems where there is a higher risk of contact with wild birds or predators.

From a nutritional standpoint, it was reiterated that slow-growing breeds require specific feeding programmes that ensure gradual yet consistent growth while safeguarding bone, muscle, and immune health. From a management and economic perspective, participants identified financial uncertainty, investment risks, and competition from imported meat as key barriers to the large-scale adoption of these production systems.

Communication with consumers also emerged as a crucial factor. Participants expressed the need to educate the public on the sustainability attributes and ethical values associated with poultry meat from slow-growing breeds, using supply chain data to enhance product value and differentiate it from conventional production.

To address the most pressing challenges, the workshop proposed several best practices, including increased investment in staff training and capacity building in animal welfare, biosecurity, and management of birds in alternative systems. Economically, the group suggested developing fairer value chain agreements to distribute margins more evenly, alongside adopting cost-reduction strategies such as using alternative feed ingredients or producing raw materials on-farm, solutions that could also improve the overall environmental footprint of poultry farms.

European Chicken Commitment: higher welfare standards

In parallel with the research and experimental activities promoted by BroilerNet, market players and civil society organisations are also driving change in the sector. The European Chicken Commitment (ECC), an initiative launched by more than 30 animal protection organisations and endorsed by over 300 retailers and food companies (source: Chicken Watch), plays a key role.

The ECC has introduced farming standards that go beyond the minimum requirements laid down in European legislation, including the use of slow-growing breeds, increased space allowances, access to natural light, environmental enrichment and more welfare-oriented slaughter methods. Slow-growing breeds reduce common health issues seen in conventional genetic lines, such as skeletal deformities and lameness, and support the expression of natural behaviours like foraging and dust bathing.

By contrast, fast-growing lines show higher post-mortem rejection rates due to “technopathies” such as ascites, discolouration, cellulitis, perihepatitis, and pectoral muscle myopathies (Barbut, 2020; Baxter et al., 2021; Rayner et al., 2020). Improving welfare can therefore also have positive effects on environmental impact by reducing mortality and carcass rejection at slaughter (Kyriazakis et al., 2024).

Pros and cons of slow-growing chickens

Slow-growing breeds offer clear advantages: enhanced animal welfare, fewer health issues, expression of natural behaviours, and superior organoleptic meat qualities. However, they require longer production cycles and greater resources to reach slaughter weight, resulting in increased feed and water consumption, as well as effluent production and nitrogen/phosphorus emissions.

From an economic perspective, higher costs translate into elevated retail prices, limiting adoption without market support or incentives. As reported by Sell-Kubiak et al. (2017), genetic selection for better feed efficiency in broilers has yielded benefits in faster growth, lower feed conversion ratio, and environmental sustainability through reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

Progress requires more than general efficiency gains; understanding genes influencing nutrient utilisation is key. For example, selecting chickens with an improved capacity to digest wheat can cut solid droppings by up to 61%, liquid by 56%, nitrates by 13%, and phosphates by 30% (De Verdal et al., 2011).

The gut microbiota plays a pivotal role by recycling nitrogen through uric acid breakdown and converting ammonia into bacterial proteins, promoting sustainable nutrient use in poultry farming. Better insights into microbiota-host interactions could enhance feed digestion, further cutting waste and associated greenhouse gas emissions.

Workshop organized at EuroTier in Hanover to discuss slow-growing broiler farming strategies

Environmental and economic impacts: ECC and WUR study results

Environmental assessments highlight the complexity of the issue. Several studies have produced variable results on the carbon footprint impact of slow-growing farming, depending on the methodological approach adopted.

A recent study commissioned by AVEC and conducted by the UK agriculture consultancy ADAS estimated that adopting ECC standards in European broiler systems would increase greenhouse gas emissions by 24.4%, rising from 6.68 to 8.31 kg CO₂e per kilogram of produced meat. This increase is largely due to the longer growth cycle of slow-growing chickens, higher feed consumption, and lower meat yield compared to conventional broilers. In other words, more time and resources are needed to produce the same amount of final product, raising emissions per kilogram of saleable product.

A more moderate estimate comes from Wageningen University & Research’s (WUR) Greenwell Project, which calculates an average emissions increase of about 6.3% compared to conventional broilers. In the Dutch model, higher-welfare systems show slightly lower feed efficiency, but the emissions rise is less pronounced than in the ECC study.

The difference between the two results largely depends on methodological differences. The ECC analysis measures impact per kilogram of saleable meat, including post-farming stages like slaughter and processing, and accounting for lower yields from slow-growing breeds. In contrast, WUR uses liveweight kilogram at slaughter as the reference, without post-slaughter losses.

From an economic standpoint, adopting ECC standards would significantly raise production costs, estimated by ADAS on behalf of AVEC (the EU umbrella association for national poultry sector representatives) at ~+37.5% per kilogram of meat versus conventional systems. Beyond this operational hike, maintaining current EU chicken production levels under ECC standards would require building about 10,000 new barns, with an estimated investment of €8.243 billion based on ~€420 per m² of production space.

Bale of straw for environmental enrichment
Source: Wageningen Livestock Research.

Studies by Wageningen University & Research (WUR) under the Greenwell project confirm cost increases but at a lower level (+19% at farm level). However, the higher market value of products from higher-welfare systems can partially offset these costs, allowing farmers to maintain profitability levels comparable to those of conventional systems.

Conclusion

The future of broiler production in Europe will increasingly be shaped by consumer choices. A portion of these consumers is sensitive to sustainability issues but also to market prices, which remain one of the main purchase factors alongside taste and food safety (Ferrari, 2024).

Slow-growing broiler farming can offer a practical solution that balances animal welfare and meat quality. Achieving sustainability at scale requires an integrated approach that also addresses economic implications and strategies to mitigate environmental impact. Only by combining science, market dynamics, and effective communication can slow-growing poultry become a benchmark model for more ethical and sustainable food production in Europe.

Aquaculture UK Gears Up for Largest Ever Exhibition in Glasgow

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:26 +0700

By: Aquaculture UK

The UK’s leading aquaculture show is gearing up for a bigger than ever exhibition this year as it prepares to launch at its new home in Glasgow.

With more than 250 exhibitors from over 20 countries already signed up, Aquaculture UK, to be held from June 16-17 at the Scottish Event Campus (SEC), is expected to attract record crowds from across the country and around the world.

The biennial show’s move from its long-term base in Aviemore to Glasgow is proving to be popular with old and new exhibitors, providing more space and easier access, said Cheri Arvonio, event director at show organizer Diversified Communications.

“With three months to go still, the stage is set for an even more dynamic experience in what has become a highlight in the aquaculture sector’s calendar.”

“Our new base in Glasgow can offer better transport links, unlimited accommodation and legendary hospitality and our exhibitors are seizing the opportunity to reach new markets.”

“The whole team at Diversified is looking forward to a new-look show with all the familiar elements that have made Aquaculture UK such a success to date.”

The only event of its kind in the UK, the exhibition and conference bring together the entire aquaculture community to see first-hand the latest developments in the industry.

Joining national pavilions from Chile, Canada, and Denmark will be Norway, providing a platform for aquaculture pioneers such as Aquabyte, Tidal, Optoscale, Hoseth Technology, Aquapredict, OK Marine, Oceanbox, Sentec, Sensor-Globe, Lumic, Aqua-Service and Salsnes Filter.

Also new is the Ireland pavilion, featuring a broad cross-section of suppliers, including Nova Q, Seaquest, Killybegs Cluster, MMG, Celtic Sea Minerals, Ker Group, Mooney Boats, SNG, Aquamonitrix, and Impact9.

Among other first-time exhibitors, Aberdeen based Subsea Commercial Services will be showcasing its environmental DNA (eDNA) Automated Sampler, an autonomous system developed for marine and freshwater environments.

Salar Pursuits will offer updates on its Smoltscreen, a permeable lining for net pens that protects salmon against lice, jellyfish and algal blooms.

Underwater technology specialists Sonardyne will provide insights into the future of autonomous marine robotics and explore the potential for its tracking, navigation, command, control and communication systems in the aquaculture sector.

And marine engine suppliers Yamaha Motor Europe and Royston & Volvo Penta will be making their show debuts, as will Aquatic Now, Greenville, Golan Pipes Scandinavia, Seneye, Duguva, Akvapartner, and CRE & Hydro Group.

In the new Innovation Zone, Edinburgh Innovations will explore the most exciting ideas and technologies emerging from the University of Edinburgh, which produced MiAlgae, the start-up that makes fish-free omega 3 out of algae by repurposing whisky by-products.

The key suppliers that are the backbone of the sector will be out in force again, covering the spectrum of the supply chain, from feed to pharmaceuticals, and from biomass cameras to boats and barges.

Among the big names will be Inverlussa Marine Services, one of Scotland’s leading shipping companies; equipment suppliers Scale AQ, Gael Force Group, and Akva Group; pharmaceutical giants MSD Animal Health and Pharmaq; feed companies BioMar and Cargill; and the institute of Aquaculture, which has recently opened one of Europe’s most flexible and technically advanced research platforms for both RAS and flow-through systems.

As well as the exhibition, Aquaculture UK will host the Innovation Theatre, a launch pad for fledgling scientific and technical concepts and sector start-ups. And in the Keynote Theatre, a full conference program, to be announced soon, will examine the themes and challenges driving the aquaculture agenda.

The Aquaculture Awards, which celebrate the achievements of those working in the sector, will be presented at a gala dinner on Tuesday, June 16, at Glasgow’s Hilton Hotel.

Reflecting on two hectic days at the 2024 show, Lisa Glenday Murdoch of Aberdeen based Brimmond said: “Aquaculture UK is very much the right audience for us – all the people we would like to have a conversation with are here.”

NOTES

Aquaculture UK, which is free to attend, will be held at the SEC in Glasgow, Scotland, from June 16-17, 2026. Show opening times are: Tuesday June 16, 9.30am – 5pm; Wednesday June 17, 9.30am – 4pm.

For more information visit https://aquacultureuk.com/

GenoMar Strengthens Animal Welfare Through Partnership With FAI

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:22 +0700

By: GenoMar

GenoMar is strengthening its approach to animal welfare across all operations through a strategic partnership with FAI — a globally recognized organization with scientific expertise in animal welfare across multiple species and production systems.

A Science-Based Approach to Animal Welfare

FAI combines scientific knowledge with practical implementation experience across terrestrial and aquatic species. That expertise is now advancing welfare practices in tilapia production — an area where GenoMar is taking a leading role.

“FAI’s training and digital tools have been highly effective in implementing animal welfare standards across all our tilapia breeding and genetics operations. This drives stronger performance and more sustainable production,” says Marina Delphino, Fish Health & Quality Solutions Manager at GenoMar Genetics Group.

Training and Implementation: From Brazil to Asia

All GenoMar units in Brazil have completed training, building internal capacity around best practices in animal welfare. The next phase is already underway, expanding training and implementation across operations in Colombia and Asia — ensuring consistent standards across regions while respecting local realities.

Digital Tools Driving Continuous Improvement

The partnership also includes a digital tool for structured, continuous assessment of welfare indicators — helping teams identify opportunities for improvement and monitor progress over time. GenoMar’s participation is recognized on FAI’s public platform:

https://fai.academy/en/company-welfare-badges

**How GenoMar Monitors Animal Welfare**

Animal welfare is embedded into every stage of production at GenoMar. Using FAI’s assessment framework and digital tool, teams evaluate welfare conditions through practical, observable indicators across key areas such as:

Fish behavior — swimming patterns, responsiveness, signs of stress.
Physical condition — appearance, injuries, deformities, body condition.
Handling practices — grading, transfer, and crowding, conducted to minimize stress.
Environmental conditions — water quality and stocking densities.
Operational processes — consistency of routine management across teams and units.

Employees carry out these assessments through a standardized app that enables real-time data collection and scoring — letting GenoMar diagnose current conditions, track progress, and support data-driven decisions across all teams.

By embedding these practices into daily operations, GenoMar treats animal welfare as a continuous, measurable, and science-based process — aligned with its broader mission of responsible aquaculture and sustainable food production.

Advocates for Open Ocean Aquaculture Bring Facts, Food to Capitol Hill in Major MARA Act Fly-In

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:18 +0700

By Stronger America Through Seafood

As global demand for protein rises, advocates highlight need for federal legislation to expand domestic seafood production, drive jobs, and strengthen economies

Open ocean aquaculture advocates came to Washington, D.C., to highlight their solution for meeting the growing demand for sustainable protein. With U.S. wild-caught fisheries having reached their sustainable limit, seafood industry leaders made the case for a complementary approach to meeting rising consumer demand. Industry leaders joined coalition Stronger America Through Seafood (SATS) for a legislative fly-in and seafood reception on Capitol Hill on May 13, educating Members of Congress and staff on the need to establish a clear legislative pathway for open ocean aquaculture in U.S. federal waters and the benefits of expanding domestic production.

“If the U.S. wants to keep up with countries like China, Indonesia, and India who are actively prioritizing and expanding their aquaculture industries, federal legislation is needed to establish a clear, coordinated framework for responsible expansion,” said Drue Banta Winters, campaign manager of SATS. “Now is the time for Congress to act on growing more American-raised seafood in a way that helps build dockside infrastructure for wild-catch fishermen and creates new opportunities for Americans across the entire seafood supply chain.”

The bipartisan Marine Aquaculture Research for America (MARA) Act of 2025 (S.2586/H.R. 5746) would advance a science-based approach to the development of commercial-scale open ocean aquaculture farms in U.S. federal waters. Introduced in July 2025 by Senators Roger Wicker (R-MS) and Brian Schatz (D-HI) and Representatives Mike Ezell (R-MS-04), Ed Case (D-HI-01), Kat Cammack (R-FL-03), and Jimmy Panetta (D-CA-19), the bill would strengthen America’s seafood industry and help increase domestic seafood production for families across the country.

The U.S. continues to fall further behind global competitors, currently ranking 20th in seafood production. The country imports most of its seafood, with roughly half sourced from overseas aquaculture. Due to overlapping environmental reviews across multiple agencies and the lack of a clear permitting framework, the U.S. does not currently have a single operating commercial-scale finfish farm in federal waters.

The MARA Act builds on years of bipartisan effort and is supported by a coalition of environmentalists, seafood industry leaders, award-winning chefs, and academics who all agree that America needs a way to responsibly expand domestic seafood production.

“We have the strongest bipartisan momentum for federal legislation to expand open ocean aquaculture in years, reflecting growing agreement that the U.S. must do more to sustainably produce more of its own seafood,” said Winters.

Participants in the SATS fly-in and seafood reception included Cargill, Innovasea, Sysco, and Zeigler Bros. The companies highlighted the significant benefits open ocean aquaculture would bring to communities nationwide. Coastal states would benefit from increased investment in port infrastructure and stronger working waterfronts, with more seafood flowing through their ports. Inland states would see growing demand for American farmers producing key fish feed ingredients such as soybeans, corn, peas, wheat, and barley. Across the country, open ocean aquaculture would create new jobs and support the seafood supply chain, from hatcheries and farms to equipment manufacturing, feed production, processing, and restaurants.

The MARA Act would:

Establish an assessment program to evaluate commercial-scale demonstration projects.
Create a dedicated Office of Aquaculture within the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) National Marine Fisheries Service to coordinate federal permitting for a U.S. aquaculture program.
Set clear timelines and establish a consolidated environmental review process during the permitting approval process.

“We know there are numerous priorities in front of Congress right now, and open ocean aquaculture should be among them. Our members came to Washington to ensure Congress recognizes and acts on the bipartisan legislation that sits before it. This needs to move forward this year, for the sake of our ecosystems, our farmers, and families who rely on sustainable protein to meet their dietary needs,” concluded Winters.

Producer Connect Workshops in Asia Strengthen Readiness for ASC Farm and Feed Standards

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:14 +0700

By: Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) recently held two successful Producer Connect Workshops in Bangkok and Tokyo, with ASC experts supporting Asian producers and partners as they prepare for the transition to the new Farm Standard and Feed Standard.

Designed as practical, solutions-focused sessions, the workshops brought together producers, feed companies and supply chain partners to discuss and explore how ASC’s evolving requirements can be implemented effectively across Asia’s diverse aquaculture sector.

In Bangkok, more than 150 participants gathered for a full day of discussion, practical learning, and debate. In Tokyo, around 40 participants joined in person, with a further 100 participating online. Together, the workshops demonstrated the strong engagement and readiness of Asia’s aquaculture sector to help shape the future of ASC-certified production.

Delegates from 80 companies joined the Producer Connect Workshop in Bangkok, learning and sharing lessons about responsible seafood farming Turning standards into action ASC experts on environmental responsibility, animal welfare and feed production worked directly with producers to translate the standards’ requirements into practical next steps for farms and feed mills. Producers engaged directly with mock audit exercises, self-assessment tools, and case-based examples designed to support confident implementation on the ground.

The workshops also created an opportunity to discuss the practical challenges that producers in the region may face and to explore possible solutions with the ASC team during the transition period.

Koji Yamamoto, General Manager Japan & Producer Engagement Lead South-East Asia, said, “The energy and engagement we saw in Bangkok and Tokyo underline the critical role Asia’s producers will play in shaping the future of aquaculture. The workshops were about supporting producers and transforming standards into practical tools, and practical tools into real impact on farms and in feed mills. What stood out most was the openness to learn, to question, and to improve together. That is what meaningful progress in aquaculture looks like.

“There was a strong sense of shared direction. Producers and partners are not only adapting to new requirements—they are actively shaping how responsible aquaculture will evolve in the years ahead.”

Following excellent participant feedback, the Producer Outreach team is already planning the next Producer Connect workshop in Vietnam this September, further supporting the region’s transition toward the ASC Farm and Feed Standards.

Empowering Small-Scale Seafood Producers

During the Bangkok workshop, ASC also celebrated the successful completion of the AIP2ASC project, which helps farms progress toward responsible aquaculture and certification standards. In Indonesia, UD AGEL Kencana worked with JALA and Yayasan Sinergi Akuakultur Indonesia (YSAI), while in Thailand, Sa-nga Farm 2 partnered with Okeanos Food Company Limited and Thai Union Group. With support from the Improver Program by ASC, both farms successfully advanced to ASC certification.

Another key highlight was the signing of a memorandum of understanding (MoU) between ASC, Laylanta Seafood Co. Ltd., and Bangkok Marriott Marquis Queen’s Park to support small-scale seafood producers and promote responsible seafood production.

The partnership aims to improve barramundi cage culture in Songkhla Lake, Thailand, through the AIP2ASC framework under the Improver Program by ASC. The project began in the first quarter of 2026 and will run for three years, with the goal of achieving ASC certification and expanding responsible aquaculture practices across the wider area.

Learning Beyond the Room

The workshops extended beyond the conference setting for ASC team members through carefully selected site visits that brought the standards to life.

In Thailand, the team visited the Ranot feed mill, an ASC-certified facility operated by Thai Union, where social and environmental requirements are embedded into daily production. The team also visited Laylanta farm sites in Thailand, which are currently engaged in the Improver Program by ASC.

ASC Team Visits a Farm in Thailand

In Japan, visits to an ASC-certified coho salmon farm operated by Marukin and a certified feed mill, Nosan, in Miyagi prefecture offered a closer look at how responsible aquaculture is being implemented in diverse contexts.

ASC team members visiting Marukin Farm to engage with the producer and better understand the realities and challenges of responsible aquaculture

As ASC continues rolling out the Farm Standard and Feed Standard globally, the Producer Connect Workshops in Thailand and Japan highlighted the vital role Asia’s aquaculture sector will play in driving progress across the industry. By bringing together producers, feed companies and partners for practical learning, open discussion and shared problem-solving, ASC is helping build the knowledge, confidence and collaboration needed to support long-term improvement across the region. With further workshops and producer engagement activities planned across Asia, ASC remains committed to supporting the sector through every stage of the transition.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), an independent non-profit organization, is driving the improvement of environmental and social practices in seafood farming through its leading, third-party assured certification program.

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements—developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes—covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

The ASC sustainability label on products provides proof that the seafood originates from farms certified to the robust ASC environmental and social standard, enabling credible substantiation of sourcing claims and making it the most globally recognized and trusted label for farmed seafood.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

Bakkafrost Scotland Officially Opens Its Multi-Million-Pound Applecross Facility

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:10 +0700

The state-of the art development in Wester Ross is now the United Kingdom’s largest freshwater RAS

The Princess Royal of the United Kingdom (UK) has officially opened Bakkafrost Scotland’s multi-million-pound Applecross facility, marking a major step forward in sustainable Scottish salmon production. The state-of the art development in Wester Ross is the UK’s largest freshwater recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) and is central to the company’s ambition to become the most sustainable Scottish salmon producer.

The facility plays a pivotal role in Bakkafrost Scotland’s ‘one summer at sea’ production strategy, which allows salmon to spend longer growing in ideal controlled freshwater conditions before transferring to sea as larger, stronger smolt. According to the company, the approach is a gamechanger for salmon farming in Scotland, significantly reducing the time fish spend at sea and therefore reducing exposure to the natural challenges.

Ian Laister, managing director of Bakkafrost Scotland, said at the opening: “Applecross represents a significant long-term investment in the future of sustainable salmon farming in Scotland. It reflects our determination to become the most sustainable Scottish salmon producer, it demonstrates how innovation, animal welfare, engineering, renewable energy, and skilled local employment can come together in modern food production.”

Operating 24 hours a day, the Applecross site supports around 40 skilled permanent roles, including biology, veterinary, engineering, energy and technical operations. Employees worked closely with local and international specialists to design, build, and now operate the facility, developing new skills in RAS management, renewable energy integration, and advanced fish health monitoring.

Precise Control

During construction, Bakkafrost Scotland worked extensively with local and regional suppliers, contractors and haulers, supporting jobs across the Highlands and Islands and embedding local knowledge into the project. The company said collaboration with Scottish engineering, civil construction, and energy firms was critical to delivering the complex build in a remote rural location.

Using RAS technology, the Applecross facility provides precise control of water quality, temperature, and flow, enabling improved husbandry, enhanced smolt health screening, and more effective vaccination, supporting higher fish welfare standards. The site uses significantly less water than traditional hatcheries, with water continuously recirculated through filtration, oxygenation, disinfection, and natural biofilter systems.

It also includes a multi-million pounds waste to fertilizer conversion system, using UK first pyrolysis technology to transform sludge removed from the RAS process into biochar. This will be the first globally for use in aquaculture. The carbon-rich product can be used locally to improve soil quality for forestry, supporting more circular food systems and significantly reducing waste. The facility is powered directly by renewable energy, including on-site solar and hydro generation.

The Potential to Be a Real Gamechanger

As part of the Applecross development a 26 kilometers private wire was installed across the Beallach na Bà to connect the site directly to renewable hydro power. At the same time Bakkafrost Scotland invested in local road improvements, enhancing safety and accessibility with new passing places and signs, delivering lasting infrastructure benefits for the wider community.

“The ‘one summer at sea’ model has the potential to be a real gamechanger for the sector, improving survival, reducing biological challenges and making better use of natural resources. We were honored to welcome Her Royal Highness The Princess Royal and proud to showcase the people, technology, and community partnerships behind this facility,” commented Laister during the event.

The Princess Royal was welcomed to Applecross by Managing Director Laister, before meeting employees from across the business, including biology, veterinary, engineering, and marine operations teams. She also met representatives from The Applecross Trust before unveiling a plaque to mark the official opening. She also learned how advanced technology is helping improve fish welfare, reduce environmental impact and support high-skilled rural jobs.

Minnesota and Texas Host National Aquaculture Leadership Academy

Edusehat — Mon, 25 May 2026 08:55:05 +0700

The academy is expected to train at least 60 aquaculture extension professionals from Sea Grant programs, Land Grant universities, and federal agencies

Minnesota Sea Grant and Texas Sea Grant programs announced they will co-host the Aquaculture Leadership Academy in 2026 and 2027 and bring together aquaculture extension professionals from across the United States (US) for separate weeklong training sessions in each state focused on freshwater and marine aquaculture systems. Support for the academy comes from a USD 350,000 award administered by the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant.

Sea Grant’s Aquaculture Leadership Academy is designed to strengthen the national aquaculture workforce by helping early- and mid-career extension professionals build technical knowledge, leadership skills, and professional networks. Participants will engage directly with fish farmers, hatchery managers, seafood businesses, researchers, educators, and policy experts in both the Great Lakes and Gulf Coast regions.

“Minnesota may not be the first-place people think of when they hear the word aquaculture, but we have a growing and innovative industry that includes baitfish production, hatcheries, recirculating systems, aquaponics, and seafood businesses,” said Julia Grenn, Minnesota Sea Grant project lead and fisheries and aquaculture extension educator.

“This partnership with Texas Sea Grant allows participants to experience the diversity of aquaculture across the country while building relationships that will strengthen the industry nationwide,” she said.

Freshwater Aquaculture Systems

Programming in Minnesota will focus on freshwater aquaculture systems common in the Great Lakes region, including recirculating aquaculture systems, aquaponics, baitfish production, hatcheries, and seafood distribution. Participants will tour the Minnesota Sea Grant Aquaculture Lab at the University of Minnesota St. Paul campus, visit commercial aquaculture operations, learn about seafood processing and marketing, and take part in activities focused on extension education, communication, and leadership development.

Minnesota sessions will include tours and discussions with businesses and organizations including Minnesota Department of Natural Resources hatchery staff, commercial baitfish and aquaculture producers, seafood distributors, and University of Minnesota researchers. Participants also will receive training in media communication, graphic design, conflict resolution, aquaculture policy, and business development.

Saltwater Aquaculture

On the other hand, Texas Sea Grant will lead Gulf Coast programming focused on saltwater aquaculture, including oyster, shrimp, finfish, and seaweed production. Participants will tour hatcheries, seafood processing facilities, oyster farms, and marine research centers while learning about coastal aquaculture systems and seafood markets.

“Aquaculture’s future depends not only on what we grow in the water, but on the leaders we grow through collaboration, education, and shared experience across every region of the country,” said Texas Sea Grant Extension Director Chris Hale. “The Aquaculture Leadership Academy is building more than industry knowledge; it is building the relationships, leadership, and innovation needed to strengthen aquaculture communities across America. We are excited to welcome Extension professionals to Texas and Minnesota, yet even more so, we look forward to the impact these professionals will make after applying their knowledge and skills locally.”

Collaborative Strength

The project reflects the collaborative strength of the National Sea Grant network, which connects university-based programs across coastal and Great Lakes states to support research, education, and community engagement related to water resources and coastal economies. By combining the expertise of Great Lakes and Gulf Coast Sea Grant programs, the academy will expose participants to aquaculture systems and challenges that vary widely by region.

“This program demonstrates how Sea Grant programs work together across regions to solve problems and support emerging industries,” said Amy Schrank, Minnesota Sea Grant associate director, extension program leader and co-project lead. “Participants will leave with practical skills, new professional connections, and a broader understanding of how aquaculture supports communities and economies throughout the country.”

The academy is expected to train at least 60 aquaculture extension professionals from Sea Grant programs, Land Grant universities, and federal agencies. The long-term goal is to build a stronger national support network for aquaculture producers and coastal communities.

Minnesota Sea Grant has played a growing role in advancing aquaculture education and outreach in Minnesota and the Great Lakes region. Current efforts include leading the Great Lakes Aquaculture Collaborative, operating the Minnesota Sea Grant Aquaculture Lab in St. Paul, supporting aquaculture workforce development, conducting fish health and business training workshops, and developing resources like the FreshFishFinder.org website that connect consumers with regional seafood producers.

Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 22:55:06 +0700

An epidemiological study reported the spread of infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) among poultry, underscoring the critical role that epidemiology plays in detecting and controlling disease spread.

ILT is a highly contagious respiratory disease in chickens. The ILT virus — a gallid herpesvirus — establishes latency within the host and can periodically reactivate in response to stress or immunosuppression.

ILT has two forms: a mild form, which typically shows morbidity rates of around 5% and mortality rates of 0.1% to 2.0%; and a severe form, which can exhibit morbidity rates as high as 100% and mortality rates ranging from 5% to 80%.

Although ILT is a global health concern in poultry production, Brazil’s Santa Catarina state had its first case in 2020 at a commercial layer farm in São Ludgero county. A team of Brazilian researchers conducted a two-part epidemiological study to determine the serological, molecular and pathological status of ILT in São Ludgero (Part 1, conducted in 2020) and all of Santa Catarina (Part 2, conducted in 2021). They described their findings in a recent edition of Poultry Science.

Serology results

The researchers noted that the seropositivity (94.74%) found in São Ludgero county in Part 1 was “alarmingly high” for a newly diagnosed disease. All poultry farmers reported that they exclusively acquired chickens of known origin, and the vaccination program in the region predominantly included fowl pox, Mycoplasma spp., infectious bronchitis, pneumovirus, infectious coryza and Salmonella spp.

The seropositivity rate dropped to 65.3% in the subsequent year for Part 2.

These results suggest the circulation of, and exposure to, the ILT virus within the region’s poultry flocks was consistent with what would be expected during the seroconversion period, but the exact timing of primary exposure could not be determined, the researchers noted.

Because of ILT’s status as an exotic disease in Santa Catarina, recombinant vaccines against ILT were not permitted until the first cases emerged, suggesting that the detection of anti-ILT antibodies in the São Ludgero region was associated with the circulation of virulent field strains or vaccine-derived strains from live-attenuated vaccines that underwent virulence reversion.

The researchers noted that while their study examined ILT exposure across layer flocks, it did not include a separate analysis of commercial and rearing flocks. ILT infection during the rearing phase leads to lifelong seropositivity, which compromises the ability to determine when and where the infection occurred. They pointed out that the dynamics of rearing flocks may play a crucial role in ILT’s spread.

Once infected, the chicken remains a lifelong carrier, with periodic reactivations leading to viral replication in respiratory tissues, especially after stress or immunosuppression. When clinical signs of ILT do appear, they are often nonspecific and can resemble those of other infectious respiratory diseases such as avian influenza, Newcastle disease, infectious bronchitis, infectious coryza and mycoplasmosis. The researchers pointed out that this highlights the importance of combining multiple laboratory diagnostic methods to confirm an ILT diagnosis.

Multivariate analysis confirmed that flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread from the São Ludgero region to the rest of Santa Catarina state.

The researchers concluded that their study underscores the critical importance of implementing robust biosecurity measures in commercial layer farms. Because the introduction of 90-day-old chickens significantly increased the likelihood of ILT seropositivity, there should be particular attention paid to the type of replacement chickens introduced into flocks.

What does this mean for producers?

Epidemiological surveys play a critical role in effectively controlling ILT and other respiratory diseases.
Flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread.
Biosecurity measures are critical in preventing ILT outbreaks in commercial layer farms.

The full paper, “Two-year surveillance of infectious laryngotracheitis in layer farms from Southern Brazil: A seroepidemiological, molecular, and pathological approach,” can be found in Poultry Science and online here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Paraguayan poultry meat enters the Middle East and accelerates international expansion

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 19:15:09 +0700

The approval by the United Arab Emirates opens a new stage for Paraguay’s poultry sector, which aims to position itself in high-value markets and diversify its exports beyond the region.

Paraguayan poultry meat has just taken one of its most significant steps in terms of market access. The National Service for Animal Quality and Health (Senacsa) confirmed the approval of the United Arab Emirates market for domestic poultry products, a development the sector views as a strategic gateway to the Middle East and a sign of growing international recognition of Paraguay’s production.

The announcement comes just weeks after another important milestone: the opening of Taiwan’s market to Paraguayan poultry meat, consolidating a commercial push toward Asia and the Middle East. For the industry, both destinations represent far more than new buyers—they offer the opportunity to reduce regional dependence, increase added value, and position Paraguay as a reliable supplier of animal protein in highly demanding markets.

Senacsa noted that the UAE approval is the result of sustained technical and diplomatic efforts to strengthen the international presence of Paraguayan animal products. This is no minor achievement: the UAE ranks among the leading importers of poultry meat in the Middle East, with purchases reaching approximately USD 1.3 billion in 2025.

The progress also reflects a quiet transformation within Paraguay’s poultry sector. For years, beef dominated the country’s export strategy, while poultry remained largely confined to the domestic market. However, increased industrial capacity, improved sanitary standards, and the opening of new destinations have begun to shift this dynamic. Today, Paraguay’s poultry industry aims to become the “third pillar” of meat exports, alongside beef and pork.

The figures point to gradual expansion, albeit with significant challenges still ahead. By the end of the first four months of 2026, Paraguay exported 4,148 tonnes of poultry meat, offal, and by-products worth around USD 4 million, marking a 21% increase in volume compared to the same period the previous year. Iraq currently leads as the main destination, followed by the Philippines, Angola, Singapore, and Curaçao.

According to the Paraguayan Poultry Farmers Association (Avipar), expectations are that new market openings will allow exports to exceed 15,000 tonnes in the coming years. The association’s vice president, Blanca Ceuppens, had already indicated months earlier that the sector is aggressively targeting Asia and the Middle East, particularly markets such as Singapore, Malaysia, and the Philippines, where demand for poultry protein is strong and sanitary standards are high.

However, behind the optimism lie structural challenges. The sector will need to compete with global giants such as Brazil and the United States, the world’s leading poultry exporters, while maintaining strict sanitary controls in an international context marked by recurring avian influenza alerts. Additional hurdles include tariff barriers, logistical costs, and the need to expand industrial capacity to meet the demands of larger-scale markets.

Even so, the opening of the United Arab Emirates market sends a strong signal for Paraguay’s agribusiness. The country is no longer focused solely on exporting traditional commodities but is working to diversify its meat portfolio and gain ground in premium markets. In a global scenario where food safety and traceability are increasingly critical, Paraguayan poultry meat is beginning to build an opportunity that, until a few years ago, seemed distant.

Source: https://elnacional.com.py/economia/carne-aviar-paraguaya-conquista-medio-oriente-acelera-expansion-internacional-n106096

How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 01:45:08 +0700

Aquaculture has become one of the fastest-growing sectors in global food production. From fish farms and shellfish operations to aquatic plant cultivation, aquaculture businesses play a major role in supplying seafood to restaurants, grocery stores, and consumers around the world.

While farming methods and sustainability often receive the most attention, transportation networks are just as important to the success of the industry. Without reliable logistics systems, aquaculture businesses would struggle to move equipment, supplies, harvested seafood, and maintenance materials efficiently between locations.

Strong transportation infrastructure helps these businesses maintain production schedules, protect product quality, and meet increasing consumer demand in competitive markets.

Moving Fresh Seafood Quickly

Fresh seafood needs to reach markets within strict timeframes to maintain quality and safety standards. Fish, oysters, shrimp, and other products often travel through several stages before reaching consumers, making efficient logistics essential throughout the process.

Transportation providers help maintain freshness by using refrigerated vehicles, coordinated shipping schedules, and carefully planned delivery routes. Temperature-controlled logistics systems are especially important because even small disruptions during transport can affect product quality.

Reliable transportation not only reduces waste but also helps aquaculture businesses maintain customer trust and deliver consistent products to retailers and restaurants.

Supporting Remote Aquaculture Operations

Many aquaculture farms are located in coastal or rural areas where infrastructure may be more limited. These remote locations often depend heavily on transportation services to stay connected with suppliers, distributors, and processing facilities.

Regular deliveries are essential for keeping operations running smoothly. Farms need consistent access to feed, water filtration supplies, nets, cages, fuel, and maintenance equipment. Delays in receiving these materials can affect production schedules and create operational challenges. Transportation networks allow remote aquaculture businesses to remain competitive despite geographic limitations.

Transporting Specialized Equipment

Modern aquaculture operations use a wide range of specialized equipment to maintain water quality, feeding systems, harvesting operations, and environmental monitoring.

Some of this equipment can be expensive, fragile, or difficult to transport, requiring careful logistical coordination. Pumps, filtration systems, storage tanks, and harvesting machinery may all need to be moved between facilities or delivered to remote farming sites.

Commercial transportation providers help businesses manage these logistical demands efficiently. Even industries outside seafood production contribute to broader transportation capacity, with services such as Sacramento car transporters supporting commercial logistics systems across multiple sectors.

Maintaining Cold Chain Integrity

Cold chain logistics are one of the most important parts of seafood transportation. Because seafood products spoil quickly when temperatures are not properly controlled, transportation companies play a major role in maintaining quality throughout delivery routes. Proper refrigerated transport systems help businesses meet food safety standards while reducing product loss and protecting brand reputation. Consistent temperature management also extends shelf life, allowing seafood to reach wider markets without sacrificing quality.

Helping Businesses Reach Larger Markets

Reliable transportation networks allow aquaculture businesses to expand beyond local markets and supply seafood to regional, national, and international customers. Without efficient logistics systems, many farms would struggle to compete on a larger scale. Transportation infrastructure supports export operations, wholesale distribution, restaurant supply chains, and grocery deliveries, helping businesses reach more consumers while growing their operations. Access to broader markets also increases seafood availability for consumers and helps support the continued growth of the aquaculture industry.

Final Thoughts

Transportation networks are essential to the success of modern aquaculture businesses. From moving equipment and supplies to delivering fresh seafood safely and efficiently, logistics systems support nearly every part of the industry.

Reliable transportation helps aquaculture companies maintain product quality, reduce delays, expand into larger markets, and improve operational efficiency. As global seafood demand continues to grow, strong transportation infrastructure will remain one of the key factors keeping aquaculture businesses productive, competitive, and connected to consumers around the world.

The post How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Video

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 22:10:06 +0700

INCAR² Brings the World’s Leading Marine Epigenetics Meeting to Chile

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 18:35:03 +0700

By: The INCAR² Center

The INCAR² Center will host the Fourth International Symposium on Epigenetics in Marine and Aquatic Research (EPIMAR 2027), to be held in Puerto Varas, Chile, from May 25 to 28, 2027.

Puerto Varas, in the heart of Chilean Patagonia, will serve as the meeting point for researchers from around the world at EPIMAR 2027, an event that aims to become a global platform for advancing epigenetics and epigenomics in marine and aquatic systems.

Organized by the Interdisciplinary Center for Aquaculture Research – Applied Research (CIA-INCAR²), this symposium is the fourth edition of an international initiative that began in 2020 in Montpellier, France. Previous editions were held in Woods Hole, United States (2022), and Barcelona, Spain (2025). Now, Chile takes on the challenge of hosting this important international scientific event.

EPIMAR 2027 will bring together a global community of scientists interested in the epigenetic and epigenomic mechanisms that influence the biology, adaptation, health, and evolution of marine organisms. The symposium will include oral presentations and poster sessions addressing topics such as “Epigenetic responses to pollution and climate change,” “Environmental memory, adaptation, and inheritance,” “Integrating multi-omic data in marine systems,” “Emerging tools in marine epigenomics,” and “Epigenetics applied to aquatic resource management.”

The natural setting of Puerto Varas will provide an ideal environment for exchanging ideas, building collaborations, and discussing emerging challenges in marine epigenomics, particularly in the context of climate change, environmental stressors, and the sustainable use of aquatic resources.

The organizing committee comprises INCAR² Principal Investigator Dr. Valentina Valenzuela Muñoz; INCAR² Director Dr. Cristian Gallardo Escárate; and Associate Researcher Dr. Diego Valenzuela Miranda.

The Scientific Committee for EPIMAR 2027 is composed of an outstanding group of internationally recognized experts in marine sciences, epigenetics, and related fields. Members include Céline Cosseau (University of Perpignan, France); Enrico D’Aniello (Stazione Zoologica Anton Dohrn, Italy); Noelia Díaz (ICM-CSIC, Spain); José María Eirin-López (Florida International University, USA); Cristian Gallardo (INCAR² and University of Concepción, Chile); Laia Navarro-Martín (IDAEA-CSIC, Spain); Francesc Piferrer (ICM-CSIC, Spain); Holie Putnam (University of Rhode Island, USA); Guillaume Rivière (University of Caen-Normandy, France); Steven Roberts (University of Washington, USA); Josep Rotllant (IIM-CSIC, Spain); Valentina Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile) Diego Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile); and Jérémie Vidal-Dupiol (IFREMER, France). Together, they bring extensive expertise and leadership to guide the scientific vision of the symposium.

The organizers invite researchers from universities, research centers, and industry who are interested in the epigenomics of marine organisms to actively participate in this symposium and contribute to the development of this rapidly expanding field.

For more information, visit the official EPIMAR 2027 website.

www.centroincar.cl/epimar2027

Compass Group India invests in cage-free egg production in partnership with Global Food Partners

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:30:09 +0700

Compass Group India has announced a partnership with Global Food Partners to support the expansion of cage-free egg production in India through a farmer incentive programme and training activities.

According to the companies, Compass Group India has purchased around 4,000 cage-free credits through GFP’s Impact Incentives programme. According to GFP, each credit corresponds to 1,000 eggs, for a total of approximately four million eggs. The companies stated that the funds will support three Indian egg farms in expanding cage-free production capacity and related logistics infrastructure.

The companies said the initiative aims to address current limitations in local cage-free egg supply while supporting producers transitioning away from conventional cage systems.

In parallel, Compass Group India, through the Compass Group Foundation and with GFP as technical partner, has launched a cage-free and free-range training centre near Bangalore. The centre is intended to provide practical support to local farmers moving towards cage-free and free-range systems, including training on egg production management and farm sustainability.

Global Food Partners said the programme is designed to help food companies support cage-free production even when local supply chains are not yet fully developed. The organisation currently focuses on egg production projects in Asia and also operates in Europe, North America, Latin America and the Middle East.

Compass Group India is part of Compass Group PLC, an international provider of food and support services operating in sectors including workplace catering, education and healthcare.

According to GFP, other companies using the Impact Incentives model as part of their cage-free sourcing strategies include Kellanova, Best Western Hotels, Lagardère Travel Retail and PizzaExpress.

The Perfect Backup Kit Every Veterinary Clinic Should Have

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 03:35:08 +0700

Your evacuation system fails on a surgery-heavy morning. Your handpiece dies mid-procedure. These emergencies happen and the clinics that handle them gracefully are the ones that planned ahead.

Here’s the reality: Most veterinary clinic downtime isn’t caused by catastrophic failures. It’s caused by a single small part: an O-ring, a charcoal filter, a sampling line, that nobody had on hand. The fix takes five minutes. The wait for parts takes days.

At Dispomed, we receive calls every week from veterinary clinics in this exact situation. An evacuation system stops working. A patient is already under anesthesia. Surgery can’t wait. The stress is real and almost always avoidable.

Think of it the way you think about your surgical instruments: you’d never run a full OR schedule with no backup tools. Your evacuation system, your anesthesia monitors, your autoclave, they all deserve the same logic. Small consumables and backup components are your first line of defence.

What to keep in your backup kit

Here are the essentials we recommend every veterinary clinic stock, not as a one-time purchase, but as a standing inventory you replenish before it runs out.

Backup handpiece

Spare handpiece to keep you running when performing dental procedures: you never know when you’ll get stuck mid-procedure with a bur in the high-speed. Shop Now.

Spare prophy angle

A spare prophy angle to ensure continuity of dental cleanings: you never know when normal wear or an unexpected break will interrupt a polishing procedure. Shop Now.

Charcoal filter for evacuation

One of the most often overlooked elements. A malfunctioning scavenging system in the middle of the day can often be quickly restored to function by temporarily installing a charcoal filter, allowing you to complete your surgeries without interruption. Shop Now.

Breathing Bags

Essential for anesthesia. Keep at least one spare breathing bag in each size you use, accessible at all times. Shop Now.

Breathing circuits

A compatible spare circuit means a single component failure doesn’t shut down your entire anesthesia setup mid-surgery. Shop Now.

Spare SpO2 probe

A spare SpO2 probe to maintain vital signs monitoring: you never know when a damaged cable or a faulty sensor will compromise monitoring during anesthesia. Shop Now.

O-rings

These tiny seals on your dental unit and anesthesia machines can wear out. They’re cheap – until you don’t have one. Shop Now.

CO₂ sampling lines

Capnography is critical for monitoring anesthetized patients. Sampling lines wear out faster than you expect, always have spares. Shop Now.

Autoclave door gasket

A worn door gasket means your sterilizer can’t cycle, and no sterile instruments means no surgery. A spare on hand is a must. Shop Now.

How to think about your backup inventory

You don’t need a warehouse. You need a small, curated stock of the items most likely to fail between scheduled maintenance visits. A good rule of thumb:

If it’s a consumable replaced at every maintenance visit, keep one spare
If it’s a component that can stop your workflow entirely when it fails, keep one spare
If it’s inexpensive and small, there’s no reason not to have two or three on hand
Replenish as soon as you use one, don’t wait until you’re out again

Think of it the way you think about your anesthesia drugs, your surgical sutures, or your IV lines. You wouldn’t let those run to zero before reordering. Your equipment consumables deserve exactly the same discipline, because when a patient is on the table, there’s no time to wait for a delivery.

Need help building your backup kit?

Contact our team at Dispomed, we’ll help you identify the right components for your specific equipment.

Contact Our Team

Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 00:00:06 +0700

The number of hours of light turkeys and broiler chickens are reared under affects their health and behavior in numerous ways, often negatively, so optimal light management is a key factor in ensuring positive bird welfare and good market weight. A recent study indicating these findings also noted that specific research on turkeys in this area and others is sorely lacking.

Research on turkeys is lacking

Turkeys and broiler chickens are two distinct animals with their own unique characteristics. Yet, research on broilers is often applied to commercial turkeys, which may lead to unexpected effects of management practices related to turkeys.

In addressing this topic at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Karen Schwean-Lardner, PhD, University of Saskatchewan, noted that research on turkeys has been sorely lacking. In a recent literature search she did regarding studies on turkeys and lighting, she found 20 to 30 papers that were published in the ‘90s, approximately 10 in the early 2000s, then very few since.

She posited four reasons for the dearth of research on turkeys: expense, difficulty, equipment needs and declining consumption in some areas of the world. Regarding expense, three broiler trials can be run in the time it takes to run one turkey trial; meanwhile, turkey poults are expensive, so if a bird dies, it’s not a cheap loss.

Running trials with turkeys is also more difficult than with broilers because turkeys are so big, strong and heavy. Since it is often difficult to find funding for loaders in small research trials, people may have to hand carry the 3,000 to 4,000 birds onto a truck, which their size and strength make challenging.

The third barrier is that turkeys require different equipment depending on their age, so the equipment must be changed from small to large during one research trial, or the turkeys have to move to different houses — for example, from a brooding/early rearing barn to a rearing barn for the latter part of production.

Finally, fewer studies are done on turkeys because turkey tends to be seen as a holiday food rather than a staple readily available, like chickens, at fast-food restaurants like McDonald’s.

Commercial turkeys are similar to wild ones

Schwean-Lardner explained that there are similarities between commercial turkeys and wild turkeys which helped guide her research. She noted that “while the percentage of time of specific behaviors may change between wild and commercial turkeys, the behaviors themselves remain the same.”

Wild turkeys live in small groups with one male and a few females. They spend time foraging for food, dust bathing and preening. They are omnivorous to the point they have eaten mercury thermometers and string.

They are ground dwelling except they climb in stages to roost in trees for safety and to hatch their young. This knowledge of how they roost in stages can be applied to enrichment in commercial houses by offering them staged perches versus one high one, Schwean-Lardner said.

Young turkeys can fly at 5 weeks and are usually chased out of the nest by 12 weeks. Males form banded groups and display their feathers in courtship dances.

Effect of lighting periods studied

Schwean-Lardner and her team at the University of Saskatchewan conducted a study of the effects of photoperiod lengths on the behaviors of turkeys and broilers. The overall purpose was to provide information that could be used in the proper management of commercial turkeys rather than focusing on comparing turkeys to broilers.

For the study, both turkeys and broilers were housed in the same facility and subjected to the same lighting treatments, staff and management style. Hank Classen, PhD, originally designed this facility for a lighting research project decades previously.

The experiments exposed the birds to four different light periods — 14, 17, 20 and 23 hours of light per day — and were replicated to ensure validity. The exposures were done four times on approximately 28,000 broilers but only twice on turkeys — 480 toms and 720 hens — due to the higher costs of working with turkeys.

The broilers were housed to 49 days of age while the turkeys were 126 days old at time of shipment. Birds were managed as per Aviagen recommendations, and data were collected throughout on growth, feed intake, mortality and morbidity, and welfare assessments.

The study researchers took video of the birds 24 hours a day at two ages and noted the behavior of every bird every 10 minutes throughout those periods.

More light equals less activity

The length of the photoperiod clearly affected the activity levels of both broilers and turkeys. For both species, longer daylight hours caused them to be inactive, so that at 23 hours, they displayed a “significant increase in doing nothing but laying in the litter.”

For the broilers, this meant spending more than 85% of their time resting with 23 hours of light, which reduced to less than 70% of time resting under 17 and 14 hours of light. This lack of activity can affect numerous areas like feed intake, footpad lesions and leg health.

Correspondingly, the broilers showed their highest amount of walking at 17 light hours — 4% of the time compared to less than 1% at 23 hours.

The turkeys, who were studied at 14 and 17 weeks, also showed the least activity at 23 hours of light, when they rested up to 73% of the time (at 17 weeks), while in 14 hours of light they rested for 67% of the time. Their walking achieved a high of 5% of their time (at 17 weeks) in 14 light hours with a low of 3% at 23 hours.

Because both birds exhibited the most activity around 17 hours of light, Schwean-Lardner stated that this photoperiod “should be probably the bottom end of our lighting program for both bird strains,” and 23 hours of light should not be used in commercial houses for either strain.

The study also examined time spent at feeders. It has been assumed that giving birds longer light access would lead to them spending more time at feeders and increasing their feed intake. The study found the opposite so that longer light resulted in a decrease in the percentage of time spent at feeders by both birds.

For example, under 23 hours of light, the percent of time broilers spent at feeders decreased from 7% to 4%, resulting in lower bodyweight. Turkeys experienced a similar result as their market bodyweights were highest at 14 hours of light and lowest at 23 hours.

Other behaviors affected by light

The study also examined comfort and exploratory behaviors, such as preening, which often indicate positive welfare for the birds. The effect of photoperiod on broilers was dramatic. When reared under 23 hours of light, broilers spent only 1% of their time preening, but that percentage increased as the amount of light decreased. This “decline is much faster and much more severe with broilers” than turkeys, Schwean-Lardner noted, and so the broilers really have trouble with those long day lengths.

The turkeys also displayed behavioral changes related to light, though not as severe as those in broilers. For example, exploratory pecking — a positive indicator of welfare — was lowest when turkeys were reared under 23 hours of light and highest under 14 hours. Schwean-Lardner noted that turkeys are also prone to aggressive pecking so that “species-specific research into managing abnormal behavior” is needed.

Overall, Schwean-Lardner concluded that the study findings showed that “we should not be using broiler data to make our decisions for turkeys.” She also reemphasized the need for more research to be done specifically on turkeys.

The post Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior appeared first on Modern Poultry.

According to the White House, China would resume poultry imports from U.S. states recognised as HPAI-free

Edusehat — Wed, 20 May 2026 16:45:09 +0700

The White House stated that China would resume imports of poultry meat and poultry products from U.S. states recognised by the U.S. Department of Agriculture as free from highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI), following the recent summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping in Beijing.

The announcement was included in a White House fact sheet outlining a broader agricultural trade framework under which China would purchase agricultural products from the United States at an annualised rate of $17 billion per year for 2026, with the same level indicated for 2027 and 2028. The commitments are in addition to previous soybean purchase agreements reached in 2025.

According to the White House, China would resume imports of poultry products from U.S. states officially recognised as free from avian influenza by USDA authorities. China’s Ministry of Commerce separately stated that the Chinese side would “actively advance solutions” regarding poultry exports from certain U.S. states to China.

The discussions also addressed the recognition of avian influenza-free zones. China said the United States would actively work on Chinese concerns related to the recognition of Shandong province as a bird-flu-free area.

Trade data show that U.S. poultry meat and poultry product exports to China reached $286 million in 2025, compared with more than $1 billion in 2022. During the same period, tariffs and avian influenza-related restrictions reduced trade volumes for several agricultural products.

Alongside poultry, the two countries also discussed beef trade. China renewed expired registrations and approved new listings for hundreds of U.S. beef establishments. The U.S. Meat Export Federation stated that China’s General Administration of Customs granted five-year registration extensions to 425 U.S. beef establishments and approved 77 new registrations, while 38 establishments remain suspended.

China’s Ministry of Commerce said the two sides agreed to work on resolving non-tariff barriers and market access issues involving agricultural products. Both governments also referred to possible reciprocal tariff reductions covering selected products, although no detailed product list was released.

At the time of reporting, Beijing had not published a full confirmation of all terms announced by the White House.

VIV Europe 2026: key exhibitors heading to Utrecht

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:40:09 +0700

From hatchery automation and AI-based monitoring systems to feed technologies, processing equipment and animal health solutions, VIV Europe 2026 will bring together companies and professionals from across the international livestock and poultry sector at Jaarbeurs, Utrecht, the Netherlands, from 2 to 4 June.

The 25th edition of the exhibition is expected to host around 600 exhibitors from Europe, Asia and the Middle East, covering the entire feed-to-food chain, including poultry, swine, dairy and aquaculture production. The event will also run alongside VICTAM International 2026, adding a strong focus on feed production and feed processing technologies.

Alongside the exhibition, the conference programme will address topics currently influencing the industry, such as automation, digital farming, sustainability, animal welfare and production efficiency.

For visitors, the event offers the chance to see new technologies firsthand, meet suppliers and technical partners, and follow current developments across different areas of animal protein production.

Conference programme:
VIV Europe 2026 Conference Programme

Registration:
Register for VIV Europe 2026

Below is a selection of exhibitors attending VIV Europe 2026:

Agritech – Booth 08.C012

Agritech has been since 1987 a leading company in the design and manufacturing of bulk storage systems both for dry and liquid materials in the animal farming sector. Our range of highly resistant fiberglass silos & tanks covers the needs of farmers from 2 to 100 m³and we also manufacture different bulk material loading and unloading devices, such as stationary and portable screw conveyors, feed transport tanks, flex augers. Moreover, our experience in the processing of fiberglass led us to develop a wide program of shelters and modular stables for animals (dairy, swine, poultry) which are also available with proper insulation for severe environmental conditions. At VIV Europe 2026 we plan to present new portable silos Mod. CUBO X, easily transportable and displaceable by forklift in empty or full–loaded situations and special ozone generators for the sanitization of farms and agricultural ambiences in general.

📧 Email: commerce@agritech.it 🌐 Web site: www.agritech.it

Aviagen – Booth 08.C058

At Aviagen, we are committed to Breeding Success Together with our customers and industry partners. By combining innovation, expertise and a strong focus on sustainability, we continually improve bird health, welfare and productivity. Our approach supports operational excellence and a sustainable future for the poultry industry. We advance welfare through balanced breeding, drive sustainability through innovation and support customer success with expertise and efficient performance. With a diverse breed portfolio, ongoing research, talent development and a commitment to security of supply, we deliver long-term progress and value. Join us at our digital stand (Hall 8, Booth 08.C058) as we celebrate 70 years of Ross and showcase how we are Breeding Success Together.

📧 Email: mediaenquiries@aviagen.com 🌐 Web site: https://aviagen.com/

Aza International – Booth 07.C016

Breedaza and Self-Dosy for precise and safe feed management.
Aza International will be present at VIV Europe 2026 with two flagship lines dedicated to breeders.
The Breedaza line offers advanced solutions for optimised ration management, ensuring uniformity of treatment and reducing variability in production results.
The range dedicated to breeders includes the Self-Dosy system, which enables automatic and calibrated feed distribution to roosters, reducing manual intervention and minimising contamination risks.
The entire Aza International range is designed with a rigorous approach to biosecurity: our conveyors are manufactured with materials and geometries that facilitate cleaning and disinfection, minimising pathogen transmission vectors between cycles.
They also allow storage units to be positioned outside the farm, limiting the entry of transport vehicles.

Visit our stand to explore the technical features of our solutions.

🎥 Watch the company video

📧 Email: info@azainternational.it 🌐 Web site: www.azainternational.it

Biochem – Booth 12.C056

Biochem will be exhibiting at VIV Europe 2026. We do not want to miss this opportunity to promote our new range of Beta Trace organic minerals – registered and patented for all animal species – to the market.
Biochem is a family-run business based in Germany that develops and manufactures additives for the animal feed sector. Under the motto ‘Feed Safety for Food Safety®’, Biochem produces high-quality additives and solutions in the form of water-soluble powders, pastes and liquids for pigs, poultry, ruminants, fish, pets and horses, in compliance with GMP+, QS, DIN EN ISO 9001, DIN ISO 50001 and HACCP.
Our mission is to channel all our company’s strength and expertise into supporting you in your daily work. Biochem additives are characterized by efficiency, quality and sustainability. From gut health, toxin management and feed efficiency to immune stimulation – we offer solutions for every animal species, every type of production and every climate zone.
We are your trusted partner when it comes to animal nutrition and health. With over 400 employees who are experts in various fields such as biotechnology, chemistry and veterinary science, hailing from more than 40 countries worldwide, we are in close contact with you – wherever you are.
Drawing on our production and veterinary expertise, we have developed a comprehensive portfolio to support you in tackling the key challenges in your professional career.

📧 Email: info@biochem.net 🌐 Web site: biochem.net

Carfed International LTD – Booth 11.E014

Excellence in poultry transport

With over 60 years of Italian manufacturing excellence and a strong British network, Carfed International Ltd. specializes in high-quality plastic crates and baskets for live bird transportation.
Proudly Made in Italy, our customizable designs focus on animal welfare. Produced from first-grade virgin HDPE with full UV resistance, our solutions deliver ultimate durability and efficient ventilation, directly reducing Dead on Arrival (DOA) rates.
Today, Carfed reliably serves partners in over 65 countries worldwide, backed by dedicated after-sale support. Visit us at our exhibition stand to discover reliable, long-lasting, and efficient solutions tailored to your poultry operations.

LinkedIn 1 [here] and LinkedIn 2 [here]

🎥 Company video: CARFED 2025 Record Turnover – English version

📧 Email: carfed@carfed.co.uk 🌐 Web site: carfed.co.uk

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company – Booth 12.A069

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company, is a global provider of animal health and biosecurity solutions, delivering advanced hygiene programs for the livestock and food industries. Combining science, innovation, and field expertise, it develops cleaning and disinfection products that improve farm productivity, animal health, and food safety. With a wide portfolio of over 1,000 products and presence in more than 100 countries, we support sustainable farming and help producers control pathogens and optimize performance across the food chain.
Visit our stand 12A069 at VIV Europe to learn more about our programs and talk with our experts.

🌐 Web site: Animal Health | Ecolab

Codaf – Booth 08.B035

Codaf is an Italian company specialized in the design and production of automatic feeding systems for the poultry industry. With more than 50 years of experience in poultry equipment, the company has developed an extensive range of feeders and automated feeding solutions for broilers, breeders, pullets, turkeys, ducks and other poultry species. Continuous innovation and attention to quality and animal welfare have led to the development of the patented “Giò” feeder, designed to ensure easy access to feed from the first days of life while helping reduce feed waste. Easy to use and clean, Codaf feeding systems are designed to support efficient flock management and consistent performance in modern poultry production

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@codaf.net 🌐 Web site: https://www.codaf.net

Dacs – Booth 07.C108

MagFans and Solectrifiers enhance operational efficiency
The combination of MagFan and Solectrifier delivers a highly efficient and reliable solution, reducing electricity costs by up to 90% compared to traditional 50″ on/off fans. The Solectrifier converts energy directly from photovoltaic panels and supplies it seamlessly to the MagFans. As the system operates on the secondary side of the grid, the fans continue running independently and seamlessly, even during power outages.

Ensuring safety and uninterrupted airflow
With 90% of grid outages occurring during daylight hours, this setup ensures continuous and dependable operation. Installed on the secondary side, the Solectrifier maintains consistent airflow, strengthening operational reliability and supporting safety when it matters most.

Below is a link to a video from Colombia where the combination of MagFans and Solectrifiers has been in operation for more than four years now.

🎥 Company video: Solectrifiers in operation at Technigran, Colombia.mp4 – MediaCMS

📧 Email: Niels Dybdahl nd@dacs.dk 🌐 Web site: www.dacs.dk

Giordano – Booth 09.B030 – 12.D020

Giordano returns to VIV Europe 2026 to showcase its advanced technologies dedicated to the poultry and veterinary sector. Recognized worldwide for the quality and reliability of its products, the company has built its reputation on more than six decades of expertise, continuous innovation and close attention to the evolution of modern farming.
Giordano’s product range includes solutions for transport, farm equipment, eggs handling and vaccination devices, developed to support the industry with high technical standards and sustainable production values. Visitors are invited to discover the latest developments and meet the Giordano Global team at Booth 09.B030, while Booth 12.D020 will be entirely dedicated to vaccination solutions and animal health technologies.

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@giordanoglobal.com 🌐 Web site: https://giordanoglobal.com

Hendrix Genetics – Booth 08.C030

Hendrix Genetics is a global leader in layer breeding, supporting egg producers worldwide with well-balanced, reliable laying hen genetics. Through our portfolio of laying hen brands, including ISA, Babcock, Bovans, Dekalb, Hisex, Warren and Shaver, we work closely with our customers to match the right bird to each production system. Our focus is on robustness, feed efficiency, egg quality, and persistency, helping deliver consistent results in daily practice. What drives us is long-term partnership, with teams close to the field translating genetic progress into practical on-farm value. At VIV Europe, we look forward to meeting you and exchanging ideas on the future of layer production.

📧 Email: layinghens@hendrix-genetics.com 🌐 Web site: www.layinghens.hendrix-genetics.com/

Hubbard – Booth 08.E060

Hubbard conventional and premium

Your choice, our commitment!

Hubbard is the worldwide reference with the Hubbard Premium product range offering a large portfolio of breeds with colour differentiation, slow(er) growth and excellent robustness. This includes the Hubbard REDBRO which offers the best balance for the BCC/ECC market in terms of animal welfare, environment, and economics of any commercially available slower-growing breed.
The Hubbard Efficiency Plus female and the M77 and M99 males perfectly match the needs of the conventional broiler markets looking for the efficient production of hatching eggs and chicks, strong broiler growth, low feed conversion, good conformation and uniformity.

📧 Email: communication@hubbardbreeders.com 🌐 Web site: www.hubbardbreeders.com

Lubing System srl – Booth 07.D090

Once again this year, Lubing System srl will be present at VIV Europe on the stand of the German mother company Lubing Maschinenfabrik.
For over 70 years, the name Lubing has been known among breeders around the world as a synonym for high quality watering systems, conveyor systems for eggs and climate systems. We are a company committed to excellence, with global knowledge of the poultry market and years of experience in the development of state-of-the-art products.
Our staff will be on hand to welcome customers, visitors and colleagues to share with them all the latest news.

Visit us at VIV Europe to discover the world of Lubing, you will find us in Hall 7 at Stand D090.

🎥 Company video: Lubing – TopNipple – CombiMaster – EasyLine 2.0

📧 Email: info@lubing.it 🌐 Web site: www.lubingsystem.com

JBT Marel – Booth 11.E020

JBT Marel will launch a number of premieres at VIV Europe, all transforming the future of food processing.
The VC-i, the world’s most intelligent vent cutter, brings artificial intelligence to vent cutting, the first and most critical step in evisceration. An AI-based visual sensor checks correct cloaca removal and positioning. Mechanical upgrades, recipe-driven settings, and real-time monitoring ensure consistent quality. Together with the Nuova-i system, the VC-i delivers optimal performance, high yield, and top hygiene.
JBT Marel integrates all in-line steps from deboning to inspection, entirely mastering breast meat processing. After ATHENA has deboned the breasts, OQULA inspects and grades both sides using AI-based vision sensors and separates the A- and B-grade product streams. B-grade products are sent to trimming, while A-grade products go directly to SensorX for final bone inspection.

🎥 Company video: VC-i – ATHENA

Email: info.poultry@marel.com 🌐 Web site: jbtmarel.com/poultry

Novogen – Booth 08.C024

As a key player in the layer genetics market, Novogen stands out as a challenger with a distinctive vision—rooted in field expertise, a hands-on approach, and a strong commitment to collaboration.
Since its inception, Novogen has pursued an ambitious selection strategy focused on production systems, efficiency, robustness, and behavioral traits adapted to all types of production environments.
Our team of international experts works closely with our partners to optimize the genetic potential of our lines. We aim to serve the egg market through a strategy that combines performance, innovation, and strong customer relationships, All in One!
In Europe, this approach has enabled us to build an extensive distribution network. Together with our partners, Novogen continues to achieve tangible growth and expand its market share year after year.

VIV Europe 2026 will be a valuable opportunity to reconnect with our partners, showcase our latest innovations, and discuss our shared ambitions for growth and development across diverse markets.

📧 Email: marketing.novogen@novogen-layers.com 🌐 Web site: www.novogen-layers.com

Petersime – Booth 09.C080

Hatching the future with Petersime

Discover UniStreamer™, Petersime’s new generation of single‑stage incubators designed to deliver predictable results, full traceability and outstanding chick uniformity.
The future of hatchery performance is defined by precision – and full control over every step. With the new UniStreamer™ range, hatcheries gain exactly that level of control. By monitoring every stage – from breeder farm to grow‑out farm – UniStreamer™ gives hatcheries the clarity and control needed to deliver predictable, traceable output of uniform, high-quality chicks. Cycle after cycle.

Curious how UniStreamer™ can strengthen your operation?

https://zootecnicainternational.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Petersime_UniStreamer_EN.mp4

📧 Email: info@petersime.com 🌐 Web site: www.petersime.com

River Systems – Booth 07.D140

River Systems is excited to announce its participation in VIV Europe in Utrecht! It is the perfect opportunity to visit our stand and get hands-on with our full range of products designed for hobbyists and small farms.
Come and discover our flagship innovations, including our Wi-Fi enabled incubators, which can be fully controlled remotely through our dedicated CovApp. Explore our professional-grade range of nests, durable bell drinkers, the Caleo heating plate, and much more.
Don’t miss the chance to touch the quality of our equipment and see how our technology can simplify your daily work. Our team is waiting for you in Utrecht to show you the best of “Made in Italy” poultry equipment.

🎥 Company video: Discover our world

📧 Email: info@riversystems.it 🌐 Web site: www.riversystems.it

Sperotto – Booth 07.E016

STAR is the innovative Sperotto feeder designed to effectively feed your chicks from the first day of life.
STAR combines the best features from chicks up to broiler feeder, thanks to its low-profile tray with a hinged lid, the ability to adjust the feed level via a ring nut and telescopic lift, the feed exclusion flap, and the anti-intrusion grid. It includes the emergency end sensor to avoid any feed overflow.

The sturdy, top-quality PE-PP polyethylene makes STAR a reliable and durable product.

🎥 Company video: here

🌐 Web site: www.sperotto-spa.com 🌐 Facebook https://it-it.facebook.com/sperottospaitaly/

Tecnozoo – Booth 12.D080

Research-driven nutritional solutions for poultry production

Tecnozoo is an Italian company specialized in the manufacturing of complementary feeds for modern livestock production (cattle, swine, poultry), with a dedicated portfolio of solutions for the poultry sector.
Through research-driven formulations based on essential oils, organic acids and specialty ingredients, the company develops several products designed to support animal wellbeing and production performance.
Tecnozoo offers a wide portfolio of solutions, including products for intestinal support, feed efficiency, hydration, liver support and stress management.
Combining Made in Italy quality, technical expertise and advanced manufacturing standards, the company also provides flexible private label solutions tailored to international partners and distributors.

Come and visit us at VIV Europe.

📧 Email: tecnozoo@tecnozoo.it 🌐 Web site: tecnozoo.it

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen – Booth 08.E030

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen are part of family‑owned VDL Group from the Netherlands. Together, they develop innovative solutions for modern poultry farming. VDL Agrotech focuses on reliable feeding systems, while VDL Jansen delivers animal‑friendly, high‑efficiency housing and egg handling technologies. By combining practical experience with smart engineering, both companies create solutions that improve animal welfare, optimize performance, and support sustainable, future‑ready poultry production worldwide.

🎥 Company video: Organic Poultry Houses for Layers | FlexBelt High Flow – Egg Handling | Broiler House

Broiler Breeder Houses | Broiler Breeder Project

📧 Email: info@vdlagrotech.nl 🌐 Web site: www.vdlagrotech.com

📧 Email: info@vdljansen.com 🌐 Web site: www.vdljansen.com

Vencomatic Group – Booth 08.D050

Vencomatic Group will showcase the future of smart poultry farming during VIV Europe 2026 in Utrecht. Visitors will discover how data-driven solutions and intelligent insights help producers improve bird welfare, optimize operational performance and support sustainable egg production.
A key focus at VIV Europe 2026 will be on Meggsius and Genus Focus, showcasing how smart technology and data-driven insights are shaping the future of poultry farming. The Meggsius solutions demonstrate how real-time monitoring and advanced farm data create actionable insights for better decision-making and improved operational performance.
Genus Focus highlights the next step in sustainable hatchery innovation with its in-ovo sexing technology, enabling reliable, fast and completely contactless gender determination of embryos during incubation. Using advanced MRI imaging combined with AI-driven analysis, eggs can automatically be classified on day 12 of incubation – or earlier – as female, male or infertile.
In addition, visitors can explore innovative solutions including the Van Gent Nest and Bolegg Gallery. Meet our team and experience how technology and data are shaping the future of poultry farming.

Visit Vencomatic Group at Hall 8, Booth 08.D050.

📧 Email: marketing@vencomaticgroup.com 🌐 Web site: www.vencomaticgroup.com

The full exhibitor list is available here:
VIV Europe 2026 Exhibitor List

Pivotal Roles of Fish Nutrition and Feeding: Recent Advances and Future Outlook for Brazilian Fish Farming

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 08:55:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

As global aquaculture shifts toward ecological responsibility, Brazil’s nutritional strategies are evolving to reduce reliance on traditional fishmeal through the use of microalgae and plant-derived compounds. This articleexaminesrecentresearchonmacroalgaeandbioactivepeptides as pillars of a resilient production system. By prioritizing gut health and immune modulation, these advancements offer a sustainable framework for optimizing fish welfare and long-term environmental health.

Fish farming plays a central role in global aquaculture by generating employment, supporting economic growth, and enhancing food security.

As the sector expands, advances in aquafeed technology and the use of feed additives have become essential to improving fish growth, health and production efficiency.

Feed additives such as vitamins, minerals and amino acids ensure that diets meet the nutritional requirements of farmed fish, while growth promoters enhance performance and feed conversion. Functional additives including probiotics, prebiotics, phytobiotics and algae-based compounds. Strengthen the immune system, increase resistance to diseases, and improve survival rates. Some additives also reduce stress and enhance overall welfare, contributing to more stable production systems.

Enzymes play a role in improving digestion and nutrient absorption, reducing feed waste and increasing efficiency. Similarly, microalgae are promising alternatives to traditional fishmeal and fish oil, as they provide essential fatty acids, proteins, and bioactive compounds that support growth, immunity, and product quality.

Plant-derived compound, such as essential oils and herbal extracts, are increasingly used as natural alternatives to synthetic chemicals. These compounds improve growth, immune response, and disease resistance while promoting a healthier production environment.

Probiotics and prebiotics further enhance gut health and microbiota balance, leading to better nutrient utilization and increase resistance to pathogens. Their use has shown positive effects on survival, intestinal health, and immune responses in several fish species.

Overall, the development of functional and sustainable feeds is crucial for the future of aquaculture. Current research focuses on replacing conventional ingredients with natural and environmentally friendly alternatives, improving efficiency while reducing ecological impact. These innovations are particularly important in rapidly growing regions such as Brazil but are applicable to aquaculture systems worldwide.

Feed additives such as probiotics and phytobiotics are essential for modern aquaculture, strengthening the fish immune system and increasing resistance to pathogens. These functional compounds improve gut health and microbiota balance, leading to superior survival rates and more stable production environments.

Pivotal Roles of Feed in Fish Farming

Feed additives are essential components in aquaculture, used to improve feed quality, enhance fish health, and optimize production performance (Figure 1). These additives are classified according to their functions and mechanisms of action, playing a key role in sustainable and efficient fish farming.

Improved digestibility and nutrient absorption

Feed additives such as digestive enzymes significantly enhance nutrient utilization by breaking down complex compounds like proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates. Enzymes including proteases, lipases, and carbohydrates improve digestion and compensate for limited endogenous enzyme production, particularly in juvenile fish. This leads to better feed efficiency, growth performance, and reduced waste.

For example, enzyme supplementation is species such as pirarucu improved growth and nutrient digestibility, while phytase enhances the utilization of plant-based ingredients. Similarly, protein hydrolysates from poultry liver and sardines have been shown to improve nutritional efficiency and productivity in various fish species.

Overall, improving digestibility results in optimized growth, lower feed costs, and reduced environmental impact, contributing to more sustainable aquaculture systems.

Increased immunity and health

Functional feed additives play a crucial role in enhancing fish immunity and overall health. Probiotics, such as Lactobacillus and Bacillus species, improve gut microbiota balance, nutrient absorption, and disease resistance by inhibiting pathogenic microorganisms and stimulating immune responses. Prebiotics further support beneficial bacteria, creating a favorable intestinal environment.

Immunomodulators, including essential fatty acids (EPA, DHA, and ARA), nucleotides. and plant extracts, regulate immune cell activity and improve resistance to infections. Organic acids contribute to pathogen control and improved digestion, while antioxidants such as vitamins A,D, and E, along with minerals like zinc and selenium, reduce oxidative stress andstrengthen immune function.

Bioactive peptides also enhance immune responses by activating immune cells and providing antimicrobial effects. Additionally, improve digestion through enzyme supplementation indirectly supports immune health by reducing physiological stress.

In summary, feed additives are fundamental to modern aquaculture, improving both nutritional efficiency and fish health. By enhancing digestion, boosting immunity and reducing environmental impact, they support more productive, resilient, and sustainable fish farming systems (Figure 1).

Macroalgae species, including Ulva and Gracilaria, are emerging as potent biotechnological tools due to their immunostimulant and growth-promoting properties. They serve as natural sources of carotenoids and essential amino acids, enhancing fillet quality and antioxidant responses in species like Nile tilapia.

NutritionalApproachesin Brazilian Marine Fish Farming

Nutritional strategies in Brazilian marine aquaculture have evolved to improve fish growth, health, and sustainability, particularly for economically important species such as mullet, snook, and sardines. Research shows that not all dietary additives are beneficial. For instance, guar gum and citrus pectin at higher inclusion levels negatively affected growth performance, nutrient composition, and feed intake in juvenile mullet, while also altering liver metabolism without improving communities. In contrast, citral supplementation enhanced growth, digestive enzyme activity, antioxidant responses, and survival in mullet and sardines, although it was not recommended for common snook.

Probiotics such as Bacillus subtilis demonstrated immunostimulant effects in snook, though without significant growth improvements. Organic salts, particularly sodium acetate, improved growth performance and reduced bacterial loads in fat snook, highlighting their potential as functional additives. Similarly, ascorbic acid supplementation improved reproductive parameters like sperm quality, even when growth was unaffected. Exogenous enzymes also showed promise by mitigating soybean mealinduced intestinal issues and enhancing nutrient utilization.

Marine ornamental fish production presents additional challenges due to reliance on wild capture, raising sustainability concerns such as overfishing and habitat damage, and specialized dietary requirements. Experimental diets and additives play a key role in addressing these issues. Thyroid hormones have been shown to accelerate metamorphosis, improve survival, and enhance development in species like clownfish and barber goby, although excessive doses can cause deformities.

Probiotics and enriched live feeds improved growth and survival in seahorses, especially when combined with microalgae or copepods. Carotenoids such as astaxanthin significantly enhanced pigmentation and immune function, with natural sources proving more effective than synthetic ones. Exogenous enzymes like pancreatin improved digestion, intestinal development, and growth performance in both seahorses and clownfish larvae. Organic acids contributed to better intestinal morphology and nutrient absorption, although their long-term effects require further study.

Microalgae emerged as a critical nutritional component, improving survival, growth, and fatty acid composition in larvae, while also serving as a sustainable alternative to traditional feed ingredients. Additionally, micronutrients such as iodine were essential for preventing physiological disorders like goiter in certain species.

Overall, advances in nutritional strategies, including functional additives and alternative feed sources, are essential for improving aquaculture productivity and sustainability while reducing dependance on wild populations.

Recent Advances for Feeding in Brazilian Fish Farming

In recent years, macroalgae have gained attention as a functional feeding strategy in aquaculture due to their nutritional, immunostimulant, antiviral, antibacterial, and growth-promoting properties. Studies on species such as Ulva ohnoi, Sargassum filipendula, Undaria pinnatifida, Chaetomorpha clavate, and Kappaphycus alvarezii have demonstrated positive effects on the growth and immunity of Pacific white shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), suggesting similar potential benefits for fish. However, research on macroalgae use in fish diets remains limited in Brazil.

Costa and Miranda-Filho (2020) highlighted the importance of marine macroalgae as sources of carotenoids, which influence not only coloration but also growth, reproduction, and overall health in aquatic species. Experimental studies with fish show promising but nuanced results. For instance, Pontes et al. (2020) found that including 10% Ulva fasciate meal in juvenile Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) diets did not affect gastrointestinal transit, indicating it is a safe inclusion level. Similarly, Costa et al. (2013) reported improved feed conversion and carcass yield in tilapia when diets included 20 g Kg-1 of Ascophyllum nodosum.

In contrast, Mendonca et al. (2019) observed that while Gracilaria domingensis enhanced immune responses in juvenile mullet (Mugil liza) growth was negatively affected at inclusion levels above 10%. A 5% inclusion level was identified as optimal, improving immune competence without compromising growth. Fish fed macroalgae also showed increased levels of immune-related antibodies.

Macroalgae also influence physiological and biochemical parameters. Cian et al. (2019) found that Pyropia columbina improved antioxidant responses in juvenile pacu (Piaractus mesopotamicus), reducing oxidative stress markets without affecting growth. Meanwhile, Ulva fasciata supplementation in Seriola dordalis did not alter growth but improve fillet quality by increasing DHA and reducing linoleic acid content, along with changes in hematological parameters at higher inclusion levels.

Additionally, Ulva species may serve as natural sources of tryptophan phenylalanine, potentially reducing stress in fish farming systems (Calheiros et al., 2019). Overall, macroalgae show strong biotechnological potential as feed additives, enhancing fish health, immunity, and product quality, although further research is needed in Brazil.

Future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming

The future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming looks very promising. With the ongoing expansion of the Brazilian fish farming industry, there is anticipated to be a notable rise in research efforts and the introduction of new products to the market. The fish farming sector in Brazil is experiencing rapid growth, with investments being made in water resource management technologies and the development of specific diets for native species, which will help ensure the sector’s sustainability.

These prospects indicate a dynamic future with significant growth opportunities for fish farming in Brazil. Recent highlights of the Brazilian evolution in the search for sustainable alternatives for the aquafeed industry include feed additives such as citral, β-glucan-enriched complex, Ocimum basilicum essential oil, Bacillus spp and organic benzoic acid, propionic acid, Curcuma longa hydrolate and Lactobacillus plantarum, Inulin, Lippia sidoides essential oil, and Lactobacillus rhamnosus.

Despite the advancements in Brazilian research reported in this study, it is crucial to incorporate these advancements into the aquafeed industry to enhance the growth and sustainability of the sector. Quality ingredients are necessary for formulating fish diets, even though they can be costly. Proper selection of feed ingredients and additives is vital for the health and growth of fish. Nutrition for native species remains a challenge in the Brazilian aquaculture industry. Government support and targeted public policies for the fish feed sector could drive development and innovation. These challenges present obstacles, but also opportunities for innovation and expansion in the Brazilian fish feed industry.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “PIVOTAL ROLES OF FISH NUTRITION AND FEEDING: RECENT ADVANCES AND FUTURE OUTLOOK FOR BRAZILIAN FISH FARMING” developed by:. Aline Brum, Caio Magnotti, Mônica Yumi Tsuzuki, Elen Monique de Oliveira Sousa, José Luiz Pedreira Mouriño, Maurício Laterça Martins. Rafael Garcia Lopes, Roberto Bianchini Derner and Marco Shizuo Owatari ─ Federal University of Santa Catarina. The original article was published on JANUARY, 2025, through FISHES. The full version, including tables and figures, can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.3390/fishes10020047

Nutreco Expands Its Smart Shrimp Ecosystem

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:23 +0700

• Eruvaka’s expansion now spans 12 countries while their tools ensure USD 1.25 billion in harvest value

• The platform’s technology includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring

The international company Nutreco has announced a major expansion of its smart aquaculture ecosystem. Its subsidiary, Eruvaka, that currently operates in 12 countries, helping aquaculture producers adopt smart solutions to increase productivity and reduce risk at commercial scale, and is still growing. The impact of their technological integration originated an enormous production volume in 2025: with approximately 370,000 metric tons of shrimp, with a market value of USD 1.25 billion, were farmed using the platform.

“Shrimp farming has become an AI- and data-driven business, and there is no room for error. Technology alone does not solve volatility. The real impact comes from integrating smart feeding systems with biological expertise, grower experience, feed formulation, and robust local advisory support. That ecosystem enables farmers to make faster, more informed decisions in challenging market conditions,” said Kunal Choudhary, CEO of Eruvaka.

Since Nutreco completed the acquisition of full ownership in 2023, Eruvaka has evolved from a technology provider into a globally integrated platform. It currently supports approximately 20,000 annual harvests, with more than 45,000 hectares of shrimp ponds managed through connected systems and over 60,000 smart feeding devices in operation.

Biomass Increases of Between 40% and 60%

According to them, while persistent price volatility continues to challenge shrimp producers worldwide, the platform represents one of the largest installed bases of smart feeding systems in the industry, reflecting a shift toward precision by producers seeking consistency in an unpredictable market.

In a landscape where pressure on margins is forcing many operations to reevaluate their models, Nutreco’s integrated approach has become a safeguard for profitability. In select markets, producers using the system have achieved biomass increases of between 40% and 60%. Coupled with improved feed efficiency, these operations have seen an increase in farm profits of between 20% and 40%.

It seems that also the environmental benefits are significant. Field studies demonstrated reductions in the carbon footprint of between 10% and 30% through optimized feeding practices. By combining real-time pond data with precise delivery, the system promotes stable conditions and greater farm reliability — factors critical to shrimp survival rates.

Strategic Importance of the Integration

Unlike standalone digital tools, Eruvaka’s technology — which includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring — is integrated within the broader nutritional framework of Skretting (a Nutreco company). This allows the group to move beyond the simple deployment of equipment toward proactive farm optimization.

“For Skretting, the integration of Eruvaka demonstrates how we are evolving as a business. By bringing together digital innovation, nutrition expertise, producer experience, and local advisory support, we empower farmers with better knowledge, create a measurable impact on performance and sustainability, and help maintain resilient aquaculture systems in the long term,” commented Maarten Bijl, CEO of Skretting.

Proactive Farm Optimization

Eruvaka was founded in 2012 by Indian entrepreneur Sreeram Raavi. The company’s products allow farmers to actively monitor pond parameters and remotely control automated equipment. This significantly reduces farming risk and increases feed efficiency, shrimp growth and farm profitability.

Nutreco first partnered with Eruvaka in 2018, and this continued expansion reinforced its long-term commitment to the ‘feed-to-farm’ value chain. “By combining AI innovation with nutritional science, Nutreco is enabling a global shift from reactive support toward proactive farm optimization, strengthening the resilience of the global shrimp supply,” they say.

Since then, Nutreco‘s aquaculture division Skretting is working directly with Eruvaka to implement the latest in precision farming technology, firstly in Latin America and then in Asia.

New Country, Growing Impact: First ASC-Certified Feed Mills in Venezuela

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:17 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) continues to see building global momentum for its Feed Certification Program, with the first two ASC-certified feed mills in Venezuela.

Agropecuaria Nivar became the country’s first ASC-certified feed mill, quickly followed by Proparca who achieved certification soon after – both producing shrimp feed. This milestone signals growing demand for more sustainable aquafeed in the region, with Venezuelan feed mills now certified to supply ASC-conforming feed and marking further progress for Latin America, a key hub in the global shrimp supply chain.

More than 130 feed mills are now in the ASC Feed Program worldwide. With ASC-certified farms required to use ASC-conforming feed, expanding supply is critical to enabling the continued growth of responsible aquaculture.

Marcos Moya, Outreach Lead at ASC, said, “We congratulate both Agropecuaria Nivar and Proporca for achieving ASC Feed Certification. By choosing the most robust and transparent certification in aquafeed manufacturing, they demonstrate their commitment to environmental and social responsibility.”

A representative from Agropecuaria Nivar added, “For Grupo Nivar, ASC Feed Mill certification represents validation of our commitment to responsible feed production, product traceability, and aquaculture sustainability. This achievement reinforces our vision of adding value to our customers and to the development of the aquaculture sector in Venezuela.”

Agropecuaria Nivar team presented with ASC Feed Certificate at SEG 2026

Proporca’s spokesperson concluded, “Achieving certification under the ASC Feed Standard is a source of great pride and a milestone that goes beyond operational excellence. This international recognition validates our commitment to producing aquaculture feed in line with the most stringent standards of traceability, environmental responsibility and social commitment. It’s a key step in our growth strategy.”

“By aligning with world-class standards, we not only strengthen the trust of our business partners but also ensure that the shrimp industry has access to inputs that support its own certification and long-term sustainability. This achievement reaffirms our vision: to lead with quality, act with transparency, and produce responsibly for the future of food.”

Momentum is building in the region: two additional feed mills in Venezuela are already in audit for ASC Feed Certification.

About the ASC Feed Standard

The ASC Feed Standard is the first of its kind to set binding global requirements for all feed ingredients – from fishmeal and fish oil to plant-based ingredients such as soy, palm oil, and wheat. Companies must demonstrate that these are sourced from responsibly managed fisheries or sustainable agricultural sources.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

The ASC label on pack showcases ASC-certified farms and feed mills — impact-focused and transparent operations delivering measurable and verifiable change. They meet science-based, rigorous requirements that foster accountability and trust across the seafood value chain, from feed ingredients to farm to fork.

ASC is an independent non-profit organization setting the global standard for responsible farmed seafood. Our comprehensive environmental and social requirements drive continuous improvement in aquaculture practices.

ASC is advancing the leading certification program for responsible farmed seafood, partnering to increase demand for ASC-labelled products, and championing innovation through industry collaboration.

Find out more: www.asc-aqua.org

Aquaintech Marks 30 Years as a Global Leader in Sustainable Aquaculture Solutions

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:12 +0700

By Aquaintech

Aquaintech today celebrates 30 years of advancing sustainable aquaculture through its Bacillus– based microbial solutions designed to improve water quality and support resilient, high-performance aquatic farming systems worldwide.

Since its founding in 1996, Aquaintech has grown from a specialized water quality innovator into a global biotechnology company focused on practical, biology-driven solutions for aquaculture. Over three decades, the company has built a strong reputation for delivering field-proven microbial solutions in tablet, powder, and liquid formats that help farmers maintain stable, productive, and sustainable aquatic environments.

Today, Aquaintech is the largest supplier of aquaculture microbial solutions in Ecuador, with a growing international presence across Vietnam, Mexico, India, New Caledonia, and other markets. The company supports diverse shrimp and fish farming systems operating under a wide range of environmental conditions.

At the core of its portfolio are Bacillus-based products widely used to support microbial balance, improve water stability, and enhance system resilience across pond-based aquaculture systems, shrimp and fish farms, and hatchery environments.

Aquaintech also offers customized formulations and private-label solutions developed in close collaboration with farmers and industry partners. These solutions are tailored to specific regional conditions, species requirements, and operational challenges, reflecting the company’s customer- centric approach to real-world aquaculture needs.

“As we mark 30 years, our focus remains on delivering practical, science-based solutions that directly address farmer challenges,” said Dr. Newman, CEO and Founder of Aquaintech. “Our strength lies in combining proven Bacillus technologies with the ability to adapt formulations to local conditions and customer requirements.”

Looking ahead, Aquaintech is focused on expanding its global presence, diversifying into new aquaculture markets, and strengthening its leadership in sustainable microbial water quality solutions.

About Aquaintech

Aquaintech is a global aquaculture solutions company founded by Dr. Newman, specializing in Bacillus-based microbial technologies for water quality management. With operations across multiple international markets, the company provides field-proven, customizable solutions that support sustainable and productive aquaculture systems worldwide.

Dr. Newman is also a contributor to several leading aquaculture industry publications, reflecting his ongoing engagement with applied aquaculture science and industry knowledge sharing.

The Norwegian Cod Farming Company Ode Acquires Mowi Facility in Vanylven

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:06 +0700

• **Some weeks before, they acquired Lumarine, that currently operates the largest juvenile cod production facility in the country**

The Norwegian cod farming company Ode just announced that has entered into an agreement to acquire Mowi’s facility in Vanylven, Norway. They reported that Mowi will continue operating the facility through the summer with its current stock of ballan wrasse. After that, Ode will take over the facility and its employees and convert the operations to cod juvenile and broodstock production.

“Ode is a strong player in cod farming and will further develop the facility in a responsible and sustainable manner,” said Regional Director Asgeir Hasund of Mowi Norway.

For his part, Ode CEO Ola Kvalheim commented: “The company has a strong need for increased onshore capacity, and Sighaug fits perfectly into our portfolio with its skilled and experienced employees, proximity to several of Ode’s farming sites, and opportunities for further development and investment.”

Without Interruption

Kvalheim emphasized that Ode sees Sighaug as an important facility in the company’s value chain for farmed cod. The facility, together with several of its employees, has previously produced cod juveniles with very strong results.

“We are confident that we can build on what Mowi has developed over the past years. The facility can easily be converted back to cod and is well suited for both juvenile and broodstock production. Together with Mowi, we are immediately starting the process of applying for a change of species approval to cod. We hope for a swift process with the relevant authorities so that operations can resume without interruption in activity,” assured Kvalheim.

According to Mowi’s Regional Director Hasund, they “are pleased to have found a good solution for the facility and its employees. This will ensure continued operations in Vanylven,” he said while he also thanked the facility’s employees for their efforts over many years, and especially for their work in recent times.

Euronext NOTC-Listed Seafood Company Lumarine

Some weeks before the announcement, Kistefos-controlled Holding Akvaservice, together with shareholders representing more than 90% of the shares, entered into an agreement to sell their shares to Ode. The remaining shareholders have been offered the opportunity to sell their shares on the same terms. Lumarine currently operates Norway’s largest juvenile cod production facility at Tjeldbergodden in Aure municipality, also in Norway. The facility produced approximately 1,500 tons of juvenile cod last year.

Ode and Lumarine have worked closely together since 2022, and the acquisition represents an important step in Ode’s continued development as a leading and fully integrated producer of farmed cod, they highlighted.

The company plans to invest significantly in further modernization and scaling of production to 5,000 tons of juvenile cod by 2027. Such capacity will be necessary to support a potential annual production volume of around 100,000 tons of market-size cod within the next five years.

“We are very pleased to announce this acquisition. We know Lumarine, the organization, and the facility well after a very successful collaboration over the past five years. Bringing this fully into Ode is a natural and strategically sound step for us. It represents a key milestone in strengthening our fully integrated value chain for cod production,” said Kvalheim.

Through this acquisition, Ode is laying the foundation for future growth and a clear modernization and professionalization of juvenile cod production. Lumarine has significant potential for further development and expansion beyond the 5,000 tons planned after the acquisition. According to them, Ode looks forward to further developing the strong professional environment at Tjeldbergodden and strengthening cooperation with the local community in Aure.

“We look forward to fully integrating the organization and production into Ode. This provides greater predictability, allows us to invest in improved biological control, and strengthens our ability to deliver even better juvenile fish in the future. At the same time, we are welcoming highly skilled employees who already have extensive experience with cod juvenile production and who know Ode and our way of working through the long-standing cooperation between the companies,” finished Kvalheim.

Lumarine’s juvenile cod production uses a flow-through system in which seawater is heated through heat exchange with surplus heat from local industry. This enables a highly sustainable production model with low biological and technological risk. Experience with cod production since 2022 has been positive and provides a strong foundation for further development under Ode.

International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:50:36 +0700

As stakeholder expectations around welfare continue to evolve, the poultry value chain has increasingly adopted more meaningful approaches to demonstrate measurable progress and align welfare programs with science and outcomes. This shift requires a fundamental change in how we define, measure and communicate about animal welfare. At the center of that change are outcome-based key welfare indicators (KWIs): animal-centered, science-informed measurements that objectively assess the impact of management and the environment on poultry welfare.

Historically, animal welfare programs have relied heavily on resource-based indicators. These include system inputs such as stocking density, feeder and drinker space, lighting programs, and breed choice. Although these inputs are important, they do not always reliably predict how animals experience their environment.

In contrast, outcome-based indicators focus on the animal itself. These measures assess the actual response to, or results of, management practices, capturing the bird’s biological response to its environment. Examples include mortality rates, cull rates, lameness incidence, footpad dermatitis, injuries, and dead-on-arrival (DOA) percentages. Outcome-based indicators provide a more direct and meaningful assessment of welfare because they quantify the animal’s lived experience. They allow for benchmarking, trend analysis, and continuous improvement across diverse production systems.

Identifying the need for a common framework

One of the most significant barriers to advancing the broad adoption and use of outcome-based KWIs has been the lack of a common system and language. Different organizations have historically used varying definitions, methodologies, and reporting formats, creating fragmentation and reducing credibility with external stakeholders. Establishing a unified framework addresses this challenge by supporting consistent data collection and transparent communication and facilitating benchmarking. This language and systems gap has reinforced the need for a standardized, science-based approach that can be applied across production systems and regions.

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA), a global, multi-stakeholder organization that serves as an independent resource on poultry welfare and brings together expertise from across the value chain, has helped address this need by bringing together stakeholders to align on how welfare outcomes are measured and communicated.

Through this effort, IPWA developed KWI Reference Guides for broilers, turkeys and layers, providing a practical framework to support consistent assessment, enable objective evaluation and drive continuous improvement in poultry welfare. The KWI reference guides were designed to complement existing standards and provide clear guidance on how to measure and monitor welfare indicators consistently across all phases of production (hatchery, farm, transport, and processing plant). The guides are available in English, Spanish, Portuguese, Thai and Arabic and are housed on the Alliance’s website.

The goal of publishing the guides was not to replace existing welfare monitoring programs but to enhance them by introducing a standardized, outcome-based framework. The guides include definitions of key indicators, options for measurement and observation, implementation instructions, the scientific rationale for each metric and citations linking each indicator to published research or technical guidance. They also identify a core set of KWIs applicable across broiler, layer, and turkey production systems.

This approach recognizes that although production systems may differ, the fundamental principles of animal welfare remain consistent. By aligning on a shared set of indicators, the value chain can create a more cohesive and credible narrative around welfare performance, enabling more consistent communication to stakeholders about progress in poultry welfare.

It is also important to note that the guides do not impose defined standards. Instead, the approach emphasizes continuous improvement. The IPWA recognizes that welfare is not a fixed endpoint, but a process that evolves with advances in science, technology, and management. By focusing on improvement over time, innovation can be encouraged and accountability maintained.

Although the guides outline how to measure indicators, effective welfare assessment depends on consistent training. Individuals need to understand both how to measure and why it matters. To support this, the IPWA and partners developed online training modules that turn the guide into practical, easy-to-use learning programs. These modules combine visuals, welfare science, and hands-on examples to improve consistency and help teams better identify emerging welfare issues.

Driving continuous improvement

The true value of KWIs lies in their ability to drive continuous improvement. By systematically measuring outcomes, producers can identify trends, detect emerging issues, and evaluate the effectiveness of management interventions. This creates a feedback loop that supports ongoing refinement and optimization. For example, tracking mortality and cull rates over time can reveal improvements in flock health or highlight areas where intervention is needed. Monitoring lameness or footpad dermatitis can inform adjustments in litter, drinker, or environmental management. Evaluating DOA rates can lead to improvements in transportation or handling practices.

These insights not only improve animal welfare but also enhance operational performance. Better welfare outcomes are often associated with improved productivity, reduced losses, and lower risk. This reinforces the concept that animal welfare is both an ethical obligation and a business imperative.

Building trust through transparency

In today’s environment, data alone is not sufficient. How the value chain communicates that data is equally important. Stakeholders expect transparency, consistency, and clarity. They want to understand not only what the metrics are but also what they mean and how they are used to drive improvement.

Standardized KWIs provide a foundation for this communication. They enable the value chain to present an aligned, evidence-based narrative that demonstrates both progress and accountability. This transparency is critical for building trust. Trust is not earned through claims but through consistent demonstration of performance over time. By openly sharing data, acknowledging challenges and highlighting progress, the poultry sector can strengthen its credibility with stakeholders.

Leading the future of welfare

The poultry value chain is well-positioned to lead the future of animal welfare by embracing a more transparent, outcome-driven approach. By aligning around KWIs, we can clearly demonstrate progress, strengthen trust and continue advancing both animal care and operational performance. This is an opportunity to move forward with confidence by building on the strong foundation already in place.

The next step is to actively adopt, implement and consistently communicate KWIs across the value chain, ensuring that continuous improvement in welfare is not only achieved, but also clearly understood by all stakeholders.

Those interested in advancing poultry welfare are encouraged to engage with the IPWA. Whether your focus is research, production, policy or the broader value chain, IPWA provides a platform to collaborate, share expertise and help shape practical, science-based solutions. Connecting with IPWA is an opportunity to contribute to meaningful progress and stay engaged with the evolving landscape of poultry welfare.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Italy launches the first pilot vaccination project for HPAI in poultry farms

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:45:14 +0700

Starting in May 2026, the Italian Ministry of Health will begin a pilot vaccination program against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI – H5 subtype). The initiative is being implemented in cooperation with the Veneto and Lombardy regions and with the full participation of the poultry industry supply chain.

The program will involve a small number of selected farms in the provinces of Verona and Mantua and will target the most vulnerable poultry categories, specifically meat turkeys and egg-laying hens. The project involves birds from the earliest stages of life, using vaccines approved at European level. It will be supported by a strengthened monitoring system and advanced traceability tools to assess on the field all operational aspects related to animal vaccination.

Vaccination for HPAI will be an additional protective measure that works alongside – and does not replace – the existing biosecurity, surveillance and control measures already in place. It will position Italy among the most advanced European countries in adopting innovative tools for the prevention and control of animal diseases with significant health and economic consequences. The aim is to strengthen the system’s ability to contain the spread of the virus, reducing the risk of outbreaks and safeguarding the continuity of production in the national poultry sector, thereby limiting the economic impact of the disease.

The vaccination for HPAI in poultry also fully aligns with the One Health approach, recognising the connection between animal health, human health, and the environment. Reducing viral circulation in farms in fact helps lower the risk of viral adaptation and potential “spillover” events to humans, thereby reinforcing prevention efforts in the field of public health as well.

Source: https://www.izsvenezie.com/italy-launches-pilot-vaccination-hpai/

83% of Feed Samples Show Multi-Mycotoxin Contamination

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:14 +0700

By dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

New dsm-firmenich data reveals rising co-contamination risks across global feed Supply and escalating threat to food security

dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has released the results of the World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, highlighting a sharp rise in multi-mycotoxin contamination across feed ingredients worldwide.

Analysis of 4,465 samples from 66 countries shows that 83% of samples contain 10 or more mycotoxins, with an average of 21 mycotoxins and metabolites per sample. The findings underline a shift from single-toxin to complex co-contamination risks, increasing pressure on feed safety, animal performance, and food production systems.

4,465 samples were collected and analyzed from 66 countries around the world, resulting in 26,751 analyses.

Mycotoxins are naturally produced by the fungi that can contaminate feed raw materials in the field and during storage. When ingested by animals, mycotoxins have a wide range of negative effects such as impaired reproduction, digestive disorders, carcinogenicity, and reduced performance.

Key findings

Co-contamination is widespread: 83% of samples contained 10 or more mycotoxins.

Fusarium toxins dominate globally: 9 out of 10 samples were contaminated.
In North America, livestock and aquaculture face extreme to high risk of exposure to B-Trichos, FUM, and ZEN, with occurrence rates of 83%, 57%, and 79%, respectively.
In Central and South America, high risk is associated with FUM and ZEN, with average contamination levels of approximately 2,411 ppb and 81 ppb, respectively.
South Asia continues to face high to extreme risk of exposure to aflatoxins, B-Trichos, FUM, OTA, and ZEN, with 51–75% classified as high risk and 76–100% as extreme risk.
In the China/Taiwan region, FUM was detected in 93% of samples, while East Asia recorded a 91% occurrence rate and extreme prevalence of B-Trichos at 96%.
In Central and Southern Europe, B-Trichos shows high occurrence rates of 91% and 94%, respectively. Southern Europe is also experiencing challenges with high levels of FUM, detected in 97% of samples.

These results highlight the need for comprehensive multi-analyte testing and targeted mitigation strategies to address the growing complexity of contamination patterns.

Ursula Hofstetter, Head of Mycotoxin Risk Management at dsm-firmenich stated, “These latest findings once again highlight the widespread and persistent nature of mycotoxin contamination in feed ingredients across the globe. With risks continuing to pose a threat to animal welfare, productivity, and sustainability. Therefore, proactive risk management and regular monitoring are more important than ever to maintain the profitability of both the feed industry and animal protein production sectors.”

The survey also includes further details on:

Trends in mycotoxin occurrence over the years.
Prevalence levels for each mycotoxin in each region.
Global and local risk levels for each mycotoxin.
Risk levels posed to each species.
Comparison of prevalence levels from January-December 2024.
Insights on mycotoxin levels in grains and soy from major producing countries.
More information about Spectrum 380®, the most advanced mycotoxin analysis method used as a research tool and performed at the University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna (BOKU).
Overview on the occurrence of the most frequent mycotoxins, their masked and modified forms as well as emerging mycotoxins; based on results delivered by the most comprehensive commercially available multi-mycotoxin method, Spectrum Top®50.

About the Survey

Since 2004, dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has analyzed thousands of global feed samples annually to understand and monitor contamination levels of the different mycotoxins in a variety of feed ingredients. This information is shared in the quarterly dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey, which accurately identifies mycotoxin risks based on animal species and location.

Effective mycotoxin risk management should include frequent testing along with a multi-strategy mitigation approach.

To download to the dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, follow the link here.

About dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

In 2024, dsm-firmenich shared its plan to find a new owner for the Animal Nutrition & Health (ANH) business, including vitamins. ANH, a dsm-firmenich company, is a global leader in animal nutrition and health, as well as vitamins, carotenoids, and aroma ingredients. ANH is an innovation leader and increased its sales to USD 3.85 billion with a team of more than 7,800 people, driven by its strong purpose: feeding the planet without costing the earth. Together, we make it possible.

www.dsm-firmenich.com/ANH

Texas Aquaculture Association Endorses Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:10 +0700

By The Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association (TAA) is proud to announce its endorsement of Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner, citing his strong commitment to supporting Texas agriculture, rural communities, and the future of aquaculture in the state.

“As Texas agriculture continues to evolve, it is critical to have leadership that understands the importance of all sectors of our industry, including aquaculture,” said Brian Brawner, President of the Texas Aquaculture Association. “Nate Sheets recognizes the value of aquaculture to Texas’ economy, food supply and rural communities, and we believe he will be a strong advocate for producers across the state.”

The Texas aquaculture community contributes to food production, economic development and sustainable resource management throughout Texas. TAA members include producers of shrimp, oysters, redfish, catfish, tilapia, hybrid striped bass, crawfish, baitfish, sport fish and ornamental fish, as well as pond and lake managers, suppliers, researchers, students and other industry partners dedicated to advancing aquaculture and seafood production in the state.

TAA board members noted that Sheets’ focus on innovation, market development, regulatory consistency, research support, responsible resource management and rural economic growth aligns closely with the priorities of the Texas aquaculture industry. His sincere interest in ensuring the future of aquaculture has been demonstrated by his visits with TAA members, including most recently touring multiple farms in Palacios to learn more about its importance in Texas.

“We are proud to endorse Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner and look forward to working with him to strengthen opportunities for Texas agriculture and aquaculture,” Brawner added.

For more information about the Texas Aquaculture Association, please visit https://texasaquaculture.org.

About the Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association is dedicated to promoting, protecting, and advancing the aquaculture industry in Texas through education, advocacy, and collaboration among producers and industry partners.

LACQUA 2026: Sustainable Aquaculture, Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:05 +0700

By LACQUA 2026 Organizing Committee

The Latin American and Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS), together with the Government of El Salvador, the Salvadoran Blue Economy Authority (ASEA), with the support of the Salvadoran Tourism Corporation, and strategic partners from the regional aquaculture sector, have joined efforts to organize the Latin American and Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA 2026, which will take place from October 27–30, 2026 in San Salvador, El Salvador.

LACQUA 2026 will bring together experts on globally relevant topics for the development, sustainability, and growth of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean. It will also feature one of the most important trade shows in the region, offering a wide range of supplies, technologies, and services for the sector.

This congress is established as a key platform for the exchange of knowledge, innovation, and experiences among researchers, students, producers, companies, government institutions, and international organizations.

The main thematic areas will include:

Aquatic species culture (fish, shrimp, and other species)
Production systems (RAS, biofloc, aquaponics, IPRS, cages)
Sustainable aquaculture and environment
Health, diseases, and immunology
Physiology, genetics, and biotechnology
Nutrition and feeding
Processing, economics, and climate change
Education and professional development
Women in aquaculture

Additionally, the congress will include technical meetings and networking spaces to promote regional and international collaboration.

The abstract submission system is now open, with a deadline of July 31, 2026:
https://www.was.org/Meeting/Abstract/Submit/LACQUA26

All submissions will be peer-reviewed, and accepted papers will be published in the official conference proceedings. More details regarding key dates and submission guidelines will be announced soon.

Further information on the program, registration, sponsorship, and trade exhibition will be shared in upcoming bulletins.

We look forward to your participation!

Aviagen Anadolu showcases the future of poultry production at 9th Technical Seminar

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 18:10:09 +0700

Aviagen^® Anadolu successful hosted its ninth technical seminar in Belek, Antalya, Türkiye, from 28–29 April, bringing together poultry professionals, industry experts and customers from across Türkiye for 1.5 days of knowledge sharing, innovation and collaboration.

The seminar featured a comprehensive program focused on broiler and breeder management, flock performance, hatchery technologies, disease prevention, nutrition and emerging industry trends. Participants benefited from presentations delivered by Aviagen specialists and international guest speakers, who shared practical insights and the latest developments shaping the poultry sector.

Discussions throughout the event emphasized improving production efficiency, bird health, meat quality and sustainability across poultry operations. The Aviagen Anadolu team also highlighted the importance of continued education and collaboration in supporting customers and advancing poultry production standards throughout the region.

The seminar also provided an opportunity for attendees to strengthen professional relationships and exchange experiences during networking sessions, panel discussions and the gala dinner.

The closing session included an interactive panel discussion, giving customers the opportunity to engage directly with presenters and ask questions related to the topics covered throughout the seminar. The event concluded with a group photo and a special Club awards presentation recognizing outstanding customer performance with Ross flocks.

During the awards ceremony, the Aviagen Anadolu team honored the top three Club award winners with certificates and awards in recognition of their exceptional production results. The Clubs celebrate customers who demonstrate outstanding dedication, management excellence and performance achievements with their Ross flocks.

“The seminar was highly valuable in terms of covering technical topics and demonstrating the development and future direction of the Ross breed. It provided an excellent opportunity for our teams to further develop their knowledge. The event was also very enjoyable socially, especially with the recognition and celebration of successful performers during the closing session.”, said İsmail Ertonga, Vice General Manager, Beypiliç.

Sharing his perspective on the seminar, Güven Atlı, General Manager, Keskinoğlu, commented: “The topics covered during the seminar and the expertise shared by the speakers were extremely valuable for our team. We sincerely appreciated the care, attention and support shown by the Aviagen Anadolu team throughout the event. Their hospitality and professionalism made the experience especially meaningful for all attendees.”

Reflecting on the success of the seminar, Yüksel Öztürk, Production Manager, Orallar, added: “The organization of the seminar was excellent from start to finish. The presentations addressed current industry challenges with practical and resultoriented information delivered by highly experienced experts. We were extremely pleased with both the content and the overall event experience.”

Rıza Elmas, Senior Technical Manager, Aviagen Anadolu, added: “We dedicated significant preparation over the past year to ensure the success of this seminar. The program was carefully designed to address key areas across the entire production chain, including hatchery operations, management practices, health, nutrition, data analysis, ventilation and processing. We also explored the future genetic potential of the Ross 308 and the opportunities it presents for our customers.

We were especially pleased to welcome more than 150 customers, including many key decision-makers from across the region. The seminar served as an important platform for industry professionals to connect, exchange ideas and discuss future opportunities for improving performance and achieving genetic potential.

I would like to sincerely thank our Technical Managers, especially Orhun Tikit, along with Ahmet Emrah Örtlek and Kifah Abutumeh, whose dedication and hard work played a major role in making this event a success. Together with the Aviagen Anadolu team and our global experts, we were proud to deliver a truly valuable and memorable seminar experience.”

Source: Aviagen press release

USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:10:09 +0700

WPF’s Maureen Stickel was recently featured on The Cackle, a podcast from the USA Poultry & Egg Export Council (USAPEEC) that shares the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports straight from the people who make it happen. In this episode, Maureen talks about WPF’s mission, our approach to building self-sustaining poultry value chains, and why dual-purpose poultry is changing lives for smallholder farmers around the world. Listen below.

The Cackle Podcast

A podcast sharing the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports—straight from the people who make it all happen.

Your browser does not support the audio element.

with Maureen Stickel from The World Poultry Foundation

The post USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:05:06 +0700

By Mickie Metz, Ph.D.
Technical Innovation Research Scientist
Fortiva

Feed efficiency is one of the most important factors influencing profitability in broiler production. Production managers and nutritionists balance nutrition, genetics and housing conditions to help birds convert feed into growth as efficiently as possible. There’s one other variable often overlooked: the bird’s immune system.

Although it may not always be visible during day-to-day broiler management, immune function can impact how efficiently broilers utilize feed. Birds are protected from disease and can focus energy on efficient growth when immune function is properly balanced.

Understanding immune function in broilers

The immune system comprises signaling molecules called cytokines that help coordinate responses to pathogens. These molecules are essential for protecting birds from disease, but they can also trigger inflammation. Birds may experience unnecessary inflammation that requires more energy if too many pro-inflammatory cytokines are produced.

Instead of trying to suppress immune responses entirely, the goal is to help the immune system respond when needed without becoming overactive. Birds require ample immune activity to protect against pathogens, but not so much that valuable energy is wasted.

How immune function affects performance

When birds face immune challenges, their bodies must divert nutrients and energy toward fighting disease. This shift can affect growth, feed conversion and overall flock performance.

Energy that could be used to support muscle development is instead used to activate immune responses, such as producing immune cells, creating disease-fighting agents and managing inflammation. Birds experiencing immune stress may grow more slowly and require more feed to reach market weight and condition as a result.

Conversely, a strong immune response can affect mortality and carcass quality during periods of high disease pressure. A functional immune system helps birds survive disease challenges, potentially leading to fewer deaths. In addition to reduced mortality, an active immune system can help birds clear infections quickly, reducing morbidity and medication costs.

Hidden cost of immune challenges

Immune-related performance losses are often overlooked. When walking through a broiler house, it can be easy to identify a bird that appears sick. However, many immune challenges occur at the subclinical level.

Even mild immune responses can increase the bird’s energy needs. When the immune system is activated, the bird must use more dietary energy just to maintain basic functions rather than using that energy for growth in systems where every day counts.

Because these changes are subtle, flocks may appear healthy while still experiencing reduced feed efficiency – a response often described as a “silent killer” of feed conversion. Supporting the immune system in a way that minimizes unnecessary inflammation can help birds remain productive, even amid environmental challenges.

Environmental pathogens and disease pressure remain constant challenges in poultry production. Although management and biosecurity practices play a key role in protecting flocks, nutritional tools that support immune balance can provide additional value.

Supporting immune balance

Fortiva has developed a phytogenic feed additive, Remify that supports immune balance and improves feed efficiency in broilers. The product uses whole plant parts instead of isolated extracts or essential oils to provide a broad range of naturally occurring bioactive compounds.

These compounds incorporate polyphenols and other plant metabolites that help regulate inflammation and support gut health. By helping to reduce the impact of pro-inflammatory cytokines, this phytogenic solution can help manage excessive inflammation that would divert energy away from growth.

This product also helps support the integrity of tight junctions in the gut. Strong, tight junctions help maintain the gut barrier, preventing leakage and allowing birds to absorb nutrients more efficiently, thereby supporting better feed utilization and growth.

Research trials show these benefits can translate into measurable performance improvements. In 3 controlled broiler cage trials, feed conversion improved by 4 points at day 28 (p<0.01)¹ and 3 points at day 42 (p=0.026)²with birds fed Remify.^1,2,3 By day 42, birds fed this product experienced a 5.9% greater gain when challenged with coccidiosis.³

Production managers can reduce the hidden energy costs of broiler inflammation and immune stress by helping birds maintain an efficient immune response. This allows birds to focus more energy on growth, which can improve feed efficiency and support more consistent broiler performance.

For more information on how Fortivacan support your nutrition program, click here.

References

1 Broiler Feed Pen Trial 22-F1
2 Schwartz, M., P. Mishra, and S. Crowder. 2024. Effect of a next generation phytogenic blend on broiler growth performance under challenged conditions. Proc. Int. Poult. Sci. For. (Abstr. T174)
3 Metz, M., Davis, E., Mishra, P., & Crowder, S. 2025. Effect of feeding a novel phytogenic feed additive on growth performance and clinical outcomes of broilers administered a mixed Eimeria spp. challenge [Poster presentation]. Poultry Science Association Annual Meeting. (abstr. 504P)

Editor’s note: Fortiva assumes full responsibility for this article’s accuracy and compliance.

The post Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Bio-coating significantly extends chilled poultry shelf life

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

A new bio-coating technology enriched with natural antimicrobial agents has shown the potential to substantially extend the shelf life of chilled poultry, offering major benefits for food safety, sustainability, and the poultry industry. Studies demonstrate that edible coatings based on pectin, citrus bioflavonoids, and chitosan can significantly slow microbial growth and preserve sensory quality. MDPI

Introduction

Poultry is one of the most consumed proteins worldwide, but its short shelf life under refrigeration poses challenges for producers, retailers, and consumers. Traditional methods like modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) help, but recent research highlights the promise of bio-coatings—natural, edible films enriched with antimicrobial compounds—as a potential solution.

What is a bio-xoating?

Definition: A thin, edible layer applied to poultry cuts, often made from biopolymers like pectin or chitosan.
Function: Acts as a barrier to oxygen and moisture, while delivering antimicrobial agents directly to the surface.
Examples of agents used: Citrus bioflavonoids, glucono-δ-lactone, and chitosan. MDPI

Research findings

Shelf-life extension

Control samples (no coating): 6–7 days at 5 °C.
Glucono-δ-lactone coating: Extended shelf life by ~2 days.
Citrus bioflavonoid coating: Extended shelf life to 13 days, compared to 6–7 days in untreated samples.
Chitosan coating: Preserved microbiological quality and sensory attributes, delaying spoilage significantly. MDPI

Mechanism of action

Antimicrobial activity: Inhibits spoilage bacteria such as Pseudomonas spp. and Brochothrix thermosphacta.
pH regulation: Some coatings lower surface pH, creating unfavorable conditions for microbial growth.
Barrier properties: Reduce oxygen exposure, slowing oxidative changes and discoloration.

Benefits for the poultry industry

Food safety: Reduced microbial load lowers risk of foodborne illness.
Economic impact: Longer shelf life reduces waste and improves profitability.
Sustainability: Less spoilage means fewer discarded products, aligning with global food security goals.
Consumer confidence: Fresher appearance and better sensory quality increase market acceptance.

Risks and challenges

Regulatory approval: Bio-coatings must comply with food safety regulations before widespread adoption.
Cost considerations: Scaling production of natural antimicrobial agents may increase costs initially.
Consumer perception: Acceptance of edible coatings depends on clear communication about safety and benefits. Springer

Conclusion

The development of bio-coatings for chilled poultry represents a promising development for meat preservation. By combining natural antimicrobial agents with edible films, researchers have demonstrated significant shelf life extensions compared to untreated poultry. This advancement not only enhances food safety but also supports sustainability by reducing waste in the poultry supply chain.

Sources can be provided upon request

AAT and SBA announce market launch of Cheggy in-ovo sexing technology in Australia

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

First installation in Asia-Pacific goes live at SBA’s Victoria hatchery – orders for sexed chicks now open; official launch event to take place at PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast during May 2026.

Victoria Australia – May 2026 – Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) and Specialised Breeders Australia (SBA) today announced the official launch of the Cheggy in-ovo sex determination system in the Australian market. With the first Cheggy machine now fully installed and operational at SBA’s hatchery in Victoria, Australian Egg Producers can, for the first time, order chicks whose sex has been identified before hatching. The companies will jointly present the technology to the wider industry at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, during May 2026.

Cheggy is the world’s leading non-invasive in-ovo sexing solution for brown layer breeds. Using advanced hyperspectral analysis, the system determines the sex of a developing chick at an early stage during development without opening the egg or compromising embryo health. This breakthrough enables hatcheries to plan production more efficiently while supporting emerging welfare, sustainability, and transparency standards across the poultry supply chain.

“We are excited to bring Cheggy to Australia and to support a growing industry focus on animal welfare and resource efficiency,” said Jörg Hurlin, Managing Director of Agri Advanced Technologies. “Cheggy combines high accuracy, speed, and operational reliability, making it an ideal solution for the Australian market as producers look for scalable and economically sustainable approaches to early-stage chick management.”

With the system now running in Victoria, SBA becomes the first hatchery in Australia to offer commercially available in-ovo sexed chicks. In addition, the new in-ovo sexing technology in the SBA hatchery was certified by a well-known independent nonprofit organization Humane Farm Animal Care to ensure animal welfare in a traceable and documented manner.

Successful staff training at the fully operational CHEGGY machine at the SBA hatchery in the state of Victoria, Australia

A technology designed for modern egg production

Cheggy delivers high-speed, high-volume processing while integrating easily into existing hatchery workflows. As a fully non-invasive procedure, the technology mitigates contamination risks and ensures the safety of the embryo throughout the measurement and sorting process.

Additional advantages include:

High throughput of 20,000 eggs per hour – capable of processing large volumes suitable for commercial hatcheries.
Cost-efficient operation – no consumables, no single-use waste, and minimal maintenance requirements.
Compact footprint – a small spatial requirement for easy integration into hatcheries of varying sizes.
Improved sustainability – enabling early selection helps the industry address long-standing challenges related to male chicks in layer production.

Ready-to-use Cheggy system for high-throughput non-invasive in-ovo sex determination at SBA´s hatchery

The adoption of in-ovo sexing technologies is expanding globally as markets transition toward higher welfare standards and greater transparency. With installations already operating across Europe, North America, and South America, the Australian launch marks another step in AAT’s international growth strategy.

AAT and SBA will be present at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, in May 2026 to share information about CHEGGY, provide technical insights and respond to questions the attendees might have.

Source: Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) press release

Consumers Trust – Dealing With Fraud

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 06:30:04 +0700

* By FishProf

FishProf has been studying the Association for Consumer Research (ACR) reports regarding seafood and the impacts of fraud on consumer trust.

ACR brings together researchers from universities, government, and industry to deepen understanding of everyday decision-making, including how culture, identity, and context shape what ends up on our plates. For seafood, that means behavioral studies on trust, labeling, risk perception, and “healthy but scary” proteins help explain why people say they like seafood but still under-buy it or avoid it at home.

Key seafood-relevant insights emerging for FishProf — three strands of consumer-research literature that align closely with ACR’s broader agen-da are especially relevant for seafood consumers:

Health is still number one, but “seafood” feels intimidating. Large-scale retail and consumer-trends reports (e.g., FMI’s Power of Seafood series) show that most consumers see seafood as healthy and nutritious, yet many still view it as expensive, complex, or hard to prepare. This “perception vs. practice” gap is exactly the kind of behavioral puzzle consumer researchers interrogate, and it points to a need for clearer in-store guidance, simple recipes, and better price-signaling at the seafood counter.

Transparency and trust drive, but don’t always follow. Evidence from sustainability-label research shows that consumers want to buy responsibly farmed or produced seafood, yet they often fail to act on that intention unless clear, trusted labels are visible on pack. Behavioral work on attention, nudges, and “smart defaults” suggests that well-designed certification labels and simple provenance cues can help seafood consumers align their values with what they actually purchase.

Plant-based and novel “sea-food-not-from-the-sea” is gaining attention. Recent behavioral studies on plant-based seafood alternatives examine how consumers respond to ingredient information, processing, and labels, and they find that more informed consumers are more likely to accept plant-based options. As these products enter mainstream seafood aisles, ACR-style research helps clarify whether consumers are switching because of taste, health, or environmental concerns — and how best to communicate that in a way that supports honest choice.

Substitution often involves products from poorly managed fisheries with higher environmental impacts and lower safety profiles. Non-specific labels like “white fish” correlate with higher mislabeling rates, undermining the viability of sustainable, responsibly farmed options.

FMI’s USA’s consumer insight work is especially relevant when layered with evidence on fraud in weights, substitution, and mislabeling. Mislabeling changes not just what consumers think they are eating, but what they actually support in terms of fisheries, habitats, and management practices.

Studies of seafood fraud find that substitutes often come from less managed fisheries, with higher environmental impacts and sometimes lower nutritional or safety profiles than the named species.

In Australia, researchers have shown that over one in ten seafood products mislabeled and that vague, nonspecific labels (e.g., “white fish” or broad umbrella terms) correlate with higher mislabeling rates and weaker consumer choice for sustainable options.

From a consumer behavior perspective, even occasional fraud can erode trust. If people suspect that what is on the label may not match what is on the plate, they are more likely to:

» Avoid seafood altogether,

» Default to familiar, generic products (e.g., “frozen fillets”), or

» Rely on brand or retailer reputation rather than the label or species name.

Seafood fraud extends beyond deception to serious safety risks, potentially exposing consumers to undeclared allergens, toxins, and pathogens. Fraudulent claims regarding origin or production methods disadvantage legitimate operators and distort fair market competition.

This undercuts the very “empowerment” FishProf believes the industry should be advocating for: consumers want to vote with their wallets for sustainable, safe, and fairly priced seafood, but fraud and opaque labelling turn that vote into a lottery.

Strengthened, mandatory labelling standards and clearer taxonomic information would not only cut fraud but also make the FMI style value and convenience strategies more effective by giving consumers a straighter line between what they see on the pack and what they get on the fork.

The United Nations Fisheries & Agriculture Organization (UNFAO) are following through on their recent Technical Paper 742 ‘Fraud in the Fisheries & Aquaculture Sectors’ by organizing a webinar on 17 June 2026. This is being organized by FAO’s primary market intelligence and analysis platform for fisheries and aquaculture, FAO GLOBEFISH. It will examine how market demand, price incentives, and supply-chain complexity interact to enable fraudulent practices, and what governments, industry, retailers, researchers, and standard-setting bodies are doing to address them.

SAVE THE DATE Wed 17 June 2026 – 1000 EU Central time 2 hours – UN FAO Webinar on SEAFOOD FRAUD – free event but you will need to register. This will be recorded and a follow-up report will be issued.

They say “The global fisheries and aquaculture sector operates at a scale that makes it structurally vulnerable to fraud. Aquatic product output exceeded 185 million tons in 2022, with trade spanning more than 230 countries and territories and a combined value of USD 195 billion. The breadth of species in commerce, the length and opacity of international value chains, and the multiplicity of inspection and control authorities create conditions in which fraud can persist relatively easily. The scope of the problem and the forms it takes illegal behaviors, counterfeiting, adulteration, dilution, mislabeling, false claims relating to origin or production method leading to unreported/ unregulated activities and species substitution.

Why do consumers value sustainability yet hesitate at the seafood counter?
The answer lies in the behavioral “perception vs. practice” gap fueled by fraud and confusing labeling. This document examines how species substitution and “label fatigue” impact purchasing decisions. By simplifying certifications and using explainable on-pack cues, retailers can bridge the trust gap and empower consumers to buy with confidence.

Can you determine the species when the fish is filleted and skinned?

Up to 20 percent of fisheries and aquaculture products may be mislabeled globally, with fraud particularly prevalent in processed products, restaurants, and catering services, where visual identification is difficult, and species identity can be concealed.”

Are Seafood Certifications Helpful or a Confusing Maze?

FishProf thinks the proliferation of eco-labels and sustainability certifications raises a critical question for consumers: do these labels help or confuse?
Research on seafood eco‑labels suggests that while many consumers like the idea of sustainability schemes, they are often overwhelmed by inconsistent terminology, overlapping standards, and conflicting “green” claims. For example, different schemes may:

» Use different data sets,

» Hold divergent views on particular fishing methods, or

» Exclude certain species‑and‑gear combinations without making that logic transparent.

With aquatic output exceeding 185 million tons across 230 territories, the sector is structurally vulnerable to counterfeiting. Estimates suggest up to 20% of global products are mislabeled, especially in processed goods and catering services.

This can lead to situations where one product carries multiple labels, another has none despite being responsibly sourced, and a third carries a single, hard-to-interpret symbol. The result is not just confusion but a risk of “label fatigue”: consumers either ignore all labels or default to the most familiar brand, regardless of what the certification actually means. From a consumer-advocacy standpoint, there are three clear priorities:

» Simplify and harmonize. Where possible, certification schemes should align around core principles (e.g., stock status, management effectiveness, bycatch, and social safeguards) and avoid unnecessarily diverse scoring or “traffic-light” systems that are hard to read at the fish counter.

» Mandate minimum disclosure. Even where voluntary labels coexist, governments can require basic, non-confusing information on species, origin, and method — so that consumers can compare, even if they do not fully under-stand every logo.

» Make labels “explainable.” On-pack quick-scan cues (QR codes, short web links, or aisle-end signage) can turn busy-time decisions into moments of learning, helping consumers move from “I don’t know what this means” to “I can trust this”.

Seafood fraud erodes consumer empowerment and industry growth. When labels are inaccurate, consumers avoid seafood or default to generic products. Mandatory labeling standards are essential to restore market confidence and align values with behavior

Consumers cheated by retailers. The Dory on offer here in a Queensland fishmonger shop is actu-ally Basa likely from Viet Nam. The problem is it should be sold as Basa… not Dory.

The proliferation of sustainability certifications creates “label fatigue” through inconsistent terminology. To benefit consumers, certification schemes must align around core principles and use digital tools like QR codes to ensure transparency and explainability.

This has not been done as clearly certifiers have created a business between the harvesters/producers and the consumer. Profits are being made and despite past promises there is no plan to create one standard that would make decisions easier for consumers.

FishProf will go as far as saying that confusion is what the certifiers and NGO’s desire as this creates opportunity. Governments are letting their industries and their consumers down by allowing for environmental sustainability to be driven by organizations outside their own countries.

For FishProf, the key insight is that consumer-research and retail-strategy work (like FMI’s Power of Seafood series) must be paired with stronger rules on fraud and standardization in certification. Otherwise, even the most behaviorally informed supermarket layout or digital campaign will be undermined by a market where consumers cannot reliably trust what they see on the label — and that is not a choice-friendly system at all.

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Veterinary Anesthesia Vital Signs: Your Complete Monitoring Guide

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 02:30:07 +0700

Every veterinarian knows that anesthesia vital signs monitoring can make the difference between routine procedures and preventable complications. Yet many practices struggle with inconsistent interpretation across team members, leading to delayed interventions when seconds count.

This comprehensive guide, developed by Kali Holz, AAS, RVT, CCAT, VTS (Surgery board-certified surgery technician) provides the standardized framework your team needs to confidently monitor and interpret vital parameters during every anesthetic event.

Why Standardized Vital Signs Monitoring Matters

Inconsistent monitoring practices create unnecessary risks:

Delayed interventions: When team members interpret ranges differently, critical changes get missed
Trend blindness: Focusing on single readings instead of physiologic patterns
Cognitive overload: Without protocols, high-pressure moments become overwhelming

Standardizing your approach to veterinary anesthesia monitoring reduces variability and improves patient outcomes across your entire team.

Canine & Feline Vital Sign Guide

Heart Rate

Depends on whether dexmedetomidine or another alpha-2 was used in the premedication (these drugs cause bradycardia). Significantly lower heart rates (as low as 35 bpm) can be seen, but are not necessarily a cause for concern if MAP is above 60mmHg.

Large Dogs	60 – 100 bpm
Medium Dogs	60 – 120 bpm
Small Dogs	80 – 120 bpm
Cats	100 – 220 bpm

Respiratory Rate

Large Dogs	8 – 16 bpm
Medium Dogs	12 – 20 bpm
Small Dogs	12 – 24 bpm
Cats	20 – 30 bpm

EtCO2

Hypercarbia occurs when EtCO2 > 55mmHg for all patients, should be between 40-55mmHg. In cases of head trauma or increased intracranial pressure, a lower EtCO2 is helpful in reducing ICP, aim for 30-35mmHg.

SPO2

Assuming the patient is intubated and breathing 100% oxygen, SpO₂ should always be 98 – 100%. Hypoxemia is considered present when SpO₂ falls below 95%.

Blood Pressure

Hypotension occurs when SAP falls below < 90mmHg or MAP falls below 60mmHg. Hypertension in dogs occurs when SAP is > 150mmHg, in cats > 160mmHg. If hypotension is noted:

Assess patient depth and turn down inhalant anesthetic
If HR is normal, consider fluid bolus
If bradycardia present, consider anticholinergic and/or reversal of any applicable drugs

Implementing This Guide in Your Practice

Standardizing veterinary vital signs monitoring across your team improves patient safety and reduces decision-making stress during critical moments. Post reference ranges in your surgical suite and train all team members on the interpretation principles outlined here.

Consider scheduling regular team meetings to review cases and reinforce these monitoring standards.

Access Your Complete Vital Signs Reference

Ready to standardize your team’s approach to anesthesia monitoring? Download the complete Vital Signs Guide created by Kali Holz, AAS, RVT, CCAT, VTS (Surgery board-certified surgery technician) and give your team the clinical framework they need.

Download the Complete Veterinary Vital Signs Guide

Meet CAT at World Aquaculture Singapore 2026

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:25:08 +0700

June 2–5 | Booth 211

The CAT team is heading to Singapore for World Aquaculture 2026, where we’ll be sharing the latest in genetic innovation and insights into how our tailored breeding solutions are driving value, supporting sustainability, and helping our clients achieve long-term breeding success.

Chat to us about our full range of services, including our integrated Next-Gen Breeding approach that combines genome editing, genotyping, and selective breeding.

We’re looking forward to reconnecting with partners and meeting new producers to explore what’s next and showcase how our solutions accelerate genetic gain and deliver more consistent, profitable outcomes.

Join us at one of our talks or stop by Booth 211.

CAT Talks at World Aquaculture 2026

We’ll be presenting in sessions across all three days:

MATT KRAMER
Genome Editing for High-Value Traits in Commercial-Scale Breeding Programs
Session: Genomics, Omics and Aquaculture Biotechnology
Date: Wednesday, June 3

OSCAR HENNIG
Local Genetics, Global Impact: What We Can Learn from Ecuador
Session: Shrimp Breeding, Genetics and Seed Production
Date: Thursday, June 4

PANAGIOTIS KOKKINIAS
Utilizing Advanced Genetic Improvement Tools to Maximize Returns in Finfish Species
Session: Selective Breeding and Quantitative Genetics
Date: Friday, June 5

DEBBIE PLOUFFE
Genome Editing in Aquaculture: Global Regulatory Trends and the Path to Commercialization

Session: General Contributed Session
Date: Thursday, June 4

Visit Us at Booth 211

Between sessions, stop by Booth 211 to meet the team and talk through your breeding goals and challenges. Whether that’s exploring which genotyping tools deliver the most value, looking to start a new breeding program, or wanting to understand which traits can be targeted by integrating genome editing, we’re here to help.

See you there.

The post Meet CAT at World Aquaculture Singapore 2026 appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Center for Aquaculture Technologies Expands Global Breeding Team with New Quantitative Geneticist in Australia

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:25:07 +0700

Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT) continues to grow its global genetics team with the appointment of Dr. Iulia Blaj as Quantitative Geneticist, based in Australia.

The addition of Dr. Blaj strengthens CAT’s expanding breeding and genetics services team as demand continues to grow for advanced aquaculture breeding solutions worldwide.

In her new role, Dr. Blaj will advance data analysis across CAT’s breeding partners, helping design and evaluate statistical and genomic models that translate complex data into practical breeding decisions for clients.

CAT currently manages more than 20 breeding programs globally across a wide range of aquatic species. Supported by a growing portfolio of 50+ genotyping and sequencing tools, CAT helps producers improve disease resistance, growth, robustness, and long-term sustainability through tailored breeding strategies designed by each client’s goals.

Dr. Blaj brings extensive expertise in quantitative genetics and statistical genomics, with experience spanning both academia and industry across livestock and plant breeding sectors.

Commenting on her appointment, Dr. Blaj said:“Genomics is one of the most powerful tools the aquaculture industry has to shape its future. By integrating the right methods with meaningful and rigorous data interpretation, we can help producers make better decisions and enable the development of healthier, more resilient stocks. I’m excited to join the CAT team and contribute to work that creates lasting value and real impact across aquaculture.”

Dr. John Buchanan, CEO of CAT, welcomed the appointment, noting that the company’s continued growth reflects increasing industry demand.

“We are very pleased to welcome Iulia to CAT. Her appointment adds valuable quantitative genetics expertise to our growing global team and strengthens the support we provide to breeding programs around the world,” said Dr. Buchanan. “As more aquaculture producers increasingly adopt genomic technologies and data-driven breeding strategies, expanding our technical resources is critical to ensuring we continue delivering practical, commercially ready solutions for our clients.”

As the aquaculture industry continues to evolve and the global demand for seafood grows, CAT remains focused on equipping producers with science-based breeding strategies that drive productivity, resilience, and sustainability.

Dr. Iulia Blaj

The post Center for Aquaculture Technologies Expands Global Breeding Team with New Quantitative Geneticist in Australia appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Impacts of fear, anxiety and environment on fast- and slow-growing broilers

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:00:07 +0700

Research has uncovered much about how welfare impacts broilers’ physical and functional traits, but less is known about their mental state. “By measuring mental state, we can have the most precise view of the birds’ welfare status,” said Alexandra Ulans, PhD, postdoctoral research scholar at North Carolina State University.

As a doctoral student at Virginia Tech, Ulans studied fear and anxiety in fast- and slow-growing broilers, as well as the impact of environmental complexities. She presented the results during a 2025 Poultry Extension Collaborative webinar.

“Regarding welfare, fast-growing broilers show substantially worse welfare than slow-growing broilers,” she said. “We know that fast-growing broilers have more contact dermatitis and higher lameness, inactivity and mortality levels.”

But there is less insight into the birds’ affective state. “Fear has shown inconsistent results, and anxiety has not been assessed between the two broiler types,” Ulans noted.

The potential impact is vast, with the US producing 95 billion broilers in 2024, 95% of which are fast-growing, meat-production types. “Those birds are typically raised in barren environments with litter, feeders, drinkers and not much else,” she said. “This is associated with higher anxiety and stress.”

The alternative is to provide a more complex environment, but such studies have shown inconsistent results, likely due to the wide variation of enrichments used. For her study, Ulans used ramps, which have been shown to reduce contact dermatitis and leg disease and improve locomotion. She also looked at huts, “which can reduce stress but have been greatly understudied,” she noted.

Experiment #1

For the first study, Ulans used 1,200 male broilers, 600 of each strain — fast-growing (Ross 708, 68 g per day) and slow-growing (Redbro M, 53 g per day) — placed into 24 pens at 50 birds per pen. She conducted six replicates per treatment.

For environmental complexity, she created a simple environment with feeders, drinkers and litter. The complex environment included those same elements, plus dust pads, perches and other enrichments.

She collected data at 1 kg, 2 kg and 3 kg of bodyweight and at 4, 5 and 6 weeks of age to measure how welfare changed over time. The fast-growing broilers were culled at 45 days and the slow-growing at 67 days.

“To assess anxiety, we used the attention bias test,” Ulans said. “It measures the birds’ tendency to pay attention to negative stimulus while ignoring others around them.”

The bird is exposed to a negative stimulus, such as an alarm, and a positive stimulus, such as feed and meal worms. “We measure the time birds focus on the negative stimulus and then turn to the positive stimulus. Did the bird start eating during the test?” she noted. “The longer it is anxious, the longer it will focus on the negative stimulus.”

She also measured vigilance behavior, which is associated with watching for danger or threats. “How vigilant a bird was during the test provides insight into its anxiety,” Ulans added. She tested birds in groups of three to avoid the stress of social isolation.

The results: Experiment #1

The study showed some differences between strains in the simple environment, with fast-growing broilers less likely to begin feeding during the test. For both strains, birds in the complex environment weighing 1 kg were more likely to begin feeding than birds weighing 2 kg or 3 kg.

“Slow-growing birds showed less anxiety overall, but anxiety increased for both strains as birds gained weight,” Ulans noted.

Vigilance behavior was determined by the bird spending more than 80% of its time being vigilant during the test. “Vigilance increased as the broilers gained weight, which means anxiety increased,” she said. “Fast-growing broilers showed more anxiety overall but especially in the simple environment.”

To measure fear, Ulans used the tonic immobility test, which reflects a “play dead” state to evade predators. The research team placed the bird on its back in a cradle, covered its eyes and applied gentle pressure to its sternum for 15 seconds to induce tonic immobility.

“The duration that the bird remains in this state indicates its fearfulness,” she noted.

Fast-growing broilers generally recorded 100 seconds, while slow-growing broilers recorded 78 seconds. At all ages, fast-growing birds were more fearful than slow-growing birds.

For both strains, heavier birds showed more fear than lighter-weight birds, and the results were linear. The greatest difference was between 3 kg birds and 1 kg birds.

Environmental complexity had no impact on the birds’ fearfulness, Ulans added.

Discussion points: Experiment #1

The fast-growing broilers’ increased anxiety may be due to their body composition and heavier breast muscle, making it more difficult to walk or escape, Ulans noted. They also have more low-level lameness, with less ability to flee.

Slow-growing broilers showed less fear at the same ages than fast-growing, but fear increased with weight gain. “This may indicate that losing the ability to flee by gaining weight, and increased lameness, which happens to both strains at heavier weights, causes more fearfulness than does genetics,” she added.

As for the environment, broilers from complex environments were less anxious at the lighter weights. “The environment likely slowed the onset of anxiety, but welfare still declined, especially in fast-growing broilers,” Ulans said.

Overall, the study demonstrated that environmental complexity had no impact on the birds’ fear levels. “However, a lack of a negative effect does not mean a lack of a positive effect,” she said.

Experiment #2

Ulans and her research team wanted to dig deeper into how anxiety differed between genetic strains and impacted growth rate. For this experiment, she used 1,582 mixed sex broilers, 264 birds per strain. The fast-growing strains were Cobb 500 (85 g per day), Ross 308 (80 g per day) and Ross 708 (78 g per day). The slow-growing strains included Ja57 NH (38 g per day), Redbro M (48 g per day) and Redbro Yield (51 g per day). There were 72 pens, with 22 birds per pen and six replicates per treatment.

Each pen included either a ramp or a hut. They again used the attention bias test to measure anxiety.

“We found differences in strains, with Ja57 NH the most likely to feed and Redbro M close behind. The Ross 708 or Cobb 500 were the least likely to feed,” Ulans said.

Ross 308 and Redbro Yield responded similarly to each other. There was no difference in the feeding response of birds raised with ramps or huts.

Overall, fast-growing strains showed higher anxiety levels than their counterparts.

Regarding the percentage of time the birds spent vigilant, Ross 308 recorded the most time at 57%. Redbro M had the least at 34%. The Cobb 500, Ross 708 and Redbro Yield birds were similar at 40%, and Ja57 NH was at 38%.

“The strains tended to differ in time spent being vigilant. Slow-growing broilers were less vigilant than fast-growing birds,” she added. “There was no difference between enrichments.”

Discussion points: Experiment #2

Slow-growing broilers generally showed less anxiety than fast-growing birds, but there are exceptions (Redbro M and Ja57 NH). “This may be influenced by slow-growing birds’ better body composition and lower lameness and pain levels,” Ulans said.

Genetic selection for growth may have resulted in differences in anxiety levels, causing an unintended consequence.

Enrichment types had no impact on anxiety and provided similar benefits, such as a safe place for birds to perch or sit. “It’s hard to know the impact on anxiety because the bird is removed from the home pen for the test, yet it may benefit from enrichment while in the home pen,” she added.

The take-home messages

Wrapping up the conclusions for both experiments, Ulans shared these thoughts:

Weight gain decreases broiler welfare;
Slow-growing broilers show better welfare than fast-growing birds;
Complex environments can improve a bird’s early life welfare;
Huts and ramps showed similar effects on anxiety.

To improve broiler welfare, she said producers could process broilers at lighter weights than currently; use slow-growing genetics; and create complex environments, including providing huts or ramps in pens.

Ulans also said more research is needed to determine the status of broiler anxiety and fear, and to find solutions.

The post Impacts of fear, anxiety and environment on fast- and slow-growing broilers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

From feedmill to food system: VIV Europe 2026 addresses the industry’s most critical challenges

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 19:20:09 +0700

Over 70 sessions across three days address the industry’s most pressing challenges — from artificial intelligence and sustainability to food security and global market resilience.

VIV Europe 2026, the world expo from feed to food for the animal protein chain, today announced its full conference program for this year’s edition, taking place 2–4 June 2026 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, The Netherlands. Spanning over 70 confirmed sessions, the program brings together leading scientists, entrepreneurs, and industry innovators to tackle the defining challenges facing the global food and protein sectors, from regenerative agriculture and antimicrobial resistance to AI-driven farm management and international trade.

The depth of this year’s conference program reflects the central role VIV Europe plays in the global agrifood calendar. The event has served as the essential meeting point where science, business, and policy converge, bringing together professionals from all over the world to exchange knowledge, forge partnerships, and drive the industry forward. In a sector facing simultaneous pressure from climate change, food security demands, regulatory shifts, and rapid technological change, the quality of dialogue that VIV Europe enables has never been more consequential.

A program built around what matters most

Innovation and technology run as a defining thread throughout the agenda. Sessions such as the AgriBITs Seminar and Wageningen University & Research’s Future Poultry Farming: From Science To Practical Solutions series explore how AI, digital twinning, smart feedmill automation, and precision nutrition are moving from concept to competitive advantage on farms worldwide.

Sustainability is addressed with equal depth and ambition. Sustainability & Profit: Can You Have Both? by Misset and From Footprint To Foodprint jointly Hosted By World’s Poultry Science Association (WPSA), World Veterinary Poultry Association (WVPA), and Agrivaknet make the business case for greener production, while Friends of the Ecosystem Restoration Communities brings a global perspective on restoring soils, water cycles, and ecosystems through farming practice.

Animal health and welfare form another critical pillar. Many Ways To Reduce The Need For Antimicrobials by World Veterinary Education In Production Animal Health (WVEPAH) brings together veterinarians and researchers from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Utrecht University, and industry to address antimicrobial resistance, biosecurity, and disease prevention, among the most urgent challenges livestock producers are facing today.

On global markets and trade, sessions including Hungry For What’s Next? The Future Of Poultry & Eggs In A Changing World by Rabobank and Bridging Continents: Partnerships For Sustainable Poultry Value Chains In Africa, by Netherlands African Business Council (NABC) equip decision-makers to navigate geopolitical risk and seize emerging opportunities. The event will also host the official launch of Developments In The Poultry Market In Kazakhstan & Launch Of The Partners International Business (PIB) Programme: ‘Poultry Forward Kazakhstan’, hosted By Dutch Poultry Centre (DPC), marking a significant new Dutch-Kazakh industry collaboration.

A dedicated multi-day strand, Cities Leading Food Production, positions urban communities as active drivers of food system change. Through workshops, roundtables, and matchmaking sessions, participants explore short supply chains, circular food models, agroforestry, and community resilience across the full breadth of the protein value chain.

Sectors and knowledge partners

The program spans poultry and eggs, dairy, feed production, and urban food systems. Dairy 2030: Smarter Farming In A Changing World, by Global Dairy Farmers (GDF) brings international farm-level perspectives on data-driven decision-making, while the Build My Feedmill Seminar covers the full spectrum of feed processing technology from grinding and pelleting to automation and control systems.

Knowledge leadership comes from world-class institutions including Wageningen University & Research, Rabobank, DPC, WPSA, WVPA, WVEPAH, and the NABC, with additional contributions from The Weather Makers, the Bionutrient Institute, and the BSV Association on ecosystem restoration, nutrient density, and supply chain transparency.

Investing in the next generation: the VIV Passport Program

Alongside its conference program, VIV Europe 2026 is also launching the VIV Passport, a structured student engagement initiative designed to connect the next generation of talent with the international agrifood industry. Participating students get to attend selected keynote sessions and industry talks during the first two days of the exhibition, engaging directly with professionals and companies across the full animal protein supply chain. Each student receives a branded Student Kit and a Show Passport to guide their experience onsite, collecting stamps by attending at least three key sessions. Upon completion, participants earn a digital certificate of participation that can be added to their LinkedIn profile or CV as a career-relevant credential. The program offers students meaningful industry exposure while providing a tangible outcome in support of their professional development.

Registration remains open

VIV Europe 2026 takes place 2–4 June 2026 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, The Netherlands. Attendees gain direct access to cutting-edge research, global market intelligence, and a network of buyers, suppliers, and investors from all over the world. Skip the long queues onsite and secure your place today at europe.viv.net.

Source: VIV Worldwide press release

Aquaculture 4.0: Unlocking the Last Mile of Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 09:00:05 +0700

* By Antonio Garza de Yta, Ph.D.

Aquaculture has proved it can grow fish; now it must prove it can grow confidence. The missing link isn’t biological, it’s finance, insurance, and risk transparency. Until capital providers can see and price risk reliably, the sector will remain capital constrained and underinsured.

Aquaculture has proved it can grow fish; now it must prove it can grow confidence. For years, the sector has pushed er on genetics, feeds, health, and farm design, yet it still underdelivers on its full potential. Why? Because the missing link isn’t biological, it’s finance, insurance, and risk transparency. Until capital providers can see, quantify, and price risk reliably, aquaculture will remain capital-constrained, underinsured, and slower than it should be. Aquaculture 4.0 is the pathway out of that trap: digitalization not just for efficiency, but for bankability and insurability.

To cross this last mile, we must move from a sector that has long looked like a black box to outsiders to one that is measurably transparent. With new tools, we’ve made the box translucent — but lenders and underwriters don’t finance translucence; they finance clarity. That clarity depends on three pillars that turn data into trust and trust into capital:

(1) Infrastructure, (2) Data, and (3) Systems Integration.

Data standardization is critical for financial credibility. Moving beyond handwritten records to a standardized schema allows underwriters to verify biological performance. Defining what to measure and how to verify it ensures that on-farm data becomes a bridge to institutional investment.

The Three Pillars of Digital Transparency in Aquaculture

1. Infrastructure: The rails that carry trust

You cannot digitize thin air. The first pillar is infrastructure, both digital and physical. On the digital side, farms need dependable connectivity, rugged sensors for water quality and biomass, onfarm edge devices that capture data in lowbandwidth settings, secure cloud environments that scale across cohorts and geographies, and a unified digital infrastructure that standardizes information, turns raw signals into operational intelligence, and enables the transparency required for finance and insurance. On the physical side, the insights must be actionable: aeration, automatic feeders, biosecurity upgrades, harvesting machines, coldchain, and reliable power, so recommended changes can actually be implemented.

Infrastructure is also where finance can lead rather than lag. Blended finance, resultsbased lending, and green/ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance) facilities can under write connectivity, sensor networks, and critical equipment precisely because those assets reduce uncertainty, improve performance, and enable auditable reporting. In other words, infrastructure is not just cost; it is the foundation of risk reduction and the onramp to cheaper capital and insurable operations.

2. Data: From readings to decision grade intelligence

Data is the language of risk. Yet, too often, aquaculture data is incomplete, inconsistent, or trapped in spreadsheets and WhatsApp chats. Aquaculture 4.0 demands timely, standardized, longitudinal data, not only on water quality and feed, but on biosecurity practices, genetics, growth curves, survivals, FCR, energy use, and cost structure. It must be traceable (who/what/when/where) and auditable (can a third party confirm it?).

When farms pair structured data-sets with bioeconomic and financial models, they convert measurements into decision grade intelligence: accurate harvest forecasting, scenario-based cashflow projections, and probabilistic risk profiles. That is the moment the sector shifts from “trust me” to “verify me”, and verification is what unlocks term sheets, lowers interest rates, and makes biological insurance design feasible. For producers, this isn’t paperwork; it’s bargaining power, data-backed credibility that improves prices, contract terms, and access to working capital.

3. Systems integration: One version of the truth

A single sensor does not make a smart pond, and a smart pond does not make a bankable enterprise. The third pillar is systems integration — linking sensors, farm Enterprise Resource Planning (ERPs), hatchery records, feed logistics, lab diagnostics, processing data, and even buyer specifications into a coherent, interoperable flow. Integration enables apples-to-apples benchmarking, automates compliance reporting, and continuously feeds credit risk scoring and parametric insurance models with high-quality inputs.

At scale, integration supports digital twins at farm, cluster, or regional level so that regulators can monitor disease risk in near realtime, suply chain actors can plan capacity with better visibility, and financiers can track portfolio health against measurable KPIs. Systems integration is where transparency becomes trust, because every stakeholder, farmer, feed mill, buyer, lender, insurer, sees one version of the truth.

Why This Matters for Finance and Insurance

Capital does not require zero risk; it requires knowable risk. Infrastructure ensures risks are observed continuously; data ensures they are measured consistently; systems integration ensures they are shared credibly. Together, these pillars convert uncertainty into probability, and probability into price; the price of credit, the price of coverage, the price of capital. Three knockon effects follow:

i. Credit becomes scalable. Data-grounded production and cashflow forecasts justify longer tenors and lower rates.

ii. Insurance becomes viable. Earlywarning surveillance and verified performance histories let underwriters price biological risk, design products that pay, and assemble portfolios that perform.

iii. ESG becomes measurable. Energy, emissions, water, welfare, and traceability move from claims to counts, attracting impact capital and premium buyers.

Aquaculture 4.0 is the pathway to bankability and insurability through digitalization.To cross this last mile, the industry must transition from a ‘black box’ to measurable transparency.

From Translucent to Transparent, and Bankable

Aquaculture’s opacity was never a choice; it was a function of fragmentation: thousands of actors, variable standards, patchy connectivity, and handwritten records. The tools now exist to change that; if we align around the three pillars. The practical playbook is straightforward:

» Fund the rails: prioritize connectivity, sensors, and reliable power.

» Standardize the schema: define what to measure, how often, and how to verify.

» Connect the systems: integrate onfarm, lab, logistics, and finance data into a single workflow; share the right data with the right stakeholder at the right time.

Aquaculture doesn’t need a new revolution in biology. It needs to connect what we already have, prove what we already do, and scale what already works. That is Aquaculture 4.0, not digital for digital’s sake, but digital for bankability and insurability. When we deliver infrastructure, data, and systems integration, we move decisively from translucent to transparent — and in that clarity, finance and insurance finally find a home. That is how we unlock the last mile of growth.

* Antonio Garza de Yta is Vice President of the International Center for Strategic Studies in Aquaculture (CIDEEA), President of Aquaculture Without Frontiers (AwF), Past President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS), Former Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture of Tamaulipas, Mexico, and Creator of the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP) Program with Auburn University.

Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 22:20:08 +0700

As global demand for seafood continues to climb, the aquaculture industry faces a familiar yet intensifying challenge: how to produce more nutritious protein while reducing environmental impacts and biological risks. Innovation is no longer optional; it is foundational. Among emerging solutions, genome editing is rapidly gaining attention as a powerful, practical tool for modern breeding programs.

To explore its commercial potential and evolving regulatory landscape, we spoke with Debbie Plouffe, Vice President of Business Development at the Centre for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT). A leader in genetic innovation in aquaculture, CAT is already working with commercial producers to integrate genome editing into breeding programs. In her role, Debbie provides regulatory guidance, supporting CAT clients to navigate and accelerate the responsible commercialization of genome editing in farmed aquatic species.

Debbie Plouffe, Center for Aquaculture Technologies

Q: Debbie, let’s start with a fundamental question. What is the difference between genetic modification and genome editing?

Plouffe: It’s an important distinction in the regulatory framework and a great place to start. Genetic modified organism, or GMO, typically refers to introducing new DNA, creating changes in a genetic sequence that wouldn’t occur naturally. Genome editing, on the other hand, is about making precise changes within an organism’s existing DNA.

With genome editing, and specifically in the scenario CAT will use the technology, no new DNA is added. We are creating changes that could happen through natural reproduction or conventional selective breeding in a shorter timeframe. It is precision breeding, not the creation of transgenics.

Q: Why have many regulators treated genome editing differently from GMOs?

Plouffe: Because the outcomes can be fundamentally different. In many genome editing applications, particularly SDN-1, the changes are indistinguishable from those that could occur naturally or through conventional breeding. No new DNA is present in the final organism.

As a result, many regulators are shifting toward risk-based frameworks that focus on the characteristics of the final product, rather than the technology used to create it. Countries such as the United States, Canada, Brazil, Japan, and Australia are already moving in this direction, which is helping open the door for responsible innovation.
We’re already seeing this approach in practice. Genome editing is being used commercially across agriculture and aquaculture, from crops like canola, banana, and rice to livestock such as pigs, cattle, and fish, demonstrating that these frameworks can support safe, real-world deployment.

This shift is important not just from a regulatory perspective, but also for building confidence more broadly, as regulatory clarity is often the foundation for acceptance of new technologies.

Q: You mentioned SDN-1. Can you explain what that means?

Plouffe: SDN-1, or Site-Directed Nuclease-1, is a form of genome editing that makes very small, precise changes to an organism’s existing DNA without adding any new genetic material. It works by creating a targeted cut in the DNA, which the cell then repairs naturally, resulting in a small change. These edits are similar to variations that could occur naturally or through conventional breeding, just achieved with greater precision and much faster.

Q: What does this all mean for commercial aquaculture operations?

Plouffe: It’s a game-changer. The key advantages of genome editing are precision and speed. In many aquaculture species, where generation times can span several years, conventional breeding delivers progress in relatively small, incremental steps across generations. Genome editing allows us to make significant improvements in a single generation, dramatically accelerating the pace of genetic gain.

Genome editing allows producers to target specific traits that are advantageous for farming such as growth efficiency and yield, disease resistance, or environmental tolerance, and achieve results in a fraction of the time required by conventional breeding alone.

Importantly, it also opens the door to traits that are difficult, slow, or even impossible to achieve through traditional breeding, including traits with low heritability, single-sex populations without hormone use, and reproductive sterility.
At CAT, our genome editing solutions include our Sterility+ technology, which delivers 100% sterility in aquaculture species. This acts as a robust biological containment measure, helping protect wild populations and ecosystems, while also supporting regulatory confidence that environmental risks, particularly those associated with enhanced production traits, are effectively managed.

In short, the benefits are clear: improved productivity and resilience for farmers, sustainable innovation for the industry, and consistent access to high-quality, affordable seafood for consumers, delivered more efficiently, with fewer resources, less waste, and reduced pressure on wild fisheries.

Q: What does the typical regulatory pathway look like for genome-edited products today?

Plouffe: As I mentioned, the regulatory process is becoming more structured and predictable in many jurisdictions, though it still varies by region. At CAT, we start by developing a regulatory strategy for each product based on where the animals are produced and, if applicable, where they will be sold. This may involve preparing a scientific dossier for submission, followed by agency review and, in some cases, post-approval compliance.

Importantly, seafood producers and breeders no longer have to navigate this alone. Clearer frameworks are emerging, and that’s critical for accelerating commercial adoption; something CAT actively supports.

Q: So, how is CAT supporting clients through this advancing landscape?

Plouffe: Our role goes beyond the technical skill of integrating genome editing into practical breeding programs. We often hear that our partners and their stakeholders are concerned about acceptance of genome editing in food production, and regulatory approval is really the foundation of that acceptance. So, we partner closely with our clients to define and execute clear regulatory strategies and achieve regulatory determinations.

Ultimately, our focus is on creating a clear and efficient path to market.

Q: Looking ahead, where do you see genome editing in aquaculture over the next five years?

Plouffe: Over the next five years, genome editing, particularly SDN-1 approaches, will move from innovation to implementation. As regulatory frameworks continue to align, these technologies will be integrated into breeding programs and deliver products at commercial scale.

This isn’t about replacing traditional breeding, but enhancing it; adding precision and speed to existing programs. The opportunity is clear, but timing matters. Companies that invest now in regulatory strategy and stakeholder engagement will be best positioned as the market continues to open.

Debbie concluded, “Genome editing has moved beyond research; it now has a clear path to commercialization. As regulatory clarity improves, it is becoming a practical tool to help aquaculture scale sustainably. For an industry facing real resource constraints, this is going to be an important part of the solution.”

The post Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Development of U.S.-strain live and inactivated vaccines for control of avian metapneumovirus subtype B in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 18:15:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project that developed both live and inactivated vaccine candidates for avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) subtype B. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

Project # 745: development of live attenuated and killed vaccines for emerging avian metapneumovirus subgroup B

(Dr. Sunil Kumar Mor, Animal Disease Research and Diagnostic Laboratory, South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.D.)

aMPV, a virus which causes an acute respiratory tract infection in turkeys and chickens, re-emerged in the U.S. poultry industry, rapidly spreading across key poultry-producing states and posing a significant threat to production. The Center for Veterinary Biologics granted conditional approval for imported vaccines based on European strains as an emergency measure in early 2025; however, no licensed live attenuated vaccines derived from U.S. strains are currently available.

A team of researchers, led by Dr. Sunil Mor, at South Dakota University, successfully developed both live and inactivated vaccine candidates for aMPV subtype B. One of the live vaccine candidates showed strong safety and provided complete protection in chickens, while the inactivated vaccine generated strong protective antibody responses. Both vaccine approaches performed well in commercial turkey poults, with the live vaccine offering the highest level of protection.

These results demonstrate strong potential for practical, field-ready tools to help control aMPV in poultry. Overall, the work supports the development of U.S.-based vaccines to reduce future disease impacts and economic losses in the poultry industry.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Mycotoxin challenges in mea requires integrated mitigation approach

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 14:45:08 +0700

Productivity and sustainability in poultry production are under increasing pressure from mycotoxin contamination in feed, an issue of growing concern across the Middle East and Africa (MEA). Addressing this challenge requires a comprehensive, integrated mitigation strategy.

Rola Jreissaty
Product Manager
UTRIX S.A.L.

Mycotoxins, the secondary metabolites produced by filamentous fungi, along with their masked forms, are widely recognized as unavoidable contaminants within food and feed chains (Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). The problems can start already in the field and before harvest when cereals and cereal by-products (the main ingredients for poultry diets) become infected with field fungi such as Fusarium spp., favored by moisture during crop development. Additionally, storage fungi like Aspergillus spp. and Penicillium spp. thrive under warm and humid environments during storage and transportation, leading to common mycotoxin accumulation in feed.

THE BIG 6 MYCOTOXIN THREATS FOR POULTRY
While over 400 mycotoxins have been identified, the mycotoxins of greatest concern in poultry production consistently include aflatoxins (AF), deoxynivalenol (DON), zearalenone (ZEN), T-2 toxin, fumonisins (FUM), and ochratoxin A (OTA). These compounds are among the most frequently detected contaminants in animal feed and are widely recognized for their detrimental effects on poultry gut health, organs, immunity, performance, and productivity (Filazi et al., 2017; Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023; Ochieng et al., 2025).

Chronic exposure to these toxins, even at subclinical levels, can cause significant economic losses by reducing feed conversion efficiency, increasing mortality, weakening the immune system, and heightening susceptibility to infectious diseases such as coccidiosis, salmonellosis, and colibacillosis, and negatively affecting reproductive performance in poultry. Additionally, the transfer of toxic residues into meat and eggs poses a serious risk to consumer health, representing a major public health concern, particularly in regions with limited regulatory monitoring (Olariu et al., 2025; Song et al., 2023).

Source: Poultry Graphics | Shutterstock

Aflatoxins (AF)
Aflatoxin exposure has been associated with a number of adverse effects in birds, including decreased egg production, organ damage, weaker immunity, and poor performance. Broiler liver and muscle tissues have been found to contain AFB1 residues, with levels of accumulation varying according to exposure time and dosage (Ochieng et al., 2025; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025).

Deoxynivalenol (DON)
Deoxynivalenol (DON) is widely recognized for its detrimental effects on animal health, well-being and performance. In poultry, DON exposure has been demonstrated to suppress growth and immunological function and contribute to wet droppings. Notably, DON induces intestinal inflammation and disrupts tight‑junction integrity in laying hens, indicating direct impairment of the gut barrier and a potential role in the development of intestinal dysbiosis. Across livestock and experimental models, numerous studies show that DON impairs nutrient absorption and general physiological processes. Intestinal and immunity dysfunction, decreased feed intake, slower growth rates, and lower feed conversion efficiency are all consequences of chronic exposure (Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025; Zhai et al., 2022).

Zearalenone (ZEN)
Broiler chickens exposed to zearalenone (ZEN) show clear performance impairments, including reduced body weight and weight gain, decreased feed intake, and an increased feed conversion ratio (FCR). High dietary levels of ZEN also exert strong estrogenic effects that can lead to hormonal imbalance, reproductive disorders, and, in severe cases, infertility. Additionally, ZEN disrupts endocrine function by binding to estrogen receptors, leading to hormonal dysregulation and impaired reproductive health. (“Mycotoxin Impact on Egg Production,” 2017; Okasha et al., 2024). ZEN and its masked metabolites have been detected in several poultry tissues, including the liver, blood, kidney, muscle, intestine, and in excreta, demonstrating its systemic distribution. Findings from Okasha et al. (2024) further confirm the presence of ZEN residues in broiler liver samples, underscoring the risks associated with contaminated feed.

Fumonisins (FUM)
When exposed to high concentrations of fumonisins, poultry show significant health and performance impairments. Reduced weight gain, poor feed conversion, increased kidney and liver weights, and liver necrosis are among the consequences that have been reported. Because FB1 affects sphingolipid metabolism, it is frequently linked to hepatotoxicity and nephrotoxicity (“Mycotoxin Impact on Egg Production,” 2017; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025). Clinical signs of fumonisin intoxication in poultry include lameness, leg weakness, wet droppings, decreased egg production, and, in extreme situations, mortality. There have also been reports of immunological disorders, including lymphocyte suppression, decreased humoral immunity, and immunosuppression. Furthermore, birds exposed to fumonisins often exhibit intestinal and hepatic congestion, as well as an increased risk of coccidiosis and necrotic enteritis (Júnior et al., 2022).

Ochratoxin A (OTA)
Poultry’s gastrointestinal tract (GIT) is significantly affected by ochratoxin A (OTA), which compromises the mucosal barrier through damage to intestinal epithelial cells, alterations in gut microbiota composition, and downregulation of tight junction proteins. These disruptions collectively impair nutrient absorption and consequently lead to reductions in body weight and weight gain. Beyond its intestinal effects, OTA poses major risks due to its nephrotoxic, hepatotoxic, and immunosuppressive properties, making it one of the most harmful mycotoxins encountered in poultry production (Bonerba et al., 2024; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025; S. Zhai et al., 2021).

T-2 toxin (T-2)
T-2 toxin exert a wide range of toxic effects in poultry. These include inhibition of protein, DNA, and RNA synthesis, leading to pronounced cytotoxicity, compromised immunological responses, and greater susceptibility to infectious diseases in poultry. In addition to neurological disorders and general declines in performance, such as decreased weight gain, decreased egg production, and decreased hatchability, affected birds frequently develop oral lesions as well as others in the digestive tract, liver, kidneys, skin, and other rapidly dividing tissues (Olariu et al., 2025; Vörösházi et al., 2024).

The global significance of the six major mycotoxins stems from their high prevalence, with estimates suggesting that more than 60% of feed commodities worldwide are contaminated, making mycotoxins among the most widespread natural toxins affecting animal health and nutrition (Hassan et al., 2026).

Productivity and sustainability of poultry production systems are increasingly challenged by the presence of mycotoxins in feed.
Source: Magnific.com

CHALLENGING CONDITIONS IN MEA REGION
In the Middle East and Africa (MEA) region, mycotoxin contamination in animal feed is strongly influenced by a combination of climate change, agricultural practices, economic factors, and feed processing methods. Mycotoxin accumulation due to warm and humid conditions is especially challenging within MEA supply chains (Gomes et al., 2025; Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). In addition, many countries in the MEA region depend heavily on imported feed ingredients, where contamination can occur prior to importation, during transportation, or throughout storage. Inadequate storage conditions, warm climates, and lengthy supply chains further increase the risk, making effective mycotoxin management a persistent challenge (Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023).

Furthermore, the co-occurrence of various mycotoxins in feed raw materials and finished feeds is commonly observed worldwide as individual fungi species may produce more than one mycotoxin, and several mycotoxins can also be synthesized by different fungi (Gomes et al., 2025). In addition, masked (hidden) mycotoxins and their metabolites may escape conventional detection yet be converted back into their toxic forms during digestion, further complicating risk assessment (Okasha et al., 2024). As a result, animal feeds often contain several mycotoxins simultaneously, creating complex interactions. Even when present at individually subclinical concentrations, these compounds may exert antagonistic, additive, or synergistic effects, thereby increasing their overall toxic impact. During challenging conditions, involving disease pressure or heat stress, feed that is contaminated with multi-mycotoxins can further spiral down bird health and performance.

ANALYSIS OF RAW MATERIALS IN LEBANON
Mycotoxin co-occurrence in animal feed is a prominent phenomenon, with interactions between toxins frequently resulting in additive or synergistic effects that increase their impact on animal health. According to previous studies, 30% to 100% of feed samples contained two or more mycotoxins (Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023). The current monitoring of raw feed ingredients (corn and soybean meal) in Lebanon, based on an assessment conducted by UTRIX S.A.L. (hereafter called ‘UTRIX’), confirmed the widespread nature of co-contamination under local conditions by showing that 100% of examined samples were contaminated with at least two or more mycotoxins.

Using ELISA-based analysis, UTRIX conducted a three-year assessment (2023-2025) and found a consistent pattern of multi-mycotoxin contamination with significant temporal fluctuations (Figure 1). Zearalenone (ZEN) showed elevated levels in 2023 and 2025, while fumonisins (FUM) were the most common toxins in all years, with a notable increase in 2025. These results are consistent with research showing that FUM and ZEN are present in both summer and winter, demonstrating how toxicogenic fungi may adapt to different environmental conditions (Gomes et al., 2025). In Lebanon, where warm summers and mild, wet winters promote year-round fungal growth, this seasonal persistence is very significant and could account for the recurring prevalence of FUM and ZEN. In contrast, DON showed a declining trend, whereas AF increased over time, and surpassed locally applied thresholds in 2025. OTA remained consistently low, and T-2 toxin showed a gradual increase, indicating a potential emerging risk.

The 2025 results show exceedances for ZEN, FUM, and AF when compared to advisory threshold levels. The mycotoxins’ co-occurrence in this study highlights the importance of considering combined toxicological effects, while their seasonal persistence emphasizes the necessity for ongoing monitoring and integrated mitigation efforts in Mediterranean-like climates.

Figure 1. Yearly variation in concentrations of key mycotoxins (AF, DON, FUM, ZEN, OTA, and T-2) detected in raw feed materials (corn and soybean meal) in Lebanon (UTRIX S.A.L., 2023-2025).

MULTI-LEVEL MYCOTOXIN CONTROL STRATEGIES
Various strategies are used to reduce mycotoxin contamination in feed, including proper post-harvest practices, strict quality control during sourcing and storage, and physical methods such as sorting and cleaning (Okasha et al., 2024).

Feed additives, particularly anti-mycotoxin solutions, play a central role by reducing toxin bioavailability. Compounds such as modified clays, yeast cell wall extracts, and enzymes can adsorb or biotransform a wide range of mycotoxins, including masked forms, thereby limiting their absorption in the GIT (Kolawole et al., 2025). Overall, effective management requires an integrated approach combining prevention, monitoring, and targeted mitigation strategies.

In line with these mitigation strategies, UTRIX offers a range of mycotoxin management solutions, including UtriSorb^®, UtriSorb^®PRO, KleenTox^®PLUS, KleenTox^®PRO, KleenTox^®ADVANCE, and KleenTox^®DW. Among these, KleenTox^®PRO is a broad-spectrum mycotoxin binder combining attapulgite clay, yeast cell wall extract, enzymes, and plant extracts, enabling simultaneous adsorption and biotransformation of multiple mycotoxins while supporting the immune system, liver function, and gut health. This multi-component approach enhances protection against complex mycotoxin challenges commonly observed under field conditions.

Additionally, KleenTox^®DW, a mycotoxin control solution for application in drinking water, provides a complementary strategy by delivering rapid and effective mycotoxin control through a synergistic blend of organic acids, yeast cell wall extract, and cinnamaldehyde, thereby supporting gut integrity and immune function. To address fungal proliferation at the source, UTRIX offers MoldBan^®, a mold inhibitor applied in feed that limits fungal growth and spoilage through organic acid-based antifungal activity. This helps preserve raw material quality, extend shelf life, and reduce the risk of mycotoxin production.

CONCLUSION
While mycotoxin threshold levels are designed to ensure feed safety, increasing evidence indicates that chronic exposure to low concentrations of multiple mycotoxins, even within accepted limits, can negatively impact animal performance. These subclinical effects often go unnoticed yet are associated with reduced feed efficiency and productivity losses across livestock systems (Kolawole et al., 2025).

Mycotoxin contamination arises from the proliferation of toxigenic fungi, including Aspergillus, Fusarium, and Penicillium, on feed ingredients. This contamination can occur both before and after harvest under favorable conditions such as high moisture levels, inadequate storage, and poor handling practices (Okasha et al., 2024). Given the strong influence of environmental and biological factors on fungal growth, understanding regional contamination patterns is crucial for accurate risk assessment and the development of effective control strategies (Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). It also emphasizes the necessity for ongoing monitoring and integrated mitigation efforts in Mediterranean-like climates.

Therefore, safeguarding animal health, performance, and productivity requires an integrated approach combining improved feed management, targeted mitigation strategies, and coordinated efforts among industry stakeholders to enhance monitoring and control systems.

References are available on request.

About Rola Jreissaty
Rola Jreissaty is a Product Manager at UTRIX S.A.L., a premier producer of premixes, concentrates, and feed additives and specialties. Jreissaty oversees the development and marketing of UTRIX’s anti-mycotoxin portfolio, as well as other product categories.

Mycotoxin challenges in mea requires integrated mitigation approach yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Mycotoxins control in poultry: Fusarium toxins

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 14:45:06 +0700

Mycotoxin contamination in poultry feed is a persistent challenge in commercial production worldwide. Among the various mycotoxin groups, Fusarium toxins have gained increasing attention over the past decades, not only due to their widespread presence in commonly used grains but also because of their capacity to interact with and amplify the effects of other toxins. Understanding which Fusarium toxins are truly relevant in poultry, how to identify them, and how to select and evaluate effective control strategies is essential for any poultry health professional. This article provides a practical overview of the main Fusarium toxins affecting commercial poultry, the tools available for their detection, and the criteria for choosing and validating anti-mycotoxin additives.

Manuel Contreras, DVM, MS, Diplomate ACPV.
Director of Poultry Veterinary Services at Special Nutrients
Agrifirm

The Fusarium mycotoxins group includes Zearalenone (ZEA) and Fumonisin (FUM). For decades, both toxins were irrelevant, to a certain extent, in commercial poultry, but are now constantly evaluated in feed analyses and considered important mycotoxins affecting performance. In the case of ZEA, despite being frequently present in grains and used as a marker for other mycotoxins, scientific and field reports indicate that it is not very toxic in either broiler chickens or hens. The situation with FUM is different because most of the corn produced globally shows its presence. In corn harvested in the United States, Argentina, and Brazil, it is common to detect levels of 1,500 to 4,000 ppb of FUM. As a result, many clinicians are diagnosing mycotoxicosis caused by FUM in cases where the etiologic agent is completely different. Inclusion Body Hepatitis (IBH), for example, is frequently misdiagnosed as mycotoxicosis.

Inside the Fusarium toxins, there is another classification called Trichothecenes, characterized by a similar chemical structure, which represents another important group affecting performance and causing specific gross lesions. T-2 toxin, DAS (diacetoxyscirpenol), and Vomitoxin/DON are the most relevant. The oral lesions caused by T-2 toxin and DAS are easily identified as a sign of mycotoxicosis in poultry farms. In the case of DON, identifying typical gross lesions is more difficult, though several scientific papers report microscopic damage to the intestinal integrity. Something widely accepted by the scientific community is that the presence of Fusarium toxins significantly potentiates the damage caused by mycotoxins traditionally recognized as more toxic, such as Aflatoxin, Ochratoxin, and T-2 toxin.

DETERMINING WHICH MYCOTOXINS CAUSE DAMAGE IN POULTRY PRODUCTION
Determining which mycotoxins cause damage is ideally one of the first steps to consider before choosing an anti-mycotoxin additive. Identifying characteristic lesions facilitates this task, since most mycotoxins affect specific target organs. For example, T-2 toxin, HT-2, or DAS can produce mouth ulcers, unlike Aflatoxin, which affects the liver and/or causes bruises in the skin and muscles. Under commercial conditions, most companies decide which product to include after evaluating feed mill analyses and, in some cases, reports of negative effects on performance. For farms that can identify which mycotoxins are affecting their flock through macroscopic or histopathological evaluations, this information allows them to select products with proven efficacy against the specific toxins present. Since more than one mycotoxin is generally present in the ration, combining two types of mycotoxin binders is sometimes necessary to achieve a broader spectrum of protection.

Although testing for mycotoxins in feed is a very practical way of finding out which ones are present, there are certain limitations to this tool. Results can vary due to the uneven distribution of mycotoxins in the samples analyzed, regardless of the laboratory technique used, whether simple tests such as ELISA (well known for its limited sensitivity) or more sophisticated methods such as HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography) or LC-MS/MS (Liquid Chromatography-Tandem Mass Spectrometry).

ANTI-MYCOTOXIN SOLUTIONS
Over the years, various anti-mycotoxin feed additives have been developed, including the following:
Traditional clays represent the first generation of products developed for aflatoxin control. Some clays can adsorb other mycotoxins in addition to aflatoxin, but their spectrum of action is not as broad as that of purified clays.

Purified clays are modified and activated through specialized processes—many are identified as organo-clays. Within this group, some have demonstrated efficacy in experimental trials against difficult-to-capture mycotoxins such as ZEA, as well as T-2 toxin and FUM.

Products containing bacteria, yeast cell walls, enzymes, and/or algae are frequently combined with clays. Some manufacturers claim that the microorganisms present can metabolize mycotoxins and convert them into less toxic metabolites.

Source: Kateryna Kon | Shutterstock

HOW TO EVALUATE MYCOTOXIN BINDERS?
Considering the large number of products available in the global market, the following are key factors to consider before deciding which additive to use.

1. In vitro test
A preliminary test and essentially a quality control measure. If a product works in vitro, it does not mean that it works in vivo. The test consists of determining the adsorption capacity of a product against different mycotoxins using HPLC at two pH levels (3.0 and 6.0), simulating the conditions of the gastrointestinal tract. Under no circumstances should the decision on which product to use be based solely on in vitro testing, it must always be accompanied by animal testing. The inclusion rate recommended in the feed should be the same as that used in this test.

2. In vivo test
When conducting this type of test, it is necessary to measure performance (body weight gain, feed intake, feed conversion, and target organ protection). For example, if the efficacy of a product against aflatoxin is being measured, its effect on the liver must be quantified. If a product is evaluated against T-2 toxin, the effect of the anti-mycotoxin additive on oral lesions must be assessed. Although T-2 toxin causes damage through direct contact due to its causticity when ingested, an effective additive will reduce the degree of oral lesions through its adsorption capacity in the intestines. Some mycotoxins, such as FUM, do not cause macroscopic damage to the chicken liver, so it is necessary to measure biomarkers such as sphingosine and sphinganine, which are produced by the toxic effect of FUM on sphingolipid metabolism in blood. The dose recommended under commercial conditions should be the same as, or close to, the one tested in vivo. When evaluating additives containing substances that act as growth promoters (yeasts, enzymes, immune stimulants), their effectiveness should not be based solely on favorable performance results.

3. Detection of markers/metabolites in blood
Metabolites of emerging mycotoxins such as Beauvericin, and other toxins such as Tenuazonic acid, are measured in blood and reported to poultry growers as indicators of mycotoxin exposure. Based on the scientific literature reviewed, the importance of these newer mycotoxins has not yet been established in commercial poultry production. For commercial farms fed with DON-contaminated feed, metabolites such as Deoxynivalenol-3-sulphate have been measured before and after using a mycotoxin binder.

4. Identification of lesions at the slaughterhouses
This tool demonstrates whether an anti-mycotoxin additive is working properly once it has been included in the diet. Every week, examine at least 200 to 300 birds at the slaughterhouse, looking for mycotoxin-associated lesions in the carcasses. To further support this evaluation, it is ideal to periodically submit formalin-fixed tissue samples for histopathological assessment.

CONCLUSION
It is critical to determine what type of mycotoxins are affecting the birds in order to decide which binder to include in the feed. Once an anti-mycotoxin additive has been selected, slaughterhouse evaluations will supply critical information regarding the efficacy of the product chosen.

Mycotoxins control in poultry: Fusarium toxins yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

The Philippine SEAFDEC Aquaculture Center Achieves World’s First Natural Captive Spawning of Mackerel Tuna

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 04:20:11 +0700

They make it a promising candidate for sustainable aquaculture

The Southeast Asian Fisheries Development Center Aquaculture Department (SEAFDEC/AQD) in Tigbauan (Iloilo, Philippines) has reproduced naturally in captive conditions a mackerel tuna. This is the first time that scientist achieve it. The tuna (Euthynnus affinis), known also as kawakawa and in the Philippines as ‘tulingan’, spawned at the research center without the use of hormone injections.

“This achievement brings us closer to establishing a full-cycle culture technology for kawakawa from egg to larva, juvenile, adult, and back to spawning,” said Dan Baliao, Chief of SEAFDEC/AQD.

For his part, Takahiro Sajiki, deputy chief of SEAFDEC/AQD and co-manager of the Japanese Trust Fund that supported the research project, assured: “Tuna species pose exceptional challenges for aquaculture due to their highly migratory behavior, rapid swimming speeds, and acute sensitivity to confinement stress.”

He highlighted that these traits have limited breeding efforts, forcing most tuna farming operations to rely on wild-caught juveniles.

Years of Careful Observation

Mackerel tuna, widely consumed in Southeast Asia, a small neritic tuna long considered nearly impossible to breed under captive conditions, has also been particularly difficult to maintain and develop to maturity in enclosed systems.

The milestone is the result of systematic, long-term research and broodstock management at SEAFDEC/AQD, despite early challenges with stress-related mortality and poor adaptation to domestication.

According to Irene Cabanilla-Legaspi, the SEAFDEC/AQD researcher who has led the kawakawa project since 2020: “Rather than relying on artificial spawning induction, we refined broodstock care, continuously monitored the fish, and used controlled environmental techniques to create conditions conducive to natural reproduction”.

“Years of careful observation and environmental control culminated in the release of eggs by captive kawakawa in an enclosed tank,” she added.

Long Process

The broodstock were sourced from juvenile kawakawa collected using an “otoshi-ami” fish trap in Antique Province. Before transport, the fish underwent several days of conditioning to prepare them for confinement stress and the long journey to tank facilities in the SEAFDEC/AQD Tigbauan Main Station, informed the scientific institution.

“Transport protocols were strictly followed to maximize survival. Water temperature was lowered, each fish was handled individually, and temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen levels were monitored hourly. Water samples were also collected for bacterial analyses,” explained Leobert de la Peña, head of SEAFDEC/AQD’s Research Division. These measures resulted in high survival rates, even three days after transport, according to the research team.

At the hatchery, the juveniles were maintained in tanks with carefully regulated water quality and feeding regimes to minimize stress and promote fast growth and maturation. Over time, the fish adapted to captive conditions and released viable eggs, confirming that kawakawa can complete the reproductive cycle in a fully enclosed system without hormonal intervention.

Sustainable Tuna Production

Kawakawa tuna is valued for its firm flesh with a similar flavor and texture to bluefin tuna. However, unlike large oceanic tuna species such as bluefin, it matures rapidly and thrives in coastal waters, making it a promising candidate for sustainable aquaculture. Notably, it also has high levels of the nutrient docosahexaenoic acid (DHA).

“Developing reliable breeding and culture techniques for kawakawa could reduce dependence on wild-caught stocks and help stabilize tuna production,” Baliao said. “However, we may need more years of dedication and persistence to replicate these results to ensure consistency, and scale them up to commercial production.”

The first spawning event under fully captive conditions was recorded in July 2025, with repeated spawning observed through September. The research was conducted under the Japanese Trust Fund–supported project, ‘Development of Full-Life Cycle Culture and Stable Production Technology of Kawakawa (Euthynnus affinis).’

New Study in the US Confirms That Seaweed Integration Boosts Efficiency and Cuts Waste in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 04:20:06 +0700

Researchers of University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric, and Earth Science provide guidance for the producers

A new study of the University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric, and Earth Science found that cultivating seaweed species alongside marine finfish in integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA) operations can significantly reduce − and even eliminate − key waste products from marine finfish farming. In the IMTA seaweeds receive nutrient-rich effluent from fish production, they confirmed.

According to the scientist, the results demonstrate the potential of IMTA in these regions and offers potential mitigation solutions for many of the most prominent sustainability concerns regarding the development of marine aquaculture operations for fed-species such as marine finfish.

In that sense, Haley Lasco, the leader author of the study and a marine biology graduate student at the Rosenstiel School − and currently a scientist at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources, assured: “With the significant interest in the development of marine aquaculture throughout the Southeast United States (US) and Caribbean, these findings can be used to guide the selection of extractive macroalgae species in operations culturing marine finfish.”

The study offers new insights into how aquaculture producers can improve sustainability by farming macroalgae species in a complementary system alongside finfish. “Our findings support more sustainable aquaculture operations and help producers make smarter choices about macroalgae for IMTA,” added Lasco.

Pilot-Scale

To conduct the study, the researchers established a pilot-scale Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture system at the Rosenstiel School’s Experimental Hatchery facility on Virginia Key, Florida, to evaluate the performance of four candidate macroalgae species under consistent marine finfish effluent conditions.

The flow-through IMTA system used a consistent source of nutrient-rich effluent from a yellowtail snapper (Ocyurus chrysurus) grow-out tank maintained at commercial-scale density and feeding rates. Each macroalgae species was grown in three replicate tanks receiving the same effluent, enabling controlled comparisons of nutrient removal, nutritional composition, and market potential under conditions representative of commercial aquaculture.

At the end of each two-week trial, macroalgae were evaluated for growth and analyzed for protein, fat, fiber, ash, minerals, metals, and carbon and nitrogen content, including stable isotope ratios. Results provide new insights into macroalgae performance under real-world conditions and demonstrate the potential to reduce total ammonia nitrogen (TAN) in marine finfish aquaculture effluent to below detectable levels.

“This work shows how integrating macroalgae into marine finfish aquaculture systems can reduce waste while producing a valuable secondary crop. It provides a practical framework for selecting species based on specific production goals, improving environmental performance while creating opportunities for better production economics and more diversified products using an IMTA approach,” said for his part John Stieglitz, a research associate professor in the Department of Marine Biology and Ecology, who led the project as principal investigator.

The Goal: To Mimic Natural Ecosystems

Let’s remember that IMTA is a production system where different species from different trophic levels are farmed together in a complementary system with a goal to mimic natural ecosystems, thus improving sustainability, reducing waste, and increasing overall productivity. This form of aquaculture allows for the waste of one organism to be utilized by another organism across trophic levels, creating a system with less waste and therefore a lower environmental impact.

The primary aim of this study was to provide an understanding of which macroalgae species from the Southeast US and Caribbean regions perform the best in these different categories, providing stakeholders with a guide to select a desirable species of macroalgae to utilize and implement in their operations.

Already Published

The study titled “Evaluation of native macroalgae species of the Southeast U.S. and Caribbean for use in integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA)” was published in the journal Aquaculture International February 10, 2026. The authors include Lasco, Hilary G. Close, Ronald H. Hoenig, Phillip R. Gillette, Daniel D. Benetti, and John of the University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric and Earth Science.

Funding for the study was provided by subawards from the Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission (GSMFC) in cooperation with NOAA Fisheries Service.

Smart use of chemical anticoccidials means there’s no need to fear resistance

Edusehat — Mon, 11 May 2026 20:40:05 +0700

Turkey producers should not avoid using chemical anticoccidial products for fear of resistance, but they do need to use them strategically, according to an industry expert.

Anticoccidial chemicals have various and unique modes of action, but they work by basically stopping the reproductive cycle of the Eimeria parasites that cause disease.

Studies have shown resistance to anticoccidials typically used in the poultry industry, with products such as amprolium, clopidol and zoalene, varying in sensitivity.¹

But in an appearance on the Iowa Turkey Federation’s Turkey Talkshow podcast, Steven Clark, DVM, Huvepharma’s veterinary technical services manager, said new evidence suggests there is “minimal risk” with common products, providing farmers rotate when necessary.

“We don’t need to be scared of them. We just need to use them strategically,” he said.

How chemical options help

Although ionophores and vaccines are also available as part of coccidiosis control strategies, ionophores are considered antibiotics and therefore cannot be used in No Antibiotics Ever (NAE) programs. NAE programs are less common in US turkey production than in broilers, but are a continued trend.

Clark pointed to several strengths offered by chemical anticoccidials as part of producers’ toolbox.

They are flexible in terms of when producers can use them, and chemical anticoccidials are very safe, he said.

“We can use them when we don’t want to use something else,” he explained. “Typically, they’re very potent, because they inhibit enough of the coccidia that sometimes we say that they just ‘clean up’ cocci… when we’re having a heavy challenge, we use [them to] clean everything up. Then we can start our rotations again for the next year.”

Commonly, anticoccidials are used from 0 to 8 weeks of age, but products can be used from 0 days all the way up to slaughter in some cases, following the labeled withdrawal time. They can also be used as part of shuttle programs, in which producers move from one product to another — including ionophores in conventional production.

Staying smarter than the parasites

Despite the versatility, producers need to be aware of Eimeria parasites getting “smarter” and no longer being susceptible to chemicals being used, explained Eliza Ripplinger, DVM, of Best Veterinary Solutions Inc., who appeared alongside Clark on the podcast.

“To stay smarter than the cocci, we have a rotation program, so that we’re changing that mechanism of action… and we just keep staying ahead of the cocci,” Ripplinger said.

“What the rotation program exactly looks like is a little different for each farm… as resistance can build differently on different farms. [It’s important to] work with your veterinarian to help identify when it’s a good time to switch and what the program should be.”

A connected approach

Given the dynamic nature of coccidiosis challenges across different life stages of turkeys in production, Clark also underscored the importance of veterinary pharmaceutical companies working closely with feed mills and veterinarians.

Three of the four approved chemical turkey anticoccidials are approved at both a low and high dose, allowing a program to be customized to the flock challenge. “The feed mill has the opportunity to use the approved dose, and then the veterinarian can decide what the challenge is,” he continued.

“If we have a heavy challenge in the brooder house, we might use the higher [labeled] dose [there], then at the grow out, birds are eating more feed, and the cocci challenge might be less. [In that case] we might drop the dose, if it’s approved, to the lower level.”

Towards more flexible control measures

With anticoccidial chemicals as just one option at producers’ disposal, environmental conditions in turkey barns can influence intervention choices.

Vaccines are more typically used in the spring and fall, Clark explained, with chemicals used in the summer months. Ionophores can be more suitable to use in the wintertime, when there may be problems ventilating and reducing moisture in barns.

However, there is a degree of variation in these practices, with Clark noting that “smarter barns and a lot smarter people” can extend vaccine use and assign a different role to anticoccidials.

“We’re starting to use vaccines longer for a lot of different reasons,” he added. “Now, we can use vaccines maybe through the winter, [then] we might limit our ionophore usage and then fill in the gap with chemicals.

“Using all these tools smartly makes things a lot more flexible and helps us to design a program to fit whatever your needs are.”

Listen to the full podcast episode by visiting the Turkey Talkshow podcast website or scanning the QR code:

1 Rathinam T, Chapman HD. 2009. Sensitivity of isolates of Eimeria from turkey flocks to the anticoccidial drugs amprolium, clopidol, diclazuril, and monensin. Avian Diseases. 53(3):405–408.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Smart use of chemical anticoccidials means there’s no need to fear resistance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Phibro Animal Health Corporation Launches Companywide Sustainable Solutions Platform; Introduces VERRATAIN™ Verified Sustainability Solutions Through Strategic VAXA Technologies Partnership

Edusehat — Sat, 09 May 2026 00:45:11 +0700

TEANECK, N.J.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Phibro Animal Health Corporation (Nasdaq: PAHC) today announced the launch of its new Sustainable Solutions Platform (SSP), a companywide initiative designed to help animal protein, dairy and petfood producers address greenhouse gas emissions through practical, science-based solutions that integrate seamlessly into existing feed and production systems.

As part of the SSP launch, Phibro is introducing Verratain Verified Sustainability Solutions, the Company’s first master brand for sustainable products that can significantly lower emissions across animal protein and petfood supply chains. The initial Verratain product line is being launched through a strategic partnership with VAXA Technologies and is based on VAXA Technologies’ low carbon, high value microalgae feed materials that enable efficient supply chain decarbonization.

The first two products under the Verratain brand are Verratain Spirulina and Verratain Omega Oil, which are low-carbon microalgae feed ingredients. When these products are incorporated into the animal’s diet as a nutrition source, producers can materially reduce the carbon intensity of animal feed to allow organizations to meet their sustainability goals while supporting animal health. “Our Verratain Verified Sustainability Solutions represent a natural evolution of Phibro’s portfolio as our customers increasingly seek credible, scalable sustainability solutions,” said Dani Bendheim, incoming Chief Executive Officer of Phibro Animal Health Corporation. “These offerings complement our existing animal health and nutrition solutions while directly addressing the evolving sustainability needs of animal protein and petfood producers and their downstream customers.”

Targeting a Major Scope 3 Emissions Hotspot

The World Benchmarking Alliance reports that 165 of the world’s 350 most influential food and agriculture companies have disclosed Scope 3 climate commitments, which typically call for 20–30% reductions in value‑chain emissions by 2030. At scale, this implies an estimated $80–300 billion per‑year decarbonization value signal under SBTi‑aligned internal carbon pricing. (Source: World Business Council for Sustainable Development. 2024. Scope 3 Navigator for Agri-Food. Available: https://cecodes.org.co/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WBCSD-AF-C-suite-Scope-3-Navigator-deck.pdf Accessed: May 1, 2026).

Feed is typically the largest source of Scope 3 emissions for livestock, poultry and aquaculture producers. By focusing on feeding a low carbon alternative nutrient source, Verratain directly targets one of the most significant emissions drivers in animal protein supply chains.

Verratain Spirulina and Verratain Omega Oil are produced by VAXA Technologies in their proprietary state of the art indoor cultivation platform directly connected to renewable geothermal energy, clean water resources, and controlled growing conditions. The production process yields low‑carbon feed material that is designed to seamlessly integrate with existing feeding systems. The program utilizes life cycle assessment-based solutions to create effective Scope 3 decarbonization which is incorporated into the product’s life-cycle assessments, in accordance with leading international standards such as the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

Leadership to Build and Scale the Platform

To lead the Sustainable Solutions Platform and the Verratain portfolio, Phibro recently appointed Peter Bunce as Head of Sustainable Solutions. Bunce brings more than two decades of experience in agricultural sustainability and voluntary carbon markets, including building large‑scale programs that connect farmers with downstream consumer packaged goods companies and retailers.

“I joined Phibro because of its deep integration across global protein and dairy supply chains, where scalable solutions can deliver meaningful emissions reductions,” said Bunce. “After many years working in agricultural voluntary emissions markets, I have rarely seen innovations that combine impact and practicality like Verratain.”

Advancing a More Efficient and Resilient Food System

The launch of the Verratain product line marks a pivotal commercial milestone for Phibro’s sustainability initiatives. The Company anticipates the commencement of initial sales within the coming months, providing early adopters with a first-to-market opportunity to integrate these low-carbon microalgae solutions into their production systems.

Looking ahead, Phibro views the Sustainable Solutions Platform as a long‑term growth business that will expand beyond the initial products and partnership. To learn more about Verratain and our science-based solutions or to schedule a call with our sustainability team, please visit us at www.pahc.com/verratain or contact us at verratain@pahc.com.

About VAXA Technologies

VAXA is a food tech / climate tech company that has successfully industrialized its patented, carbon-negative microalgae production platform, to deliver proven, scalable solutions. By leveraging renewable energy, waste streams, and machine learning, VAXA produces high-value ingredients that physically remove emissions from the global supply chain, allowing partners to decarbonize at the source. Unlike traditional, resource-heavy algae production, VAXA’s modular, indoor facility in Iceland achieves a 100x higher decarbonization impact using less than 1% of the resources required by conventional methods, utilizing a bio secured optimized environment to ensure a consistent, food-grade output that provides a reliable, superior supply chain for corporations looking to improve their products and meet their sustainability goals.

For more information on VAXA visit www.vaxa.life / www.vaxaimpact.com.

About Phibro Animal Health Corporation

Phibro Animal Health Corporation is a leading global diversified animal health and nutrition company. The Company strives to be a trusted partner to livestock producers, farmers, veterinarians, and consumers who raise or care for farm and companion animals by providing solutions that help maintain and enhance animal health. For more information, visit www.pahc.com.

Contacts Contact for Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Glenn C. David
Chief Financial Officer
+1-201-329-7300

Ace Aquatec Chile Appoints Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo as General Manager LATAM

Edusehat — Sat, 09 May 2026 00:45:06 +0700

By Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec SpA has appointed Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo as General Manager LATAM, strengthening its leadership team to accelerate and build on its established growth across Chile and South America.

In this role, Gonzalo will drive regional expansion, deepen key customer relationships, and lead the commercial delivery of Ace Aquatec’s rapidly growing equipment and service offering in this region, unlocking new business opportunities across the aquaculture sector.

Ace Aquatec has already achieved strong uptake of its stunning and biomass products in Chile, working with some of the leading salmon producers in the region and globally. Gonzalo will be supporting existing and new customers as we take the business through its next phase of growth in Latin America (LATAM).

With more than 20 years of global experience in salmon aquaculture, Gonzalo brings a strong track record in commercial leadership, international market development, and operational excellence. He holds an Aquaculture Engineering degree from Universidad Andrés Bello and a Diploma in Business Management from Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez, with extensive experience across Chile, Norway, Canada, the UK, and LATAM.

Commenting on his appointment, Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo said: “I am excited to join Ace Aquatec at a time of strong global growth for the aquaculture sector. Latin America represents a key region for innovation and sustainable development, and I look forward to working closely with our customers and partners to deliver solutions that enhance productivity, fish welfare, and long-term value.”

Nathan Pyne-Carter, Chief Executive Officer of Ace Aquatec, said: “Gonzalo’s appointment strengthens our ability to scale key technologies such as A-BIOMASS®, A-HARVESTCAM® and our in-water stunning systems across Latin America. His experience in complex salmon farming environments will support the deployment of our data-driven tools that enhance biomass accuracy, optimise feeding strategies, and improve fish welfare outcomes. This aligns directly with our focus on delivering measurable performance gains through precision aquaculture technologies.”

Tara McGregor-Woodhams, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Ace Aquatec, said: “Gonzalo has a strong track record in driving revenue growth, developing client-centric strategies, and leading multidisciplinary teams. His deep industry expertise and international experience make him an excellent fit for this role. This appointment reinforces Ace Aquatec’s commitment to strengthening its presence in Latin America and delivering innovative solutions to the aquaculture industry.”

About Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec is a cutting-edge aquaculture technology company focused on creating welfare-first products to make fish farming more efficient and sustainable.

Backed by bluegrowth fund Aqua-Spark, Chroma Ventures (who brought Minecraft to console), deeptech fund Earth Capital, Stolt Ventures and Scottish Enterprise, we are on a mission to accelerate global adoption of sustainable and welfare-focused aquaculture practices.

For more information about Ace Aquatec, visit www.aceaquatec.com

Immune system and nutrition: the balance between immunity and growth in modern broiler crosses

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 20:45:10 +0700

Immune activation is the first stage of the immune response necessary to protect the body. It is accompanied by significant metabolic costs and inflammation. When immune cells are activated, their metabolism is reprogrammed — a large-scale shift in energy and nutrient use to meet increased demands for protein, lipid, and nucleic acid synthesis. This metabolic shift reduces growth performance and feed conversion efficiency.

Field observations

Comparison of production data shows major differences in broiler performance even under the same genetics, feed, and housing conditions. These differences are directly related to the level of immune load.

When vaccination programs are intensified or infection pressure is high, growth rate and feed conversion ratio (FCR) decline. In contrast, in New Zealand, where broilers are raised under minimal infectious pressure, results are outstanding: at 34 days of age, body weight reaches 2,600 g, FCR is 1.29, and livability is 98%.

The difference is not due to genetics or feed formulation, but to the level of immune load. When the immune system is at rest, all nutrients can be directed toward growth rather than defense.

The dual nature of immunity

The immune response consists of two interconnected arms: innate and adaptive immunity.

Innate immunity is the first line of defense, based on phagocytosis, cytokine release, complement activation, and inflammation. It develops within hours but is very energy-demanding: energy consumption rises by 5–10%, protein catabolism increases, and body temperature rises.

Adaptive immunity develops more slowly: a full T- and B-cell response may take up to two weeks. It is more specific and less energy-intensive. Once immune memory is established, secondary responses require minimal energy.

Live vaccines trigger the same immune-metabolic cascades as field viruses, but the response is milder and causes less loss of productivity. This allows adaptive immunity to form with minimal reduction in growth and energy efficiency.

Phases of the immune response in broilers

Recognition and innate response (0–24 h)

Macrophages and heterophils recognize pathogens through TLR receptors and release pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α). Feed intake decreases, body temperature rises, and the liver increases synthesis of acute-phase proteins. NF-κB and JAK-STAT signaling pathways are activated, increasing energy use for inflammation.

Adaptive response (2–7 days)

Lymphocyte proliferation, antibody production, and memory cell formation begin. The demand for arginine, glutamine, threonine, and nucleotides rises — they serve both as building blocks and energy sources for immune cells. The liver remains active in producing acute-phase proteins, reducing the nutrients available for growth.

Resolution and recovery (7–14 days)

Anti-inflammatory cytokines IL-10 and TGF-β are activated, reactive oxygen species decrease, antioxidant balance is restored, and anabolic pathways (mTOR, IGF-1) are reactivated.
Under repeated vaccinations or concurrent field infections, this phase may be prolonged, leading to chronic catabolic states and oxidative stress.

Each phase has specific metabolic priorities:

Innate: glucose and antioxidants
Adaptive: amino acids and nucleotides
Recovery: lipids and sulfur-containing amino acids

Managing chronic inflammation and supporting the immune system

The avian immune system consists of physical barriers and cellular mechanisms that protect against pathogens.
Inflammation is a vital part of innate immunity, but chronic activation is costly and reduces productivity. Effective immune regulation helps limit inflammation and preserve nutrients for growth.

Role of epithelial health

The health of epithelial tissues is key to balanced immune function. The gastrointestinal and respiratory epithelia act as the first barrier against infections. Stress factors such as heat, mycotoxins, or electrolyte imbalance can disrupt tight junctions, causing chronic inflammation and increased intestinal permeability.

The cost of immune activation

Activation of innate immunity requires large amounts of amino acids, energy, and trace minerals. During chronic inflammation, nutrients are diverted from growth toward immune processes, worsening FCR and body weight gain.
Cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, and TNF-α activate NF-κB and STAT3 pathways, shifting metabolism from growth to defense.

Experimental immune stimulation (LPS challenge or vaccination) increases maintenance energy needs by 5–10% and reduces protein synthesis. Liver metabolism shifts toward catabolism of branched-chain amino acids, mTOR activity decreases, corticosterone levels rise, and tissue insulin sensitivity declines.
Body weight can drop by 10–30%, and FCR worsens as nutrients are redirected to cytokine, antibody, and acute-phase protein synthesis. Even after inflammation resolves, the effects can persist for several days, explaining temporary “growth dips” after vaccinations.

The demand for arginine and threonine increases by 10–15%, and for methionine and cystine by about 5%. Maintaining optimal ratios of these amino acids to lysine is critical for sustaining performance under immune load.

Table 1 – Amino acids and immune function

Antioxidants and immune homeostasis

Immune activation increases oxidative stress, especially in the intestinal mucosa. Adequate antioxidant supply shortens the inflammatory phase and speeds up recovery.

Vitamin E and selenium increase glutathione peroxidase activity and antibody levels.
Vitamin C lowers corticosterone concentration and supports phagocytosis.
Postbiotics and paraprobiotics reduce pro-inflammatory cytokines and raise IL-10, improving nutrient absorption.
Early microbiota modulation enhances intestinal immune development and NK-cell activity.

Table 2 – Production performance of Ross 308 broilers under different feeding programs

Nutritional strategies duringimmune activation

When the immune system is activated, requirements for nutrients, energy, and antioxidants increase, requiring diet adjustments:

Add antioxidants to neutralize free radicals and reduce oxidative stress.
Increase levels of key amino acids (arginine, threonine, methionine, and cystine) to support immune protein synthesis and tissue repair.
Raise metabolizable energy (ME) levels.

Field observations conducted by the author in commercial broiler operations demonstrated the effectiveness of compensating immune costs through nutrition.
In one experiment, chicks from the same breeder flock were placed in identical houses. The site was known to have circulating IBD, IBV, NDV, Reovirus, and low-pathogenic avian influenza.
The control group received a standard diet according to breed recommendations. The test group received higher ME levels and increased threonine and methionine.

At the end of the trial, the experimental group showed:

+4.3 g/day higher average daily gain;
6.2% higher livability;
0.08 kg lower FCR per kg of body weight compared to the control.

Conclusion

Immune activation is an unavoidable response of the immune system to pathogens or vaccines. However, its intensity determines how deeply it affects energy and amino acid metabolism.

Under mild or moderate immune activation, productivity losses can be compensated through proper feeding strategies, by increasing dietary energy, enhancing antioxidant protection, and optimizing amino acid profiles (arginine, threonine, methionine, cystine).
However, under heavy immune load (frequent vaccinations, field virus exposure, or poor biosecurity) the effectiveness of nutritional compensation drops sharply. Even with higher dietary energy and amino acid levels, growth rate and FCR cannot return to normal, as much of the nutrients are diverted to chronic inflammation and immune protein synthesis suppression.

Therefore, maintaining strict biosecurity is essential for economic efficiency. Key measures include:

controlling farm access and maintaining sanitary barrier
thorough cleaning and disinfection
optimizing vaccination programs based on maternal immunity, local disease pressure, and vaccine compatibility

In the future, accounting for the nutritional requirements of the immune system should become a standard component of precision poultry nutrition.

Bibliography

Aguzey, H. A., Gao, Z., Haohao, W., Guilan, C., Zhengmin, W., Junhong, C., & Zhi Li, N. (2020). The role of arginine in disease prevention, gut microbiota modulation, growth performance and the immune system of broiler chicken – a review. Annals of Animal Science, 20(2), 325–341.
Ahiwe, E. U., Omede, A. A., Abdallh, M. B., & Iji, P. A. (2016). Managing dietary energy intake by broiler chickens to reduce production costs and improve product quality. In InTechOpen Book Chapter.
Dadfar, M.-J., Vaez Torshizi, R., Maghsoudi, A., Ehsani, A., & Masoudi, A. A. (2023). Trade-off between feed efficiency and immunity in specialized high-performing chickens. Poultry Science.
Hollemans, M. S., de Vries Reilingh, G., de Vries, S., Parmentier, H. K., & Lammers, A. (2020). Effects of early nutrition and sanitary conditions on oral tolerance and antibody responses in broiler chickens. Veterinary Sciences, 7(4), 1–12.
Hu, W., Du, L., Shao, J., Qu, Y., Zhang, L., Zhang, D., Cao, L., Chen, H., & Bi, S. (2024). Molecular and metabolic responses to immune stress in the jejunum of broiler chickens: transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis. Poultry Science.
Li, R. F., Liu, S. P., Yuan, Z. H., Yi, J. E., Tian, Y. N., Wu, J., & Wen, L. X. (2023). Effects of induced stress from the live LaSota Newcastle disease vaccination on the growth performance and immune function in broiler chickens. Poultry Science.
Liu, K., Zhen, W., Bai, D., Tan, H., He, X., Li, Y., Liu, Y., Zhang, Y., Ito, K., Zhang, B., & Ma, Y. (2023). Lipopolysaccharide-induced immune stress negatively regulates broiler chicken growth via the COX-2–PGE2–EP4 signaling pathway. Frontiers in Immunology.
Liu, L., Qin, D., Wang, X., Feng, Y., Yang, X., & Yao, J. (2015). Effect of immune stress on growth performance and energy metabolism in broiler chickens. Food and Agricultural Immunology, 26(2), 194–203.
Maroufyan, E., Kasim, A., Hashemi, S. R., Loh, T. C., Bejo, M. H., & Davoodi, H. (2010). The effect of methionine and threonine supplementations on immune responses of broiler chickens challenged with infectious bursal disease. American Journal of Applied Sciences, 7(1), 44–50.
Sheikh, I. S., Bajwa, M. A., Rashid, N., Mustafa, M. Z., Tariq, M. M., Rafeeq, M., Samad, A., Asmat, T. M., & Ullah, A. (2020). Effects of immune modulators on the immune status of broiler chickens. Pakistan Journal of Zoology, 52(3), 1095–1100.
Yang, J., Liu, L., Sheikhahmadi, A., Wang, Y., Li, C., Jiao, H., Lin, H., & Song, Z. (2015). Effects of corticosterone and dietary energy on immune function of broiler chickens. PLOS ONE, 10(3), e0122004.
Ye, J., Yang, H., Hu, W., Tang, K., Liu, A., & Bi, S. (2023). Changed cecal microbiota involved in growth depression of broiler chickens induced by immune stress. Poultry Science.
Zheng, A., Zhang, A., Zheng, Z., et al. (2021). Molecular mechanisms of growth depression in broiler chickens (Gallus gallus domesticus) mediated by immune stress: A hepatic proteome study. Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology, 12(90).

Monitoring the Effectiveness of Probiotic/Bioremediator Usage in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 06:35:05 +0700

* By Stephen Newman, Ph.D.

This technical analysis by Dr. Stephen Newman evaluates the strategic role of microbial amendments in global aquaculture. By distinguishing between environmental bioremediation and “true” probiotics, the study highlights the superior efficacy of spore-based Bacillus species. It provides a science-based framework for monitoring product performance, emphasizing enzyme profiles over spore counts to ensure operational success and long-term sustainability in production environments.

Introduction

The use of microbial amendments has become a standard operating practice (SOP) in many aquaculture production paradigms, including fish, shrimp, crabs and bivalves, among others, globally including but not limited to ponds, raceways, hatcheries, and broodstock production. Many dozens of companies offer a wide variety of bacteria with claims that range from field proven science based to nonsensical that are all too often geared towards the farmer and not the production environment.

Prior to discussing how one should determine the effectiveness of a given product, reiterating some of the prior observations that I have written about and that are essential for getting the big picture, is relevant for perspective. I want to make one point very clear. I am in no way disparaging the use of a wide range of products that have proven efficacy.

My argument is that, for a number of science-supported reasons, the biochemical nature of spore-based Bacillus products allows them to work as well as, if not better than, many of these. Their ease of use, combined with the nature of the market, makes them the logical choice for most users of bioremediators in aquatic production environments. Our lead tableted product has been in use for 20 years and the concept has been widely copied.

Spore-forming Bacillus species are the logical choice for bioremediation due to their enzymatic versatility and shelf stability. These microbes degrade organic sludge effectively across diverse salinities and temperatures, providing a cleaner environment that maximizes animal growth and lowers Feed Conversion Ratios (FCR).

Discussion

There are a number of approaches to the use of these products. Many vendors offer powdered products for addition to ponds. These are rarely added directly (although some use them this way) but are typically soaked in water before application. This can be a quick approach, as an example, primarily to activate Bacillus spores via a heat shock, or a much longer approach, where-in the suspension is brewed for hours and up to a day. This is done in order to add high levels of actively growing bacteria all at once.

Tablets have been widely adopted as they have been found to be a very, if the not the most efficient way to deliver Bacillus spores to pond bottoms. Some companies offer tablets with other none Bacillus species, typically spray or freeze dried, potentially with limited shelf lives or requiring specific storage conditions (such as refrigeration). Many companies sell liquid products containing photosynthetic bacteria such as Rhodopseudomonas palustris being in wide usage in SE Asia.

Over the last several decades there has been a rapid increase in the numbers of publications in the peer reviewed literature on the use of a wide variety of organisms as “probiotics” for use in aquaculture. While arguments can be made that some of these are better at narrowly based applications, the preponderance of the data strongly suggests that the best for broad ranging bioremediation is spore forming Bacillus species, which can be sold in shelf stable dry forms without loss of viability. Representative examples are depicted in Figure 1 below.

See Table 1 for a written comparison.

Observations: Bacillus based spores are the best products for bioremediation in aquaculture for a number of reasons. Bacillus species are enzymatically highly versatile and when specific (often proprietary) strains, are used properly, they are the easiest products to use and provide a multitude of impacts in the field. They can be applied to the water column as suspensions of powdered products and directly to pond bottoms as tablets. Photosynthetic bacteria in liquid suspensions are widely used in India and China despite the fact that solid science supports that specific strains of Bacillus species, sold as spores, in a tableted form, work as well or better in general and the consumer is not paying for water.

At the risk of being accused of being pedantic (again), end users often do not understand that when someone sells them a microbial product labeled as a probiotic that this does not necessarily mean that the product functions in the manner that they think that it does. The term is widely used to refer to any microorganisms (bacteria or fungi) that are used in any capacity with any expected outcome in any environment.

Historically, most people when they hear the term probiotic think of blends of bacteria (and/or yeast) that are ingested orally, colonize the gut, alter the microbiome and impact animal health. While the literature suggests that there are examples where impacts are seen on animal health, it is unclear if this is a result of non-specific immune stimulation or a “true” probiotic impact. Most of the products sold and in use today are for the environment, acting typically through bioremediation.

Most aquaculture microbial products act on the production environment through bioremediation rather than stable gut colonization. Ingestion serves primarily as a vehicle for delivering active bacteria into the feces, helping to maintain water quality and reduce niches for potential pathogens.

Observations: The use of microbial products in aquaculture is focused primarily on the production environment. A cleaner stable environment allows animals to maximize their ability to grow, consume feed more efficiently with resulting lower FCRs and ultimately generate higher profits. Ingestion is best considered as a vehicle for delivering spores and metabolically active bacteria in the feces. Stable colonization of the gut by feeding viable bacteria in the field has not been scientifically validated. Repeat applications are required and attempting to modify the microbiome in production environments that by their nature are highly variable is at best. challenging.

Proper use of Bacillus spores has the potential for a wide range of beneficial impacts many of which have been ascribed to the “probiotic” impact but typically occur in the absence of oral application. Figure 2 below outlines the perceived differences although there is solid evidence that these are not distinct properties and that they overlap. Bacillus species can bioremediate and at the same time have been shown to impact nonspecific immunity with the impacts described below for probiotics. It should be noted that many if not most non toxin producing bacteria strains whether living or dead can stimulate non-specific protective immunity.

Another key feature of bacteria in general is that they are very a diverse, complex and highly evolved group of organisms. The bacterial species that have been designated by the American Association of Feed Officials (AAFCO) in the US as generally recognized as safe (GRAS) are the strains that are present in many of the commercial products.

This does not include just Bacillus but also includes many others. Most of these have strains that would not be appropriate for use. It is clearly stated that for a strain to be GRAS it must not be toxigenic, i.e. it cannot contain genes that are associated with the potential for toxin production or result in disease.

Many if not most of the large numbers of suppliers have little understanding of the complex nature of bacteria. Most laymen think of bacteria as being simple and are aware of the few that can cause problems and those that they consume in their yogurt. There are many vendors that are not concerned, either as a result of ignorance, or apathy, that the risks of using the wrong strains are very real.

Many of the species that are GRAS have strains that would not legally be allowed to be considered GRAS. Buying product from companies that understand this potential for harm and that have professional microbiologists involved in the manufacture, sales and distribution is important for ensuring that GRAS strains are in a given product. It would be naïve to think that the sale of non-GRAS strains does not occur.

Observations: The use of specific bacterial species and strains that are GRAS depends on their not being able to negatively impact animal health either directly because of toxin production or indirectly because of their impact on other components of the microbiome. Bacillus can grow under a wide range of environmental conditions that span the range of production paradigms. Strains that contain toxins and lysogenic phages should never be used. These can pose a serious risk to the production environment. As I have reiterated many times, “Caveat Emptor”, i.e. let the buyer beware.

As discussed elsewhere the impact of a given product depends on a number of factors. Perhaps the single most important is the enzyme profile of the strains. Enzymes are catalytic proteins that speed up chemical reactions. They need cofactors that vary between enzymes, such as metals and vitamins to ensure that they function properly. Without these the enzymes don’t work and the bacteria cannot gain the nutrients that they need to live.

The term “profile” refers to types and quantities of enzymes as expressed by the bacteria. It is essential that the enzyme profiles are able to degrade the many substrates found in accumulated sludge in production systems. The best strains accomplish this via the production of a wide range of enzymes at high levels. Strains that are not well suited have limited production both of the types and quantities of these catalytic proteins.

Of course, as well, the bacteria need to be able to grow under the conditions that they are being used in. Note that some environments, such as those with high water exchange flow rates require the use of innovative approaches such as slow-release substrates or similar approaches that don’t flush the added bacteria out before they have time to act.

Another critical element is how the product is applied. Aquaintech Inc. pioneered, almost 20 years ago, the use of tableted Bacillus spores in aquaculture as this allowed direct application of the spores at high levels to affected areas.

Product efficacy is dictated by the enzyme profile — the type and quantity of catalytic proteins — rather than high spore counts. High-quality strains produce proteases, amylases, and lipases at levels necessary to degrade accumulated organic matter, regardless of the total number of spores per gram.

Observations: Where the product is used, when in the cycle it is used, how much is used and how often it is used all directly impact the end results. While there are some who would have you believe that there is little difference between products and that low-cost products are the same as higher priced products this is usually puffery and a ploy to garner market share. High quality strains cost more. There are many companies in China and India that sell Bacillus strains, some quite inexpensive. The quality of these strains may be suspect especially when pricing of the product is significantly less than that of others in the market place. Buying a USD 5.00 a kg product carries risk when established products run USD 25 or more per kg.

Another important distinction between products is that the number of spores in a given product does not impact efficacy in a manner that one allows one to claim, based on science, that higher spore counts equate with better impacts. Most of the spores don’t germinate and they all do not germinate in the same time frame. A product that claims to have many times the average count of spores per gram of a product that is widely in use does not necessarily mean that it is any better than one with the 4 or 5 billion spores per gram. It could be considered to be puffery to make the claim that it does in the absence of science-based proof.

Yet another import consideration is that there is no relationship between the numbers of species used and efficacy. Efficacy is related to enzyme production and the availability of nutrients and enzyme cofactors. While some strains product enzymes that others do not, there can be considerable overlap between species as to their enzyme profiles.

Observations: Figure 3 demonstrates why spore counts are not what dictate product efficacy. Only a relatively small number of spores germinate determine efficacy. How efficient the vegetative cells are in degrading accumulated organic matter depends on the nutrient loads and enzyme cofactors. Since an unnaturally high level of spores is being added at once this also sets off a cascade of events that include protozoa that feed on germinating bacteria and bacteriophages that destroy vegetative cells. This is how the system in the pond maintains balance. In hatchery tanks the Bacillus can form biofilms since they are being added daily. In production systems such as ponds this is not normally going to happen.

Due to the inherent variability of the environments in which these types of products are employed, higher spore counts are typically employed than likely would be needed to be in some of the environments where they are used. The fact that the products need to be applied repeatedly strongly suggests that there are variables in play that ensure than many of the spores are not ever going to become metabolically active bacteria.

The microbiome in a pond is a very complex assemblage of bacteria, fungi, viruses and protozoa. It includes the water column and the sediment. Even lined ponds will have microbiomes associated with the liners. By their very nature mature microbiomes resist change. The levels and properties of the Bacillus strains that are in PRO4000X are in excess of what would be required under all possible applications.

Observations: Adding bacteria to environments that already have mature microbiomes is the common practice. This limits the potential of the added bacteria (in the instance of Bacillus, their spores) to germinate and compete. Furthermore, it sets off a cascade of events that inherently limit their growth including nutrient limitation and strain specific phages (bacterial viruses) and protozoa that feed off the vegetative cells. Regardless of what one is adding they will not become stable components of the microbiome.

Scientific studies have shown that most of spores do not germinate although they may remain in the environment and could germinate if the conditions allowed it. Because of the complex nature of the microbiome this is not certain and the factors that impact nutrient loads are a major reason why they need to be added repeatedly during the cycle.

Responsible aquaculture requires using only “Generally Recognized as Safe” (GRAS) bacterial strains. Strains must be non-toxigenic and free of lysogenic phages to avoid harming animal health. Professional microbiological oversight is critical to ensure product safety and prevent environmental risks.

Observations: There are a wide variety of parameters that should be monitored regularly (outlined in Figure 4 and in more detail in the Appendix) as a normal approach to progressive and responsible crop management. For many farmers most of these are far beyond their technical abilities and they have to focus on only a few parameters that can be measured without the need for a lab. Due to the inherent nature of aquaculture production systems, outdoor open to the environment production systems (the most common type of culture) can be highly variable. This variability can be reflected in the impact of adding microbial products and explains some of the variation that can be seen in large scale applications.

Expectations of outcomes of the use of these tools is based on the versatility of the strains and how the product is used. PRO4000X, the first tableted spore-based product has been used in more than a dozen countries with a range of beneficial results.

Observations: While some companies actively claim that the impact of their products is that of true probiotics, as defined above, most of these claims are based on lab studies that do not adequately address what happens in a real-world production environments. There is scant scientific evidence based on what is happening in the field to support these claims. While it may be possible to effectively alter the microbiome in small ponds or tanks where high loads of specific bacteria can be added routinely and cost effectively this is simply not an economic or biologic reality in most production paradigms.

The vast majority of products that are being sold act on the environment. Many bacteria and fungi impact the non-specific afferent of animal immune systems. In fact, this impact is so common that it could be considered to be a generic impact. The large number of publications that demonstrate that a very wide range of organisms have this type of an impact support this.

As the Appendix details the impacts can have wide ranging positive benefits on the overall crop resulting in increased profits. Aquaintech has almost 20 years of accumulated data from many billions of animals at different life stages in a dozen countries. Additionally, there a number of peer reviewed science publications that outline a wide variety of benefits. Our customers have reported a wide variety of impacts. These include but are not limited to:

Benefits from client observations on the use of PRO4000X

✓ Dramatic reductions in accumulated organic matter in nursery and production ponds, shrimp (Penaeus monodon, Litopenaeus (Penaeus) vannamei, P. stylirostrus, Macrobrachium rosenbergii), fish including Tilapia and Barramundi and others, crabs, clams, etc. This has been observed in ponds, dirt, lined, and concrete, as well as plastic and other types of tanks, RAS systems, etc. Cleaner environments in production environments due to less accumulated organic matter increases water quality and reduces niches for potential pathogens.

✓ Increased growth rates (one customer reported almost a 15% increase in weekly growth rates)

✓ Increased survivals, better FCRs, cleaner animals with less fouling issues at partial harvests. These benefits can be attributed to the impact of the Bacillus species on the ability of other bacteria with similar nutritional requirements to utilize these nutrients.

✓ Cleaner broodstock tanks, healthier animals better able to tolerate handling and stress. Prevention of exoskeleton lesions due to handling.

✓ Stabilization of ammonia and nitrite/nitrate levels. Less spikes means healthy animals with less stress.

✓ Restores sediments to health by eliminating dead spots that can generate deadly hydrogen sulfide.

✓ Reduction or elimination of off flavor and odor issues.

✓ In shrimp hatcheries, effective control of vibrio loads, smooth molting of larvae, control of Zoeae syndrome, reduction of ammonia and nitrites.

✓ Nonspecific immune stimulation resulting in enhanced survival against the vibrio that causes AHPNS, Vibrio parahaemolyticus. Alterations of gene expression favoring the observed impact. Ask for references.

Long-term field data confirms that tableted Bacillus spores significantly reduce organic waste in ponds and hatcheries. Observed benefits include stabilized ammonia levels, increased weekly growth rates by up to 15%, and enhanced survival against pathogens like Vibrio parahaemolyticus.

Conclusions

Added microbiological products to aquaculture production systems come in several different forms and there are large numbers of organisms that have a range of impacts. The Bacillus species have several distinct advantages, provided the products are formulated with GRAS strains. They form spores which allows them to be sold in shelf stable forms such as tablets which do not require refrigeration or special storage conditions to extend shelf lives.

The enzyme profiles of select strains allows them to degrade a very wide variety of substrates. Bacillus species are an important source for industrial enzymes that are secreted into the environment. They are able to tolerate a wide range environmental conditions with enzymes that work across a broad spectrum of temperatures and salinities. They are a major source of industrial enzymes, some vitamins and nutraceuticals and are widely consumed in fermented foods such as natto.

Their ability to form spores and the range of degradative enzymes including proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases and many others make them ideal sources of microbial bioremediation for the wide range of aquaculture production systems. Not all strains are the same and many strains do not produce either the desirable enzymes or adequate levels, and some contain toxins and lysogenic phages. Because of the enzyme production variability, there is no correlation between high spore counts and efficacy nor is a product with more species/strain in it necessarily better for it.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues. sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com www.aqua-in-tech.com www.bioremediationaquaculture.com www.sustainablegreenaquaculture.com.

Hendrix Genetics releases Sustainability Report highlighting renewed strategy and long-term commitment

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 19:15:09 +0700

Boxmeer, the Netherlands – May 6, 2026 – Hendrix Genetics today announced the publication of its new Sustainability Report, outlining how sustainability is embedded across its breeding programs, operations and partnerships, and how the company is strengthening its long-term approach to responsible animal genetics.

Active across species and regions, Hendrix Genetics contributes to food production systems worldwide through its animal genetics expertise. Its breeding programs affect animal performance, welfare, efficiency and farming outcomes. The Sustainability Report highlights how these responsibilities are addressed within a strengthened, long-term sustainability strategy.

“We operate at a point in the value chain where our choices have long-term consequences,” said Richard Maatman, Chief Executive Officer of Hendrix Genetics. “This report shows how sustainability is embedded in our breeding programs, our operations and our partnerships.”

Building on years of responsible practice, Hendrix Genetics has refined its sustainability approach to better reflect changing expectations from society, customers and regulators, while staying closely connected to day-to-day decision-making. The report describes the integration of sustainability considerations across three strategic pillars: Care for Animals, Climate Resilience and Social Entrepreneurship.

With a focus on long-term progress, the company emphasizes Innovation, Collaboration and measurable improvement. Genetics plays a central role in this approach, contributing to healthier animals, more efficient use of resources and improved resilience across different production systems and geographies.

“Sustainability delivers impact when it is tangible and actionable,” said Naomi Duijvesteijn, Global Sustainability Director at Hendrix Genetics. “Our strategy brings focus and accountability to the topics where we can make the greatest difference – for animals, for people and for the planet.”

The new Sustainability Report also increases transparency on how Hendrix Genetics understands and manages its environmental and social impacts, including insights into greenhouse gas emissions, energy use, circularity, workforce topics and responsible sourcing. It highlights how global policies are combined with local implementation, allowing the company to operate consistently while responding to different regional realities.

As Hendrix Genetics continues to develop its sustainability approach in the coming years, its ambition remains unchanged: to set a benchmark for responsible animal breeding and help build food systems that are resilient, inclusive and sustainable for future generations.

The Sustainability Report is available as of today and provides further detail on the company’s strategy, governance and initiatives.

The full report can be accessed online via this link.
Source: Hendrix Genetics press release

Emerging technologies in rodent control for European poultry farms

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 15:40:10 +0700

Rodent infestations remain one of the most persistent challenges in poultry farming. Beyond damaging infrastructure and feed supplies, rodents are vectors of diseases that threaten both animal welfare and food safety. In recent years, European poultry farms have adopted innovative technologies to strengthen biosecurity and reduce reliance on traditional chemical methods. These advancements combine precision monitoring, automation, and sustainable practices to create more effective rodent control strategies.

Smart monitoring systems

One of the most significant breakthroughs is the use of sensor-based monitoring.
Modern farms now deploy smart traps equipped with motion detectors and wireless connectivity.
These devices not only capture rodents but also send real-time alerts to farm managers, allowing immediate response.
Data collected from these systems helps identify infestation hotspots and track rodent activity patterns, enabling farms to design targeted interventions rather than blanket treatments.

Artificial intelligence and predictive analytics

AI-driven platforms are increasingly used to analyze rodent behavior. By processing data from sensors, cameras, and farm records, predictive models can forecast potential outbreaks. For example, algorithms may detect correlations between feed storage practices and rodent presence, suggesting preventive measures before infestations escalate. This proactive approach reduces costs and minimizes the need for toxic rodenticides.

ICAERUS – RODENT Project

In European poultry farming, the RODENT (Rodent Obstruction through Drone-Enabled Non-invasive Technology) project offers a sustainable solution to one of the sector’s persistent biosecurity challenges: rodent infestations in feed storage and production facilities.

By deploying drones equipped with thermal cameras and ultrasound deterrents, farmers can monitor and repel rodents without relying on chemical rodenticides, which often contaminate feed and compromise flock health.
This approach not only reduces disease transmission risks in poultry houses but also aligns with EU sustainability goals by safeguarding animal welfare and food safety through eco-friendly pest control.

Eco-friendly control methods

Sustainability is a growing priority in European agriculture. Farms are adopting biological and ecological solutions such as ultrasonic repellents, natural predators, and non-toxic bait formulations. Ultrasonic devices emit frequencies that disrupt rodent communication and nesting behavior, while eco-friendly baits reduce environmental contamination. Integrating these methods aligns with European Union regulations that encourage reduced chemical use in food production systems.

Integration with biosecurity protocols

Rodent control technologies are most effective when integrated into broader biosecurity frameworks.

Automated monitoring systems can be linked to farm management software, ensuring that rodent alerts are part of daily operational checklists.
This integration supports compliance with EU standards and strengthens overall disease prevention strategies, protecting both poultry health and consumer safety.

Conclusion

The future of rodent control in European poultry farms lies in technology-driven, sustainable solutions. Smart monitoring, AI analytics, robotics, and eco-friendly deterrents are transforming how farms address this age-old problem. By combining innovation with biosecurity, European producers are not only safeguarding their flocks but also contributing to safer and more sustainable food systems.

Sources can be provided upon request

Temperature, moisture affect Campylobacter jejuni survival in used broiler litter

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 01:20:06 +0700

Temperature and moisture levels influence the survivability of Campylobacter jejuni in used broiler litter, according to a study led by Matthew Bailey, PhD, postdoctoral fellow at Auburn University.

“Campylobacter is an important foodborne pathogen and public health threat, causing 1.5 million illnesses annually in the US, as estimated by the CDC,” Bailey explained during his presentation at the 2025 Poultry Science Association Annual Conference. These illnesses are frequently linked to poultry products, prompting him to design studies to identify potential reservoirs and transmission routes associated with common poultry industry practices.

Although Campylobacter is known not to survive well in litter in aerobic conditions, Bailey noted that prior research showed “potential for cross-contamination via litter under certain circumstances.”

Bailey’s earlier work examined the impact of two litter management practices, using sodium bisulfate, which is a litter acidifier for controlling ammonia, and windrow composting, used to reduce microbial load between flocks, on the survivability of C. jejuni.

His current study investigated the reuse of broiler litter and its possible link to the spread of C. jejuni.

Earlier work

In his previous experiment, Bailey worked with two flocks. The first flock was inoculated with C. jejuni to simulate natural contamination of the litter. After growing out, the litter was treated with sodium bisulfate and composted for 19 days before being reused for the second flock.

“For the first flock, we observed high prevalence of C. jejuni in ceca samples at the end of growout. After inoculation on day 7, we had greater than 80% prevalence in ceca samples,” Bailey said. When the second flock was placed on the reused litter, no C. jejuni contamination was detected.

Despite these results, Bailey pointed out that two questions still remained:

No samples were taken while the litter was composted, making it unclear how long C. jejuni survived.
Environmental conditions, such as temperature and moisture, were not recorded during composting, raising questions about how environmental conditions impacted the bacteria.

Current experiment

To address these gaps in the previous experiment, Bailey designed a study to examine temperature and moisture variables:

Temperature: 4° C (39° F), 22° C (72° F), 42° C (108° F) and 60° C (140° F)
Moisture: 15%, 25% and 35%
Litter treatment: sodium bisulfate versus control

He tested 24 treatments. Litter collected from research farm compost sheds was air-dried for 2 weeks, mixed and then portioned into boxes. All the litter was inoculated with a ciprofloxacin-resistant C. jejuni marker strain at 6.91 log concentration. Moisture levels were adjusted with sterile water. The boxes were maintained in temperature-controlled environments, including a refrigerator, incubators and at room temperature.

“Every 24 hours, we took a composite 10-gram sample and placed those onto Campy Cefex, an agar that is used to isolate Campylobacter and supplemented the agar with ciprofloxacin for our marker strain. We also enriched the sample in Neogen Campylobacter enrichment broth and then streaked this mixture onto Campy Cefex,” Bailey explained.

The research team repeated the experiment three times, then calculated the averages for initial moisture levels and C. jejuni populations.

Results

For the current experiment, Bailey noted that “Only one treatment showed recoverable C. jejuni after 24 hours, with the starting moisture of 9.28% after drying.” He added that “the treatment was the lowest temperature (4° C), paired with the 35% high moisture level and no sodium bisulfate.” He recovered a 3.7 log concentration of C. jejuni on average after 24 hours, a similar result across all three trials.

After 48 hours, the same treatment resulted in an average 2.54 log concentration of C. jejuni, and after 72 hours, the bacterium was recoverable only by enrichment. And after 95 hours, no Campylobacter was recovered from any of the treatments.

These results demonstrate that “low temperature and high moisture levels can be beneficial to C. jejuni survival,” he said. “This indicates that if you have proper litter treatment, you should be able to mitigate Campylobacter in reused litter.”

Bailey emphasized the importance of downtime revealed in his experiment. “We demonstrated that C. jejuni survived for up to 3 days. With windrow composting, the downtime will be longer,” he explained. Additionally, he noted that sodium bisulfate demonstrated strong mitigation potential, as no C. jejuni was recovered in any trial with sodium bisulfate treatment.

Survival of C. jejuni was limited to approximately 3 days and only under cool, moist and untreated conditions.

Future study

Bailey explained that his study had limitations, one of which was that they examined only culturable cells. “It is possible that we could get survival longer than 3 days if we looked at the nonculturable bio cells,” he said. He also suggested using propidium monoazide, a dye used with PCR to differentiate viable from non-viable organisms.

Additionally, resazurin, a blue dye that can track C. jejuni movement in cultural medium, could be used to further study the bacterium. However, “its use might be limited by the microaerophilic nature of Campylobacter,” he said. Bailey also suggested conducting more controlled live-animal studies and commercial field trials.

Finally, Bailey expressed interest in studying caked litter because of its higher moisture content. “People tend to take the easy samples and skip over the caked litter, which could be an overlooked reservoir.”

The post Temperature, moisture affect Campylobacter jejuni survival in used broiler litter appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Integrating Genomic Selection into Pacific Oyster Breeding Program

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 22:10:10 +0700

Australian Seafood Industries (ASI) is transitioning from traditional family-based selection to a fully operational genomic selection framework. Working in collaboration with the Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT), and the University of Tasmania, this work represents an advanced implementation of genomics in a commercial molluscan breeding program. Initial analyses suggest meaningful improvements in selection accuracy, particularly for traits that are difficult or expensive to measure directly.

What is Genomic Selection, and Why Does It Matter?

Genomic selection is a method that uses dense DNA marker information to predict the genetic potential of individual animals. In practical terms, it allows us to make more accurate breeding decisions earlier and with greater precision.
Traditional family-based breeding relies on estimated breeding values (EBVs), which are based on family performance. While effective, this approach limits resolution, particularly for complex traits like disease resistance or thermotolerance, because it cannot distinguish between individuals within the same family.
Genomic selection addresses this by calculating genomic estimated breeding values (GEBVs) at the individual level. This enables within-family selection and allows us to capture genetic variation that was previously inaccessible.
The transition to genomic selection allows the ASI program to capture unrealised genetic gain that already exists within the population. It also removes the constraint of selecting the best families, enabling identification and propagation of the highest-performing individuals within those families, fundamentally increasing the rate of genetic improvement.

Henry Hewish, General Manager, ASI

From Traditional Breeding to Genomics-Driven Decisions

ASI’s breeding program has historically delivered steady genetic gains in traits such as growth rate, survival, shell shape, and condition. The transition to genomic selection is expected to significantly accelerate these gains by improving selection accuracy.
Initial analyses already suggest meaningful improvements, particularly for traits that are difficult or expensive to measure directly. Importantly, genomic selection also supports the maintenance of genetic diversity by enabling selection across a broader range of families, an essential factor for long-term sustainability and resilience.

Building the Foundation: Data and Models

Over the past year, ASI, CAT, and the University of Tasmania have established a multi-year reference population that combines phenotypic and genomic data. This dataset underpins genomic prediction models and ensures accurate GEBVs across traits and environments.

Broodstock populations have also been genomically characterised, with pedigree verification and genotype imputation to a common marker set. These data are integrated into single-step genomic best linear unbiased prediction (GBLUP) models, which combine genomic and pedigree information while maintaining continuity with historical data.

ASI© Broodstock preparing for Genotyping – tagged

Adapting Operations for Genomic Selection

Implementing genomic selection requires more than new data, it requires operational change. Tissue sampling, tagging, and genotyping workflows have been aligned with commercial hatchery timelines. At the same time, spawning protocols have shifted from family-based to individual-based designs.

Why Oysters Are Well Suited to Genomic Selection

The scientific basis for genomic selection is well established. In terrestrial livestock, it has become the dominant breeding approach due to its ability to increase accuracy and accelerate long-term genetic gain.
Oysters are particularly well suited to these methods due to their high fecundity. However, molluscan systems also present unique challenges, including:

The need for lethal phenotyping for certain traits
Strong genotype-by-environment interactions
Complex disease pressures such as Pacific Oyster Mortality Syndrome (POMS)

Despite these challenges, the ASI program has made strong progress since POMS reshaped breeding objectives in 2013.

Early Results and What Comes Next

Early results are promising. Genomic prediction models for survival and performance traits are now in place for both South Australian and Tasmanian populations, supported by thousands of genotyped individuals and hundreds of parental families.

Looking ahead, the next phase will focus on validating realised genomic gains under commercial conditions and refining prediction models as more data are incorporated. The ultimate goal is to deliver consistent, measurable improvements in productivity and robustness for oyster producers.

Bridging Research and Industry

What makes this work particularly significant is that it represents a shift from genomic selection as a research concept to a routine commercial tool.

The ASI program demonstrates that, with the right infrastructure and data pipelines, genomic selection can be implemented at scale in molluscan aquaculture.

This collaboration represents a significant step forward for shellfish genetics. By combining rigorous scientific methodology with practical implementation, the collaborative program is helping to bridge the gap between research and industry, shaping future approaches to Oyster breeding.

The post Integrating Genomic Selection into Pacific Oyster Breeding Program appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe of CAT

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 22:10:08 +0700

Q: Debbie, let’s start with a fundamental question. What is the difference between genetic modification and genome editing?

Q: Why have many regulators treated genome editing differently from GMOs?

This shift is important not just from a regulatory perspective, but also for building confidence more broadly, as regulatory clarity is often the foundation for acceptance of new technologies.

Q: You mentioned SDN-1. Can you explain what that means?

Q: What does this all mean for commercial aquaculture operations?

Q: What does the typical regulatory pathway look like for genome-edited products today?

Q: So, how is CAT supporting clients through this advancing landscape?

Ultimately, our focus is on creating a clear and efficient path to market.

Q: Looking ahead, where do you see genome editing in aquaculture over the next five years?

The post Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe of CAT appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Royal Agrifirm Group completes acquisition of Hamlet Protein

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 17:45:10 +0700

Royal Agrifirm Group today announces the successful completion of its acquisition of Hamlet Protein, a global leader in specialty soy-based protein ingredients for young animal nutrition.

With the transaction now closed, Hamlet Protein becomes part of Royal Agrifirm Group’s Specialties business. The acquisition further strengthens Agrifirm’s portfolio of high-value nutritional solutions and its strategic focus on early-life nutrition.

Bas van Driel, Group Director Specialties at Royal Agrifirm Group, commented: “With the transaction now completed, we are pleased to welcome Hamlet Protein to our company. This step strengthens our Specialties business and our ability to support our valued customers with differentiated, science-based nutritional solutions.”
Hamlet Protein is internationally recognized for its highly digestible soy-based ingredients that support gut health and consistent early-life performance. Its patented processing technology and strong quality standards complement Royal Agrifirm Group’s nutritional expertise, scientific capabilities, and global market presence.

Source: Royal Agrifirm Group press release

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global Brings More Than 35,500 Industry Professionals, the Largest Attendance in the Event’s History

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:26 +0700

By Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

With over 52,980 net square meters of exhibit space, the 32^nd edition brought together 2,290 exhibiting companies from 85 countries, offering seafood professionals a premier platform to connect in person, conduct business and discover the latest industry developments.

The next Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global will be held in Barcelona from 20-22 April 2027.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, the world’s largest and most diverse seafood trade event, concluded its 32^nd edition with more than 35,500 seafood professionals in attendance. Over the course of three days, suppliers, buyers and industry stakeholders from around the globe gathered to exchange insights, explore innovations and address the key opportunities and challenges shaping the future of the sector.

This year’s edition represented the largest in the event’s history in terms of attendance and exhibit space with more than 2,290 exhibiting companies from 85 countries and 65 national and regional pavilions, covering more than 52,980 net square meters of exhibit space. Held at Fira de Barcelona’s Gran Vía venue, the expo spanned halls 1 through 5, as well as the galleria between halls 4 and 5. The event is estimated to have generated an economic impact exceeding USD 188.22 million for the city.

The strong international presence underscored the global reach of the expo, with a diverse representation of countries including Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Iceland, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Morocco, Norway, Netherlands, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom, United States, Vietnam and more. The event also welcomed delegation visits from around the world including the Department of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries of the Government of Catalonia; the Ministry of Fisheries Canada; the Icelandic Ministry of Industry and Innovation; the Ministry of Fisheries of Ireland; the Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Maritime Policy; the Consulate of South Korea in Las Palmas; the Spanish Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; the United Kingdom’s Minister of Food Safety and more.

“The energy and high level of engagement across the exhibition floor at this year’s edition clearly highlighted the value of in-person connections for the industry as a whole,” said Wynter Courmont, Group Vice President, Seafood at Diversified. “Participants from across the value chain took advantage of the event to reinforce existing relationships, explore new business opportunities and stay ahead of the trends shaping the future of the seafood industry.”

Exhibitors at Seafood Expo Global presented a wide range of seafood products, including fresh, frozen, canned, value-added, processed and packaged offerings, highlighting innovation across all categories. Meanwhile,Seafood Processing Global brought together companies covering the full spectrum of processing solutions, from packaging materials and machinery to refrigeration systems, processing equipment, sanitation technologies, transport, logistics, quality control services and more.

High-volume buyers of seafood from retail, foodservice and distribution took part in this year’s Key Buyer program. Companies included Aeon Topvalu Co., Ltd. (Japan), Aldi (Austria, Belgium, Germany, Portugal, Spain), Aramark & Avendra International (Spain), Bidfood (Czech Republic, Hong Kong SAR, Italy, Lithuania, Netherlands, Poland, Slovakia, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom), Carnival UK (United Kingdom), Carrefour (France, Spain, Turkey), Elior (France, Italy, United Kingdom), Gategroup (Luxembourg, Spain), HelloFresh (Germany, Netherlands, United Kingdom), Kura Sushi (United States), Lidl (Finland, Germany, Greece, Netherlands, Spain), Mercadona (Spain), Metro (France, Germany, Hong Kong SAR, Hungary, Italy, Moldova, Romania, Serbia, Turkey), Pomona PassionFroid (France), Sodexo (France, Italy, United Kingdom), Sysco (France, Hong Kong SAR, Ireland, Italy, United Kingdom), Viking Cruises (Andorra, Germany, Switzerland), Wonderfield Group (Spain, United Kingdom) and more.

Industry Trends, Innovation and Knowledge Exchange

The conference program offered seafood professionals a comprehensive look at the industry from every angle, spanning sustainable sourcing and supply chain transparency, responsible aquaculture and fisheries innovation, worker welfare and brand-driven business growth among others. Sessions ranged from expert discussions on responsible marine ingredient sourcing, ESG-driven innovation in blue food systems, meaningful worker engagement across seafood supply chains, how strategic branding and category creation are redefining commercial growth beyond commodities and more.

A highlight of the program was the keynote address, “High Stakes, Shifting Tides: The Global Outlook on Seafood, Trade, Economic Pressure Points and Opportunities,” delivered by Dr. Nomi Prins, economist and geopolitical strategist. Her presentation provided a forward-looking analysis of the economic forces influencing the global seafood market and how companies can capitalize on new trade paths and product diversification to meet robust demand in 2026.

A major new feature of this year’s edition was the of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, a dedicated space focused on the future of aquaculture. The zone included an Innovation Theater with product pitches, programming and networking opportunities. The new area brought together companies, startups and researchers working on solutions in areas such as fish health, water quality monitoring, AI-driven analytics and sustainable production systems.

Awards, Networking and Event Highlights

The Seafood Excellence Global Awards celebrated the best products represented at the expo, with 35 finalists from 16 countries. Vičiūnai Group (Lithuania) and Frais Embal (France) received the top distinctions. Vičiūnai Group was awarded Best Retail Product for Smoked Herring Slices – Natural Flavor, while Frais Embal earned Best HORECA Product for its Salmon Roll.

The networking events “Connecting Women in Seafood” and “Aquaculture Meet-Up” brought together professionals from across the sector to exchange experiences, foster inclusion and build stronger industry connections.

Among the event highlights was the culinary demonstration “The Mediterranean Sea, Our Pantry,” led by Michelin-starred Barcelona chef Albert Raurich, who presented a unique fusion of Mediterranean and Japanese culinary techniques.

Attendees also enjoyed the lively oyster shucking competition, as well as daily product showcases and tastings, including the Seafood Excellence Global Awards display.

In line with its commitment to sustainability and community support, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global partnered with el Banc dels Aliments (the Barcelona Food Bank) to collect seafood donations from exhibitors.

Looking ahead, the next Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global will take place in Barcelona from 20-22 April 2027, at Fira de Barcelona’s Gran Vía venue. For further information visit www.seafoodexpo.com/global.

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media of the event. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global

About Diversified

Diversified is a global B2B events and media company that strengthens business communities by fostering a space, in person and online, for professionals and businesses to connect and grow. The company serves as a trusted partner across several industries including active lifestyle, business management, clean energy, commercial marine, healthcare, seafood, technology and more. The company’s global seafood portfolio of expositions and media includes Seafood Expo North America/Seafood Processing North America, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, Seafood Expo Asia/Seafood Processing Asia and SeafoodSource.com. Established in 1949 and headquartered in Portland, Maine, the global company has divisions and offices around the world in Australia, Canada, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Diversified is a third-generation, family-owned business. For more information, visit: www.divcom.com.

Australia’s Black-Market Seafood Problem: A Failure of Compliance, Traceability and Accountability

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:21 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

Australia likes to present itself as a world leader in fisheries management. In many respects, that claim is justified: our stocks are often well assessed, harvest strategies are strong, and the science base is better than in many countries. But the recent NSW crackdown on black-market seafood in Sydney restaurants is a reminder that even the best systems fail when compliance is weak and illegal trade is tolerated for too long.

The NSW operation inspected 15 premises across Sydney and found illegal or improperly labelled abalone in seven of them. Officers seized 106 abalone, including frozen black lip abalone and dried abalone, with an estimated retail value far above the modest quantity seized. More importantly, the government itself stated that the estimated illegal, unreported and unregulated catch of abalone in 2025/26 was 30 tons, and that legal commercial catch had to be reduced by 12% because of poaching pressure. That is not a marginal issue. That is resource theft at scale.

For consumers, black-market seafood is not an abstract regulatory breach. It is a direct attack on trust. When a restaurant buys illegal product, the customer is not just being sold something they did not order; they are being pushed into a chain of false claims, hidden provenance, and unknown safety risks. Illegal seafood may bypass food handling rules, shellfish monitoring, labelling requirements, and traceability obligations. In practical terms, that means consumers can end up paying premium prices for product that has no verified origin, no legitimate chain of custody, and no assurance that it was handled under proper hygiene controls.

This is especially damaging because Australia’s seafood industry depends heavily on reputation. Licensed commercial fishers, aquaculture producers, processors and wholesalers invest significant money in compliance, traceability, tagging, reporting, and biosecurity. Illegal operators undercut all of that. They avoid license costs, avoid quota constraints, and avoid the record-keeping required to demonstrate legality. The result is unfair competition against lawful operators and pressure on the communities that depend on them.

The NSW case also exposes a broader policy weakness. If a government can tell us that 30 tons of abalone are being lost to illegal activity, then a three-day compliance blitz is clearly not enough on its own. Strong enforcement matters, but enforcement has to be continuous, intelligence-led and backed by modern traceability systems. If buyers know there is a significant chance they will be detected, the market dries up. If not, the black market simply adapts.

The black market is not confined to one species or one state. Queensland has faced repeated concerns about black jewfish, a species prized for both flesh and swim bladder. ABC reporting in 2019 described black jewfish swim bladders as fetching between USD 500 and USD 900 per kilogram, with commercial catch rising rapidly over a short period and regulators worried about a stock collapse. Earlier Queensland parliamentary material also noted the species’ vulnerability to overfishing because of its large size, high value, and predictable aggregations. WA has seen repeated prosecutions involving illegal sales of rock lobster, abalone and recreationally caught fish, including substantial fines and license suspensions.

Victoria’s fisheries compliance system is also moving in the wrong direction. Recent restructuring at the Victorian Fisheries Authority has reduced frontline fisheries officers, closed stations and shifted resources toward “engagement” at the expense of on-water enforcement, just as illegal take and black-market activity require more, not less, scrutiny. That raises a serious question for seafood consumers: if there are fewer officers checking catches, landings, restaurant supply and traceability, how will the public know the law is actually being enforced?

Commercial quotas and management settings already assume a degree of illegal take, but that does not make smuggling acceptable; it simply means consumers and legitimate operators are paying the price for weak compliance. The problem is compounded by a ministerial and portfolio environment increasingly shaped by recreation, climate and outdoor-activity priorities, which are not always compatible with the harder realities of commercial fishing and aquaculture. In that context, Victoria’s seafood consumers deserve clear assurance that legal supply chains are being protected and that the public interest is not being subordinated to recreational politics.

The lesson is simple: illegal seafood trade is not a victimless side hustle. It is organized theft from a shared resource. It harms consumers, damages legitimate businesses, undermines sustainability, and erodes the public’s faith in the entire seafood sector. It also weakens the credibility of governments that claim to have some of the world’s best fishery managers. If management is so strong, why are illegal products still finding their way into restaurants, wholesalers and back-of-house supply chains? Where is the audit between production/harvest and food safety/sustainability?

For the Seafood Consumers Association, the answer is not to weaken commercial fisheries or punish law-abiding operators with more red tape. The answer is to protect the legal market. That means stronger point-of-sale verification, mandatory purchasing records, tighter restaurant traceability obligations, more visible penalties for buyers as well as sellers, and routine intelligence-led inspections in high-risk species and high-risk venues. It also means public education, because consumers should be able to expect that a seafood meal is legal, traceable and safe.

There is also a reputational issue. Australia promotes its seafood as premium, safe and sustainable. That claim is only credible when governments are willing to confront illegal trade honestly and consistently. A one-off crackdown may generate headlines, but the real test is whether the illegal supply chain is closed, not merely interrupted. Until then, the black market will continue to drain community resources and punish the honest businesses that do the right thing.

Australia’s fisheries and aquaculture system is built around a cost-recovery model, meaning licensed commercial operators and quota holders effectively help pay for the management, research and compliance systems that regulate their industries. That makes illegal take and black-market seafood especially damaging. It is not just theft from the resource, but theft from a system that honest operators are already funding. When smuggling, poaching or unrecorded sales go unchecked, the burden falls on law-abiding fishers, consumers and the public purse, while illegal product undercuts legitimate supply chains and weakens confidence in the credibility of Australia’s seafood governance.

The seafood sector does not need slogans. It needs compliance, transparency and enforcement with teeth. Consumers deserve nothing less.

Seafood Consumers Association: CEO, Roy Palmer

Email: seafoodsdg@outlook.com Phone: +61 492825012

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Salmon Producer Bakkafrost Achieves 100% ASC Certification

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:11 +0700

• After the Faroe Islands, the Group now reaches the same standard in Scotland

• The company recently entered in the Global 100 Most Sustainable Companies list by Corporate Knights

Bakkafrost Group proudly announced that the Company is now 100% ASC certified across its entire salmon farming operations in both Faroe Islands and Scotland. They achieved full Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) certification in the Faroe Islands in 2020 following several years of dedicated and focused work. In Scotland, the Group is now reached the same standard, making an important milestone for the business and our long-term commitment to responsible aquaculture.

The ASC certification is one of the most rigorous and globally recognized standards for environmental and social responsibility in aquaculture. For Bakkafrost achieving 100% ASC certification demonstrates the Group’s commitment to producing salmon with the highest standards of environmental care, responsible farming, fish welfare and social responsibility with full traceability across the value chain.

“Reaching 100% ASC certification across the Group is a significant milestone for Bakkafrost. It reflects the hard work of our teams and our commitment to responsible salmon farming, high standards, and continuous improvement in everything we do,” said Anna Johansen, Group QESH Director at Bakkafrost.

Independent Assurance

But the benefits of the certification are also for customers and consumers, as the certification provides independent assurance that salmon from Bakkafrost comes from operations that are independently audited against recognized standards for responsible farming. It strengthens trust in the company’s approach to sustainability, fish welfare, transparency across our operations.

Reaching 100% ASC certification across the Group is an important milestone and reflects our continued commitment to responsible salmon farming, high standards, and continuous improvement across all our operations.

It strengthens trust in the company’s approach to sustainability, biosecurity, transparency, and continuous improvement. From now on, they said, Bakkafrost Group will continue to prioritize responsible growth, innovation, and leadership in sustainability as the business develops its operations in both regions.

Bakkafrost enters Global 100 Most Sustainable Companies list by Corporate Knights

Some weeks ago, Bakkafrost has been named in the Corporate Knights 2026 Global 100 list, the annual ranking of the world’s most sustainable companies. In the 2026 Global 100, Bakkafrost is ranked 83rd worldwide and 2nd in the Food and Beverage Manufacturing Group. The Global 100 list is compiled by the research and media company Corporate Knights and was published at the annual World Economic Forum meeting in Davos.

Inclusion in the 2026 Global 100 reflects continued, organization-wide work to strengthen sustainable performance across operations and the value-chain. The list highlights sustainable performance and reflects Bakkafrost‘s strategy of ensuring that every part of the value chain meets the highest international standards for sustainability and transparency. Bakkafrost aims to use resources responsibly, minimize environmental impact, respect people, and create value for stakeholders and society.

The Corporate Knights Global 100 is an annual ranking of the world’s 100 most sustainable companies. It assesses publicly traded companies with revenues above USD 1 billion and highlights measurable performance linked to companies’ products and services. The 2026 Global 100 list is available on Corporate Knights’ website: 2026 Global 100 list.

Top Quality Salmon Products

Bakkafrost is a leading producer of superior quality salmon from the Faroe Islands and Scotland. They offer a wide range of healthy and nutritious salmon products from their own facilities. 2The cool and steady sea temperatures of the North Atlantic Current in the Faroe Islands and Scotland provides perfect conditions for raising healthy and robust Atlantic salmon,” they say.

Bakkafrost is one of the world’s most vertically integrated salmon farming companies. Bakkafrost controls all aspects of production – from feed to finished value added products. This ensures unrivalled traceability and consistent high quality. Their longstanding experiences in the seafood industry and their focus on providing their customers with top quality salmon products has made Bakkafrost well reputed as a reliable and responsible partner.

“We are committed to maintaining the highest standards in relation to fish welfare, sustainability and sound stewardship of the environment. We are dedicated to providing consumers worldwide with top quality tasty and nutritious salmon products,” they assure.

BioMar Strengthens R&D at ATC Hirtshals to Support New Species and Global Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:05 +0700

• While initially focused on cold-water species, they already conducted successful trials with yellowtail kingfish and are now including species like barramundi

• The research center has 15 experimental trial units, 27 recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) and more than 350 tanks

BioMar reported that they are expanding their research and development activities at its Aquaculture Technology Centre (ATC) in Hirtshals, Denmark, to support the introduction of new species into its global portfolio. As the company grows into new markets, the need for targeted scientific research on key species such as yellowtail kingfish and barramundi is increasing, strengthening BioMar’s ability to deliver species-specific nutritional solutions worldwide.

ATC Hirtshals is the largest research facility within BioMar and one of the most advanced aquaculture research centers in Europe. The site includes 15 experimental trial units, 27 recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS), and more than 350 tanks, enabling controlled and large-scale testing across a wide range of species and life stages.

“Expanding into new species is a natural step as aquaculture continues to evolve,” said Simon Wadsworth, Global R&D Director at BioMar. “Our role is to generate the scientific knowledge needed to support farmers with reliable, well-documented nutritional solutions adapted to each species and production environment.”

The planned projects will focus on developing feeding strategies, improving biological performance, and strengthening predictive performance models for barramundi. This work will contribute to building operational knowledge that can be transferred across regions and production systems.

Leading Position in High-Value Marine Species

ATC Hirtshals has a strong track record working with major species such as salmon, trout, seabass and seabream throughout the different stages of their life cycle, including the hatchery stage at the Larviva Hatchery Hub. BioMar holds a leading position in high-value marine species, with more than 30 years supplying seabass and seabream producers and around 20 years of dedicated nutritional trials at Hirtshals covering the full production cycle.

Over the years, this work has spanned nutritional requirements, raw material documentation, environmental challenges and feeding optimization, building the deep, long-standing expertise in Mediterranean marine species that provides a solid foundation for developing and validating feed solutions across BioMar‘s global markets.

While initially focused on cold-water species, ATC Hirtshals has increasingly expanded its work with warm-water species. In recent years, successful trials have been conducted with yellowtail kingfish, a species of growing global importance and of relevance for our business in Europe and Australia.

Building on this experience, BioMar is now expanding its research portfolio to include several new key species, where the first step is barramundi. This species represents a key opportunity in several targeted markets, particularly in Australia and southeast Asia, and will be the focus of upcoming innovation at our Hirtshals facility.

Integrated Into the Global Innovation Framework

For his part, David Whyte, Managing Director of BioMar Australia, comments: “For BioMar Australia, barramundi and yellowtail kingfish are two of the most promising species in Australian aquaculture. They are central to the growth of the country’s warm-temperate and tropical sector and we need to support the fish’s nutritional requirements under Australia’s range of production systems and environments. Our commitment to the success of Aquaculture in our region is underpinned by the exciting work planned at Hirshals”.

According to them, thanks to this expansion in its R&D scope, “BioMar continues to reinforce its ability to support customers across a broader range of markets. The work carried out in Hirtshals is integrated into BioMar’s global innovation framework, ensuring that insights generated at the centre contribute directly to feed development and performance optimization worldwide.”

Bored birds? Researchers are exploring boredom as a potential welfare concern in poultry

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 03:25:04 +0700

By Chloe “Leo” Phelps, Virginia Tech and Leonie Jacobs, PhD, Virginia Tech

Boredom is a negative emotional state that may be caused by barren environments. Therefore, it may be a welfare concern for poultry that are raised in barren conditions.

However, researchers have conducted few investigations into this emotional state. Approaches to detect boredom in other species may provide practical methods for quantifying boredom in poultry.

What is boredom?

Figure 1. A group of chicks in an experimental pen. Besides food, water, litter, and pen mates, other resources are lacking. Photo credit: Leo Phelps, Virginia Tech.

Boredom is an unpleasant emotional state resulting from an unfulfilled motivation for sufficiently stimulating experiences.¹ This means that three criteria must be met for the experience of boredom: 1) a desire or “want” for an experience or activity, 2) an environment which fails to meet that desire, and 3) discomfort experienced from the unmet desire.² To date, it is unclear whether poultry experience boredom. While boredom is sometimes argued to be a result of modern human lifestyles, it is likely that this state is shared with domesticated and farmed species living in our care.

Boredom in livestock, including poultry, receives less attention than some other negative psychological states such as fear, anxiety, and depression, possibly because it has been perceived as less severe.² However, it may be no less harmful. Bored people have an increased risk of anxiety and depression, poor health, and mortality.^3,4 In rodents and cattle, boredom was linked to sensation seeking, excess inactivity, and stereotypic behaviors.^5–8 Boredom can also increase an animal’s behavioral response to all types of stimuli, including negative ones. Boredom can be a long-lasting negative state and can therefore have significant health and welfare consequences when it is inescapable.

Do poultry have the capacity for boredom?

For poultry to experience boredom, they must have the capacity for each of the characteristics in the definition of boredom. Poultry have wants, needs, and preferences, indicating they can desire certain experiences or activities. It is likely that these desires can go unfulfilled in an under stimulating environment, like in barren housing conditions on farms.^9,10 This could lead to a negative emotional state¹¹. Thus, poultry may meet the three criteria for boredom.

Poultry desire experiences and activities

The motivation of birds to perform specific natural behaviors is well-demonstrated. For example, some motivated behaviors in poultry include foraging and dust-bathing. Strong motivations for these behaviors have been demonstrated through the birds’ willingness to pay a cost to access opportunities for these behaviors^12,13 and their continued performance of the behavior regardless of environmental conditions.^14–17 Birds also demonstrate increased performance of the behavior if they are temporarily prevented from it, which shows that their motivation continues to increase with a lack of performance.¹⁸ If birds cannot perform these specific behaviors, they may experience negative affective states such as frustration.^19,20

A parallel can be drawn between the motivation for these specific behaviors and the motivation for activity or stimulation more generally. Broilers appear to have a preference for novel items that stimulate exploration and provide sensory stimulation and will actively engage with such stimuli.²¹ They entered spaces with novel items faster than empty spaces,²² which may indicate greater motivation for environments with more stimulation and options for engagement. Finally, they preferred complex, moving screensavers over those that were simpler,²³ which similarly demonstrates a desire for sensory stimulation. If a lack of varied stimulation can cause a negative state, similar to how a lack of foraging can cause frustration, this would mean that they are experiencing boredom.

Poultry wants and needs may go unfulfilled in understimulating environments

Poultry are commonly raised in understimulating or monotonous environments as most commercial environments provide access to feed, water and flock mates, but not much else. These environments provide few sensory stimuli and few behavioral opportunities compared to the natural environments in which the ancestors of poultry species evolved. These barren environments lead to increased negative states such as anxiety, fear, and chronic stress while adding complexity (and therefore behavioral opportunities and stimulation) can decrease the birds’ experiences of these states.^24–26 It may be the case that, similar to in humans, boredom may be a contributing factor to the increased anxiety and depression experienced in barren environments. More complex environments meet the birds’ behavioral motivations, including the motivation for behavioral variety and stimulation, leading to less boredom, reduced overall negative states, and therefore better welfare. Several PEC Poultry Press articles have discussed the importance of environmental complexity for poultry welfare such as Issues 13, 52, and 57.

How can boredom be assessed?

Scientific investigation into this topic has only just begun, and more research will be needed to help further understand this topic. To demonstrate that boredom in poultry exists, researchers may use behavioral indicators as cues to infer their internal emotional state.

Research in other species can help identify behavioral indicators that may be useful to identify boredom in poultry. Mink housed in barren cages were abnormally inactive and they were more motivated to contact novel objects, even those that would typically be aversive, compared to an enriched group.^7,28 Cattle in unenriched environments were similarly more inactive and spent more time seeking stimulation than those housed with enrichments.⁶ Motivation to contact any type of stimuli, including normally aversive ones, is a promising measure for boredom because motivation for any stimulation not just specific or positive stimulation differentiates boredom from other negative emotions such as frustration and apathy. While all three can be elicited by behavioral deprivation, frustration refers to a negative response to a specific expectation being violated while apathy involves a lack of any motivation.^29–31

Research into this topic has only just begun in poultry. However, some ongoing research funded by the organization Kinder Ground^32,33 is investigating using motivation to contact aversive objects as a measure for boredom in broiler chickens. This study aims to replicate the findings in mink to demonstrate the possibility of boredom in broilers (Figure 2). Boredom tests may have potential for integration into welfare assessment protocols to determine impacts of new enrichment types, ensuring that this negative state is prevented.

Figure 2. The novel stimuli test may be key to detect boredom in broilers raised in barren environments, compared to those in complex environments. Here, the positive object is a hay bale, the neutral object is a cone, and the negative object is a puff of air. We hypothesize that bored broilers will interact with all objects equally, because ‘any stimulation’ is better than nothing. They would show a short latency to approach all objects. In contrast, the contented broilers will mostly engage with the positive object.

Summary: Boredom in poultry

Boredom is an emotional state defined by an unpleasant unfulfilled desire for an experience or activity, likely induced by a barren environment.
Boredom may be a welfare concern in poultry because they appear to be motivated to interact with novelty, show preferences, and are commonly housed in barren environments.
Providing animals with positive, neutral, and negative novel items could be developed into a test to detect boredom.
Understanding boredom in poultry can help determine the impacts of housing conditions, especially related to environmental complexity.

Works cited

Bench, S. W. & Lench, H. C. On the Function of Boredom. Behav. Sci. 3, 459–472 (2013).
Burn, C. C. Bestial boredom: a biological perspective on animal boredom and suggestions for its scientific investigation. Anim. Behav. 130, 141–151 (2017).
Britton, A. & Shipley, M. J. Bored to death? Int. J. Epidemiol. 39, 370–371 (2010).
Li, J., Kaltiainen, J. & Hakanen, J. J. Job boredom as an antecedent of four states of mental health: life satisfaction, positive functioning, anxiety, and depression symptoms among young employees – a latent change score approach. BMC Public Health 24, 907 (2024).
Hintze, S., Maulbetsch, F., Asher, L. & Winckler, C. Doing nothing and what it looks like: inactivity in fattening cattle. PeerJ 8, e9395 (2020).
Russell, A. L., Randall, L. V., Eyre, N., Kaler, J. & Green, M. J. Novel enrichment reduces boredom-associated behaviours in housed dairy cows. JDS Commun. https://doi.org/10.3168/jdsc.2023-0475 (2024) doi:10.3168/jdsc.2023-0475.
Meagher, R. K. & Mason, G. J. Environmental Enrichment Reduces Signs of Boredom in Caged Mink. PLoS ONE 7, e49180 (2012).
(PDF) The concept of animal boredom and its relationship to stereotyped behaviour. ResearchGate https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286694799_The_concept_of_animal_boredom_and_its_relationship_to_stereotyped_behaviour (2025).
Marino, L. Thinking chickens: a review of cognition, emotion, and behavior in the domestic chicken. Anim. Cogn. 20, 127–147 (2017).
Riber, A. B., van de Weerd, H. A., de Jong, I. C. & Steenfeldt, S. Review of environmental enrichment for broiler chickens. Poult. Sci. 97, 378–396 (2018).
Fraser, D. & Duncan, I. J. H. ‘Pleasures’,’Pains’ and Animal Welfare: Toward a Natural History of Affect. Anim. Welf. 7, 383–396 (1998).
Olsson, I. a. S. & Keeling, L. J. The Push-Door for Measuring Motivation in Hens: Laying Hens are Motivated to Perch at Night. Anim. Welf. 11, 11–19 (2002).
Bubier, N. E. The behavioural priorities of laying hens: the effect of cost/no cost multi-choice tests on time budgets. Behav. Processes 37, 225–238 (1996).
Rodenburg, T. B. et al. The prevention and control of feather pecking in laying hens: identifying the underlying principles. Worlds Poult. Sci. J. 69, 361–374 (2013).
Nørgaard-Nielsen, G. & Vestergaard, K. Dustbathing Behaviour of Uropygial Gland Extirpated Domestic Hens. Acta Vet. Scand. 22, 118–128 (1981).
Olsson, I. a. S. & Keeling, L. J. Sham dustbathing and use of dustbaths in furnished cages for laying hens. Proc. Br. Soc. Anim. Sci. 2002, 224–224 (2002).
Vestergaard, K. S., Damm, B. I., Abbott, U. K. & BildsøE, M. Regulation of dustbathing in feathered and featherless domestic chicks: the Lorenzian model revisited. Anim. Behav. 58, 1017–1025 (1999).
Weeks, C. A. & Nicol, C. J. Behavioural needs, priorities and preferences of laying hens. Worlds Poult. Sci. J. 62, 296–307 (2006).
Zimmerman, P. H., Koene, P. & van Hooff, J. A. R. A. M. Thwarting of behaviour in different contexts and the gakel-call in the laying hen. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 69, 255–264 (2000).
The vocal expression of feeding motivation and frustration in the domestic laying hen, Gallus gallus domesticus – ScienceDirect. https://www-sciencedirect-com.ezproxy.lib.vt.edu/science/article/pii/S0168159100001362?casa_token=4PXaaPzahtgAAAAA:Gmdt2OJjHBMRctGlz-KuDV9KzxauDYrdk35cZqGc6kBe1PcECAi_Owx7TgZkuOu_uB5giftODn4.
Forkman, B., Boissy, A., Meunier-Salaün, M.-C., Canali, E. & Jones, R. B. A critical review of fear tests used on cattle, pigs, sheep, poultry and horses. Physiol. Behav. 92, 340–374 (2007).
Newberry, R. C. Exploratory behaviour of young domestic fowl. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 63, 311–321 (1999).
Clarke, C. H. & Jones, B. R. Domestic Chicks’ Attraction to Video Images: Effects of Stimulus Movement, Brightness, Colour and Complexity. Int. J. Comp. Psychol. 13, (2000).
Silva, M. I. L. da et al. Behaviour and animal welfare indicators of broiler chickens housed in an enriched environment. PLOS ONE 16, e0256963 (2021).
Effect of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Fear and Anxiety in Broiler Chickens. https://www.mdpi.com/2076-2615/11/8/2383 (2025).
Anderson, M. G. et al. Effect of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Fear and Anxiety in Broiler Chickens. Animals 11, 2383 (2021).
Campbell, A. M., Anderson, M. G. & Jacobs, L. Measuring Chronic Stress in Broiler Chickens: Effects of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Immunoglobulin-A Levels. Animals 13, 2058 (2023).
Meagher, R. K., Campbell, D. L. M. & Mason, G. J. Boredom-like states in mink and their behavioural correlates: A replicate study. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 197, 112–119 (2017).
Mason, G. J. & Burn, C. C. Frustration and boredom in impoverished environments. Anim. Welf. 114–138 (2018) doi:10.1079/9781786390202.0114.
Meagher, R. K. Is boredom an animal welfare concern? Anim. Welf. 28, 21–32 (2019).
Duncan, I. J. Behavior and behavioral needs. Poult. Sci. 77, 1766–1772 (1998).
Bored Broilers. Kinder Ground https://kinderground.org/our-efforts/bored-broilers/.
Elizabeth, J. & Reimert, I. ISAE 2025 Conference Proceedings. 4-8 August 2025 Utrecht, The Netherlands.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Bored birds? Researchers are exploring boredom as a potential welfare concern in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 2: imports

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 20:05:09 +0700

A preceding article documented the development of global meat¹ exports (Windhorst, 2026). This follow-up article analyses the dynamics in meat imports.

Between 1970 and 2023, global meat exports rose from 4.0 million mt² to 43.2 million mt, an increase of almost 980%. Looking at the development of the import volumes separately by meat type (Figure 1), it can be seen that they grew almost in parallel. However, it is noteworthy that imports of cattle meat exceeded those of pig meat and poultry meat until the end of the 1990s. In the following two decades, poultry meat and pig meat alternated several times in the top position. The sharp rise in pig meat imports towards the end of the last decade was a result of the outbreaks of African swine fever in Asia. This article will analyse both the longer-term development and the dynamics since 2000 in detail.

Figure 1 – The development of global cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat imports between 1970 and 2023 Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Long-term development – Parallel dynamics

An analysis of meat import development between 1970 and 2023 shows a remarkable parallelism in the three meat types considered here (Figure 1). However, the absolute and relative growth rates differed considerably. In 1970, the import volume of cattle meat was about twice as high as that of pig meat and almost four times higher than that of poultry meat. Cattle meat accounted for 58.2% of total imports of the three meat types, pig meat for 29.8% and poultry meat for 12.0% (Table 1). Until 2023, poultry meat imports grew by 14.6 million mt, or a thirtyfold increase, pig meat imports by 13.7 million mt, more than tenfold. Although cattle meat showed the lowest absolute growth at 10.7 million mt, it still increased almost fivefold compared with 1970. The different dynamics resulted in considerable changes in the shares of meat types in total meat imports. While the share of poultry meat roughly tripled, that of cattle meat almost halved. It is striking that pig meat recorded a significant increase in market share between 1970 and 2020. This distribution pattern was still largely present in 2023. However, as can be seen from Table 1, it differed in 2020 from that in 2000 and 2023. The reasons for this will be discussed in more detail in a later section of the paper.

Table 1 – Change in the share of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat in global meat imports between 1970 and 2023; data in %
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Medium-term development – Momentum continues

In the next step, it will be analysed how meat imports developed between 2000 and 2023. Table 2 shows that the momentum continued during this period. The import volume increased by a total of 22.5 million mt. Imports of pig meat and poultry meat more than doubled, while cattle meat imports rose by 96.4%. The largest absolute increase, at 8.2 million mt, was in poultry meat, while the highest relative increase, at 122.9%, was in pig meat.

Table 2 – The varying development of global imports of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat between 1970 and 2023
Source: FAO data.

Looking at the continents, there are notable differences (Figure 2). Asia took the unchallenged lead with an increase in meat imports of 11.1 million mt, followed by Europe with 5.9 million mt and Central and South America with 3.9 million mt. Surprisingly, the two North American countries recorded a significantly lower growth of only 727,000 mt. High domestic production and self-sufficiency were the decisive reasons for the low imports.

Figure 2 – The absolute change of global meat trade at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

In terms of cattle meat, Asia ranked first with an increase in imports of 5.3 million mt, well ahead of Europe and Central and South America. Imports from the other continents were insignificant in comparison. Regarding pig meat, Europe and Asia had equal imports of 3.0 million mt each, followed by Central and South America with 1.7 million mt. Here, too, the import volumes of the other continents were comparatively small. Asia and Europe also took the leading positions in poultry meat. It is worth noting that Central and South America and Africa imported almost equal quantities of poultry meat, at 1.6 million mt each. The high imports of Central and South America are surprising, as the continent was in the leading position in exports with an increase of 4 million mt in the same time period. A detailed analysis at country level would show that Brazil had a high export surplus, while Mexico and some other countries in Central and South America had to import poultry meat to supply their populations.

The dynamics observed during the period under review can best be documented by the relative growth rates. Figure 3 compares developments at continent level and by meat type. The highest relative increase in cattle meat imports showed Asia at 274.7%, followed by Oceania at 59.2% and Central and South America at 54.8%. Significantly lower growth rates were achieved in the other continents.

Figure 3 – The relative changes in global cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat imports between 2000 and 2023 by continent
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

The highest growth rate for pig meat showed Central and South America at 463.0%. This was followed by Africa at 379.3%, Oceania at 336.9% and Asia at 205.5%. Growth rates were much lower in Europe and North America. Both continents had a high degree of self-sufficiency. A detailed analysis at country level would show that in Africa it was mainly the non-Islamic countries that increased their imports. In Oceania, the rapidly rising per capita consumption led to increased imports, particularly by New Zealand, Australia and Papua New Guinea.

At first glance, it is surprising that Africa achieved the highest growth rate of 480.4% for poultry meat. This was mainly due to the increased demand from Islamic countries in North Africa. In Oceania, imports have risen particularly since 2019 as a result of the COVID-19 epidemic. At 255.7%, Central and South America saw the highest relative increase among the continents with a large production volume. At first glance, the high growth rate in North America is surprising. This can be explained by the massive outbreaks of avian influenza in 2022 and 2023, which made imports necessary to supply the population. Imports by the USA rose by around 160,000 mt or 839% between 2020 and 2023 alone.

Figure 4 documents the role of each continent in the development of global meat imports between 2000 and 2023. Asia’s dominant position in meat imports is reflected in its 48.8% share. Europe and Asia had almost equal shares in pig meat imports. Both continents occupied the top two positions for all three meat types, with Asia’s exceptional position in cattle meat imports being particularly noteworthy. It is remarkable that Central and South America ranked third overall and for individual meat types, while North America played only a minor role in meat imports. This can be explained by the large domestic production and the resulting high degree of self-sufficiency.

Figure 4 – The share of the continents in the increase of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat meat imports between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Short-term developments – Animal diseases and the COVID-19 pandemic

The analysis of the development of imports of the three meat types considered here shows that the dynamics of pig meat imports was interrupted between 2020 and 2023. Imports fell by 1.4 million mt, or 8.8%. In contrast, imports of cattle meat and poultry meat continued to rise, with cattle meat imports increasing by 1.1 million mt and poultry meat imports by 1.4 million mt (Table 3). Cattle meat imports grew particularly in Asia, poultry meat imports in Europe.

Table 3 – The development of global meat imports between 2020 and 2023 by continent and meat type
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

The development of pig meat imports was largely determined by the dynamics in Asia. Here, imports decreased by 2.5 million mt or 35.7%. This sharp decline is attributable to China’s successful efforts to combat African swine fever. While China’s imports fell by 2.6 million mt, they continued to rise in some countries in Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Philippines) due to ongoing new outbreaks of the disease. South America recorded a sharp increase in imports of 731,000 mt, or 54.0%. Of this, 533,000 mt were accounted for by Mexico alone.

Europe shared more than two-thirds in the 1.4 million mt increase in poultry meat imports. Although imports by other continents were significantly lower, they reached 208,000 mt in Central and South America and 110,000 mt in Asia. The highest relative growth rate showed Oceania, at 24.5%. Europe’s high imports reflect the change in consumer behaviour during the COVID-19 epidemic. Because most restaurants and canteens in schools and universities were closed, more meals were prepared in private households.

Conclusion and outlook

The preceding analysis showed that global meat trade was remarkably dynamic in both the long and medium term. Imports of the three meat types considered here rose almost in parallel between 1970 and 2023, reflecting the growing global demand for meat. Since 2020, however, an interruption occurred in the dynamic development of pig meat imports, while cattle meat and poultry meat imports grew at a considerable level. In addition to the COVID-19 pandemic, which significantly changed consumer consumption and purchasing behaviour, outbreaks of avian influenza in North America and the successful control of African swine fever in China resulted in considerable changes in trade flows.

As demand for meat will continue to rise significantly in the current decade, an increase in meat trade can be expected. Central and South America in particular will be able to expand its share in world trade. Whether Europe will be able to import less meat in the future will depend on the ability of the farmers to prevent major outbreaks of avian influenza and African swine fever. Asia, whose meat production is also threatened by highly infectious diseases, is likely to continue importing large quantities of cattle meat and pig meat. North America’s role in meat trade will depend primarily on whether the spread of avian influenza in poultry meat herds can be prevented. A new epidemic that has been emerging since September 2025 is expected to cause supply problems not only for eggs but also for poultry meat. Africa will in future play an increasingly important role in meat imports because its rapidly growing population, combined with a middle class with a greater purchasing power, will demand more meat on the world market.

Data sources and additional literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). China’s role in meat production and trade. Fleischwirtschaft International, (3), 8–13.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). ASEAN – The dynamics of the meat industry in a hardly recognized economic area. Zootecnica International, 46(11), 28–35.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Dynamics and structure of meat production and meat trade in the USA between 2019 and 2023: Part 2. Meat trade. Meatingpoint, (60), 6–10.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Oceania – Disadvantage of peripheral location. Fleischwirtschaft International, (1), 14–21.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 1. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 1, 20–26.

Windhorst, H.-W. (in preparation). The dynamics of the global meat trade. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 3: exports. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 4.

¹ Only the three most important meat types, beef, pork and poultry, are considered; the data for beef includes buffalo meat.

² 1 mt = 1,000 kg.

The people factor: Why better hatchery management still drives flock performance

Edusehat — Mon, 04 May 2026 22:35:05 +0700

Improving hatchery management can deliver measurable gains across broiler production systems, from stronger early chick health to better flock performance and more predictable production outcomes, according to a hatchery expert.

Rodney Johnson, hatchery specialist with Boehringer Ingelheim, says managers who prioritize strong communication, well-defined processes and consistent monitoring of key indicators often see improvements not just in hatchability and early livability, but also in team morale and operational efficiency.

At a time when many hatcheries are working with older equipment, limited labor pools and increasing management demands, Johnson says focusing on the fundamentals of hatchery management — from incubation to sanitation, vaccination and management style — is vital.

“The hatchery is where it all begins. It’s where flock performance starts,” he says. “If birds have issues during incubation that affect chick quality or embryonic development, if they’re dehydrated or they don’t go to feed and water immediately when they get to the house, they’re not going to live and perform well.”

Bird performance in the first week after placement is especially important in terms of growth rates, as performance lost during this early stage can be difficult to recover later in the production cycle, Johnson explains. A well-run hatchery, therefore, reduces pressure on the rest of the production chain.

“If the hatchery does its job and does a really good job, it makes it easier on everyone in live production — from the farmer out in the field to the live production management team trying to manage that flock.”

Defining chick quality

In practical terms, Johnson says chick quality is the major indicator of hatchery performance.

“To me, a high-quality chick will be one that isn’t dehydrated, doesn’t have red hocks and doesn’t have any navel issues or bacterial infection,” he says. “It’s basically a very healthy chick without major issues caused by sanitation problems or poor incubation in the hatchery.”

Egg management during incubation plays a major role in achieving that outcome, with careful control of the incubation environment and consistent adherence to quality assurance (QA) programs being key to protecting embryo development.

“The incubation process is vital,” he says. “You need good QA programs, sanitation programs and maintenance in the hatchery.”

Embryos can be particularly sensitive to environmental stress, and Johnson says that problems during incubation may not become visible until well after chicks have been placed on the farm.

“You can stress an embryo at 14 days and then see the effects once it gets on the farm a week and a half later,” he explains.

Several factors can trigger those stressors, including high heat in the incubator, improper turning, lack of humidity or incorrect humidity levels. However, Johnson says it’s important not to assume that one standard set of conditions will work for every hatchery, or to assume that the same conditions will suit a hatchery year-round.

“There’s no golden rule temperature that works everywhere,” Johnson says. “It depends on the type of incubator and the environment you’re operating in.

“Look at the manufacturer’s recommendations first. Then look at the chicks when they hatch. Let the chicks tell you what temperature and humidity you need, because they’ll tell you pretty quick.”

Eggshell temperatures can also provide valuable feedback, he adds.

“On Chick Master multi-stage machines, I like to see eggshell temperatures around 100.5 to 102°F (38.1 to 38.9°C). On Jamesway machines, crossbar temperatures should be around 100.3 to 100.5°F (37.9 to 38.1°C).”

Sanitation and vaccination

Beyond incubation management, Johnson says sanitation and vaccination programs are two of the most important tools hatcheries have to protect chick health.

“Biosecurity and cleanliness are huge,” he says. “You almost have to think of the hatchery like a hospital environment.”

Routine microbial monitoring can help managers identify sanitation problems early, and Johnson suggests conducting plating tests every week until a baseline is established, after which testing can be carried out each month to ensure standards are maintained.

Particular attention should be paid to hatch trays, which come into contact with multiple areas of the hatchery environment. Because newly hatched chicks often have slightly open navels, contaminated surfaces can introduce bacteria directly into the chick’s system.

Vaccination programs are equally critical, particularly given the substantial investments integrators make in disease prevention.

“Making sure the vaccine actually gets into the birds is key,” Johnson says.

“If a bird faces a disease challenge without that protection, it will struggle. Effective hatchery vaccination gives chicks time to develop immunity before facing those challenges in the field.”

Monitoring performance

When it comes to evaluating hatchery performance, Johnson says hatchability and 7-day mortality provide the clearest feedback.

“Right now, our industry average is about 79% hatchability. If I go to a hatchery and they’re at 82% or 83%, they’re doing well,” he says.

Seven-day mortality provides an equally important measure of chick quality and early flock health. Although figures have increased slightly over the past 2 decades, Johnson says hatcheries achieving mortality rates between 1% and 1.3% are performing strongly by today’s standards.

Tracking these metrics over time can also help hatchery teams identify improvements and maintain motivation.

“A lot of places now put their goals in the break room,” Johnson says. “Then, as they hatch every day, their hatch percentage goes on the whiteboard so the staff can see where they stand.”

The workforce challenge

Despite the importance of technical factors, Johnson says the most significant challenge facing hatcheries today is labor.

“It’s incredibly hard to find people who want to work in a hatchery, and it’s incredibly hard to retain them once you do,” he says. “It runs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Someone has to work every holiday. And the environment can be tough — hot and dusty one minute, damp and wet the next because you’re constantly cleaning.”

Because of these challenges, Johnson says effective leadership and team engagement are essential.

“You have to make them feel like a team,” he says. “When things are going well, share the wins with them. Let them know they were part of the success.

“Sometimes management has a catered lunch or small prizes when they reach a goal. Those kinds of things don’t cost much, but they can really improve morale.”

Providing training opportunities and clear career pathways can also help employees remain engaged with the industry.

“When you train people, there should be a path for them to move up,” Johnson adds. “If someone feels like they’ll be doing the same entry-level job forever, morale can drop very quickly.”

Leadership and communication

Across the many hatcheries he visits, Johnson says strong communication and leadership are key traits among the most successful operations.

“The best hatchery managers incorporate themselves into the team rather than acting like the boss. They spend time on the production floor each day to really understand what’s happening.

“When you arrive in the morning, don’t go straight to your office,” he adds. “Go to the back of the hatchery first. Talk to your employees, ask what they’re seeing and check with maintenance about what’s happening with the incubators, hatchers, HVAC and chick processing equipment.”

As well as strengthening trust with staff, this approach is particularly important in hatcheries operating with older equipment, where effective maintenance planning and communication can help extend equipment life and maintain performance.

Building a resilient hatchery

Looking ahead, Johnson believes successful hatcheries will continue to depend on three core principles: consistent communication with staff, well-maintained equipment and rigorous sanitation and quality assurance programs.

These fundamentals may not be new, but Johnson says they offer the most reliable approach to improving hatchery performance and supporting the wider production system.

“The overall goal is simple,” he says. “More chicks and healthy chicks.

“And for hatcheries aiming to improve performance, the foundation is always the same — the hatcheries that have a stable workforce and good teamwork almost always perform better.”

The post The people factor: Why better hatchery management still drives flock performance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

New research explores dietary approaches to maintain eggshell quality in older hens

Edusehat — Mon, 04 May 2026 18:50:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project evaluating the effects of dacitic tuff breccia (DTB) and phytase on eggshell quality in older hens. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

Project F-118: effects of phytase and dacitic tuff breccia (Azomite®) supplementation programs to support extended lay in laying hens

(Dr. Ishab Poudel, Prestage Department of Poultry Science, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N.C.)

As the poultry industry looks to extend the productive lifespan of hens beyond 100 weeks, maintaining eggshell quality becomes increasingly important for animal welfare, sustainability and profitability. Researchers at North Carolina State University evaluated the impact of early dietary supplementation with DTB and phytase on eggshell strength and quality in older hens.

Hens fed moderate levels of DTB (0.25%) beginning at 50 weeks of age maintained stronger eggshells, while phytase supplementation improved bone strength and overall skeletal health. Although the combined use of DTB and phytase did not consistently yield additional benefits, each independently supported hen productivity during extended lay.

These findings provide practical insights for maintaining egg quality and supporting hen health in older flocks.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Huvepharma vaccine expands coccidiosis toolkit for broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers

Edusehat — Sat, 02 May 2026 02:05:04 +0700

The USDA Center for Veterinary Biologics has granted Huvepharma approval for the manufacturing and sale of a new broiler-breeder coccidiosis vaccine, Advent^® P, which contains Eimeria necatrix and E. brunetti.

“This vaccine was specifically designed to address issues faced by broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers, closing a gap in coccidiosis coverage for our customers,” said David Smith, DVM, Huvepharma’s Director of Poultry Technical Services.

Coccidiosis is a prolific and costly intestinal disease that can be found in all production animal species. In the broiler-breeder industry, coccidiosis negatively impacts multiple facets, including production efficiency, therapeutic costs and bird mortality. Advent P represents an additional coccidiosis solution for the poultry industry.

“Completing the Advent portfolio with Advent P is an exciting advancement for our poultry team and the entirety of Huvepharma,” said Daniel Lackey, Director of Product Management and Marketing with Huvepharma.

Advent P will be available for purchase within the coming months. The vaccine has a shelf life of 9 months and will be packaged in 10 x 10,000-dose clamshells. It can be applied by spray cabinet at day of age or on feed.

For more information, please visit www.huvepharma.us.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Huvepharma vaccine expands coccidiosis toolkit for broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Zoetis: Coming Soon

Edusehat — Fri, 01 May 2026 22:25:05 +0700

Watch this space for educational content from Zoetis.

The post Zoetis: Coming Soon appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Zangtinda Marcel Ouedraogo joins Hubbard as Dual Purpose Project Manager

Edusehat — Fri, 01 May 2026 18:40:10 +0700

Africa – Hubbard is pleased to announce the appointment of Zangtinda Marcel Ouedraogo as Dual Purpose Project Manager. This new role reflects Hubbard’s commitment to strengthening initiatives that promote sustainable and inclusive agriculture across Africa. Zangtinda Marcel will report directly to Florian Allègre, Western and Northern Africa Sales Manager.

Native from Burkina Faso, Zangtinda Marcel holds a Master’s degree in Agronomy, obtained in 2014 from Université Nazi Boni (Burkina Faso), with a specialisation in conservation agriculture, agroecology, soil fertility, agroforestry, and livestock production.
He holds a strong scientific and technical background in sustainable agricultural production systems. His professional experience has enabled him to develop recognised expertise in agroecology and agricultural program management.
Over the past decade, Zangtinda Marcel has held key positions within international and research organisations, where he has led agricultural programs, supervised multidisciplinary teams, and contributed to improving production systems, specifically in the poultry sector.
With this extensive experience in agricultural development and his strategic expertise in the design, implementation, and monitoring of sustainable poultry projects, Zangtinda Marcel will contribute to the development of Dual Purpose poultry markets. He will focus on promoting farmers, local hatcheries, and smallholder poultry producers, while advancing sustainable and resilient farming practices.
Dual Purpose breeds deliver a practical twofold benefit, as males are raised for meat production and females for egg production. Hardy and well adapted to African conditions, they provide smallholder farmers, especially women and young people, with opportunities to actively take part in regional economic development. These breeds help strengthen financial and social autonomy while improving access to high-quality animal protein through both meat and eggs.
With the appointment of a dedicated Dual Purpose Project Manager, Hubbard reaffirms its commitment to supporting rural communities in developing efficient, sustainable, cost-effective poultry systems tailored to climate challenges.
Florian Allègre added: “We are delighted to welcome Zangtinda Marcel to the Hubbard team. With his strong field experience in West and Central Africa, he will actively contribute to the upgrade of high-performing and robust Hubbard Dual Purpose breeds. He will also bring forward innovative solutions to support farmers and organisations involved in strengthening poultry value chains.”

More information about our Dual Purpose breed can be found here: https://hubbardbreeders.com/media/leaflet_dual_purpose_en_20220218_ld.pdf

Hubbard organises second edition “Rencontres Hubbard Premium”

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Apr 2026 21:05:09 +0700

France – Le Pouliguen – On March 31st and April 1st, 2026 Hubbard brought together a large group of technicians in charge of managing breeder flocks across French operations. Held every two years, this 2026 edition took place in a seaside setting and featured a program of cutting-edge presentations combined with highly valued opportunities for discussion and exchange.

The first day opened with an overview of the European Premium chicken market, followed by a closer look at the market situation in France. A presentation on the performance of the main Hubbard Premium breeds provided an analysis of customer feedback and highlighted the importance of sharing field data. The next session, focussing on the genetic selection of the Premium breeds (from pedigree to field performance), emphasized once again the critical role of data in the performance analysis and genetic selection. Combined with manual measurements, the accuracy and volume made possible by the latest technologies make data collection and data analysis a cornerstone of Research & Development. Finally, a dedicated session on Premium male management outlined key recommendations by the Hubbard Customer Support Team to ensure optimal growth and performance in both rearing and production.
The second day was dedicated to more technical topics, addressing needs identified by the Hubbard Customer Support team. It started with a focus on the importance of maximising egg weight at the onset of lay; both age and careful growth control, along with appropriate nutritional strategies, are critical factors. Jean-Luc Martin (Tell-Elevage) then presented a series of key points for the design and management of poultry housing to achieve optimal environmental conditions. This was followed by a session on the importance of early growth: from day one, the rearing environment has a direct impact on the development of the chicks. The final presentation addressed fertile eggs, emphasizing best practices for egg collection, handling, and storage — particularly on-farm — as well as the importance of the cuticle, serving as a natural protective barrier in challenging environments.
This second edition brought together not less than 48 participants from across the country. A gathering of professionals who value the opportunity to meet with the Hubbard team. It also provides a valuable platform to introduce new generations of technicians and share with them the richness and challenges of our demanding and rewarding professions.
We are very thankful to all participants for their strong attendance and for making these “Rencontres Hubbard Premium” a success.
Remaining at your service, the Hubbard Customer Support Team is there to assist you in managing your operations in the best possible way.

For further information, please contact your Hubbard representative or the Hubbard team through: communication@hubbardbreeders.com

Examining feeding restrictions through a welfare lens

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 23:30:06 +0700

Profits in the poultry industry depend on feed conversion and rapid growth. In 1957, broilers weighed about 1 kg at 56 days old, whereas today they reach around 4 kg at the same age.

Breeding for increased appetites and fast growth has resulted in meatier birds. But these heavier birds experience health complications and decreased reproduction.

“Hens for broiler production must carry the genes for increased appetite, growth and high meat yield, yet also have a lighter bodyweight that supports a longer lifespan and fertilized egg production,” said University of Arkansas graduate student Allison Weaver during a recent virtual symposium on poultry welfare sponsored by the Poultry Extension Collaborative.

Feed restrictions are used to maintain the lower bodyweight required for broiler breeders. Weaver’s research explored how feed restrictions affect bird welfare.

Qualitative versus quantitative feed restriction

Weaver explained that feed restrictions are either quantitative or qualitative. Quantitative restrictions, which reduce the amount of feed offered each day, can involve frequent small feedings every day or skipping a day of feeding.

In skip-a-day (SAD) feeding, birds are fed every other day or follow an equivalent schedule in which they are fed some days and not others. Qualitative restrictions involve providing feed that contains fewer calories. Fiber, such as soy hulls, is often added. Appetite suppressants can also be added, but Weaver pointed out that this isn’t a common practice in the poultry industry.

“Qualitative feed restrictions alone are not enough to control bodyweight. Better results are achieved when combined with quantity restrictions,” Weaver stated.

Behavior changes in feed-restricted birds

How do these birds, which have been selected for increased appetites, respond when they have less food than they prefer? Weaver looked for abnormal, repetitive and redirected oral behaviors indicating discomfort, frustration or agitation. These behaviors include increased foraging, feather pecking and pecking at the drinking line.

Her research involved feed restriction in 950 Cobb hens from 0 to 33 weeks of age, housed in pens with 16 birds each. The hens were either fed every other day or given small amounts of feed frequently throughout the day. They had either unlimited access to water or had water restricted, with the water turned off for 3 hours daily.

Weaver observed behaviors for 20 minutes at 16 and 22 weeks of age during three periods each day: 1.5 hours after feeding, at the start of water restriction at 12 p.m. and at the end of water restriction. She also measured the water consumption of normally fed birds at 4, 10, 16 and 22 weeks of age.

The SAD birds drank less 1.5 hours after feeding but drank more at both afternoon time points. Weaver suggested this could be because SAD birds need more time to eat their larger portion of feed. The SAD birds drank the most at 22 weeks old. Overall, SAD hens drank 150% more than birds fed daily. However, Weaver noted that it was difficult to tell whether water was actually consumed or just used.

SAD birds showed more water-line pecking without water use, along with increased preening and dust bathing. These birds also rested and pecked their feathers more than those fed daily.

Birds fed a restricted amount daily were more active before feeding and displayed more anticipatory behaviors. Hens on higher-fiber diets drank less but pecked more at the drinking lines.

Weaver noted that the increased water-line pecking was evident in wet litter, and this spillage could lead to health problems such as foot pad lesions.

All groups of feed-restricted birds exhibited chronic hunger behaviors. “Their abnormal behaviors indicate a negative welfare status,” she said.

Overcoming negative welfare status

Weaver proposed three options to overcome the negative welfare status:

Precision feeding
Scatter feeding
Increasing feeding frequency

However, she said that precision feeding, which requires each bird to be fed to its ideal weight, isn’t a scalable option for the industry. “Scatter feeding, while it does enable the expression of foraging behavior, still leaves birds hungry. And increasing the frequency of feeding with small portion sizes will also leave birds hungry.”

Weaver noted that there are some positive health benefits of feed restrictions, but overall, feed restrictions negatively affect the birds’ welfare. However, she noted that restricting feed is necessary to maintain production.

“This study didn’t provide a clear answer on how to improve the welfare of birds that are feed-restricted,” Weaver said, adding that “Varying feed quality and quantity might offer some improvements, but birds still show signs of chronic hunger.” She pointed out that different flocks may respond differently, and a solution or combination of solutions could work well for some birds but not others.

Weaver concluded that, “Maintaining poultry welfare and mitigating stressors while restricting calories will require more research.”

The post Examining feeding restrictions through a welfare lens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

International Poultry Welfare Alliance and U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs announce Andy Vance as new Executive Director

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 19:50:09 +0700

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA) and the U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs (US-RSPE) are pleased to announce the appointment of Andy Vance as Executive Director of both organizations.
Vance brings more than two decades of leadership experience in agriculture, nonprofit management, communications, and member-driven organizations. Most recently, he served as Executive Director of the Poultry Science Association, where he led strategic growth initiatives, strengthened member engagement, and advanced the organization’s global scientific mission. He is also a Certified Association Executive (CAE), reflecting his expertise in governance, strategy, and nonprofit leadership.
As Executive Director, Vance will guide both organizations through their next phase of growth and impact. His leadership will support IPWA’s mission to advance practical, science-based poultry welfare globally, while also helping US-RSPE expand industry collaboration and measurable progress through its sustainability framework and aggregated data reporting.
“Andy brings a strong combination of strategic leadership, industry understanding, and member-focused experience,” said Lankford Ruffin Chair of the Board of Trustees for the Poultry & Egg Sustainability and Welfare Foundation, which oversees both IPWA and US-RSPE. “His background positions both organizations well as we continue building momentum around welfare, sustainability, and meaningful collaboration across the poultry value chain.”
Vance has built a career connecting agriculture, science, and stakeholder communities through effective leadership and communication. His experience spans association management, advocacy, media, governance, and organizational transformation. His first official day was Monday, April 27, 2026.
“I am honored to join IPWA and US-RSPE at such an important time,” said Andy Vance. “These organizations play a vital role in bringing people together to solve challenges, share progress, and strengthen the future of poultry through collaboration, innovation, and continuous improvement.”Source: IPWA and US-RSPE press release

Jbt Marel gives you wings. Separate processing for damaged and undamaged chicken wings

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 19:50:09 +0700

Around the world, demand for wing products is strong and growing. In China, the mid-wing is the most popular chicken piece, with five times the price per kilogram of breast fillet. In the USA, chicken wings are a popular snack for decades, eaten both at home and in fast-food restaurants. After breast meat, wings are the second most favorite portion for US consumers. Chicken wings are also a feature of major sporting events. Over 1.4 billion wings were eaten during this year’s Super Bowl, enough to go round the world three times.

Automation saves labor

Wings are the smallest chicken portion. When done manually, wing cutting is very labor-intensive. Today, lack of staffing in their plants is, however, the biggest threat for poultry processors. Around the globe, many of them have difficulties finding staff. Processors are therefore looking for automated solutions: equipment that will cut wings efficiently and consistently and accurately. Automatic cutting in JBT Marel’s ACM-NT wing cutting modules is the perfect labor-saving answer.

Maximized yield

Poultry processors are also looking for equipment, thatmaximizes yield. Some companies supplying QSR fast food chains need to cut wing portions with a medallion of breast meat attached. Others want to leave all breast meat on the breast with the added option of being able to harvest some back meat with the wing portion. Whatever type of cut is needed, retail, bulk or fast food, JBT Marel can offer all options.

Special QSR needs

Some QSR chains insist that any cutting line for their products be exclusive to them. The line can handle no cuts for other customers.

JBT Marel offers an approved ACM-NT line to do a special nine-piece cut for a major international QSR chain. What is important for the chain is that all pieces take the same amount of time to fry, resulting in unique wing, breast, thigh and drumstick cuts. To ensure this is achieved, carcasses for cutting into the nine pieces are taken from a very narrow weight band.

Stretching, guiding and anatomical cutting

Accurate wing processing demands that wings are presented precisely to automatic cutting equipment. This means stretching them. An automatic wing stretcher always precedes a JBT Marel wing cutting operation.

Accurate cutting is essential for a successful automatic wing operation. This requires the correct guiding for correct presentation to the cutting blades and the correct cutting technique. These will be different for different situations. At JBT Marel, separation of the inner wing joint from the carcass is anatomical, except where this joint must be cut with a medallion of breast meat. Separation of inner and middle joints is also anatomical.

Growing demand

Given growing demand worldwide, automatic equipment must be capable of cutting ever more wings, ever more accurately into an expanding range of wing products. There is also scope for improving product flows and for saving labor for inspection and packaging.

Three examples of innovative ACM-NT wing processing solutions are the Wingstick module, the HY second-joint wing cutter and Q-Wing.

Wingstick

The ACM-NT Wingstick module cuts a wing snack product that is very popular in markets such as France, Poland and Turkey. Volume processors in all these markets are now using the module. A Wingstick is an inner wing joint where the bone is bared to form a handle, making it easier to pick up and eat. Wingstick does all these operations automatically.

WingMaster

The WingMaster module perfectly cuts the second joint, producing a mid-wing, aka wingette. WingMaster offers adjustable skin coverage for ideal presentation of both mid-wing and drumette. This is ideal for the Chinese market, which demands a carefully cut mid-wing presented with a flap of skin from the inner joint. Independent left and right wing cutting ensures optimal yield and the best destination for each piece, especially when integrated into JBT Marel’s Q-Wing setup.

Wingmaster

Q-Wing

Q-Wing is an innovative combination of its IRIS vision system and ACM-NT wing processing modules. It is the perfect solution to deal with damaged and undamaged wings. An IRIS vision system scans the wings or their individual joints of the incoming products. Each wing cutting module is doubled, so that A-grade wings are cut by one module, while damaged wings are cut by the other. This results in two separate product streams, which is a logistical advantage as A-grade wing components will usually be packed differently to downgrades. With this completely automated wing grading and cutting system, manual inspection becomes redundant. Q-Wing will handle wings with or without tips at capacities of up to 14,400 wings per hour.

www.jbtmarel.com/en/poultry

Visit the link for additional information on the Q-Wing system:
https://prd-jbt.marel-envr.com/en/products/q-wing/

How Modern Farmers Mitigate the Effects of Agriculture on the Environment?

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 05:55:07 +0700

The effects of agriculture on the environment have been well studied, with hundreds of peer-reviewed scientific papers published on the topic in the past few years. Farming has been found to accelerate climate change, introduce toxins into watersheds, and negatively impact local biodiversity.

Each year, the global food system grows increasingly larger and more complex, and the need for greater sustainability during agricultural production has increased concurrently. Without a concerted effort from growers, distributors, and consumers, the food supply that communities across the world depend on will be at risk.

Fortunately, modern farmers are leading the charge toward a more sustainable food system for their local communities and the world at large. Let’s consider some of the innovative practices farmers use to mitigate the environmental effects of agriculture. Pioneered by small-scale local farms, these techniques are now being adopted worldwide to promote long-term ecosystem health.

Reducing Carbon Footprints

According to the USDA, agriculture contributes about 10.6 percent of all greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, totaling hundreds of millions of metric tons of carbon dioxide and its equivalents per year. These emissions are generated by every aspect of the agricultural process, from the carbon dioxide directly produced by the machinery used during production and distribution to the nitrous oxide created by fertilizers and livestock manure. Promoting long-term sustainability is a matter of reducing these greenhouse gas emissions wherever possible.

One major contributor to carbon dioxide production during agriculture is the tilling process itself. Whenever the soil is disturbed, microbes living inside it release the byproducts of decomposition, including greenhouse gases. Modern farmers have employed multiple techniques for ensuring that this CO2 remains sequestered in the soil. For example, they often plant cover crops as a source of protection from erosion and runoff. These cover crops also help to absorb carbon, preventing it from reentering the atmosphere.

Conserving Water

Fresh water is one of the rarest and most valuable commodities on the planet. Only 3 percent of the water in the world is freshwater, and the majority of that is impossible to access for human use, as it is frozen in ice caps or held in the atmosphere or deep underground. That means only about 0.5 percent of the world’s water is usable by humans.

Of that 0.5 percent, the agriculture industry is by far the largest user of freshwater on the planet, employing about 70 percent of the worldwide water supply. Unfortunately, much of this water is also wasted. The numbers are truly staggering: Some estimates suggest as much as 60 percent, or more, is lost as a result of inefficient agricultural practices.

Mitigating the effects of agriculture on the environment requires vastly improving water management on farms, a task that modern farmers are now working to undertake. Innovative methods of watering crops, such as drip irrigation, are being implemented worldwide. Irrigation scheduling software can also be used to ensure water is supplied to crops when it is needed the most and in exactly the right amounts.

Precision Farming

A great deal of the environmental impact of farming can be minimized by the process of precision farming. This technique utilizes modern technology to reduce waste and eliminate the inefficiencies that plague traditional farms. This technology allows for the collection of vast amounts of data from any agricultural project. For example, GPS technology can be used to create extremely accurate maps of a given area, enabling farmers to determine which areas are best suited for specific crops.

Precision farming techniques also employ software to analyze and predict groundwater levels, helping farmers to determine crops’ exact irrigation needs, down to the drop. This both reduces the farm’s overall water usage and eliminates harmful runoff that can carry pollutants into the local water supply. Precision farming is also used to track and predict the life cycles of pest insects, helping farms use smaller quantities of harmful pesticide chemicals than they have in the past.

Crop Rotation

Another farming practice that reduces resource usage in agriculture is crop rotation. This involves changing the type of crop grown in a specific field on an annual or seasonal basis.

Growing the same crops in the same location season after season can strain local environments. This eventually depletes the soil of necessary nutrients. It also provides pest insects with a tempting and predictable environment in which to establish themselves. Crop rotation addresses these concerns by recycling and restoring the soil, increasing the diversity of plant life available in the area, and disrupting pest life cycles.

The benefits are multifold. Interrupting pest life cycles reduces pest species populations, which in turn minimizes the amount of harmful pesticides introduced to the local environment. Soil regeneration and increased plant diversity mean a stronger local ecosystem overall. All of this supports the presence of beneficial local wildlife, including pollinators, which can then further reinforce the health of both the crops and the surrounding environment.

Small-scale farming operations, including the sustainable potato farms in Washington State, have successfully employed crop rotation to boost yields and strengthen local environments. Now these tried-and-true techniques are being employed on larger farms worldwide.

Using Renewable Energy

Farms can also cut down on their carbon emissions and reduce their environmental impacts by utilizing renewable energy sources to power operations. There are dozens of ways renewable energy can be used during the agricultural process.

One of the best and most effective is installing solar panels on the farmland. Solar panels absorb solar radiation during the day, which can help meet the energy requirements of the farm. They also provide a source of shade for the crops, which can protect them from excessive heat and further improve the output and efficiency of the growing operation.

Whether you are a generational farmer with a small-scale growing operation or the owner of a large-scale agricultural business, the sustainable practices listed above can help your farm save money, increase yields, and reduce the environmental impact of the growing process. Consider implementing them to support the health of your local ecosystem and be a part of the future of agriculture.

Introducing ElectraVet: Dispomed’s New Electrosurgical Unit for Veterinary Surgery

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Apr 2026 20:50:06 +0700

At Dispomed, we’re proud to support veterinary professionals by providing reliable, high-quality equipment that enhances surgical performance and patient care.

Today, we’re excited to introduce the ElectraVet Electrosurgical Unit, a brand-new addition to our surgery equipment lineup designed specifically for the needs of veterinary surgical teams.

What Is ElectraVet?

The ElectraVet Electrosurgical Unit is a versatile electrosurgery system engineered to bring precision, control, and adaptability to a wide range of surgical procedures in veterinary practice. It reflects Dispomed’s commitment to practical design and performance-focused solutions for veterinary clinics.

Electrosurgery has become a cornerstone of modern veterinary surgery, enabling efficient cutting, coagulation, and tissue management with reduced trauma and enhanced hemostasis. By integrating these capabilities into a single dependable unit, ElectraVet empowers your surgical team to work confidently and efficiently.

Designed with Your Clinic in Mind

ElectraVet was developed in response to real-world clinical needs:

Precision and versatility for a variety of surgical interventions: from routine soft tissue procedures to more advanced cases.
Intuitive controls that help streamline workflow and reduce setup time.
Patient-focused safety to support controlled energy delivery throughout surgery.
Adaptable use across different animal sizes and surgical contexts, making it a flexible addition to any practice.

Whether you’re performing routine neuters, mass removals, or other critical procedures, ElectraVet is designed to support your clinic’s surgical success.

ElectraVet in Veterinary Practice

Dispomed’s electrosurgical unit brings several advantages that are particularly valuable in veterinary environments:

Reliable

Easy to operate

Safe for patients

Adaptable to
multiple procedures

Cost-efficient
long term

Dispomed’s ElectraVet aims to elevate these benefits by delivering consistent performance in a tool that’s tailored to the everyday demands of veterinary surgery.

Supported by Dispomed Expertise

As with all Dispomed products, ElectraVet comes with the backing of our technical support and service network. We understand that quality equipment is only part of the equation, ongoing guidance and support are essential for getting the most out of your surgical tools.

Visit the ElectraVet product page to explore full specifications, features, and ordering details.

Learn More

Strategies for poultry producers to combat insecticide resistance

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Apr 2026 17:05:09 +0700

Poultry producers can combat insecticide resistance by rotating insecticides based on their mode of action, implementing resistance monitoring programs, and integrating non-chemical pest management strategies. These proactive measures help maintain long-term control and reduce the risk of resistant pest populations.

Understanding insecticide resistance

Insecticide resistance occurs when insect populations are repeatedly exposed to the same active ingredient, leading to genetic adaptations that reduce the effectiveness of treatments. In poultry production, pests such as darkling beetles can quickly develop resistance, undermining biosecurity and flock health. Resistance is not tied to brand names but to the chemical group and mode of action of the insecticide.

Key strategies for combating resistance

Rotate modes of action

Insecticides are classified by group numbers based on their mode of action. Producers should rotate between these groups rather than simply switching brands.

For example, alternating between pyrethroids and organophosphates reduces the likelihood of pests adapting to one chemical family.

Monitor resistance levels

Regular monitoring of pest populations helps detect early signs of resistance.

Field tests and laboratory assays can identify reduced sensitivity, allowing producers to adjust control strategies before resistance becomes widespread.

Integrate non-chemical controls

Sanitation and litter management reduce pest breeding grounds.

Physical barriers, improved ventilation, and moisture control limit insect survival.

Biological controls, such as introducing natural predators, can complement chemical treatments.

Apply correct dosages and timing

Under-dosing or irregular application accelerates resistance development.

Following label instructions and applying insecticides at recommended intervals ensures maximum effectiveness.

Benefits of proactive resistance management

Sustained effectiveness of insecticides over time.

Reduced production costs by avoiding repeated ineffective treatments.

Improved flock health and biosecurity, as pests are vectors for disease.

Compliance with regulatory standards and consumer expectations for sustainable production.

Risks of ignoring resistance

Rapid pest population growth due to ineffective treatments.
Increased disease transmission within poultry houses.
Higher operational costs from repeated chemical applications.
Potential regulatory scrutiny if misuse of insecticides is detected.

Conclusion

Combating insecticide resistance in poultry production requires a proactive, integrated approach. By rotating insecticides based on mode of action, monitoring resistance, and combining chemical with non-chemical strategies, producers can safeguard flock health and maintain effective pest control. Resistance management is not just a technical necessity—it is a cornerstone of sustainable poultry production.

Sources can be provided upon request

Quality That Shows in the Harvest: How to Choose Products That Deliver Real Results

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Apr 2026 23:35:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Modern aquaculture, particularly tilapia farming, is experiencing a period of high technical demands. Rather than merely seeking to increase production volumes, producers now seek stability, predictability, and consistent results that allow them to plan their operations with less risk. In this context, the maturation and reproduction phase has become one of the most critical aspects of the production system. Small physiological variations can result in significant economic differences.

Given this scenario, choosing nutritional and functional products is no longer a secondary decision. Not all products perform equally, nor are they all manufactured to the same quality standards. Experience gained from field trials demonstrates that product quality — including formulation, process control, certifications, and consistency — is a determining factor in reducing reproductive variability and improving farming results.

This article focuses on tilapia maturation and analyzes how incorporating a certified, high-quality product like MegaTure-F directly impacts reproductive indicators. Results from a renowned Ecuadorian aquaculture company confirm that when quality is the cornerstone of product development, the benefits are clearly and measurably reflected on the farm.

Tilapia Maturation: A Highly Sensitive Process

Reproduction in tilapia is a biologically demanding process. During maturation, broodstock must allocate significant energy toward gamete formation while coping with confinement, handling, environmental fluctuations, and metabolic stress. Imbalances in this process negatively impact fertility, egg quality, and fry viability.

One of the least visible yet most critical factors at this stage is oxida- tive stress. Free radicals cause cellular damage in reproductive tissues and glands, forcing the animal to divert energy toward defense mechanisms instead of reproduction. This “hiddencost” reduces the system’s biological efficiency and increases variability between production cycles.

Reducing this defensive energy expenditure requires attention to both nutrition and the quality of the products used. Only stable formulations with high-purity ingredients and controlled processes can effectively influence these physiological mechanisms without causing side effects.

In tilapia breeding, using feed manufactured under strict quality standards is essential for achieving reproductive stability, biological efficiency, and consistent results in each production cycle.

When it comes to the maturation of tilapia, critical decision are key. The difference lies not only in nutrition, but also in the quality of the product that underpins each production outcome.To achieve reproductive stability, reduce variability, and maximize biological performance, it is essential to choose inputs manufactured to strict standards with verifiable certifications and consistent field performance. Experience in Ecuador shows that quality is not an abstract concept; it is measured by viable fry, reproductive efficiency, and sustainable results.

Product Quality: The Attribute That Makes All the Difference

In aquaculture, quality is an operational necessity, not just a marketing slogan. Aquaculturists value products that perform consistently from batch to batch, remain stable over time, and produce measurable results in real-world farming conditions. This is indeed one of the most highly recognized value attributes by Megasupply’s customers, according to user and potential client surveys.

MegaTure-F was developed with this in mind — quality as the foundation of performance. The product holds four SGS certification seals attesting to its manufacture under strict quality standards, ingredient traceability, and process control. These certifications validate the formulation and guarantee the product’s stability, consistency, and safety for continuous use.

In a market where many products promise results but few deliver them over time, certified quality is a real differentiator. Consistent products are key to reducing production variability, one of the main challenges in tilapia farming.

In tilapia breeding, using feed manufactured under strict quality standards is essential for achieving reproductive stability, biological efficiency, and consistent results in each production cycle.

Selecting products with verifiable certifications is not just a formality; it guarantees performance. Controlling the formulation, ingredients, and processes translates into lower physiological stress, improved fertility, and reduced reproductive variability.

MegaTure-F: Quality Applied to Reproductive Physiology

MegaTure-F is a high-quality nutritional emulsion formulated specifically for breeding animals. It works by combining vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants in precise amounts. Selenium and the enzyme glutathione peroxidase play key roles in neutralizing hydrogen peroxide (Figure 1).

From a physiological perspective, this action results in:

✓ Protection of reproductive cells.

✓ Reduction of oxidative damage.

✓ Metabolic energy savings

✓ Increased energy availability for gamete production.

This approach does not force reproduction; rather, it optimizes the animal’s natural biological efficiency. The quality of the product ensures these processes occur stably, without peaks or abrupt drops in reproductive performance.

Design of Field Trials in Ecuador

The findings presented in this article are based on a field trial conducted from 2023 to 2024 at a leading Ecuadorian aquaculture company. The study evaluated the impact of MegaTure-F on tilapia broodstock diets under real-world farming conditions.

Key features of the study

✓ Start date: September 25, 2023.

✓ Base diet: GISIS TILAPIA balanced feed for broodstock (36% protein).

✓ Treatment: Addition of MegaTure- F at controlled doses (15 ml/kg).

The sample includes six batches of broodstock with variable biomass (weights ranging from 267 g to 5,929 g). The experimental design enabled comparison of previous cycles with treated cycles and evaluation of key indicators of fertility, hatching, and total fry production. The methodological consistency of the trial reinforces the validity of the obtained results.

Results from field trials demonstrate that quality is more than just marketing talk. It is a technical factor that directly impacts hatchery efficiency, the production of viable fry, and the stability of the reproductive system, even when using the same infrastructure.

Results: When Quality Translates into Numbers

The results of the field trial clearly demonstrate sustained improvements in all evaluated reproductive indicators, confirming the direct impact of product quality on crop performance.

Improved fertility in females

✓ A 20% increase in the percentage of females that spawned (Figure 2).

✓ A 49% increase in the volume of eggs collected (Figure 2).

These results reflect improved re- productive efficiency. They are associated with better physiological condition in the breeding stock.

Hatching efficiency and viability

✓ A 54% increase in the viable hatch rate.

✓ A notable case was when one batch’s hatch rate rose from 30% to 85%.

One of the most significant findings was the reduction in variability between batches, which demonstrates the stability provided by a high-quality product.

Total fry production

✓ An 89.9% increase in the total number of hatched fry.

✓ Production nearly doubled using the same infrastructure.

From a commercial standpoint, this is a key point: the quality of the product made it possible to maximize yield without the need for additional investments in facilities.

Normalized productivity

The number of fries per kilogram of females increased by 33%, confirming that the improvement was genuine and not merely volumetric.

Quality, stability, and reduced variability

One of the biggest challenges in tilapia breeding is variability between production cycles. Fluctuations in fertility, hatching, and survival create operational uncertainty and affect planning.

The results obtained with MegaTure-F demonstrate that product quality directly contributes to greater reproductive stability.

✓ Greater reproductive stability.

✓ Less variation in results between batches.

✓ Greater predictability in fry production.

Megasupply’s customers particularly value this, recognizing quality as a key attribute for reducing risks and improving production decision- making.

Megasupply: A Company Built on Quality

Field results are not an isolated occurrence, but rather a reflection of a business philosophy. Megasupply has established its presence in the aquaculture market by offering high-quality products, as evidenced by stable formulations, international certifications, and technical support. When market perception aligns with field results, the message becomes credible and effective.

Megasupply‘s value proposition is based on the clear principle that product quality is the foundation of farm performance. This quality is recognized by our customers and is reflected in our stable formulations, international certifications, and consistent results under real production conditions.

Conclusions

Experience with tilapia breeding in Ecuador confirms that product qual- ity is not an abstract concept, but rather a decisive factor in production outcomes. Using MegaTure-F improved fertility, hatching efficiency, and total fry production. This reduced variability and increased the stability of the breeding system. These results, obtained under real-world farming conditions, demonstrate the effectiveness of a product manufactured under strict quality standards and supported by international certifications. In aquaculture, choosing quality is an investment that yields real, sustainable results, not an additional cost.

This article is sponsored by: MEGASUPPLY

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ESTUDIO DE CASO: OPTIMIZACIÓN DE ÍNDICES REPRODUCTIVOS EN TILAPIA” y “MEGATURE-F: EMULSIÓN NUTRICIONAL PARA CAMARONES Y PECES EN MADURACIÓN SEXUAL” developed by: MEGASUPPLY.
Página web: www.megasupply.net
Email: orders@megasupply.net

Coldep Demonstrates 95% Norovirus Reduction in Seawater Using Its VAL AQUA Technology

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:18 +0700

By Coldep

First scientific demonstration of norovirus extraction from seawater by vacuum flotation.

As part of the NoVLess project, conducted with a consortium of six scientific and institutional partners, French water treatment company Coldep has demonstrated that its VAL AQUA technology reduces norovirus levels in seawater by 95% in just 120 minutes. The experiments, carried out at the Mediterranean Marine Environment Station (SMEL) in Sète, France, between 2025 and 2026, following a protocol reviewed by IFREMER, represent the first scientific proof that a vacuum flotation process can extract norovirus from seawater. For a shellfish industry that has had no proven technical solution against this viral threat, these results open a concrete path forward.

Coldep announces the results of the NoVLess project, carried out with a consortium of six scientific and institutional partners: its VAL AQUA technology achieved a 95% reduction in norovirus levels in seawater within 120 minutes.

The experiments were conducted between 2025 and 2026 at the Mediterranean Marine Environment Station (SMEL) in Sète, France, following a protocol reviewed by IFREMER, France’s national reference institute for marine science. They constitute the first scientific demonstration that a vacuum flotation process can extract norovirus from seawater.

For the global shellfish industry, these results mark a turning point. Until now, no technical solution had proven effective against norovirus, which causes recurring contamination events, prolonged harvesting area closures and significant economic losses for producers worldwide.

Robust, Reproducible Results Across Two Seasons

95% viral load reduction in treated water within 120 minutes (from 37 to 8 million genomic copies per liter).
x21 concentration factor in the collector (from 12M to 254M GU/L, +1.3 log) — confirming the physical microbubble extraction mechanism.
Mass balance verified: The viral reduction in treated water correlates directly with accumulation in the collector. The mechanism is physical and confirmed.
Two seasons tested: Summer conditions (April–May 2025) and winter conditions (January 2026, with viral loads 15 times higher) for robust assessment.
Independent dual analysis: Every sample analyzed by two independent laboratories — IAGE (digital RT-PCR) and LDV34/Hérault Departmental Veterinary Laboratory (quantitative RT-PCR). Cross-validated, concordant results.
Protocol reviewed by IFREMER, France’s national reference institute for marine science.

Regarding oysters: VAL AQUA acts on the water, not on the shellfish’s metabolism. By removing viruses from the tank water, it eliminates the source of recontamination and thereby supports natural depuration.

“Norovirus particles are just 30 nanometres in size. Until now, no one had demonstrated that a flotation process could extract particles that fine from seawater. That is what the NoVLess project establishes. And we did it under real conditions, across two seasons, with winter viral loads fifteen times higher than summer. The results hold”,— Bertrand Barrut, CTO, Coldep.

A Global Challenge for the Shellfish Industry

Norovirus is the leading cause of acute gastroenteritis worldwide and is responsible for over 40% of foodborne illness outbreaks linked to shellfish consumption. Because oysters are filter feeders, they naturally concentrate viral particles present in their environment.

This is not a localised problem. From Ireland to Australia, from Chile to Spain, shellfish-producing regions face the same pattern: winter contamination events, prolonged harvesting closures, economic damage to producers, and growing regulatory pressure — with no validated technical solution available until now.

Two Concrete Deployment Pathways

Upstream — VAL AQUA installed at wastewater treatment plant outlets to eliminate viruses before discharge into coastal waters and shellfish farming zones.

Downstream — continuous water treatment in holding and depuration tanks to prevent recontamination and support natural depuration.

A Proven Technology, Now Backed by Nijhuis Saur Industries

The VAL process (vacuum airlift flotation), at the core of VAL AQUA, is patented and Solar Impulse-labelled since 2021. Its first deployment in shellfish farming dates back to 2018. Today, over 100 aquaculture sites worldwide are equipped — including fish farms (RAS), shellfish operations and public aquariums.

Since October 2025, Coldep is part of Nijhuis Saur Industries (NSI), a global leader in water treatment. This integration strengthens Coldep’s deployment capacity while preserving the agility of its Montpellier-based engineering team.

About Coldep

Coldep is a French company specialising in high-performance water treatment. Its patented VAL (Vertical Air Lift) technology originated from research conducted at IFREMER and INSA Lyon. Initially developed for aquaculture, it now extends to other high-potential applications including desalination pre-treatment and PFAS removal. Coldep has equipped over 100 sites worldwide and has been part of Nijhuis Saur Industries since October 2025. coldep.com

Aquaticode and Ilknak Enter Agreement to Deploy AI Phenotyping and Sorting for 300 Million Sea Bass and Sea Bream

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:14 +0700

By Aquaticode

Hatcheries producing sea bass and sea bream have traditionally relied on manual visual assessment to evaluate juveniles and identify weak or unviable individuals. At the volumes required by modern commercial operations, this approach is labor-intensive, highly variable, and unable to provide the biological consistency needed to optimize outcomes across large cohorts.

Aquaticode has entered into a commercial agreement with Ilknak to deploy its AquaLens technology for the phenotyping and sorting of 300 million sea bass and sea bream. Under the agreement, Aquaticode will lease its AquaLens systems to Ilknak, enabling AI-powered assessment and physical sorting of juveniles across Ilknak’s hatchery operations.

“Ilknak is one of the most signiﬁcant juvenile producers in the world, and this agreement is a clear signal of where the industry is heading,” said Stian Rognlid, CEO of Aquaticode. “AquaLens brings a level of biological precision to hatchery production that was not previously achievable at commercial scale. We are proud to be working with Ilknak and to be deploying this technology where it can have a direct impact on outcomes.”

AquaLens uses multi-sensor imaging and deep learning to assess individual ﬁsh in real time and sort out unviable individuals at the point of assessment. By identifying and physically removing weak or unviable ﬁsh early, producers can reduce unnecessary feed, labor, and tank capacity spent on ﬁsh that will not perform, improve cohort uniformity, and support better animal welfare outcomes from the earliest stage of production.

“Quality at the juvenile stage determines what is possible later in the production cycle,” said Georgios Meletiadis, CEO, Ilknak. “We have always invested in the best available technology, and AquaLens gives us a level of individual-level insight that was simply not available before. Applying this across 300 million ﬁsh represents a meaningful step forward for how we operate.”

Georgios Meletiadis, Ilknak CEO.

The agreement builds on Aquaticode’s growing presence in Mediterranean species. The Ilknak agreement represents a major step in the commercial deployment of AquaLens at scale across the Mediterranean aquaculture industry.

About Aquaticode

Aquaticode is the global leader in AI phenotyping and sorting for aquaculture. The company’s multi-sensor imaging and deep-learning systems provide real-time insight into ﬁsh health, robustness, and performance across species and production stages. With operations tripling year-on-year, Aquaticode is deployed with leading producers across multiple continents.

About Ilknak

Ilknak is one of the world’s leading producers of Mediterranean Sea bass and sea bream. Founded in 1996 and headquartered in Turkey, the company operates four modern hatcheries with a combined annual capacity of 300 million juveniles, and three offshore ﬁsh farms producing sea bass, sea bream, and pagrus. Ilknak is the biggest Mediterranean juvenile producer and seller worldwide, with a sales presence in Turkey, Greece, Italy and Albania.

Running For Resilience: 200 Miles for Aquaculture without Frontiers

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:10 +0700

By Aquaculture without Frontiers

In the television/streaming series Better Call Saul, the character Jimmy McGill often references far-flung places like Tajikistan to make his stories sound more impressive—more worldly, more convincing.

But audiences recognise what’s really happening: the story is doing the work, not the substance. There is none of that in the story of Ava Drake.

Through Running for Resilience, Ava Drake is not telling a story—she is living one. No embellishment. No distant references. Just commitment, effort, and purpose.

Supported by Aquaculture without Frontiers (AwF), Running for Resilience highlights a simple but powerful truth – real resilience is built through action, not narrative.

A Different Kind of Impact

In global development and food systems, there is often a temptation to amplify stories to reach for distant examples that sound more compelling than reality.

AwF takes a different approach. Working across communities worldwide, AwF focuses on:

Improving access to sustainable aquatic food.
Supporting livelihoods.
Strengthening local resilience.

These are not abstract concepts. They are practical, everyday actions that improve lives.

Why It Matters Now

At a time when global food systems are under pressure, resilience is no longer optional—it is essential.

Running for Resilience connects individual effort with global impact, demonstrating that:

Meaningful change starts locally.
Consistency matters more than scale.
Action is more powerful than words.

The concept has evolved from University of Stirling PhD candidate Ava Drake – “I’m not trying to tell a big story; I’m trying to make a small difference that adds up. Every step in this run is about resilience, for people and communities who rely on sustainable food systems.”

Aquaculture without Frontiers is engaged to ensure that funds obtained are maximised through governance processes. The AwF team of Dave Conley, Steve Dixon and Roy Palmer comment, “In a world full of big claims, Running for Resilience stands out because it is real. It reflects what we see every day—resilience built quietly, through food, livelihoods, and community.”

Running for Resilience is a reminder that we don’t need extraordinary narratives to create impact.

Resilience doesn’t need a storyline. It needs commitment.

Please join us on this journey with Ava – sponsorship space is still available (see below) but you can also donate at https://www.gofundme.com/f/avas-200mile-run-across-tajikistan-for-aquaculture-without

Sponsorship Package https://drive.google.com/file/d/1kRDqwNdl168VGmgHclx8hASZ_ieyRS0-/view

Contacts

Aquaculture without Frontiers

Australia/Oceania – Steve Dixon – email Steve.Dixon@see3group.com.au – Mobile +61 417 547 196

North America – Dave Conley – email dave@aquacomgroup.com – Mobile +1 613 294 3078

Global – Roy Palmer – email comms.awf@gmail.com – Mobile +61 419 528 733

Spotlight on African Women in Aquaculture as the AUDA-NEPAD, World Aquaculture Society (African Chapter) and Partners Commemorate the UN International Year of the Woman Farmer 2026

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:06 +0700

By Word Aquaculture Society (African Chapter)

Women are central to fisheries and aquaculture value chains in Africa, fulfilling critical roles across producing, harvesting, processing, trading, and retail, and often underpinning household food security and local economies. Women comprise a significant proportion — particularly in post-harvest segments — where their labour adds value, reduces losses, and sustains market systems, yet their contributions remain largely informal and undervalued.

According to AUDA-NEPAD, empowering women in fisheries and aquaculture value chains is a matter of equity, and also a strategic imperative for achieving inclusive economic growth, improved nutrition, and resilient aquatic food systems. Evidence shows that when women have equitable access to resources, finance, technology, and decision-making platforms, productivity increases, incomes rise, and benefits are more likely to be reinvested in families and communities. Strengthening women’s roles in fisheries and aquaculture also accelerates progress toward continental priorities, while unlocking the full potential of aquatic foods as a driver of sustainable development across Africa.

The United Nations has designated 2026 as the International Year of the Woman Farmer (IYWF 2026). The World Aquaculture Society African Chapter (WAS-AC), in collaboration with the African Union Development Agency – (AUDA-NEPAD) and its media partner Aquaculture Africa Media (AAM), have seized the opportunity to focus on women in fish farming; to highlight the crucial role they are playing in aquatic foods systems. In support to the IYWF commemorations, the FAO has created a Communications Handbook and Toolkit to guide its partners in developing strategic actions that may potentially amplify the celebrations of IYWF 2026. At the end of the year the WAS-AC plans to host a Special Side-Event at the upcoming Aquaculture Africa 2026 Conference in Tanzania (1-4 December 2026) to conclude the commemorations.

On March 24, 2026, a pioneering webinar session was held to raise awareness and promote initiatives aimed at enhancing women’s livelihoods in aquaculture. The session attracted nearly 300 participants from around the world, primarily from Africa. Keynote speakers included Dr. Khalid Salie (President of the WAS-AC); Dr. Foluke Areola, (President Elect of WAS); Dr. Bernice McLean (Head of the Blue Economy Unit at AUDA-NEPAD); and Ms. Jennifer Gee (FAO Gender Lead for Fisheries and Aquaculture). The speakers all highlighted the importance of implementing strategic and impactful actions that support the critical roles of women aquaculture producers in Africa, particularly in terms of food security, nutrition, and poverty eradication.

Following the opening session, a panel of identified women champions from several African countries, including Egypt, Nigeria, Ghana, Senegal, Kenya, and South Africa, spoke of their experience in aquaculture production. The champions had the opportunity to showcase their aquaculture enterprises, share their transformative journeys, discuss opportunities for scaling up, and highlight some of the challenges they face. The need for interventions to address long-term challenges such as increased access to land, credit, markets, education, training, and innovative technologies that can empower women was apparent. The solutions proposed included supportive regulations, institutions, and investments, as well as by encouraging collaboration among various stakeholders for women empowerment.

This webinar marks the beginning of a broader journey that AUDA-NEPAD, WAS-AC, and their partners plan to undertake this year. This journey will involve outreach initiatives to identify women aquaculture farmers across various regions of Africa, along with regional webinar sessions and other online engagements and activities – following up to the Communications Handbook and Toolkit. The commemoration will culminate in a final event at the Aquaculture Africa 2026 Conference (AFRAQ2026), scheduled to take place in Tanzania from December 1 to 4, 2026.

To learn more about the Webinar Session on Women in Aquaculture Production visit link. The webinar recording is available here.

Vičiūnai and Frais Embal take top honors at the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards in Barcelona

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:14 +0700

Lithuania’s Vičiūnai Group and France’s Frais Embal have won top honors at the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards held at Seafood Expo Global in Barcelona, the world’s largest seafood trade show. The winners were selected from among 35 finalists and announced at a special Seafood Excellence Global Awards reception. The competition recognizes the best products showcased at Seafood Expo Global, and the Seafood Excellence Global finalists were evaluated on taste and overall dining experience, packaging, marketability, convenience, nutritional value, and innovation. The judges’ evaluations were verified by the auditing firm PwC.

The top prize for Best Retail Product was awarded to Vičiūnai Group for its entry Smoked Herring Slices – Natural Flavor. This product is made with simple ingredients and is ready to eat straight from the package, featuring a clean, natural smoky flavor. The jury highlighted the balance between the flavor of the herring and the smoke, the excellent cut and packaging of the product, and the eye-catching packaging design.

Frais Embal won the grand prize for Best HORECA (hotel/restaurant/catering) Product for its Salmon Roll. This product consists of a thin, precisely cut rectangle of fresh salmon, ideal for sushi rolls and other culinary applications. Packaged in a modified atmosphere, the product offers uniform portions and streamlines preparation to improve restaurant operations and the dining experience for customers.

Four Special Awards

Meanwhile, Lerøy Seafood Group (Norway) received the Seafood Excellence Global Special Award for Convenience for its Fish Taco Sticks. With an intense flavor thanks to a unique blend of jalapeño and lime spices, these sticks are made with Atlantic haddock coated in a crispy gluten-free batter. They are designed to make it easy to incorporate fish into family taco dinners.

The Seafood Excellence Global Special Award for Retail Packaging went to Sykes Seafood Limited (United Kingdom) for its Argentine Red Shrimp with Chimichurri Butter product. The product combines Argentine red shrimp with a vibrant herb butter and crushed chili. It comes in a recyclable aluminum tray, perfect for the recommended oven-baking method. The packaging is complemented by an attractive cardboard sleeve that displays the finished product on the front and provides detailed consumer information on the back.

Iceco Fish (Lithuania) won the Seafood Excellence Global Award for Best Seafood Product Line for its range of herring tartares. The products are made with finely chopped, top-quality Atlantic herring, balanced with other high-quality ingredients. The line includes Original, Scandinavian, and Fine Herbs flavors, and is presented in recyclable tubs with cardboard sleeves featuring a modern and bold design.

Reunimer (Reunion Island) won the Seafood Excellence Global Award for Innovation for its Gravelax de Merlin. This product offers a refined interpretation of the Nordic curing technique applied to firm, lean marlin fillets. The fish is delicately cured with sea salt, sugar, fresh dill, and spices, resulting in a dense, velvety texture and a beautiful translucent pink hue.

Representatives From 16 Countries

The winners of the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards were selected from among 35 finalists representing 16 countries from around the world. The winners and finalists were showcased in the Galleria, located between Halls 4 and 5 at Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, which ran through April 23.

The jury for the Seafood Excellence Global 2026 competition consisted of Raül Cervera, Director of Seafood Purchasing for La Sirena stores in Spain; Madeleine Hüffelmann, Private Label Buyer for the Rewe Group in Germany; Damien Bocahu, Seafood Buyer for Picard Surgelés in France; and Percy Addo, Purchasing Manager for the Wonderfield Group in the United Kingdom. Cervera served as jury chair.

The Seafood Excellence Global finalists were evaluated on taste and overall dining experience, packaging, marketability, convenience, nutritional value, and innovation. The judges’ evaluations were verified by the auditing firm PwC.

New Survey Shows People Are Ready for Food Made from Seafood Sidestreams

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:10 +0700

By Hailia

The new study asked more than 1,500 people from the UK, Sweden, and Germany about their attitudes towards food products made from seafood sidestreams. The survey shows 74% of respondents have a positive or neutral attitude towards eating food made from filleting sidestreams, pointing to new growth opportunities for processors

European consumers are increasingly ready to incorporate products made from seafood sidestreams into their everyday diets, according to a new survey conducted for Nordic seafood technology company Hailia. The findings indicate that consumer acceptance, long considered a key barrier, may no longer limit the wider use of sidestreams, opening up new opportunities for seafood processors and food manufacturers to turn underutilized raw materials into scalable, value-added products. With the strongest support seen among younger (aged 24-34), urban, and highly educated consumers, the results indicate that these products are well-positioned to enter mainstream formats such as ready meals, workplace catering, and quick-service dining.

The study shows that respondents in Sweden and the UK have an overwhelmingly positive attitude towards these products, with 58% and 55%, respectively, seeing food products from sidestreams as a good thing. The German market follows slightly behind at 49%. Only 19% responded negatively to the idea of these products. For food processors facing increasing pressure to improve yield, reduce waste, and meet sustainability targets, the findings suggest that consumer acceptance may no longer be a key barrier to scaling sidestream-based product innovation.

When asked which situations or use cases products from sidestreams would be most suitable, a large proportion of respondents answered that they could see these products in ready meals, quick-service restaurants, and cafeterias in workplaces or public institutions. Many consumers also indicated openness to using such ingredients in home cooking, reinforcing their versatility across both consumer-facing products and business-to-business ingredient applications. Notably, 59% of respondents reported a positive attitude towards sidestream-based products in lunch catering, compared to just 16% who responded negatively, highlighting strong potential in institutional and contract catering segments.

Among the most common answers, respondents stated that these products would be a good alternative source for protein, make it easier to consume fish as part of convenient, everyday diets, and provide the sustainability and ethical benefits of using more of each fish for human consumption. The main concern raised was the perception that sidestream-based products are overly processed or “artificial.” In reality, the production involves familiar, straightforward steps: refining, mixing, and cooking, similar to how many everyday foods like meatballs, falafel, or nuggets are prepared. Much like turning raw ingredients into smoothies, patties, or pancakes at home, these products are made using standard food preparation techniques rather than complex industrial processes.

“We see clear signals that consumers are open to incorporating these products into their daily lives, but transparency is essential to building lasting trust,” says Michaela Lindström, CEO of Hailia. “Sidestreams are handled with the same care and quality standards as fillets, and the process itself is simple and familiar: refining, seasoning, forming, cooking. Nothing that wouldn’t happen in a professional kitchen. When people understand that, the hesitation tends to disappear. A majority are already on board, fewer than one in five are opposed, and the large group in the middle simply needs more familiarity with what these products actually are, and the chance to taste them.”

Michaela Lindström, CEO of Hailia.

The survey shows that positive attitudes are most common among younger age groups, particularly 18-34. Also, the majority of positive respondents reported living in urban areas and cities, where ready-made meals are common, and there is more openness to trying new foods. Families with children, people with higher education, people with high-protein diets, and the environmentally conscious also report more positive attitudes towards using sidestreams for food products than other reference groups.

Between the three countries, German respondents emphasize innovation, food quality, and process transparency as most important. In Sweden, the most common open answers focus on greater circularity and an emphasis on climate impact, while UK consumers are more concerned with practical applications and fish products as a source of protein.

“We expected that young, urban people would be more receptive to new food products, but we have seen that the answers are not that different between age groups and socioeconomic backgrounds. The survey shows that overall, people have a positive attitude towards innovative food products, and they see the benefits of trying new things,” Lindström continues.

1,512 people were interviewed for the study, undertaken by Consumer Compass for Hailia during a 14-day period in March 2026. Respondents were evenly split between the markets. The survey consisted of 50 questions in 10 sections. Respondents were asked a series of questions around their attitudes towards food products made from sidestreams in general, as well as their thoughts on health benefits, suitability, nutrition, and sustainability. Questions on attitudes towards processed food, as well as food safety and responsible consumption, were also part of the study.

About Hailia

Hailia Nordic Oy develops novel and resource-efficient seafood processing technologies, producing innovative seafood products. Founded in 2021, Hailia aims to revolutionize resource efficiency in the seafood industry by maximizing the use of underutilized fish raw materials. Hailia‘s technology transforms these materials into high-value seafood products, contributing to a more sustainable food system. The company also licenses its cutting-edge technology to international fish processing companies. The company’s investors and partners include Nordic Foodtech VC, Heino Group Oy, Tradeka-sijoitus Oy, Holdix Oy Ab, Ikorni Invest Oy Ab, and Dana Technology Aps. www.hailia.fi

Shifting Demographics and Enhanced Consumer Trust: The Seafood Trends Driving Rapid Growth in China

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:05 +0700

By Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC)

The Norwegian Seafood Council’s latest consumer trends report outlines the key drivers shaping China’s growing appetite for seafood.

The annual seafood consumer trends report from the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) has this year shifted its focus to the Chinese market. With a deep dive into this global superpower, Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report showcases market snapshots, interviews with NSC representatives and industry experts, and the latest insights on seafood consumption across China.

Global Trends Boosting the Chinese Seafood Market

With a population of more than 1.4 billion – concentrated in cities and urban areas around the southeast – China is a nation of diverse cultures and food preferences.

As in previous years, the NSC’s seafood consumer trends report outlines global megatrends and how they manifest for seafood consumers. So, how do these food trends show up in the Chinese seafood market?

✓ Growing middle class and declining birth rates.

✓ Growing number of single-person households.

✓ Supply chains, geopolitics and tariffs.

✓ Focus on convenience and health.

According to Sigmund Bjørgo, NSC Country Director in China: “These global megatrends create movement in the Chinese seafood market and play an important role in consumer purchasing decisions. These trends influence consumers’ trust, preference and overall behavior.

“China’s emergence as the fastest-growing market for Norwegian seafood exports in the past year has made it crucial to understand more of the mechanisms in Chinese consumer behavior behind this fast-growing market.”

Norwegian Seafood Council Annual Conference 2026 Sigmund Bjørgo China Director (Photo credit HaugenMedia).

Rapid Value Growth for Norwegian Seafood in China

In 2025, China emerged as the market with the highest value growth for Norwegian seafood, with an increase in export value of USD 311.26 million (31%) compared with the previous year. China purchased Norwegian seafood totaling USD 1.32 billion and stepped up from being the sixth largest market in 2024 to the third largest market in 2025.

Species	Proportion of Norwegian exports to China in 2025
Greenland halibut	78%
Redfish	52%
Cold-water prawns	26%
Haddock	24%
Mackerel	9%

Chinese Consumers’ Willingness to Try New Species

China’s vast size and population give way to a host of diverse cultures with different food traditions. The country’s eight regional ‘great cuisines’ are defined by heritage and flexibility, with different tastes based on centuries of tradition combined with a consumer willingness to try new things due to the variety on offer.

Bjørgo elaborates: “In fact, this is very much part of the Chinese philosophy of always being on the path of learning. This openness has only increased over recent decades as Chinese spending power has grown.”

This openness extends to imported food too, Bjørgo explains. But do imported foods always need to cater to local flavors and tastes?

In the case of salmon, Bjørgo says: “So far, salmon isn’t widely relevant to local tastes. In China salmon equals sashimi – full stop. And sashimi is by definition a foreign food. It is Japanese food and most people eat it for the first time in a Japanese restaurant. There isn’t even much focus on sushi – that is a small slice of the salmon category. It really is mainly sashimi.”

Though Norwegian salmon is cold-chain reliant, the fact that the product is favored by the rising middle class as a high-value species serves as further proof that this is a product that arrives fresh – and can be trusted.

Showcasing New Research and Industry Insight

In addition to insights from Bjørgo and NSC Marketing Advisor Savindar Xie, Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report features interviews with Rabobank analyst Novel Sharma and Undercurrent News journalist Louis Harkell, as well as the latest insights on the Chinese consumer.

Differing from previous reports, the NSC’s approach to consumer research this year was a case study of 24 shoppers, as they planned and shopped for their meals. The shoppers were split across the traditional tier-one cities of Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen, and consumer habits were tracked across seven days of purchasing in October 2025.

According to NSC Consumer Analyst Lars Moksness: “We wanted to dive deeper into the specifics of consumer behavior and get detailed insights and answers from the people who participated. Through this new research, we’ve gained powerful new understanding of what influences the Chinese consumer.”

As China continues to evolve into one of the world’s fastest growing and most dynamic seafood markets, understanding the forces shaping consumer behavior is crucial. To explore these insights in greater detail, access Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report and discover the intricacies of this rapidly expanding market.

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

The Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) works with the Norwegian fisheries and aquaculture industries to develop markets for Norwegian seafood through local market intelligence, market development and reputational risk management.

The NSC is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in some of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the NSC via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The NSC is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries. 

The US Department of Agriculture Launches Its Office of Seafood

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 00:55:05 +0700

• The organism will play an important role in the development of the America First Seafood Strategy to promote production, marketing, sale and export of US fishery and aquaculture products.

United States (US) Secretary of Agriculture Brooke Rollins recently announced the creation of the new US Department of Agriculture (USDA) Office of Seafood. This first of its kind office will prioritize customer service and ease of navigation for American seafood cultivators, producers, and processors to access USDA programs. The USDA Office of Seafood will play an important role in coordinating with the US Department of Commerce in the development of the America First Seafood Strategy to promote production, marketing, sale, and export of US fishery and aquaculture products and strengthen domestic processing capacity.

According to them, with the creation of the USDA Office of Seafood, the Federal government now enters a new era of seafood policy where American fishermen and seafood producers will be recognized by USDA as a key part of the US food supply.

“With the launch of the USDA Office of Seafood, we are honoring decades of hard work on the water and opening the door to new opportunities, stronger support, and a brighter future for the seafood industry. Today’s announcement, in addition to the historic tax cuts and investments in rural America made possible through the priorities and provisions in the Working Families Tax Cuts, is truly a new chapter for America’s fishermen,” said Rollins.

A Vital Part of the Nation’s Food Security

The announcement was made by Rollins alongside Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick, Secretary of the Interior Doug Burgum, White House National Economic Council Director Kevin Hassett, Alaska Senator Dan Sullivan and Maine Senator Susan Collins.

“The Department of the Interior is thrilled to support the establishment of the first-ever Seafood Office at the Department of Agriculture – an initiative that puts the people who help feed America first,” said Burgum. “American fishermen are the backbone of coastal economies and a vital part of our nation’s food security. By improving coordination across agencies, the Seafood Office will ensure these fishermen can fully access the tools and programs they need to thrive.”

Recognizing Farmers and Fishermen

One of the primary roles of the new office will be coordinating across USDA agencies to ensure seafood producers and fishermen are integrated into their programs and working alongside the US Department of Commerce and other Federal partners to revitalize the American seafood industry.

“Fishing is the very foundation of Maine’s heritage. Today, the seafood industry in our region generates more than USD 5 billion in income and supports hundreds of thousands of jobs, in addition to providing a nutritious food supply, delicious restaurant meals, and sustaining entire coastal communities,” said Collins. “I appreciate that USDA is recognizing our fishermen as farmers of the sea and establishing the Office of Seafood. The creation of this office is a long overdue, essential step to expanding seats at the table for our hardworking fishing families, who are a key piece of our nation’s history and our future as well.”

For his part, Sullivan contributed his point of view: “Alaska’s fishermen deserve the same federal attention, resources, and risk management tools afforded to America’s incredible farmers. The new USDA Office of Seafood — an action I’ve been strongly advocating for over the past decade — opens the door to that opportunity. This office is going to benefit everybody: all of Alaska’s fishermen, our small businesses, and our many coastal and Interior communities from across the state. I thank Rollins and Lutnick for working closely with me and my team over the past year to fully understand the challenges facing our fishermen and coastal communities and for taking meaningful action on their behalf. With this new office, we’re going to build a stronger partnership between USDA, Department of Commerce, the entire Executive Branch, and our fishermen, so they can continue to do what they do best: sustainably harvesting the freshest and healthiest wild seafood in the world.”

First-Ever

The Representative Cammack finalized: “Proud to be part of the launch of the inaugural, first-ever USDA Office of Seafood! Food security is national security which means prioritizing domestic production and strengthening our food supply here at home. From our Florida coasts to communities across the country, we’re cutting red tape, backing our fishermen, and ensuring American seafood competes — and wins — on the world stage. This office will not only elevate and support commercial production, but also advance commonsense conservation so future generations can thrive in this industry. As Chair of the Aquaculture Caucus, I’m grateful for the tenacious leadership driving this effort forward”.

Management of drinking water and vaccination procedures: a strategic pairing for effective immunization

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 19:20:11 +0700

Vaccination via drinking water is one of the cornerstones of modern poultry production and accounts for the majority of immunization procedures carried out during the rearing and production cycles of commercial flocks. Although this method may appear straightforward, it actually involves a complex set of variables that can become potential causes of failure within a vaccination program. Water quality, which is often underestimated, and its comprehensive, end-to-end management are decisive factors in determining the effectiveness of live vaccines, directly influencing their viability and their uniform distribution across the farm.

Physicochemical parameters

The water used for vaccination must meet specific parameters that often differ from those required for daily drinking water. Among all parameters, pH is the most critical factor: it must be maintained within the range of 6.5–7.8. Values outside this range can compromise the viability of live vaccines. Acidic pH values (<5) may, in some cases, make the administered water less palatable, discouraging intake, while alkaline pH values (>8.0) lead to the inactivation of these immunizing agents. Chlorine is one of the primary antagonists of live vaccines. Even minimal concentrations (0.1–0.2 ppm) of free chlorine exert bactericidal activity, while virucidal activity becomes evident at higher levels (0.3–0.5 ppm). Moreover, the organoleptic perception of chlorine (taste and odor) appears at levels above 0.5 ppm, serving as a reliable empirical indicator of lethality for most live vaccines. Heavy metals such as copper, iron, and manganese can form complexes with vaccine components, resulting in their inactivation. Water hardness, defined by the concentration of calcium and magnesium salts, must likewise be monitored to avoid interference with vaccine stability: it may contribute to scale formation within the lines, creating favorable conditions for microorganisms.

Among qualitative characteristics, turbidity is one of the most important parameters. When a sample is collected from the bottom of the drinking lines, it is visually assessed. Clear/transparent is the preferred condition, whereas flocculent material indicates poor quality. High degree of turbidity in drinking water negatively affects the animals’ immune response through inflammatory reactions and cell-mediated processes (Mohammed, 2008; Chen et al., 2018). Water temperature is also a relevant factor because bacterial replication increases above 25 °C (optimum 18–20 °C), negatively affecting the efficacy of applied treatments, including vaccinations.

Microbiological parameters and biofilm

Biofilm in drinking water lines represents a major obstacle, frequently underestimated and undervalued to vaccine efficacy and effective immunization. These heterogeneous bacterial aggregates, composed of different microbial species, usually opportunistic like E. coli, Pseudomonas spp., Staphylococcus spp., Campylobacter spp., together with other organic contaminants (fungi, algae), settle on the inner surfaces of the pipelines, protected by a matrix of extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) as well as inorganic components (calcareous sources), factors that promote their stabilization.

Biofilm has multiple negative effects: it acts as a sink for vaccines on its surface, altering local pH and creating microenvironments unsuitable for the survival of immunizing antigens; it also reduces flow within the water system, increasing internal water pressure. Recent studies have shown that sessile bacteria embedded in biofilms develop resistance mechanisms to protect them from disinfectants and antimicrobials, rendering traditional sanitation protocols ineffective (Hahne et al., 2022).

Drinking systems: pre-vaccination checks and procedures

The design of drinking water distribution systems should include, upstream of the dosing pump, filters of approximately 80 microns (which can also serve multiple purposes such as absorption, sequestration, or mechanical filtration). These filters are installed to remove any suspended particles that might interfere with the correct distribution of vaccines through the system. During vaccination, however, all filters downstream of the dosing pump must be bypassed to prevent the accumulation of disinfectants and minerals on their surfaces.

The presence of dead spaces in the piping represents a critical risk factor. These areas can retain previously used disinfectant solutions, which — when mixed with the vaccine solution — compromise efficacy. It is also essential to design systems, where possible, with drain or purge valves at the ends of the lines to ensure they can be completely emptied prior vaccination.

Furthermore, the layout of the drinking lines and the water inlets within the system should be carefully assessed. Significant differences exist that may complicate uniform intake of the vaccine solution by the entire flock (for example, systems with central drops in the house versus those with only one inlet at the head, or multi-tier cage/aviary systems with specific animal arrangements). In such setups, depending on their design, the greatest risk is that animals closer to the water inlet may consume a larger volume of vaccine solution, while in some sections, particularly at the end of the line, the solution may not reach at all due to excessive water consumption in the initial stretch, possibly caused by over-settlement conditions.

Any biocides used (such as hydrogen peroxide, acidifiers, etc.) must be discontinued at least 24–48 hours before vaccination to allow complete removal of possible residues from the lines. High-pressure flushing of the lines can accelerate cleaning and/or emptying; performing this technique regularly (preferably once a week) also improves biofilm control by slowing its development. The effectiveness of these operations can be verified analytically using test strips to measure residual hydrogen peroxide and/or chlorine levels.

Finally, regular mechanical cleaning of nipples and cups (or bells, where used) with hot water and/or detergents (which must be thoroughly rinsed) helps remove organic residues from feces or litter, preventing local pH alterations and physical absorption of the vaccine used.

Table 1 – Recommended maximum mineral levels in drinking water and possible effects

Quality control: systematic monitoring of drinking water

Analytical testing of drinking water should be performed at least once a year, with increased frequency during critical seasonal periods (summer and winter). Key parameters to assess include pH, chlorine, total hardness, heavy metals, total microbial load, and coliforms.

pH can be monitored using litmus paper and/or digital pH meters. Digital instruments are generally more sensitive and reliable if properly calibrated with the appropriate buffer solutions. In addition, commercially available digital probes allow continuous monitoring, providing real-time control of this parameter.

The uniform distribution of the vaccine solution throughout the drinking system lines can be verified using commercially available dyes or tracers (for example, methylene blue). Performing this test before vaccination helps identify areas where the solution might stagnate or fail to be evenly distributed, factors that could compromise the effectiveness of the vaccination procedure.

Moreover, drinking system pressure (approximately 1.5–2 bar) as well as flow rate (within the range of 50–80 ml/min) must ensure a constant supply throughout the entire system. Significant variations can result in over- or under-dosage, leading to uneven immunization within the flock and, in severe cases, possible reversion to virulence with adverse post-vaccination reactions (e.g., laryngotracheitis).

Optimization of vaccination procedures

Calculating the volume of water to be used requires specific knowledge of the farm’s drinking system as well as the flock’s water consumption. Based on these data, it is possible to determine water intake during the two hours following the morning feeding, which is the best time of day for vaccination (as a general empirical rule, this usually corresponds to 15–20% of the daily water intake). The volumes used must be adjusted according to several factors, primarily age, genetics, and ambient temperature.

The system’s dead space (any piping without usable bypasses/valves, recirculation tanks, length of pipeline from the dosing pump to the actual entry point into the drinking system, etc.) must be included in the total calculation to avoid unforeseen dilutions. Generally estimated at 10–15% (depending on the system), this volume can retain non-vaccine water and thus act as a dilution factor. Compensation for this residual volume can be achieved by proportionally increasing vaccine concentration or reducing the total dilution volume, ensuring a consistent dose-per-bird ratio.

The use of stabilizers is an essential component of vaccination via drinking water. These products contain active substances such as sodium thiosulfate, neutralize any residual chlorine, chelate heavy metals, and act as pH buffers, maintaining it within the optimal range. Skimmed milk powder (at a recommended rate of 2–3 grams per liter of water) is the traditional alternative to commercial stabilizers; milk proteins effectively bind chlorine and metal cations, protecting vaccines from inactivation. The stabilizing solution should be prepared at least 15–20 minutes before adding the vaccine to allow complete neutralization. Stabilizers may also be added during the pre-dilution step (demineralized water without stabilizer can be used as an alternative), in a smaller container together with the vaccine, as well as directly into the dosing pump tank.

Vaccine reconstitution must take place in a controlled environment using disposable gloves and containers designated exclusively for this purpose (not previously used for disinfectant solutions or other products) in a suitable material (plastic). During preparation, exposure to UV light must be avoided, as UV radiation inactivates vaccines. Vials must be opened below the water level in the container used (containing at least 5–6 liters) to prevent airborne contamination and avoid potential loss of vaccine that could adhere to the container walls. Multiple rinsing of the vial (at least 2–3 times) with stabilized water ensures complete recovery of the vaccine content, which is particularly important for high-viscosity or adjuvanted vaccines.

The optimal time of administration is early morning, starting at lights-on. In poultry, this corresponds to a peak in feeding activity and water consumption and takes advantage of natural behaviour to ensure rapid and uniform vaccine intake. Pre-vaccination water restriction of one to two hours stimulates thirst and concentrates intake of the vaccine solution into a short time frame. This restriction may be unnecessary if administration begins at lights-on, as the flock will already have undergone a minimum of eight hours of feed and water restriction. This restriction must be carefully evaluated in summer, under heat-stress conditions, to prevent potential adverse effects, particularly in laying birds (e.g. hyperthermia).

The recommended administration time window is generally an hour and a half to two hours, especially for more sensitive live viral vaccines. Shorter durations may result in incomplete vaccine coverage within the flock, whereas longer periods expose the vaccine to progressive inactivation. From a practical standpoint, it is advisable to divide the total vaccine dose into two equal phases of administration, each lasting an hour and a half to two hours; in the first phase, approximately 60% of the total dose is used, followed by a second phase delivering the remaining 40%. This helps less competitive birds also receive an adequate dose for immunization, a situation commonly observed in very long and/or multi-tier systems (e.g. aviary systems for laying hens).

Regular physical stimulation of the flock by the operator (at least every 30 minutes) plays an important role, as it encourages birds to move towards the drinking lines and supports uniform intake. Furthermore, if a dye is used, examining the oral cavity of birds sampled from different areas of the house becomes extremely useful. If at least 90% of birds show visible coloration of the tongue, the flock can be considered uniformly vaccinated.

Table 2 – Optimal and maximum levels of different bacterial populations in drinking water

Conclusion

Vaccination via drinking water in the poultry sector is a complex process that requires a multidisciplinary approach to ensure the effectiveness of immunizing agents. It is not merely a technical procedure, but the result of well-managed procedures in which every detail matters, from the chemical-physical and microbiological quality of the water to line cleaning and the proper preparation and administration of vaccines.

Only careful management based on rigorous protocols allows full exploitation of the advantages of drinking water prophylaxis. Systematic control of the parameters and procedures described not only guarantees vaccination effectiveness but also contributes to the farm’s economic sustainability.

Modern poultry farming therefore demands a rigorous scientific approach that integrates veterinary, engineering, and technical-management expertise to optimize this essential tool of preventive medicine.

From Field to Decision: How WPF Uses Data to Build Better Poultry Programs

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:50:08 +0700

Inside WPF’s data-driven approach to the PMI program and how real-time insights are helping partners course-correct, strengthen farmer support, and deliver lasting impact. By: Maureen Stickel, Tokozile Ngwenya, Thierry Binde, Earl Pearce, and Jan de Jonge In most development programs, data tells you what happened. At the World Poultry Foundation, we want data to tell us what is happening — right now, on the ground — so we can act before small problems become big ones. Across the Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) program, currently operating in Senegal, Sierra Leone, Madagascar, The Gambia, and Zambia, WPF has built a data ecosystem to do exactly that. From CommCare field collection to Power BI dashboards to annual pulse surveys, every layer is designed to get the right information to the right people at the right time.

Moving Beyond Baselines: A Real-Time Approach to Measurement

Traditional development programs follow a familiar rhythm: baseline, midline, endline. Each evaluation is rigorous, but the gaps between them can span years during which programs keep running without knowing whether their approach is working. WPF’s Vice President of Innovation and Initiatives, Maureen Stickel, describes the approach simply: “WPF’s strategy is to ensure that teams have access to the information they need, when they need it, to make informed decisions without creating overly complex or expensive measurement systems.” Central to this is an automated monitoring pipeline, from data collection to visualization, that lets our private-sector partners see performance as it unfolds. This is complemented by annual Pulse Surveys: short phone surveys with the same cohort of farmers each year, tracking leading indicators such as farmer perception of the birds, profitability, and behavior change. “Instead of waiting until an endline evaluation to understand what worked and what did not, pulse survey data allows WPF and its partners to refine their approach in real time,” Maureen explains, “doubling down where messages are landing and making adjustments where adoption or outcomes are lagging.”

What Happens in the Field: CommCare and the Data Collection Pipeline

Tokozile Ngwenya reviewing Power BI dashboards with a PMI partner.

WPF’s CommCare Coordinator, Tokozile Ngwenya, oversees the system that FSRs use to record field data during every farm visit: flock numbers, bird weights, mortality, feed usage, vaccination records, and health observations. That data flows directly into a central dashboard for program teams and partners to review in close to real time. “CommCare helps connect the farmer’s experience directly with programme management and decision-making,” she says. Collecting good data in the field is rarely straightforward — connectivity is inconsistent, farmers estimate numbers differently, and flock performance can be unpredictable. The WPF team has adapted the CommCare forms over time to be more flexible while maintaining quality and places strong emphasis on training FSRs to understand the context behind the numbers, not just fill in fields. One of the most striking patterns she observes is how FSRs change once they understand the bigger picture. “At first, many of them see data collection as simply filling in a form. As training progresses, they begin to see how the information they capture influences program decisions and how partners interpret what is happening across countries. That shift in perspective often changes how carefully they approach their work.”

Turning Data Into Decisions: The MEL Perspective

For WPF’s Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) Analyst, Thierry Binde, the starting principle is clear: “Data is only useful if it helps us see reality clearly and act early enough to make a difference.” Thierry works across two complementary systems, routine monitoring through CommCare and Power BI and the annual pulse survey, which together provide, in his words, “both the operational heartbeat of the program and the lived experience of the people we serve.” “When routine data suggests strong reach, but pulse data tells a different story for certain farmer groups, that tension is often where the truth lives.” — Thierry Binde, MEL Analyst, WPF

Thierry Binde leads a data training for FSRs.

In one instance, routine data showed an area performing well — visits recorded, activities completed. But pulse survey data revealed that farmers technically reached by the program did not report the same level of understanding or practical benefit as others. Disaggregating by gender, disability status, and income level sharpened the finding further: being included in activities did not automatically mean an equitable experience of them. The result was more intentional segmentation, adapted communications, and a shift toward tracking inclusion at the outcome level, not just participation. “Operational performance is necessary, but not sufficient,” Thierry reflects. “Without farmer-voiced evidence, we risk mistaking reach for impact.” He is also focused on extending MEL into training to move beyond counting sessions and participants toward measuring whether training is actually changing knowledge, behavior, and livelihoods. “The goal is to build evidence of training value, not just training delivery. That is the path from activity to impact.”

The Infrastructure Behind the Insights: Data Analytics at WPF

Behind every dashboard and data flow is Earl Pearce, WPF’s Data Analyst. Every morning, Earl verifies that CommCare’s connection to WPF’s cloud-based data system is running normally, then updates custom dashboards for each partner, confirming that data is flowing correctly. Those dashboards give partners and internal teams a daily window into program performance and gives Tokozile information she needs to help improve data quality with on-the-ground FSRs. Earl also leads flock planning and DOC production forecasting, a discipline he has practiced for over 40 years. The process is a careful balancing act between sales targets, placement frequency, flock size, grow facilities, lay facilities, and biosecurity standards. “It’s like squeezing a balloon,” he says. “Every change impacts everything else. Rebalancing is key.” When birds underperform against targets, flock sizes can be adjusted to compensate; when placement timing shifts, the entire production flow adapts accordingly.”

WPF Forecast Dashboard example.

Looking ahead, Earl sees the biggest opportunity in parent stock performance tracking. Just a handful of weekly data points per flock, total eggs produced, females and males alive, a measure of hatchability, would allow each partner to fine-tune their production plan in real time and against standards tailored to their specific environment. “No published standard really fits every situation,” he notes. “Each customer’s challenges are different.” Building that feedback loop is, in his view, the next frontier for WPF’s data infrastructure. Another contribution Earl is looking forward to implementing is a set of automated reminders derived from each flock’s age — flagging upcoming vaccines and procedures at the FSR and flock level, so our partners know exactly what is due in the coming weeks and can plan their travel and call schedules accordingly. “This is the same method I used during my first 14 years managing birds,” Earl explains, “so I could sleep well knowing all was done.”

Data as a Partnership Tool

For Vice President of Operations Jan, WPF’s data investments are only valuable if partners use them. “Without data we’re working in the dark,” he says. “Good data shows us where to adjust, where the issues are, and where we’re making progress.” The system tracks field staff performance, bird health, brooder unit progress, and demographic data and crucially, works offline, so connectivity gaps don’t create data gaps. Real decisions have followed. In Senegal, Power BI dashboards revealed strong engagement in a specific region, leading to a decision to increase staffing there. Data on women’s participation rates informed a marketing decision to feature women exclusively in program communications. The team is now building farmer profiles across regions to enable more tailored campaigns. “You need a good amount of data before you can see trends,” Jan notes, “but equally, we need to help partners actually use what’s available, moving them from data recipients to data users.”

WPF Power BI dashboard example.

A System Built to Learn

What emerges from these conversations is a data system genuinely designed to serve programs, not the other way around. Every layer exists to answer a practical question: Is this working? For whom? And what should we do differently? As Maureen puts it: “The goal is not simply to collect more data, but to continue strengthening how data flows through the system, from collection to analysis to decision-making, so that insights are used consistently to improve program design and outcomes.”

The post From Field to Decision: How WPF Uses Data to Build Better Poultry Programs appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

ADIS weekly update: avian disease outbreaks in Europe (16–22 April 2026)

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:40:10 +0700

The latest ADIS weekly notification from the European Commission provides an overview of animal disease outbreaks reported between 16 and 22 April 2026, based on data available at the time of publication on 23 April 2026 .

For the poultry sector, the report confirms the presence of high pathogenicity avian influenza (HPAI H5N1) in poultry, captive birds and wild birds.

In poultry, outbreaks were reported in Germany (1 outbreak) and Poland (10 outbreaks) during the reporting period .

In captive birds, 3 outbreaks of HPAI H5N1 were reported in Poland .

In wild birds, HPAI H5N1 outbreaks were reported in multiple countries, including Austria (9 outbreaks), Germany (39 outbreaks), Denmark (9 outbreaks), Poland (7 outbreaks), Sweden (7 outbreaks), Finland (2 outbreaks), France (3 outbreaks) and Norway (2 outbreaks) .

The affected wild bird species reported include mute swan, geese, gulls, buzzards and other bird species, depending on the notification and location .

The report also includes notifications of Newcastle disease virus in poultry, with 2 outbreaks in Germany and 2 outbreaks in Poland . Additional cases in non-poultry bird populations were reported in the Czech Republic (2 outbreaks), Germany (3 outbreaks), Latvia (1 outbreak) and Poland (2 outbreaks) .

Each notification includes the country, disease type, outbreak reference, affected species and the smallest administrative division where the case was detected .

The data reflect the situation as recorded in the ADIS system at the time of report generation and are based on official notifications submitted by Member States .

Study links postbiotic and phytogenic combinations to improved blackhead outcomes

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 21:45:05 +0700

A University of Arkansas study indicated that turkey poults receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations showed encouraging blackhead outcomes under a controlled challenge — including lower horizontal transmission and zero contact mortality — offering a valuable health-support tool for producers facing limited treatment options.

For turkey producers, blackhead remains a high-impact threat, particularly in young birds, where infection can spread quickly and cause major losses. With limited approved treatment options compared with past decades, interest has grown in alternatives that may help reduce spread and limit disease severity before an outbreak accelerates.

“With fewer tools available, the focus shifts to prevention and limiting how far the disease spreads,” said Diego Cortes, DVM, a seasoned field veterinarian who conducted this research as part of his graduate studies in poultry science at the University of Arkansas. “That’s where these combinations looked promising — we saw improvements in transmission, lesions and mortality.”

Cortes presented the research at the International Poultry Scientific Forum (IPSF) during the 2026 International Production & Processing Expo (IPPE) in Atlanta.

Why blackhead continues to challenge turkey production

Histomoniasis is caused by the protozoan parasite Histomonas meleagridis, and in turkeys, it can be especially severe. Cortes said outbreaks can move quickly through flocks and, in the worst cases, mortality can climb into the 80% to 100% range.

Control of the cecal worm Heterakis gallinarum — an important carrier of blackhead — remains one of the most critical factors in managing histomoniasis risk. At the same time, producers are navigating growing concern about dewormer performance and emerging resistance trends, making parasite management more complicated than it has historically been.

Growing focus on preventive tools

With limited approved treatment options available for blackhead, the focus has increasingly shifted toward preventive tools that help birds maintain gut integrity and immune resilience before challenge pressure rises. Among these, postbiotics and phytogenic compounds have gained attention for their potential to support intestinal function, influence microbial balance and reduce inflammatory pressure — benefits that may help birds better tolerate enteric challenges.

Postbiotics can also offer practical advantages in feed manufacturing because they are not live organisms, improving stability and consistency in handling compared with some probiotic approaches. Although there is a substantial body of research on phytogenics and gut support strategies in broilers, Cortes said there remains a relative lack of turkey-specific data evaluating postbiotic and phytogenic combinations together — one of the gaps this work aimed to address.

Study design focused on horizontal transmission

A key focus of the study was horizontal transmission — the spread of infection from bird to bird through feces and shared environmental contact — which is one of the main ways blackhead moves through turkey flocks once it gains a foothold.

Researchers used a seeder/contact model with 400 poults assigned to a challenged control group or one of three postbiotic and phytogenic combinations based on Cargill’s Biostrong H-Protect (Bio HP) concept. Birds received their assigned diets from placement through day 34.

At day 14, a small number of birds in each pen were challenged and served as “seeders.” The remaining birds were “contacts,” commingled with seeders to evaluate how readily infection moved through the group. The three combinations were designed to compare different postbiotic sources and phytogenic profiles, with the goal of identifying the best overall option.

Bio HP 1: Postbiotic A plus a single phytogenic compound
Bio HP 2: Postbiotic A plus a phytogenic multi-compound
Bio HP 3: Postbiotic B plus a phytogenic nucleus combination

Lower transmission in treated birds

In contact birds, horizontal transmission was highest in the challenged control group at 80% (48 of 60 birds). In the groups receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations, contact-bird transmission ranged from 56.67% to 63.33%.

Cortes said transmission outcomes are often difficult to influence once histomoniasis is circulating within a group, which made the observed differences notable.

“Normally, when we test different products, we don’t see a reduction in transmission,” Cortes said. “So, seeing transmission go down is a good starting point to determine what combination works best.”

Zero contact mortality in the treated groups

Contact-bird mortality reached 10% (6 of 60 birds) in the challenged control group. In all three groups receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations, contact mortality was 0% (Figure 1).

“When the birds are challenged without any combination, they keep dying,” Cortes said. “But with the combinations, they stop dying, and some birds can compensate and recover.”

Figure 1. Mortality rate (post-challenge)

Click to enlarge.

Lower lesion severity in treated birds

Researchers scored lesions in both the ceca and liver on a 0 to 3 scale. In contact birds, Bio HP 1 had the lowest average liver lesion score at 0.02 compared with 0.37 in the challenged control group. In the ceca, all three combination groups had lower average lesion scores in contacts, ranging from 0.63 to 0.70 compared with 1.07 in controls.

“Normally in the challenge control, lesion scores tend to be between 2 and 3,” Cortes said. “But after using the combinations, we saw much lower lesion scores — especially in the liver for Bio HP 1 — and reductions in the ceca in the other prototypes.”

Among seeders, Bio HP 3 showed the lowest average cecal lesion score at 2.05 compared with 2.30 in challenged controls, and it was also numerically lower for liver lesions in seeders.

Growth performance differences narrowed after challenge

Pre-challenge, birds receiving Bio HP 1 showed higher body weight and body weight gain at day 14 compared with controls. By day 34, post-challenge performance in contact birds was broadly similar across treatments, with no statistically significant differences reported, though Bio HP 1 remained numerically higher for body weight.

“If we use this approach from the beginning, the birds can be more prepared for any kind of infection,” Cortes said. “That early body weight could help them handle challenge better.”

Health-supporting role

Cortes said the results support a health-supporting role for these strategies, rather than positioning them as a fix after clinical signs are already widespread.

“This approach should be focused on using these tools from the beginning, before disease becomes a problem,” he said. “They could work under challenge, but are more effective from day one to support gut health and integrity.”

Noting that every prototype has a different benefit, Cortes said, “Some help more in seeders, others in contacts and others in transmission. The idea is to determine the best option or combine the benefits and find the most cost-effective combination. For turkeys, this is a promising start and it gives us valuable insight into what works and what to improve next.”

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Study links postbiotic and phytogenic combinations to improved blackhead outcomes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Water quality

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 18:00:09 +0700

This Aviagen Brief has been written specifically for producers in Asia and the Middle East where typical ambient temperatures can range from below freezing to above 50 °C (122 °F). This advice may be useful in other regions, but this must be discussed with your local Technical Service Manager.

Introduction

Water is an essential biological ingredient of life. Not only is it a vital nutrient, but it is also involved in many essential physiological functions such as:

digestion and absorption, where it supports enzymatic function and nutrient transportation;
thermoregulation;
lubrication of joints and organs and the passage of feed through the gastrointestinal tract;
elimination of waste;
essential component of blood and body tissues.

Chickens consume about twice as much water as feed, although this ratio can be much higher during hot conditions. About 70% of a chick’s weight is water (this can be as high as 85% at hatch), therefore, any reduction in water intake or increase in water loss will have a significant effect on the lifetime performance of the chick.

Due to the essential role that water plays in the health and performance of biological systems, it is vital to ensure that an adequate, clean supply of water is provided if optimal bird performance is to be achieved.

This Aviagen Brief provides information on the factors that influence water consumption and water quality, highlighting methods to maintain and/or increase water intake, and discussing what constitutes good water quality and how to maintain it.

Water losses

The water intake of the body should remain in balance with water loss if dehydration is to be avoided. The main sources of water loss are respiration, transpiration, and excretion of feces and urine. Fecal water loss is about 20–30% of the total water consumed, but the most important loss of water is via the urine. The characteristics of water loss will change, depending on the environment and the humidity, for example, while evaporative heat loss may represent only 12% of the water loss in birds at 10 °C (50 °F), it can increase to 50% when the environmental temperature reaches 30 °C (86 °F). This is a critical factor with regard to the chick where water represents a larger proportion of its weight.

What influences water consumption in chicks?

Age

Water intake is closely linked to feed intake and bird age (growth response). As the bird gets older, the demand for water will increase (Figure 1). Water quality and availability, therefore, have the potential to impact heavily on the growth performance of the modern broiler, and any husbandry technique that limits water (such as part house brooding or failing to increase drinker space in the first 10 days) will have a parallel negative effect on growth.

Figure 1 – Water consumption (ml/chick/week). Adapted from Bailey, 1999 and the current Ross Broiler performance objectives, (based on the assumption that water intake is 1.8 times that of feed intake)

Sex

The sex of the bird will also affect water intake. The water intake of males will be greater than that of females from the first week of life. Water:feed ratio is also higher in males than in females. Adipose tissue differences between the sexes explain these differences in water intake (females being fatter than males; fat has a lower water content than protein).

Key point

Immediate water availability when chicks are placed in the house is important if permanent damage to the biological performance of the flock is to be avoided.

Environmental temperature

Environmental temperature can impact heavily on water intake (Figure 2). The water intake of chickens is approximately double that of feed intake (1.8:1, at a temperature of 21 °C (70 °F) in bell drinkers). However, in heat-stressed birds this level will be increased. A chicken’s water intake will increase by 6–7% for each degree above 21°C (70°F, NRC, 1994).

It is strongly recommended that each house has a water meter installed and that accurate daily records of water intake are maintained.

Key point

Increases in water intake will occur with age and environmental temperature.
Water availability must reflect these changes if performance is not to be restricted.
Each house should be fitted with a water meter.

Water temperature

With the exception of water used for vaccination, little thought is given to the temperature of the water presented routinely to birds. Stored water tends to be at a similar temperature to that of its environment. This is not significant in cold climates, but in hot climates water consumption will be reduced as the water temperature increases. Work by Beker and Teeter (1994) found the preferred water temperature of birds to be around 10 °C (50 °F), with water temperatures of 26.7 °C (80 °F) and above leading to significant reductions in water consumption and daily weight gain. It is therefore important to regularly monitor water temperature. If it regularly exceeds 24 °C (75 °F), then thought should be given to developing methods of cooling water temperature in hot weather. This may involve running the drinker supply pipes through a cool pad reservoir or even across the face of the cool pad airflow.

Positioning the water tank and supply pipes underground will also help to protect the water from the ambient air temperature, keeping it cool. Pipes and tanks that are exposed to the sun should be insulated and shaded to prevent heat gain. It is also good practice to flush the drinker lines at regular intervals in hot weather to keep the water as cool as possible.

For vaccination the target water temperature should be <20 °C (68 °F). In hot weather this can be achieved through the addition of ice to the storage tank before vaccination commences. It is important to ensure that all the ice is melted before addition of the vaccine to prevent non-uniform mixing.

Key point

In most broiler units, nipple drinkers are the system of choice. Good management of these systems is critical with water line maintenance, drinker line location, water pressure, and nipple flow rate all affecting water intake.
Regardless of the water system in place, drinker height and provision of adequate drinking space is critical.

Drinking systems

In most modern broiler units, nipple drinkers are the system of choice; these have the advantage of reducing disease spread, providing cleaner water, and reducing the labor requirements for clean out. However, good management is necessary for the proper operation of nipple drinker systems. Management factors that influence water intake in such systems are water line height (birds should lift their heads to reach the nipple drinker which should be higher than the birds’ back to prevent bumping and leakage, see Figure 3), water line maintenance (regular flushing and cleaning), drinker line location, and water pressure.

Figure 3 – Drinker height of bell and nipple type drinkers

Nipple flow rate will also influence water consumption and should be checked regularly against the manufacturer’s recommendation. The flow rate should be correct in all drinker lines throughout their entire length. For young chicks, water pressure (and flow rate) should be low.

Pressure should be gradually increased with age and weight so that water flow is increased as birds get older in accordance with demand. As a general rule, water pressure should be adjusted so that there is a flow rate of at least 60 ml/min available from each nipple. To achieve good performance the nipple lines should be controlled to meet the birds’ requirement rather than to simply protect the litter. In general, the systems with higher flow rates produce better growth rates by increasing both feed and water consumption, but water leakage and litter deterioration is more likely.

The negative growth impact of low nipple flow rates is most commonly seen in birds growing to higher weights (>2 kg [4.4 lb]), where the increased water demand cannot be met and feed intake is reduced. The effect of low nipple flow rates is even clearer if the stocking density is increased and the bird:nipple or bird:drinker ratio is high. As a useful guide, use the Lott equation to calculate static weekly flow: (weeks of age)* 7 + 20 ml/min may be a helpful reference.

Where bell drinkers are the system of choice, drinkers should be cleaned daily to prevent the build up of organic matter. Height should be adjusted so that the base of the drinker is level with the broiler’s back from 18 days onward (Figure 3).

No matter what drinker system is installed, the provision of adequate drinker space is essential if water intake is not to be reduced. As a guide, 83 nipples or 8 bell drinkers per 1000 birds should be provided post-brooding. Where ambient temperatures and/or heavier liveweights (>2 kg [4.4 lb]) are used, drinker space should be increased by up to 50% of these guidelines.

Feed effect on water intake

Any nutrient that promotes mineral excretion through the kidneys also promotes increased water consumption. Therefore, excess minerals in feed or water above nutritional requirements will lead to an increase in water intake. This is also true for high protein diets where any protein not used for protein synthesis is deaminated and excreted in the urine. This energy-demanding process is associated with an increase in water loss.

In particular, the presence of inorganic elements such as sodium (Na), potassium (K), and chloride (Cl) will be associated with increased water consumption and wetter droppings. A moderate increase in dietary sodium is not normally a problem where birds have access to low sodium drinking water; they will increase the water intake if the diet is high in salt and excrete the excess. However, in areas where water sodium levels are elevated, it is important to factor this added supply into practical diet formulation, otherwise unevenness and poor growth rate will occur.

Recent Ross Nutritional Specifications specify 0.18–0.23% sodium in broiler diets. These reflect total sodium intake and, therefore, any contribution from the water should be included.

The dietary requirement for potassium is low, with 0.6–0.9% being adequate, levels of intake above this may, however, have a thirst-inducing effect, increasing fecal moisture. This is normally seen where soya is used as the single protein source to provide high protein starter diets. The general standard should be to control dietary potassium to a total intake of <0.9%.

Chloride levels should equal sodium levels (0.18–0.23%). The total chloride level is generally constrained by delivering a proportion of the sodium requirement as sodium bicarbonate rather than as salt (sodium chloride). Deficiency states are uncommon.

Water quality

A supply of clean, uncontaminated water should be freely available to the birds at all times. However, depending on the source, the water supplied to the birds may contain excessive amounts of various minerals or be contaminated with bacteria. Acceptable levels of minerals and organic matter in the water supply are given in Table 1.

Table 1 – Water quality criteria for poultry

Regular assessments of water quality throughout the production period itself should also be made. Ideally, these should be taken from a tap between the tank and the first drinker. Where the facility of a tap does not exist, the water sample should be taken from the first drinker. The main water connection at the top of the drinker should be removed and drained so that any build-up of bacteria and debris can be flushed through allowing an accurate water sample to be taken. Water should be left running for at least 2 to 3 minutes before the sample is taken. As with all testing, the results should properly reflect the water status and, therefore, care to avoid contamination either during sampling or during transport to the laboratory is necessary.

If proper maintenance of the water line does not occur, microbial contamination can build up, affecting bird performance, reducing the effectiveness of medication and vaccination, and reducing nipple flow rate. Implementing a regular water sanitation and line cleaning program will prevent the build-up of microbial contamination. Controlling bacterial load is much more difficult with open drinker systems as they are exposed to contamination by fecal dust and the oral and nasal secretions of birds as they drink (Table 2).

Table 2 – Effect of drinker types on water bacteria contamination (micro-organisms/ml of sample)
Adapted from Macari and Amaral, 1997.
NOTES
+ Entrance means the first drinker in the chicken house.
++ End means the last drinker in the chicken house.
+++ Mesofiles Micro-Organisms – total count of saprophytes and pathogenic microorganisms.
The water was not treated.

Closed nipple systems have the advantage of reducing disease spread, but even with these, dosing with a sanitizer that is effective in the presence of organic load and biofilms is regularly required. Chlorination to give between 3 and 5 ppm at drinker level (using, for example, chlorine dioxide), or UV radiation are effective means of controlling bacterial contamination. Treatment should occur at the point of water entry into the house.

High levels of calcium salts or iron in the water may lead to the valves and pipes of the drinker system becoming blocked. Where this is a problem, it is advisable to filter the supply using a filter which has a mesh of 40–50 microns.

Key point

Excess levels of some inorganic elements such as Na, K, and Cl will increase water intake and the occurrence of wetter droppings.
Dietary levels of these elements should be in line with Aviagen nutritional recommendations.

Conclusion

Water is an essential ingredient for life, a clean supply of which should be readily available from placement throughout the production period. Any restriction in water intake or contamination of water will ultimately affect the growth rate and overall performance of the bird. There are many factors that can affect water intake including age, sex, environmental temperature, water temperature and the drinker system type. The bacterial and physical quality of water should be monitored regularly, and where required, corrective action should be taken to ensure that bird performance is not compromised.

Key point

A supply of clean, uncontaminated water should be freely available at all times.
Regular assessments of water quality should be made to ensure microbial load and mineral content are within acceptable levels.

In summary

Unrestricted access to a source of good quality water at an appropriate delivery temperature (10–12 °C/50–54 °F) should be available.
Provide adequate drinker space and ensure that drinkers are easily accessed by the whole flock.
Monitor the feed to water ratio daily to check that birds are drinking sufficient water.

Make allowances for increased water intake at higher temperatures (6.5% increase per degree over 21 °C (70 °F)).

In hot weather, take steps to ensure that water is as cool as possible, e.g. flush drinker lines, use a cool pad, position tankers and drinkers underground or insulate.
Regular testing of the water supply for temperature, bacterial load, and mineral content should occur and, where necessary, appropriate corrective action should be taken.

References

Bailey, M. (1999). The water requirements of poultry. In J. Wiseman & P. C. Garnsworthy (Eds.), Recent developments in poultry nutrition (Vol. 2, pp. 321–337). Nottingham University Press.

Beker, A., & Teeter, R. G. (1994). Drinking water and potassium chloride supplementation effects on broiler body temperature and performance during heat stress. Journal of Applied Poultry Research, 3(1), 87–92.

Macari, M., & Amaral, L. A. (1997). Importância da qualidade da água na criação de frangos de corte: Tipos, vantagens e desvantagens. In Anais da Apinco (pp. 121–143). Campinas, Brazil.

National Research Council. (1994). Nutrient requirements of poultry (9th rev. ed.). National Academies Press.

Singleton, R. (2004). Hot weather broiler and breeder management. Asian Poultry Magazine, September, 26–29.

EU egg market dashboard: week 12, 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 00:05:10 +0700

According to the European Commission egg market dashboard, the average EU price for Class A eggs at packing stations in week 12 of 2026 was €301.06 per 100 kg. This corresponds to +0.6% compared with the previous week, +2.3% compared with the previous month, and +7.1% compared with the same period one year earlier .

The dashboard also presents weekly average EU prices for Class A eggs by production technology, covering cage, barn, free-range and organic systems .

For 2024, the total number of laying hens in the EU is reported at 392,275,372 head. Of this total, 38.2% are in enriched cages, 38.9% in barn systems, 16.2% in free-range systems, and 6.7% in organic systems .

The main egg-producing Member States in 2024 are listed as France (1,008 thousand tonnes), Germany (970 thousand tonnes), Spain (962 thousand tonnes), Italy (804 thousand tonnes), Poland (670 thousand tonnes) and the Netherlands (573 thousand tonnes). Total EU production is reported at 6,664 thousand tonnes. The dashboard notes that production includes eggs for consumption and eggs for hatching .

On trade, EU imports of eggs in 2025 are reported at 188,743 tonnes egg equivalent, compared with 122,304 tonnes in 2024, representing a +54.3% change. The main partners listed for EU imports are Ukraine (120,631 tonnes; +60.6%), the United Kingdom (15,802 tonnes; -6.6%), North Macedonia (9,993 tonnes; +143.9%), China (4,643 tonnes; +172.3%), Argentina (4,539 tonnes; -3.8%), and Others (33,134 tonnes; +67.5%) .

EU exports of eggs in 2025 are reported at 349,902 tonnes egg equivalent, compared with 360,980 tonnes in 2024, representing a -3.1% change . The main destinations listed for EU exports are the United Kingdom (139,026 tonnes; -5.2%), Japan (58,001 tonnes; -3.8%), Switzerland (47,572 tonnes; +1.4%), Thailand (11,289 tonnes; -3.4%), Israel (10,761 tonnes; +33.9%), and Others (83,252 tonnes; -4.8%) .

The dashboard is dated 25 March 2026 and identifies its sources as the European Commission, Member State notifications, Eurostat, and Trade Data Monitor.

Download the dashboard here.

Avian Influenza spreads across Nepal’s poultry sector

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 16:55:10 +0700

Nepal is facing a serious escalation of avian flu outbreaks, with more than 100,000 birds culled across multiple districts as authorities battle the spread of H5N1 and H9N2 viruses. The crisis has hit poultry farms in Jhapa, Morang, Sunsari, and Chitwan, raising alarm over biosecurity gaps and economic losses.

Widening outbreak across districts

Confirmed cases: Avian influenza has been detected in 23 poultry farms across four districts: Morang, Sunsari, Jhapa, and Chitwan.
Scale of culling: Over 100,000 domestic fowls—including broilers, layers, indigenous chickens, and ducks—have been destroyed to contain the virus.
Hardest-hit area: Sunsari district has reported the highest number of affected farms, with 12 facilities impacted.

Causes and contributing factors

Biosecurity lapses: Poor farm-level biosecurity practices have been identified as a major driver of the outbreak.
Wild bird contact: Authorities believe that interaction between domestic poultry and migratory wild birds has facilitated the spread of the virus.
Delayed response: Initial unusual bird deaths coincided with parliamentary elections, slowing veterinary intervention as officials were deployed elsewhere.

Government response

Containment measures: Authorities have culled birds, destroyed eggs, and disposed of tons of feed to prevent further transmission.
Expanded surveillance: Veterinary teams are conducting farm inspections and monitoring surrounding areas to detect new cases.
Public advisories: Farmers have been urged to strengthen hygiene, restrict farm access, and report unusual poultry deaths immediately.

Economic and social impact

Financial losses: Poultry farmers face devastating losses from mass culling, feed disposal, and halted egg production.
Food security concerns: Nepal’s poultry industry is a vital source of protein; disruptions could affect local food supply and prices.
Farmer anxiety: Many small-scale farmers fear bankruptcy, while larger commercial farms worry about long-term reputational damage.

Outlook and challenges ahead

Risk of spread: With outbreaks confirmed in multiple districts, there is concern that the virus could expand to other regions if containment falters.
Need for stronger biosecurity: Experts emphasize that stricter farm-level controls, vaccination strategies, and better coordination with wildlife authorities are essential.
International implications: Nepal’s poultry trade could face restrictions if outbreaks persist, affecting regional markets.

In summary, Nepal’s poultry sector is under severe strain due to avian flu outbreaks, with tens of thousands of birds culled and farms devastated. The crisis underscores the urgent need for stronger biosecurity, rapid veterinary response, and farmer support to prevent further economic and food security shocks.

Sources can be provided upon request

Davos, Capital, and the Australian Seafood Paradox

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:10:10 +0700

* By FishProf

FishProf noticed something quietly confronting in the global conversations emerging from Davos 2026: capital markets are beginning to treat food securitynotasasocialissue,butasamatter of economic and geopolitical stability. Food is being repriced — not because it is scarce today, but because systems that deliver it are fragile, inefficient, and poorly governed. This shift should ring alarm bells in many countries, but I use my country, Australia, as the example.

Australia is an island continent, surrounded by productive oceans, with one of the world’s largest Exclusive Economic Zones. It is similar in land mass to the United States yet supports a population of just 28 million compared to over 300 million in the US. Australia has more water resources than France, a nation of over 70 million people, and yet Australia imports more than 70% of the seafood it consumes.

FishProf believes this is not a production problem. It is a policy, governance, and vision failure.

Davos Reframes Food as Strategic Infrastructure

One of the strongest messages from Davos 2026 was that food systems are no longer viewed simply as marketdriven supply chains. They are now being reframed as strategic infrastructure, akin to energy, transport, or telecommunications.

Capital markets have noticed that food price volatility fuels inflation, undermines political stability, and directly impacts public health outcomes. Traditional tools — interest rates, subsidies, trade agreements — cannot stabilize food systems that are structurally misaligned.

FishProf noticed that aquaculture fits squarely within this new framing — yet in Australia, it continues to be treated as a niche sector burdened by fragmented regulation and inconsistent political support.

Australia by the numbers

» Land mass: ~7.7 million km² (similar to the USA).

» Population: ~28 million.

» Exclusive Economic Zone: ~8.2 million km² (one of the world’s largest).

» Seafood imports: 70–75% of seafood consumed in Australia.

» Exports: Predominantly high-value species (rock lobster, abalone, tuna).

Australia’s Seafood Dependence: A National Blind Spot

Australia’s reliance on imported seafood is often justified as a consumer preference or price issue. That explanation does not hold up.

FishProf noticed that Australia exports premium seafood — rock lobster, abalone, tuna — while importing lower-cost, everyday fish to feed its population. This is not inherently wrong, but it exposes a system optimized for trade value rather than food security.

At Davos, the warning was clear: countries that outsource their food resilience are exposing themselves to geopolitical, climate, and market shocks.

FishProf believes Australia has done exactly that with seafood.

Yellow Tail Kingfish Ceviche.

FishProf believes that if Australia treated seafood production as essential infrastructure — not a regulatory risk — capital, innovation, and scale would follow.

From “How Do We Stop You?” to “How Do We Help You?”

A recurring frustration across Australian aquaculture is regulatory culture. FishProf noticed that too often the starting question for regulators is: “How do we stop this from going wrong?”

rather than:

“How do we help this succeed responsibly?”

This mindset manifests as:

» Layered approvals across federal, state, and local levels.

» Lengthy timeframes that deter private investment.

» High compliance costs that favor incumbents over innovators.

At Davos, food system leaders acknowledged that excessive complexity, even when well-intentioned, undermines resilience by discouraging new production capacity.

FishProf believes Australia’s topheavy bureaucracy has become a hidden tax on domestic seafood production.

Feed Conversion Ratios (approximate)

» Beef: 6 – 10 kg feed per 1 kg weight gain.

» Pork: 3 – 4 kg.

» Chicken: 1.6 – 2 kg.

» Farmed fish (average): 1.1 – 1.5 kg.

» Shellfish: 0 kg (no formulated feed).

R&D Choices: Who Are We Really Feeding?

Australia invests heavily in aquaculture R&D, yet the direction of that investment raises uncomfortable questions.

FishProf noticed a strong focus on high-value carnivorous species. For example, millions of dollars invested in species such as pompano aimed largely at premium or export markets. Meanwhile, relatively little attention is paid to scalable, affordable, herbivorous or omnivorous species that could feed Australians every week.

Rabbitfish is one example. Hardy, fast-growing, herbivorous, and well suited to integrated systems, yet largely absent from national R&D priorities. As I write this, I notice a Northern Territory University advertising for a PhD to investigate this subject. On one hand this is good news as it means Rabbit Fish is on the R&D menu, but it is also bad news in that we are taking the slow train to get to the station.

FishProf believes this reflects a deeper problem: R&D is often aligned to commercial upside rather than national nutrition and food security outcomes.

Live crabs at market stall.

FishProf noticed that Australia has everything it needs to be a seafood-secure nation — except the will to align policy, science, and vision

Seaweed and Seagrass: The Missed Multipliers

At Davos, food systems were discussed not as single commodities but as interconnected platforms — where nutrition, climate mitigation, and economic resilience intersect.

Australia has world-class research capability in seaweed and seagrass — yet commercial deployment remains limited.

FishProf noticed that seaweed farming could:

» Support low-trophic aquaculture species.

» Reduce nutrient loads and improve water quality.

» Create new food, feed, and bioproduct streams.

» Strengthen coastal and regional economies.

Integrated systems combining herbivorous fish, shellfish, and seaweed are globally recognized as resilient and efficient — yet policy settings in Australia rarely encourage this kind of systems thinking.

FishProf believes Australia’s failure is not scientific — it is structural.

Sarah Holmyard, Offshore Shellfish UK, made a comment about attending the North Atlantic Seafood Forum recently highlighting her disappointment that such an insightful, well-run event was lacking a vision towards ‘space regenerative aquaculture’.

Sarah commented “If we are serious about feeding the future sustainably, regenerative aquaculture should not be a fringe topic. It delivers lowcarbon protein, enhances marine environments, and builds resilience in coastal communities. Put simply, it is one of the most powerful tools we have — yet it still isn’t talked about enough. Seafood is evolving quickly, and the choices we prioritize today will shape the sector for decades to come. Are we moving fast enough to support the solutions that can truly scale sustainable food production?”

Any industry/government or event planner should heed Sarah’s words.

Why shellfish matter

Shellfish such as oysters, mussels, clams, and scallops are among the most efficient animal protein sources on the planet.

» No external feed required.

» Filter plankton and nutrients naturally from the water.

» Improve water quality by removing excess nutrients.

» Low greenhouse gas footprint compared to terrestrial livestock.

Fishburger.

Where Is the Australian Blue Economy Vision?

Davos reinforced that countries making progress are those with cohesive national visions, where policy, finance, and regulation move in the same direction.

Australia talks about the blue economy — but rarely acts like it believes in one.

FishProf noticed that responsibility for aquaculture is scattered across portfolios: agriculture, environment, trade, industry, regional development — often working in silos.

The result?

» No clear national seafood selfsufficiency targets.

» No nutritional outcomes linked to aquaculture policy.

» No coordinated investment framework to scale production.

FishProf believes Australia doesn’t lack opportunity — it lacks alignment.

Food, Health, and Well-Being: The Missing Link

A major Davos theme was the convergence of food and health. Food is no longer just calories — it is preventative healthcare.

Seafood is one of the most nutrient-dense foods available, yet Australia’s dietary guidelines and food security strategies rarely link aquaculture expansion with public health outcomes.

FishProf noticed rising rates of diet-related chronic disease alongside declining seafood consumption in some demographics.

FishProf believes aquaculture should be framed as part of the health system — delivering:

» Omega-3s for cardiovascular health.

» Micronutrients critical for child development.

» Affordable protein for ageing populations.

This reframing would change how success is measured — from tons and export value to health and well-being delivered per capita.

Seaweed farming can:

» Absorb carbon and nutrients.

» Support integrated multi- trophic aquaculture (IMTA).

» Provide food, feed, fertiliser and bio-products.

» Create regional and Indigenous employment.

Global context

» Seaweed represents over 30% of global aquaculture volume.

» Australia produces less than 1%, despite vast suitable coastlines.

Learning from Davos: Capital Will Follow Clarity

The Davos message is blunt: capital will flow to food systems that demonstrate stability, scale, and strategic intent.

Australia currently sends mixed signals.

FishProf noticed that investors see opportunity in Australian aquaculture — but also see regulatory drag, policy inconsistency, and unclear national priorities.

FishProf believes that if Australia treated seafood production as essential infrastructure — not a regulatory risk — capital, innovation, and scale would follow.

Capital markets have noticed that food price volatility fuels infiation, undermines political stability, and directly impacts public health outcomes. Traditional tools — interest rates, subsidies, trade agreements — cannot stabilize food systems that are structurally misaligned.

Farmed Roe on Scallops – curry with rice (Home cooked).

FishProf’s Take: What Needs to Change

If Australia is serious about food security, aquaculture must move from the margins to the mainstream.

FishProf believes Australia must:

Set national seafood self-sufficiency goals.
Shift regulatory culture from control to collaboration.
Rebalance R&D toward low-trophic, affordable species that do not need expensive feeds.
Integrate seaweed and multi-trophic systems into policy.
Align aquaculture with health, nutrition, and regional development outcomes.

Food, Health, and Well- Being – Seafood’s health advantages

» High-quality protein.

» Omega-3 fatty acids (heart and brain health).

» Micronutrients often missing in modern diets.

» Lower saturated fat than most land meats.

Global context

» Seaweed represents over 30% of global aquaculture volume.

» Australia produces less than 1%, despite vast suitable coastlines.

Final Thought

Davos 2026 made one thing clear: food is being repriced because the old system no longer works.

FishProf noticed that Australia has everything it needs to be a seafood-secure nation — except the will to align policy, science, and vision.

FishProf believes the question is no longer “Can Australia feed it self from the sea?” It is “WHY AREN´T WE CHOOSING TO?

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global Sets New Record Ahead of its 32nd Edition in Barcelona

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:10:04 +0700

By Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

The expo will take place in Barcelona, from 21 to 23 April, occupying more than 52,950 net square meters of exhibition space, a figure that is still growing.

Companies across the seafood supply chain and from around the world will showcase their latest innovations to international buyers. The event is estimated to generate an economic benefit of more than USD 189.55 million to the city.

The conference program will feature a keynote address by economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins and will bring together more than 90 international seafood and industry experts.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, organized by Diversified, announces its largest edition in the history of the event with more than 52,950 net square meters of exhibit space and still growing. Taking place from 21 to 23 April at the Gran Via venue of Fira de Barcelona, the expo is expected to welcome more than 2,300 exhibiting companies from 86 countries and 65 national and regional pavilions, bringing together seafood professionals from across the global supply chain.

“As company participation reaches record levels and continues to grow, the scale and diversity of this edition reflect the growing global appetite for innovation and collaboration across the supply chain,” said Wynter Courmont, Group Vice President, Seafood at Diversified. “With the debut of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, we are creating a dedicated space for companies, investors, and policymakers to engage with the ideas and technologies that will define the future of seafood. We look forward to welcoming the world to Barcelona for an impactful event.”

The international presence confirmed for this edition highlights the event’s global reach, with new national and regional pavilions including Bulgaria, Mexico, Oman, Uruguay and Venezuela joining returning countries such as Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Iceland, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Morocco, Norway, Netherlands, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom, United States, Vietnam and more.

Fira de Barcelona General Manager, Constantí Serrallonga, stated that “Their five years at Fira demonstrate how a leading international event like Seafood Expo Global finds the perfect environment at our venue to grow and enhance its reach and development. It is an example of how mutual trust, collaborative work, and a shared commitment to excellence multiply the show’s opportunities and strengthen the bonds and legacy within the host city and the entire food industry ecosystem.”

A Global Platform for the Seafood Industry

Halls 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and the Galleria (between halls 4 and 5) of the Gran Vía venue will showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, manufacturing and processing technology.Buyers from around the world, including retailers, foodservice companies, distributors and importers come to the Expo to source seafood products (fresh, frozen, canned, value-added, processed and packaged) from suppliers highlighted in Seafood Expo Global.

Leading seafood companies include AquaChile, Balfegó & Balfegó SL, Cermaq Norway AS, Cooke, Escal SA, Frime, Iceland Seafood International, Kyokuyo Co., Ltd, Leroy Seafood Group ASA, Mowi ASA, Multi X, Nordic Seafood A/S, Nueva Pescanova, Parlevliet & Van der Plas B.V., Ricardo Fuentes e Hijos, Royal Greenland A/S, SalMar AS, Samherji hf, Sea Harvest Seafood, Umios, Unima, and Viciunai Group, among others.

Seafood Processing Global, in halls 1 and 3, will feature processing equipment, refrigeration and freezing, packaging materials and machinery, aquaculture supplies, hygiene control, sanitation and quality, transport and logistics services. Companies include Baader, CMA CGM, JBT Marel, Multivac, ULMA Packaging, Delanchy, DP World, Mediterranean Shipping Company, Cocci Luciano and more.

Debut of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone

A key highlight of the 2026 edition is the launch of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, a dedicated platform designed for first-time exhibitors showcasing cutting-edge aquaculture solutions.

This new space will bring together suppliers, startups and researchers presenting breakthrough innovations in areas such as farm management and monitoring, animal health and welfare, and sustainable feed. It will connect companies at the forefront of aquaculture technology, software and equipment with a highly targeted global audience, including hatchery professionals, investors and policymakers.

Confirmed participants include AquaBioTech Group (Malta), Bioceanor (France), Nōka AI (USA), LiceDefence AS (Norway) and Sagar Aquaculture (India), Sagare Smart Innovation (Spain), Octona (Croatia) and Qingdao Hishing Smart Equipment Co., Ltd. (China).

In addition, the zone will spotlight an Innovation Theatre, hosting product presentations and expert insights. To foster collaboration and knowledge exchange across the sector, a dedicated aquaculture meet-up open to all attendees will take place on the first day of the event.

Conference Program: Insights From Global Industry Leaders

The 2026 Conference Program will bring together more than 90 international seafood and industry experts across over 30 educational sessions, offering practical insights into the trends shaping the global seafood industry.

Speakers will include representatives from leading organizations such as the FAO, WTO and WWF, as well as executives from major seafood companies and industry associations.

A keynote address will take place on the first day of the event by economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins titled, “High Stakes, Shifting Tides: The Global Outlook on Seafood, Trade, Economic Pressure Points and Opportunities.” Dr. Prins will provide attendees with a forward-looking economic outlook for the global seafood industry, addressing key macroeconomic forces, trade dynamics and emerging risks impacting the sector.

Across the three-day program, sessions will explore topics including aquaculture development, sustainability, supply chain transparency, emerging markets, consumer trends and technological innovation, offering a comprehensive view of the opportunities and challenges facing the industry.

The Seafood Excellence Global Awards, the event’s prestigious annual award competition, will recognize the best seafood products represented at the Expo and highlight the latest trends in the sector. The winners will be chosen from the list of finalists with two top prizes awarded to the Best Retail Product and the Best Hotel/Restaurant/Catering (HORECA) Product. Another four special prizes will be given for innovation, convenience, retail packaging and the best line of seafood products.

Constantí Serrallonga (Fira), Wynter Courmont (Seafood) and Brenna Hensley (Seafood).

For more information on Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global and to register: www.seafoodexpo.com/global.

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media partner of the event. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global

About Diversified

About Fira de Barcelona

Fira de Barcelona is Spain’s leading exhibition organizer and one of the most important in Europe, especially for trade fairs and industry conferences. The institution has three venues: Montjuïc, Gran Via and CCIB, totalling more than 500,000 m² of exhibition space, which this year will host more than 270 trade fairs, conferences and corporate events. These include important international events like MWC Barcelona, Alimentaria, Hostelco, ISE, Seafood Expo Global, Hispack and the Smart City Expo World Congress. The institutions annual contribution to the local economy is estimated at more than USD 5.53 billion and its activity generates both social and public value.

Study identifies abundant bacterial strains in chicken reproductive tract

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 23:05:06 +0700

Research on the microbiota in chicken reproductive tracts revealed an abundance of live bacteria, including strains typically found in the gut, according to Nir Ben Porat, Hebrew University of Jerusalem student.

“When we talk about microbiota, we usually think about the gut or the skin,” Ben Porat said. “To our surprise, we found viable bacteria right where the egg forms.

“We recovered 145 unique bacterial strains in combined samples from the infundibulum, magnum and shell gland regions of the reproductive tract,” he continued. “This raises the possibility that some of these bacteria might be transferred into the egg and reach the developing embryo.”

The research and results were presented by Ben Porat at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Research details

“The aim of our study was to determine whether live symbiotic bacteria, rather than just bacterial DNA, were present in the reproductive tract of the chicken,” Ben Porat explained.

Using 10 Cobb broiler breeders at 37 weeks of age, the research team took samples from three regions of the reproductive tract: the infundibulum, magnum and shell gland.

The samples were placed on an aerobic agar and incubated for 3 days.

A substantial number of the colonies grew from all three regions. Researchers collected the colonies and performed 16s rRNA sequencing, which helps identify bacteria and analyze bacterial diversity in microbiomes.

The results produced 145 unique bacterial strains. The most abundant strains were Lactobacillus, Bacteroides, Lachnospiraceae and Oscillospiraceae, all commonly associated with the gut microbiota, Ben Porat reported.

Tract region differences

Next, researchers analyzed the bacteria by region of the reproductive tract.

“It was interesting to see that the magnum had statistically lower antimicrobial resistance compared to both the shell gland and the infundibulum,” Ben Porat said.

A variogram showed that 37 bacterial strains were shared across the three regions. In addition, 34 bacterial strains were shared between the shell gland and infundibulum but were completely absent from the magnum.

“These figures support the idea that the bacterial community of the magnum is different from that in the other two regions,” he explained. “This is likely because the magnum has fewer specific bacteria, because its resistance is lower.

“Next, we wanted to understand whether different regions of the reproductive tract affect the specific order of bacteria present in those regions,” he continued. “Lactobacillales was the dominant order across all regions. But we observed a clear reduction in the number of bacterial strains that travel from the magnum compared to the other regions.

“This suggests that the magnum, where egg whites are formed, may act as a selective environment, which allows some bacteria to survive and grow while excluding other bacteria.”

Magnum bacteria gatekeeper?

Overall, the researchers observed viable bacteria in different regions of the hens’ reproductive tracts where eggs form.

“This finding opens up not only a question of whether bacteria reach the chicks but also if it influences functions like fertilization,” Ben Porat said.

“We also found that the magnum acts in selective environments, which raises the question of whether the selection process goes through all maternal physiology. This means that hen physiology might help filter or select bacteria that can’t enter the egg.

“In that sense, the magnum might influence which bacteria become the first for the developing chick,” he suggested.

The post Study identifies abundant bacterial strains in chicken reproductive tract appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The evolution of poultry prophylaxis: effectiveness and precision in the service of animal health

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 19:25:10 +0700

In modern poultry farming, the efficiency of prophylactic operations is no longer assessed solely in terms of speed, but also in terms of dosing accuracy, animal welfare, and biosecurity. These operations, traditionally reliant on manual skill and the experience of vaccination teams, are increasingly becoming a production bottleneck, as the availability of specialized personnel continues to decline.

Against this backdrop, the patented device distributed by Giordano and developed by Prof. Dante Lorini, now an integral part of the group’s Vaccination Devices category, represents a significant step forward compared to traditional methods. It is an “all-in-one” pneumatic vaccination station that integrates ocular-conjunctival spray, intramuscular (IM) injection, and wing membrane scarification. The system is designed to standardize the vaccination process, increase its precision, and ensure high operational quality, allowing up to seven vaccinations to be performed during a single handling of the animal.

Design philosophy: ergonomics and adaptability

The core of the innovation lies in the machine’s ability to adapt to the bird’s morphology, rather than requiring the bird to adapt to the equipment. The system is entirely pneumatic, eliminating electrical components and ensuring operability even in challenging environments with high levels of dust and humidity. The stainless-steel construction is easy to sanitize and disinfect at the end of vaccination procedures (any type of disinfectant can be used).

The modular structure allows adjustment along three axes, making it suitable for birds of any age and size, with particular suitability for pullets aged 80-90 days. Moreover, adaptability to the specific operating context is further enhanced, as farmers or operators can modify the rods and/or trolleys supporting the equipment to meet their needs. Thanks to standardized measuring scales, once a single machine is calibrated, the same settings can be accurately replicated on all other devices in use simultaneously.

Finally, its global distribution ensures easy access to manufacturer support and the availability of spare parts for maintenance.

Anatomical and functional analysis of vaccination methods

The device addresses the limitations of manual vaccination through engineering solutions that respect the anatomy of these animals. The operational procedure involves controlled handling of the animal by gripping the back with the right hand and the left wing with the left hand. The subsequent vaccination steps include:

1. wing puncture

The wing is inserted horizontally, with the dorsal side facing upward, into the central slot of the device for localized intradermal/subcutaneous inoculation or transfixion. Applying light pressure activates a micro-pneumatic mechanism that moves a special needle vertically and perpendicularly downward; this needle is coated with the vaccine solution contained in the underlying tray, distributing the viral suspension into the wing membrane tissues (epidermal/dermal/interstitial connective tissue layers) as it rises back up.

The entire vaccination cycle is completed in about 250 milliseconds, and the system prevents repetition until the command is released.

The device replaces the traditional double needle (often causing excessive lesions or breaks) with a single special needle (160 micron diameter) featuring:

needle geometry: shaped with a piercing tip and long taper, including an internal roughened zone to retain the exact vaccine dose for tissue adhesion during needle withdrawal. These features ensure minimal damage to the wing membrane.
guaranteed dosing: tests confirm perfect accuracy, delivering 1,000 doses to 1,000 birds. This eliminates manual method waste, ensures compliance with pharmaceutical solvent/solute ratios, and the tray’s specific geometry maximizes solution use.

2. intramuscular (IM) injection

At the same time as wing positioning, the bird’s chest is placed against the contoured mask on the right. A moving sled brings the needles into contact with the birds’ pectoral muscles, ensuring inoculation at the correct site (in pullets, ideally 2.5–4 cm from the sternal bone, in the upper third of the chest, with the needle angled downward at 45°).

Manual injections are subject to human error related to fatigue, incorrect angle/depth, often leading to deposits in wrong anatomical sites (too superficial or too deep, risking penetration into the coelomic cavity and damage to underlying organs like liver or heart, causing animal death) and/or granulomas.

The pneumatic system eliminates these variables, ensuring:

constant intrinsic pressure: the vaccine is delivered under controlled force through muscle fibers, ensuring uniform diffusion into deep layers, reducing localized pockets and associated granuloma incidence.
multiple injections: a sled driven by a pneumatic cylinder enables up to four injections at different points in a single operation, using adjustable parallel/converging needles.
needle stability/integrity: the smooth sled movement reduces wear (using standard Luer Lock needles of varying diameters/lengths), drastically lowering risks of trauma/infection.
syringes: individually adjustable for diverse vaccine dosages. Separate injection circuits (each dispenser has its own volume) prevent vaccine mixing, preserving pharmacological integrity.
support rods: useful for connecting bags/vials of vaccine solutions to fill syringes.

3. ocular-conjunctival spray

Following injection, the operator moves the bird to the left and positions the head on the appropriate contoured support, so that the eyes align with the vaccine spray dispensers; light pressure with the left hand on a mobile lever activates a second micro-pneumatic mechanism that commands timed spray application. The spray deposits the inoculum directly into the conjunctival sac, between the bulbar surface and the inner eyelid. From this site, the vaccine reaches Harder’s gland (a lymphoid organ essential for mucosal immune stimulation) and is subsequently distributed throughout the respiratory epithelium (superficial and/or deep) through passage via nasal cavities/choana and oral cavity, via the nasolacrimal duct.

Traditionally, ocular vaccination required tilting the bird’s head and drop-by-drop dosing, operations that often induced instinctive eyelid closure or required manual force. Furthermore, a hurried or fatigued operator may release the bird before the drop is fully absorbed, without waiting for the bird to blink before releasing it.

The new system leverages the “Venturi effect,” providing the following advantages:

natural position: the animal maintains the head in a physiological position without recline, on a specialized contour following its morphology. This also reduces the eyelid closure reflex.
fluid dynamics: spray pressure is calibrated to slightly lift the eyelid, ensuring vaccine reaches the entire ocular orbit before the bird can close its eye.
flexibility: option for dual reservoirs, individually connected to their respective dispensers, to administer two vaccines simultaneously. The dispensers are adjustable in position and angle to ensure precise orientation toward animal pupils. Vaccine volume is modifiable via screws on individual sprayers.
efficiency: immediate confirmation of correct administration is visible by observing any dye used by directly inspecting the animal’s oral cavity. Additionally, positioning the spray on the right (or as otherwise configured) allows this operation as the first phase. While the operator proceeds with the subsequent steps, the vaccine has time to be properly absorbed.

Animal welfare and biosecurity

The most significant competitive advantage is the reduction of animal handling. While traditional methods required up to four separate handling steps to complete the full vaccination cycle, the new method involves a single collection of the bird, administrating all treatments in rapid sequence (spray → intramuscular injection(s) + wing puncture).

This approach drastically reduces the risk of trauma and stress for animals. As a result, it lowers potential respiratory and/or enteric conditions associated with stress, reduces the need for medication/additives, and limits the formation of culled birds with improved uniformity and reduced mortality.

The use of fewer operators and reducing the number of handling steps represents a significant advantage in terms of biosecurity. Fewer personnel movements in and out of the facility, as well as between different sites on the same day or different days, limits the possibility of introducing or spreading potential pathogens, ensuring greater control over the application of hygiene and preventive measures.

Strategic analysis: the machine as a response to personnel shortage

This is where the system’s true long-term value becomes evident. Labor shortages are not a transient phenomenon, but a structural and increasingly urgent issue. The modern farmer must address:

high turnover: difficulty finding and training personnel who often leave after just a few months.
training costs: time lost teaching the “sensitivity” of manual vaccination.
fatigue: human errors due to repetitive movements (RSI) on thousands of birds.

The device acts as a skills equalizer:

De-skilling of the operation: the operator no longer needs to decide how to vaccinate, but only where to position the animal. The “expert hand” is replaced by machine calibration. Once a “recipe” (pressures, distances, volumes) is set on one machine, it can be replicated at all stations, ensuring that a newly hired operator achieves the same health outcomes as a more experienced one.
Operator safety and welfare: the risk of self-injection (more common with manual syringes and struggling animals) and reduction of physical strain enable more peaceful and productive work shifts.
Optimization: with a single operator performing up to four operations simultaneously, the number of personnel needed to complete a vaccination cycle is reduced. In a context where reliable labor is difficult to find, achieving the same results with fewer people becomes a decisive advantage.

Cost-benefit analysis and performance

Despite its advanced technology, the system is designed for robustness and operational economy.

Conclusion

The adoption of this equipment should not be read merely as a “technology purchase,” but as an insurance policy on the production process.

By guaranteeing the certainty of the inoculated dose (1,000 doses = 1,000 birds), correct anatomical placement, and optimal management, independent of individual operator skill, it offers farmers a tool to elevate health standards while reducing labor costs and operational risks. Furthermore, given recent prospects for possible introduction of multiple mandatory parenteral vaccinations, the device is already equipped for simultaneous multiple injections (up to four in a single handling).

In a future where skilled labor continues to become scarcer, this system can transform vaccination from a “manual art” to a standardized, scientifically validated, and economically sustainable “industrial process”.

Discover more about Vaccinator Mark II: https://giordanoglobal.com/it/product/vaccination-devices/vaccinator-mark-ii/

Sustainability, proven: A practitioner’s perspective from inside poultry production

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 01:35:07 +0700

By Ken Opengart, DVM, PhD, DACPV
3 Birds Consulting
Signal Mountain, Tennessee

My introduction to sustainability, and the lens that has shaped how I approach my work, has always been grounded in the oath I took at graduation from veterinary school: to protect animal health and welfare, prevent suffering, conserve animal resources, promote public health and advance medical knowledge.

Sustainability is embedded in that oath, even if I did not fully recognize it early in my career. Its significance became clear as my responsibilities expanded, my experience deepened and I confronted the real-world complexity of our industry.

Entry into sustainability

My more formal professional sustainability journey began in 2007, when the company I was working for, Keystone Foods, launched its first sustainability program and asked me to lead that effort in the US. The responsibility seemed to dovetail well with my other areas of responsibility, including leading live operations and commodity risk management.

At the time, sustainability was not well understood within Keystone or the broader poultry industry. For many, it was confined to a narrow environmental narrative, often reduced to “being green,” and largely disconnected from the broader operational context, trade-offs and consequences that we recognize today.

From the outset, I spent a great deal of time reframing the conversation. I emphasized that sustainability was not something new or abstract but something we were already working on every day, through animal care, food safety, workforce practices, resource stewardship and business continuity. What was changing was not the work itself but how we communicated about it and how intentionally we connected it to outcomes.

My responsibilities expanded globally, and one of my early objectives was enhancing our sustainability culture. Regardless of role or function, my desire was for every employee to understand and be able to articulate how their work contributed to making Keystone more sustainable. Building that shared understanding required investing in enhancing sustainability literacy across the global organization, establishing a common language, clarifying understanding of complex trade-offs and fostering a clear line of sight between individual decisions and broader business outcomes.

Whether someone worked in HR, food safety and quality assurance, operations, accounting or elsewhere in the organization, sustainability had to be tangible, shared and owned, not siloed or assigned to a single department. That literacy was foundational to creating a robust and resilient sustainability culture that could endure beyond programs, reporting cycles or leadership changes.

Demonstrating sustainability

I am immensely proud of the role our poultry industry plays in society, particularly in terms of sustainability.

We feed a growing global population with safe, affordable and high-quality protein through one of the most cost-efficient and sustainable animal agriculture systems in the world. Sustainability in agriculture did not begin when corporations started focusing on it in the early 2000s; it has always been embedded in how we operate. We work continuously to do more with less, reduce waste and build a resilient value chain capable of meeting today’s needs while standing up to tomorrow’s challenges.

The poultry industry has delivered long-standing improvements in many areas of sustainability, yet I have long been frustrated by our inability to articulate our sustainability narrative in a compelling and convincing way.

When people ask, “Are we producing poultry sustainably?” my answer is grounded in data, not defensiveness. Life-cycle assessments and industry benchmarking of US broiler production tell a compelling story, one that is rarely communicated effectively outside our industry.

Over the last 5 decades, the US broiler industry has dramatically reduced its environmental footprint. From 1965 to 2010, water depletion declined by more than 50%, global warming potential by more than 30%, land use by over 70% and fossil-energy use by nearly 40% per kilogram of live weight produced. From 2010 to 2020, we continued to improve, with further reductions in greenhouse-gas emissions, water consumption, and land and fossil resource use.^1,2

These gains did not happen by accident. They were driven by advances in poultry genetics, nutrition, health management, housing and husbandry, paired with a vertically integrated value chain that allows us to identify inefficiencies and correct them at scale.

Poultry did not just become more sustainable; it became more affordable. Even as input costs rose, chicken remained one of the most accessible proteins for consumers. Food affordability and accessibility are critical, yet often overlooked, dimensions of sustainability.

Focusing sustainability efforts

Sustained progress, however, does not mean the job is done. The next phase of sustainability improvement in poultry is harder and requires honesty about where our biggest opportunities lie.

Life-cycle analyses consistently show that roughly 70% of poultry’s climate impact sits in Scope 3 emissions, which include transportation-related greenhouse gases. Within that, roughly 70% is tied to feed in the form of grain production, feed processing and transport, and feed conversion. That reality narrows the field of viable interventions.

Future progress will not come from a single breakthrough but from a disciplined set of science-based levers applied across the system. It will depend on climate-smart row crops, improved nutrient management, reduced tillage and effective edge-of-field practices. It will also depend on precision nutrition and the thoughtful use of alternative ingredients, such as enzymes, probiotics and phytogenics, and the ability to balance formulating for cost and environmental impact.

Additionally, progress will depend on continued gains in feed conversion and improved health and welfare, as well as rigorous environmental control inside poultry houses, i.e., air quality, temperature, lighting and management.

None of these is a silver bullet. Each may carry trade-offs. Sustainability is not about achieving perfection. Rather, it is about making informed, data-driven decisions that balance outcomes and drive continuous improvement.

Telling the full sustainability story

Admittedly, I fell into the trap of discussing sustainability only in the context of environmental impact. This was not intentional, but it is certainly where I feel most comfortable and get most excited.

To really tell our compelling story, we must speak broadly about our progress. The US Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry and Eggs developed a sustainability framework that measures performance across 101 metrics and 15 core indicators, including animal welfare, environmental impact, labor and food safety. The assessment enables participants to benchmark progress, pinpoint and prioritize areas requiring greater focus, recognize strengths and drive continuous improvement across their organization.

The first-ever sustainability framework report developed for the full US supply chains for chicken, turkey and eggs from producer to final customer was published in 2025.³ This represents an important step toward generating the data and insights needed to communicate our story more effectively and enhance credibility and trust with our stakeholders.

Call to action

So where does that leave us?

If the poultry industry wants sustainability to be understood based on real performance rather than outside interpretation, we must take ownership of our narrative and define how sustainability is executed and communicated. Progress must be grounded in a holistic framework that integrates aspects of sustainability and manages trade-offs transparently, rather than allowing one priority to be sacrificed to satisfy another.

My call to action is this:

If you are a poultry leader, do not chase sustainability commitments that ignore systems-level consequences. Demand holistic assessments before locking in targets. Grow a sustainability culture within your organization where, regardless of function, everyone understands how they contribute to sustainable outcomes for your company.

If you are a veterinarian or welfare professional, advocate for outcome-based measures that let the bird tell us the answer.

If you are a customer or brand, recognize that sustainability is not achieved through prescriptive mandates but by partnering with supply chain partners and driving continuous improvement that is grounded in science.

And if you work in poultry production, take pride in what this industry has accomplished while staying committed to doing better.

Poultry feeds the world efficiently, affordably and responsibly. The challenge ahead is not whether we can be sustainable but whether we are willing to share our story transparently and make decisions that genuinely balance environment, economy and ethics.

That responsibility belongs to all of us.

References

1. Putman B, Thoma G, Burek J, Matlock M. A retrospective analysis of the United States poultry industry: 1965 compared with 2010. Agric. Syst. 2017;157:107-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2017.07.008A
2. Putman B, Thoma G. Broiler Production System Life Cycle Assessment: 2020 Update. 2020. Broiler-Production-System-LCA_2020-Update.pdf
3. 2025-US-RSPE-Framework-Sustainability-Report.pdf

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Sustainability, proven: A practitioner’s perspective from inside poultry production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Introducing Dovria Veterinary Monitors

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 01:30:07 +0700

Patient monitoring plays a critical role in veterinary care, from anesthesia to recovery. To support veterinary teams with reliable and flexible monitoring solutions, we’re proud to introduce Dovria, our new line of veterinary monitors.

Dovria: The Calm Within Precision.

Designed to deliver dependable monitoring when it matters most, the Dovria family helps veterinary teams focus on what matters: patient care.

Whether you need a compact portable monitor or a fully modular system for advanced monitoring, the Dovria family offers the flexibility and performance that today’s practices require.

Meet the Dovria family

Dovria One

A compact handheld multi-parameter monitor designed for portability and everyday monitoring in busy clinical environments.

Learn More

Dovria Pro

A powerful handheld monitor that delivers comprehensive multi-parameter monitoring while remaining easy to use and highly mobile.

Learn More

Dovria Ultra

A modular veterinary monitor designed for advanced monitoring needs, offering expanded capabilities and reliable tracking of essential vital parameters.

With the Dovria lineup, clinics can choose the monitoring solution that best fits their workflow, from portable everyday monitoring to advanced surgical monitoring.

Learn More

Q2 Dispomed Promotion Exclusive Offers to celebrate Dovria Launch

Get 1 free hour of consultation with Dr. Craig Mosley to discuss monitoring.

Upgrade Your Practice and Save 5% on the Dovria One or Dovria Pro

Promotion valid until June 30th 2026

Bioavailable silicium as feed additive and its beneficial effects throughout poultry production

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:20:10 +0700

Silicium is a naturally occurring trace element that supports bone formation, collagen synthesis, and structural integrity in tissues and eggshell membranes. In poultry, dietary bioavailable silicium can improve skeletal strength, egg and eggshell quality, laying performance, and hatchability, making it a valuable additive across production systems.

➤ Barbara Brutsaert¹, Giuditta Tilli², Maarten De Gussem^2,3

¹VetPharm, Noordkaai 24, Izegem 8870, Belgium (barbara.brutsaert@vetpharm-global.com)

²Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium (giuditta.tilli@vetworks.eu; maarten.degussem@vetworks.eu)

³Faculty of Veterinary medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820, Merelbeke, Belgium

The role of silicium in bone health, connective tissue integrity and egg quality

Silicium (or silicon) is a naturally occurring trace element widely present in the environment (particularly in soil and plants). Silicium rarely exists in its bioavailable form, as it rapidly binds with oxygen to polymerize and form silica and silicates. Orthosilicic acid (OSA), silicium’s bioavailable form, is nevertheless recognized as an essential nutrient with demonstrated biological value¹.

Biological distribution and functions

Silicium is found in all organs and tissues, with the highest concentrations in connective tissues, typically rich in collagen, and mineralized structures such as bone². Research in both humans and animals shows that dietary bioavailable silicium plays a significant role in collagen formation and supporting overall skeletal health. Its involvement includes:

stimulating collagen synthesis, essential for the architecture, strength, and elasticity of connective tissues and bones;
enhancing bone development and mineralization;
promoting osteoblasts and fibroblasts formation;
interacting with calcium to support optimal bone metabolism.

These combined effects highlight silicium’s importance in maintaining strong, healthy collagen and skeletal structures^1-3.

Silicium and egg and eggshell quality

Beyond its role in bone physiology, silicium contributes to the structural integrity of eggshell membranes. By supporting collagen synthesis, silicium helps reinforce the mechanical properties of these membranes, which are crucial for:

shell mineralization;
elasticity and resistance to mechanical stress;
barrier function against pathogens.

Silicium is also essential for the vitelline membrane, which plays a key role in:

maintaining yolk centralization;
regulating nutrient exchange;
protecting the developing embryo from the alkaline environment of the albumen.

Scientific evidence confirms the presence and functional importance of collagen in both the eggshell and vitelline membranes, underscoring silicium’s relevance in reproductive performance and egg quality^4,5.

Bioavailable silicium supplementation as a tool to support collagen, skeletal health and performance in modern poultry production

Selective breeding in commercial poultry has substantially increased skeletal demands across production systems. In broilers, rapid muscle accretion places considerable strain on the developing skeleton, while in layers, continuous egg production requires sustained mineral mobilization and structural resilience. These pressures heighten the importance of nutritional strategies that support bone integrity and connective tissue strength.

Bioavailable silicium has demonstrated beneficial effects on collagen synthesis, bone mineralization, and overall skeletal robustness. Its inclusion as a dietary additive may therefore offer advantages throughout the poultry production chain. Findings from previous studies in broilers further highlight silicium’s potential to enhance skeletal strength and reduce the incidence of structural disorders⁶. Although silicium is not classified as an essential nutrient, the use of bioavailable silicium‑based products in poultry husbandry may contribute positively to animal welfare, skeletal health, and productive performance.

Considering the background, a series of trials was conducted to assess its efficacy throughout the entire poultry production chain, examining its impact from breeders to commercial flocks.

Performance of broiler breeder flocks supplemented with bioavailable silicium

Across multiple broiler breeder operations, internal trials conducted in Belgium, China, and the Philippines consistently demonstrated the positive impact of supplementing a bioavailable silicium product. Flocks receiving bioavailable silicium showed improved laying performance, with increases of 1% to 2% in key production phases (Belgium, Figure 1) and, in some cases, up to a 3.8% rise in total egg output (China). Enhancements in eggshell quality were also evident, including greater shell stiffness, increased thickness, and a lower incidence of cracked eggs (Belgium). These improvements translated into better hatchery outcomes, with higher hatchability rates and a notable increase in the number of day‑old chicks produced (Belgium, Figure 2), exceedingly more than 4 additional chicks per breeder hen (Belgium).

Figure 1 – Comparison between control (grey) and treatment (orange) group on performance parameters of the flocks (laying percentage) in a trial conducted in Belgium. Two flocks of 20,000 Ross 308 breeders were monitored: one control flock and one receiving 150 g/t of the silicium-based product. From week 16 to 61, performance was recorded, with supplementation applied from week 22 onward. Laying rate, total egg output, cumulative production, and hatchability were continuously tracked throughout the trial. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Figure 2 – Comparison between control (blue) and treatment (orange) group on hatchability of eggs from the flocks. Data coming from regular hatches from different flocks at the same period are also reported for comparison (grey) in a trial conducted in Belgium. Two flocks of 20,000 Ross 308 breeders were monitored: one control flock and one receiving 150 g/t of the silicium-based product. From week 16 to 61, performance was recorded, with supplementation applied from week 22 onward. Laying rate, total egg output, cumulative production, and hatchability were continuously tracked throughout the trial. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Performance of layer flocks supplemented with bioavailable silicium

Across multiple commercial layer operations, trials conducted in Portugal, the Philippines, and France consistently demonstrated the positive impact of supplementing bioavailable silicium. Supplemented flocks showed improved laying performance, with higher laying percentages and increased average egg weight across production phases. Enhancements in egg quality were also evident, including a marked reduction in cracked and broken eggs, contributing to more first grade sellable eggs.

Internal egg quality improved, as eggs from supplemented hens displayed a stronger vitelline membrane (Figures 3 and 4), supporting reduced yolk rupture and improved suitability for handling, storage, and processing. Additional benefits were observed in feed efficiency improved as well, with treated hens exhibiting a lower feed conversion ratio, indicating more efficient nutrient utilization.

Figure 3 – Comparison between control (grey) and different concentration of product in the treatment (orange) groups on vitelline membrane rigidity (i.e., extent to which vitelline membrane resists to deformation in response to an applied force) of eggs coming from the flocks. Statistically significant improvement in vitelline membrane rigidity indicates a better egg quality from birds after silicium supplementation. Data coming from a trial conducted in Belgium. Around 390 laying hens per treatment were monitored, with supplementation applied from week 26 to week 30. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Figure 4 – Comparison between control (grey) and different concentration of product in the treatment (orange) groups on vitelline membrane rupture force (i.e., the maximum force applied on the yolk before membrane rupture). A higher rupture force indicates a stronger vitelline membrane, which is associated with fresher eggs. Highly statistically significant improvement in vitelline membrane rupture force indicates a better egg quality from birds after silicium supplementation. Data coming from a trial conducted in Belgium. Around 390 laying hens per treatment were monitored, with supplementation applied from week 26 to week 30. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Silicium as a key driver for flock efficiency

Across both breeder and layer operations worldwide, the use of bioavailable silicium consistently delivered measurable benefits throughout the poultry production chain. In broiler breeders, supplementation beginning at week 21 resulted in additional eggs and a higher number of chicks hatched, corresponding to an estimated return on investment (ROI) of 9.6 based on a DOC market price of €0.41. Continuous administration from week 22 to week 61 improved eggshell quality, laying performance, and hatchability, demonstrating clear advantages at both farm and hatchery level.

Similar positive outcomes were observed in commercial layers, where silicium supplementation enhanced productivity, egg quality, and feed efficiency across diverse production environments.

Taken together, these findings highlight bioavailable silicium as a valuable nutritional strategy to support reproductive efficiency, eggshell integrity, and overall flock performance in modern poultry systems.

Bibliography

¹Jugdaohsingh R. Silicon and bone health. J Nutr Health Aging. 2007 Mar-Apr;11(2):99-110. PMID: 17435952; PMCID: PMC2658806 https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2658806/

²Götz W, Tobiasch E, Witzleben S, Schulze M. Effects of Silicon Compounds on Biomineralization, Osteogenesis, and Hard Tissue Formation. Pharmaceutics. 2019 Mar 12;11(3):117. doi: 10.3390/pharmaceutics11030117. PMID: 30871062; PMCID: PMC6471146.
https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6471146/

³Pritchard A, Nielsen BD, Robison C, Manfredi JM. Low dietary silicon supplementation may not affect bone and cartilage in mature, sedentary horses. J Anim Sci. 2020 Dec 1;98(12):skaa377. doi: 10.1093/jas/skaa377. PMID: 33216909; PMCID: PMC7749713. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7749713/

⁴Pillai, M.M., Saha, R. & Tayalia, P. Avian eggshell membrane as a material for tissue engineering: A review. J Mater Sci 58, 6865–6886 (2023).
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-023-08434-2

⁵YH Zhao, YJ Chi. Characterization of collagen from eggshell membrane. Biotechnology (Faisalabad), 2009.
https://scialert.net/abstract/?doi=biotech.2009.254.258

⁶Prentice, Sophie Elizabeth. The effects of silicon on skeletal integrity. Nottingham Trent University (United Kingdom) ProQuest Dissertations & Theses, 2019. 27767110. https://www.proquest.com/openview/63985a0bb7b30c9befc9b27da3215992/1?pq-origsite=gscholar&cbl=51922&diss=y

The new digital edition of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now online

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:20:10 +0700

The latest issue of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now available, featuring technical articles on poultry nutrition, health and production management.

This edition includes a review of bioavailable silicon as a feed additive, an analysis of poultry prophylaxis, and an overview of global meat production dynamics with a focus on imports.

Technical contributions address water quality and its role in flock performance, the combined management of drinking water and vaccination procedures, and immunity in modern broiler crosses. Processing aspects aimed at reducing carcass damage are also covered.

Read the digital edition on Issuu

Download the full PDF: HERE.

New NSF Initiative Aims to Make Every American Worker, Business and Community AI-Ready, Including Farmers

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Apr 2026 02:15:12 +0700

They will stablish a network of 56 state and territory-based coordination hubs.

The organism will invest up to USD 1 million annually per hub over three years.

The National Science Foundation (NSF) of the United States (US) announced a new funding opportunity as part of an effort to enable all Americans to understand, apply and create with artificial intelligence. The NSF TechAccess: AI-Ready America (NSF AI-Ready America) initiative aims to expand access to AI knowledge, tools, training and capacity building so all Americans can participate in — and benefit from — the AI economy. And this includes all the farmers.

As a first step, NSF and federal partners -the Department of Agriculture National Institute of Food and Agriculture (USDA NIFA), the Department of Labor, and the Small Business Administration- are releasing a funding opportunity to establish AI-ready Coordination Hubs in every US state and territory.

“USDA’s National Institute of Food and Agriculture is proud to partner with NSF on this national effort to ensure that every community — including the most rural — can benefit from the power of artificial intelligence,” assured Jaye Hamby, USDA NIFA director. And he added: “By investing in tools and training that meet farmers and ranchers where they are, we’re helping build an agricultural future that is more resilient, more efficient and more accessible for all. This collaboration strengthens our commitment to ensuring that agricultural producers have the innovations they need to thrive in and provide food and fiber for a rapidly evolving world.”

Closing the Gap

Informed by the White House AI Action Plan, the NSF AI-Ready America initiative is designed to close the gap between the nation’s AI capabilities and the workforce, businesses, and communities that need to use them. The initiative targets three areas where that gap is widest: expanding AI literacy and applied skills across the American workforce; equipping small businesses and local governments with the tools and technical assistance to adopt AI; and building hands-on learning pathways -including internships and project-based programs- that translate AI skills into real-world application.

“America’s AI competitiveness depends on a strong research and development ecosystem paired with access to advanced science and technology knowledge for our current and future workforce,” said for his part Brian Stone, performing the duties of the NSF director. “NSF AI-Ready America provides that foundation — giving workers, businesses, and communities in every state and territory the tools and knowledge to advance AI together.”

It Will Operate Through a Network

The initiative will operate through a network of state and territory-based Coordination Hubs — up to 56 in total, covering all US states, territories and the District of Columbia — selected through three rounds of competition. Each Hub will connect local partners, coordinate deployment, and scale proven approaches based on the priorities of state and local stakeholders. NSF will invest up to USD 1 million annually per Hub over three years, with the possibility of a fourth year for Hubs demonstrating continued need during transition.

“Winning the AI race is vital to ensuring continued American dominance in defense, innovation, and economic strength,” said SBA Administrator Kelly Loeffler. “SBA looks forward to collaborating with NSF and our partners across the Trump Administration to empower small businesses with the training and resources to enhance efficiencies and drive prosperity for the next generation.”

NSF plans to release a funding opportunity in the future to select a national coordination lead who will facilitate collaboration and knowledge sharing among the Coordination Hubs. NSF also anticipates issuing AI-Ready Catalyst award competitions focused on a series of topics to pilot and scale innovative approaches that address critical AI readiness needs.

ALDI Süd Is the Latest of the UK’s 11 Leading Supermarket Chains to Commit to Shrimp Welfare Goals

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Apr 2026 02:15:06 +0700

After the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to the supply chain

The German retailer ALDI Süd announced a few days ago they will use electrical stunning or similar methods, before slaughtering all farmed shrimp by 2035 and end eyestalk ablation across its supply chain by 2030. The policy will apply across its markets, including Europe, the United States and Australia. Other United Kingdom’s retailers, including Waitrose, M&S and Tesco, have already set similar goals, though their timelines vary. Some aim to make the changes by 2026, while ALDI Süd’s plan stretches to 2035.

“With ALDI Süd’s commitment, every major United Kingdom (UK) supermarket has now drawn a line on prawn welfare,” said Jonas Becker, head of Invertebrate Welfare, International Council for Animal Welfare. “We believe the global scale of this pledge will make effective electrical stunning the norm well beyond Europe.”

Now, with the announcement, every one of the eleven major UK supermarkets has now set a time-bound commitment on prawn welfare. What began with Waitrose, M&S and Tesco has become a new baseline across UK grocery -though the timelines for full implementation vary significantly, with some retailers targeting 2026 and Aldi Süd’s global pledge extending to 2035.

The Most Widely Consumed

Shrimp are the most widely consumed farmed animal in the UK, with more than 1.2 billion sold each year. Research from the London School of Economics and the University of Stirling has found they are sentient and capable of feeling pain, a view reflected in the UK’s Animal Welfare (Sentience) Act 2022.

Two practices have drawn particular scrutiny. In hatcheries, breeding females may have one eyestalk removed to stimulate egg production. At slaughter, shrimp are often placed in ice-water baths, which research suggests may not render them unconscious.

Electrical stunning is being introduced as an alternative, designed to render shrimp unconscious within seconds and already in use in parts of the UK supply chain.

ALDI Süd was the last of the 11 major UK supermarkets to set a timeline, but its pledge is broader than most, applying across all of its global markets and including a commitment to publish annual progress updates.

Most retailers have taken a more limited approach. Lidl, for example, has committed to electrical stunning for shrimp sold in Great Britain but has not set timelines for its operations elsewhere in Europe.

Commitments

The pace of change has picked up quickly. As recently as mid-2024, no major UK supermarket had set a timeline. Commitments followed over the next two years, and some retailers have already begun making changes. Lidl GB says its core own-brand range is now ablation-free, while Ocado has completed its transition to electrical stunning.

“The ALDI South Group is investing in an industry-led research project to assess the effectiveness of electrical stunning and other potentially higher-welfare methods for warm-water shrimp,” wrote Aldi Süd in its factsheet.

“This project will conclude in 2028, and from this date, ALDI will start transitioning to electrical stunning or other measures confirmed by the study for its own-brand warm-water shrimp, with the aim of completion by 2035. We are committed to transparently report annually on the implementation status of preslaughter stunning methods from 2028 onwards.”

Investigation

In late 2025, the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to ALDI’s supply chain. The investigation was shared widely and reached hundreds of thousands of people. ICAW organized protests at ALDI‘s UK headquarters in Atherstone and its German headquarters in Essen.

VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Apr 2026 15:15:05 +0700

VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview: Marking a New Chapter for the Country’s Livestock and Poultry Sector

Global expertise meets local partnerships; the three-day show introduces a complete feed to food platform for India’s fastest-growing agribusiness sector

VIV Select India 2026 takes place from 22–24 April 2026 at Yashobhoomi Convention and Expo Centre, New Delhi, introducing the globally established VIV Worldwide platform to the Indian market for the first time. The three day business to business exhibition brings together international and domestic suppliers, industry leaders, and decision makers at a pivotal moment for India’s rapidly expanding animal protein sector.

Organised by VNU Exhibitions Europe, the international division of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs, in strategic partnership with the Poultry Federation of India (PFI), VIV Select India has been developed as a long term platform to support technology transfer, business growth, and international collaboration within India’s livestock and animal protein industries.

Exhibitors and Technologies on Display
VIV Select India 2026 features over 130 exhibitors, representing a strong mix of Indian and international companies. Participation spans Europe, the Middle East, and Asia, underscoring India’s growing importance as a destination for innovation, investment, and long term collaboration in animal protein production.

The event is supported by a broad coalition of national and regional industry associations, reinforcing its role as a unifying platform for poultry, dairy, and allied livestock sectors.

The exhibition floor presents a comprehensive cross section of technologies and services designed to enhance productivity, efficiency, sustainability, and product quality across animal protein production. Visitors can expect solutions ranging from automation and precision systems to animal health, biosecurity, processing, and digital tools.

International and Indian companies such as Big Dutchman, JBT Marel India, Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition India, FAMSUN, Venky’s India, and Himalaya Wellness Company are among those confirmed—alongside many other technology providers serving integrators, producers, processors, and service companies.

VIV Square: Knowledge Exchange at the Core
VIV Square opens with a formal inaugural ceremony marked by the presence of senior industry leaders and government representatives, including Mr. Jeroen van Hooff, President & CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs and VNU Group, Mr. Ranpal Dhanda, President of the Poultry Federation of India, and Prof. S.P. Singh Baghel, Honorable Minister of State for Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying. The opening is further distinguished by participation from key public and diplomatic stakeholders such as Ms. Varsha Joshi, Additional Secretary, Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, H.E. Ms. Marisa Gerards, Ambassador of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, and Shri Mahipal Dhanda, Education Minister of Haryana.

Across the three days, the programme includes expert-led sessions addressing critical developments in poultry production, dairy advancement, and animal health. Industry leaders from companies including Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition, JBT Marel, Venkateshwara Hatcheries (Ventri Biologicals), MSD Animal Health, HIPRA, CEVA, Holm & Laue, Binsar Farms, and Verka Dairy are all to share insights on topics such as automation and AI in production systems, nutrition strategies, processing performance, international dairy collaboration, and advances in vaccines and biologicals.

Patrick van Rooij, Project Manager – VIV Select India shares, “The poultry and livestock sectors are entering a phase where scale must be matched by efficiency, resilience, and smarter use of technology. VIV Select India has been developed to support that shift—by connecting the value chain, facilitating knowledge exchange, and giving professionals direct access to solutions that work in real production environments. This platform is as much about dialogue and learning as it is about business. Our goal is to create conversations that lead to stronger partnerships, better decisions, and long term value for the industry as a whole.”

Registration and Visitor Information
VIV Select India 2026 is open exclusively to trade professionals active across the animal protein and livestock value chain, including producers, integrators, processors, veterinarians, feed manufacturers, technology providers, consultants, policymakers, and industry media.

Visitor admission is free of charge and includes access to the full exhibition floor as well as all sessions at VIV Square, the show’s integrated knowledge programme. Advance online registration is recommended to ensure smooth entry and timely access to event updates and programme scheduling. The show is open during the event dates from 10:00 to 18:00.
Visitors can register online at india.viv.net/registration.

The post VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Apr 2026 08:20:08 +0700

Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes

Rapid growth can look like success. More fish, faster turnover, and higher revenue all seem like signs that a farm is moving in the right direction. However, in aquaculture, sudden expansion can also push a system beyond its limits. What works at one scale does not always work at the next. As a result, when growth outpaces system capacity, collapse becomes much more likely.

At the center of this problem is uncontrolled scaling.

Biological Load Exceeds System Capacity

Every fish farm operates within a biological carrying capacity. In simple terms, water can only hold so much oxygen, process so much waste, and support a stable microbial balance for a given level of production. When stocking density rises too quickly, waste production can increase faster than the system can safely handle.

Consequently, ammonia, nitrites, and organic matter begin to build up while oxygen demand rises. Both FAO’s guidance on water quality management and its technical material on water quality and fish health emphasize how critical dissolved oxygen and ammonia control are in intensive aquaculture.

At first, the system may appear to absorb the added pressure. Eventually, though, it can reach a tipping point. Then even a relatively small change in feeding, temperature, or oxygen availability can trigger a much larger problem.

Delayed System Feedback

Just as importantly, aquaculture systems often do not fail immediately. Water quality may still look acceptable on the surface while deeper imbalances are quietly building underneath. Microbial communities can shift, waste can accumulate, and oxygen reserves can tighten before obvious warning signs appear.

This delayed feedback is one reason fish farms can seem stable right up until they are not. Because of that delay, farmers may develop a false sense of security. By the time fish start showing visible stress, the system may already be unstable. Therefore, corrective action becomes reactive instead of preventive.

Feed Input Escalation

At the same time, sudden growth nearly always means more feed. Increased feeding raises nutrient loading, which directly affects water quality. Uneaten feed and fish waste stimulate microbial activity, and that process consumes oxygen while contributing to harmful byproducts.

In addition, feed efficiency often declines when fish are under stress. So, more feed goes in, but less of it turns into healthy growth. That creates both biological strain and financial pressure. Research and industry guidance on feed management and production efficiency consistently point to the importance of adjusting feed to real-time conditions rather than simply increasing volume.

In other words, the system becomes heavier, more fragile, and less efficient all at once.

Infrastructure Mismatch

Moreover, rapid expansion often happens before infrastructure is truly ready. Aeration systems, filtration units, water exchange capacity, and monitoring tools may still be sized for a smaller operation. As production rises, these systems can become bottlenecks.

Oxygen distribution may become uneven, filtration may become inadequate, and water circulation may weaken. NOAA’s work on aquaculture planning and best practices highlights the importance of matching farm design, monitoring, and management capacity to production scale. You can explore more through NOAA’s Coastal Aquaculture Planning Portal and its review of biosecurity and disease management best practices.

Instead of scaling smoothly, the farm develops weak points. Then, under pressure, those weak points are usually where failure begins.

Disease and Stress Amplification

Furthermore, high-density conditions combined with unstable water quality create ideal conditions for disease. Fish under chronic stress tend to have weaker immune responses, which makes them more vulnerable to pathogens. At the same time, crowded conditions allow disease to spread faster through the population.

Environmental stressors such as low dissolved oxygen, high ammonia, and poor water conditions are widely recognized as major contributors to fish health problems. You can read more in this overview of fish health management.

As a result, outbreaks that would have been manageable at a smaller scale can quickly become severe. Mortality rises, treatment costs increase, and apparent growth turns into financial loss.

Economic Overextension

Finally, sudden expansion can strain the business side just as much as the biological side. More fish usually means more feed purchases, higher stocking costs, more labor, and greater operating expenses. However, when biological performance slips, revenue often fails to keep up with those rising costs.

This leaves the farm carrying bigger expenses with lower efficiency. Then a single mortality event, oxygen crash, or production delay can push the entire operation into loss. For that reason, fast growth is not always healthy growth.

Conclusion

Fish farms collapse after sudden growth spikes because biological systems do not scale instantly. Water quality, infrastructure, and ecosystem balance all need time, planning, and careful design to adjust. When growth happens without matching system expansion, hidden instability builds below the surface. The farm may look successful for a while, but eventually several limits are reached at the same time.

Therefore, sustainable scaling in aquaculture must be controlled, incremental, and supported by strong infrastructure and close monitoring. The goal is not just rapid growth. Instead, the goal is stable growth.

In fish farming, expanding too fast is not true acceleration. It is a compression of risk.

Build Your Own Fish Farm

Want to build a fish farm that grows without breaking under pressure? Join the Ecolonomics Action Team and learn from experienced farmers who understand how to scale aquaculture systems in a practical, resilient, and profitable way.

Resources

FAO, Water Quality Management
FAO, Water Quality and Fish Health
NOAA, Review of Best Practices for Biosecurity and Disease Management in Aquaculture
NOAA, Coastal Aquaculture Planning Portal
The Fish Site, Feed Management for Improving Production and Economic Returns
The Fish Site, An Introduction to Fish Health Management

The post Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Daniel Gomes joined Hubbard as Asia Business Manager

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 21:00:09 +0700

Asia – Hubbard is pleased to announce that Daniel Gomes has been appointed as Asia Business Manager. Daniel is based in Bangkok and reports directly to Bruno Briand, Hubbard’s Global Sales Director.

Originally from Brazil, Dr Daniel Gomes obtained his degree in Veterinary Medicine from the Universidade Estadual Paulista (UNESP) in Brazil in 2006.

He began his career as a field veterinarian for parent stock and broilers at Seara-JBS, one of the largest poultry companies in the world. In 2012, he graduated with a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) at FGV University (Brazil), after which he joined Farmabase Saude Animal, a Brazilian animal health company for nine years. During this time he held various commercial and customer support roles in Brazil, Latin America and Asia. He relocated to Bangkok in 2019.

In 2021, Daniel joined Aviagen Asia Pacific as Indian River Brand Manager, where he was responsible for all customer-related activities and spent a lot of time with the customer base across the Asian region.

In February 2026, Daniel joined Hubbard as Asia Business Manager, where he will lead the commercial team in South & Southeast Asia, focusing on business development and customer satisfaction for both conventional and premium Hubbard breeds.

Bruno Briand ads: “We are all very pleased to welcome Daniel as our new colleague. His sound knowledge of the markets and the poultry industry, combined with his excellent social skills, have already demonstrated that Daniel will be a valuable asset for strengthening Hubbard’s customer base and developing new opportunities for Hubbard in Asia.”

Source: Hubbard press release

Maintenance of the Steria Autoclave

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 03:05:06 +0700

Proper maintenance of your veterinary autoclave is essential to ensure reliable sterilization and the safety of every procedure performed in your clinic. Whether you operate a small animal practice or a busy veterinary hospital, keeping your Steria Autoclave in top condition helps you avoid unexpected downtime, extend the life of your equipment, and stay compliant with sterilization standards. In this guide, our team at Dispomed walks you through the recommended monthly and 3-month maintenance routines, step by step.

Monthly maintenance (50 cycles)

For maintenance of the Steria Autoclave, always open the door, then shut the breaker power off at the back of the machine.

1. Clean the distilled water tank

Open the cover for the clean water tank and find at the very bottom a white strainer filter. Pull it up to remove it and make sure that it is clean. You can use a toothbrush to remove any hard debris stuck to it. Rinse it ou and then reinstall. Wipe the inside of the basin to remove any residue.

2. Clean the filter inside the chamber

Remove the rack inside the chamber. You can clean the rack with a damp rag. Found at the bottom of the chamber, near the rear, is a strainer filter. Unscrew the strainer filter and pull it out. Make sure that there’s no debris around the strainer. You can pull the strainer out to clean it with a toothbrush. Rinse it out and put it back together before reinstalling..

3. Clean the interior of the chamber

Use a damp rag to clean the interior of the chamber, removing any debris and dirt on the inside. You can also clean the front door gasket and the surface where the door gasket sits on the chamber.

3 Months Maintenance (200 cycles)

At the front of the machine, open the front cover which exposes the Hepa filter. This filter is to be replaced every three months or 200 cycles. To replace it, simply unscrew it and discard it, the you can screw the new one in place.

For a broader overview of autoclave maintenance best practices in your veterinary clinic, including weekly cleaning and annual servicing, visit our complete Autoclave Maintenance Guide.

When Newcastle disease virus shows up in diagnostics, what does it mean?

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 23:35:08 +0700

Newcastle disease (ND) is one of the most recognized viral diseases of poultry worldwide. In the US, however, the devastating outbreaks seen in other regions are rare.

So what does it mean when Newcastle disease virus (NDV) appears in diagnostic testing during respiratory disease investigations?

According to Mark Jackwood, PhD, and Jose Linares, DVM, of Ceva Animal Health, the answer often has less to do with Newcastle itself and more to do with the complex mix of pathogens affecting commercial flocks.

A global disease — but a different US reality

NDV infects nearly all avian species and is widely distributed around the world. The strains responsible for severe disease and high mortality — known as virulent ND viruses — are considered exotic to the US.

“The highly virulent strains that cause severe disease are treated as a foreign animal disease in the US,” Jackwood said. “If they are detected, they are eliminated through a stamping-out program.”

Because of aggressive control policies and widespread vaccination, virulent ND has remained largely absent from US commercial poultry production.

What diagnosticians are far more likely to encounter are low-virulence ND viruses.

“These viruses are genetically similar to strains used in many live ND vaccines,” Jackwood said. “By themselves, they typically do not cause significant disease.”

Why NDV sometimes appears in respiratory investigations

Even so, NDV occasionally appears in diagnostic testing when flocks are experiencing respiratory problems.

That can raise concerns initially because Newcastle is a reportable disease when virulent strains are involved, Linares noted — but sequencing usually provides important context.

“When those viruses are sequenced, they are usually identified as low-virulence viruses; in many cases, the sequences match or are very closely related to strains used in live ND vaccines,” he said.

“However, detecting NDV in these situations does not necessarily mean it is the primary cause of the respiratory signs.”

Part of a larger respiratory disease complex

While low-virulence ND viruses typically cause little or no disease on their own, Jackwood noted that they may contribute to the overall respiratory disease complex when other pathogens are present.

Respiratory pathogens such as avian metapneumovirus, infectious bronchitis virus, avian mycoplasmas and bacterial infections can interact within a respiratory disease complex and influence the overall clinical outcome, he explained.

Immunosuppressive agents may also play a role.

“If birds are dealing with something like infectious bursal disease virus, their immune response may be compromised,” Jackwood said. “That can make them more susceptible to other pathogens.”

In these situations, NDV may be detected alongside other pathogens even if it is not the primary driver of disease.

“Live ND vaccines can contribute to the disease complex, especially stronger vaccines like LaSota, when they are applied on top of an existing infection with other pathogens such as avian metapneumovirus,” Jackwood said. “This reinforces the importance of proper timing and flock health when implementing vaccination programs.”

Not an emerging problem

Newcastle disease itself does not appear to be an emerging problem in US poultry production, Linares said, noting that recent respiratory investigations in which NDV was detected were primarily driven by other pathogens — particularly avian metapneumovirus and bacterial co-infections — as well as seasonal respiratory disease pressures.

Still, the virus remains an important global disease, and the risk of introduction has not disappeared.

“Virulent ND viruses circulate in many parts of the world,” Linares noted. “They have been introduced into the US in the past, often through non-poultry bird species.”

For that reason, surveillance, vaccination and biosecurity remain important safeguards.

Vaccination remains essential

Vaccination continues to be the foundation of ND prevention in US poultry flocks.

“One important point is that NDV has only one serotype,” Jackwood said. “That means properly applied vaccines protect against disease even when different genetic variants of the virus are circulating.”

Live vaccines derived from low-virulence viruses are commonly used in broilers. Inactivated vaccines are typically used in layers and breeders to stimulate strong systemic immunity and transfer maternal antibodies to chicks. Recombinant vaccines using herpesvirus of turkeys as a vector are also widely used.

For vaccination programs to be effective, most birds in the flock must receive an adequate immunizing dose. Vaccine dose and timing are critical factors, since birds need sufficient exposure to the vaccine virus to develop protective immunity before they encounter field challenge. In practice, this means ensuring that vaccines are administered correctly and that coverage across the flock is high enough to establish strong population-level immunity.

“Research indicates that at least about 85% of birds need to receive an immunizing dose of vaccine to achieve good flock protection,” Jackwood said.

Building effective ND vaccination programs

In broilers, mild live vaccines are commonly administered early in life, often in the presence of maternal antibodies, whereas longer-lived birds such as layers and breeders typically receive inactivated vaccines to stimulate strong systemic immunity and transfer maternal antibodies to their offspring. Recombinant vector vaccines can also be used early in life and are designed to minimize respiratory reactions while providing protection.

According to Linares, maintaining optimal vaccination programs that lead to effective immunization helps ensure that, if virulent ND viruses were introduced into the US poultry industry, flocks would have some level of protection.

“The industry has done a good job keeping virulent ND out of commercial production,” he said. “Continued vigilance will be important to keep it that way.”

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post When Newcastle disease virus shows up in diagnostics, what does it mean? appeared first on Modern Poultry.

USPOULTRY: Updated report shows poultry industry’s commitment to judicious antibiotic use

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 01:45:07 +0700

In December 2025, US Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY) released an updated report quantifying the US poultry industry’s on-farm antibiotic use.

The report reflects the poultry industry’s continued efforts to improve antibiotic stewardship and its commitment to disease prevention within poultry production. As part of its commitment to a transparent and sustainable food supply, the industry aims to balance the responsible use of antibiotics considered “medically important” to human health with the need to keep flocks healthy.

Key findings for each sector:

Broilers

The report noted several key changes in antibiotic usage in broiler chickens from 2013 to 2024:

Broiler chickens receiving antibiotics in the hatchery decreased from 90% in 2013 to less than 1% in 2024.
Medically important in-feed antibiotic use in broiler chickens decreased substantially. There has been no in-feed tetracycline use since 2019, and virginiamycin use has decreased more than 99% over the 12-year period.
Medically important water-soluble antibiotic use in broiler chickens decreased substantially from 2013 to 2017 and has increased slightly from 2017 to 2024. Increases were typically due to increased disease incidence, as seen in other countries as well, from 2019 to 2024.
For example, avian metapneumovirus has caused severe morbidity and mortality in some broiler flocks. Infection with this virus can increase the incidence of secondary bacterial infections. Tetracycline antimicrobials have been used to treat and control these secondary infections but with limited efficacy.

- Penicillin use decreased by 64% from 2013-2019 but has increased 27% from 2019 to 2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence. Overall, penicillin use decreased 53% from 2013 to 2024.
- Lincomycin use decreased by 66% from 2013 to 2020 but has increased 15% from 2020-2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence. Overall, lincomycin use decreased 71% from 2013 to 2024.
- Tetracycline use decreased by 66% since 2013.
- Sulfonamide use decreased by 81% since 2013.

Turkeys

The report also noted several key changes in antibiotic usage in turkeys from 2013 to 2024:

Turkeys receiving antibiotics in the hatchery decreased from 97% in 2013 to approximately 45% in 2024.
- With recent challenges linked to Escherichia coli and other Gram-negative bacteria in the young turkey poults, gentamicin use in the hatchery increased to help prevent these infections.
Hatchery gentamicin use decreased approximately 40% from 2013 to 2024.
Medically important in-feed antibiotic use in turkeys decreased substantially. In-feed tetracycline use decreased by more than 77% from 2013 to 2022 but has increased more than threefold since 2022, predominantly due to the control and treatment of secondary bacterial infections following infection with avian metapneumovirus.
Medically important water-soluble antibiotic use in turkeys decreased substantially from 2013 to 2019 and then stabilized or increased from 2019 to 2024. Increases were typically due to increased disease incidence, as seen in other countries as well, from 2019 to 2024.
Avian metapneumovirus has caused severe morbidity and mortality in turkey flocks. Infection with this virus can increase the incidence of secondary bacterial infections. Water-soluble tetracycline antimicrobials have been used to treat and control these secondary infections but with limited efficacy:

- Penicillin use decreased by almost 50% since 2013.
- Lincomycin use decreased by 58% from 2013 to 2019 but increased substantially from 2020 to 2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence and a penicillin shortage.
- Neomycin use decreased by 67% since 2013.
- Tetracycline use decreased 21% from 2013 to 2022 but increased from 2022 to 2024, largely due to increases in colibacillosis and secondary infections following avian metapneumovirus exposure.

Layers

Layers typically begin laying eggs around 20 weeks of age and end around 80 to 100 weeks of age.

Table-egg production is similar to milk production — the product for human consumption is produced daily. Most antibiotics that could be administered to layer hens have withdrawal periods that would prevent all eggs produced during this period from entering the food supply. This is one reason why there is little antibiotic usage in table-egg production in the US.

Below are the key findings for antibiotic usage in layers from 2016 to 2024:

All chicks in the dataset received gentamicin in the hatchery (day 1 of age).
- In the US, most chicks purchased by egg companies are sourced from hatcheries that are owned and operated by genetics companies.
The primary medically important antibiotic used in layer hens for treatment and control of disease in this dataset was chlortetracycline (CTC), used partly because it has a zero-day withdrawal when used in-feed, meaning there is no loss of eggs during the treatment period.
- CTC was only administered via the feed in pullets (day 2 through 16 to 18 weeks of age) and layers.
- More than 95% of CTC was used in the layers to treat disease. No pullets in the dataset were given CTC in the feed during 2022 or 2023, and a minimal amount was used in pullets in 2024.
- Less than 0.1% of total hen-days were exposed to CTC.

Report history

This report represents a 12-year set of data collected from 2013 to 2024 for US broiler chickens and turkeys and a 9-year set of data collected from 2016 to 2024 for layers.

Randall Singer, DVM, PhD, MPVM, founder of Mindwalk Consulting Group, LLC and professor of epidemiology at the University of Minnesota, directed the research for the report with funding from USPOULTRY and the US Food and Drug Administration – Center for Veterinary Medicine.

In December 2024, USPOULTRY released a report, whose research was also directed by Singer, covering antibiotic use in poultry from 2013 to 2023. In 2023, Singer published three peer-reviewed manuscripts that covered data collected for that report from broiler chickens, turkeys and layers.

“This research highlights the industry’s sustained commitment to science-based stewardship and the responsible use of antibiotics in poultry production,” said Nath Morris, USPOULTRY president.

According to USPOULTRY, collecting data on antibiotic use in poultry will assist the poultry industry as it aims to improve antibiotic stewardship and document the burden of flock illness and reasons for on-farm, medically important antibiotic usage.

Given several key differences among broiler chickens, turkeys and layers — namely, differences in weight, life span, susceptibility to lifetime illness and the number of effective medical treatments available — USPOULTRY advised that these data should neither be combined nor compared between poultry types.

Additionally, “It is important to remember that these data are only part of the story regarding stewardship,” Singer said.

Study details can be found at https://mindwalkconsultinggroup.com/. The updated infographic report can be viewed here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post USPOULTRY: Updated report shows poultry industry’s commitment to judicious antibiotic use appeared first on Modern Poultry.

New research sheds light on Egg Drop Syndrome transmission and vaccination response

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 01:40:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project evaluating the spread of Egg Drop Syndrome 1976 (EDS 76) and flock responses to vaccination. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

F-111: virus isolation, serological surveillance and mechanical transmission of Egg Drop Syndrome

Once considered exotic to the United States, EDS 76 — caused by duck Atadenovirus A — reemerged in 2018, affecting commercial layer and broiler breeder flocks and resulting in reduced egg production and soft- or shell-less eggs.

Researchers at the University of Georgia recently completed a study examining how the virus spreads, how flocks respond to vaccination, and the effectiveness of cleaning and disinfection practices. The study had three primary objectives: to determine which cell lines can support virus isolation from field and environmental samples, including evaluating cleaning and disinfection efficacy; to assess antibody responses and viral shedding in vaccinated and unvaccinated flocks on farms with and without EDS 76; and to investigate potential transmission routes, including insects and other environmental sources.

Results showed that while virus detection in field samples remains challenging, viral DNA was identified on eggs, egg cartons, insects and live market ducks, highlighting potential pathways for transmission. These findings underscore the importance of robust biosecurity, environmental monitoring and vaccination strategies in managing this reemerging poultry disease.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Shielding wings from injuries

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 14:45:09 +0700

Once considered a low-value byproduct of the cutup process, chicken wings have become a premium cut, making their protection from injuries economically critical. Modern broilers, though fast-growing, are physiologically fragile and highly susceptible to wing bruises and fractures along the production chain. This article analyzes the main causes of wing damage from farm to processing plant and highlights key risk points. A holistic, integrated management approach is proposed to minimize injuries, improve carcass quality, and protect profitability.
The wings are the least physically prominent part of broiler carcasses, representing some 12% of their dry, dressed weight, and their least meaty portion, as well. Additionally, at the dawn of the modern broiler industry era, because they did not share the same anatomical and organoleptic attributes of the breast and legs, the wings had been seen as a byproduct of the cutup process with an unnoticed commercial value. Therefore, they were used for broth and other unappetizing culinary preparations.

However, wings’ fate underwent a meaningful overturn late in 1964, when Teressa Bellissimo, the co-owner of Anchor Bar, Buffalo, in upstate New York, served deep-fried leftover wings tossed in hot cayenne pepper sauce as a late-night meal for her son and his friends, thus reportedly creating the famous Buffalo wings. Teressa couldn’t ever imagine that her improvised meal would change, dramatically and forever, the commercial image enjoyed by the wings, which moved in the following years from the backstage to under the spotlight of the modern broiler industry scenario. Added to the menus of other countless food joints across the US, including fast-food giants’ stores, over the following decades, the spicy fried wings gained ground and became a very popular staple among consumers in the country and around the world, as well. The steady increase in the consumption of wings has finally opened the broiler industry’s eyes, that recognizing their commercial potential, raised the cut from low-profile category all the way up to the premium category!

Today’s broiler reaches market weight much younger than its ancestors a few decades ago did, but, in contraposition, is physically fragile due to lacking maturity. Therefore, they require careful handling alongside the processing chain to prevent the intrinsic threats entrenched in each step they go through, from day one through processing,ending up injuring their sensitive anatomy. Carcass damages are very unwelcome for increasing the percentage of salvaging and downgrades and lowering the saleable weight and processing yield, as well, what weakens the plant’s economic performance and the business’ profitability.

Although the entire carcass is susceptible to bruises, experience shows the wings are more vulnerable to injuries than breast and legs. Wings bruises, fractures and pop-ups, defects that plague the global poultry industry, originate from several operations (farm, catching, transportation, and processing plant) and causes. Therefore, to shield the wings from injuries it is essential to deploy a holistic approach of the processing chain.

At farm, securing the flocks’ calmness, especially at older age, to avoid birds’ unrest, fluttering, and pileups lead to injured carcasses and wings, is a crucial management practice. However, in frontal opposition to it, flock thinning is still widely adopted by the poultry industry, although being a proven cause of wing bruises among other drawbacks (Table 1).

■ Table 1 – Description of carcass defects in chickens in terms of thinning with the levels of significance
Source: transcript from Villarroel et.al., 2018.
(1) T1 = Birds transported after thinning, T2 = birds remaining after thinning, NT= non-thinned flocks

It is critical to secure the drinkers and feeders to birds’ ratio allows for ad libitum, hassle-free access to water and feed, thus guaranteeing the daily intake of nutrients while preventing birds from fighting for slots to eat and drink, a proven cause of bruises, particularly in unsexed flocks. Concomitantly, securing a high flock’s health status boosts the absorption and utilization of those nutrients towards growth and skeletal strength of the birds.

The house stocking density must be managed aiming at an optimal balance between profitability and carcass physical wholesomeness. Privileging profitability is detrimental to the flock’s performance and carcass quality, alike, as the incidence of damages to wing, besides other downsides, keeps an almost linear cause-effect relationship with the stocking density (Graph 1). Whatever the stocking density set for the farm, it is greatly recommendable using partitions to prevent the free migration of birds across the house disrupts it.

Graph 1 – Relationship between stocking density and wings hematomas
Villarroel et.al., 2018.

The live loads from the farms to plant must be scheduled having not just the killing line speed in mind, but the catching work timing, as well, to guarantee a gentle, hassle-free handling of the birds.

The catching crew must be accurately staffed and properly trained to guarantee the protective and well-timed handling of the birds. Close crew supervision prevents the gentle birds’ handling derails while work progresses, and crew tiredness escalates. Catching the birds individually, yet slower and more costly compared to other methods, is most protective of the carcasses, as the hands placed on both wings, while moving the broilers from the floor to the container, prevent the birds from fluttering. Never catch the birds by wings or feet!

Keeping the transport units in good condition reduces the risk of injuries during crating and transportation. The stocking density of the transportation units must be set having its correlation with the occurrence of carcass and wing damages in mind (Table 2). Training the drivers and monitoring the trips contributes to the gentle and timely delivery of the live loads to the plant, thus minimizing carcass and wing damages.

■ Table 2 – Influence of stocking density during transport on mortality, live weight loss, and prevalence of carcasses defects
Transcript from Petracci et. al, 2005.
ns = not significant.
a, b means within a row followed by different superscripts letters differ significantly (P <0.05).

At plant, manage the live loads lairage time to reduce the likelihood of wing damages (Graph 2). If birds are transported in crates or drawer containers, hoist them by their legs, only, for shackling. If transported in shelves containers, the bruises, notably on the wings, resulting from the unavoidable dumping of the birds, are regrettably unmanageable.

▲ Graph 2 – Incidence of wing damages x stopped and in motion live loads
Transcript from Bilgilli & Hess, 1995.

At the hanging station the interaction among workers and equipment must be fully ergonomic to allow for smooth handling and comfortable shackling of the birds. It is strongly advisable that the overhead conveyor from hanging to stunner be the straightest possible to prevent birds’ unrest and flapping, secures obstacle-free flowing of birds, and pairs with a breast comforter to calm birds down, preventing them from fluttering while heading to stunner.

To optimize the electrical stunning and minimize the likelihood of wings injuries, birds must approach the tub and sink only the heads vertically into water, which requires the continuous adjustment of the apparatus to the flock’s size. The tub must be built to match birds’ live weight and prevent their pre-stunning, a recognized cause of wings bruises, and the voltage delivered across the water must be stable and consistent. If CAS (Controlled Atmosphere Stunning) is in place, adhere to manufacturer’s operational instructions for optimal results. Whatever the stunning method used, secure the birds are properly stunned and do not regain consciousness before killing, to prevent the violent flapping, and severe damages to wings, in response to the killing pain.

The bleeding time varies across countries and plants. Set whatever time is best for the plant, having in mind the shortest, the best, to retard the onset of rigor mortis, therefore minimizing its impact on smoothness of scalding and defeathering, and secure it enhances the exsanguination and renders all birds dead.

The scalder and pluckers must operate in symbiotic partnership, with the scalder transferring to the follicles, in a timely manner, the suitable amount of heat required to soften the feathers, and the pluckers securing the thorough defeathering with minimal to no damages to the carcasses and wings.

For an optimal scalding, set the immersion time x temperature binomial in response to the role the killing line speed, bleeding time, birds’ weight, and the scalder technology and physical characteristics play in the plant. For an optimal defeathering, minimize scalder-to-pluckers distance, fine-tune pluckers-birds interaction constantly, use rubber fingers of appropriate hardness and maintain them always in great physical condition, and use lukewarm water in the pluckers.

As seen above, wings became a sought-after chicken cut, whose demand and market value play an important economic role in the business. Therefore, the wing bruises, because they reduce product availability and profitability, are unwelcome and must be tackled to the source. As bruises are of multi-factorial origins, their mitigation requires a holistic and integrated approach to broiler handling, from the farm to the plant, by a multidisciplinary work team focused on finding and working on their root causes.

Literature available from the author upon request.

Effects of Shrimp Aquaculture on Mangrove Soil Carbon Stocks and Sustained-Flux Global Warming Potentials

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 11:35:05 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Mangrove forests provide critical ecosystem services, including serving as nursery habitats for fish, protecting coastlines from erosion, and supporting local livelihoods. They are also among the most efficient carbon sinks on Earth, storing large amounts of “blue carbon” in deep, organic-rich soils that can retain carbon for centuries. Globally, mangroves store between 3.7 and 20 petagrams (Pg) of carbon, with soils accounting for up 90% of total carbon stocks.

Despite their importance, mangroves are being lost at a rate of 1-2% annuals due to sea-level risen pollution and especially coastal development. Aquaculture, particularly shrimp farming, is a major driver, responsible for about 38% of mangrove deforestation. The conversion process involves clearing vegetation, excavating soil, and constructing pond systems, which significantly disrupts the ecosystem.

This transformation leads to substantial carbon emissions through both physical removal of carbon-rich soils and biogeochemical processes.

However, accurately estimating these emissions remains challenging due to variability in environmental conditions, species, and aquaculture practices. Existing assessment methods may underestimate total emissions by overlooking certain pathways or including regenerated systems.

Mangrove forests are highly efficient carbon sinks, storing ‘blue carbon’ in organic-rich soils for centuries. However, shrimp aquaculture drives 38% of global mangrove deforestation, disrupting these ecosystems through vegetation clearing and soil excavation, which triggers massive greenhouse gas emissions.

Given these uncertainties, more comprehensive research is needed to evaluate the full climate impact of mangrove conversion. Understand-ing both physical and biogeochemical carbon losses is essential for improving management strategies and integrating mangrove conservation into climate change mitigation efforts.

Materials and Methods

The study was conducted using soil and water samples from a mangrove system in Estero Bay, Florida, to simulate aquaculture conversion through controlled microcosms. Intact mangrove soils and modified soils representing shrimp pond construction were maintained under controlled temperature and light conditions for
2.5 years, covering drainage, operational and abandoned phases.

Hydrochemical parameters such as salinity, temperature, pH, nutrients, and carbon content were measured regularly. Soil carbon, bulk density, and greenhouse gas emissions were analyzed using standardized methods, including closed chamber techniques to estimate CO₂-equivalent fluxes and global warming potential.

Additionally, a systematic review and meta-analysis were conducted to compare soil carbon across studies, while statistical analyses assessed differences between mangrove and aquaculture conditions and enabled broader extrapolation of results.

The conversion to aquaculture ponds leads to a significant reduction in soil carbon stocks, averaging 46.82%. Systematic reviews confirm that mangroves contain approximately 819.38 Mg C ha⁻¹, whereas operational aquaculture ponds drop to 435.77 Mg C ha⁻¹ due to physical and biogeochemical losses.

Results

Carbon losses and bulk density

During aquaculture construction, the removal of 1 m of soil resulted in an estimated loss of 422.1 ± 14.6 Mg C ha¹ (1,549.11 Mg CO₂e ha-1), with resampling indicating an actual loss of ~242.9 Mg C ha-1 (57.78%). In comparison, mangrove microcosms contained approximately 242.1 Mg C ha-1 within the top 0.5 m (Table 1).

Table 1. Carbon losses and potential CO2e emissions due to simulated shrimp aquaculture compared with mangrove microcosms. Total carbon in removed soil is shown but how much of this is lost is not well constrained – limited measurement of actual loss in italics. Lifetime emissions assuming typical 3–9 years operational duration with 5 years of abandoned emissions, with and without a year’s drainage. SGWP denotes Sustained-flux Global Warming Potential. Six microcosms were used per treatment.

Comparisons between mangrove and operational aquaculture microcosms revealed a significant carbon loss of 30.1% ± 0.8% (74.67 Mg C ha-¹ or 274.04 Mg CO₂e ha-¹; p < 0.001; Figure 1a), observed across all soil depths (Figure 1b). Bulk density also decreased by 54.59% (Figure 1c; p < 0.001), with a strong negative correlation between bulk density and carbon stock (r = −0.885; p < 0.001; Figure 1d).

Figure 1. (a) Total carbon stock in mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Lines and cross within the box denote the median and mean value, bars represent the interquartile range, “whiskers” represent range (excluding outliers) and points denote outliers (beyond either the upper quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range or lower quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range). (b) Carbon stock depth profiles for mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Error bars denote standard error of the mean. (c) Bulk density in mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Lines and cross within the box denote the median and mean value, bars represent the interquartile range, “whiskers” represent range (excluding outliers) and points denote outliers (beyond either the upper quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range or lower quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range). (d) Carbon stock as a function of bulk density (aquaculture and mangrove microcosms denoted by filled diamonds and open circles respectively). (e) Sustained-flux Global Warming Potentials (SGWP) for each phase of simulated shrimp aquaculture (fill) compared with mangrove (no fill) microcosms. Six microcosms were used per treatment. Significance at p < 0.05, p < 0.01 and p < 0.001 denoted by *, ** and *** respectively.

Potential CO₂e emissions

Under drainage conditions, sustained global warming potential (SGWP) increased by 34,075.38 mg m-² d-¹ (172.39%), with all greenhouse gases contributing moderately. This represents a difference of 21,565.39 mg m-² d-¹ or 0.79 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹ compared to mangrove systems (Figure 1e).

The largest emissions occurred during the operational phase, with an increase of 65,343.26 mg m-² d-¹ (522%), equivalent to 2.39 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹. Significant increases in CH₄ and N₂O effluxes were observed, while CO₂ uptake exceeded that of mangrove systems.

In the abandoned phase, after one year, emissions increased by 393.59% (49,238.68 mg m-² d-¹), corresponding to 1.80 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹. CH₄ and N₂O contributed significantly, while CO₂ emissions remained lower than in mangrove systems.

Aquaculture construction involves removing topsoil layers, resulting in an estimated physical carbon loss of 422.1 Mg C ha⁻¹. This transformation significantly increases bulk density and degrades soil porosity, creating a strong negative correlation between soil compaction and total carbon retention.

Total lifetime emissions and extrapolation

Considering five years after abandonment, an additional 5.19 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹ is generated. Assuming operational periods of 3–9 years, total SGWP ranges from 12.35 to 26.66 Mg CO₂e ha-¹, or up to 27.44 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ when including drainage.

Including biogeochemical soil carbon losses increases total emissions to 286.39 – 301.48 Mg CO₂e ha-¹. When construction-related soil loss is added, total emissions reach approximately 1,174.84 – 1,189.93 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ (Table 1). Biogeochemical emissions account for roughly 24–25% of total emissions.

Systematic review and meta-analysis

The meta-analysis showed a consistent and significant reduction in soil carbon due to aquaculture (effect size−1.63; p < 0.001). On average, man-groves contain 819.38 Mg C ha-¹, com-pared to 435.77 Mg C ha-¹ in aquaculture ponds, representing a reduction of 46.82% ± 8.70% (p < 0.001).

Carbon reductions were observed at all depths, with larger differences below 30 cm. At depths greater than 100 cm, mangroves contained 62.55% more carbon than aquaculture systems. In both systems, most carbon was stored below 100 cm depth.

Significant differences in bulk density were also found, with lower values in mangrove soils (p < 0.001) and a negative correlation with carbon stocks (rs = −0.490).

Estimates based on the Land Use Change Stock (LUCS) approach ranged from 1,390 to 3,799 Mg CO₂e ha-¹, with a mean soil carbon loss equivalent to 1,407.85 Mg CO₂e ha-¹. However, few studies account for all greenhouse gases or total SGWP, suggesting potential underestimation of emissions.

Sustained-flux Global Warming Potentials (SGWP) spike during the operational phase of shrimp farming, increasing by 522%. High organic matter inputs stimulate anaerobic degradation and methanogenesis, while nitrogen from fertilizers drives significant increases in nitrous oxide (N₂O)

Discussion

Effects of aquaculture on carbon loss pathways

Aquaculture conversion resulted in significant soil carbon loss, with 74.67 Mg C ha-1 lost during the operational phase compared to mangrove systems (Figure 1a). These losses are driven by biogeochemical processes such as root decomposition and anaerobic degradation stimulated by nutrient inputs. Construction activities further contribute through the removal of approximately 1 m of soil containing around 422.1 Mg C ha-1 (Table 1), with an estimated 57% lost through oxidation, leaching, and decomposition.

The systematic review (SR) confirms a strong and consistent reduction in soil carbon (effect size -1.63), suggesting that aquaculture conversion leads to substantial carbon loss regardless of environmental variability. Physical processes, particularly soil removal and compaction, are key drivers. Mangrove soils show higher carbon stocks, with losses averaging 43-46% after conversion.

Bulk density (rb) increased significantly in aquaculture systems (Figure 1c), indicating soil degradation and re-duced porosity. The inverse relationship between rb and carbon (Figure 1d) highlights the impact of compaction from construction activities.

Microcosm simulations reveal that biogeochemical pathways contribute approximately 25% to the total sustained-flux global warming potential (SGWP). These often-overlooked pathways, including root decomposition and nutrient-stimulated degradation, are essential for accurate life cycle assessments (LCA) in the aquaculture sector.

Additionally, hydrological changes such as dyke construction limit tidal flooding, reducing carbon inputs and contributing to long-term declines. These processes suggest that carbon losses may continue over time, potentially being underestimated.

Effects of aquaculture on potential CO₂e emissions and SGWP

Drainage increased emissions by Mg CO2e ha-1yr-1 (Figure 1e; Table 1), con-sistent with enhanced decomposition under oxygen exposure. Methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions also increased, indicating peat degradation.

During the operational phase, emissions rose by 2.39 MgCO2 ha-1 yr-1 (Figure 1e), driven by high organic matter inputs from feed and fertilizers. Anaerobic sediment conditions promote methanogenesis, while nitrogen inputs stimulate nitrification and denitrification, increasing N₂O emissions. Some systems may act as CO₂ sinks when algal production exceeds emissions, although management practices such as aeration influence outcomes.

Even after abandonment, former aquaculture ponds exhibit legacy effects, with emissions remaining nearly 400% higher than intact mangrove systems. Long-term climate mitigation requires better management of abandoned systems and the prioritization of pond reuse to minimize further land-use changes

In the abandoned phase, emissions remained elevated at 1.80 Mg-CO2e ha-1 yr-1, indicating long-term legacy effects. Over five years. This adds 5.19 Mg CO₂e ha-1. Total emissions across the system life cycle range from 1,174.83 to 1,189.93 Mg CO2e ha-1 (Table 1), with biogeochemical processes contributing about 24–25%. While soil carbon loss dominates emissions, these pathways are often underestimated, emphasizing the need to include them in life cycle assessments.

Comparison of the microcosm model experiments and systematic review

Microcosm experiments effectively replicate field conditions, showing similar carbon loss patterns, depth profiles, and relationships between carbon and bulk density. Both top-down (microcosm) and bottom-up (SR) approaches produced compara-ble results up to 100 cm depth. Differences at greater depths likely reflect methodological uncertainties in field studies.

The hydrologically closed nature of ponds appears to drive consistent carbon loss patterns. However, mi-crocosms may underestimate deeper biogeochemical losses, while field studies may include additional vari-ability. Factors such as sediment type, hydrology, and nutrient pollution influence results.

Although microcosms did not include live shrimp processes, they captured major emission pathways. Additional sources, such as gut-de-rived N₂O and methane production, may further increase emissions. The LUCS method remains useful for large-scale estimates but may underestimate short-term emissions. A combined microcosm and SR approach is recommended for more accurate assessments.

Globally, soil carbon losses from mangrove-to-aquaculture conversion could represent up to 40% of all anthropogenic emissions related to mangrove loss. Conserving these blue carbon habitats is a critical strategy for meeting international climate targets and improving industry sustainability.

Exploration of the importance of mangrove aquaculture in climate mitigation

At a national scale, emissions from mangrove conversion appear mod-est, contributing around 0.01% of anthropogenic emissions. However, at a global scale, aquaculture-related soil carbon loss could account for 2.48–3.01 Pg CO₂e, representing up to 40% of anthropogenic emissions.

These findings highlight the importance of mangrove conservation in climate mitigation strategies. However, uncertainties remain due to variability in environmental conditions and methodological limitations. Current estimates may under-estimate total emissions by excluding biomass losses, deeper soil impacts, and downstream effects.

Overall, reducing mangrove de-forestation and improving aqua-culture practices are essential to minimize emissions and enhance sustainability.

Conclusion

Microcosm simulations indicate that biogeochemical pathways may contribute about 25% to total SGWP beyond LUCS estimates, although soil carbon loss during construction and operation remains the dominant source. Reusing ponds and extending operational periods could improve sustainability, while soil fate, drain-age effects, and abandoned system management require further study. Results align with systematic review findings showing consistent carbon loss across systems, though sediment type remains understudied. Global extrapolations suggest emissions of~3 Pg CO₂e, highlighting the critical role of mangroves in climate mitigation and the need for improved management and conservation strategies.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “EFFECTS OF SHRIMP AQUACULTURE ON MANGROVE SOIL CARBON
STOCKS AND SUSTAINED-FLUX GLOBAL WARMING
POTENTIALS” developed by: Fenner, N. and Hayward, E. – Bangor University, Bovard, B. – Florida Gulf Coast University, Creer, S. and Dunn, C.
• Bangor University. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on MARCH, 2026 , through FRONTIERS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. The full version can be accessed online through this link: DOI 10.3389/fenvs.2026.1729512

APA Richard Stevens Scholarship – 2026 Applications Opening Soon

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 00:30:04 +0700

The American Poultry Association (APA) is proud to announce the opening of the 2026 Richard Stevens Scholarship. Applications will open on April 15, 2026 through the APA website, with all required materials due no later than May 31, 2026.

This scholarship program continues the APA’s commitment to supporting education and encouraging the next generation of poultry enthusiasts and breeders as they pursue opportunities beyond high school.

This year, the APA Board has approved awarding two scholarships in the amount of $1,500 each.

For questions regarding the scholarship, please contact the APA office or David Adkins, Scholarship Committee Chairman, at johndavid.adkins@gmail.com or 740-259-2852.

Eligibility Requirements

To ensure applicants meet program criteria, the following requirements apply:

Applicants must be pursuing education beyond a traditional high school program. This may include enrollment in a four-year college or university, a two-year community or technical college, graduate studies, or any other approved educational program designed to expand future opportunities. Eligible applicants must be either a graduating high school senior, a high school graduate, or a GED recipient.

In addition, applicants must have been a member of the American Poultry Association for a minimum of four years prior to the application deadline.

Academic requirements apply for recent graduates: applicants within five years of high school graduation must have a minimum GPA of C+ (2.3 on a 4.0 scale) and must provide a copy of their high school transcript. Those who graduated more than five years ago must provide either a high school diploma or GED documentation. Applicants applying for graduate-level study must submit an undergraduate transcript.

All applicants must be enrolled in or accepted to an educational program located in the United States or Canada.

Application Process

Applications will open on April 15, 2026 and will be accessible through the APA website. Applicants must log in as APA members to access the application form.

Reference forms will be publicly available on the APA website, or may be obtained through the APA office. Each applicant is required to submit two reference forms, at least one of which must be completed by an APA member.

Completed applications, reference forms, and all supporting documentation must be submitted to the APA Secretary no later than May 31, 2026.

Two scholarships of $1,500 each will be awarded in 2026.

The APA encourages all eligible members to consider applying and wishes all applicants the best of luck.

The post APA Richard Stevens Scholarship – 2026 Applications Opening Soon appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Welfare indicators for hens and chickens

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Apr 2026 20:50:09 +0700

The evaluation of animal welfare in poultry farms requires a multidimensional approach that encompasses resource-, management-, and animal-based indicators. This combined approach allows for the accurate identification of key issues such as locomotor problems, skin lesions and abnormal behaviours. The joint use of these parameters provides an objective, scientifically robust measure of animals’ welfare status and represents an essential tool for guiding targeted interventions and improving management practices.

Introduction

In the recent years, animal welfare has become a key focus in poultry farming. Consumers have shown growing interest in sustainable and animal-friendly products, demonstrating a willingness to pay more for food perceived as healthier, safer, tastier and more authentic (Alonso et al., 2020; Mazzocchi et al., 2022). However, animal welfare is relevant not only for ethical reasons, but also because of its direct impact on human health and environment, in line with the One Health concept (Verkuijl et al., 2024). Moreover, animals raised under optimal conditions show better productive performance and greater feed efficiency (Velarde and Dalmau, 2012). Consequently, being able to evaluate welfare objectively and scientifically is essential.

Several indicators have been studied to enable a comprehensive and objective assessment of the farm animals’ welfare. This evaluation is complex and multidimensional, including physical, behavioural, environmental, and managerial aspects that must be analysed in a holistic and coordinated manner. In particular, three different types of welfare indicators have been identified:

Resource-based indicators: evaluate the structural and environmental characteristics of the farm.
Management-based indicators: evaluate the management practices adopted by the farmer.
Animal-based indicators: provide direct information on animals’ condition (EFSA, 2012; EFSA, 2023a).

Indicators

Resource-based indicators concern the structural and environmental aspects that influence the living conditions and welfare of hens and chickens. Key indicators include stocking density, bedding quality and quantity, the number and configuration of nests and perches, the space or number of feeders and drinkers, microclimate control (ventilation, temperature, relative humidity), and lighting (Sherwin et al., 2010; Nicol et al., 2013).

Management-based indicators evaluate the quality of practices adopted by the farmer, such as cleaning and maintenance of facilities, litter management, sanitary protocols, biosafety plans, management of sick or injured animals, and staff training (Blokhuis et al., 2010; Campbell et al., 2018). In broilers, genetic selection also plays a fundamental role, as the intense selective pressure applied over recent decades has contributed to the emergence of major welfare issues observed today on farms (EFSA, 2023b). The first two types of indicators make it possible to identify risk factors and/or causes of poor welfare, providing a basis for implementing improvement strategies (Welfare Quality®, 2009).

Animal-based indicators directly describe the condition of the animals, their health and their behaviour. For laying hens, key indicators include mortality rate, comb abnormalities that may reflect discomfort, footpad dermatitis caused by unsuitable litter, fractures of the toes and/or keel bone which indicate bone fragility, nutritional imbalances, and inadequate facilities. Other aspects considered are the presence of red mites, which are widespread in hen populations, and the observation of species-specific behaviours, such as dustbathing and foraging. Additionally, the human-animal relationship is evaluated, and behaviours like panting and huddling are used to detect thermal discomfort (Welfare Quality®, 2009; Nasr et al., 2012; Haas et al., 2014).

Among the most important animal-based indicators are feather condition and the presence of skin lesions, both closely related to feather pecking, one of the most widespread problems in hen farms. Feather pecking is an abnormal behavioural disorder, in which an individual pecks at the feathers of a conspecific until they are pulled out, causing pain, injuries, until cannibalism. This multifactorial behaviour is caused mainly by high stocking density, excessive lighting, nutritional deficiencies (particularly in soluble fibre and/or essential amino acids), lack of environmental enrichment, genetic predispositions, and limited ability to perform natural behaviours like exploration and foraging. As a result, these behaviours may be redirected towards conspecifics (Dixon, 2008; Rodenburg et al., 2008).

Feather pecking negatively impacts productivity by increasing stress and mortality, thereby compromising both animal welfare and egg production (Schreiter et al., 2019). Prevention strategies focus on optimal microclimate and lighting management, a balanced diet and providing manipulable and explorative materials (such as straw or ropes), which promote natural behaviours and reduce the risk of pecking directed on other hens. Additionally, genetic selection is increasingly oriented towards less reactive and predisposed hybrids to develop feather pecking (Rodenburg et al., 2013). This multifactorial behaviour exemplifies how the three types of indicators interact in the identification and correction of welfare issues.

For broiler chickens, animal-based indicators mainly focus on locomotor problems, which represent a critical issue linked to intensive genetic selection for the rapid growth and the feed conversion efficiency (Zuidhof et al., 2014). The accelerated muscle tissue growth, in particular of the pectoral muscle (Pectoralis major), has not been accompanied by a proportional development of the skeletal and cardiovascular systems. This imbalance causes biomechanical alterations that affect posture, walking and cardiovascular function (Julian, 2005; Knowles et al., 2008). Environmental factors also play a key role; high stocking density, moist or poorly absorbent litter and an unbalanced diet can worsen locomotor issues (Bradshaw et al., 2002; Shim et al., 2012; van der Sluis et al., 2021).

Physiological consequences include chronic pain, reduced mobility, limited access to resources like food and water, and, in some cases, increased mortality (Weeks et al., 2002). Consequently, the most widely used animal-based indicators include gait score, which assesses walking ability, pododermatitis (inflammatory skin lesions on the footpads) and hock burns, which reflect broader environmental conditions. Other commonly used indicators include mortality, feather condition, skin lesions, and species-specific behaviours such as exploration, thermal comfort and human-animal interaction. These indicators indirectly provide information about fear levels and adaptation to human presence and contact (Welfare Quality®, 2009; EFSA, 2023; de Jong et al., 2012).

In addition, for broiler chickens there are various parameters assessed at slaughterhouse, which reflect breeding conditions: ascites such as a fluid buildup in the abdomen due to cardiac and respiratory failure related to excessive muscle growth; breast lesions (breast blister) caused by contact with hard surfaces or wet litter; septicaemia and abscesses, which are indicative of infections and hygiene issues; hepatitis and pericarditis (metabolic and health problems), and dehydration that is a sign of inadequate water access. All these indicators provide further insight into rearing conditions and farm management with a direct impact on animal health and welfare (Manning et al., 2007; Welfare Quality®, 2009; Petracci et al., 2019).

Preventive strategies include not only a less extreme genetic selection, but also management interventions such as the use of dry and absorbent litter, optimisation of stocking densities and dietary formulations to support skeletal and cardiovascular development, the addition of environmental enrichment to stimulate movement and natural behaviours, contributing to stronger bone development. Also the continuous monitoring of temperature, ventilation and humidity can reduce thermal stress and improve tissue oxygenation, helping to decrease cardiopulmonary and metabolic complications (Julian, 2005; Olkowski et al., 2008; Petracci et al., 2019).

Conclusion

In conclusion, only the combined use of three types of indicators allows for a comprehensive and reliable assessment of poultry welfare (Louton et al., 2018). While resource- and management-based indicators are valid, they offer only a partial view of animals welfare status, as they evaluate environmental conditions but not animals’ responses to them (Blokhuis et al., 2010). Conversely, animal-based indicators directly reflect physical condition, health, behaviour and animals’ ability to cope with the environment in which they live (Burgstaller et al., 2022). When integrated, these parameters offer a scientifically valid and reliable representation of animals’ welfare and rearing conditions, in order to guide improvements and corrective actions.

Bibliography

Alonso ME, González-Montaña JR, Lomillos JM. 2020. Consumers’ Concerns and Perceptions of Farm Animal Welfare. Animals, 10(3):385. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani10030385

Blokhuis HJ, Veissier I, Miele M, Jones B. 2010. The Welfare Quality® project and beyond: Safeguarding farm animal well-being. Acta Agriculturae Scandinavica, Section A – Animal Science, 60(3):129–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/09064702.2010.523480

Bradshaw RH, Kirkden RD, Broom DM. 2002. A Review of the Aetiology and Pathology of Leg Weakness in Broilers in Relation to Welfare. Avian and Poul Biolog Rev, 13(2):45–103. https://doi.org/10.3184/147020602783698421

Burgstaller J, Wittek T, Sudhaus-Jörn N, Conrady B. 2022. Associations between Animal Welfare Indicators and Animal-Related Factors of Slaughter Cattle in Austria. Animals, 12(5):659. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani12050659

Campbell YL, Walker LL, Bartz BM, Eckberg JO, Pullin AN. 2025. Outdoor access versus conventional broiler chicken production: Updated review of animal welfare, food safety, and meat quality. Poultry Science, 104(4):104906. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2025.104906

De Haas EN, Bolhuis JE, Kemp B, Groothuis TGG, Rodenburg TB. 2014. Parents and Early Life Environment Affect Behavioral Development of Laying Hen Chickens. Barendse W, editor. PLoS ONE, 9(3):e90577. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0090577

Dixon LM. 2008. Feather Pecking Behaviour and associated Welfare issues in Laying Hens. Avian Biology Research, 1(2):73–87. https://doi.org/10.3184/175815508X363251

EFSA AHAW Panel (EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Welfare), Nielsen SS, Alvarez J, Bicout DJ, Calistri P, Canali E, Drewe JA, Garin-Bastuji B, Gonzales Rojas JL, Schmidt CG, et al. 2023. Welfare of broilers on farm. EFS2, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2023.7788

EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Welfare (AHAW). 2012. Scientific Opinion on the use of animal-based measures to assess welfare of broilers. EFSA Journal, 10(7). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2012.2774

EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Animal Welfare (AHAW), Nielsen SS, Alvarez J, Bicout DJ, Calistri P, Canali E, Drewe JA, Garin-Bastuji B, Gonzales Rojas JL, Gortázar Schmidt C, et al. 2023. Welfare of laying hens on farm. EFSA Journal, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2023.7789

de Jong I, Berg C, Butterworth A, Estevéz I. 2012. Scientific report updating the EFSA opinions on the welfare of broilers and broiler breeders. EFSA Supporting Publications, 9(6). https://doi.org/10.2903/sp.efsa.2012.EN-295

Julian RJ. 2005. Production and growth related disorders and other metabolic diseases of poultry – A review. The Veterinary Journal, 169(3):350–369. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tvjl.2004.04.015

Knowles TG, Kestin SC, Haslam SM, Brown SN, Green LE, Butterworth A, Pope SJ, Pfeiffer D, Nicol CJ. 2008. Leg Disorders in Broiler Chickens: Prevalence, Risk Factors and Prevention. Callaerts P, editor. PLoS ONE, 3(2):e1545. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0001545

Louton H, Bergmann S, Reese S, Erhard M, Bachmeier J, Rösler B, Rauch E. 2018. Animal- and management-based welfare indicators for a conventional broiler strain in 2 barn types (Louisiana barn and closed barn). Poultry Science, 97(8):2754–2767. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps/pey111

Manning L, Chadd SA, Baines RN. 2007. Key health and welfare indicators for broiler production. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 63(1):46–62. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933907001262

Mazzocchi C, Orsi L, Zilia F, Costantini M, Bacenetti J. 2022. Consumer awareness of sustainable supply chains: A choice experiment on Parma ham PDO. Science of The Total Environment, 836:155602. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.155602

Nasr MAF, Nicol CJ, Murrell JC. 2012. Do Laying Hens with Keel Bone Fractures Experience Pain? Taylor B, editor. PLoS ONE, 7(8):e42420. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0042420

Nicol CJ, Bestman M, Gilani A-M, De Haas EN, De Jong IC, Lambton S, Wagenaar JP, Weeks CA, Rodenburg TB. 2013. The prevention and control of feather pecking: application to commercial systems. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 69(4):775–788. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933913000809

Olkowski AA, Wojnarowicz C, Nain S, Ling B, Alcorn JM, Laarveld B. 2008. A study on pathogenesis of sudden death syndrome in broiler chickens. Research in Veterinary Science, 85(1):131–140. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rvsc.2007.08.006

Petracci M, Mudalal S, Soglia F, Cavani C. 2015. Meat quality in fast-growing broiler chickens. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 71(2):363–374. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933915000367

Rodenburg TB, Komen H, Ellen ED, Uitdehaag KA, Van Arendonk JAM. 2008. Selection method and early-life history affect behavioural development, feather pecking and cannibalism in laying hens: A review. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110(3–4):217–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2007.09.009

Rodenburg TB, Van Krimpen MM, De Jong IC, De Haas EN, Kops MS, Riedstra BJ, Nordquist RE, Wagenaar JP, Bestman M, Nicol CJ. 2013. The prevention and control of feather pecking in laying hens: identifying the underlying principles. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 69(2):361–374. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933913000354

Schreiter R, Damme K, Von Borell E, Vogt I, Klunker M, Freick M. 2019. Effects of litter and additional enrichment elements on the occurrence of feather pecking in pullets and laying hens – A focused review. Veterinary Medicine & Sci, 5(4):500–507. https://doi.org/10.1002/vms3.184

Sherwin CM, Richards GJ, Nicol CJ. 2010. Comparison of the welfare of layer hens in 4 housing systems in the UK. British Poultry Science, 51(4):488–499. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071668.2010.502518

Shim MY, Karnuah AB, Mitchell AD, Anthony NB, Pesti GM, Aggrey SE. 2012. The effects of growth rate on leg morphology and tibia breaking strength, mineral density, mineral content, and bone ash in broilers. Poultry Science, 91(8):1790–1795. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2011-01968

Van Der Sluis M, Ellen ED, De Klerk B, Rodenburg TB, De Haas Y. 2021. The relationship between gait and automated recordings of individual broiler activity levels. Poultry Science, 100(9):101300. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2021.101300

Velarde A, Dalmau A. 2012. Animal welfare assessment at slaughter in Europe: Moving from inputs to outputs. Meat Science, 92(3):244–251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2012.04.009

Verkuijl C, Smit J, Green JMH, Nordquist RE, Sebo J, Hayek MN, Hötzel MJ. 2024. Climate change, public health, and animal welfare: towards a One Health approach to reducing animal agriculture’s climate footprint. Front Anim Sci, 5:1281450. https://doi.org/10.3389/fanim.2024.1281450

Weeks CA, Knowles TG, Gordon RG, Kerr AE, Peyton ST, Tilbrook NT. 2002. New method for objectively assessing lameness in broiler chickens. Vet Rec., 151(25):762-4. PMID: 12521248.

Welfare Quality^®. 2009. Welfare Quality^® assessment protocol for poultry (broilers, laying hens). Welfare Quality^® Consortium, Lelystad, Netherlands.

Zuidhof MJ, Schneider BL, Carney VL, Korver DR, Robinson FE. 2014. Growth, efficiency, and yield of commercial broilers from 1957, 1978, and 2005. Poultry Science, 93(12):2970–2982. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2014-04291

All Eleven Major UK Supermarkets Now Committed on Prawn Welfare After Aldi Süd Sets Global Timeline

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:17 +0700

By International Council for Animal Welfare

The German discounter commits to electrical stunning or similarly effective methods for all farmed prawns worldwide by 2035 — the broadest scope of any retailer commitment to date

Aldi Süd has committed to implementing electrical stunning or similarly effective methods before slaughter for all farmed prawns by 2035, and to ending eyestalk ablation across its supply chain by 2030. The commitment applies to all Aldi Süd markets worldwide, including Europe, the USA and Australia.

With Aldi Süd‘s announcement, every one of the eleven major UK supermarkets has now set a time-bound commitment on prawn welfare. What began with Waitrose, M&S and Tesco has become a new baseline across UK grocery — though the timelines for full implementation vary significantly, with some retailers targeting 2026 and Aldi Süd’s global pledge extending to 2035.

Why Prawns

Prawns are the most consumed farmed animal in the UK — over 1.2 billion individuals sold each year, more than chickens. Research from the London School of Economics and the University of Stirling has established that prawns are sentient and capable of feeling pain. The UK government recognized crustaceans as sentient beings under the Animal Welfare (Sentience) Act 2022.

Two standard industry practices have come under particular scrutiny. In prawn hatcheries, breeding females routinely have one eyestalk cut off while alive to stimulate egg production. At slaughter, prawns are immersed in ice-water baths — a method that research suggests often fails to render them unconscious, leaving animals to suffocate over prolonged periods. Electrical stunning offers an alternative: it renders prawns unconscious within seconds, and the equipment is commercially available and already being rolled out across UK supply chains.

***Aldi*: From Holdout to the Broadest Commitment**

Aldi Süd was the last of the eleven major UK supermarkets to set a timeline. But the scope of its pledge goes well beyond the UK: it is the first retailer to commit across all its global markets in a single announcement. Aldi Süd has also committed to annual public progress reporting on its transition.

That distinction matters because prawn welfare commitments have so far largely been a market-by-market affair. Lidl, for instance — also a German-headquartered discounter with global operations — has so far only committed to introducing electrical stunning for prawns sold in Great Britain. It has not set a timeline for its operations in Germany, France or elsewhere in Europe. Aldi Süd’s global approach sets a different precedent.

Concern for Prawn Welfare Rapidly Growing

In mid-2024, not a single major UK supermarket had a firm timeline on prawn stunning methods. The commitments then came in quick succession:

2024: Tesco, Sainsbury’s, M&S, Ocado.
2025: Waitrose, Co-op, Morrisons, Iceland.
2026: Asda, Lidl GB, Aldi Süd.

Several retailers are already implementing changes. Lidl GB reports its core own-brand range has been ablation-free since January 2026. Ocado has reported completing its transition to electrical stunning. The momentum has also spread internationally, with Jumbo in the Netherlands and Intermarché in France committing in 2025.

“With Aldi Süd’s commitment, every major UK supermarket has now drawn a line on prawn welfare. We believe the global scale of this pledge will make effective electrical stunning the norm well beyond Europe”, Jonas Becker, Head of Invertebrate Welfare, International Council for Animal Welfare.

Background

In late 2025, the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to Aldi’s supply chain. The investigation was shared widely and reached hundreds of thousands of people. ICAW organized protests at Aldi‘s UK headquarters in Atherstone and its German headquarters in Essen.

Aldi had previously acknowledged that electrical stunning is considered best practice for prawns but had not committed to a timeline.

Aldi South policy in verbatim (Fish and Seafood Factsheet, page 8): The ALDI SOUTH Group is investing in an industry-led research project to assess the effectiveness of electrical stunning and other potentially higher-welfare methods for warm-water shrimp. This project will conclude in 2028, and from this date ALDI will start transitioning to electrical stunning or other measures confirmed by the study for its own-brand warm-water shrimp, with the aim of completion by 2035. We are committed to transparently report annually on the implementation status of preslaughter stunning methods from 2028 onwards.

https://sustainability.aldisouthgroup.com/files/fish-and-seafood-factsheet

About ICAW

The International Council for Animal Welfare is a registered nonprofit born from a coalition of animal welfare advocacy professionals from around the globe, uniting decades of expertise to reduce as much animal suffering as possible.

(Photo by CSIRO, CC BY 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=35474696)

Unlocking Innovation: Powering Shrimp Performance with Plant Sterols

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:12 +0700

By ADM

Shrimp farming has grown rapidly over the past three decades, helping meet rising global demand for seafood. But this growth has also increased pressure on marine resources traditionally used in aquaculture feeds, including fishmeal and fish oil. Key opportunities to promote farmer efficiencies and environmental stewardship include development of innovative ingredients that deliver higher nutritional value while addressing possible environmental and animal health challenges. For shrimp, in particular, one nutrient has posed a unique challenge: cholesterol.

Cholesterol plays a vital role in maintaining cell structure, aiding fat digestion and serving as the building block for key hormones that regulate development. Without enough cholesterol, shrimp can experience poor growth, molting problems and reduced reproductive performance.

Traditionally, shrimp diets have relied on marine-derived ingredients or purified cholesterol concentrates to meet this requirement. However, these ingredients often come with higher costs, sustainability concerns and supply chain constraints, which has prompted the industry to explore alternative options.

ADM‘s Plant Sterols AN offers an innovative, science-backed approach for tackling the cholesterol challenge in shrimp feeds. Plant sterols are naturally occurring compounds found in plants that are structurally similar to cholesterol. In a recent study, ADM researchers evaluated whether plant sterols could effectively replace animal-derived cholesterol in Pacific whiteleg shrimp diets. In a 62-day feeding study, shrimp were fed one of three diets: a basal diet with no added sterols, a diet supplemented with cholesterol, or a diet supplemented with Plant Sterols AN.

The results were clear and easy to interpret. Shrimp receiving either cholesterol or Plant Sterols AN showed significantly greater weight gain and improved feed utilization compared to shrimp fed the non-supplemented diet. Importantly, there were no significant differences in growth performance between the cholesterol and plant sterol groups. In addition, shrimp fed Plant Sterols AN had similar cholesterol levels in their hepatopancreas – a key metabolic organ – as those fed purified cholesterol. Collectively, the data indicates that plant sterols can effectively fulfill cholesterol-related functions in shrimp to support healthy development.

Recently presented at one of the largest aquaculture conferences and tradeshows globally¹, results from the ADM study reinforce other scientific findings showing plant sterols offer an economical and sustainable alternative to cholesterol in shrimp diets. Because plant sterol concentrates are significantly cheaper than cholesterol concentrates, integrating them into low-cholesterol formulations reduces production costs by improving shrimp growth and feed efficiency. As the industry shifts toward plant-based ingredients to address cost and overfishing, plant sterols provide a critical safeguard against cholesterol deficiency in shrimp. Moreover, Plant Sterols are a side-stream from ADM‘s vitamin E production, helping us as a company reduce waste in our production.

By enabling formulators to reduce reliance on marine animal-derived cholesterol sources without compromising shrimp performance, Plant Sterols AN represents a practical step forward. ADM helps producers with a next generation approach that elevates animal well-being, optimizes nutrient utilization to reduce losses and helps drive profitability, all while supporting the continued growth of sustainable aquaculture worldwide.

¹Grayson et al. Utilization of a phytosterols concentrate in practical diets for Pacific whiteleg shrimp. Aquaculture America, Las Vegas, NV, February 16-19th, 2026.

Disclaimer: Not all products are available in all regions. ADM makes no representation or warranty, whether expressed or implied, as to the reliability, or completeness of the information. The uses and claims should be adapted to comply with the current local/regional regulatory environment. This information does not imply any express recommendations for the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease.

Onda and Innovafeed Announce Promising Results From Trials Using Insect-Based Ingredients in Salmon Nutrition

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:05 +0700

By Onda and Innovafeed

Preliminary research demonstrates antibacterial potential and strong growth performance in Atlantic salmon

Innovafeed, a global leader in insect-based ingredients (Black Soldier Fly – Hermetia illucens), and Onda, the world’s largest independent aquatic contract research organization, today announced promising results from two collaborative trials evaluating the performance and functional benefits of insect-based ingredients in aquaculture nutrition.

The trials, conducted at Onda’s world-class aquaculture research facilities in Prince Edward Island, assessed the potential of Black Soldier Fly Larvae Meal to support fish health and performance in Atlantic salmon diets.

**Promising In-Vitro Antibacterial Activity**

Initial in-vitro analyses conducted by Onda demonstrated antibacterial activity associated with Innovafeed’s Black Soldier Fly Larvae Meal (Hilucia for Aqua). The study evaluated the inhibitory effect of its hydrosoluble fraction against several aquatic pathogens commonly responsible for disease outbreaks in aquaculture.

Results showed growth inhibition against four gram-negative bacteria of major relevance for aquaculture health management: Aeromonas salmonicida, Flavobacterium psychrophilum, Vibrio anguillarum, and Photobacterium damselae. For further technical details on the methodology and results, please refer to our white paper available on our Hilucia Aquaculture page: https://innovafeed.com/en/hilucia-aquaculture/.

These results build on previous studies that have demonstrated antimicrobial activity of Black Soldier Fly Larvae against a broader range of aquatic pathogens.

The antibacterial potential of Hilucia for Aqua is believed to be linked to antimicrobial peptides naturally produced by Black Soldier Fly Larvae (Hermetia illucens). These bioactive molecules are part of the insect’s innate immune system and are known to interact with microbial cell membranes, inhibiting growth or causing pathogen death.

Given the growing challenge of bacterial diseases and antimicrobial resistance in aquaculture, these findings highlight the potential of insect-derived ingredients not only as sustainable protein sources but also as functional feed ingredients capable of supporting fish immunity and helping reduce reliance on antibiotics.

Strong Growth Performance in Salmon Trials

A second trial at Onda evaluated the use of Innovafeed’s BSFL meal as an appetite and performance booster in grower Atlantic salmon.

Throughout the 84-day trial, the Hilucia for Aqua-fed group grew from around 300 to 800 g, and achieved a perfect 100% survival rate. Results showed increased feed intake with a dose-response pattern to Hilucia inclusion rate, associated with a strong growth performance, with statistically increased growth rate and improved feed efficiency demonstrating the BSFL meal’s potential to enter grower salmon’s diets while boosting fish farming performance.

The trial also included a seawater stress test, assessing fish resilience during a critical stage of the salmon production cycle. While results are still being analyzed, this work reflects the continued efforts of Onda and Innovafeed to demonstrate the functional potential of insect-derived ingredients in aquaculture nutrition.

These results further support the use of insect-derived ingredients as both nutritionally effective and functionally beneficial components of aquaculture feeds.

Advancing Innovation in Aquaculture Nutrition

“Working with innovative partners like Innovafeed allows us to further develop our testing platforms and explore solutions that can transform aquaculture,” said Dr. Fabio Zanuzzo, Director of Aquatic Research at Onda. “Our integrated, and tailor-made research approach enables us to fully evaluate and maximize the value of our clients’ products, generating precise and actionable insights for the aquaculture industry.”

“This collaboration has been both highly effective and very promising. The scientific foundation and expertise of Onda‘s teams bring significant value to our work, and the results generated provide further evidence of the functional potential of insect-based ingredients for aquaculture nutrition” said Marine Bezagu Phd, Head of Product Development on Aquaculture at Innovafeed.

Additional trials, including in-vivo studies, will further evaluate the potential of insect-derived functional ingredients to support fish health and disease resilience in commercial aquaculture production.

About Onda

Onda is a contract research organization specializing in aquaculture research and trials. Onda offers bespoke bench top and in-tank trials and challenges for a variety of species at both our Souris & Victoria, PEI locations, presenting our clients with custom-made solutions to the challenges they are facing with best-in-class industry expertise and experience.

Onda holds a variety of certifications including, GLP, GMP, ACQ3 & ACQ2, integrating our customized service offering with the highest quality of work. Quality, consistency, and reliability are traits that we at Onda pride ourselves in each interaction with our clients. From idea to solution, Onda provides expertise, guidance, and navigation during the product development process.

www.onda.ca

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a global AgTech pioneer (B Corp, Next 40, Impact 40, World’s GreenTech Company 2025), specialized in producing insects (Black Soldier Fly – Hermetia illucens) for animal and plant nutrition. As one of the world’s foremost insect producers, Innovafeed develops cutting-edge technologies that replicate nature’s resource conversion processes at industrial scale.

By recreating a circular, zero-waste food chain in which insects reclaim their natural role in the ecosystem, the company contributes to building a more sustainable, resilient, and efficient agri-food system. www.innovafeed.com

The Norwegian Company Akvaplan-niva Completes a Pilot Project That Offers Hope for Successful Sex Sorting of Farmed Cod

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Apr 2026 22:40:06 +0700

• In collaboration with Aqua Kompetanse, KIME Akva and Greenfox Marine.

• It is an important step toward greater sustainability in the species farming.

• The technology for sex-sorting fish uses ultrasound in combination with AI.

The Norwegian company Akvaplan-niva, in collaboration with Aqua Kompetanse, KIME Akva, and Greenfox Marine, has now completed a pilot project that offers hope for successful sex sorting of farmed cod. The pilot project, conducted at the Rubbestad smolt facility, investigated when cod are large enough to be sexed. The goal is to ensure a robust data foundation to enable the launch of commercial sex sorting by 2027.

From September 2025 to February 2026, researchers monitored cod from the two fish groups representing Norway’s two most important cod lines: cod from the breeding programs of Nofima and Havlandet. The results show that the cod’s gonads are sufficiently developed for visual sex identification with 90% certainty when the fish weighs 200 grams.

Visual assessment using ultrasound could distinguish between female fish and “non-female fish” at 200 grams. The researchers recommend that, for the best possible image quality, feeding the fish should be avoided for two days prior to the examination.

“This could be the solution to one of the industry’s biggest challenges. Early sexual maturation and spawning in pens are detrimental to both wild cod, the welfare of farmed cod, and production profitability,” says project manager at Akvaplan-niva, Lauris Boissonnot.

Significant Morphological Differences

Cod farming faces a critical challenge: spawning in pens, which threatens both the environment and production. Separating male and female fish into separate pens could be a solution, but how can this be done effectively and reliably? Now, the groundbreaking pilot project offers hope for successful sex sorting of farmed cod.

Now, the researchers discovered significant morphological differences in the shape of the egg sacs between the two fish groups. In the Nofima Group, the egg sacs were round and compact, while in the Havlandet Group they were slender, elongated, and resembled undifferentiated gonads.

The causes of this variation have not been identified, but there may be several genetic and environmental factors that could explain it. However, gonad morphology — that is, the shape of the gonads — was homogeneous within each fish group. This suggests that factors influence gonad morphology at the group level.

To better understand the extent of and causes for the differences in gonadal morphology, further studies of additional fish groups from both strains are necessary. If the researchers also find these differences in other fish groups, this may mean that the technology must be adapted for each individual fish group. Further follow-up by the team will clarify whether this is a general trend or not.

Originally Designed to Sort Farmed Salmon

The technology for sex-sorting fish using ultrasound in combination with AI, developed by Greenfox Marine, was originally designed to sort farmed salmon. Salmon and cod have different body shapes and gonad locations, and therefore the equipment used for data collection to train the AI models is not adapted for cod. Technology providers are now working closely with researchers and fish farmers to optimize equipment and methods.

The completed pilot project, funded by Forregion Troms, has established a scientific foundation for the further development of automated sex sorting of farmed cod. A consortium consisting of fish farmers, R&D institutions, and technology suppliers is now working to establish an R&D project to ensure reliable sex sorting of juvenile cod and to study the effects of sex sorting on spawning, welfare, and performance. If such a project is successful, it will bring us one step closer to success in cod farming.

Presenting research at PEAK? Boost its visibility with Modern Poultry

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 21:15:04 +0700

Companies presenting research at the PEAK Conference in Minneapolis can publish abstracts and posters in Modern Poultry, a popular news website focused on live production.

Earlier this year Modern Poultry introduced a new editorial section called Abstracts & Posters specifically for showcasing industry research.

“When your research is published in Modern Poultry, it’s more accessible to industry influencers and decision-makers,” says Carly Feeks, publisher of Modern Poultry.

To help drive traffic to company abstracts, Modern Poultry features Abstracts & Posters content in its newsletter and on its robust LinkedIn platform, which has nearly 12,000 followers and the highest engagement rate of all poultry media.

For more information about this sponsored content opportunity, email Modern Poultry.

The post Presenting research at PEAK? Boost its visibility with Modern Poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Sustainable Livestock Intergroup on reducing emissions in monogastric livestock farming with circular feed and feed additives

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 17:35:10 +0700

On 30 April, the European Parliament Sustainable Livestock Intergroup holds an event “How can circular feed and feed additives be deployed to reduce emissions in monogastric livestock farming?”. The event (11h-12h30) takes place in the European Parliament in Strasbourg, and can also be followed online. The registration link is available on the website of the Sustainable Livestock Intergroup.

Programme

I. Welcome Speeches

MEP Benoît Cassart
MEP Maria Grapini
MEP Alexander Bernhuber

II. Opening: What are the expectations of the EU Livestock strategy on the decarbonisation of livestock farming?

Brigitte Misonne (DG AGRI)

III. What are key drivers and examples of reducing carbon emissions through animal feed formulation?

Christine Parry – (Global Feed LCA Institute) The importance of high-quality datasets on the environmental impacts of animal feed ingredients
Prof. Jan Værum Nørgaard – (Aarhus University) Using feed additives to enable lower nitrogen and phosphorus excretion
Sigrid Pauwelyn – (TROTEC) Former foodstuff processing as an example of ‘circular feed’ to reduce GHG emissions related to feed production

IV. Exchange of views with MEPs

The upcoming EU Livestock Strategy highlights the need for livestock farming to contribute its fair share to the decarbonisation of the EU economy. Previously, the Sustainable Livestock Intergroup addressed the ambitions of reducing direct on-farm emissions, such as methane from enteric fermentation in cattle. For monogastrics like pigs and poultry, the production and sourcing of animal feed are the key determinants of the overall carbon footprint of livestock systems, and therefore the key focus to drive decarbonisation.

Improvements in data development on feed ingredients are a key essential first step to reliably assess where the pressure points lie, to subsequently enable innovation in animal feed formulation for carbon footprint reduction purposes. An increased use of circular feed ingredients is a key strategy in this regard, as it makes use of resources which are not cultivated with a dedicated purpose of being used as animal feed.

This Intergroup session will provide insights into these issues and showcase the main drivers and practical examples for reducing carbon emissions in livestock farming through more sustainable animal feed formulation.

The Sustainable Livestock Intergroup was established at the start of the current European Parliament’s mandate and officially launched in early 2025. Its first co-chairs, who are also the key supporters of the initiative, are MEPs Alexander Bernhuber (AT, EPP), Maria Grapini (RO, S&D), and Benoît Cassart (BE, Renew). The Intergroup aims to provide a platform for Members of the European Parliament to discuss both the diversity of existing farming practices and emerging methods and technologies that support and improve animal farming systems. It also seeks to develop informative tools to raise awareness about food production. By taking a holistic approach, the Intergroup will enable MEPs to better assess and balance both the benefits and challenges of the sector. This will help depolarise current debates and pave the way for realistic, science-based/sustainable solutions in animal farming—including enhanced animal welfare.

Source: FEFAC press release

The challenge for agri-tech: Finding the ‘sweet spot’ to achieve poultry welfare and efficiency

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Apr 2026 23:45:07 +0700

By Marian Stamp Dawkins, FRS CBE
University of Oxford, UK

Does improving poultry welfare result in a cost to farmers, or is it the key to healthier and more profitable farming?

Better welfare can lead to production advantages such as reduced mortality, less disease and lower medication use. There are also hidden advantages that are more difficult to quantify, such as greater staff satisfaction and the ability to reassure customers about the welfare standards being achieved.

The cost of welfare

But improving poultry welfare is not without expense. For example, welfare improvements like bales and perches cost money. Additionally, they can be difficult to clean, take up floor space and get in the way of inspection and clearance. Reducing stocking density or using slower-growing breeds are even clearer examples of welfare improvements that can prove seriously uneconomic. Welfare may be a desirable goal, but someone has to pay for it.

With the new agri-tech equipment now available, financial questions have become even more pressing. There is potential for a range of benefits, from reduced labor costs and improved production efficiency to higher animal welfare standards. Cameras, sound, motion and detectors that record all aspects of an animal’s health and behavior are presented as “must-haves” for today’s farmers.

But are they really a must-have? A 2024 McKinsey report based on farmers’ views of agri-tech identified several reasons why farmers remain cautious about adopting smart-farming equipment. Difficulty of installation and challenges with use were mentioned as obstacles. But by far the most important reason was that many farmers are not yet convinced they will obtain a financial return on the considerable investment often involved.

Fulfilled potential?

A weakness of agri-tech is that it promises much but has not yet demonstrated sufficient returns on investment, at least not enough to convince many farmers. This weakness is made worse when agri-tech’s main or only selling point is that it improves animal welfare. It follows that if agri-tech aimed at improving chicken welfare is to be widely adopted by the poultry industry, there needs to be much better evidence that it not only improves chicken welfare but also offers real financial advantages.

The bottom line for all agri-tech is that it improves efficiency. The bottom line for welfare-related agri-tech is that it improves poultry welfare and efficiency.

The real test of the economic and welfare value of new smart-farming technology will come when it is widely used, and everyone can see its advantages and disadvantages in the real world. But in the meantime — when understandable caution stands in the way of its widespread use — there is much more that academic researchers, equipment sellers and producers themselves can do together to demonstrate the links between improved chicken welfare and increased profitability.

Testing the technology

Small-scale pen trials are, of course, an essential first stage in the development of any new technology. They establish its potential and identify what needs to be developed next.

But what works for a few tens or hundreds of chickens in a carefully controlled environment does not necessarily translate into what happens when many thousands of birds are reared on commercial farms. Not only environmental but also financial conditions are completely different, meaning that both welfare and efficiency outcomes may also be quite different.

It follows that for farmers to be convinced of the value of new technology, there must be more farm-scale trials that demonstrate its value, not just to the animals and their welfare but also to the farm balance sheet.

For example, a major problem with adopting welfare-related technology is that many farmers are suspicious of any suggested changes that involve the birds becoming active and performing more of their natural behavior — the very features that are often used to define “good welfare.” More active birds eat more, and because feed is the largest single factor in broiler production, farmers are justifiably wary of anything that increases how much birds eat. Only data collected from commercial broiler farms can show whether their suspicions are justified.

Collecting data

As one of the participants in the Foundation for Food & Agriculture Research SMART Broiler program, we recently took a step toward doing this. We used smart cameras to measure the activity levels of 34 flocks of broilers on a commercial farm throughout their lives. We correlated this with one of the most important measures of production efficiency: feed-conversion ratio (FCR). We found that on several measures of “activity,” the most active flocks also delivered the lowest FCR.

Our suggested explanation is that the most active flocks had lower mortality levels, and that their improved FCR was due to their greater liveability. The less active flocks may have eaten less, but they also seemed to have a higher mortality risk, so everything they ate would be wasted.

There were many limitations to this study. First, it was correlational, and it is well known that correlation is not causation. Also, the study was conducted on one breed (Cobb) on a farm with a range of lighting regimes (gradient, natural, overhead, etc.), which is likely to have altered the birds’ activity.

So, it does not follow that whenever broiler activity increases, FCR will decrease. And it certainly does not entitle us to conclude that all welfare improvements — however caused and with whatever management procedures are in place — will be associated with an increase in production efficiency.

But what it does show is that increased activity and better FCR are not necessarily the incompatible goals they might seem. There can be “sweet spots” where both can be achieved at once. Agri-tech can help us identify combinations of enrichments and management that enable us to find these sweet spots but only if it is sufficiently deployed on commercial farms where the full economic costs and benefits can be evaluated.

The study results mentioned in this article have been published in Poultry Science. Access the paper here.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post The challenge for agri-tech: Finding the ‘sweet spot’ to achieve poultry welfare and efficiency appeared first on Modern Poultry.

EU poultry sector outlook to 2035: production, consumption and trade trends

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Apr 2026 20:05:10 +0700

According to the EU Agricultural Outlook 2025-2035, poultry and eggs are the only meat sectors in the European Union projected to expand in both production and consumption over the coming decade, despite persistent uncertainty linked to animal disease outbreaks and geopolitical factors.

Poultry meat production

In 2025, EU poultry meat production is estimated to continue increasing slightly compared with 2024, supported by solid consumer demand and favourable feed cost and output price conditions. Over the period to 2035, EU poultry production is projected to rise by 965,000 tonnes, corresponding to an average annual growth rate of +0.7%.

The report notes that future production growth may be uneven across regions, as stricter environmental legislation and the transition towards more sustainable production systems could limit expansion in certain Member States. In addition, unlike previous years, highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) is expected to remain present throughout the year rather than as a seasonal phenomenon, posing an ongoing challenge for the poultry sector.

Figure 1 – EU poultry meat market balance (million t)
Note: Production corresponds to gross indigenous production.

Poultry consumption

EU poultry consumption is expected to continue increasing between 2025 and 2035. Per capita poultry consumption is projected to rise from 15.1 kg per year (2023–2025 average) to 16.5 kg per year by 2035. The outlook attributes this increase to consumer preferences for poultry as a convenient, affordable and widely perceived healthy protein source, as well as higher demand from food service and food processing sectors.

At the same time, overall EU meat consumption is projected to decline marginally over the outlook period, with a continued shift away from beef and pigmeat towards poultry.

Imports

To meet rising demand, EU poultry meat imports are projected to increase by +1.1% per year, reaching approximately 955,000 tonnes by 2035. Imports are supported by relatively higher poultry prices in the EU compared with world markets. In 2025, increased imports from Brazil, the United Kingdom and Thailand were already observed.

Figure 2 – World poultry meat imports (million t)
Source: DG Agriculture and Rural Development, based on OECD-FAO Outlook.
Note: Middle East includes Egypt.

Exports

Global import demand for poultry meat is expected to increase by 2.5 million tonnes by 2035, driven mainly by growth in the Middle East, Africa and Asia. Following a period of decline, EU poultry exports are projected to regain momentum, growing at an average rate of +0.8% per year to reach more than 2.1 million tonnes by 2035.

Exports to the United Kingdom are expected to remain strong, while shipments to Africa, Asia and the Middle East are projected to increase. However, the EU’s share of global poultry exports is expected to remain broadly stable at around 12.5%, as competition from lower-cost producers such as Brazil, the United States, Thailand and Ukraine intensifies.

Figure 3 – World poultry meat exports (million t)
Source: DG Agriculture and Rural Development, based on OECD-FAO Outlook.

Prices

EU poultry prices reached historically high levels in 2025. The average EU price for chicken broiler carcasses exceeded EUR 3,000 per tonne for the first time, reflecting tight supply and strong demand. Over the longer term, EU poultry prices are projected to increase gradually to around EUR 2,850 per tonne by 2035, in line with sustained EU demand and developments on world markets.

Egg Sector Outlook

Egg production

Between 2015 and 2025, EU egg production grew by an average of +0.8% per year. Over the 2025–2035 outlook period, egg production is projected to continue increasing, but at a slower average annual rate of +0.5%.

This moderation reflects forecasts of declining population growth and potential supply challenges linked to HPAI. Productivity gains in the egg sector may come from automation, digitalisation and genetic progress, including improvements in laying persistence and hen longevity. However, these gains could be partly offset in the short term by the implementation of animal welfare policies and the gradual phase-out of the killing of day-old male chicks, with in-ovo sexing increasingly adopted as a welfare-friendly alternative rather than as a practice being discontinued.

Figure 4 – EU egg market balance (million t)
Note: the market balance contains only eggs for consumption.

Egg consumption

EU per capita egg consumption is projected to grow by +0.5% per year, reaching 14 kg per capita by 2035. Consumption trends are driven by the ease of preparation of eggs, their role as a relatively affordable source of protein, increased health awareness among consumers, and an ageing population, as older consumers tend to consume more eggs.

Demand from the egg processing industry is also expected to remain strong, particularly for eggs used as ingredients in bakery products, desserts, sauces and ice cream. With rising incomes, demand for organic and free-range eggs is projected to increase.

Figure 5 – EU per capita egg consumption

Egg imports

Due to the perishability of eggs, the EU sources most imports from neighbouring countries, mainly Ukraine and the United Kingdom. Over the past three years, imports from Ukraine increased significantly, accounting for around 60% of total EU egg imports in 2023 and 2024. EU egg imports are projected to grow by +2.7% per year over the coming decade, assuming imports from Ukraine remain at levels similar to those observed in 2025.

Egg exports

Global egg consumption is expected to grow by 13% between 2025 and 2035, particularly in India and emerging markets in South-East Asia such as Vietnam and Indonesia. While global egg trade remains limited—representing around 1.5% of total global production due to transport costs, perishability and HPAI restrictions—the expansion of egg processing in emerging markets could support future trade opportunities.

In 2025, EU egg exports are expected to increase by +5% in volume compared with 2024. Over the longer term, EU egg exports are projected to grow by around +1.7% per year, supported by demand in neighbouring countries and exports of albumin, particularly to Japan.

Source

EC (2025), EU agricultural outlook, 2025-2035. European Commission, DG Agriculture and Rural Development, Brussels

Continuous monitoring and control of mycoplasma for sustainable poultry production

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 19:00:10 +0700

Mycoplasma gallisepticum (MG) and Mycoplasma synoviae (MS) remain persistent pathogens in poultry, causing respiratory disorders, synovitis, uneven growth, and reduced egg production. Determining the true source and timing of infection is critical for targeted interventions. Continuous monitoring using serology (ELISA) and molecular diagnostics (PCR and sequencing) enables differentiation between vertical transmission, hatchery contamination, and farm-level infection. Combining antibody kinetics and PCR results allows estimation of infection timing, improving decision-making for control measures. This article presents practical surveillance strategies, source analysis, and integrated control measures to sustain poultry production.

➤ Nader Rangsaz

Poultry Veterinarian (DVM), Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Islamic Azad University, Shahrekord, Iran, Member of the Young Researchers Club, n.rangsaz@gmail.com

Introduction

MG and MS infections remain major challenges in commercial poultry. The production pyramid from GGP to broilers creates multiple points of potential contamination. A positive test alone does not indicate the source or timing of infection. Understanding whether infection originates from:

upstream flocks (GGP/GP) > vertical transmission
hatchery contamination > during incubation or handling
farm-level infection > within the parent stock farm is essential for effective interventions, reducing unnecessary culling, and preserving production efficiency.

Economic impact in both breeders and broilers

MG and MS reduce growth rate, feed efficiency, egg production, and hatchability, leading to significant performance losses across the poultry industry. In broiler breeders, infection compromises reproductive efficiency, reduces egg quality, and lowers hatchability, while also producing weaker day-old chicks with reduced viability. These consequences not only decrease productivity but also may lead to trade restrictions, since certification programs often require Mycoplasma-free status. In broilers, infection is associated with airsacculitis, uneven growth, poor feed conversion, and higher carcass condemnations at processing plants. Although mortality may remain relatively low, the cumulative impact on flock uniformity and market weight is considerable. Importantly, co-infections with pathogens such as E. coli, Newcastle disease virus, or infectious bronchitis virus often exacerbate the clinical and economic effects of mycoplasmosis. Vertical transmission perpetuates infection down the production pyramid, while hatchery or farm-level contamination can trigger sporadic outbreaks. Therefore, accurate source tracking and infection timing estimation are crucial to minimize economic losses and to implement effective corrective measures.

Mycoplasma colonies

Table 1 – Recommended mycoplasma surveillance plan

Monitoring plan and source analysis across the production pyramid

Monitoring should cover all pyramid levels, with key periods at pre-vaccination, pre-transfer, and peak production. Serology (ELISA) identifies immune response, PCR detects the pathogen, and sequencing confirms strain identity to determine the true source.

A structured monitoring program must align with the expected antibody response after vaccination. In practice, blood samples collected at different ages help confirm maternal antibody transfer. Sampling at around three weeks of age provides baseline data to document the natural decline in maternal antibodies. Baseline testing at 10 weeks ensures that the flock remains negative, while an additional test at 15 weeks, before transfer to the production site, confirms the negative status prior to movement.

Table 2 – Source analysis of mycoplasma infection

With vaccination commonly performed at six weeks, marking the start of active immunity, post-vaccination monitoring at 21 weeks, prior to peak lay, is critical. Using ELISA, typical titers following MG F-strain vaccination range between 2,000–8,000, while ts-11 usually produces 1,000–3,000 (30–70% positives). For MS-H vaccine, mean titers are expected in the range of 500–3,000 without wild challenge. Any values significantly above these levels (e.g. >5,000–23,000 with 90–100% seropositive samples) strongly suggest field infection rather than vaccine response. Additional monitoring at 32 weeks (to detect breakthrough infections), 44 weeks (to evaluate vaccine duration), and 55 weeks (for end-of-lay cycle status) provides mid- and late-production surveillance, ensuring that no breakthrough infections occur. This approach allows managers to clearly separate normal vaccine serology from true Mycoplasma challenge and to implement corrective actions in time.

Structure of mycoplasma

Monitoring for antibodies must be carried out prior to vaccination with live vaccines.

Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays can be used to differentiate vaccinated flocks from those undergoing a challenge.

Table 3 – Interpretation of M. Gallisepticum ELISA titers 6-12 weeks post vaccination with live M. Gallisepticum vaccine*
*A titer of ≥ 668 is positive.

■ Table 4 – Interpretation M. Synoviae ELISA titers 6-12 weeks post vaccination with live M. Synoviae vaccine*
*A titer of ≥ 668 is positive.

Timing of infection using antibody kinetics

Key points

Maternal antibodies decline over time; a positive titer at day 1 reflects maternal transfer;
a rising titer after the decline indicates natural infection; the slope helps estimate infection timing;
comparison with vaccination differentiates vaccine response from natural infection;
serial sampling is required for precise estimation;
PCR confirmation supports timing estimate and identifies the strain.

Tracheal swab

Diagnostic approaches

ELISA: large-scale flock screening;
PCR: rapid detection and strain differentiation;
culture and immunofluorescence: gold standard, but it is costly and slow (up to 4 weeks), typically reserved for certification and research.

At least two independent positive results are recommended for confirmation; titers > 1:80 (or kit cut-off) indicate infection.

Control and prevention

Elimination: cull positive breeders to prevent vertical spread;
vaccination: live (F, 6/85, TS-11, and MS-H) or inactivated vaccines; PCR differentiates vaccine from field strains;
antibiotics: mycoplasmas are generally susceptible to macrolides, tetracyclines, fluoroquinolones and the combination of lincomycin and spectinomycin to reduce clinical signs;
biosecurity and sourcing: hygiene, audits, certified Mycoplasma-free source;
continuous monitoring: ensures early detection and source identification.

Serology – ELISA

Conclusion

Identifying the true source and approximate timing of infection is critical. Combining ELISA kinetics, PCR, sequencing, clinical observation, and necropsy allows differentiation between vertical, hatchery, and farm-level infection. Accurate source and timing identification prevent unnecessary culling, focuses interventions, and improves flock sustainability.

MG and MS threaten flock health and productivity. Continuous monitoring, molecular and serological diagnostics, biosecurity, and vaccination are essential. Source identification and timing estimation enable targeted control, reducing economic losses and sustaining poultry production.

References

Achari, R., & Morrow, C. (2018). Diminishing Control of Avian Mycoplasmas. Association of Avian Health Professionals, India.

BioChek. (s.d.). Live Mycoplasma Vaccines and the Use of Monitoring: Interpretation of BioChek MG ELISA titers 6–12 weeks post vaccination with Live MG vaccines. BioChek Application PDF.

Ferguson-Noel, N. (2014). Control of Avian Mycoplasmosis. The Poultry Informed Professional, University of Georgia.

Kleven, S.H. (2000). Mycoplasma Update. The Poultry Informed Professional, University of Georgia.

Morrow, C.J. (2017). Practical Mycoplasma Control for Poultry Production in Asia. International Production Poultry, 25(1), 35–37.

Rosales, A.G. (2019). Mycoplasmosis Prevention and Control in Broiler Breeders and Broilers. Aviagen.

Poultry By-Product Meal for Atlantic Salmon: Growth,Welfare, and Fillet Quality in Commercial Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 08:40:05 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Poultry by-product meal is high in protein and has a similar amino acid profile to fish meal. It also lacks any known anti-nutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets. This article summarizes the results of a study that evaluated the impact of including it in seawater growth diets on the quality of the pellets, the growth and welfare of the Atlantic salmon, and the quality of the fillets.

Global aquaculture production has tripled over the last two decades and continues to rise, with fed aquaculture now outpacing non-fed species (Food and Agriculture Organization [FAO], 2022). Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), the most farmed marine fish species (FAO, 2024), requires high-quality protein in its diet (National Research Council, 2011). Fishmeal has been increasingly replaced by plant-based proteins such as soy protein concentrate, but this shift poses challenges. Antinutritional factors in plants can negatively impact fish growth and health and heavy reliance on highquality plant proteins contributes to feed-food competition.

Therefore, alternative protein sources that are nutritionally sound, environmentally friendly, and support a circular bioeconomy are needed. A circular bioeconomy approach promotes nutrient recovery by using existing resources like by-products, which improves sustainability in aquaculture. In the European Union (EU), self-sufficiency in highprotein materials such as soybean meal remains low at around 28%. Animal by-products represent an underutilized yet promising circular protein source.

Up to 48% of slaughtered animal weight is not used for human consumption, yielding over 20 million tons annually in the EU (European Commission, 2024). Category 3 animal by-products ─ low risk materials ─ can legally be used in aquaculture feeds since the 2013 lifting of the EU ban (Resolution 56/2013), which had been imposed in 2001 due to bovine spongiform encephalopathy.

Poultry by-product meal (PBM) is a category 3 product widely available in Europe. PBM is rich in protein, has an amino acid profile similar to fishmeal, and lacks known antinutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets. While small-scale studies show PBM supports salmonid growth, largescale trials reflecting commercial farming conditions are limited.

Additionally, physical pellet quality is crucial, as poor-quality leads to feed waste and higher costs. Fillet quality — key to market value ─ is another vital factor. Thus, this study evaluates the impact of 0%, 5% and 10% PMB inclusion in seawater grow-out diets on pellet quality, growth, welfare, and fillet quality in Atlantic salmon.

Poultry by-product meal (PBM) is high in protein and has a similar amino acid profile to fishmeal. It also lacks any known anti-nutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets like Atlantic salmon.

Materials and Methods

PBM was produced by BHJ A/S (Gråsten Denmark) from category 3 poultry by-products (bones, skins, viscera) sourced from Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. Following EU Regulation 1069/2009, raw material was minced (<30 mm), heated to ≥70°C for 20 min, then sterilized at 100°C for 60 min.

Aller Aqua A/S produced three isoenergetic, isolipidic, isonitrogenous diets with 0% (control), 5%, and 10% PBM in 6 mm and 9 mm pellet sizes. Diets met nutritional requirements for Atlantic salmon (National Research Council, 2011), with PBM replacing other protein sources.

Results

Pellet quality

The pellet quality analysis revealed high physical pellet quality for all diets with small numerical differences between the diets. Pellet length was significantly shorter for the 5% diet compared to the other two (p = 0.001). There was a significant reduction in expansion between each of the three diets (p = 0.0001), and the reduction was larger for the 5% PBM diet than the 10% diet.

Fish health and growth performance

Fish health was regularly evaluated by external fish health biologists throughout the experimental period. A larger proportion than normally expected had jaw and spine deformities. The deformities were found equally in all dietary groups and were not related to the experimental diets. Otherwise, the fish were of good condition and fish health was evaluated as good.

Fish in all cages had three thermic delousing treatments (31 – 32◦C), and two of the cages fed 0% PBM needed a fourth treatment at the end of the experiment due to higher lice numbers. Growth performance results showed no differences between the dietary groups for initial and final weight, mortality, feed conversion ratio or specific growth rate (Table 1).

Welfare parameters

External and internal welfare parameters demonstrate good welfare for all dietary groups. Fish fed 5% PBM had a significantly higher condition factor (p = 0.0007) compared to the control group. Fish fed 10% PBM had a lower ulcer score (p = 0.03) and darker liver color (p = 0.02) compared to the control group fed 0% PBM, yet the differences between the dietary groups were numerically small. No fish in the 10% group had ulcers, 6/30 fish had ulcers in the control group and 2/30 in the 5% group. Scores for scale loss, skin bleeding, cataract, opercula deformities, viscerosomatic index, visceral fat and heart surface fat were comparable between the groups.

Product quality

Product quality results are summarized in Table 2, and similar results were found for the three dietary groups. No differences were detected in fillet color or pigment concentration, except for a modest but significant difference in the anterior Salmo- Fan measurement between the control and 5% PBM (control: 25.0 vs. 5% 24.4, p = 0.03). The chemical analysis of the fillets revealed a significant increase in dry matter content between the control group and the two PBM groups, and a significant difference in total fat between the control group and the 5% PBM group.

Histology

Samples collected before exposure to experimental diets, showed no differences between dietary groups. Inflammation scores increased throughout the experimental period with comparable scores between dietary groups (Figure 1). At the 8-month sampling, fish fed 0% PBM had a significantly higher inflammation score compared to fish fed 5% PBM (p = 0006), but compared to fish fed 10% PBM, there were no significant differences.

Replacing conventional protein with PBM supports a circular economy by transforming low-value by-products into high-quality food. Moderate inclusion of up to 10% is a suitable protein source for Atlantic salmon farmed under commercial-like conditions.

Discussion

This study aimed to evaluate the impact of poultry by-product meal (PBM) inclusion in diets for Atlantic salmon (S. salar) under commercial- like field conditions. PBM, a high-protein alternative derived from poultry processing showed comparable results across all groups (0%, 5%, 10% inclusion) for growth performance, welfare scores, gut histology, and product quality.

Previous studies found no negative effects of PBM on growth up to 28% inclusion (Hatlen et al., 2015). In this trial, deformities observed in all groups were likely due to early-life phosphorus deficiency, not diet. The 5% PBM group showed higher condition factor and fillet fat content, likely from higher final weights, though this did not translate to higher yield. Ulcer presence, a welfare concern in Norwegian salmon farming, was lowest in the 10% PMB group but differences may be confounded by delousing treatments, known to increase and handling.

A circular bioeconomy approach promotes nutrient recovery by using existing resources likeby-products, which improves sustainability in aquaculture

Overall, 83% of fish were graded as “superior,” with no significant differences among groups. Relative filled fat was higher in the 5% group, but fatty acid composition remained unchanged, likely due to PBM’s low lipid content (7.9%) and consistent use of fish oil and rapeseed oil across diets. Fishmeal inclusion decreased slightly with increased PBM, but did not affect fatty acid profile.

Pigmentation, critical for market value, was unaffected despite slightly lower astaxanthin levels in the 0% PBM group. Filled color depends not only on pigment concentration but also on stress and postmortem changes (Heia et al., 2009).

PBM inclusion had no negative effects on fillet texture or gaping. Histological analysis showed no significant impact of PBM on inflammation, vacuolization, or ectopic goblet cells in the distal intestine. While PBM could reduce reliance on plant proteins and associated antinutritional factors, inflammation severity increased with inclusion, suggesting other causes.

Despite limited use in the EU, PBM is widely accepted elsewhere. Barriers in the EU include low consumer acceptance, supply variability, and competition from the pet food sector. Further research is needed to define optimal inclusion levels and assess long-term sustainability and economic impacts.

Product quality results were comparable across all dietary groups, with no diflerences detected in fillet color or texture. Overall, 83% of fish were graded as ‘superior,’ regardless of the level of poultry by-product meal inclusion.

Conclusion

The present study demonstrated that PBM can replace 10% of conventional protein ingredients in diets for Atlantic salmon, without adverse effects on physical pellet quality, growth performance, welfare, distal intestine histology or product quality. Thus, we conclude that moderate inclusions of PBM of up to 10% is a suitable protein source in diets for Atlantic salmon farmed under commercial-like conditions during the grow-out phase in seawater. Additionally, the inclusion of PBM in salmon feed contributes to circular economy by transforming lowvalue by-products into high-quality food and may enhance sustainability of the aquaculture sector.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “POULTRY BY-PRODUCT MEAL IN DIETS FOR FARMED ATLANTIC SALMON SUPPORTS HIGH GROWTH PERFORMANCE, FISH WELFARE AND FILLET QUALITY UNDER COMMERCIAL-LIKE FIELD CONDITIONS” developed by: HAUG EIDE, L – Eide Family AS, Eikelandsosen and Norwegian University of Life Sciences; FORMANOWICZ, J., RØSVIK, M., DJORDJEVIC, B., and ØVERLAND, M. – Norwegian University of Life Sciences; KUIPER, R. and BENDIK DALE, O. – Norwegian Veterinary Institute. The original article was published, including tables and figures, on MAY, 2025, through AQUACULTURE REPORTS. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aqrep.2025.102843

Fairchild: Consider the complexity of lighting and its impact on poultry health

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 21:35:06 +0700

Optimizing poultry health and performance requires navigating a wide range of variables, including chick quality, nutrition, biosecurity and management of the poultry house environment.

“At the end of the day, we try to provide an optimal environment for birds so that energy from their food and water goes toward growth and development,” said Brian Fairchild, PhD, professor and Extension poultry specialist at the University of Georgia. And lighting in the houses plays an important role.

He explained that energy is used in three ways: growth and development, maintenance, and to overcome stressors. Bird activity increases with light intensity and birds eat and drink when the lights are on. But Fairchild noted, “Raising poultry isn’t all about growth, even in the first 7 to 10 days.”

Giving birds time to mature and develop strong skeletal, digestive, thermoregulation and immune systems is just as important and, possibly, more important than prioritizing growth during the first week, he explained.

However, lighting not only influences birds’ behavior but also affects their physiology. Additionally, lighting is even more complex because the hours of light, as well as intensity and spectrum, impact poultry.

“It’s not all about what the eyes can see,” Fairchild pointed out. For example, red and orange light between 2,700 and 3,000 Kelvin has longer wavelengths that penetrate birds’ feathers, skin and skull, stimulating the extra-retinal receptors, which research has shown to promote sexual development.

Day length influences poultry’s daily rhythms, hormonal concentrations, reproduction and immune system. “In near continuous or continuous light, stress hormones and plasma corticosteroids increase, and melatonin decreases.”

Dark period’s importance

Fairchild’s research has highlighted the importance of a continuous dark period of 4 to 6 hours, which interestingly coincides with peak melatonin production. Melatonin, although not often discussed, plays a key role in behavior, thermoregulation and the health of the cardiovascular, excretory, immune and reproductive systems.

Typically, chicks are introduced into poultry houses that are illuminated continuously for the first 7 to 10 days. Although this method encourages bird activity and may contribute to chicks finding food and water sources, it doesn’t necessarily lead to heavier birds at harvest.

Fairchild found that birds exposed to a dark period from day 1 were slightly behind control birds in weight at 7 days of age but they quickly caught up by 10 days of age. In pen trials, birds actually weighed more at 10 days through 5 weeks of age. “Older birds, around 48 days old, didn’t exhibit a weight difference when housed with between 17 and 20 hours of light, but they didn’t perform as well in environments with continuous light,” he stated.

“Based on research conducted in Canada, the feed-conversation sweet spot is about 20 hours of light and 4 hours of darkness,” he said. However, for birds raised to 7-9 weeks of age, 6 hours of darkness has been shown to be similar in performance to 4 hours of darkness.

Fairchild prefers uniform lighting in houses during brooding and wants to see birds distributed evenly. He also likes to see birds up and moving when the lights are on, but said light intensity doesn’t impact performance once the birds locate food and water resources, depending on the design of the light system. Specifically, he noted that lowering light intensity to 5 lux doesn’t have a negative impact on bird performance.

Water consumption to monitor lighting

It is well documented that consumption rises when lights turn on, then occurs at a steady rate throughout the day and increases again before the lights turn off.

Because feed consumption is directly linked to water consumption but can be difficult to measure, the UGA Poultry Housing lab uses water consumption to monitor house lighting. He suggested using at least two water meters, one at the front of the house and one at the back, to alert producers to lighting inconsistencies.

For example, in one study, the birds on one farm were drinking more water at the back of the house. This inconsistency was due to the birds responding to light coming in through the fans lining the back wall. Adjusting the lighting to make it more consistent throughout the house remedied the situation and resulted in a more uniform flock.

Continuous lighting impacts

“Continuous lighting may have a negative impact on poultry health,” Fairchild said.

In another study, birds from day 1 housed in continuous light were compared to birds housed with 6 hours of continuous darkness. All the houses in this study experienced deaths related to inclusion body hepatitis. However, in houses with the dark period, there were fewer lame birds, less mortality and no significant difference in weight gain or feed conversion.

“Although several factors may have come together to result in healthier birds, it is interesting that birds with higher melatonin levels experienced less lameness and mortality,” Fairchild commented.

He prefers lighting changes to be instantaneous rather than adjusted gradually over multiple days. “Any lighting changes will require a 2- to 3-day period for the birds to adjust to a new schedule.

A dark period from placement may lead to better health

“Research has shown no downside to incorporating a dark period from day 1, but increased stress levels with continuous light have been documented,” Fairchild commented. Although it may not be observed in every flock, a dark period could lead to improvements in overall bird health. He believes that producers willing to experiment with an alternative to continuous lighting of houses for the first several days might see advantages.

“Producers should think about the potential benefits of offering birds a dark period starting on the day of placement,” Fairchild noted.

The post Fairchild: Consider the complexity of lighting and its impact on poultry health appeared first on Modern Poultry.

How to correctly load incubators with eggs from different flocks

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 17:55:09 +0700

Incubators are ideally loaded with eggs from one single flock that have all been stored for the same period of time. In modern, large-scale hatcheries, however, egg batch mixing is often inevitable. This article explains how to load incubators with eggs from different flocks and, at the same time, minimize losses in hatchability and chick uniformity.

Temperature and embryo development

Temperature differences in the incubator contribute to a wider hatch window and, consequently, negatively affect hatch results. When the eggshell temperature is maintained at approximately 100 °F (37.8 °C), the embryos will develop at the ideal rate, resulting in the chicks hatching at around 21 days. If the temperature deviates from that ideal situation, it will impact the rate of embryonic development and hatching time. Therefore, by keeping the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures inside the incubator as small as possible, the highest percentage of healthy, uniform day-old chicks can be reached.

Each incubator is different

Each incubator manufacturer has its own way of monitoring and regulating the micro-environment around the eggs in setters and hatchers. Everything depends on the machine layout and design in relation to heating and cooling patterns and airflow dynamics. In Petersime incubators, an optimal spiral airflow distribution is guaranteed (Figure 1). The setter’s and hatcher’s central mixing fan ensures that the airflow is the same on the left and right side of the fan. This means the cooling, heating and ventilation conditions are perfectly mirrored in each incubator.

Figure 1 – Petersime single-stage incubator with central mixing fan and spiral airflow distribution

Loading eggs from different flocks

Hatchery staff should ideally load the setters with eggs from one single flock that have all been stored for the same period of time. Those eggs will have about the same size and produce about the same amount of heat at about the same moment in time. However, if not enough eggs from the same source are available to fill a setter, egg batch mixing will be unavoidable.

To prevent that egg batch mixing leads to uneven temperatures inside the machine and, consequently, results in a wide hatch window and poor chick uniformity, using the technique of balanced loading to achieve optimal thermal uniformity is important.

Thermally balanced loading

Balanced loading is all about setting a mix of eggs with different backgrounds while taking into account their level of heat production and the point in time at which that heat is produced, along with the airflow distribution and location of the cooling elements inside the setter. There are three factors to consider: flock fertility, flock age and storage time. Based on those factors, three general rules of thumb are:

An egg mass from a “prime” flock with high fertility (between 30 and 44 weeks of age) will produce more heat than an egg mass from a low fertility flock.
Large eggs (from older flocks) contain yolk that has a higher energy value, causing the embryos to grow more, which produces more heat.
Eggs that have been stored for a longer period of time will produce heat at a later point than eggs that have been stored only a short time.

When taking these rules of thumb into account, the following general setter loading scheme can be drawn:

Positions A: highest fertility, oldest (large egg) flock, shortest storage time
Positions B: lowest fertility, youngest (small egg) flock, longest storage time
Positions C: middle fertility, middle-aged flock, middle storage time

Important note: setter trolleys equipped with Petersime’s OvoScan™ technology are always loaded with eggs with medium heat production and are positioned near the left wall of the setter (see Figure 2: 3 OvoScan™ sensors, position C on the left).

Figure 2 – Correct setter loading pattern according to differences in heat production

Some further points of attention are:

Generally, it is advised not to exceed more than 10 weeks of difference in flock age, 7 days of difference in storage time and 10% difference in fertility.
Never start an incubation cycle when the machine is not fully loaded. If you do, any measures taken regarding balanced loading will be ineffective.

Following the above guidelines will result in an optimal heat balance distribution of the eggs in the setter.

Transfer from setter to hatcher

Correctly loading the hatcher starts where it ends for the setter: at transfer. During the hatching process, the embryos undergo the most critical biological transitions (internal pipping, external pipping and shell emergence), which demands very specific environmental conditions. By loading the hatchers with eggs that are as uniform as possible, each hatcher can use a specific incubation profile according to the heat production of the eggs inside and the embryos’ needs.

As one single hatcher should ideally be loaded with uniform eggs, they should all come from the same specific positions in the balanced loaded setter. The example below (Figure 3) shows how to put that theory into practice, taking the example of transferring one setter of 12 trolleys to three hatchers of 4 trolleys each:

Hatcher 1: all eggs with medium heat production (positioned near the wall – 1a 1b 1c 1d)
Hatcher 2: all eggs with low heat production (positioned in the centre – 2a 2b 2c 2d)
Hatcher 3: all eggs with high heat production (positioned near the central mixing fan – 3a 3b 3c 3d)

Figure 3 – Example of transfer pattern for one setter of 12 trolleys to three hatchers of 4 trolleys each

The same principle applies for configurations of setters and hatchers with other capacities.

Optimal heat balance for optimal hatch results

Successful incubation depends on an optimal heat balance and, as such, the trolleys’ position inside the incubator. By keeping the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures inside the machine as small as possible, the highest percentage of healthy day-old chicks with high uniformity can be obtained.

The role of in ovo vaccination in developing robust immune responses in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 00:00:07 +0700

The health of chicks is the bedrock of successful poultry production, and evidence is growing to support the role of in ovo vaccination in bolstering early immunity against disease risks both broilers and layers face in the field.

Birds have both innate and adaptive immunity, helping them fight a wide range of pathogens that can circulate in production systems, even with strong biosecurity efforts. These can include respiratory viruses, bacteria and molds.

Innate vs. adaptive immunity

Innate immune responses are immediate and work in a similar way in any situation, using physical barriers, cellular components and chemical signaling processes. They are not specific to any antigen and pave the way for adaptive immunity.

“The innate immune response is very important because it allows birds to later develop effective adaptive immune responses,” Isabel Gimeno, PhD, DVM, from North Carolina State University, explained. “The adaptive response takes a bit longer, responds to specific antigens and has memory, so on repeated exposure to an antigen, the immune response becomes a lot stronger.”

Most of a chick’s immune system develops during incubation. Innate immune response components develop shortly after embryonation (around embryonation day [ED] 7-10). T cells, which coordinate the overall immune response, are present around ED 11. T cells are formed in the thymus, and as they mature, they migrate to the bird’s secondary lymphoid organs. Antibody-producing B cells, produced in the bursa, are present at around ED 12 and become functional by ED 18.

“At this point, the immune system is not functionally mature; it’s still quite rudimentary. There are a lot of things that need to develop later, but it does mean that we can vaccinate in ovo, because the key players are there to mount an immune response,” Gimeno said.

Early threats, long-term effects

Given that B cells take around 2 weeks to produce antibodies and 4 or 5 weeks to produce a full immune response, and T cell immunity takes 1 week after hatch and is optimal at around 6 weeks, there is a window where pathogens can inflict considerable damage on bird health and productivity.

Birds are exposed to pathogenic viruses from the first day of their lives, and when combined with management-related stressors, this can cause problems that persist over the life of flocks. Research has shown that early infection with viral conditions such as infectious bursal disease (IBD) or chicken anemia can wipe out immature B and T cells, leading to immunosuppression throughout the birds’ lives.¹

Tools for early protection

Added to the picture of innate and adaptive immunity is the role of maternal antibodies – chicks’ temporary, ‘borrowed’ immunity from the hens. Ensuring immunocompetence in the early stages of birds’ lives involves vaccination of both hens and embryonic chicks, Gimeno explained.

“For IBD, you vaccinate the hens and you also vaccinate the chick embryos. This way, you get a balanced transition between the time when maternal antibodies go down and the time you see an active immune response because of the vaccine you put in the progeny,” she said.

Vaccination stimulates both innate and adaptive immunity at hatch.² The vaccine options for producers looking to tackle IBD in the face of maternal antibodies are recombinant HVT products, which use a harmless vector to deliver IBD virus genes, or immune complex vaccines, which carry live virus mixed with neutralizing antibodies. For Marek’s disease, developing active immunity as early as possible is even more crucial because the virus associated with the condition infects birds very early.

In ovo vaccination brings early advantage

Considerable research has demonstrated the positive impact of in ovo vaccination on birds’ responses to pathogens. This, along with the practical advantage of making it possible to vaccinate many birds at once, has paved the way for its adoption by most of the US broiler industry. In the case of Marek’s disease, in ovo interventions mean birds develop an immune response 3 days before they hatch, offering a “head start” on the virus.³ But the advantages don’t stop there.

Work from Gimeno’s research group has shown that vaccinating with HVT vaccines in ovo also speeds up the maturation of birds’ immune systems,⁴ to the point that at the time of hatch, a chick can mount an immune response like a bird that is 2 weeks old. Genetic differences between birds in production mean that in layers, humoral, innate and cellular immunity are activated, whereas in broilers, immune activation is mainly innate and cellular.

This accelerated maturation is linked to the “adjuvant” effect of HVT – its ability to not only protect against Marek’s disease but also to stimulate broader immune activation. For decades now, Gimeno’s lab has tried to optimize this effect of the vaccines, leading to the conclusion that HVT, when administered at the proper doses (not too high and not too low), results in a very strong activation of the innate and adaptive immune responses.

Even well-known vaccine adjuvants did not surpass the effect of HVT. While the addition of other Marek’s disease vaccine strains, including CVI988 and SB-1, did not have a negative effect, they did not increase the adjuvant effect of HVT. Gimeno reported that a novel chimeric vaccine (CVI-LTR) is the only vaccine that, when administered with HVT, results in an even stronger adjuvant effect than HVT alone.

How robust immunity boosts production

Early immunocompetence has lifelong benefits for birds in production, especially in an era of heavily reduced or even eradicated antibiotic use. Biosecurity and vaccination are the cornerstones for controlling disease throughout birds’ lives and ensuring they grow optimally, but for vaccination to succeed, robust innate immunity is essential.

Without this immunity, Gimeno said, responses to vaccines are likely to be poor, and attenuated live vaccines may even cause disease. The practical impact of this is that broilers will use a lot of energy fighting disease, which reduces growth, while for longer-living birds such as layers and breeders, a poor response to live vaccines early in life is likely to affect their response to inactivated vaccines later in their lives. This can have consequential effects for the progeny, which may end up with reduced maternal antibodies.

Thymus focus can advance understanding

Gimeno hopes that further research on this vaccine-induced immunocompetence, with a particular focus on what happens in the thymus of birds a few days after vaccination, will help support the development of more targeted and optimized products.

“Understanding the pathogenesis in the thymus and the early development of T cells is a critical point for both the maturation of the immune responses and for later protection,” she said.

“Most of the studies that you see use the spleen and not the thymus, simply because it’s easier. The thymus is a lot more complicated to work with, but we have to switch gears and focus on the thymus really early. It has the answer to a lot of the unknowns around vaccines and viruses, not just for Marek’s but for many other diseases.”

References

1 Sharma, J.M., Kim, I.J., Rautenschlein, S. and Yeh, H.Y., 2000. Infectious bursal disease virus of chickens: pathogenesis and immunosuppression. Developmental & Comparative Immunology, 24(2-3), pp.223-235.
2 Negash, T., Al‐Garib, S.O. and Gruys, E., 2004. Comparison of in ovo and post‐hatch vaccination with particular reference to infectious bursal disease. A review. Veterinary quarterly, 26(2), pp.76-87.
3 Boone, A.C., Gaghan, C., Fares, A., Browning, M., Cortes, A.L., Mohammed, J., Villalobos, T., Esandi, J., Kulkarni, R.R. and Gimeno, I.M., 2026. Ability to accelerate innate and cell-mediated immune responses in meat-type chickens by in ovo vaccination with monovalent and bivalent Marek’s disease vaccines. Vaccine, 69, p.128001.
4 Boone, A.C., Käser, T., Cortes, A.L., Kulkarni, R.R., de Juan Abad, B.A.L., Villalobos, T., Esandi, J., Perozo, F., Lemiere, S. and Gimeno, I.M., 2020. In ovo vaccination with herpesvirus of turkey enhances innate and cellular responses in meat-type chickens: Effect of vaccine dose and strain. Vaccine, 38(31), pp.4837-4845.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post The role of in ovo vaccination in developing robust immune responses in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

On-farm hatching: an innovative early-feeding strategy that improves welfare and reduces antimicrobial use in a sustainable way

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Apr 2026 20:20:09 +0700

On-farm hatching is an innovative hatching technique that provides early feeding post hatch to newborn chicks. Several experimental studies and field trials show that flocks hatched on-farm have better intestinal health and health in general, resulting in fewer antibiotic treatments and better welfare.

➤ Hilde Van Meirhaeghe^1,2, Giuditta Tilli¹, Maarten De Gussem^1,2

¹Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium²Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820, Merelbeke, Belgium

It is a challenge for the poultry industry today to meet consumer demands for more welfare and less antimicrobial use in a sustainable way with good return on investment (ROI) for the producers.

The main indications for antimicrobial use (AMU) in broilers occur during the first week of life, against bacterial translocation and septicemia (e.g., E. coli, Enterococci) and after three to four weeks for intestinal problems such as coccidiosis and dysbacteriosis (Joosten et al., 2019).

Why early feeding?

Hatching chicks in a hatchery was a great invention that made the expansion of the poultry industry possible. To do this successfully all chicks must hatch within a narrow hatch window, to avoid early-hatched chicks becoming dehydrated. After hatch, chicks need to be transported to the farm before they have access to feed and water. Nature has provided the chick with a reserve of nutrients inside the yolk sac for three days. Therefore, chicks will not starve if not fed, but they use all the energy, fat and protein from the yolk to survive. By providing early feeding, additional nutrients can be used to start early development, maturation and growth: chicks get a better start. Early feeding will enhance the development of intestines and the immune system. The intestinal villi have greater capacity to absorb nutrients. Early establishment of the intestinal microbiome and faster closure of tight junctions make a more functional gut barrier to avoid bacterial translocation. It seems controversial but with early feeding the yolk sac is reabsorbed faster, so maternal antibodies are more effective. Early feeding makes the metabolic level higher so chicks can keep up their body temperature.

To get most of the genetic potential in performance, intestinal health is very important. The effect of early feeding on performance is most significant in the first weeks (de Jong et al., 2020). Early feeding makes the intestinal tract better equipped to resist intestinal diseases like coccidiosis and dysbacteriosis, resulting in fewer wet litter problems and consequently fewer painful conditions like footpad dermatitis, hock burn and breast blisters.

Early feeding can be done pre- and post- hatch. Several experimental studies have shown benefits of in-ovo early feeding at transfer (Uni et al., 2005), but none of these studies resulted in practical applications until now. After hatching, early feeding can be done in the hatcher or by hatching the eggs on the farm. In this article we focus on the latter.

On-farm hatching

On-farm hatching is not only a system to deliver early feeding, but also to hatch chicks in a more comfortable environment with less stress. Eggs are incubated in the hatchery until transfer at D18. After candling, infertile eggs are removed, and instead of being placed in the hatcher are transported to the farm and placed in the house in trays or on the litter to hatch. Just as in the hatcher the environment in the house needs to be controlled and eggshell temperature is measured with ovoscans. The house is heated to 34 °C with floor and litter temperature 28 °C. About 50 g of feed per chick is put on paper close by where eggs are placed.

Examples of on-farm hatching eggs in a Belgian broiler farm

The chicks start hatching as from D19 until D21 like in the hatchery, but feed and water are immediately available, so no risk of dehydration of the early hatched chicks. Another advantage is that there is less stress for the chicks, no handling of the chicks and no transport. The infection pressure of pathogens and dust is lower in the house compared to the hatcher machine and less risk of cross-contamination. Challenges for the farmer are that it is more labor intensive: three days extra care, non-hatched eggs need to be removed, and non-viable chicks need to be selected in the first week. Empty eggshells can remain in the litter. Hatchability is comparable or even better than conventional hatching, taking into account selection of second grade chicks. The number of chicks is calculated at D7 based on number of eggs placed, removed non-hatched eggs and first week selection. Compared to conventional hatching, there is a higher cost for three days extra heating and if the farmer wants to do the same number of cycles per year, sanitary void is shorter.

Reduced antimicrobial use

A recent study (Jerab et al., 2023) compared antimicrobial use in flocks hatched conventionally and flocks hatched on farm. There was a reduction in the use of antimicrobials in on-farm hatched flocks, mainly because there was less AMU in first week and for locomotory problems (Enterococcus spp.) and fewer intestinal diseases. In the study 15% of all flocks were raised without antibiotics, 48% of these were on-farm hatched versus only 12% conventionally hatched.

What are the practical issues?

It is important that the climate in the house is well controlled, especially from ED18-ED21, just like in the hatchery eggshell temperature has to be monitored, so the farmer can adjust at all times.

Special attention is needed to clean the waterlines, because of high temperatures for three days the waterlines need to be flushed regularly.

Non hatched eggs can contain live embryos, so for welfare reasons they need to be removed and euthanized in a humane way. Depending on the system, this can be easier and faster if they remain in a tray, than if each egg has to be picked up manually.

Biosecurity risks need to be avoided: all equipment -trays, support system, robots used on different farms and going back to the hatchery have to be properly cleaned and disinfected.

Vaccination of the day-old chicks on farm can be challenging. Many vaccines (e.g. Newcastle disease, Gumboro, coccidiosis) can be administered in-ovo at transfer in the hatchery. Some vaccines (infectious bronchitis) need to be sprayed at the farm, with special spray machines that can reach more than 4 meters so the chicks can be reached from the side without walking through them.

Conclusions

On-farm hatching is an innovative technique to hatch chicks with less stress and reduced risk of infection. Chicks have immediate access to feed and water, this improves early development of a healthy gut and a strong immune system to resist diseases in general, so fewer antimicrobial treatments are needed.

On-farm hatching is a promising innovative strategy to improve welfare and performance and reduce antimicrobial use (Table 1).

Table 1 – Summary of pros and cons of on-farm hatching

Today on-farm hatching is mainly used in broilers, but maybe in the future, combined with early sexing techniques, it could also be used in layers and breeders.

Bibliography

Joosten, P., Timmerman, A., & Van den Broek, J. (2019). Quantitative and qualitative analysis of antimicrobial usage at farm and flock level on 181 broiler farms in nine European countries. Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. https://doi.org/10.1093/jac/dky498

de Jong, I. C., van Riel, J. W., & van Krimpen, M. M. (2020). Effects of early feeding on broiler performance and gut health. Poultry Science, 99(7), 3456–3468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2020.06.052

Uni, Z., Ganot, S., & Sklan, D. (2005). In-ovo feeding improves early growth and gastrointestinal development in chicks. Poultry Science, 84(5), 764–770. https://doi.org/10.1093/ps/84.5.764

Jerab, J. C., Smith, L., & Kovac, M. (2023). Impact of on-farm hatching on antimicrobial use and broiler welfare. Animals, 13(32), 3270. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani13203270

Beyond the Label – Why Sourcing “Sustainable Seafood” Isn’t Enough

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Apr 2026 09:50:05 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

The Seafood Consumers Association (SCA) is calling for a fundamental reset of how “sustainability” is defined and awarded in the Australian seafood sector. Following a formal exchange with Simplot Australia regarding the Woolworths “Bricks” plastic toy promotion, the SCA has uncovered a significant “responsibility vacuum” in corporate marketing.

The Core Contradiction

In February 2026, the SCA queried Simplot and Woolworths on the alignment of their “Responsible Sourcing” claims with a campaign that distributed mass-produced plastic toys to children. While Simplot provided a constructive response admitting that environmental assessments for such promotions were “not part of our standard assessment,” Woolworths chose not to respond to consumer concerns.

Shortly after this exchange, both organizations were recognized with Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) Awards for their commitment to sustainable seafood.

SCA Interrogation of the Current System

The Marketing Blind Spot: Current sustainability awards focus strictly on biological catch methods but ignore the environmental impact of the plastic-heavy marketing used to sell those products.
A “Siloed” Approach: Simplot’s admission that they did not undertake a lifecycle assessment for the promotion reveals that “Ocean Stewardship” often ends at the processing plant or board room table, failing to reach the marketing department.
The Consumer Trust Gap: Australians are told to “look for the blue tick” for sustainability, yet that same tick is being used to drive the consumption of millions of additional plastic items—the very “enemy” of a healthy ocean. They even award organizations for this!

The SCA Call to Action

The SCA believes whilst this is a small “victory for transparency” it is only the beginning of a larger journey that must be taken. We are calling for:

Expanded Award Criteria: The Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) and other bodies must include “Total Marketing Integrity”, including fraud controls, as a prerequisite for any sustainability award.
Mandatory Impact Assessments: Major retailers and suppliers must commit to the same environmental rigor for their promotional campaigns as they do for their sourcing.
End to “Responsibility Deflection”: Producers can no longer claim a promotion is purely “retailer-led” to avoid accountability for the plastic footprint associated with their brands.

“We have written today to MSC about this and other issues. We are happy for this to be done transparently. The SCA is not adversarial; we are the voice of the person at the dinner plate,” says Roy Palmer, CEO of the SCA. “If an organization claims to protect our oceans, that protection must extend to the toys they promote to our children. You cannot save the fish with one hand while polluting their habitat with the other.”

Irbi and Innovafeed Join Forces to Create Frenchfly to Unlock the Final Scientific and Technological Barriers to Sustainable Insect Protein Production in France

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:16 +0700

By Innovafeed

An academic-industrial partnership supporting a French excellence sector, with the backing of Bpifrance and the “I-Démo” program.

A strategic project contributing to food sovereignty and green reindustrialization.

The FrenchFly project, led by IRBI and Innovafeed, aims to sustainably structure and strengthen the French Black Soldier Fly (BSF) sector by addressing the key scientific and technological challenges that still limit its large-scale industrial deployment.

At a time when food sovereignty, decarbonization, and industrial relocation have become national priorities, FrenchFly stands out as a strategic initiative for the future of sustainable proteins in France.

Addressing France’s Key Strategic Challenges

The FrenchFly consortium is built on an open, collaborative approach, fostering the sharing of scientific and technological advances for the benefit of the entire sector, notably through academic publications, specialized conferences, and the dissemination of results across European professional networks.

The insect sector indeed plays a key role in addressing several national priorities: food security and sovereignty, green reindustrialization, the creation of skilled industrial jobs across regions, and a significant contribution to the decarbonization of the agri-food industry.

In a context where some historical players in the sector are facing challenges, it is more important than ever to support structuring initiatives capable of completing the demonstration of the model and securing the future of this strategic industry for France.

A Unique Academic–Industrial Partnership

Innovafeed, now a global leader and a French industrial player capable of demonstrating a commercially viable model at scale, brings to the project its industrial deployment capabilities, operational expertise, and strategic vision for the sector.

Alongside it, IRBI, a leading research center in insect biology, provides a world-class scientific foundation to deepen the understanding of the Black Soldier Fly, optimize rearing conditions, assess its interactions with the environment, and strengthen the overall competitiveness of the sector through the generation of robust, open-access knowledge.

Christophe Bressac – Professor and Researcher in Biology and Ecology, University of Tours: “The biology of insects is fascinating: at IRBI, we study how they grow, reproduce, and interact with both their peers and their environment. Thanks to FrenchFly, the different levels of insect biology, from genome to populations, are being integrated into food systems. The synergy with Innovafeed will provide precise insights to optimize the life cycle of this new farmed species while minimizing its environmental footprint.”

Mathieu Vanderstraete– Director of Innovafeed’s Research Center in Gouzeaucourt: “This partnership between Innovafeed and IRBI is a major accelerator for the generation of scientific knowledge. The synergy between our respective areas of expertise enables us to broaden and deepen our understanding of Hermetia illucens biology, while promoting the sharing and valorization of this knowledge for the benefit of the entire insect industry ecosystem.”

About The Project

This project has been funded by the French government as part of the France 2030 investment plan.

About IRBI

IRBI (Institute for Research on Insect Biology) is a leading academic research center dedicated to the study of insect development, physiology, and interactions with their environment.

Affiliated with the University of Tours and the CNRS, IRBI conducts research at the heart of major environmental and societal challenges. Leveraging state-of-the-art infrastructure and recognized scientific expertise, IRBI contributes to the development of innovative solutions supporting agricultural and industrial sectors based on insect science. https://irbi.univ-tours.fr/

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a global AgTech pioneer (B Corp, Next 40, Impact 40, World’s GreenTech Company 2025), specializing in the production of insects (Hermetia illucens — Black Soldier Fly) for animal and plant nutrition. As one of the world’s leading insect producers, Innovafeed develops cutting-edge technologies to replicate, at industrial scale, the natural processes of resource conversion.

By recreating a circular food chain in which insects regain their natural role within the ecosystem, the company contributes to building a more sustainable, resilient, and efficient agri-food system. www.innovafeed.com

Growth Mapping Project from Ace Aquatec Shows Patterns of Success

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:11 +0700

By Ace Aquatec

**A pioneering project between Ace Aquatec and Hendrix Genetics is shifting the dial from mass fish monitoring to individualized growth strategies using AI driven biomass camera technology.**

Hendrix Genetics is using Ace Aquatec’s A-BIOMASS® system to identify spot patterns in fish ‘families’, meaning growth can be monitored over time rather than in one single snapshot.

Plotting patterns of growth in this way has allowed Hendrix Genetics to fully understand the conditions under which their stock grows best, for example, which fish grow most in summer and which see the most growth in colder months. They can then supply the best broodstock to their customers by matching the right fish to the right farms.

Gathering detailed patterns of growth among their stock has also meant Hendrix Genetics can optimize their feed strategy in line with peak growth periods, meaning fish receive optimal nutrition when they need it most to reach maturation. As well as the economic benefits of this approach, less feed waste means higher water quality and healthier fish.

Traditional manual sampling of fish growth can stress the animals which can impact growth. Using Ace Aquatec’s AI solution in this way provides long-term high-quality data without human intervention.

Stephen Tapping, Breeding Program Manager, Hendrix Genetics said: “We found that to create a more accurate picture of growth cycles within our stock we required more snapshots and better-quality images and to do that manually would cause unnecessary stress on the fish. Ace Aquatec’s camera has given us much more precise, individualized data collection of our fish’s growth, not just the biomass of the tank, how much feed we flow in, but in plotting the actual growth of the fish. This will ultimately benefit our customers by providing the best stock for their own farming practices.”

“Aquaculture has the potential to be one of the most efficient means of protein creation for a growing population and using AI driven technology in this way is the progression that the industry needs to achieve a sustainable and affordable source of food.”

Nathan Pyne-Carter, CEO of Ace Aquatec, said: “Our work with Hendrix Genetics has proven the application of biomass technology outside of simply monitoring the biomass of the tank. This project has shown us how data can influence everything from feed strategy to optimizing fish stock for the conditions they are to be farmed, as well as early disease detection.”

“The future of aquaculture is increasingly data driven and by working with partners like Hendrix Genetics, we are building a detailed picture to inform how fish production will look in the coming decades – one where seafood is providing an accessible, high welfare source of protein for the global population.”

About Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec is a cutting-edge aquaculture technology company focused on creating welfare-first products to make fish farming more efficient and sustainable.

Backed by bluegrowth fund Aqua-Spark, Chroma Ventures (who brought Minecraft to console), deeptech fund Earth Capital, Stolt Ventures and Scottish Enterprise, we are on a mission to accelerate global adoption of sustainable and welfare-focused aquaculture practices.For more information about Ace Aquatec, visit www.aceaquatec.com

Pure Salmon Japan Secures an Investment of Over USD 180 Million Led by Fortress Investment Group

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:06 +0700

The facility in construction is expected to be one of the most advanced land-based salmon farms in the world

Pure Salmon Japan -know before as Soul of Japan-, a portfolio company of 8F Asset Management (8F), just announced the successful closing of a preferred note investment of over USD 180 million, led by funds managed by affiliates of Fortress Investment Group with participation from Tor Investment Management, an existing investor in the project. The transaction completes the preferred note financing for the project and marks a significant milestone in the continued development of its land-based salmon farming facility in Japan, where construction is well underway.

“We are deeply encouraged by the dedication and conviction shown by our investors in supporting Pure Salmon Japan through this financing. Their commitment underscores the strategic importance of this project and the growing relevance of sustainable domestic seafood production in Japan. We are grateful for that support, and we remain fully focused on executing the project responsibly and successfully” said Erol Emed, CEO of Pure Salmon Japan.

Pure Salmon Japan is spearheading a state-of-the-art recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) facility designed to deliver high-quality, sustainable Atlantic salmon locally in Japan. With a target production of 10,000 tons, the facility will become the largest land-based salmon farm in the country.

The investment highlights Fortress’ support for the Pure Salmon Japan project, bringing substantial institutional capital and first-class regional expertise to advance the development of one of the most ambitious land-based aquaculture facilities in the world.

Focus on Enhancing Food Security

The project meets growing domestic demand for premium seafood while strengthening national food security and reducing reliance on imports through stable, locally produced supply of salmon. By leveraging advanced RAS technology, the facility ensures efficient, environmentally responsible production close to key consumption markets. The project aligns with Japan’s increasing policy focus on enhancing food security and promoting domestic seafood production through sustainable aquaculture solutions.

“We are very pleased to complete this financing and to partner with Fortress on Pure Salmon Japan,” said Pier Paolo Sfara, Chief Investment Officer at 8F Asset Management. “Fortress brings not only strong institutional capital but also deep experience investing across global markets, including Japan. Their involvement represents another important step forward for the project and reflects strong confidence in our platform. With construction well underway, we are focused on delivering a world-class facility for the Japanese market.”

Building a Network of Large-Scale, Land-Based Facilities

This financing will support the ongoing construction and development of the Pure Salmon Japan facility as it progresses toward operations. Once completed, the facility is expected to be one of the most advanced land-based salmon farms in the world, contributing to a more sustainable and resilient seafood supply chain in Japan. The company also expects to engage with a select group of long-term equity partners as the project continues to advance.

The transaction underscores continued institutional investor interest in sustainable aquaculture and the growing demand for locally produced protein in key global markets.

Located in Mie Prefecture

Pure Salmon Japan is part of the Pure Salmon platform developed by 8F Asset Management, focused on producing sustainable, high-quality Atlantic salmon through land-based recirculating aquaculture systems. The project is located in Mie Prefecture and is designed to supply fresh, locally produced salmon to the Japanese market.

“Pure Salmon Japan is a key project within our global Pure Salmon platform,” said Stephane Farouze, Founder and Chairman of 8F Asset Management and Pure Salmon. “We are building a network of large-scale, land-based aquaculture facilities to sustainably produce high-quality salmon close to end consumers. Japan is a strategically important market, and this project reflects our long-term commitment to developing resilient, local food production systems.”

8F Asset Management is a global investment group focused on sustainable food systems, with a particular emphasis on aquaculture and the development of scalable, environmentally responsible protein solutions.

Aqua-Spark Founders Break Silence on eFishery Fraud: A Call for Accountability and Industry Resilience

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 01:35:05 +0700

Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings publish their first public statement more than a year after discovering the Indonesian aquaculture startup had fabricated financial data for years, costing the Dutch impact fund approximately $250 million.

April 2026 | Aquaculture Magazine

More than a year after one of the most damaging fraud cases in the history of aquaculture investment came to light, the founders of Dutch impact fund Aqua-Spark have broken their silence. Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings submitted a public statement — their first — sharing their reflections on the eFishery scandal and its consequences for the fund, for investors, and for the broader aquaculture industry.

The Rise and Fall of Aquaculture’s First Unicorn.

Back in 2024, Bandung, Indonesia-based eFishery was heralded as the first aquaculture unicorn, with a $1.4 billion valuation and a blue-chip investor base that included SoftBank, Temasek, and Aqua-Spark. The company’s promise was compelling: connecting smallholder fish and shrimp farmers across Indonesia to markets, financing, and better inputs through a technology-driven platform.

Aqua-Spark had been one of eFishery’s earliest backers, leading its $550,000 seed round back in 2015 and reinvesting multiple times over the years. That early bet seemed to pay off spectacularly — until December 2024, when a whistleblower exposed what investigators would later confirm to be a years-long, systematic deception.

The inquiry found that eFishery had inflated its revenues by $600 million, maintained a dual set of financial books for years, and widely overstated how many smart fish feeders it had actually deployed. In 2024 alone, the company reported a $16 million profit when in reality it had suffered a $35 million loss. At least $300 million in investors’ money remains unaccounted for.

A $250 Million Wound

The financial fallout for Aqua-Spark was severe. The fraud cost the Dutch aquaculture investment fund roughly $250 million. The company’s collapse caused Aqua-Spark to mark down its own asset valuation by nearly half, to approximately $300 million.

But for Novogratz, the damage went beyond the balance sheet. In their statement, she described a deeper kind of loss: “Discovering that the people you had held up were not who you believed them to be is a different kind of wound.”

Confronting the Industry Consequences

Beyond the fund’s internal losses, Novogratz and Velings addressed the wider damage to aquaculture’s investment landscape. Part of what made eFishery’s rise so significant was what it was bringing into the sector — mainstream technology investors, large institutional funds, and capital that rarely finds its way into aquaculture. For a space that has long struggled to attract investors beyond dedicated impact funds, that crossover mattered enormously. It was evidence that this industry could compete for serious money on its own merits. When the fraud came to light, that pipeline didn’t just slow. It closed.

The founders acknowledged that rebuilding that confidence will be difficult. They are also conscious of the broader moment: “Trust and accountability already feel scarce. People are hedging. Institutions are retreating. We are not going to add to that.”

Confronting Their Own Assumptions

Rather than deflecting responsibility, the founders chose to interrogate their own processes. Over the past year, they have examined their own assumptions about how they assess founders, verify performance data, and uphold governance standards under pressure rather than just on paper.

Still, Aqua-Spark’s Chief Portfolio Officer Maria Velkova has noted that even after reviewing their due diligence procedures, the fund does not believe much could have been done differently — it was a very well-executed fraud, including a dedicated internal team whose sole purpose was maintaining a second set of books.

What Was Lost — and What Remains

Novogratz and Velings were careful to separate eFishery’s fraud from its underlying mission. They stated that eFishery did not need to go in this direction. It was a real company with real technology and a genuinely important vision — connecting smallholder fish farmers to markets, financing, and better inputs, and empowering them with the tools to lift their practices and their livelihoods. It should have become an enduring, impactful business. The tragedy is not just what was lost, but what was possible, and what was thrown away.

Despite the scale of the setback, Aqua-Spark’s investor base has remained committed. Velkova noted that the fund’s limited partners stood up and continued believing in the industry, even as broader worries emerged about a potential ripple effect across the sector.

A Sector That Must Not Retreat

The founders’ statement is ultimately a call to keep moving forward. The companies in Aqua-Spark’s portfolio that continued working through a year that shook the industry — through difficult capital markets and the weight of having the sector’s most visible name turn out to be a fraud — kept going. That, the founders argue, says something. The sector is chronically underfunded, not because the fundamentals aren’t strong, but because the attention hasn’t followed. eFishery briefly changed that. They cannot let its failure reverse it permanently.

The full statement by Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings was originally published on LinkedIn and cross-posted by ImpactAlpha.

Aquaculture Magazine covers the global aquaculture industry across species, technology, investment, and sustainability. For editorial inquiries, contact the editorial team at aquaculturemagazine.com.

India: A Sleeping Giant?

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 22:00:10 +0700

* By Stephen Newman, Ph.D.

I recently had the pleasure of being a guest speaker at Aqua India 2026 at the Radisson Blu Resort, Temple Bay, Mamallapuram. I want to thank the coordinators and the sponsors of the meeting for the opportunity and an educational and informative meeting. This was my first trip to India since April of 2017 and as is usually the case between lengthy visits, considerable changes were apparent.

The central theme of the meeting was “regroup, rethink and refocus”. The focus of the meeting was to some extent a result of recent tariff impositions. The US, a major market for value added shrimp produced by India, had enacted a punitive illegal (based on US law which charges the legislative branch with the function of setting tariffs and not the executive branch) excessively high tariff “purportedly” to manipulate India into ceasing its reliance on Russian oil imports.

Just in the last few days it was reduced to 15% from 50%. Domestic consumption of shrimp in India, for a number of reasons, is relatively low contrasted with the world’s second largest country by population, China. If domestic consumption could be increased, as with China, the demand would also increase offering a large potential internal market.

India’s shrimp farming industry stands as a ‘waking giant,’ producing over 1 million MTs in 2025. This article explores the strategic shift toward ‘regrouping and refocusing’ amid global trade tariffs. By analyzing the role of SPF broodstock, biosecurity regulations, and sustainable intensification, Stephen Newman highlights how India can leverage its vast network of small-scale farms to ensure long-term profitability and global market leadership.

Shrimp farming is big business in India. Table 1 highlights production in 2024 and 2025. India produced over 1 million MTs of farmed shrimp in 2025 of which 94% was the white shrimp, Litopenaeus vannamei also commonly known as Penaeus vannamei and the remainder, the tiger shrimp, P. monodon. The Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA) is responsible for regulating and promoting coastal aquaculture activities of shrimp hatcheries to ensure sustainable environmental and economic impacts.

Approximately 500 hatcheries are in operation for the production of L. vannamei and around 40 for P. monodon. In conjunction with the Marine Product Development Authority (MPEDA) the Central Institute of Brackish Water Aquaculture (ICARCIBA) regular inspections of farms ensure compliance with discharge permits and biosecurity regulations (the use of pond reared broodstock is prohibited). More than 130,000 ha of L. vannamei were under cultivation with an estimated total production of 1.2 million MTs in the 2024 to 2025 period.

Approximately 66,000 ha produced roughly 66,000 MTs of P. monodon during the same time period (MPEDA Annual report 2024- 2025). The total hectares under cultivation are slightly less than in Ecuador. The table below summarizes data presented at the meeting.

After the meeting we traveled to Gujarat state on the West Coast to visit a few shrimp farmers that are currently using our tableted probiotic to the exclusion of all other similar microbial products, PRO4000X, with excellent success. We were a bit early to see farms operating as stocking is seasonal, starting in late February. These were what would be considered to be larger farmers. Construction of new ponds was ongoing (Figures 1 and 2).

Ongoing expansion of Penaeus monodon farms.

Typical small dirt ponds in early stages of preparing for stocking.

Unlike Ecuador, the world’s largest producer of farmed white shrimp for export, which produced around 1.5 million MTs in 2025, India’s industry is made up of a large number of small producers. CAA as of Oct 2024, reported close to 47,000 coastal aquaculture farms. Overall, there are around 50,000 shrimp farms versus around 4,000 in Ecuador. The average shrimp farm in India is less than 2 ha contrasted with around 55 ha average in Ecuador. Stocking densities are highly variable with averages for India reported in the 10 to 70 and much higher per m2 range contrasted with 15 to 25 per m2 (with some twice this) in Ecuador.

Cycles are longer in India while Ecuador’s are shorter and 4 or more cycles per year are not uncommon. Ecuador in many respects has an ideal environment for farming shrimp. The larger shrimp producing nations (with the exception of China) typically export much of what they produce. At the time of the meeting India had been the focus of a punitive tariff. This crippling tariff was of serious concern as the US has traditionally been a major market for Indian shrimp. Thus, the title and focus of the meeting to explore what options are available to India.

The Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA) and ICAR-CIBA enforce strict biosecurity regulations to ensure sustainability. This oversight includes regular farm inspections and a mandatory prohibition on pond reared broodstock to mitigate the risk of pathogen introduction.

Many were discussed including seeing what could be done to expand the domestic market. Shortly before my return an agreement was reached whereby the tariff was reduced to much more manageable 15% from 50%. Indias export volumes for 2025 are in the 800,000 MT range, an increase over the prior year despite the tariff. They were able to shift their sales to non- US markets. Shrimp Bytes (https:// www.shrimpinsights.com/content) offers a detailed description of what is occurring. I expect to see the trend of increased production continue as the US market has “reopened”.

My talk was entitled “Managing Vibrio and EHP Infections in Shrimp Farming”. It is posted on www.aqua-in-tech.com. Much as with any shrimp farming nation there are challenges to ensuring optimal productivity. Return on investments (ROI) must be consistent and sufficient to justify ongoing investment and continued growth. Animal health is a neverending challenge for shrimp farmers everywhere. Shrimp can be produced with little impact from disease, but this requires adjusting various elements of the production cycle and process to ensure true sustainability.

Some of these elements are relatively easy to control, such as ensuring that no broodstock are used from ponds and that external sources of Specific Pathogen Free (SPF) animals from Nucleus Breeding Centers (NBCs) are used and that those who ignore this are punished accordingly. I would expect that India (they may already be working on this) will develop their own programs although for the time being external sources offer genetically improved animals that perform very well under the proper production environments. Some elements are much harder to control.

I have discussed what I think that this means elsewhere although given the large variability between individual elements the ultimate measure of this is to produce a consistent profit. As I was visiting during the off season, I had a limited opportunity to visit a few farms that were in the early stages of preparing for the next cycle. This was in the Gujarat where many farms are producing P. monodon some with significant ROIs.

Enterocytozoonhepatopenaei (EHP) is not a significant problem for P. monodon although it remains a challenge in the production of L.vannamei.

Unlike Ecuador’s large-scale operations, India’s industry comprises approximately 50,000 small farms averaging less than 2 hectares. This fragmented structure necessitates consolidation and vertically integrated models to better control costs and weather global market volatility

White spot syndrome virus (WSSV) remains an ongoing challenge for all species. The general principles that all shrimp farms must address is to break the cycle of transmission into the ponds from infected PLs. The use of SPF broodstock is an important component of this. This ensures that when hatcheries follow proper biosecurity protocols that the source of the virus (or EHP spores and pathogenic vibrios, etc.) are not from the broodstock.

This however will not prevent these pathogens from impacting animals in environments where adequate attempts to control the myriad of potential vectors are not a routine part of SOPs and preventable stressors are not addressed. These are well documented but not always readily achievable economically. One of the farms I visited had mud goby’s in the entrance canal which are known to carry the WSSV virus.

Ponds are filled and the water chlorinated prior to stocking. The sheer number of farms ensures challenges will persist. Small farmers just do not have the resources needed to ensure that every effort is made to keep pathogen loads low, control vectors and reduce stress.

I was impressed with the organization of the Aquaculture Professionals of India and their efforts to educate and reshape the industry. I have been working with the global shrimp farming industry for over 35 years, having worked with producers in a dozen or more nations consulting on virtually every aspect of the process, from genetics of broodstock, to biosecurity issues in hatcheries, nursery ponds and farms, to feed mills and processing plants, etc., everything short of selling shrimp. I am convinced that in the long run consolidation is essential for sustainability.

Strategic shifts in export markets have allowed India to remain resilient despite punitive tariffs. By focusing on ‘regrouping, rethinking, and refocusing,’ the industry aims to expand domestic consumption and improve production efficiency to become a ‘waking giant’.

Vertically integrated companies have greater control of costs and are better able to weather the invariable challenges that farming animals in water creates. We are seeing this in Ecuador. India and its neighbors, such as Indonesia, both of which have huge potentials for increased production of farmed crustaceans (as well as Africa which is a source of SPF P. monodon), face different challenges.

India’s farms and hatcheries are subject to government oversight. This is a critically important step to ensuring the consistency of biosecure production, one of the pillars sustainability. However, poverty driven production paradigms carry risks. The misuse of antibiotics is one of these. I think that India is making great strides in ensuring that this is not an issue although I would think that it is a daunting task to inspect 50,000 farms and 500 hatcheries to ensure consistent compliance.

The practice of processing plants, typically the portal to the market, is to pool shrimp from many smaller operations. This dilution allows, in theory, for some product to slip through the cracks. Another issue that needs to be addressed is the widespread use of products that have little or no science to support their efficacy as well as the use of “natural” remedies to address disease issues and stress. Most importing nations have strict controls over what they will allow to be present in food that is being imported. The use of plant extracts might have science to support their application (at least under lab conditions) but the specter of residues remains.

Label claims are regulated and when products are sold for the prevention of disease and/or to cure sick animals these are typically considered drugs. If they are not approved for these applications within the importing territory their use can be considered to be a potential adulteration of the final product. Proof of safety and efficacy as well as the lack of harmful residues are important.

I am optimistic that India will get a handle on these issues and that they will continue to expand production. They have come a long way since my last visit. Challenges abound and as long as no new serious diseases occur and they can improve efficiency they will be a waking giant.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues.
sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com
www.aqua-in-tech.com
www.bioremediationaquaculture.com
www.sustainablegreenaquaculture.com.

INVE Aquaculture and Chinese Tianjin University of Science and Technology Establish Joint Laboratory for Artemia Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 22:00:06 +0700

The initiative will support research, development and the application of new knowledge to aquaculture production systems

INVE Aquaculture and Tianjin University of Science and Technology (TUST) have announced the establishment of a joint laboratory for innovative artemia applications, marking an important step in their long-standing collaboration in aquaculture research and innovation. The signing and inauguration ceremony took recently place at the university’s Binhai campus in Tianjin, China.

The event brought together representatives from both organizations, including Patrick Waty, CEO of INVE Aquaculture, and Wang Min, Vice President of Tianjin University of Science and Technology. The ceremony was also attended by Patrick Sorgeloos, a pioneer in Artemia research, together with representatives from the Asian Regional Artemia Reference Center (ARARC).

The joint laboratory aims to strengthen collaboration between academia and industry by combining TUST’s expertise in aquatic science and brine biotechnology with INVE Aquaculture’s long-standing experience in Artemia biology, live food technologies and early-stage nutrition for hatcheries. The initiative will support research, technology development and the application of new knowledge to aquaculture production systems, with particular focus on Artemia and early-stage nutrition, key factors in hatchery performance.

Long Story of Cooperation

Over the years, Tianjin University of Science and Technology and INVE Aquaculture have maintained close cooperation in areas such as product development, technical expertise and talent development. The new laboratory will further expand this collaboration, creating a platform for applied research, innovation and knowledge exchange.

The initiative also reflects INVE Aquaculture’s broader R&D approach, which promotes science-based innovation through strategic partnerships with leading research institutions worldwide. In China, this collaboration contributes to a local-for-local R&D strategy, supporting solutions tailored to the needs of the local aquaculture industry while strengthening international scientific cooperation.

Largest Nauplii Center at Long Cheng Hatchery

For INVE Aquaculture, Artemia production plays a critical role in the performance and consistency of early shrimp larval stages. In hatcheries, live food remains one of the main sources of biological, operational and economic variability during larval and early post-larval phases.

According to Amir Khalil, Regional Sales Director at INVE Aquaculture, “China’s shrimp hatchery sector has evolved rapidly in recent years, with leading producers investing in larger and more structured production systems. As hatcheries scale up, improving the consistency and efficiency of live food production becomes increasingly important for the improvement of stability in larval performance and maximize cost efficiency.”

To address this challenge, the INVE Aquaculture team, led by Francesco Lenzi, Global Technical Expert for Live Food, and supported by Product Manager Geert Rombaut, has developed a comprehensive program to support hatcheries in establishing, modernizing or optimizing their Artemia production systems. Built on proven standards and validated operational protocols, the program is designed to improve hatching efficiency, reinforce biosecurity and standardize the artemia production workflow. The objective is to help hatcheries produce high-quality nauplii in a more consistent and efficient way while reducing live-food-related costs.

Following successful implementations in several regions, this concept has now been deployed at a significantly larger scale in China with the development of the country’s largest Artemia nauplii center at Long Cheng, powered by INVE technology and technical support.

The facility at Long Cheng represents a major step forward in scaling artemia production within commercial shrimp hatcheries. It includes two dedicated artemia production modules. Each module consists of 40 hatching tanks of 3 MT capacity, operating at approximately 2.5 MT working volume, arranged in four rows of ten tanks to ensure efficient workflows and standardized operations.

Automation and precision are central to the system. Each tank line is connected to an INVE SEP-Art Automag tool, which automates key Artemia processing steps, reducing manual handling and improving overall operational consistency. Under these conditions, each module can process approximately 240 kg of artemia cysts per day.

A dedicated quality control room equipped with SnappArt 360 L-SENSE, INVE’s advanced AI-powered solution for automated live food counting, processing and data management, enables technicians to monitor Artemia hatching performance on a daily basis.

“Scaling artemia production is not only about increasing tank capacity,” explains Francesco Lenzi, Global Technical Expert on Live Food at INVE Aquaculture. “The key is to standardize every step of the process. The successful implementation of this project was made possible through the close collaboration between INVE’s global, regional and local technical teams and the hatchery staff, who worked together throughout the design, installation and operational start-up of the facility.”

This INVE artemia production approach goes beyond product supply. It combines optimized infrastructure, biotechnology solutions, validated operational protocols and technical knowledge transfer into a single operational framework designed to strengthen hatchery capabilities. Implementation is supported by INVE technical teams, who transfer protocols, methodologies and operational know-how directly to hatchery staff, ensuring the facility can independently manage and control every stage of artemia production.

“What we see at Long Cheng is part of a broader shift in the shrimp hatchery industry,” says Fernando Garcia, Commercial Director at INVE Aquaculture. “Across major shrimp-producing regions such as China, India, Indonesia and Ecuador, hatcheries are increasingly looking for ways to transform artemia production from a variable live-food operation into a more standardized and controlled process capable of delivering large volumes of high-quality nauplii.”

Geopolitics & Indian Poultry Industry

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 14:35:05 +0700

When the Strait Burns:
The West Asia War and Its Double Impact on India’s Layer and Broiler Sectors

Special Report | Dr Anjan Goswami | March 20, 2026

Dr Anjan Goswami, (author)
Strategic Consultant
(Know more …)

On the morning of March 4, 2026, the Strait of Hormuz, a 33-kilometer chokepoint between Iran and Oman, ceased to function as the world’s most vital energy corridor. Tehran, retaliating against coordinated US-Israeli strikes on its nuclear and military infrastructure, mined the waterway and threatened all commercial shipping. In a single stroke, 20% of global crude supply and over 85% of India’s LPG imports were placed in jeopardy.

The shockwaves struck India’s ₹3.5 lakh crore poultry economy almost immediately, hitting the egg-laying (layer) and broiler (chicken meat) sectors through different but equally devastating channels.

This is the story of how a war 3,000 kilometers away lit a fire at India’s farm gate.

I. Fire in the Gulf: The Energy Architecture Behind the Crisis
The Strait of Hormuz carries ~20% of the world’s petroleum liquids and an equivalent share of LNG annually. India imports 85% of its crude oil, with half transiting Hormuz, and the Gulf supplies 90%+ of its LPG imports. For India’s poultry sector, the devastating blow came not from crude, whose retail price pass-through is gradual, but from LPG and LNG: the gases that power restaurant kitchens, hatchery incubators, feed-processing mills, cold storage, and fertiliser plants simultaneously. Maritime insurance for Gulf-bound vessels surged over 1,000% within days. The government invoked the Essential Commodities Act, directed refineries to maximise LPG output, and prioritised household and CNG supply, leaving the commercial food service sector, India’s largest channel for both egg and chicken consumption, to face an acute supply vacuum.

India holds no strategic reserves of LPG or LNG. Unlike crude oil, these cannot be stockpiled. The disruption at Hormuz has exposed a structural vulnerability hiding in plain sight.”

II. Restaurants Close, Orders Evaporate: The Shared Demand Catastrophe
Commercial LPG – the 19-kg cylinder that powers every hotel, dhaba, cloud kitchen, caterer, and QSR outlet in India became critically scarce within days of the blockade. The government’s allocation framework deprioritised food service. The consequences struck both the egg and broiler supply chains simultaneously and with equal severity.

AHAR estimates food service accounts for 25–30% of total egg consumption in major metros; the food service channel’s share of urban broiler meat offtake is estimated at 35–40%. The simultaneous collapse of this channel is producing a paradox in both sectors: input costs are rising at farm level while buyer-side demand has imploded at the same moment. Egg prices at some wholesale markets have softened despite rising production costs; broiler demand in organised channels is contracting even as retail prices at surviving outlets spike amid supply disruptions.

“When restaurants shut, the first items off the menu are egg dishes and chicken preparations. Cancellations are coming from hotels, caterers, and QSR outlets simultaneously.” — Regional distributor, Hyderabad.

LAYER SECTOR — EGG PRODUCTION & EXPORT MARKETS

III. The Layer Sector: Export Routes Severed, Farm Economics Inverted
India is the world’s third-largest egg producer with annual output exceeding 14,200 crore eggs. The country exported ~₹1,500 crore worth of table eggs in 2024-25, with Namakkal in Tamil Nadu accounting for 80–90% of all shipments. That hard-won franchise is now under existential threat.

Figure 1 — India Egg Export: Value (₹ Crore) & Volume (Billion Eggs) | 2017-18 to 2025-26P

With the Strait closed, vessels bound for UAE, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Oman, and Qatar are rerouting around the Cape of Good Hope, adding 10–15 days of transit time. Shipping liners have imposed emergency surcharges, resulting in a three- to five-fold per-container cost increase. Around 40,000–45,000 Indian containers are stranded in transit, with cargo worth $1–1.5 billion in limbo. For perishable egg exporters, where shelf-life and temperature continuity are non-negotiable, these conditions render the majority of consignments commercially unviable. Namakkal exporters have confirmed wholesale cancellations. GTRI estimates India’s total agri-food exports worth USD 11.8 billion to West Asia are at risk. The rupee at a record low of ₹92.28/dollar offers no real offset, dollar-denominated freight surcharges negate the currency benefit entirely.

“India’s egg exporters had finally broken into premium Gulf markets. Now, with freight costs tripling and buyers uncertain about timelines, we cannot confirm a single order.” — Egg exporter, Namakkal cluster

At the domestic farm gate, the layer sector faces a textbook cost-price inversion. The NECC egg rate stood at ₹3.80/egg in early March 2026, well below the estimated production cost of ₹4.65–4.75/egg. With feed costs under fresh upward pressure and energy costs rising, breakeven is likely to climb to ₹5.00–5.25 or higher. The food service demand collapse is simultaneously suppressing prices, the classic layer farmer’s nightmare. Smaller farms that only recently returned after the FY23-24 loss cycle face the prospect of a second successive crisis before full financial recovery.

BROILER SECTOR — CHICKEN MEAT & SUPPLY CHAIN

IV. The Broiler Sector: The Food-Service Pipeline Breaks
The broiler sector’s crisis is rooted in the catastrophic destruction of its primary urban demand channel. Chicken, from biryani and butter chicken to fried chicken at QSR chains, is the dominant animal protein on the Indian restaurant menu. With commercial LPG near-halted across major cities, the food service channel, absorbing 35–40% of all urban broiler offtake has effectively shut down. Broiler production is even more feed-intensive than egg production, with feed constituting 70–72% of live weight production costs. Pre-war, producing 1 kg of live broiler cost ₹95–100 in major Andhra Pradesh and Telangana clusters; with maize under pressure from fuel-driven logistics costs and soybean meal tight globally, that cost is rising toward ₹110–115/kg. Farm gate prices, which peaked at ₹151/kg in November 2025, are being pulled in contradictory directions: downward by the food service demand collapse, upward by the supply-side cost shock.

Cold chain and processing face compound stress: refrigerated transport operators are passing fuel surcharges to processors; cold storage facilities are managing higher electricity tariffs; and the interstate live bird transport network connecting Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, and Maharashtra to metros is becoming unreliable and expensive. Localised gluts are appearing at the farm level even as retail chicken prices in metros begin to spike. Most critically, the supply pipeline is contracting: early signs of reduced day-old chick (DOC) placements are emerging as farmers anticipate sustained losses. A 20–25% reduction in placements now will translate to an equivalent production contraction in 6–8 weeks, the standard grow-out cycle, very likely triggering a sharp price spike on the other side of the current demand-led depression.

“The broiler market is caught between two fires. The restaurants that buy our birds cannot get gas. Our own costs rise every week with fuel and feed. There is no breathing room.” — Integrated broiler producer, Andhra Pradesh

The structural divide between large integrated players — Suguna, Venky’s, IB Group, Shalimar, Premium, Baramati — and independent contract farmers is widening sharply. Integrated players can absorb cost shocks through vertical integration; independent contract farmers are fully exposed to the feed cost spike while losing their primary buyers. The crisis threatens to accelerate consolidation at the direct expense of India’s vast network of small and medium poultry entrepreneurs across India, especially from Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, and Tamil Nadu, and Maharashtra.

V. Feed Costs, Price Reality and the Crisis in Numbers
Feed costs, comprising of 67% of layer and 71% of broiler production costs, are the shared vulnerability binding both sectors to Gulf geopolitics. The Indian crude basket jumped 40% between January and March 2026, with diesel cost pressure feeding directly into inter-state maize and soya transport. The medium-term threat is more alarming: India imports ~40% of its total fertiliser from the Gulf. With LNG to fertiliser plants running at ~70% of actual need, major urea producers, including IFFCO, have suspended operations. A fertiliser shortage heading into the Kharif season, accounting for 55% of India’s crop output, could structurally reduce maize and soybean production in 2026-27, locking in elevated feed costs well after any military resolution of the conflict.

Figure 2 — Price Trends: NECC Layer Egg Rate & Broiler Farm Gate Price | Jan 2025 – Mar 2026 | Shaded = conflict period

Figure 3 — Production Cost Breakdown & War Impact Severity Score: Layer vs. Broiler Sector

VI. Government Response and the Policy Gaps That Must Be Closed
The government’s crisis response contains significant blind spots for the agri-food sector. The ECA allocation framework explicitly deprioritises commercial food service and food processing; there is no strategic reserve for LPG or LNG. The broader macroeconomic environment provides no cushion: ICICI Bank has cut its FY27 GDP forecast 50 basis points to 7.0%; Standard Chartered estimates the current account deficit could reach 2.5% of GDP; the Sensex is down ~10% year-to-date; and banks are tightening credit precisely when poultry farmers need working capital most. Commerce Secretary Rajesh Agarwal has signalled a relief package for exporters — but for perishable, time-sensitive sectors like poultry, medium-term promises deliver no immediate relief.

VII. Urgent Action Required: Layer, Broiler and Structural Reform

Layer sector — immediate priorities
• Emergency credit lines for layer farmers at ₹3.80/egg NECC rates; prevent forced flock liquidation
• Dedicated commercial LPG allocation for egg-processing and value-addition units
• APEDA-led emergency market diversification: fast-track protocols with buyers in East Africa, Southeast Asia, and Central Asia
• Temporary import duty relief on soybean meal, canola meal, and DDGS alternatives

Broiler sector — immediate priorities
• Emergency LPG allocation to food service operators — Dhabas, QSR chains, hotel kitchens to prevent permanent demand channel destruction
• Cold chain support: targeted diesel relief for refrigerated transport operators
• DOC protection: forward purchase commitments to sustain hatchery placement rates and prevent the 6–8 week supply crunch
• State federation coordination to sustain contract farmer relationships; prevent mass exit of small operators

Structural reforms — both sectors
• Build strategic LPG/LNG buffer stock capacity: the absence of any reserve has been catastrophically costly
• Scale up on-farm solar energy: MNRE’s poultry solar scheme should be expanded with enhanced capital subsidies; the economic case is now unarguable
• Feed resilience: integrate DDGS from the Ethanol Blending Programme at scale; invest in alternative protein feed research
• Explore the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) as an alternative agri-export route less exposed to Hormuz disruption

VIII. Conclusion: Both Sectors at a Crossroads
The West Asia war of 2026 has struck India’s poultry sector through channels no conventional risk model had fully mapped. For the layer sector, the crisis has simultaneously severed the export lifeline and collapsed domestic food service demand, while inverting the farm gate economics small layer farmers depend upon. For the broiler sector, the destruction of the food service channel strikes at the heart of its urban demand model, while cost pressures trigger the DOC placement contraction that will create its own supply shock in Q2 2026. The Strait of Hormuz,3,000 kilometres from Namakkal’s egg farms or Hyderabad’s biryani clusters, has proven itself a decisive variable in Indian poultry economics.

India’s poultry sector has survived feed cost crises, avian influenza, demonetisation, COVID-19, and successive boom-bust cycles. Its entrepreneurial resilience, the institutional depth of NECC, and the sheer scale of domestic protein demand remain powerful structural advantages. But the speed and complexity of this crisis demand a policy response that matches its severity, and an honest reckoning with the structural vulnerabilities the war has so brutally exposed.

“The poultry industry has never faced this combination of pressures simultaneously. But it has survived every crisis before. The key this time is speed — of government response, of market adaptation, and of strategic thinking.”

Supply chain resilience, energy sovereignty, and export market diversification are no longer planning aspirations. For India’s layer and broiler farmers alike, they are existential imperatives. The fires of West Asia are burning at the farm gate.

Sources: Business Standard, BusinessToday, The Wire, Outlook Business, GTRI, Crisil Ratings, CareEdge Ratings, PPAC, NECC, APEDA, DAHD, Ministry of Commerce
© 2026 Poultry TRENDS Magazine. All rights reserved. Reproduction with attribution permitted

The post Geopolitics & Indian Poultry Industry appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Do windows matter in poultry housing? What welfare and behavior tell us

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 00:10:40 +0700

By Tarek Youssef, DVM, Auburn University and Bethany Baker-Cook, PhD, IRTA

Lighting practices in broiler production

Photo credit: Dr. John Linhoss

Lighting is a very important environmental management tool within modern broiler production. Artificial lighting has long served as the industry standard method of providing light to broiler chickens. This is because artificial light is highly controllable and can provide a consistent, uniform light source. In U.S. commercial settings, broilers are traditionally raised under dim artificial lighting conditions (5-10 lx; Linhoss et al., 2023). Some studies have reported that rearing birds under these conditions improves body weight and feed conversion ratio (Prescott et al., 2003; Aldridge et al., 2022). However, other research suggests that the same environment may negatively affect ocular and leg health (Newberry et al., 1988; Blatchford et al., 2012; Kim et al., 2022).

In recent years, provision of natural light through windows has gained increased attention, as it offers a broader light spectrum that includes UV light and a natural diurnal pattern that cannot be fully replicated by artificial light sources (Prescott et al., 2003). Some animal welfare certification programs require or encourage the installation of windows to allow natural daylight into the barn (e.g., Global Animal Partnership). Access to daylight can create a more dynamic lighting environment compared with fully enclosed houses that rely solely on artificial lighting. Natural light varies throughout the day in both intensity and spectral composition. In contrast, artificial lighting systems typically provide a more constant intensity and spectrum. Producers who participate in these certification programs often incorporate windows as part of their housing design to meet welfare standards, thereby providing birds with natural light.

The avian visual system and commercial poultry lighting

Poultry possess a more advanced visual system than humans (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 10). Lighting systems used in poultry houses are primarily designed to facilitate human vision and production efficiency, potentially overlooking requirements for functional development of visual abilities in poultry (Prescott et al., 2003). Therefore, there is a movement towards alternative rearing programs that include high light intensities and the provision of natural light in poultry houses. Nevertheless, information on the isolated effects of natural light, in the absence of additional environmental enrichment, on broiler welfare and behavior remains limited.

¿Did you know?

Chickens can detect light flicker that humans cannot because they perceive rapid light changes more easily than we do, with a critical flicker-fusion frequency (CFF) of approximately 90-100 Hz (consciously) compared to about 50-60 Hz in humans. As a result, some artificial lights that appear steady to us may actually flicker from a chicken’s perspective, which may influence their behavior and welfare.

Natural vs. artificial lighting: does it make a difference for broiler welfare and behavior?

Broiler welfare is assessed using a combination of behavioral, physical, and emotional indicators.

Behavioral patterns

Natural light has been shown to impact behavior, with birds reared under natural light displaying more active behaviors, such as walking and standing (Bailie et al., 2013; Sans et al., 2021; Youssef, 2025), whereas those reared under artificial lighting exhibited more resting behavior (Bailie et al., 2013; Youssef, 2025). The provision of natural light also led to more birds interacting with and gathering around the environmental enrichments, as well as exhibiting increased exploratory behaviors such as ground pecking, compared to birds raised under artificial light (Bailie et al., 2013). Additionally, birds raised under natural light have been reported to show increased eating and drinking frequency (Bailie et al., 2013; Fouda et al., 2018; Sans et al., 2021).

Preference tests, in which birds are given a choice between environments (e.g., natural vs. artificial lighting), are used to assess birds’ preferences for environments. In environmentally controlled studies, birds were allowed to move freely between compartments with different lighting conditions, and their location and time spent in each area were recorded. Results indicated that birds tend to spend more time under natural lighting conditions provided through windows, suggesting a preference for this environment (Sans et al., 2021).

Welfare indicators

Common physical parameters used to evaluate welfare status in broilers include footpad dermatitis (FPD), hock burn, gait score, and latency to lie (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 19). FPD refers to lesions and inflammation of the footpads, whereas hock burn appears as a brown to black discoloration on the hock joint. Both conditions are primarily caused by prolonged contact with wet litter (Mench, 2002; Shepherd and Fairchild, 2010). Gait score is used to assess walking ability and leg health, with higher scores indicating poorer mobility. The latency to lie test measures how long a bird remains standing in shallow water and is commonly used as an indicator of leg strength and comfort. There is a strong negative correlation between latency to lie and gait score, meaning that birds with poorer walking ability (high gait score) lie or sit down quicker in the water during a latency to lie test.

Activity level is closely associated with health and welfare. Increased activity is associated with birds spending less time sitting on wet litter, which may decrease the incidence and severity of contact dermatitis, including FPD, hock burn, and breast burn. A recent study by Youssef et al. (2026) found that broilers reared under natural light had significantly lower FPD scores than those raised under artificial light. However, this difference was not biologically meaningful, as the mean FPD scores in both groups remained below 1 (minimal evidence of footpad dermatitis; Welfare Quality, 2009). In the same study, natural light did not appear to improve hock burn, gait score, or latency to lie. However, when birds were raised either under natural light, or under natural light combined with environmental enrichment, some improvement was seen in latency to lie, but no differences were observed in FPD, hock burn or gait scores (Bailie et al., 2013).

Fear response

Fear tests evaluate birds’ emotional state and how they respond when exposed to a stimulus that may provoke either an approach or avoidance response (Jones, 1996). Several fear tests are currently employed in poultry research, including the novel object test and the novel environment test (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 33). Research suggests that lighting conditions can influence fear responses in poultry. Birds exposed to natural light or environments with access to windows have shown reduced fearfulness compared with birds reared under solely artificial lighting. For example, broilers raised under artificial light were more reluctant to approach within a 1-m radius of the novel object than broilers exposed to natural light (Youssef et al., 2026). These birds also showed a longer mean latency to approach the novel object (181.4 seconds) compared with birds raised under natural light conditions (69.9 seconds; Youssef et al., 2026). However, natural light did not affect responses in the response to human observer test or novel environment test (Youssef et al., 2026). When natural light was combined with environmental enrichments, there was a tendency for birds raised under natural light to approach the object more in the novel object test (de Jong and Gunnick, 2019). This may indicate that natural light increases bird interest in exploring new things within the environment and reduces neophobia.

¿UV light in poultry houses: what to know?

UV rays can be classified according to their wavelength into three different types: UVA (315-400nm), UVB (280-315nm), and UVC (100-280nm). Research suggests that supplemental UVA lighting may reduce fear responses in broilers, whereas UVB has also been associated with improved skeletal health (Rana and Campbell, 2021). It is unknown if the benefits seen with UV when artificially supplemented or in open sided barns are present when natural light is provided by windows. As the glass used in windows blocks almost all UVB wavelengths (crucial for vitamin D synthesis) and over 90% of UVA wavelengths, limited UV wavelengths reach the birds.

Summary

Although artificial light remains the industry standard for lighting, limited research indicates that natural light may offer some potential welfare-related benefits, such as increased activity, some indication of reduced fearfulness, and birds’ preference for naturally lit areas. However, the results on physical welfare indicators are mixed; therefore, more research is needed to understand natural light’s beneficial effects on broiler health and welfare.

References

Aldridge, D. J., Owens, C. M., Maynard, C., Kidd, M. T., and Scanes, C. G., 2022. Impact of light intensity or choice of intensity on broiler performance and behavior. J. Appl. Poult. Res., 31(1):100216.

Bailie, C. L., Ball, M. E. E., and O’Connell, N. E., 2013. Influence of the provision of natural light and straw bales on activity levels and leg health in commercial broiler chickens. Animal 7:618–626.

Blatchford, R. A., Archer, G. S., and Mench, J. A., 2012. Contrast in light intensity, rather than day length, influences the behavior and health of broiler chickens. Poult. Sci., 91:1768-1774.

de Jong, I. C., and Gunnink, H., 2019. Effects of a commercial broiler enrichment programme with or without natural light on behaviour and other welfare indicators. Animal 13:384-391.

Fouda, M. M., Darwish, R. A., Abou-Ismail, U. A., and Mohammed, A. S., 2018. Comparative effects of natural and artificial light on behaviour, performance, and welfare of broiler chickens. Mansoura Vet. Med. J., 19(1):321-332.

Jones, R. B., 1996. Fear and adaptability in poultry: insights, implications, and imperatives. World’s Poult. Sci. J., 52:131-174.

Kim, H. J., Son, J., Kim, H. S., Hong, E. C., and Kim, J. H., 2022. Effects of light intensity on growth performance, blood components, carcass characteristics, and welfare of broilers. J. Anim. Sci. Tech., 64:985–996.

Linhoss, J. E., Davis, J. D., Campbell, J. C., Purswell, J. L., Griggs, K. G., and Edge, C. M., 2023. Light intensity and uniformity in commercial broiler houses using lighting programs derived from Global Animal Partnership (GAP) lighting standards. J. Appl. Poult. Res., 32:100309.

Mench, J. A., 2002. Broiler breeder: feed restriction and welfare. World’s Poult. Sci. J., 58:23-29.

Newberry, J. C., Hunt, J. R., and Gardiner, E. E., 1988. Influence of light intensity on behavior and performance of broiler chickens. Poult. Sci., 67:1020-1025.

Prescott, N. B., Wathes, C. M., and Jarvis, J. R., 2003. Light, vision and the welfare of poultry. Anim. Welf., 12:269-288.

Rana, M. S. and Campbell, D. L. M., 2021. Application of Ultraviolet light for poultry production: A review of impacts on behavior, physiology, and production. Front. Anim. Sci., 2:699262.

Sans, E. C. d. O., Tuyttens, F. A. M., Taconeli, C. A., Pedrazzani, A. S., Vale, M. M., and Molento, C. F. M., 2021. From the point of view of the chickens: what difference does a window make? Animals 11(12):3397.

Shepherd, E. M., and Fairchild, B. D., 2010. Footpad dermatitis in poultry. Poult. Sci., 89(10):2043-2051.

Welfare Quality, 2009. Welfare quality assessment protocol for poultry (Broilers, Laying hens).

Youssef, T., 2025. Impact of natural and artificial light treatments on welfare and behavior in commercial broilers. M.S. Thesis. Auburn University.

Youssef, T., Jackson, A., Bourassa, D., Linhoss, J., and Baker-Cook, B., 2026. Evaluating the impact of natural and artificial light treatments on fear response and welfare parameters in commercial broilers. Poult. Sci., 105(3):106343.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Do windows matter in poultry housing? What welfare and behavior tell us appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Impact of hatchery climate control and ventilation on hatchability and post-hatch chick quality

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 20:25:09 +0700

Climate control and ventilation are two of the most important factors affecting hatchery performance, which have an impact on both embryonic development and post-hatch chick quality. A hatchery is an artificial replication of the natural brooding environment where the embryo’s normal physiological development is ensured by careful regulation of temperature, humidity, airflow, CO₂ and oxygen. In order to produce healthy, uniform chicks with high vitality and lower first week mortality as well as to achieve optimal hatchability, it is vital to maintain a stable microclimate throughout the incubation and hatching process.

What is climate control and ventilation in a hatchery?

The systematic control of temperature, relative humidity, air pressure and gas balance (O₂ and CO₂) in the incubation (setter and hatcher) and fresh air chambers or rooms is known as climate control in a hatchery.

On the other hand, ventilation involves continuous movement and exchange of air to maintain uniform temperature distribution, provide enough oxygen, remove metabolic heat and CO₂ generated by developing embryos. When combined, these systems provide a clean, balanced air environment that prevents embryos from suffocation, dehydration and heat stress.

Fresh air supply duct

Relationship with embryonic development and chick quality

The embryo produces CO₂ and metabolic heat during incubation. Without proper ventilation, CO₂ level rises, oxygen availability decreases and as a result embryonic metabolism slows. Prolonged exposure to these conditions leads to delayed development and higher late embryonic mortality.

Humidity and temperature are equally important. Variations of even ±0.3 °C can change metabolic rates, which can lead to poor chick vitality, unabsorbed yolk sacs and early or delayed hatching.

Excessive humidity inhibits the growth of air cells and excessive dryness speeds up eggs moisture loss, which lowers hatchability and chick uniformity.

Proper climate controls therefore support not only embryonic respiration but also organ formation, muscle development and thermoregulatory capacity of the newly hatched chick.

Eggshell pores

The biology behind airflow

During incubation, embryonic metabolism depends on aerobic respiration. Eggshell contains as many as 7,000-17,000 small holes called “pores” through which oxygen passes from the air to the developing embryo and CO₂ diffuses outward.

The efficiency of this exchange is driven by partial pressure differentials between the egg’s internal environment and the surrounding air.

If the air surrounding the eggs becomes saturated with CO₂ or lacks oxygen due to poor ventilation, then gas exchanges slow leading to hypoxia and acidosis.

These physiological imbalances affect cardiac development, organ function and muscular growth, ultimately compromising chick vitality.

Furthermore, inadequate air circulation results in temperature layering, where the top trays may overheat while the lower ones remain cool, leading to asynchronous embryo development and reducing hatch uniformity.

How does poor ventilation affect hatch results?

Inadequate or unbalanced ventilation is one of the leading hidden causes of hatch variability. Its impact is both physiological and mechanical:

High CO₂ concentration reduces oxygen availability, causing delayed hatching and increased embryo mortality.
Uneven air temperature produces hot and cold zones within incubators, resulting in early or late hatches and uneven chick sizes.
Low air exchange fails to remove metabolic heat and moisture, increasing condensation, bacterial load and chick dehydration.
Excessive air exchange leads to low humidity, excessive weight loss and poor hatch uniformity.

Inconsistent air management often manifests as sticky chicks, unhealed navels, malpositions, and weakened post-hatch performance, all of which translate into financial losses for the hatchery.

The ideal ventilation strategy

An ideal ventilation strategy in a hatchery is built on three interdependent principles: air quality, air distribution, and air pressure control, each working together to maintain a stable, uniform environment for developing embryos.

First, air quality control ensures a constant supply of clean, oxygen-rich air and the removal of excess CO₂ and heat. Fresh air entering the hatchery should contain at least 20.6% oxygen, while CO₂ levels inside setters must stay below 0.5%. Air-handling units (AHUs) condition and filter the incoming air to 24–26 °C and 60–70% relative humidity before delivery, maintaining a steady air exchange rate of about 2.5–3.0 m³/h per 1,000 eggs to support healthy embryonic respiration.

Air distribution inside incubator

Second, achieving uniform air distribution is essential for temperature balance. Air velocity inside setters should remain around 0.3–0.5 m/s, enough to mix air evenly but not to dry eggs, while in hatchers it can be slightly lower. Proper duct design and diffuser placement prevent dead zones or short circuits, ensuring every egg experiences the same conditions.

Finally, directional airflow and pressure control protect both embryo health and biosecurity. Positive pressure of +5 to +15 Pa in clean areas keeps air moving from incubation zones toward service or the chick rooms, avoiding contamination. Regular maintenance cleaning filters, calibrating sensors and checking ducts keep the system balanced and reliable.

Standard hatchery climate and ventilation parameters

When these elements are correctly synchronized, ventilation becomes more than mechanical movement; it becomes a biological safeguard that translates precision engineering into strong, uniform and healthy chicks.

A sound ventilation strategy must therefore:

Supply fresh, oxygen-rich air evenly across all machines.
Remove heat and metabolic gases produced by embryos.
Maintain uniform air distribution within and between incubators.
Preserve optimal humidity by controlling air exchange rates.

Hatchery ventilation system

Equipment and maintenance essentials

Efficient climate and ventilation management rely on:

Air handling units (AHU) with integrated heating, cooling and filtration modules.
Sensors for CO₂, humidity and temperature-calibrated regularly.
Chillers and heaters to stabilize incoming air temperature.
Humidifiers/dehumidifiers to manage relative humidity precisely.
Fans and diffusers with adjustable dampers to direct airflow evenly.
PLC-based automation systems for control, alarms, and data recording.

Routine preventive maintenance such as clean filters, checking fan bearings and belts, calibrating probes and verifying duct seals is essential to prevent system drift and maintain climate uniformity.

Conclusion

Ventilation is the biological regulator of the hatchery environment and is much more than just air movement. Proper climate control and ventilation strategy translate engineering precision into biological success. When the hatchery atmosphere remains stable, clean, cool and balanced, then every embryo has the same opportunity to develop into a strong, uniform chick. Consistency in climate means consistency in performance.

For every hatchery aiming to convert potential into profitability, climate control is not optional, it is fundamental.

The Genetics of Resilient Fish in Sustainable Aquaculture

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 10:05:07 +0700

The Genetics of Resilient Fish in Sustainable Aquaculture

Not all fish are created equal. Even within the same species, individual fish differ in growth rate, disease resistance, stress tolerance, and reproductive success. Many fish farms focus heavily on environmental factors such as feeding, water quality, and stocking density, but often overlook one of the most important drivers of long-term productivity: genetics. According to NOAA Fisheries, genetic selection in aquaculture often targets traits such as improved growth rate, disease resistance, feed conversion, and product quality.

Understanding the genetics of resilient fish can help aquaculture producers build stronger, healthier populations that perform better under real-world farming conditions.

Understanding Resilience in Fish

Resilient fish are those that survive and thrive under changing or imperfect conditions. They are better able to tolerate temperature fluctuations, resist common pathogens, and maintain steady growth even when nutrition is less than ideal or water quality temporarily declines.

These characteristics are strongly influenced by DNA and can be passed from one generation to the next through selective breeding. The FAO’s aquaculture breeding and genetics resources emphasize the importance of managing aquatic genetic resources effectively to support sustainable aquaculture development.

Resilience is often polygenic, which means it is controlled by multiple genes working together and interacting with the environment. Traits such as immune system strength, stress response, and metabolic efficiency are shaped by complex genetic pathways. Research published through PubMed Central notes that selective breeding for improved disease resistance has proven to be an effective strategy for reducing infectious disease impacts in aquaculture species.

Selective Breeding for Better Performance

One of the most effective ways to improve aquaculture outcomes is through selective breeding. Farmers can choose broodstock that consistently show desirable traits such as fast growth, strong disease resistance, better feed conversion, or tolerance to low oxygen conditions. The FAO selective breeding manual was developed specifically to help aquaculturists improve cultured fish populations through structured breeding programs.

Over multiple generations, these traits become more common within the population. The result is a stock of fish that performs more reliably and requires fewer costly interventions. This can also reduce dependence on antibiotics, chemical treatments, and highly controlled environments. WOAH has highlighted disease prevention, aquatic animal health, and improved management practices as central to more sustainable aquaculture systems, especially as the industry works to reduce risks linked to disease and antimicrobial resistance.

Why Genetic Diversity Matters in Aquaculture

The genetics of resilient fish is not only about selecting the strongest individuals. It is also about maintaining diversity within the population.

Resilient fish populations are built through selective breeding, genetic diversity, and strong aquaculture management.

Genetic diversity helps prevent inbreeding, which can reduce growth, weaken immune function, and lower the ability of fish to adapt to changing conditions. FAO guidance on inbreeding and broodstock management explains that loss of genetic variation can make selective breeding less effective over time, while inbreeding increases homozygosity and can reduce the adaptive capacity of farmed populations.

Fish farms that source broodstock from multiple lineages, or occasionally incorporate outside genetic material where appropriate and legal, often build more adaptable populations than farms relying on a single closed line. FAO also notes that farmers can maintain higher genetic diversity by using more brooders, avoiding close-relative mating, and keeping careful records of production practices. See FAO’s guidance here.

How Genetics and Environment Work Together

Genetics sets the potential, but the environment determines how fully that potential is expressed. Even fish with strong genetic resilience can underperform if farming conditions are poor. Water quality, nutrition, stocking density, and stress management still matter greatly.

The most successful aquaculture systems align good genetics with strong farm management practices. Fish with a genetic tolerance for low oxygen may survive stressful pond conditions better than others, but they will still grow faster and remain healthier if aeration is adequate and stocking density is properly managed. Genetics and environment are partners; neither one alone is enough to guarantee success.

The Long-Term Value of Resilient Fish

Resilient fish are built by DNA as much as they are shaped by daily care. Understanding the genetics behind disease resistance, stress tolerance, and growth potential allows farmers to develop populations that are more dependable, efficient, and profitable.

Fish farms that invest in selective breeding, protect genetic diversity, and combine those efforts with sound environmental management gain several long-term advantages. These include more stable growth, lower mortality, reduced treatment costs, and greater adaptability when conditions change. FAO has said that wider and appropriate application of genetic improvement in aquaculture can significantly strengthen sustainable food supply and long-term productivity.

In aquaculture, genetics is the foundation of resilience and long-term profitability. It is not optional.

For more valuable information on sustainable fish farming, visit EAT Community.

aMPV is here to stay: How to build smarter vaccination strategies

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 02:35:04 +0700

Avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) is becoming a bigger respiratory challenge for US poultry operations. It can cause obvious clinical signs, but the larger cost often comes from the complications that follow in the field.

As more companies evaluate vaccination as part of their broader respiratory disease strategy, questions around timing, administration, diagnostics and overall program design are becoming central to long-term control.

In this Q&A, Daniel Maekawa, DVM, PhD, technical services veterinarian with Merck Animal Health, discusses how producers can approach aMPV with a practical, integrated mindset — bringing together biosecurity, vaccination and management to reduce complex-level impact.

Q: From what you’re seeing in the field, what makes aMPV such a difficult respiratory virus to manage?

A: This virus spreads quickly and transmits easily in high-density areas, so it can be hard to contain once it’s established. In addition, chickens infected with aMPV are very sensitive to suboptimal management conditions, such as ventilation issues, temperature fluctuations and poor litter quality, worsening the disease outcome.

Q: Once aMPV is confirmed, what practical steps help limit spread across a complex?

A: First of all, limiting the spread of aMPV is difficult due to the fast horizontal transmission. However, practicing good biosecurity certainly helps. Many companies already have good biosecurity programs, but aMPV can expose gaps in consistency and execution.

When a farm is diagnosed, it should be treated as a quarantine situation. That means limiting nonessential visits, avoiding the movement of equipment from infected to healthy farms, and reducing the circulation of personnel between infected and noninfected flocks. These routine steps are simple on paper, but they can make a meaningful difference in reducing transmission risk.

Q: Where do the biggest losses come from when aMPV hits a flock?

A: The virus itself causes respiratory signs such as sneezing, nasal secretions and ocular discharge, but the greater losses often come from secondary bacterial infections, which can lead to septicemia and mortality. aMPV damages ciliated epithelial cells in the upper respiratory tract, impairing mucociliary clearance and favoring the colonization of secondary contaminants, such as Escherichia coli. There is no effective treatment for aMPV infection, but some producers use antibiotics to reduce losses from secondary infections.

Q: What management adjustments matter most during an aMPV event?

A: Ventilation, stocking density and dust control are key. It’s also important to watch for factors that contribute to immunosuppression, such as mycotoxins and viral diseases such as Marek’s, infectious bursal disease (IBD), and chicken infectious anemia, because these increase the risk of complications. Drinking water disinfection might help to reduce bacterial load and secondary contamination. When flocks are affected, tightening these basics can reduce the outbreak severity and help limit economic losses.

Q: Diagnostics for aMPV can be challenging. What’s the best approach for confirming it?

A: The presence of a swollen head in chickens is very indicative of an aMPV challenge. However, confirmation using molecular tests isn’t always easy because the virus is present in the chicken for only a short period, leading to false-negative results.

For PCR, timing matters. Samples should be collected as early as possible, before flocks progress to more severe signs like swollen heads and depression. Collecting from birds that are still apparently healthy in the house often gives the best chance of detecting the virus. Tracheal and choanal swabs are effective for detecting the virus by PCR.

Serology can also be useful. If the flock is not vaccinated, antibody seroconversion is a true sign that those chickens were challenged with aMPV. If the flock is vaccinated, it’s important to establish baseline titers. If titers rise sharply above that baseline, it can indicate a field challenge.

Q: What seasonality patterns have you seen for aMPV in the U.S.?

A: Since the disease started appearing in the US more than two years ago, we’ve seen a clear seasonal pattern, with cases increasing in the winter. The disease worsens in January and February and can persist into April, then decreases significantly as spring and summer arrive. That helps define when producers may need to strengthen the vaccination programs.

Q: What are you seeing with vaccination adoption in broilers as winter pressure increases?

A: I’ve seen more companies implement vaccination programs in broilers going into winter. 2025/2026 was the first winter we went through with vaccinated broilers for aMPV, so it will provide insight into the effectiveness of vaccination under strong field conditions. So far, aMPV broiler vaccination appears to be helping reduce outbreaks of the disease and mitigate economic losses, but it has not been shown to be an ultimate solution to the problem.

Q: What does a strong baseline vaccination strategy look like for pullets and breeders?

A: In pullets, vaccinating for aMPV is mandatory. Two live vaccines and one inactivated vaccine seem to be a good starting program for breeders, based on scientific data and experience in countries that have long dealt with this disease. However, adjustments need to be made based on each reality, and adding more vaccines to the immunization program might sometimes be justified.

Timing of the first live vaccination is also important and is determined by how early pullets are infected in the field. I have seen pullets show aMPV seroconversion as early as 6 weeks of age, so vaccination should start around 2 to 3 weeks earlier, before aMPV field infection hits the flocks.

Regarding the route of vaccine administration, I suggest implementing at least one live vaccine administration via eye drop to support uniform coverage. The other vaccination can be given by spray or drinking water. One dose of an inactivated vaccine is important for protecting the reproductive tract (oviduct) and helping minimize the risk of egg drop production and/or eggshell abnormalities.

Q: What are the main considerations when selecting an aMPV vaccination strategy for broilers?

A: Adding another respiratory vaccine to the broiler hatchery vaccination program comes with some challenges. Early research indicates that vaccinating for aMPV with infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) and Newcastle disease virus (NDV) may interfere with protection. However, more recent data indicate that simultaneous aMPV/IBV/NDV vaccination affects mainly serological response rather than protection. From a practical standpoint, applying all three vaccines at day of age by spray makes sense.

Another option is to reduce respiratory vaccine pressure at day of age by vaccinating against NDV in ovo at 18 days of embryonation using recombinant products, then pairing only aMPV and IBV at day of age. The latter option might be a better alternative to reduce respiratory reactions. Field vaccination for aMPV between 1 and 2 weeks of age can also be considered to boost and extend the duration of immunity. Naturally, a cost-benefit analysis needs to be incorporated.

Q: Are there any considerations with live aMPV vaccination programs that producers should keep in mind?

A: Unlike the early stages of the disease in the US, when the lack of vaccine options posed a major challenge, we now have multiple live and inactivated vaccine options available. Vaccine features, such as duration of immunity, titers, safety and stability, need to be considered when implementing aMPV vaccination.

Good cross-protection has been demonstrated between aMPV subtype A and B. The aMPV vaccine strains originate from chickens or turkeys, and for broiler vaccination, chicken-origin vaccines are recommended. Also, as with other viral respiratory live vaccines, it’s important to be thoughtful about how live aMPV vaccines are used, including awareness of the potential for reversion to virulence if programs are poorly managed.

Finally, it’s imperative to ensure vaccines are administered correctly to achieve good coverage and uniformity. In the US, as more companies gain experience with aMPV vaccination, maintaining strong execution and consistent monitoring will be important to ensure vaccines are in the best possible scenario to succeed.

Q: What does success look like for a long-term aMPV control strategy?

A: Controlling aMPV takes a holistic approach. Biosecurity is important. Vaccination is important. Management practices are equally important. We cannot rely on one single tool.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post aMPV is here to stay: How to build smarter vaccination strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 — Part 1

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Apr 2026 19:15:09 +0700

Global meat production increased by almost 270 million mt¹, or 268% between 1970 and 2023. Examining the development by meat type reveals that the dynamics was primarily driven by the rapid increase in poultry meat production. However, it is worth noting that this meat type has not dominated between 2020 and 2023. This article analyses the longer-term trends and the dynamics since 2000 in detail.

Long-term trends. The success story of poultry meat

Analysing the long-term development for the three most important meat types and time periods reveals some striking changes. Obviously, poultry meat production has grown significantly faster than red meat production. The author has characterised this dynamic as a ’red-white shift’ (Windhorst, 2021). Table 1 shows that between 1970 and 2023 the absolute growth in poultry meat production was nearly as high as that of the two most important types of red meat combined. The same applies to the period from 2000 to 2023. However, the picture changes when only the short-term development between 2020 and 2023 is considered. Here, pig meat production grew significantly faster than that of poultry meat. This can be explained by the rapid increase of production in China and Brazil. Following the containment of African swine fever, Chinese production rose by 16.8 million mt over four years, and Brazilian production increased by almost 1 million mt due to a greater focus on exports. A more detailed analysis will follow in a later section.

Table 1 – The differing development of global meat production between 1970 and 2023, broken down by meat type
Source: FAO data.

When examining the long-term change of the share of beef, pork and poultry in global meat production, a shift towards white meat becomes apparent (Table 2, Figure 1). Between 1970 and 2023, beef lost 19.3% of its original share. In contrast, pig meat has remained relatively stable. Poultry gained 23.9%, making it the big winner, although it lost 0.8% between 2000 and 2023.

Table 2 – The changing share of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat in the global meat production between 1970 and 2023
Source: FAO data.

Figure 1 – The development of the global production of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat between 1970 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Medium-term development. The growing dominance of Asia

This part of the analysis analyses how meat production developed by meat type and continent between 2000 and 2023. Figure 2 shows that the contribution by the individual continents to this development varied considerably. For beef, the absolute increase in Asia and Central and South America was almost the same. The contribution of the other continents was comparatively insignificant, with Europe even recording a decline of 1.8 million mt. Asia was an exception with pork production increasing by 21.5 million mt. It was followed by North and South America and Europe. Although Africa continued to account for only a small proportion of global production, its share doubled between 2000 and 2023. Pig meat remained of minor importance in Oceania. At 35.2 million mt, Asia showed the largest growth in poultry meat production, followed by Central and South America at 16.9 million mt, and Europe at 10.9 million mt. At first glance, the significantly lower increase in North America seems surprising. However, it has to be noted that the two North American countries accounted for already 17.9% of the global production volume in 2000. Africa showed a remarkable dynamic, increasing its production by around 5 million mt. Oceania lagged far behind the other continents in terms of this meat type, reflecting its small population.

Figure 2 – The absolute change of global meat production at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A different picture emerges when the relative change in meat production is analysed (Figure 3). Asia and Africa achieved relative growth rates of over 60% for beef, followed by Central and South America with 47.8%. North America recorded the lowest growth rate of only 2.7%, apart from Europe’s downward trend. North America’s low growth rate reflects the declining per capita beef consumption in the USA. While it had been as high as 30 kg in 2000, it had fallen to 27 kg by 2023. The high retail price compared to pig meat and, in particular, broiler meat was the decisive steering factor.

Figure 3 – The relative change of global meat production at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Africa showed the highest relative increase in pork production at 130.9%, followed by Central and South America at 105.2%. Growth was much lower in Asia and North America, here, the already high baseline figures for 2000 must be taken into account. Europe ranked last with an increase of only 11.4%, reflecting the slight increase in per capita consumption. In some countries, consumption has been stagnating or even declining for years, because consumers preferred poultry meat for its lower retail price, while that of beef had risen sharply.

Poultry meat achieved the highest relative growth rate in Africa at 165.2%, followed by Asia at 153.8%, and Central and South America at 142.1%. Oceania’s high figure must be viewed in the context of its low baseline of just 0.77 million mt produced in 2000.

In summary, Africa and Central and South America showed a remarkable dynamic. Asia was only in the top position for beef production. The comparatively low momentum in North America is surprising at first glance. Here, meat consumption has obviously reached a saturation point in the USA, and growth can only be achieved through population growth or higher exports. Africa’s dynamic development is due to the rising per capita income of a growing middle class in some North African countries and South Africa. Central and South America demonstrated a remarkable growth across all three meat types, with Brazil’s increased exports playing a pivotal role.

What about short-term trends, a resurgence of pork?

Looking at the short-term trend in global meat production between 2020 and 2023 reveals some remarkable developments. The fact that consumption options were restricted in many countries during the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in changing preferences of the consumers for meat types.

Between 2020 and 2023, global production of the three main meat types increased by 27.5 million mt. Approximately 16 million mt or 58.1% of this was pork, 8.8 million mt respectively 32.1% was poultry, and 2.7 million mt or 9.8% was beef. Does this development spell the end of poultry meat’s success story? Examining the data for individual continents (Table 3) reveals that the increase in pork production was primarily driven by developments in Asia and, to a much lesser extent, in Central and South America. In contrast, the production volume in Europe and North America fell by around 2.6 million mt in total, with Europe accounting for 2.1 million mt of this decline. The containment of African swine fever boosted pork production in Asia, offsetting the 16 million mt slump between 2015 and 2020. A comparison of the production volumes in 2015 and 2023 reveals that production increased by only 1.5%. In contrast, beef production grew by 18.3%, and poultry meat even by 36.9%. While beef production in Asia and Central and South America increased by a combined 2.7 million mt, it declined by 0.6 million mt in Europe and North America. Of all meat types, only poultry showed positive growth across all continents. Figure 4 clearly documents that in Asia the dynamic of this meat type remained unaffected. The sharp increase in pork production since 2020 was merely a short-term response to the significant losses caused by the African swine fever outbreaks in China and several other Asian countries between 2018 and 2020.

Table 3 – The development of global meat production between 2020 and 2023 at continent level and by meat type continent
Source: FAO data.

Figure 4 – The development of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat production in Asia between 1970 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Conclusion. Asia and Central and South America dominated

Besides comparing the absolute and relative growth of global meat production, it is of interest to examine how much each continent contributed to the total production as well as to the production of the three most important meat types. Figure 5 provides a summary of this.

Between 2000 and 2023, Asia contributed 55.6% to the 138.1 million mt growth in global meat production, with Central and South America contributing a further 17.9%. These two continents thus accounted for almost three-quarters of the increase. In contrast, the significantly lower growth in Europe and North America is reflected in their combined share of only 17.1%.

A similar pattern emerges when looking at individual meat types. Once again, Asia and Central and South America were in the leading positions. During this period, the two continents contributed 69.2% to the increase in poultry meat production, 75.6% to pork production, and 92.5% to the increase in beef production. It is worth noting that Oceania had an even higher share in beef production than Europe or North America.

The dynamics of global meat production reflect both population size and the continents’ respective shares in the world population. In 2023, Asia accounted for 59% of the world’s population, while Central and South America accounted for 8% and Europe and North America for 14%. Africa achieved the highest relative population growth between 2000 and 2023, at 83%, while Europe had the lowest, at only 2.8%. Given the emerging population dynamics and economic development, it is reasonable to assume that Asia and Central and South America will increase their shares in global meat production, while Europe and North America will lose shares.

Data sources and supplementary literature

FAO. FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

World Population Review. Continents. https://worldpopulationreview.com/continents

Windhorst, H.-W. (2021). The red-white shift in global meat production. Zootecnica International, 43(5), 32–37.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). Was it the decade of Asia? The dynamics of global meat and egg production between 2012 and 2022. Meatingpoint, (54), 60–64.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). South America – the continent of cattle and chickens. Meatingpoint, (55), 12–15.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Oceania – disadvantage of peripheral location. Fleischwirtschaft International, (1), 14–21.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). ASEAN – The dynamics of the meat industry. Fleischwirtschaft International, (2), 46–51.

Note

¹ mt: metric tonne (= 1,000 kg)

The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:33 +0700

Shrimp aquaculture is one of the fastest-growing sectors of global aquaculture, contributing significantly to economic growth and food security. However, intensification of shrimp farming systems to meet rising global demand has also increased the risk of devastating disease outbreaks. Pathogens such as Vibrio spp., Early Mortality Syndrome (EMS), and White Spot Syndrome Virus (WSSV) have caused massive losses for farmers worldwide.

In recent years, probiotics have emerged as a safe, eco-friendly, and effective alternative to antibiotics and harmful chemicals for disease prevention in shrimp farming.

The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Probiotics are live microorganisms that benefit the host when administered in adequate amounts. In shrimp aquaculture, they work by:

Strengthening the immune system
Preventing harmful bacteria colonization
Balancing gut microflora

Unlike antibiotics, which kill both beneficial and harmful microbes, probiotics selectively support beneficial microbial communities that naturally suppress pathogens through competitive exclusion. This means they outcompete harmful bacteria for nutrients and attachment sites in the shrimp’s digestive tract.

How Probiotics Prevent Shrimp Diseases

Probiotics combat disease in several ways:

Production of Bioactive Substances – Certain probiotics produce bacteriocins, organic acids, and enzymes that directly inhibit pathogens. For example, lactic acid bacteria reduce gut pH, creating an environment hostile to harmful microorganisms.
Immune System Stimulation – Probiotics enhance shrimp immunity by increasing antimicrobial peptide production and activating hemocytes, which are essential in defending against bacterial, fungal, and viral infections.
Improved Digestion and Growth – Probiotics increase digestive enzyme production, improving feed efficiency, growth rate, and disease resistance.

Probiotics and Water Quality Management

Maintaining good pond water quality is vital in shrimp aquaculture. Certain probiotic strains, such as Bacillus species, degrade organic waste, reducing ammonia and nitrite levels. This improves water quality, lowers stress, and decreases disease susceptibility.

Microbial Balance for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

By combining microbial balance, competitive exclusion, immune stimulation, and water quality improvement, probiotics offer a holistic approach to disease prevention. They represent a sustainable alternative to antibiotics—supporting healthier shrimp, reducing losses, and ensuring the long-term viability of shrimp farming.

However, correct probiotic strain selection, dosage, and application method are key to achieving the best results. Continued research and training are essential for maximizing benefits.

Start Your Shrimp Aquaculture Journey Today

Are you ready to venture into sustainable shrimp aquaculture? The Ecolonomics Action Team provides valuable resources, expert guidance, and networking opportunities with experienced shrimp farmers.

Join the EAT Community today and gain the knowledge and support you need to succeed in eco-friendly shrimp production.

References & Related Articles:

Freshwater Shrimp Aquaculture Techniques to Adopt
FAO. (2016). The Use of Probiotics in Aquaculture. Read here
Verschuere, L., et al. (2000). Probiotic bacteria as biological control agents in aquaculture. Microbiology and Molecular Biology Reviews, 64(4), 655–671.
De Schryver, P., et al. (2012). Probiotics in aquaculture: A review. Aquaculture, 356–357, 1–14.

The post The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

How to Apply Biofloc Technology in Sustainable Shrimp Production

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:29 +0700

Shrimp farming has become one of the fastest-growing sectors in aquaculture, but traditional methods often rely on high water exchange, costly feeds, and practices that strain the environment. Biofloc Technology offers a sustainable solution by turning waste into a valuable resource. This innovative system not only improves water quality but also provides shrimp with a natural protein-rich food source, reducing production costs and minimizing environmental impact. As global demand for shrimp rises, adopting Biofloc Technology ensures that farmers can achieve profitability while supporting long-term ecological balance.

As the global population grows, food production industries — including aquaculture — face the challenge of producing enough food without harming the planet. Shrimp farming, one of the most profitable aquaculture sectors, has expanded rapidly but often at the cost of high water usage, waste production, and dependence on expensive feed inputs.

Biofloc Technology (BFT) offers a sustainable alternative, improving shrimp health, reducing environmental impact, and cutting production costs.

Understanding Biofloc Technology

Biofloc Technology is an innovative recirculating aquaculture system that creates a controlled microbial ecosystem in shrimp ponds. By adding carbon sources such as molasses or starch, farmers maintain a balanced carbon-to-nitrogen ratio. This balance stimulates the growth of beneficial bacteria, algae, and protozoa, which clump into bioflocs.

These bioflocs recycle waste, improve water quality, and serve as a high-protein, natural feed for shrimp — reducing reliance on commercial diets.

Benefits of Biofloc Technology in Shrimp Aquaculture

1. Reduced Water Exchange

Traditional shrimp ponds require constant water exchange, which can discharge nutrient-rich waste into nearby ecosystems. Biofloc systems recycle nutrients internally, minimizing waste discharge and conserving water. This makes BFT especially valuable in regions with limited freshwater or strict environmental regulations.

2. Lower Feed Costs

Since bioflocs contain proteins, lipids, and essential micronutrients, they act as a natural feed supplement. This reduces the need for expensive formulated diets and makes shrimp production more economical.

3. Improved Shrimp Health

Bioflocs compete with harmful bacteria, lowering the risk of disease outbreaks. They also strengthen the shrimp’s immune system, resulting in higher survival rates, faster growth, and improved production efficiency.

Challenges and Best Practices for BFT

Despite its many advantages, managing biofloc systems requires technical know-how. Farmers must:

Maintain the right carbon-to-nitrogen ratio.
Monitor key water parameters (pH, dissolved oxygen, ammonia).
Ensure strong aeration systems for proper circulation.
Receive proper training to avoid system failures that could cause production losses.

With good management, BFT can become a game-changer in shrimp aquaculture.

Conclusion: The Future of Sustainable Shrimp Farming

Biofloc Technology represents a transformative step toward sustainable, cost-effective, and environmentally friendly shrimp farming. By recycling waste into valuable biomass, conserving water, and reducing dependence on costly feeds, BFT aligns with global goals for sustainable food production.

With proper training and support, shrimp farmers can use biofloc systems to meet growing demand while protecting the environment.

Get more insight on biofloc technology and sustainable aquaculture at EAT Community

Biofloc Technology Related Articles & References

Biofloc Shrimp Farming: Cultivation and Principles of Growing Shrimp
Avnimelech, Y. (2012). Biofloc Technology: A Practical Guidebook. The World Aquaculture Society.
Crab, R., Defoirdt, T., Bossier, P., & Verstraete, W. (2012). Biofloc technology in aquaculture: Beneficial effects and future challenges. Aquaculture, 356–357, 351–356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquaculture.2012.04.046
Emerenciano, M., Gaxiola, G., & Cuzon, G. (2013). Biofloc Technology (BFT): A Review for Aquaculture Application and Animal Food Industry. Biomass Now – Cultivation and Utilization, IntechOpen. https://doi.org/10.5772/53902
Hargreaves, J. A. (2013). Biofloc Production Systems for Aquaculture. Southern Regional Aquaculture Center Publication No. 4503. https://srac.tamu.edu/
Kuhn, D. D., Boardman, G. D., Craig, S. R., Flick, G. J., & McLean, E. (2009). Use of microbial floc generated from tilapia effluent as a nutritional supplement for shrimp, Litopenaeus vannamei. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society, 40(4), 573–582. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-7345.2009.00274.x
Martínez-Córdova, L. R., Emerenciano, M., Miranda-Baeza, A., & Martínez-Porchas, M. (2015). Microbial-based systems for aquaculture of fish and shrimp: An updated review. Reviews in Aquaculture, 7(2), 131–148. https://doi.org/10.1111/raq.12058
The World Aquaculture Society (WAS). (2020). Advances in Biofloc Technology for Sustainable Aquaculture. https://www.was.org/
FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations). (2020). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2020. Sustainability in Action. http://www.fao.org/fishery

The post How to Apply Biofloc Technology in Sustainable Shrimp Production first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Shrimp Aquaculture: Managing Salinity Levels for Optimal Shrimp Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:25 +0700

Water salinity is one of the most critical factors in shrimp aquaculture, directly influencing shrimp survival, growth, and overall health. The optimal salinity range for most farmed shrimp is between 15–25 parts per thousand (ppt). Careful management of this parameter ensures stability, resilience, and long-term productivity.

As the global aquaculture industry expands, contributing significantly to both rural livelihoods and global seafood production, sustainable salinity management has become essential for shrimp farmers.

Effects of Salinity on Shrimp Growth in Shrimp Aquaculture

Salinity fluctuations can cause physiological stress in shrimp. Sudden changes—whether from rainfall, evaporation, or poor water management—disrupt osmoregulation, leading to:

slower growth,
reduced feeding activity, and
greater susceptibility to disease.

Species differ in salinity tolerance:

Pacific white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) tolerates 0.5–40 ppt but thrives best at 15–25 ppt (FAO fact sheet).
Black tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) prefers slightly higher salinity levels, around 15–30 ppt (World Aquaculture Society).

Keeping salinity within these preferred ranges enhances shrimp immunity, improves feed conversion ratios, and accelerates growth.

Techniques for Managing Salinity in Shrimp Aquaculture

1. Monitoring Water Exchange

Controlled water exchange in shrimp farming helps stabilize salinity while improving water quality. Farmers can balance freshwater and seawater inputs in coastal areas, while inland farms often rely on mineral supplements such as brine or sea salt.

Zero-water exchange systems and biofloc methods are also increasingly popular, reducing environmental impact while maintaining stable water parameters (MDPI study).

2. Pond Design and Construction

Well-designed shrimp ponds reduce sudden salinity fluctuations. Important features include:

Adequate pond depth for buffering changes,
Clay or plastic linings to prevent seepage,
Aeration systems for mixing and uniform salinity distribution.

These designs ensure consistent conditions and prevent stress to shrimp stocks.

3. Use of Salinity Meters and Record-Keeping

Routine monitoring with refractometers and digital salinity meters ensures accuracy. During storms, droughts, or seasonal transitions, these tools allow farmers to act quickly to prevent harmful shifts.

Maintaining long-term records helps identify patterns, anticipate changes, and support better decision-making in integrated systems where shrimp may co-exist with tilapia, mollusks, or seaweed.

Conclusion: Basics of Shrimp Aquaculture

Maintaining optimal salinity levels is fundamental to success in shrimp aquaculture. By stabilizing water conditions through water exchange management, pond design, and routine monitoring, farmers can:
improve shrimp growth and survival,
reduce disease risks,
boost production efficiency, and
build long-term sustainability.

Learn more about sustainable shrimp farming and ecolonomic practices at the EAT Community.

References & Further Reading

FAO. Litopenaeus vannamei culture fact sheet.
Boyd, C.E. (2018). Water Quality Management for Shrimp Farming. Auburn University.
Funge-Smith, S., & Briggs, M. (1998). Nutrient budgets in intensive shrimp ponds. Aquaculture Research.
JALA. The Key to Successful Water Exchange in Shrimp Farming.
FAO Fisheries. Pond construction and design.
Global Aquaculture Alliance. Water quality in shrimp ponds.
Song, Z., Liu, C., Luan, Y., Qi, Y., & Xu, A. (2023). Effect of Zero Water Exchange Systems for Litopenaeus vannamei. Sustainability, 15(2).

The post Shrimp Aquaculture: Managing Salinity Levels for Optimal Shrimp Growth first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Regenerative Aquaculture: Applying Soil Health Principles to Ocean and Freshwater Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:20 +0700

Regenerative agriculture has evolved from being a buzzword to a vital global movement focused on restoring ecosystems, improving soil health, and addressing the impacts of climate change. Today, this same philosophy is being extended to aquatic environments through regenerative aquaculture.

As the demand for seafood grows and wild fish populations decline, aquaculture has become a key player in global food systems. Unfortunately, conventional fish farming often mirrors industrial agriculture—relying on synthetic feeds, antibiotics, and monoculture systems that can contaminate waterways and disrupt marine ecosystems.

Regenerative aquaculture challenges this paradigm by applying soil health principles to oceans and freshwater. Its core aim is not just to produce seafood, but to restore aquatic ecosystems, increase biodiversity, and enhance resilience.

What is Regenerative Aquaculture?

Regenerative aquaculture is about cultivating species that improve their environment instead of harming it. Similar to regenerative farming’s focus on soil organic matter and microbial life, regenerative aquaculture enhances aquatic ecosystems by improving nutrient cycling and water quality.

For example, filter feeders such as clams, mussels, and oysters naturally clean the water as they feed—removing excess nutrients and boosting ecosystem health.

At the same time, seaweed farming requires no fertilizer or feed while absorbing carbon and nitrogen, sequestering greenhouse gases, and creating habitat for marine life. These living systems act as underwater “forests,” supporting marine biodiversity while producing sustainable food and raw materials.

Polyculture and Ecosystem Mimicry

One of the defining features of regenerative aquaculture is ecosystem mimicry. Unlike monoculture fish farms, which often lead to disease and pollution, regenerative systems embrace polyculture.

Integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA) combines species like seaweed, shellfish, and finfish so that the waste from one species becomes food for another. This natural balance creates:

Nutrient-rich environments that mimic wild food webs
Higher productivity with reduced reliance on synthetic inputs
Healthier seafood with a lower environmental footprint

Regenerative Aquaculture and Climate Change

Regenerative aquaculture is also a natural ally in the fight against climate change. Seaweed, in particular, is a powerful carbon sink capable of absorbing large amounts of CO₂ while growing rapidly. Responsible harvesting opens pathways to industries like:

Human nutrition and superfoods
Animal feed alternatives
Biodiesel production
Biodegradable packaging

By reducing ocean acidification and capturing greenhouse gases, regenerative aquaculture helps mitigate climate change while creating sustainable economic opportunities.

Community Resilience and Food Sovereignty

Beyond environmental benefits, regenerative aquaculture fosters food sovereignty and community resilience. Small-scale, diversified aquaculture systems:

Support local jobs and coastal economies
Provide year-round, nutritious seafood
Restore degraded aquatic habitats

Projects such as GreenWave’s ocean farming model demonstrate how regenerative aquaculture can empower communities to produce food locally while protecting ecosystems for future generations.

Conclusion

Regenerative aquaculture represents a fundamental shift in how we approach seafood production. By synchronizing with natural cycles, enhancing biodiversity, and restoring ecosystems, it offers a resilient and sustainable way to nourish a growing global population.

This approach moves us beyond exploitation, toward a future where oceans, rivers, and lakes thrive alongside humanity.

Want to dive deeper into regenerative solutions for food and the planet?
Get access to valuable information and community resources at EAT Community.

References & Related Articles

FAO (2020). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture.
NOAA Fisheries. Aquaculture and Sustainability.
Naylor, R. et al. (2021). “A 20-year retrospective review of global aquaculture.” Nature. Link.
Chung, I. et al. (2017). “Seaweed as a global solution for carbon capture and climate change.” Nature Sustainability. Link.
Duarte, C. et al. (2017). “The role of marine vegetation in climate change mitigation and adaptation.” Frontiers in Marine Science. Link.
GreenWave (2023). Regenerative Ocean Farming.

The post Regenerative Aquaculture: Applying Soil Health Principles to Ocean and Freshwater Farming first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Shrimp Aquaculture and Climate Change Adaptation Strategies

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:16 +0700

Shrimp aquaculture plays a vital role in global seafood production and rural livelihoods, but it faces growing threats from climate change. Rising sea levels, temperature extremes, and unpredictable weather events are disrupting traditional farming practices and putting shrimp health at risk. To ensure long-term sustainability, shrimp farmers are adopting innovative adaptation strategies that build resilience while protecting ecosystems.

The effect of climate change is felt globally, and shrimp farming is one of the industries facing significant challenges. Rising sea levels, altered precipitation patterns, and increasing water temperatures directly impact aquaculture operations. This article explores the strategies shrimp producers are adopting to build resilience and adapt to climate change while ensuring sustainable production.

Climate Change’s Effects on Shrimp Aquaculture

Understanding how climate change affects shrimp aquaculture is essential for developing effective adaptation methods:

Temperature Extremes – Warmer waters influence shrimp growth rates and increase disease risks. According to the FAO, shrimp are highly sensitive to temperature fluctuations.
Sea Level Rise – Coastal farms face saltwater intrusion, which can reduce water quality and shrimp survival rates (World Bank).
Extreme Weather Events – Stronger storms and flooding damage ponds and disrupt farming operations, a challenge noted in the IPCC 2023 report.

Strategies for Adaptation in Shrimp Aquiculture

Shrimp producers are implementing multiple adaptation techniques to reduce risks and ensure sustainability:

Better Farm Design – Raised pond platforms, reinforced embankments, and advanced drainage systems help withstand floods and storms.
Salinity Control – Farmers manage saltwater intrusion with barriers, drainage systems, and strategic water management (Aquaculture Stewardship Council).
Selective Breeding for Disease Resistance – Breeding shrimp that tolerate higher temperatures and resist disease supports long-term resilience (ScienceDirect: Selective Breeding in Aquaculture).
Technological Tools – Real-time monitoring systems and early-warning tools provide critical insights into temperature shifts, disease threats, and water quality (NOAA Climate Data).
Sustainable Land Use – Protecting mangroves and applying eco-friendly land management reduces environmental impact while boosting climate resilience (IUCN Mangrove Conservation).

Collaborative Research and Knowledge Exchange

Adaptation is strengthened through collaboration between researchers, governments, and shrimp farmers. Sharing best practices, advancing selective breeding, and testing innovative farm designs through global partnerships ensures shrimp aquaculture adapts to diverse climate challenges.

Be Part of the Solution for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Shrimp aquaculture can thrive in a changing climate if farmers, researchers, and communities work together. You can:

Support sustainable seafood certification programs like the Aquaculture Stewardship Council.
Learn more about climate-resilient aquaculture from the FAO Fisheries and Aquaculture Division.
Join conversations and explore resources at EAT Community.

Together, we can ensure shrimp aquaculture remains a viable source of food and livelihood while protecting ecosystems for generations to come.

References & Related Articles

Enhancing Fish Production: Mitigating Climate Change Effects in Aquaculture
Advanced Freshwater Shrimp Aquaculture Techniques to Adopt
FAO. (2022). Aquaculture and Climate Change.
IPCC. (2023). Climate Change 2023: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. IPCC Report.
World Bank. (2021). Aquaculture and Climate Change.
IUCN. (2020). Mangrove Conservation and Climate Adaptation.
Aquaculture Stewardship Council. (2023). Sustainable Shrimp Standards.
ScienceDirect. (2014). Selective Breeding in Aquaculture.
NOAA Climate Data. (2023). Climate Monitoring Tools.

The post Shrimp Aquaculture and Climate Change Adaptation Strategies first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Why Seaweed Could Be the Secret Ingredient That Transforms Fish Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:12 +0700

Fish farming has gone from niche to mainstream. Today, aquaculture supplies over half of the world’s seafood. However, with growth comes scrutiny: water pollution, high feed costs, and disease outbreaks have raised serious questions about its sustainability.

Here’s the twist: the next big breakthrough in fish farming may not be expensive tech or synthetic feed. It may be something simple, natural, and already abundant in our oceans — seaweed.

From boosting fish health to cleaning polluted waters, seaweed is proving to be a game-changer in aquaculture. Let’s break down why it’s capturing attention from farmers, scientists, and investors alike.

Seaweed in Fish Feed: A Natural Performance Enhancer

Feed is the single largest cost in aquaculture, sometimes making up 60–70% of total expenses. Traditionally, farms rely on fishmeal, soy, and corn — ingredients that are expensive, resource-intensive, and environmentally questionable.

Adding seaweed into feed changes everything:

Faster Growth – Seaweed is packed with proteins, amino acids, and bioactive compounds that boost metabolism and immunity. Fish grow faster and healthier, with less reliance on antibiotics.
Better Digestibility – Studies show seaweed improves gut health in fish, reducing disease outbreaks and mortality rates.
Lower Emissions – Some seaweed varieties (like Asparagopsis) are proven methane-reducers in livestock. In aquaculture, they increase feed efficiency, cutting waste and greenhouse gas emissions.

In short, seaweed makes fish healthier, farmers more profitable, and the industry more sustainable.

Seaweed as a Built-In Water Filter in Fish Farming

Fish farms struggle with nutrient pollution. Uneaten feed and fish waste release nitrogen and phosphorus into surrounding waters, triggering algae blooms and oxygen depletion.

Seaweed cultivation solves this. When grown alongside fish cages or tanks, seaweed absorbs excess nutrients, effectively filtering and cleaning the water.

This practice — called Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (IMTA) — has been adopted in parts of Asia and Europe. The results are impressive:

Cleaner waters
Healthier fish
A second income stream from harvesting the seaweed itself

It’s farming synergy at its best: fish feed the seaweed, seaweed cleans the water, and farmers profit twice.

Seaweed’s Role in Climate Solutions in Fish Farming

Seaweed isn’t just an aquaculture tool — it’s a climate ally.

Carbon Sequestration – Seaweed absorbs massive amounts of CO₂ during growth.
Methane Reduction – Seaweed feed additives cut methane emissions in cattle by up to 80%. Imagine applying that at scale in aquaculture.
Ocean Restoration – Large-scale seaweed farming can restore ecosystems, protect coastlines, and create jobs.

Why Fish Farming Investors Are Paying Attention

The global seaweed industry is projected to reach $30–40 billion in the next decade. Its applications go far beyond fish farming — from human nutrition to cosmetics, bioplastics, and even biofuels.

For aquaculture, the business case is compelling:

Lower feed costs → higher profit margins
Cleaner water → reduced regulatory risk
Sustainable branding → stronger consumer trust

Consumers increasingly want climate-conscious seafood. Farms that integrate seaweed aren’t just sustainable — they’re marketable.

Challenges Holding Back Adoption

Seaweed isn’t a silver bullet. To scale successfully, the industry needs:

Reliable supply chains for consistent feed quality
Research into the best seaweed strains for each fish species
Farmer training on IMTA systems

The good news? Governments, startups, and investors are already pouring money into seaweed innovation. These challenges are solvable.

Final Takeaway

Seaweed could be the secret ingredient that transforms aquaculture — making it healthier, more profitable, and climate-friendly.

Want to dive deeper into fish farming innovation?
Explore more insights at EAT Community

References & Related Articles:

The post Why Seaweed Could Be the Secret Ingredient That Transforms Fish Farming first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Why Shrimp Farms Are Moving On-Land: Let’s Talk About It

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:08 +0700

Shrimp is America’s favorite seafood, but the way it’s traditionally farmed is changing fast. Today, more and more shrimp farms are moving on-land — and for good reason. Disease outbreaks, environmental damage, and unstable imports are pushing producers to rethink how shrimp should be grown. Indoor, land-based systems promise cleaner water, healthier shrimp, and a steady supply all year long. So let’s talk about why this shift is happening and what it means for the future of sustainable seafood.

You probably know how much Americans love shrimp — more than 1 billion pounds every year. But here’s the surprising part: almost 90% of that shrimp is imported. That means when something goes wrong overseas — disease, bad weather, rising costs — shrimp prices and availability in the U.S. get hit too.

But now, something new is happening: shrimp farms are moving indoors and on land. And yes — this could change the entire seafood industry.

Why Traditional Shrimp Farms Are Hitting Limits

Let’s talk about why outdoor, open-pond shrimp farming is becoming harder to rely on.

1. “Disease can destroy everything.”

Traditional farms use open ponds, which makes it easy for viruses to enter and wipe out shrimp populations.

2. “It harms the environment.”

Ponds often replace mangroves and wetlands, and wastewater can pollute local ecosystems.

More info: Seafood Sustainability Report

3. “Weather is not predictable anymore.”

Storms, heatwaves, and droughts can destroy shrimp ponds and disrupt production.

Background reading: Global Seafood Alliance

4. “Buyers want cleaner, safer seafood.”

Imported shrimp often lacks traceability and may involve antibiotics or poor-quality water.

Reference: SEC Report

The Indoor Shrimp Farming Revolution

Now imagine this: shrimp growing in indoor tanks, with clean recycled water, controlled temperature, and 24/7 monitoring. That’s indoor shrimp farming using a Recirculating Aquaculture System (RAS).

1. “We can control everything.”

Temperature, water quality, and environment are fully managed.

Learn about RAS: Wikipedia: RAS

2. “Shrimp grow all year round.”

Indoor farms avoid seasonal challenges and weather issues.

More details: Texas A&M Extension Report

3. “It’s better for the planet.”

Indoor systems reduce water use and lower pollution compared to coastal ponds.

Learn more: Environmental Impact Study

4. “Shrimp can be farmed close to big cities.”

This lowers transport time and carbon emissions while producing fresher shrimp.

Good explanation: University of Michigan Sustainability Research

Challenges to Scaling Indoor Shrimp Farms (Because Nothing Is Perfect)

1. High startup cost

Indoor shrimp facilities require millions in upfront investment.

Overview: Economic Breakdown

2. High energy use

Heating and filtration systems require steady energy input.

More details: Tech Pros & Cons

3. Technical knowledge required

Indoor systems require expertise similar to running a factory.

Background: University Research

Why This Shift Matters for You? What This Shift Means for the Shrimp Farms

Here’s why indoor shrimp farming is important:

More stable prices due to year-round supply.
Cleaner, safer shrimp raised in controlled environments.
Less environmental damage to coastal regions.
Fresher seafood with shorter travel distances.

Want to Learn More?

Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: A Practical Guide to Choosing the Right Aquaculture System

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:04 +0700

Fish farming is not just a local decision—it’s part of a much larger global system. If you want broader context on how different aquaculture models are being used, regulated, and scaled across regions, explore our Worldwide Aquaculture overview to see how land-based and cage systems fit into global production trends.

If you’re researching fish farming methods, you’ll quickly run into two dominant models:
land-based fish farming and cage fish farming. This guide breaks down the real trade-offs
so you can choose the best aquaculture system for your goals.

Here’s the truth most articles won’t tell you:
neither system is “best” by default. One is simply better for your location, budget, market, and risk tolerance.
The difference comes down to control, cost, environmental exposure, and scalability.

What Is Land-Based Fish Farming?

Land-based fish farming happens entirely on land using ponds, tanks, raceways, or recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS).
This is the model people usually mean when they say “controlled aquaculture.”

Why farmers choose land-based systems

The biggest advantage is simple: you’re in control.

Water quality and oxygen levels
Stocking density
Feeding schedules
Disease exposure
Harvest timing

That control leads to more predictable production and typically higher survival rates.
Land-based farms can also align more easily with wastewater rules because waste can be captured and treated.
For regulatory context, see the U.S. EPA aquaculture guidance.

The downside of land-based fish farming

Control comes at a cost. Land-based systems usually require higher capital investment and ongoing operating costs, including:

Infrastructure (tanks/ponds, plumbing, buildings)
Pumps, aeration, and filtration
Energy and backup power
Skilled monitoring and maintenance

Important: RAS facilities can be unforgiving. A power outage or mechanical failure can escalate quickly without redundancy.

Want deeper background on RAS? Start with this overview of recirculating aquaculture systems (FAO).

What Is Cage Fish Farming?

Cage fish farming uses net pens placed directly into lakes, reservoirs, rivers, or coastal waters.
Instead of building full water-treatment infrastructure, the surrounding environment provides water exchange and oxygen.

Why cage farming is attractive

The main advantage: lower startup costs.

Faster to launch
Easier to expand
Lower cost per unit of fish (in many settings)

When conditions are favorable, growth rates can be excellent due to steady water flow and stable temperatures.

The risks of cage fish farming

Here’s the catch: you don’t control the environment.
Water quality, pollution events, and disease pressure are external factors. If something changes,
intervention options are limited—and problems can spread quickly between cages and farms.

Cage systems often face higher environmental scrutiny because waste and excess feed enter the ecosystem directly.
For broader sustainability perspective, explore the FAO aquaculture sustainability resources.

Productivity vs. Risk: The Real Trade-Off

Most decisions come down to this:

Land-based systems prioritize survival, consistency, and biosecurity.
Cage systems prioritize volume and lower production costs.

Simple rule of thumb:
Cage farming tends to externalize risk to the environment.
Land-based farming tends to internalize risk inside your operation.

Environmental Impact and Market Demand

Buyers are paying closer attention to traceability, waste control, and biosecurity—especially in premium and export markets.
Land-based operations often have an advantage because inputs and outputs can be documented more precisely.

If you’re thinking about certification-driven markets, review:
Best Aquaculture Practices (BAP)
and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC).

Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: Which Is Better?

Here’s the honest answer: they are not interchangeable.

Land-based fish farming offers control, predictability, and regulatory resilience—at higher cost.
Cage fish farming offers affordability and scalability—with higher biological and environmental risk.

The best aquaculture system is the one that matches your:

Local regulations
Water availability and quality
Target markets and buyer expectations
Environmental carrying capacity
Budget and risk tolerance

The wrong system choice rarely fails slowly. It usually fails decisively.

Ready to Explore Aquaculture the Smart Way?

If you’re serious about aquaculture—and you want to do it in a way that’s economically viable and environmentally responsible—
you don’t have to figure it out alone.

Connect with the Ecolonomics Action Team (EAT) to access practical resources, expert guidance, and a community focused on
making a little money while making the planet better.

Join the Ecolonomics Action Team here

The post Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: A Practical Guide to Choosing the Right Aquaculture System first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

From Water to Carbon: The New Sustainability Equation Reshaping Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:52 +0700

How to Measure, Manage, and Monetize Environmental Impact in a Market Where Every Drop of Water and Ton of CO₂ Matters

By: Salvador Meza

This article presents a comprehensive analysis of the First Strategic Carbon and Water Summit with Sustainable U.S. Soy, organized by the U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC), held in Mexico City on March 18–19, 2026.

What emerged from this summit is not just a set of technical insights, but a clear transformation in how sustainability is understood and managed. Today, water footprint, carbon footprint, and carbon markets are no longer abstract environmental concepts—they are measurable business variables that directly influence profitability, risk exposure, and market access.

This article is designed to guide you step by step—from foundational concepts to strategic application—so you can fully understand how to measure, manage, and even monetize environmental impact.

Climate Change and Business Risk: Why Sustainability Is Now a Core Strategy

Climate change is often discussed in environmental terms, but its most immediate impact is economic. Global temperatures have increased by approximately 1.1°C since pre-industrial times, driven primarily by greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

This seemingly small increase has triggered significant disruptions:

– More frequent droughts and floods.
– Changes in rainfall patterns.
– Increased volatility in agricultural and aquaculture production.
– Rising operational and insurance costs.

For industries that depend on natural resources—such as aquaculture—these changes are not theoretical. They affect water availability, feed production, and biological performance.

But there is a deeper shift: financial institutions, regulators, and buyers are now incorporating climate risk into their decision-making.

This means companies are no longer evaluated only on productivity, but also on how well they manage environmental risks.

Sustainability is no longer about reputation—it is about resilience, risk management, and long-term profitability.

What Is Water Footprint? Understanding Water Use Beyond the Surface

The concept of water footprint is one of the most important tools for understanding environmental impact.

At first glance, water use seems simple: how much water a farm or facility consumes. However, this view is incomplete. Water footprint expands the analysis to include all water used throughout the entire value chain.

For example, in aquaculture:

– Water used in ponds is only one part of the equation.
– Water used to grow feed ingredients can be significantly larger.

This is why many companies underestimate their true water impact.

The Three Components of Water Footprint Explained

To make the concept actionable, water footprint is divided into three types:

1. Blue Water (Direct Use)

This includes surface and groundwater extracted for operations.
Examples:

– Filling ponds.
– Water exchange in aquaculture systems.
– Irrigation of crops.

Blue water is often the most regulated because it directly competes with human consumption and other industries.

2. Green Water (Rainwater Use)

This refers to rainwater stored in soil and used by crops. It is especially important in feed production. Although it is not “extracted,” it is still a limited resource. Its availability depends on climate patterns and geography.

3. Grey Water (Water Quality Impact)

This represents the volume of water needed to dilute pollutants to safe levels.

In aquaculture, this is linked to:

– Nutrient discharge (nitrogen, phosphorus).
– Organic waste.
– Effluent management.

Understanding these three components is critical because they behave differently depending on location and production system.

Water footprint is not about how much water you see—it’s about where water is actually consumed across the value chain.

How to Measure Water Footprint: From Theory to Actionable Metrics

Measuring water footprint transforms a conceptual idea into a decision-making tool. To ensure consistency, companies rely on standardized methodologies such as:

– Water Footprint Assessment (WFA).
– ISO 14046 Water Footprint Standard.

These frameworks allow companies to calculate water use across the full lifecycle of a product.

What Does Measurement Include?

– Direct water consumption in operations.
– Indirect water use in feed and raw materials.
– Pollution levels and dilution requirements.
– Local environmental conditions (water scarcity, climate).

Results are expressed in measurable units such as:

– Cubic meters per ton of production.
– Cubic meters per kilogram of product.

Why Measurement Matters

Without measurement:

– Companies cannot identify inefficiencies.
– Improvements cannot be quantified.
– Performance cannot be compared.

Measurement reveals hotspots—areas where the greatest impact occurs—and enables targeted interventions.

Water Management: Optimizing Systems, Not Just Reducing Use

Once water footprint is measured, the next step is management. A common misconception is that water management means simply reducing consumption. In reality, it involves optimizing the entire production system.

Key Management Levers

– Feed sourcing: Different regions have different water footprints.
– Production systems: Closed systems may reduce water use but increase energy demand.
– Nutrient management: Reducing waste lowers grey water footprint.
– Production intensity: Higher efficiency can reduce total impact per unit.

These decisions often involve trade-offs. For example:

– Reducing water use may increase energy consumption.
– Improving feed efficiency may reduce both water and carbon impacts.

This is why water must be managed as part of a system, not in isolation.

Additionally, water should be treated as an ecosystem service, meaning its use must remain within ecological limits.

The goal is not to minimize water use at all costs, but to maximize efficiency while maintaining environmental balance.

Carbon Footprint: Measuring and Managing Emissions

While water footprint focuses on resource use, carbon footprint focuses on emissions. It measures the total greenhouse gas emissions generated by an operation, including:

Scope 1: Direct emissions (fuel, on-site processes)
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from energy use
Scope 3: Emissions across the value chain

Carbon management follows a structured approach:

1. Measurement

Using frameworks such as:

– GHG Protocol.
– ISO 14064.

2. Reduction

Through:

– Energy efficiency.
– Renewable energy adoption.
– Process optimization.

3. Compensation

By purchasing carbon credits to offset unavoidable emissions

Why Water and Carbon Must Be Managed Together

A critical insight from the summit is that water and carbon are interconnected.

Examples:

– Energy-intensive systems reduce water use but increase emissions.
– Efficient feed reduces both water and carbon footprints.
– Logistics decisions impact emissions and indirect water use.

This interdependence means companies must adopt an integrated sustainability strategy, rather than treating each metric separately.

Sustainability decisions must balance water, energy, and emissions simultaneously.

Sustainability Reporting: Turning Data into Market Value

Measuring and managing impact is only part of the equation. Companies must also report their performance.

The GRI Standards (Global Reporting Initiative) provide a global framework for sustainability reporting, including:

– GRI 303: Water and Effluents.
– GRI 305: Emissions.

Why Reporting Is Critical

– Investors require ESG data
– Regulators demand. transparency.
– Buyers prioritize sustainable suppliers.
– Markets reward credible reporting.

More than 90% of large companies already use GRI standards, highlighting the shift toward standardized disclosure.

Carbon Markets: Monetizing Sustainability Efforts

One of the most advanced topics discussed at the summit was carbon markets. These markets allow companies to turn sustainability into a financial asset.

How Carbon Markets Work

– Companies that reduce emissions can generate carbon credits.
– Companies that cannot fully reduce emissions can buy credits.
– Each credit represents a verified reduction of one ton of CO₂.

These markets are expanding rapidly due to:

– Increasing regulation.
– Corporate net-zero commitments.
– Global climate policies.

How to Participate in Carbon Markets: Step-by-Step

1. Measure emissions

Establish a baseline using recognized methodologies.

2. Reduce emissions

Implement efficiency and sustainability strategies.

3. Develop projects

Examples include:

– Regenerative agriculture.
– Renewable energy.
– Carbon capture.

4. Verify results

Third-party certification ensures credibility

5. Trade credits

Sell in voluntary or regulated markets. However, not all projects qualify. They must meet strict criteria such as:

– Additionality.
– Permanence.
– Verifiability.

Conclusion: Sustainability as a Strategic Advantage

The key message from the summit is clear: Sustainability is no longer optional—it is a core driver of competitiveness.

Companies that:

– Understand their water footprint.
– Manage their carbon footprint.
– Integrate both into their strategy.

Will gain advantages in:

– Cost efficiency.
– Risk management.
– Market access.
– Revenue generation through carbon markets.

In today’s economy, environmental performance is becoming a key business metric. The question is no longer whether companies should act—but how quickly they can adapt. Because in a resource-constrained world: every drop of water and every ton of CO₂ will define who leads—and who falls behind.

Owned, Paid, and Earned Media for Effective Marketing

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:46 +0700

* By Sarah Cornelisse

This article outlines an effective omni-channel marketing strategy by integrating owned, paid, and earned media. Owned media serves as the foundation for building customer trust, while paid media strategically amplifies messages, and earned media provides essential third-party credibility. Successful integration of these types fosters brand loyalty, strengthens engagement, and maximizes overall marketing impact.

Astrong marketing strategy is crucial for reaching customers and establishing and maintaining trust and loyalty. Many marketing channel options exist (TV, radio, social media, newsletters, websites, email, etc.), and as a business owner and marketer, you must determine the most effective mix of channels to reach your target audience and achieve your business and marketing goals.

A key point often emphasized is the necessity for a business to provide and maintain a consistent presence and experience across its chosen channels, a concept known as omni-channel marketing. Consistency builds and strengthens loyalty among customers, which in turn translates to increased engagement and sales (Gardner, 2025).

Effective omni-channel marketing requires considering the different types of marketing media: owned, paid, and earned. Each plays a crucial role in the marketing strategy, and it is important to understand how each can be leveraged.

Media Types

Owned media are the channels and content your business controls. Examples include your business website, social media accounts (e.g., Facebook pages, YouTube channels), and newsletter. Social media accounts are sometimes referred to as partiallyowned media, since while your business does not own the social media platform(s) you use, you do control the content shared from those accounts.

Paid media is content that you promote through advertising. Paid advertisements in newspapers or magazines, boosted Facebook posts, event sponsorships, and ads on social media or search engines are all examples of paid media. Because marketing budgets are often limited, especially for small businesses, consider paid media as a way to strategically amplify your messages.

Earned media is publicity gained through others’ media and is arguably the most valuable form of media, as individuals are known to place greater credibility on “word-of-mouth” recommendations. For example, a feature story published by your local newspaper, mentions and post shares from social media influencers (who are not paid by you), or invitations from community organizations to partner with them.

Each media type has its own advantages and disadvantages. Owned and paid media allow you to craft and manage the content, message, and timing, whereas, by definition, earned media requires that you rely on others to share your messages and promote your brand. Owned media content must be relevant, requiring commitment and investment in creating, updating, and maintaining quality content.

However, owned content is typically evergreen and can aid customers wherever they may be on their customer journey. Additionally, the effort expended to develop owned media can pay off with your ability to reuse content in the future for various purposes and in different formats. It is through owned media that you provide value to your audience, building trusting relationships with current and potential customers.

Paid media can effectively increase awareness, convey value, and encourage engagement and sales. Ideally, you use paid media to direct your audience to owned media. Building strong and trusting relation-ships with customers, the community, industry members, and partners is key to generating strong and positive earned media. Earned media further enhances trust while also developing credibility and a positive reputation for you and your business.

Paid media is content that you promote through advertising. Paid advertisements in newspapers or magazines, boosted Facebook posts, event sponsorships, and ads on social media or search engines are all examples of paid media.

Intentional Integration

To achieve maximum impact from your marketing, consider how these three media types can work together rather than approaching them individually. This demands intention and planning, starting with clearly defined marketing objectives and selecting media channels that your target audience uses or visits, before tackling content development. Consider owned media your foundation. Without robust owned media content, there is little to leverage or amplify with paid or earned media. The following example illustrates how owned, earned, and paid media can work together in a cohesive manner.

Assume that you publish a blog discussing your business’s sustainable production practices. The blog is owned media since the blog lives on a website that you control and manage. Your blog content showcases your experience, expertise, and brand values. Audience members for whom the content resonates may decide to share your post(s) on social media. Their posts are earned media, extending your reach and positioning you as a thought leader. You can also create social media ads for your blog, paying to strategically target new audiences and further amplify your message with the goal of generating new business customers.

Earned media is publicity gained through others’ media and is arguably the most valuable form of media, as individuals are known to place greater credibility on “word-of-mouth” recommendations.

A final key for maximizing the impact of owned, earned, and paid media is to measure your actions and the overall impact. Specific metrics that can be used include social media engagement rates, referrals, and sales conversions. It can be challenging, however, to accurately attribute sales to specific marketing activities. For instance, if a customer receives and opens your email newsletter (owned content) and also clicks your boosted Facebook post (paid media) before making a purchase, which should be credited?

A successful and comprehensive marketing strategy will integrate owned, paid, and earned media together in a complementary manner. By building a robust collection of owned media, you will be wellpositioned to leverage paid media to strategically boost your messages while also generating and supporting earned media. Through all media types, remember to maintain a focus on building connections, trust, and loyalty with your audience by providing short and long-term value.

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

* Sarah Cornelisse is a Senior Extension Associate of agricultural entrepreneurship and business management at Penn State University in the Department of Agricultural Economics, Sociology and Education. Sarah has expertise in direct marketing, value-added dairy entrepreneurship and marketing, the use of digital and social media for agricultural farm and food business marketing, and business and marketing planning and decision making. Originally from New York State, she has a B.A in Mathematics from the State University of New York at Geneseo, and M.S. degrees in Agricultural Economics and Animal Science, both from Penn State University.
Correspondence email: sar243@psu.edu

Sunnyrich Group & FIMER: Pioneering Sustainable Aquaculture with Advanced Solar Solutions

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:41 +0700

By FIMER

SunnyRich Group, leading company in Taiwan focused on the symbiosis between fishing and solar energy (fishery-electricity symbiosis), is committed to transforming the aquaculture industry, driven by a vision to enhance production efficiency, sustainability, and product quality.

Leveraging its proprietary technologies and extensive experience in integrating large-scale photovoltaic systems with ultra-high voltage facilities, SunnyRich Group has pioneered the world’s largest single-area greenhouse SPF non-toxic aquaculture park.

This innovative park combines advanced greenhouse technical aquaculture with SPF (Specific Pathogen-Free) non-toxic shrimp farming, ensuring a pollution-free, antibiotic-free, and environmentally friendly production environment.

SunnyRich Group’s initiatives not only improve yield and efficiency for local fishermen but also modernize traditional aquaculture methods, addressing the long-standing development challenges of fishing communities. Their approach emphasizes symbiotic fishery-electricity integration, creating sustainable energy and aquaculture ecosystems.

Project Overview

Located in Chiayi City, Taiwan, the project represents a major milestone in large-scale renewable energy deployment within aquaculture environments.

With a total installed capacity of 132 MW, the plant is designed according to the innovative fishery–electricity symbiosis model, where photovoltaic generation and aquaculture activities coexist in a mutually beneficial ecosystem.

1,100 FIMER PVS-120-TL string inverters have been specifically selected to ensure high efficiency, operational stability, and long-term reliability in this unique operating environment.

The PVS-120-TL architecture enables optimized energy conversion and flexible system design, supporting the large-scale photovoltaic infrastructure integrated within the aquaculture facilities.

The system configuration allows the solar installation to generate substantial clean energy while simultaneously preserving the functionality of the aquaculture operations below the PV structures. This approach maximizes land-use efficiency and contributes to the creation of a sustainable production model that integrates renewable energy generation with modern shrimp farming practices.

FIMER PVS-120-TL plays a crucial role in these demanding environments, maintaining stable performance under high humidity and harsh symbiotic aquaculture conditions.

Its robustness and reliability perfectly support Sunnyrich Group’s mission to deliver premium, non-toxic shrimp and advance greenhouse technical aquaculture on a global scale.

FIMER is proud to be a long-term partner of Sunnyrich Group. Together, Sunnyrich Group and FIMER are redefining sustainable aquaculture — where cutting-edge solar technology meets innovative, eco-friendly seafood production.

Product Overview

PVS-100/120-TL is FIMER’s cloud connected three-phase string solution for cost efficient decentralized photovoltaic systems. This platform, for extreme high power string inverters with power ratings up to 120 kW, maximizes the ROI for decentralized ground mounted and large rooftop applications. With up to six MPPT, energy harvesting is optimized even in shading situations.

The extreme high-power modulesaves installation resources as less units are required. Due to its compact size further savings are generated in logistics and in maintenance.

Thanks to the integrated DC/AC disconnection, 24 string connections, fuses and surge protection no additional boxes are required. Standard wireless access from any mobile device makes the configuration of inverter and plant easier and faster.

Improved user experience thanks to a build in User Interface (UI) enables access to advanced inverter configuration settings. The installer mobile APP, available for Android/iOS devices, further simplifies multi-inverter installations.

About FIMER

FIMER is a brand owned by MA Solar Italy and a leading manufacturer of renewable energy solutions. The Company, specializing in the production of solar inverters, offers a wide range of solutions designed for any application. With local training centers, 2 production sites, one in Italy and one in India, FIMER is close to its customers in the evolving dynamics of the energy sector.

For further information visit www.fimer.com

About Sunnyrich Group

SunnyRich Group promotes local revitalization, rebuild fishing villages, and attract young farmers to return to their hometowns. They fully support and lead the development of Taiwan’s composite fishery-electricity symbiosis industry. The Company wants to create a brand-new ecosystem for the aquaculture industry of next generation through greenhouse anti-disease technical aquaculture.

IFFO Announces China Summit 2026 – Registration now Open

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:36 +0700

By IFFO

IFFO – The Marine Ingredients Organization is pleased to announce that registration is now open for the IFFO China Summit 2026, taking place in Shanghai on 10–11 June 2026. The Summit will once again convene leading industry stakeholders from across the global marine ingredients value chain to explore market dynamics, regulatory developments and future opportunities.

Maggie Xu, IFFO’s China Director, states:”We are delighted to welcome the industry back to China for another edition of what has now become an annual event. China continues to play a central role in the global aquaculture sector, both as the world’s largest producer and as a leading user of marine ingredients to support its rapidly developing feed and farming industries. According to OECD-FAO estimates, China is expected to account for 42% of global fishmeal consumption by 2034.”

Side Event on 10 June 2026

The Summit will be preceded by a dedicated Side Program and Reception on Wednesday 10 June: the Forum for High Quality Development of China’s Fish Oil Industry. The side event will feature expert insights into dietary supplement trends, global regulatory frameworks, and quality standards for fish oil products.

Main Program – 11 June 2026

The main day of the Summit, Thursday 11 June, will offer a full program of presentations and Q&A sessions, covering global supply and demand, market developments across key producing regions (Northern Europe, Chile, Peru, India, Vietnam, China, as well as global perspectives) and certification systems.

Registration now Open

Registration for the IFFO China Summit 2026 is officially open at https://www.iffo.com/china-summit-2026

Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers Launches 100% Great Lakes Sportfish

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:30 +0700

By Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers.

• Walnut Creek Marina’s sportfish cleaning station becomes first on the Great Lakes to join international initiative aimed at using 100% of fish parts

The Pennsylvania Fish and Boat Commission (PFBC) and the Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers (GSGP) announced today that the Walnut Creek Fish Cleaning Station has signed the Governors’ and Premiers’ 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge. The Station is the 45^th pledge signatory and the first sportfish cleaning station to join the regional initiative.

As part of the pledge, Walnut Creek will work alongside other participating organizations to promote the full use of each fish caught, raised, or processed in or from the Great Lakes region. This includes helping raise awareness of opportunities for innovative applications of fish byproducts, such as compost, fertilizer, protein, marine collagen, leather, and other new, high-value products.

The pledge is part of the 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative created by GSGP, an organization representing the Governors of the Great Lakes States and the Canadian Premiers of Ontario and Québec. Pennsylvania Governor Josh Shapiro serves as GSGP’s Chair.

PFBC and GSGP are also planning to cooperate in the coming months on a pilot effort related to fish byproducts at Walnut Creek. The pilot would explore practical approaches for handling material from sportfish cleaning stations and identifying productive uses for it as part of the broader 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative.

Sportfish cleaning stations are an important part of the Great Lakes region’s recreational fishing economy, providing convenient places for anglers to process fish. They collectively handle substantial volumes across the region. But only about 40% of each fish (the fillets) is usually eaten or used productively. In contrast, the remaining 60% of the fish is often relegated to inexpensive uses or discarded. The 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative seeks new and innovative ways to use every part of each fish to reduce waste, create more value and jobs, and support rural economic development. Iceland pioneered this approach and has seen the value of products made from each cod skyrocket from USD 12 for just the filet to a remarkable USD 5,000 for products including cosmetics, medical bandages, nutritional supplements, and a range of other products.

“Pennsylvania anglers care deeply about our fisheries, and this commitment reflects that ethic,” said Tim Schaeffer, Executive Director of the Pennsylvania Fish and Boat Commission. “By making Walnut Creek the first fish cleaning station to sign the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge, we are setting a clear expectation that fish byproduct should be handled responsibly and, wherever possible, put to productive use.”

“Welcoming fish cleaning stations into the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge is an important next step for the region,” said David Naftzger, Executive Director of the Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers. “Walnut Creek is helping lead by example, showing how sportfish sites can be part of a more efficient system that reduces waste, supports local solutions, and strengthens Great Lakes fisheries.”

More information on 100% Great Lakes Fish, including a copy of the Pledge, is available at htps://gsgp.org/projects/100-great-lakes-fish/

About the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers

www.gsgp.org

The Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers unites the chief executives from Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, Ohio, Ontario, Pennsylvania, Québec, and Wisconsin. The Governors and Premiers work as equal partners to grow the region’s $9.3 trillion (US) economy and protect the world’s largest surface freshwater system.

Contacts:
Fish Pledge:John Schmidt, jschmidt@gsgp.org
Pennsylvania Fish and Boat Commission: Mike Parker, michparker@pa.gov
Photos (credit Gibbens Creative):

Canadian Cooke Aquaculture Enters Into Preliminary Agreement to Acquire the Debt of Avramar Greece

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:25 +0700

The company will pay USD 230.89 million to take control of the subsidiary.

Cooke Aquaculture announced that it has executed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) under which the company will acquire from the lenders thereof the existing debt facilities of Avramar Aquaculture, Andromeda, Perseus and Avramar Commercial and Logistics -collectively named Avramar Greece-, a leading marine aquaculture producer of sea bass and seabream in the Mediterranean country. Together with Cooke’s existing agreement to acquire the equity of Avramar Greece, upon closing, Cooke will acquire operational control of Avramar Greece. Cooke will pay USD 230.89 million to take control of the subsidiary.

The original companies comprising the Avramar Greece group were established in 1981, and the company has grown to become a leader in Mediterranean aquaculture. It is a vertically integrated operation, which includes hatcheries, marine farm sites, processing and packaging facilities, and feed production operations. The company’s sustainability certifications are recognized by the Global Sustainable Seafood Initiative (GSSA) and Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI).

The acquisition is subject to definitive documentation and customary closing conditions and is expected to close at the earliest opportunity.

The Largest Private Family-Owned Seafood Company in the World

Cooke Aquaculture was established in 1985 by the Cooke family in New Brunswick, Canada. From humble beginnings of one farm site and 5,000 salmon, Cooke is the largest private family-owned seafood company in the world employing 13,000 people worldwide. The Cooke family of companies operate global aquaculture and wild fishery divisions in 15 countries providing a sustainable seafood source reaching tables all over the world. Cooke’s core purpose is to “cultivate the ocean with care, nourish the world, provide for our families, and build stronger communities”.

Expansion of Liverpool Bay Salmon Farm, approved

On the other hand, and some weeks before of the announcement, Kelly Cove Salmon welcomed the Nova Scotia Aquaculture Review Board’s (ARB) decision, approving the lease boundary amendment and expansion for salmon farm AQ1205, located offshore from Coffin Island in Liverpool Bay.

Kelly Cove has operated the farm since 2011 in compliance with the government’s Environmental Monitoring Program. The approval allows Kelly Cove to add 6 cages to the site for the culture of Atlantic salmon bringing the total number of cages to 20.

“Our members are very pleased to see the salmon farm expansion approval. As sea farmers, we are focused on providing sustainable meals grown right here at home. Supporting and encouraging growth in our resource sectors strengthens rural and urban parts of our province. We look forward to future ARB decisions that will help guide investment within the aquaculture sector, and our province,” said Jeff Bishop, Executive Director, Aquaculture Association of Nova Scotia.

For his part, Joel Richardson, Vice President of Public Relations for Cooke Aquaculture, parent company of Kelly Cove, commented: “The week-long ARB public hearing in October was rigorous and brought together input from multiple stakeholders and intervenors,” said Joel Richardson, Vice President of Public Relations for Cooke Aquaculture, parent company of Kelly Cove. “We appreciate that the Board allowed the time necessary for everyone to make presentations, ask questions and gain an understanding of how our aquaculture farming works.”

In its decision, the ARB concluded that it is satisfied that there will be no negative, or any, impact of this amendment on any of the statutory conditions. The ARB further concluded that the re-drawing of the boundary to encompass the infrastructure, as well as adding six new cages, represents the optimum use of marine resources, in that the site will be used to efficiently produce thousands of kilograms of food.

According to Cooke, this farm makes a genuine contribution to community and Provincial economic development. “The existing farm does not cause significant negative impacts to other fishery activities in Liverpool Bay. The oceanographic and biophysical characteristics of the public waters surrounding the proposed aquacultural operation are suitable for salmon aquaculture. And the proposed expansion will not have a negative impact on the other users of the public waters surrounding the proposed aquacultural operation”, they assured.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global to Bring Together More Than 90 Industry Experts, with Dr. Nomi Prins as Keynote Speaker

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:20 +0700

By Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

• The 32nd edition of Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global will take place at Fira de Barcelona from 21–23 April 2026, bringing together leading companies from more than 80 countries and serving as a global business hub for the seafood industry.

• Speakers will include representatives from organizations such as the FAO, WTO and WWF, as well as leading seafood companies, addressing key topics including aquaculture, sustainability and transparency, among others.

• Economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins will deliver the keynote address offering attendees an economic outlook for the global seafood industry.

The 32nd edition of Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global announces a conference program that will bring together more than 90 international seafood and industry experts to lead over 30 educational sessions. Taking place from 21-23 April at the Gran Vía venue of Fira de Barcelona, the event’s program will offer attendees valuable insights and practical perspectives on the key trends shaping the global seafood industry.

Speakers will include representatives from leading organizations such as the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), the World Trade Organization (WTO) and WWF, as well as executives from major seafood companies and industry associations. Notable speakers include Shirlene Maria Anthonysamy (FAO GLOBEFISH), Dominic Andradi-Brown (WWF-US), Chris Ninnes (Aquaculture Stewardship Council), Jayson Berryhill (Wholechain), Michelle Beritzhoff-Law (FishWise), Valentina Sannino (EUMOFA), Libby Woodhatch (MarinTrust Ltd.), Daniel Rejón (Lineage – Europe Region 2), Sunneva Sverrisdóttir (CO/PLUS) and Sébastien Metz (Global Seafood Alliance – GSA).

Sessions will address a wide range of topics including aquaculture development, emerging markets and species, supply chain compliance, traceability and transparency, sustainable innovation and responsible management, among others, highlighting both current challenges and future opportunities across the seafood sector.

Global Seafood Markets: Economic Outlook and Trade Pressures

A highlight of the program will be the keynote address by economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins, titled “High Stakes, Shifting Tides: The Global Outlook on Seafood, Trade, Economic Pressure Points and Opportunities,” taking place on Tuesday, 21 April, from 13:00 to 14:00 in Room 5.1 at the Gran Vía venue of Fira de Barcelona.

Dr. Prins is an independent journalist, author and former Wall Street executive, widely sought after for her ability to bridge the worlds of politics, finance, and global economics. She is the author of seven influential books, including “Collusion: How Central Bankers Rigged the World,” “All the Presidents’ Bankers,” and “It Takes a Pillage,” and is known for delivering accessible, actionable insights that help organizations navigate volatility, trade disruptions and regulatory complexity.

In this address, free and open to all, Dr. Prins will deliver a forward-looking economic outlook for 2026, tailored to the global seafood sector – connecting macro forces to daily decisions, from U.S.–China trade tension fallout to evolving E.U. labeling regulations, traceability mandates and energy price swings. Whether you’re navigating Latin American shrimp exports, Middle East shipping chokepoints, or European labeling mandates, Prins will break down the real forces behind the headlines and what they mean for seafood’s global future.

Exploring Market Trends, Innovation and Industry Transformation

Throughout the three-day program, sessions will explore the rapid transformation of seafood markets, including changing consumer preferences, product innovation and marketing strategies aimed at increasing seafood consumption. On Tuesday (21 April), “Blue Ports and the Fisheries Industry: Building Resilient and Efficient Value Chains,” presented by Roberto Alonso, Secretary General, ANFACO-CYTMA (Spain); Shirlene Maria Anthonysamy, Fishery Officer (Markets), Fisheries and Aquaculture Division, FAO (Rome); Javier Garat Pérez, Secretary General, CEPESCA; Audun Lem, Chair of the International Board of FiTI; and Yolanda Molares, Blue Ports Initiative Consultant, FAO, will explore how ports serve as key hubs for quality control, traceability, processing, and logistics, supporting both competitiveness and sustainability across coastal economies.

Later that day, “Seafood Trade in the Tariff Era: An Analysis of Challenges and Opportunities Between the E.U. and U.S.,” presented by Richard Barry, Senior Market Analyst and Director of Programs, National Fisheries Institute, Guus Pastoor, President of Seafood Europe and Robert DeHaan, Executive Vice President for Government Affairs and General Counsel, National Fisheries Institute, will bring together trade and industry experts to examine shifting supply flows, evolving tariffs and opportunities for exporters navigating a more fragmented global seafood market.

Wednesday (22 April) highlights sessions focused on consumer behavior and market resilience. “Emerging Seafood Consumption Trends in Japan in a Changing Global Supply,” presented by Tina Peneva, Co-Founder and Head of European Office, Meros Consulting, will explore cultural and economic factors driving demand shifts in Japan, including product formats, channels and sustainability considerations influencing consumer choice. Complementing this, “Navigating Uncertainty: Building a Resilient E.U. Market for Fisheries and Aquaculture Products,” presented by Valentina Sannino, Market Intelligence Deputy Coordinator, EUMOFA, will analyze how COVID-19, Brexit, and geopolitical shocks have reshaped E.U. supply chains, highlighting strategies for adaptation, diversification and long-term resilience.

On Thursday (23 April), Dr. Dominic Andradi-Brown, Director of Blue Forests at WWF; Dane Klinger, Senior Director of Blue Foods at Conservation International, Dale Galvin, CEO at Deliberate Capital, LLC, Shannon Roberts, Aquaculture and Fisheries Biologist at Sea Farms Ltd. and Merrielle Macleod, Director of Aquaculture, WWF-US, will present “Mangroves + Aquaculture: A New Collaboration Frontier for Nature-Positive Seafood,” exploring how partnerships between seafood producers and NGOs can protect critical ecosystems while scaling responsible aquaculture. “Perfect Symphony: Sustainable Seafood by Low CO2, Circular Byproducts and New Technology,” presented by Frederik Geert Hoekstra, Economic Researcher at Wageningen University & Research, will highlight innovations in low-carbon seafood production, waste valorization, and digitalization across fisheries, aquaculture, and processing, offering actionable insights on how technology and sustainability are transforming seafood value chains.

Sustainability, Transparency and Responsible Supply Chains

Sustainability continues to be a central theme throughout the conference program. Experts from NGOs, academia, and the private sector will discuss strategies for improving responsible aquaculture practices, supply chain transparency, and environmental performance across the seafood industry. Sessions will address issues such as traceability systems, labor and human rights considerations, certification and reporting requirements, and collaborative initiatives designed to strengthen responsible seafood sourcing worldwide.

Notable panels include “From Port to Plate: What Shifting Seafood Consumption Means for the Cold Chain” on Wednesday, which examines how cold chain strategies support compliance, freshness, and operational efficiency, and “Rethinking Seafood: Business Development, Branding and Growth Beyond Commodities” on the same day, which highlights how innovative branding and category creation can unlock new market opportunities while driving sustainability. Thursday sessions will continue this topic, showing how industry-wide collaboration, circular economy approaches, and ecosystem-positive initiatives are creating more resilient, transparent and responsible seafood supply chains globally.

The 32nd Edition Will Feature Exhibitors from More Than 80 Countries

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, the world’s largest and most diverse seafood trade event, will bring together leading seafood companies from more than 80 countries, with 62 national and regional pavilions, and participation continuing to grow.

The complete conference program can be found on the event website at https://www.seafoodexpo.com/global/conference-program/. Attending the conference program requires a conference pass.

For further information about Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, and to register, visit: www.seafoodexpo.com/global.

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media partner of the event. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global

About Diversified

Diversified is a global B2B events and media company that strengthens business communities by fostering a space, in person and online, for professionals and businesses to connect and grow. The company serves as a trusted partner across several industries including active lifestyle, business management, clean energy, commercial marine, healthcare, seafood, technology and more. The company’s global seafood portfolio of expositions and media includes Seafood Expo North America/Seafood Processing North America, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, Seafood Expo Asia/Seafood Processing Asia and SeafoodSource.com. Established in 1949 and headquartered in Portland, Maine, the global company has divisions and offices around the world in Australia, Canada, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Diversified is a third-generation, family-owned business. For more information, visit: www.divcom.com.

Aquaintech Inc. Launches Dual-Sided Tablets for Advanced Bioremediation in Aquaculture Systems

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:14 +0700

By Aquaintech Inc.

Aquaintech Inc. announces the launch of its new Dual-Sided Tablet, a next-generation solution designed to improve water quality and simplify pond management in aquaculture systems.

The Dual-Sided Tablets introduces a double-action microbial approach, combining Bacillus

based bioremediation with a lactic acid–producing Bacillus strain in a single, stable format. Unlike conventional solutions, the product is designed for dry storage with no refrigeration required, offering both operational and logistical advantages.

Each tablet is engineered with two functional sides to deliver complementary benefits:

Bioremediation Side: Formulated with Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus licheniformis, proven species that digest organic matter and metabolize ammonia, impacting the microbiome and reducing loads of other bacteria including vibrios.

Lactic Acid–Producing Side: Contains Bacillus coagulants selected for its ability to produce lactic acid and the yeast, Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The Bacillus and Saccharomyces have better shelf stability than Lactobacillus-based solutions.

This dual-sided design enables more targeted and efficient microbial activity, helping aquaculture producers maintain balanced pond ecosystems while reducing reliance on refrigerated or liquid products.

Key Benefits

✓ Reduction of ammonia and organic waste.

✓ Improved water quality.

✓ Support for beneficial microbial balance.

✓ Healthier and more stable pond environments.

✓ No refrigeration required, lowering storage and transportation costs.

Application

The tablets are designed for direct application in areas with high organic loads, providing a simple and efficient approach to pond management.

Dosage

Recommended application rates range from 200–500 g/ha (at 1.5 m depth) per week to start, with higher frequency application rates as the cycle progresses.

Dosage should be adjusted based on system conditions and biomass. It is recommended to start at lower application rates and increase as needed based on performance.

Available Sizes

Dual-Sided Tablets are available in multiple formats, including: 1 g, 3.5 g, 4 g, and 15 g, providing flexibility across different aquaculture systems and operational needs.

Storage

Store in a cool, dry place. No refrigeration required.

About Aquaintech Inc.

Aquaintech Inc., entering its 31st year of providing innovative tools for the global aquaculture community, based in Lynnwood, Washington State specializes in microbial and bioremediation solutions for aquaculture. The company focuses on delivering practical, science-driven solutions to support water quality management and system optimization.

Contact Information:
Stephen G. Newman Ph.D. President and CEO
Aquaintech Inc. Lynnwood, WA 98037 USA Tel: 425-787-5218
E-mail: sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com / info@aqua-in-tech.com
URLs: www.aqua-in-tech.com/ bioremediation-aquaculture.com

How to care for an older cat

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:18 +0700

Top tips for taking care of the older cat

From about the age of seven onwards, your cat is considered ‘senior’ and requires different nutrients than in the earlier stages of its life.

No one likes getting old. But it’s important that you know how to look after your cat as they do. How does old age affect them? We’ve outlined some of the key ways below. All cats age differently, but there are common things to look out for.

Health issues your cat may develop

Joints: They’re not a kitten anymore! Cats joints get less flexible as they get older, and may develop osteo-arthritis much like people can. General reduction of mobility, and in some cases pain and discomfort in movement can characterize age too.

Coats: Yes, they go grey too. Cats coats can begin to go more white as they grow older, their coat becoming visibly less glossy.

Digestion: This process gets slower as your cat ages, and is less able to process certain ingredients. It’s important to watch out for recurring issues whether it’s constipation, vomiting or diarrhoea, as they may mask other problems.

Change in behaviour: Your cat might start sleeping more, or less, make noises at strange times, and stop interacting with other animals. This is all normal, and to be expected.

Things you can do to help your cat

Hydration: This is essential for cats of any stage of life, but with older cats being less mobile, it’s important to keep a water dish nearby and topped up. It helps keep their kidneys functioning well.

Feeding: Any senior cat’s diet should include specific nutrients, and include ingredients to help with their urinary, mobility and joint health.

The GAIN Elite range is specially formulated to give older cats what they need, and help slow the processes of ageing. It contains cranberries and balanced minerals for urinary care, and Omega-3 and zinc to keep their coat glossy. Browse our available product range here.

Visit the vet regularly: This might seem obvious, but so few senior animals are regularly taken to see their vet. Every six months is good. Cats- especially older ones- will often hide illnesses, and a visit to the vet is the only way to know for sure how healthy they are.

Exercise: On top of everything else, older cats are often reluctant to stay mobile, and need encouragement. You can also consider cat massage if they’re particularly reluctant.

Keep them warm: Comfort matters to older animals. They will likely look for a warm, comfortable space to rest themselves. Make sure this is in a cosy and warm place, with no chills.

Groom them yourself: Yes, they might also need you to brush their hair. Older cats grooming habits start to peter out a bit, so they may also need your help to keep them tidy and clean too. A regular, gentle brushing can be enough to do the trick.

The post How to care for an older cat appeared first on GAIN Pet.

GAIN launches partnership with Petbond

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:17 +0700

GAIN Pet Nutrition is delighted to announce that they are the Official Nutrition Partner of PetBond.ie, ‘Irelands safest and trusted platform, where anyone can source a happy and health pet’.

PetBond.ie was founded by Vet and CEO Tim Kirby to combat the problems he was seeing in general practice. Petbond.ie has launched Ireland’s first App to promote and enhance the welfare of dogs across the country by enabling pre-breeding genetic health tests and ensuring that puppies can live longer & healthier lives!

“At last, all new Irish puppy owners can now safely find their next pet by using PetBond. We are managed by highly qualified veterinary professionals, and only the best is good enough for us. Uniquely, our system only features puppies from people and families who have bred them caringly, lovingly and responsibly. Our exciting partnership with GAIN expands our levels of care even more, and together we have significant plans to improve pet care in Ireland significantly over the coming months”. – Tim Kirby, PetBond.ie CEO said.

The partnership with Petbond.ie will allow GAIN Pet Nutrition to work alongside new pet owners and guide them through all their nutritional challenges, weather their pet is a small puppy or a senior dog.

Rob O’Sullivan, GAIN Pet Nutrition Sales Manager exclaims, “GAIN Pet Nutrition are delighted to be partnering with Petbond as their ‘Nutrition Partner’ for 2023. It is a fantastic initiative set up by Tim Kirby which assists with introducing a dog of any age from puppy to senior years, large and small breeds, to their forever home. We at GAIN aim to give pets the best food to keep them happy and healthy with products that provide all the nutritional goodness dogs need for every stage of life, and this partnership reflects that.”

GAIN Pet Nutrition is delighted to be part of this fantastic initiative which allows dogs of all ages to be placed safely with caring owners.

For more information visit www.petbond.ie.

The post GAIN launches partnership with Petbond appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Understanding Your Cat’s Health: Signs to Watch for and How to Respond

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:16 +0700

Know the Issues and Symptoms to Keep an Eye Out for in Your Cat

Cats are known for their independent and often mysterious nature, which can make it challenging for pet owners to detect when something is wrong. However, being vigilant about your cat’s health is crucial. An unhappy or unwell cat may exhibit a range of symptoms that could indicate underlying issues such as hairballs, digestive problems, allergies, or even diarrhea. Recognizing these signs early on can make a significant difference in your feline friend’s well-being. In this blog, we’ll explore some common symptoms to watch out for and provide tips on how to address these potential health concerns, ensuring your cat remains happy and healthy.

Common Symptoms to Watch Out For

Hairballs

One of the most common issues cats face is hairballs. Cats are meticulous groomers, and as they clean themselves, they inevitably ingest hair. Over time, this hair can accumulate in their stomach, forming hairballs. While it’s normal for cats to vomit hairballs occasionally, frequent or excessive vomiting may signal a problem. If your cat is experiencing this, it might be time to consider a diet change or a vet visit to rule out any underlying issues. If your cat is suffering with hairballs tehn try our GAIN Elite Hairball Cat food

Diarrhea

Diarrhea in cats can be a sign of various health issues, ranging from mild to severe. There are two main types of diarrhea: one affecting the large intestine and the other affecting the small intestine. In large intestine diarrhea, your cat may pass stools more frequently, often with the presence of blood. Small intestine diarrhea, on the other hand, may result in stool that is green or orange in color. Regardless of the type, it’s essential to consult your veterinarian to correctly identify the cause and receive appropriate treatment.

Constipation

Constipation is another common digestive issue in cats, often caused by dehydration, inadequate fiber intake, hairballs, or underlying medical conditions. Symptoms of constipation include straining in the litter box, decreased appetite, and general discomfort. In severe cases, cats can develop a condition called megacolon, where the colon becomes abnormally enlarged due to chronic constipation. This condition can be serious and may require medical management or even surgical intervention. If your cat shows signs of constipation, it’s important to seek veterinary advice promptly.

Dietary Intolerance or Allergies

Just like humans, cats can develop food intolerances or allergies. Certain ingredients in cat food, such as specific grains or proteins, can cause digestive issues. Symptoms of dietary intolerance or allergies may include vomiting, diarrhea, flatulence, and skin problems like itching or rashes. If you suspect your cat has a food allergy or intolerance, your vet can help identify the offending ingredient and recommend an appropriate diet.

Most Digestive Issues Are Treatable

The good news is that many common digestive problems in cats are preventable and treatable. Regular veterinary check-ups and a balanced, high-quality diet are key to maintaining your cat’s health. If you notice any signs of digestive distress in your cat, it’s important to consult with your veterinarian for a proper diagnosis and treatment plan. Ignoring these issues can lead to discomfort, dehydration, nutrient deficiencies, and other complications that could affect your cat’s overall well-being.

Being attentive to your cat’s health and recognizing the signs of potential issues is essential for ensuring their happiness and longevity. By understanding the symptoms of common digestive problems and knowing when to seek veterinary care, you can help your cat lead a healthy, comfortable life. Always remember that your vet is your best resource when it comes to your pet’s health, so don’t hesitate to reach out if you have any concerns. Your vigilant care and timely intervention can make all the difference in your cat’s well-being.

The post Understanding Your Cat’s Health: Signs to Watch for and How to Respond appeared first on GAIN Pet.

How Can I Keep My Dog Safe in the Sun?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:16 +0700

Introduction

You probably look forward to the summer if you’re a pet parent. After all, when the evenings are lighter and the weather is drier and warmer, there’s plenty more fun to be had! But the summer sun also poses some dangers to your canine companion. So, what do you need to know about keeping dogs safe in the summertime?

What are the risks?

Summer safety is really important if you have a dog. Although it’s great getting out with the family for walks, runs, and other adventures, your furry family members are more at risk from the sun than you might think. There are three primary risks for dogs when it comes to sun safety:

1. Heatstroke

Heatstroke is the first and most significant risk to your dog when the weather gets warmer. Dogs can only lose heat by panting or sweating from their paws, so they’re not very efficient at cooling off. Heatstroke occurs when their body temperature increases above the normal range. The symptoms include excessive panting, red gums, dribbling, diarrhoea, vomiting, wobbliness, seizures, and collapse. Without prompt intervention, heatstroke is rapidly fatal, so you should contact your veterinarian right away. You can find out more about the treatment for heatstroke here.

2. Sunburn

Although not as immediately dangerous as heatstroke, sunburn can also be very serious. Just like us, pets can get a sunburn, and they’re particularly at risk in areas where their fur is white or sparse. Ear and noses are common areas for your poor pooch to catch the sun. Continue reading to find out how to prevent sunburn safely.

3. Burns from hot pavements

Have you ever been to the beach and tried to walk across boiling hot sand with bare feet? It can look like a real-life version of the game ‘the floor is lava’! Well, hot pavements, paths, and other concrete surfaces can be just as painful for a dog’s poor paws! Aside from being painful, hot surfaces can also cause serious burn injuries to your dog’s pads.

How do you protect dogs in the sun?

Protecting your dog from the sun isn’t always easy. It can be tempting to take your dog out and about when the weather is nice, especially if they’re used to having a long walk. However, it’s worth remembering that missing out on a walk isn’t the end of the world, whereas taking your dog out during the heat of the day could have disastrous consequences.

To keep your fur buddy as safe as possible in the sun, you should only take them out at dawn or dusk, when it’s cool. You should always check the pavement with the back of your hand to make sure it’s not too warm for them before taking them out for a walk. If your dog is outside, you should put sunblock onto any light-furred or thin-furred areas like ear tips and noses. Make sure that the sunblock is safe for dogs, though. It shouldn’t contain any Zinc Oxide or PABA. More information about using sunscreen in dogs can be found here.

You should make sure they have access to a shady resting spot and plenty of drinking water wherever they are. A pool of water to splash in or some ice cubes to play with can make cooling off more fun for your furry friend. You should always avoid leaving your dog in the car, especially if the weather is warm.

Is it OK for dogs to sit in the sun?

Some dogs don’t know about sun safety, and they sometimes lie out in the garden snoozing in the warm weather! As long as they have plenty of shady spaces available, you should be able to rely on them to move when it’s time to cool off. However, if they’re panting a lot and seem to be getting a little warm, it’s worth encouraging them inside for a drink and a cool down.

Warm weather advice for pet parents

If your dog is panting excessively, collapsed, or otherwise seeming unwell in the warmer weather, they might have heatstroke. Heatstroke is an emergency, so you should contact your veterinarian right away. If you can, try to start cooling your dog down, using cool (but not ice cold) water. Wet towels or blankets or an air-conditioned car can be handy. Your veterinarian will be able to give you more advice about what you can do to cool them on the journey to the practice.

If your dog has sunburn or burns on their feet, they also need veterinary attention. Your vet will be able to assess the injuries and treat them as needed. Finally, if your dog or any other dog has been left in the car and is showing signs of heat exhaustion, you should take them to the veterinarian straight away. If they are locked in a vehicle and the owner is not nearby, you should contact the police on 999.

Summary

Sadly, the summertime poses a few risks to our canine companions. However, as long as you follow sun safety advice, you can keep your perfect pooch safe and still have some fun with the family.

Dr. Tim Kirby is a Veterinary Surgeon, Consultant Vet for the Irish Kennel Club, and the CEO and Founder of www.petbond.ie where people can now meet healthy & happy pets.

The post How Can I Keep My Dog Safe in the Sun? appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Puppy Tips & Tricks For Your The Garden

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:15 +0700

Gardens can be beautiful playgrounds for pets, but can also be hazardous too. We have had a look at some tips to help keep your dog or cat happy and safe in the garden while you get to enjoy the sunshine and your garden too.

Garden Boundaries – Always keep the gate locked to keep your pet from running out on to the road. Keep your dog safe and secure with good fencing. Regularly check for any gaps in fencing or any little holes that may have been dug but your four-legged friends.

Create some shade – While the weather is never predictable in Ireland, it is important to provide some form of shade for your pet on those unpredictable hotter days.

Ensure your dog feels safe by providing a little spot of his or her own, or a kennel that they can go for both shade and relaxation time.

Make it interesting – Dogs enjoy sensory play just as much as kid’s do. Create some steps and small benches to generate different heights for them to play on. Different textures would also provide some sensory stimulation; between grass, patio slabs or concreate, wood chippings or gravel would all provide interesting textures for your dog to feel and play around to make the surroundings more interesting.

Plant smart – While we all love the different colours, smells and textures of different flowers and plants, you need to be mindful what you choose to display in your garden when you have a dog roaming around the place. Some plants can be poisonous to our pets, so always do your research on what may be harmful before you start planting.

Some very common and harmful plants are bluebells, buttercups, crocus, horse chestnut, ivy, kale, laurel, lily, lupin, maple, mistletoe, onion, spruce tree and walnut. For a more extensive list, visit CDPA website.

Some plants that are safe for dogs and cats are roses, orchids and sunflowers.

Be safe – Some extremely small guests may appear in your garden from time to time such as slugs, snails, ticks etc. keep any poisons/repellents away from where your dog plays and out of its reach. Also, ensure that your dog’s vaccinations and worm doses are up to date. Contact your local vet for more information on this.

Enjoy – Above all, have fun with your garden and with your pet. Exercise them, train and play with them, use different toys to stimulate them and allow yourself to relax, unwind and enjoy.

The post Puppy Tips & Tricks For Your The Garden appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Why Is My Pet Lame Or Limping?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:14 +0700

Lameness or limping in pets can be caused by various underlying issues, ranging from mild to severe. Some common reasons why your pet may be lame or limping include:

Injury:

Pets can sustain injuries to their muscles, ligaments, tendons, bones, or joints due to accidents, falls, or trauma. This can include sprains, strains, fractures, dislocations, or soft tissue injuries.

Arthritis:

Arthritis is a degenerative joint disease that can affect pets, especially as they age. It causes inflammation, pain, stiffness, and decreased mobility in the affected joints.

Infections:

Infections, whether bacterial, viral, or fungal, can affect the bones, joints, or soft tissues, leading to lameness. Examples include osteomyelitis (bone infection) or septic arthritis (joint infection).

Ligament or Tendon Injuries:

Tears or ruptures of ligaments (e.g., cruciate ligament) or tendons (e.g., Achilles tendon) can cause significant lameness and pain in pets.

Inflammatory Conditions:

Inflammatory diseases such as Lyme disease, immune-mediated polyarthritis, or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) can cause lameness as part of their clinical presentation.

Congenital Conditions:

Some pets may be born with congenital abnormalities or developmental disorders that predispose them to lameness, such as congenital hip dysplasia or angular limb deformities.

If your pet is lame or limping, it is essential to seek veterinary attention. Your vet can perform a thorough examination, diagnostic tests (such as X-rays, blood work, or joint fluid analysis), and provide appropriate treatment to address the underlying cause of lameness and assist with your pet’s discomfort. Delayed or untreated lameness can lead to chronic pain, decreased mobility, and secondary complications.

The post Why Is My Pet Lame Or Limping? appeared first on GAIN Pet.

GAIN Elite Cat Food – Updated Formula

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:13 +0700

GAIN Elite Cat Food – Updated Formula tailored for cats of all life stages

GAIN Pet Nutrition has launched their updated formula GAIN Elite Cat food formula enriched with premium, natural ingredients targeting the health and nutritional needs based on an individual cat’s life stage.

The range still comes in 100% recyclable, resealable packaging, making it easy for pet owners to look after the environment and keep their furry friends’ food fresher for longer.

The GAIN Elite Cat food range includes Omega 3 & 6 to give a glossy coat, prebiotics and probiotics to aid digestion and other natural ingredients, including plant extracts, to assist with weight control, oral and urinary health, brain function and more. Robert O’Sullivan, Sales Manager, GAIN Pet Nutrition, said: “We are delighted to launch our new GAIN Elite cat formula, we care about your pets and we want to give them the very best food, which they deserve, and the food that has been scientifically formulated to their specific needs. Our GAIN Elite premium dog food range is already a trusted brand, and that science and goodness is mirrored in the GAIN Elite Cat range. Our updated formula now includes plant extracts to support immunity, glucosamine & chondroitin to help support healthy joints and L-Carnitine to help your cat maintain a healthy weight and promote heart health to name but a few additions.

For many cat owners, the health and wellbeing of their pet is just as important to them as their own, according to Joris Somers, Tirlán’s dedicated in-house vet. “Only the best will do for every member of many families, and that includes their pet. That is why the new GAIN Elite Cat food formulation contains high levels of protein sourced from animal ingredients and targets key health benefits for your cat. It’s made using natural ingredients, with no additives or preservatives, all tailored to the pet’s evolving needs as they grow and age.”

The GAIN Elite Cat food range encompasses 5 key products beginning with GAIN Elite ‘Kitten’ which is suitable for kittens, pregnant and nursing cats and is high in protein. The Adult range is available in both chicken and salmon flavours and includes a scientific balance of high-quality ingredients.

The Indoor Hairball complete food features added cellulose fibre, which helps with digestive discomfort by reducing hairball formation. The Senior 7+ range promotes vitality and natural immunity with carefully selected probiotics, combined with plant extracts and all the essential vitamins and minerals required by senior cats.

The new premium cat food range is the latest offering from Tirlán Ltd., the trusted cooperative which is also home to GAIN Elite Dog food and the well-renowned Avonmore and Kilmeaden consumer brands.

The new GAIN Elite Cat food range is now available nationwide in all good pet stores.

The post GAIN Elite Cat Food – Updated Formula appeared first on GAIN Pet.

GAIN Elite Grain-Free Launch

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:46:12 +0700

New GAIN Elite Grain-Free Dog Food Launch

GAIN Pet Nutrition is excited to launch GAIN Elite Grain-Free to customers seeking a high-quality, high-value grain-free dog food.

The GAIN Elite Grain-Free range is available in two flavours, containing fresh Chicken and fresh Salmon, and is expertly formulated using natural ingredients in two different products specifically tailored to your size of the dog. Research has revealed that big and small dogs have different nutritional requirements, which is why at GAIN we have tailor-made our food specifically to the needs of your pet dog.

Why chose GAIN Elite Grain-Free?

ENHANCED PALATABILITY: Contains fresh chicken/salmon plus a scientific balance of high-quality ingredients.

STRONG BONES & TEETH: Our unique TruCal® ingredient provides a source of real Calcium from milk combined with Vitamin D and Phosphorous.

VITALITY & NATURAL IMMUNITY: Contains a unique blend of all the essential Vitamins, protected* Minerals, and Antioxidants. *(Chelated Minerals for increased absorption)

GOOD DIGESTION: Contains soluble fibers plus Prebiotic FOS that support the growth of beneficial bacteria and flora in your dog’s colon and may help alleviate symptoms related to gastrointestinal (GI) upset.

EXTRA PROTEIN & ENERGY: Contains high levels of top-quality fresh Protein and Fat, required by big dogs.

SKIN, COAT, BRAIN & VISION: Scientifically balanced with the optimum Omega-3* to Omega-6 ratio.*(extra Omega-3 fatty acids added)

GOOD JOINT MOBILITY: Precise blend of Glucosamine, MSM, and Omega oils, to help with joint care and mobility in larger dogs.

The new range comes in 100% recyclable, resealable packaging, making it easier for pet owners to look after the environment and keep their pets’ food fresher for longer.

Robert O’Sullivan, Sales Manager, GAIN Pet Nutrition said ‘At GAIN we care about your pets, and that is why we continue to develop our food sourcing only quality ingredients from our trusted suppliers. Through our years of expertise in both human and pet food, we transform these ingredients into the very best quality nutrition for your dog. The GAIN Elite Grain Free recipe is expertly formulated without grain and naturally provides everything a thriving dog needs – in one complete, sensitive, and hypoallergenic dog food’.

GAIN Elite Grain Free

For many dog owners, the health and wellbeing of their pet is just as important to them as their own, according to Joris Somers, Tirlán’s dedicated in-house vet. ‘Only the best will do for every member of many families, and that includes their pet. That is why the new GAIN Elite Grain-Free dog food range incorporates fresh protein and targets key health benefits for your dog. It’s made using natural ingredients, with no additives or preservatives, all tailored to the pet’s evolving needs’.

View and shop our new GAIN Elite Grain Free range here

The post GAIN Elite Grain-Free Launch appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Great Sports To Try With Your Dog

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:44 +0700

Do you know that feeling when you come back exhausted from the gym, or a run, ready to relax on your sofa, only to be greeted with an energetic pooch with puppy dog eyes? We know that feeling all too well. We also know that the only option is to put on your trainers and get back out there with your favourite four-legged friend.

But what if there was another option?

What if you could get your fitness-kicks at the same time as your dog, while having some real fun together in the process? The good news is you can! Here are our top sports to try out with your dog...

Doga

Grab your yoga mat and get practising your downward dog. If you have a particularly relaxed dog, or an older dog who needs less exercise, then this is a great option. Combining classic yoga poses with dog training, gentle massage and stretching is a great way to get fit, alongside your pooch.

Paddleboarding

If you’ve got a pooch who’s well behaved and who loves the water then why not take them paddleboarding. Get your dog to sit on the board and reward them with a treat when they stay. Then, stand on the board behind them and once you’ve got your balance you’re off! This might take a bit of practice, and we’re sure there may be a few splashes, but once you’ve mastered it you’ll enjoy hours of fun!

Bikejoring

Biikejoring is an amazing way to get rid of your pooches pent up energy. This sport involves putting a harness on your dog and having them run in front of your bicycle or scooter. Not only is this a great way to burn off some of your doggo's excess energy, but it's also a brilliant way to see the countryside, and help keep you fit too!

Plogging

Now, this might be our favourite! Plogging is a litter-picking jog. To do it, set off on your favourite running route with a rubbish bag and some gloves, and pick up any litter you see along the way. Obviously, your doggo won't be able to pick up the litter themselves - but we're sure they'll enjoy the moral support.

We hope these inspire you to try something new with your pooch, and we’d love to hear how you get on! __

Easy Swaps To Go Greener This Plastic-Free July

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:43 +0700

Did you know that approximately 8 million pieces of plastic end up in our oceans every day? This plastic harms our wildlife, destroys our beaches and even finds its way into our food systems. Cutting down on the amount of plastic you use is a great way to reduce your impact on the planet, and help safeguard our environment.

As dog owners, it’s easy to rely on plastic toys, beds and bowls, however, with a few easy swaps you can ensure a more planet-friendly lifestyle for you and your pet.

Plastic-free grooming

With over 150 plastic bottles littering each mile of UK beaches, shampoo bottles are a huge contributor to our plastic problem. Try making your dog’s grooming routine a little more eco-friendly by using shampoo bars instead. Not only are they better for the planet, but often these bars contain natural ingredients and are free of nasty chemicals, so they are kinder to your dog too!

Plastic-free toys

We know that keeping your dog entertained can be a military operation, but you don’t need to rely on pointless plastic to keep their attention. Why not try making your own plastic-free dog toys by using anything from knotted up strips of bedsheets or platted rope?

Plastic-free accessorise

From leads to dog beds, accessories for your favourite four-legged friend are usually pretty plastic heavy. Try shaking up your pet supplies with everything from recycled dog beds to bamboo bowls for a greener, more sustainable lifestyle. Even making these small changes can have a big impact on the planet.

Plogging

Why not try giving your next dog walk an eco-friendly boost by combining it with a litter pick. Plogging can help clean up local areas and keep our neighbourhoods plastic-free. With hundreds of plogging groups in communities around the UK, find your local group and let’s get picking!

Planet-friendly dog food

If you’re looking to cut down on pointless plastic, take a look at more planet-friendly pet food suppliers who’re taking steps to tackle their impact. Look for suppliers that are using recyclable packaging, are investing in green initiatives and who are taking steps to give back to people and the planet.

Find out the ways we’re working to be kind to the planet here.

Tips To Ensure Your Walkies Stay Top Dog

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:41 +0700

We know that with many of us spending much more time at home and in our local area, keeping your dog walks fresh and exciting can be tricky. We also know what it’s like when its time for walkies: barking, tail wagging, and skidding with excitement across the kitchen floor. So how do you keep these walks interesting?

It’s easy to fall into a routine by heading to the same parks and the same areas, so to stop this happening we’ve put together our top tips on ways to freshen up your daily walks to ensure that they remain top dog.

Keep them fun and fresh

Did you know that dogs have between 200 million to one billion scent receptors, compared to our six million, and they have a greater variety of types of scent receptors than we have too? This means that taking your dog to a variety of different settings, such as woodlands, parks, beaches and meadows will not only keep your walks entertaining for you, but it will also help to keep your dog stimulated with new smells, sights and sounds.

Keep them entertaining

If you’re a little short on time, or if you just want to add a little more fun to your daily walks, try bringing along a range of interesting dog toys. Bring a tennis ball to help get their heart racing and keep their health and fitness up, or pack your homemade tug-toys. By getting your dog running as much as possible on their walks, you can stop energetic dogs from bouncing off the walls when they get home, while adding a little more fun.

Use them for doggy training

Walks are a brilliant time to practice training with your dog. Why? Because it’s a time full of temptation; from playing with other dogs, rolling in mud, or chasing peoples football! You can use this time to help sharpen your dog’s obedience by teaching them new tricks. If you’re looking for a tasty new snack to train your dog with, make sure you check out our brand new puppy training treats!

Use them to keep your community tidy

Have you thought about litter picking on your next dog walk? Not only is this a great way to keep our local areas tidy, but it’s also a great way of jazzing up your next dog walk too. Next time you head out, take a bag and some gloves with you and try picking up a few bits of litter as you go. Or, if you’re feeling really adventurous, try organising your own litter pick with other people from your local community, or try getting involved with one of the many amazing organisation who are organising these all over the UK, such as 2MinuteBeachClean or Surfers Against Sewage!

We hope these tips help you break the routine and add some fun to your next dog walk, and if you’ve got any favourite tips, we’d love to hear them. Get in touch on our let us know via our Facebook or Instagram.

Puppy Training Tips For A Happy Dog

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:40 +0700

So, you’ve got a brand new puppy. You’ve welcomed this bundle of joy into your family and now it’s time to get to work on their training. Not only is this an amazing way for you to bond with your new four-legged friend, but it’s important to show your pooch how they fit into your family.

Try our tips below as part of their daily routine, for a happy dog and a happy home.

Keep things fun and upbeat so that these training sessions are things you look forward to, not another chore. By seeing your new puppy learning new skills and tricks, we’re certain this will be enjoyed by your whole family.

Make sure you reward your dog with tasty, healthy puppy treats to create positive reinforcement and ensure they’ll follow your lead. Not only this but make sure your training is consistent and the sessions are kept short. By doing this in short bursts, regularly, you’ll be able to ensure your puppy picks up these new tricks quickly.

Use the same words for your commands every time to prevent confusion, and be really clear when speaking these to your dog. If you’re teaching them new tricks, but using different commands every time, this will slow down progress and lead to confusion for both you and your dog. Perhaps most importantly, try to end the session on a positive, not only will this help keep things fun, but it will also mean you’ll look forward to the next session.

Whether they’re weeing on the carpet or chewing your favourite cushions, we know better than anyone that dogs can often badly behave. Shouting and punishing them isn’t usually effective however and can actually cause more issues later on by making your dog nervous or scared.

Instead, make sure you reward the good behaviours and try not to overreact to the bad. Remember, positive reinforcement is the best tool in puppy training. We know this can be easier said than done when your new friend has chewed a hole in your new trainers, but try to be strong, it will benefit both of you in the long run.

When it comes to food, make sure you’re not overfeeding your pooch, and you’re using small amounts of healthy treats. We know it can be tempting to give them too many, I mean who can resist those puppy dog eyes!? However, try to keep a mental note of how many treats you’re giving them and then adjust their food accordingly.

For a more detailed training plan and for a deeper explanation of puppy training, check out this great guide from The Dogs Trust. We hope these tips give you the confidence to start training your puppy and remember, although this is training.. it should be fun and rewarding for both you and your four-legged friend.

We’d love to hear about your progress!

Why We’re Proudly Supporting SOS Children's Village

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:39 +0700

Many areas of Africa are faced with incredible hardship, conflict, instability and are witnessing the devastating effects of climate change first hand.

SOS Children’s Villages are working to change this. This incredible charity operates within 46 African countries in order to provide a secure family upbringing to almost 17,000 unsupported children. Not only this, but they also help provide education, healthcare, family strengthening, vocational training, and emergency relief to thousands of children and families.

It’s 266 schools, nurseries and vocational training centres provide more than 75,000 students with a quality education. Education is an increasingly important route out of poverty for young people, so it’s vital that they are given the support they so desperately need.

SOS Children’s Villages are committed to working with young people to:

Provide long-term family-like care for children in village communities
Offer quality education and healthcare
Prevent family breakdown
Protect children during crisis and disaster
Advocate for the implementation of children’s rights

We’re proud to support SOS Children’s Villages by donating sales from every pack of Africa or Mini Africa to help their incredibly important support service.

So far, we’ve donated over 1 million euros.

SOS Children's Village Rutana

The donations are currently supporting the SOS Children’s Village Rutana. The primary school there is being upgraded and extended in order to be able to accept more children, giving more local young people the chance of a solid education.

As the effects of climate change increasingly impact people and the planet, these communities will suffer the effects. Africa is already seeing the impacts of extreme weather events, including flooding, droughts and food shortages, and by giving young people the education they deserve, SOS Children’s Villages is helping to improve the lives of disadvantaged children and young people and help build them a sustainable future.

How you can help?

You can help make a difference by purchasing our Africa or Mini Africa dog food, with every pack of sales donated to support SOS Children’s village or you could donate to SOS Children's Villages UK.

When Should You Switch To Adult Dog Food?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:37 +0700

Happy Dog offers healthy and very high-quality premium adult dog food for every dog __size and every activity level. Not only this, but we also have special types of food for sensitive dogs such as grain-free dry food, reduced-fat food or selected protein dog food. After all, good dog food today has to be able to do a lot more than just fill up your pup!

Puppies and adult dogs have different requirements and therefore making the transition from puppy to adult food can be crucial to the health and happiness of your dog. Not only this, but different dogs need to transition at different times, so if you’re wondering when to switch your puppy to adult dog food, we’re here to help!

When are small medium and large breed dogs considered an adult dog?

Small breeds (with an adult weight of up to 10 kg) grow up faster and grow at a more even rate than large breeds. They tend to be considered an adult dog at 12 months.

Medium & large breeds (with an adult weight of over 11kg) grow in two phases as a puppy. The ‘main growth phase’ is during the first six months, some puppy breeds can reach up to 75% of their adult weight at this stage. The ‘moderate growth phase’ is 6 – 18 months. Medium & large breeds tend to be considered an adult dog from 15-18 months.

Depending on the breed size of your favourite four-legged friend, at some point between 12 and 24 months of age, you should re-examine your puppy's nutritional needs and choose the right adult formula. If you’re unsure on the best times to transition, make sure you get in touch with your vet or our team!

Why should you transition from puppy to adult dog food?

When your puppy is growing, they will need more nutrients and calories than an adult dog, which is why most puppy foods have greater levels of protein and fat to support growth, as well as nutrients like DHA. Once your puppy reaches adulthood, they won’t need as many calories.

As the energy requirement for growth drops off, adult dog food is then required as it tends to have a fat and protein content to match their demands. If the drop in protein & fat content didn’t happen, you would run the risk of having an overweight and hyperactive dog.

Our recommended Adult Dog Food

We would recommend the following adult dog food…

How To Heal Your Dog’s Itchy Skin

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:36 +0700

There’s not much more distressing than seeing your beloved doggo struggling with an itch - the endless scratching, the skin irritation and the discomfort can be hard to watch. So what causes them to scratch?

The most common causes of itchy skin in dogs are flea bites, environmental allergens and food intolerances. Leaving your dogs itch untreated can not only be painful for your pup, but can also lead to infections. We suggest if you’re dig’s suffering from an endless itch, the first port of call is the vet, but it’s also worth looking at their food.

The skin is often the first sign that something isn’t right with your dog’s diet, this could include allergies, overfeeding or chemicals in their food.

The right food and the right ingredients can help combat itchy skin. Look for foods with fatty acids such as Omega 3 and 6 which are vital in helping to reduce dryness and irritation.

So if your doggo is suffering from itchy skin, why not try...

Our Ireland and Greece range of dod food, these contain Omega 3 & 6 fatty acids which are vital for a healthy skin and coat.

Our Africa range, this is ideal for dogs with extreme allergies thanks to its unique and single protein source, which makes this dog food perfect for an exclusion diet.

Happy Dog In Action:

We recently visited Happy Dog customer Mary and her amazing dog Rodney to hear how our dog food has alleviated his dry, itchy skin. Find out more about Rodney’s story by watching the video below…

Germany's best dog food brand

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:34 +0700

Happy Dog took 1st place in the customer satisfaction survey conducted by the German Society for Consumer Studies

Satisfied Happy Dog customers

In a customer survey from April to November 2019, the German Society for Consumer Studies mbH examined how satisfied German dog owners are with dog food brands.

In an online customer survey, almost 1,000 people between the ages of 18 and 80 were asked about 36 dog food brands who had bought or used at least one product of the brand to be rated in the past 24 months. Quality, price-performance ratio, packaging & declaration and customer trust were rated by consumers.

Triple winner: Happy Dog

In the survey on Germany's best dog food brand , Happy Dog was able to succeed three times and emerged as the winner in the following categories:

1st place in the overall ranking
1st place in customer trust
1st place in quality

We are extremely proud of our achievement and like to think we back it up with our customer service as well. We are rated 4.8/5 with over 3,300 reviews on Feefo.

Browse our current best selling product lines:

Puppy Dog Food

Adult Dog Food

Sensitive Dog Food

How dogs lose weight successfully

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:33 +0700

Being overweight restricts your dog's range of motion and endangers his health. Therefore, a healthy ideal weight is important for your four-legged friend.

Your dog weighs too much and you want him to lose weight? Then you will to make a responsible decision, because being overweight can increase the risk of certain diseases in your dog and reduce its quality of life. By the way, losing weight successfully and reaching the ideal weight can be very easy - with these tips and the right food as a basis.

Obesity in dogs now plays a similarly important role as it does for us humans. The causes of why a dog weighs too much can vary. One of the most common reasons is castration, as dogs' appetite often increases after this procedure, although they do not need more energy than before. If you do not adapt the feeding amounts after neutering, the dog may gain weight.

Age can also be a cause of obesity in dogs, because on the one hand the energy requirements of older dogs decrease, on the other hand, older animals often move less than younger ones.

The main cause of obesity in dogs, however, is simply "too much" energy from their food. This can happen if the food has too high an energy density, the amount fed is simply too large or the dog does not expend the energy, for example because he does not move enough. Perhaps you are also underestimating how many calories your dog actually consumes: If your dog is given an adequate ration with his "main meals", but also frequently receives treats or begging leftovers, his energy requirements are quickly exceeded.

It is important that obese dogs achieve their ideal weight, especially as this can reduce the risk of diseases such as premature joint wear, diabetes mellitus, and other metabolic disorders. But don't worry: your dog can lose weight much more easily than you might think! Feed types that have a reduced energy and carbohydrate content are ideally suited for this. You can simply feed them according to the recommended daily ration, which is based on the ideal weight of the dog.

Recipes such as Happy Dog Sensible Toscana , Light Calorie Control or Mini Light are particularly suitable for neutered dogs . The latter two products are also ideal for older, very calm and overweight dogs. For all other dogs from around 10 years of age, the special senior products Happy Dog Supreme Senior , Mini Senior and NaturCroq Senior are recommended, as their energy and nutrient content is optimally adapted to the needs of old age.

Wet Versus Dry Dog Food

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:32 +0700

Whether new or old, several dog owners often find themselves comparing dry and wet dog foods as they search for a healthier diet for their dogs. However, searching for a perfect choice between the two can be quite tricky because when it comes to wet and dry dog foods, there is no ideal choice. Both options have their pros and cons. Even for dogs of the same breed, experts would provide specific nutritional advice as every dog is unique. Factors that come into play here might include the dog's health status, lifestyle, and age. In this piece, we will talk about the nutritional benefits of both dry and wet dog foods.

Benefits of wet dog foods

Wet dog foods contain high water content of about 60 to 84 percent. You can find them packaged in cans , pouches or rolls. The majority of wet food are a complete diet and that is no different to our tinned food. They do cost more than dry dog foods and also have a short shelf life. Here are the benefits of wet dog foods.

They help dogs in consuming more liquid. Wet dog foods help the dogs get optimal metabolism and prevent several intestinal diseases, including acute and chronic gastrointestinal diseases.
They tend to contain more protein and fewer carbohydrates than dry foods and can be more nutrient rich and tend to be highly digestible.
Dogs tend to love eating wet dog food as they are predominately meat, which has a strong smell making it more enticing. Our wet dog food contains 100% pure meat with added vitamins to make it a complete diet keeping your dog in a healthy condition.
A few of examples of our unique flavours are as follows: Kangaroo, Ostrich and Goat.

Benefits of dry dog foods

Quality dry dog foods comprise 3-12 percent water and 80-90 percent of protein derived from human grade animal proteins. The advantages of dry foods are as follows.

There is a diet for every type of dog. There is dry food for dogs prone to diseases, dogs with allergies, and for all ages.
They come as complete and balanced food meals, and you may not have to worry about mixing the different components in their correct ratios. Saving you time and hassle on a daily basis.
Due to their low moisture content, they can be stored for more extended periods when stored in appropriate containers such as our dog food bin. Wet dog food, once opened can only last a matter of days, whereas dry dog food can last for months.
Dry dog food can help improve dental hygiene and eliminate plaques that collect on dogs' teeth due to it being hard and crunchy. Every time your dogs has a bowl of its favourite food it’s helping to prevent a buildup of plaque.
You can find some of our best sellers here: Ireland, Adult Maxi & Africa.

Mixing wet and dry dog foods

You can mix wet and dry food for your dog, but you have to do it the right way. You need to ensure that the appropriate ratios or portions are mixed. We specify the calorie content for each diet, you can adjust the ratio you feed wet and dry food to suit your dog's needs by looking at these. Have a look at our simple guide on how to effectively manage your dog's weight to learn exactly how food affects your companion's nutritional intake and what is best for them. Also, there's no need to mix both wet and dry in the same bowl or serve them simultaneously. You can start by letting your dog finish the dry food before adding the wet meal. Another option is to feed them with only dry food during the first feeding of the day and only wet food during the second feeding. Talk to your vet if you want to mix foods to avoid over-nutrition or under-nutrition. Never mix therapeutic foods with other foods without first consulting your vet.

As a dog owner, you might not know all the relevant info in ensuring a balanced doggie diet. If you want a healthier and happier dog, then you might be interested in:

What is the best dog food for sensitive skin?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:30 +0700

Here you can find out what to do if your dog has a food intolerance or food allergy and what is the best way to feed your dog.

Signs of sensitive skin in dogs

Does your dog scratch often?
Does he have any skin problems?

If other causes such as parasites or bacterial infections have already been ruled out, these could be symptoms of a food allergy or intolerance.

What is the difference between and allergy or intolerance?

An allergy is when your dog's immune system is involved.
An intolerance is when the body cannot process certain substances from the food in the course of digestion.

However, the symptoms in a dog with a food allergy or a food intolerance can be very similar, which is why it is often difficult to differentiate. Treatment in both cases, however, is mostly to avoid whatever food your dog is reacting to.

How to tell if your dog has a food intolerance or food allergy?

Most owners notice digestive and skin problems in their dog.
Recurring ear issues or conjunctivitis in their eye.

Since your dog may be allergic to other substances outside of the food, it should also be considered whether he really reacts to the food.

Typical allergy triggers include:

Shampoo,
medication,
flavourings in food or treats,
fertilizers or sprays that your dog may be exposed to on a walk,
a pollen allergy,
road salt that your dog licks off its paws.

How to treat sensitive skin caused by a food intolerance or food allergy through an elimination diet.

An intolerance or a food allergy cannot always be proven with a single test, so if you suspect it, there is a possibility to find out what your dog is reacting to by means of a so-called elimination or exclusion diet.

In doing so, you reduce as many components in the food as possible and temporarily only feed one source of protein and one source of carbohydrates, which the dog has ideally never been given before.

Typically, observing changes in your dog's symptoms for six to eight weeks. If the symptoms have subsided, you can then gradually add individual feed components that were previously part of the diet back to the food to test which components your dog reacts to. This is then the so-called "provocation diet". Such a diet may only be used if your dog's allergy symptoms are not life-threatening and should only be done after consulting your veterinarian.

Food types that do not cause sensitive skin

Depending on your dog’s allergies or intolerances we have some complete foods that are suitable for an elimination diet. There is no need to add vitamins and minerals here, as your dog is already supplied with everything through the food. For example,

Africa – Ostrich with Potato

France – Duck with Potato

Karibik – Sea fish with Potato

Vet Line Hypersensitivity – Quail with Sweet Chestnut

Benefits of hypoallergenic dog food for sensitive skin

Allows you to implement an elimination diet.
Single source of protein and a single source of carbohydrates that your dog has never encountered.
Exotic meats such as ostrich, kangaroo or buffalo are used.
Makes it clear which food components your dog cannot tolerate.
You will know which food to avoid in the future and you can set up a new menu for your dog.

Difference Between Adult And Puppy Food

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:29 +0700

Dog’s have different energy requirements depending on their stage of life.

A puppy’s first six-months is the “main growth phase” for a dog. During this time the puppy grows very quickly, some breeds can reach up to 75 % of the total body weight as an adult dog at this stage.

The need for energy and high-quality nutrients in appropriate amounts is correspondingly high during this period in comparison to adult dogs, that require a stable and consistent energy source.

Puppy food requirements

Phase 1

A puppy will start to be weaned from its mother’s milk from 4 weeks old and after this it will enter its main growth stage, which lasts until 6 months old. A diet that is high in protein and fat is necessary to meet their requirements.

Browse our Puppy food here.

Phase 2

After 6 months, they enter the moderate growth phase. It takes another 6 to 12 months before a young dog is fully grown. They spend much more time in this 2nd growth phase and will put on weight more slowly. So, the energy content of the food needs to be reduced to avoid growth disorders.

Browse our Junior food here.

Adult food requirements

After 12 – 18 months, depending on the breed, your dog will be considered an adult and will be fully grown. Their protein and fat requirements once needed for growth will no longer be and therefore, they should move onto a diet which replicates this.

An adult dog’s food requirement will be contingent to a few factors such as their size, age and activity level. But you will find a high-quality adult food with a protein content between 20-29 percent and a fat content of 7-14 percent.

If you and your dog partake in an activity such as Flyball, agility or dog-sled racing then your dog will require a diet that supports this by having a higher fat and protein content.
Smaller breeds exert more energy as they tend to be more active, therefor you will find dog food for small breeds with a slightly higher protein and fat content.
If your dog is a Senior dog, you will need to reduce the amount of protein and fat to adjust to its requirements. Read more on Senior dogs here.
If you are looking for food that is a little bit older browse our adult diets here.

H2: You might be interested in

Best Dry Food For Senior Dogs UK

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:27 +0700

What changes in old age and when to consider a new diet?

Many aging processes are rather stealthy and can initially go unnoticed by a dog owner. Internal organs such as the liver and kidneys and the cardio-vascular system often become less efficient, most metabolic functions slow down and the immune defence is generally weaker than in young animals. The senses such as hearing, sight, smell and taste also become less efficient over time. Sometimes dogs will suddenly refuse to eat their usual food.

For many breeds, you should start to regularly visit the vet when the dog reaches 7–9 years old, it is around this time that you should look to move over to a senior diet.
Ask a vet for a general health check and for blood tests to be carried out from time to time.
Maintain the ideal weight by matching the amount of food to the actual energy requirements. Surplus pounds are a health risk.

What makes our dry dog food a great choice for senior dogs?

A moderate fat content matched to the dog’s falling energy requirements.
High-quality and easily digestible proteins as the performance of the digestive tract and metabolism decrease.
Appropriately increased crude fibre and roughage content to prevent colonic inertia and constipation.
Moderate phosphorus and protein content to relieve strain on the kidneys.

This will all help to ensure that your senior four-legged friend remains fit and agile long into his old age. If in doubt, your vet can tell you when it is time to change to a senior food.

What dry dog food is best for my senior dog

Depending on the size of your breed determines at what age your dog is considered a senior dog. For medium and large breeds this is at the lower end of the 7-9 years and for small breeds the higher end.

Browse all of Senior Dry Dog food here

Dry food for medium to large breed senior dogs

Happy Dog fit & vital Senior is perfectly tailored to the needs of older dogs since organ metabolism changes with increasing age. The recipe protects the internal organs, making it ideal for older dogs, and promotes vitality and joie de vivre right into old age.

Dry food for small breed senior dogs

Vitality for the third life stage of breeds up to 10 kg. To protect the internal organs, you should provide a suitable senior food with reduced levels of protein, sodium and phosphorus. Happy Dog Mini Senior is particularly well balanced.

What puppy food is best for large breeds

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:26 +0700

The first six months are the “main growth phase”. During this time, the puppy grows very quickly. With some breeds, the puppy can reach up to 75% of his later weight as an adult dog at this stage. So his need for energy and high-quality nutrients in appropriate amounts is correspondingly high during this period.

A balanced and species-appropriate diet is essential to ensure that any puppy grows up as he should. Dogs with an adult weight of 10 kg or more grow differently in the puppy and young dog phases, so the recipes used in Happy Dog Young products focus on the needs of each stage. Your puppy receives everything his body needs – for healthy growth, a robust immune system, a robust musculoskeletal system, and a glossy coat. Happy Dog Young products combine the highest quality with maximum care.

Puppy Main growth phase

The first six months are the “main growth phase”. During this time, baby dogs grow very quickly. With some breeds, the puppy can reach up to 75% of his later weight as an adult dog at this stage. His need for energy and high-quality nutrients in appropriate amounts is correspondingly high during this period.

Junior: Moderate growth phase

It takes another 6 to 12 months before a young dog is fully grown. He spends much more time in this 2nd growth phase. He puts on weight more slowly, So the energy content of the food needs to be reduced to avoid growth disorders. When they reach adult age (roughly 18 months), they should be switched to a suitable Adult product.

And what about the small breeds? Small breeds with an adult weight of up to 10 kg grow faster and grow at a more even rate than large breeds. For this reason, they do not need the 2-phase nutrition concept. Your dog will receive everything he needs from our Mini Baby & Junior range for optimum development.

Best diet for large breed puppies

Happy Dog Baby Giant Lamb & Rice is a poultry-free recipe with an optimum protein and fat content for very large breed puppies from 4 weeks. Tasty lamb, highly digestible rice and New Zealand mussels ensure a balanced diet.

Made from high-quality Lamb & Rice and poultry free ingredients
Recipe recommended by a veterinarians
For very large breed puppies from 4 weeks

Best diet for large breed junior dogs

Happy Dog Junior Giant Lamb & Rice has the ideal energy and protein content for young dogs of very large breeds. From 7 months onwards, your pet’s food should have a moderate energy and protein content to avoid rapid growth.

Made from high-quality Lamb & Rice and poultry free ingredients
Food for late post-growth stage junior dogs
For very large breed junior dogs from 7 months onwards

Summary

Here is a brief guide to gently changing his food to ensure that your four-legged friend does not have digestive issues. The first thing you will need is time and patience. We recommend that you plan to change the food over seven days so that your dog’s digestive system can gradually get used to the new composition. This is especially important if you are also changing the type of food, i.e. dry food, wet food or BARF.

What Should You Know Before Purchasing a Puppy?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:25 +0700

A dog is a lifelong companion and can provide many benefits to your life, but there are also drawbacks. The following article will help you make an informed decision about whether or not purchasing a new puppy is the right step for you.

We will provide insightful considerations for when you are purchasing a new puppy, as well as helping you with understanding some important questions you will need to know when meeting with breeders.

What type of dog is right for you and your lifestyle?

Dogs are great pets. They provide companionship, protect your family and home, and they can be trained to become a great life partner. However, not all dogs are right for every family. Different breeds have different temperaments and need different things from their owners.

To choose the best dog for your family. you should consider:

the size of the dog,
what type of work it will be doing,
how active it is, recommendations range between 30 minutes and 2 hours of activity time and intensity vary significantly because different dog breeds have distinct exercise needs
whether it is good with children or other animals in your home or not,
and any allergies that you or members of your family may have.

Buying from a breeder

The use of dog breeders is a controversial topic. Some people believe that buying from a breeder is the best option because they get to choose the dog's characteristics and personality while getting to see how the breeder cares for their animals. On the other hand, some people believe that buying from a breeder is not worth it because they think it promotes unhealthy breeding practices.

However, the benefits of buying from a dog breeder are that they typically have more experience with the breed, they can give dogs with better temperaments, and they often have more information on the breed than other sources. The drawbacks of buying from a dog breeder are that it can be expensive and hard to find one in your area, and some breeds may not be available to you.

There are many alternatives to purchasing from a breeder including shelters, rescues, and adoptions. Adopting or rescuing an animal will likely cost less than purchasing one from a breeder.

Finding the right dog breeder for you

Choosing the right breeder is of utmost importance. The breeder is the one who will be taking care of the dog and making sure that it’s healthy and happy. There are many reputable breeders out there, but it’s not always easy to find them. The Kennel Club Assured Breeder Scheme can help you find a breeder that meets all their standards. They have a list of criteria that they use to assess the suitability of a breeder and if they meet these requirements. If in doubt check their membership status here

What should you ask your breeder - Our top 5 questions.

Don’t be afraid to ask lots of questions, if the breeder is responsible, they will be happy to answer any questions you might have, below we will give a list of some important questions to ask your breeder before purchasing your new puppy.

1. What are the health conditions of the parents and their puppies?

Understanding if there are any health problems that either the parents or puppies have had to date and understanding if any hereditary conditions exist, this a good time to know their vaccination history.

2. How old is their mother and can I see her?

The mother should not be mated under 12 months of age, and no older than 8 years old. Included in this the mother should not have had more than 4 litters in her lifetime.

You will also want to see the mother interacting with the puppies, if possible, it’s great to see the dad as well, but a stud is often used by dog breeders.

3. Can you see the entire litter?

Meeting all the puppies will help you decide which one best suit you.

4. What are the ages of the puppies?

It is advised that a puppy should not be rehomed any younger than 8 weeks old

5. Is there a contract of sale in place?

It is the responsibility of both breeder and purchaser that terms are in place, in there ask if the puppy can be returned if there are any problems.

If at any stage you feel the breeder is being dishonest, walk away – avoid irresponsible and illegal breeders, they are just in it for the money without any regard for the welfare of the mother and her puppies. Learn more from the RSCPA

Are you prepared for a new puppy?

Buying a new puppy is a scary thought and a life-changing decision, once you’ve chosen your new puppy from the breeder, before taking them home make sure that you’ve made all the appropriate considerations a puppy isn’t just for one summer some breeds can last up to 15 years.

Owning a dog is an incredibly rewarding and fun experience but that doesn’t mean it comes with no drawbacks. Make sure you are 100% committed to owning and caring for this new puppy.

Bringing a puppy home

Preparing with puppy food [what should I feed puppy blog] and toys for your new puppy is an important factor, knowing what your breed needs for effective growth while keeping it from getting bored. This is a good time to make sure your house and garden are puppy safe, no escape routes or places your puppy can hurt itself.

Adopting a Puppy

If you decide that buying a new puppy is not quite what you are looking for, there are other options available. Rehoming a dog is an exciting experience, giving love and affection to a pup in an unfortunate circumstance can be much more rewarding to some.

Similar to buying a new puppy rehoming a dog comes with its own benefits and drawbacks of adopting that need to be considered, don’t just jump into a decision on a whim, use the mass number of resources out there and make the best decision for you and your lifestyle.

Regardless of your choice, make sure that you are happy with your decision. Do your own research, understand the breed you are going for, make sure you’re getting the right information and know what to look for when visiting the puppies. Don’t rush into any decision make use the mass number of resources on this topic.

Recognise and prevent heat stroke in dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:23 +0700

Protect your dog from sunstroke or heat stroke in summer. Here you can find out how you can prevent overheating and what you should do in an emergency.

Heat stroke in dogs - what is it?

Unlike many other animals, dogs have almost no sweat glands. The few existing sweat glands are on the nose and on the paws. Dogs regulate their body temperature by panting. This allows them to cool themselves down a bit via the tongue and regulate the normal body temperature of around 38 °C to 39 °C. This cooling consumes a lot of energy and above all water - the dog has to drink constantly.

From a body temperature of 41 °C to 43 °C it becomes life-threatening for the dog.

Even at an outside temperature of approx. 30 °C, it can be difficult for dogs to cool their bodies sufficiently. Breeds with short muzzles or very thick fur are particularly susceptible. Excessive exertion can also cause problems (exercise-related heat stroke). If the dog's own cooling is not sufficient and the body temperature rises, the brain expands as a result. Since the skull bone does not give way, the pressure on the brain increases. In addition to pain, there are signs of failure: the dog becomes apathetic, staggers and after a short time can no longer stand. Heat stroke is followed by heat collapse and, in the worst case, multi-organ failure. From a body temperature of around 42 °C, the body's own protein is destroyed. This can have deadly consequences.

How do I recognise heatstroke or sunstroke?

The classic symptoms of heat stroke are:

Strong panting
Possibly increased salivation
An elongated neck
A tongue hanging out
Hot and red insides of ears
Dry, very reddened mucous membranes
Rapid and shallow breathing
coordination disorders
tachycardia
vomiting or diarrhoea
cardiac arrhythmias

Sunstroke versus heat stroke

sunstroke	heatstroke
Local overheating of the brain (head, neck)	overheating of the entire body
Danger from direct sunlight	Danger due to the ambient temperature, direct sun is not necessary
The temperature may be within the acceptable range	The ambient temperature is too high
The dog is walking in the blazing sun	The dog is left in the car on a hot day

In both cases, panting is no longer enough for the dog to cool down. Not every dog shows all symptoms. Keep a close eye on your four-legged friend in summer in order to recognise possible signs as quickly as possible and to be able to remedy the situation

First aid tips for dog heat stroke

If you suspect heat stroke in your dog, it is important to remain calm. You should have a calming effect on both the dog and other people, such as the owner. Immediately place the dog in the shade and slowly begin to cool it down. Important: leash the dog. In the worst case, he could run away disoriented in shock. First cool the paws with damp towels or water from the garden hose, then the body. Offer him water, but definitely don't give it to him. The dog must not be cooled too quickly with plenty of cold water. Sudden cold constricts blood vessels and worsens symptoms. The temperature drop must not be abrupt. Use lukewarm rather than ice cold water.

Slowly cool down the dog!

Damp towels quickly become warm and need to be changed frequently. Heat stroke or even circulatory shock is always a medical emergency that must be treated immediately. Transport the dog to the vet immediately in a cool car. Call the veterinarian so that the dog's treatment can be prepared. At the vet’s, your dog will be provided with all the necessary infusions and emergency medication.

Other way’s to help you avoid heat stroke in your dog

Not only the car is dangerous for the dog in warm temperatures. Efforts in the heat, such as running on a bike or long hikes, can also lead to heat stroke, even if the temperature seems bearable to the owner. Staying in stuffy, overheated rooms is also dangerous.

Rest your dog when it's hot and postpone all activities until the cooler mornings and evenings. A cool spot in the shade and places to rest should be included in the walk. Always take enough drinking water with you. A water bottle and a small drinking bowl for on the go are ideal. Even better: a chance to swim in a cool lake or river.

Keep in mind that most dogs tolerate heat much less than humans. Never leave your dog alone in the car in the summer, not even for a short time. Dogs should not exert themselves in the heat, but should rest in the shade or even better in a cool house.

Provide plenty of fresh drinking water. If your dog has a thick coat, talk to your vet. Especially with older or sick animals, clipping can make life easier for the dog in summer.

Unveiling the Most Beloved Dog Breeds in the UK

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:22 +0700

When it comes to canine companionship, the United Kingdom boasts a vibrant tapestry of dog breeds that have won the hearts of countless pet enthusiasts. From the spirited and playful to the gentle and loyal, the UK's most popular dog breeds represent a diverse array of characteristics that cater to various preferences and lifestyles. In this blog post, we'll take a closer look at some of the top picks among dog lovers in the UK.

A Spectrum of Small Delights: The UK's Favourite Small Dog Breeds

Just like around the world, small dog breeds are a cherished choice among dog owners in the UK. These pint-sized pals often pack a punch when it comes to personality and charm. Let's delve into some of the most popular small dog breeds that have captured the British heart:

Cocker Spaniel

Known for their gentle demeanour and luscious coats, Cocker Spaniels are adored for their friendly nature and affectionate temperament. Their medium size and adaptable nature make them well-suited for a variety of households.

What is the best suited dog food for a Cocker Spaniel?

Generally brimming with vitality, spaniels are often suited to a diet with a slightly lower protein content - The Ireland or Greece would be ideal.

French Bulldog

With their distinctive bat-like ears and endearing snorts, French Bulldogs have surged in popularity in recent years. Their compact size, combined with their playful and affectionate personalities, has earned them a special place in many homes.

What is the best suited dog food for a French Bulldog?

Allergies can often take centre stage with Frenchies, making a hypoallergenic diet an ideal choice - Such as the Mini Africa or Mini France.

Pug

The charismatic Pug is celebrated for its comical expressions and unwavering loyalty. These small dogs thrive on companionship and are known to form strong bonds with their owners.

What is the best suited dog food for a Pug?

Given their susceptibility to certain skin problems, it would be a prudent choice to provide a diet tailored for sensitivity - Specifically Vet Skin Diet or Mini Ireland.

Dachshund

This breed's elongated body and confident character make it a unique and beloved choice. Dachshunds, or "sausage dogs," have a tenacious spirit and often capture attention wherever they go

What is the best suited dog food for a Dachshund?

At risk with elongated spines and healthy appetites, maintaining a healthy weight is of importance. Easily manage this with Mini Light or Mini Toscana as they are both low in fat.

Yorkshire Terrier

Despite their diminutive size, Yorkshire Terriers exude confidence and charisma. Their long, silky coats and sassy personalities make them stand out in any crowd.

What is the best suited dog food for a Yorkshire Terrier?

Due to their petite size, they can frequently encounter challenges with large kibble. With our specially formulated extra-small kibble, Mini XS Bali and Mini XS Japan would be an ideal choice.

Diving Deeper: Insights into the UK's Dog Breed Preferences

Ever wondered which dog breeds top the popularity charts in the UK? Similar to trends seen worldwide, certain breeds have consistently maintained their appeal among British dog lovers. Let's explore a selection of the most favoured breeds according to various sources:

Labrador Retriever

Renowned for their friendly nature and exceptional intelligence, Labrador Retrievers continue to be a cherished choice for families across the UK. Their versatile traits as loyal companions, service dogs, and sporting partners contribute to their enduring popularity.

What is the best suited dog food for a Labrador Retriever?

With their boundless energy often comes with a predisposition for weight gain. So a diet with high-quality proteins and low fat such as Adult Light or Toscana would suit.

Border Collie

With their boundless energy and remarkable agility, Border Collies are favourites among those who appreciate an active and engaged canine partner. Their herding instincts and eagerness to learn make them ideal for dog sports and training.

What is the best suited dog food for a Border Collie?

A high-protein diet alongside complex carbohydrates. This combination sustains energy levels and cognitive sharpness, which are essential for their agility and mental alertness, so feed Adult Sport or Sport Nordic.

German Shepherd

Prized for their loyalty, intelligence, and versatility, German Shepherds are often employed as working dogs in various roles, including police, search and rescue, and assistance tasks. Their striking appearance and steadfast devotion to their owners have solidified their reputation.

What is the best suited dog food for a German Shepherd?

Prioritise a diet rich in quality proteins and omega-3 fatty acids. This supports joint health and maintains their coat. Balanced portions of whole grains provide necessary energy, look at the Sensible Ireland or the Sensible Greece.

Golden Retriever

Revered for their gentle temperament and warm demeanour, Golden Retrievers embody the quintessential family dog. Their love for people, coupled with their stunning golden coats, makes them an attractive choice for households of all sizes.

What is the best suited dog food for a Golden Retriever?

Striving for a shiny coat and managing their hearty appetite, achieving a lean physique is the goal. Opting for a low-fat diet with high-quality protein content, highly recommended Sensible Africa or Sensible New Zealand.

The Enduring Allure of Man's Best Friend

Why do certain dog breeds capture our hearts more than others? The answer lies in the harmonious interplay between a breed's characteristics and the lifestyle, preferences, and needs of potential dog owners. Whether it's a small bundle of energy or a steadfast companion for adventures, the UK's most popular dog breeds continue to leave an indelible pawprint on the hearts of countless dog enthusiasts.

In conclusion, the United Kingdom's affection for its furry companions is evident through the diverse selection of beloved dog breeds that grace its parks, streets, and homes. From the spirited antics of small breeds to the steadfast loyalty of larger ones, the UK's dog breed preferences reflect the nation's rich tapestry of canine companionship. Whether you're drawn to the exuberance of a Labrador Retriever or the elegance of a Cocker Spaniel, the bond between humans and their canine counterparts remains an enduring and heart-warming facet of life in the UK.

Embarking on the Ideal Start for Your Puppies.

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:20 +0700

Save 10% on our new Puppy & Junior Wet dog food and dog treats

INTRODUCTORY OFFER

SAVE 10% OFF

Shop now

Experience the tailored essence of Happy Dog Young's heart-shaped kibble, expertly crafted for your puppy's unique needs.

Attaining balanced and species-appropriate nutrition stands as a pivotal requirement for your puppy's optimal growth. Recognising the variance in growth among dogs weighing over 10 kg (adult weight) during the puppy and young dog stages, the formulations of Happy Dog Young products have been meticulously fashioned to cater to the demands of each phase. These products offer everything your puppy requires: promoting harmonious development, nurturing robust immune defences, fostering sturdy tendons and joints, and nurturing a lustrous coat.

The Happy Dog Young collection presents an unparalleled pinnacle of quality, encapsulated in a distinctive kibble shape. Our puppy food assumes the form of hearts, a design that goes beyond aesthetics. The heart-shaped kibbles bear a functional significance: the central hole ensures the dry pieces break down more easily, and their expanded surface area aids in superior digestion compared to conventional dry food.

Happy Dog Young Heart-Shaped Kibbles for Puppies

Tailored Dual-Phase Nutrition for Puppies and Young Dogs

The protein and energy requirements vary for medium-sized and large breeds as they progress from puppy to young dog. To align with age-appropriate and necessity-based growth, Happy Dog introduces the ingenious 2-phase concept.

Phase 1 (1st to 6th month): Intense Growth Phase for Your Precious Pup

The initial six months are characterised by the "main growth phase." During this period, your puppy undergoes rapid transformation. By the conclusion of Phase 1, a pup attains around 75% of its future adult weight, contingent on the breed. The precise energy content and premium nutrients in suitable proportions, inherent in our Happy Dog Puppy products, stand as fundamental elements for your pup's exquisite start.

Advantages of Happy Dog Puppy Products:

Ideal for the intensive growth during the first 6 months

Boosts the immune system

Recipes devoid of wheat and gluten

Contains 30% protein, 16% fat

Explore Puppy Products

Phase 2 (6th to 18th month): Gradual Growth and Moderate Energy Requirements

A span of 6 to 12 additional months is essential for a young dog to approach full adulthood. The 2nd growth phase introduces a more gradual pace of growth. Weight gain decelerates, necessitating moderate energy levels in the food during this stage. Therefore, it's recommended to transition from Puppy products to Happy Dog Junior products around the sixth month, a period in which your puppy will also undergo teething.

Advantages of Happy Dog Junior Products:

Fosters harmonious growth during the young dog phase

Supports joint health

Recipes free from wheat and gluten

Contains 26% protein, 13% fat

Explore Junior Products

Happy Dog Puppy & Junior Wet Food and Treats

Happy Dog Sensible Puppy & Junior wet food, comes in either wholesome lamb with easy to digest rice or with salmon and easy to digest potatoes. The recipes are gluten-free and made without added sugar.

With over 90 % animal protein in the total protein, this high-quality wet food is suitable for dogs from 8 weeks old. Sensible Puppy & Junior Wet Dog Food can be given on its own as a complete food or combined with a Happy Dog dry food.

Explore Puppy & Junior Wet Food & Treat Products

The Benefits of Happy Dog Puppy & Junior Wet Food

Seamless Transition of Food

To prevent any undue strain on your puppy's digestive system, a sudden replacement of familiar food with an entirely new one should be avoided. It's prudent to introduce the new food gradually by substituting a portion of their regular food with the new alternative. Your puppy's meal will then encompass a blend of the old and new food in varying proportions:

8 Advantages of Adopting a Dog from a Rescue

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:19 +0700

There are numerous compelling reasons to consider adopting a dog from a rescue. Here, you'll discover essential factors to ponder before welcoming a four-legged friend into your life.

Common Reasons for Giving a dog up

Most dogs find themselves in rescue organisations not due to any shortcomings but because their owners' circumstances have changed. The most typical reasons for surrender include job changes, relocations, separations, and illnesses. This means that many loving dogs must leave their families through no fault of their own and temporarily reside in a rescue. If you're contemplating providing a dog with a new home, take time to reflect on your vision of a furry companion and your overall living conditions.

Lets explore 8 reasons why everyone should consider adopting from a dog rescue:

1. For the love of animals

Choosing to adopt a dog from a rescue is a meaningful step towards animal welfare. Many prospective pet owners opt for rescue dogs out of their deep love for animals. By adopting a rescue dog, you're offering an animal a second chance at a better life. Moreover, you help alleviate the strain on overcrowded and overwhelmed rescue organisations that not only take in surrendered animals but also rescue found or improperly kept animals. Some animal protection associations even facilitate international adoptions, placing animals in caring homes worldwide. If animal welfare is close to your heart, a rescue or an animal protection organisation is a fantastic starting point to find a compatible furry friend.

2. Adoption Support

When considering adopting a dog from animal protection or a rescue, you have the opportunity to visit and spend time with your prospective furry family member beforehand. You can engage in activities like walking and bonding with the dog. If the dog has been at the rescue for an extended period, the rescue's caregivers can provide valuable insights, advice, and support. From dietary needs to grooming preferences and behaviour, they offer guidance and accompany you throughout the adoption process. This allows for a thorough understanding of your new dog and ensures a smooth transition into your home.

3. Veterinary Care

Upon arrival at the rescue, all dogs undergo comprehensive veterinary examinations, receive microchips, and are vaccinated. They are also treated for parasites and, if necessary, spayed or neutered. Health assessments are conducted for every animal as needed. If any medical issues arise, they are promptly addressed at the rescue, and the dog is only available for adoption after receiving necessary veterinary care. In the case of chronic illnesses or required surgeries, rescue staff will provide you with information about the dog's health and guidance on further treatment and medication. This ensures transparency from the outset, allowing you to understand potential costs.

4. Cost Savings

Adopting a dog from a rescue typically involves a nominal fee, covering a portion of the rescue's expenses. In contrast, purchasing a dog from a breeder, especially a specific breed, can be considerably more expensive. However, the primary focus should be on the compatibility of the dog with your lifestyle rather than the price.

5. Avoiding Unscrupulous Breeding Practices

Online pet sales often feature various animals, both mixed breeds and purebreds, at enticing prices. Unfortunately, this can also lead to encounters with dubious breeders. When you choose to adopt from a rescue, you eliminate the risk of engaging with unscrupulous pet dealers and potentially acquiring a sick animal.

6. Finding the Right Fit

When selecting the perfect dog for you, focus on compatibility in terms of temperament and character rather than factors like size, gender, colour, or breed. For instance, a lively terrier mix may be more suitable for experienced dog owners, while an active Border Collie might be the right choice for someone who enjoys outdoor activities. With mixed breeds, individual character traits take precedence. Your level of activity, experience with dogs, and time available for training should guide your decision. The ultimate goal is for both you and your new canine companion to form a harmonious partnership under one roof.

7. A Deliberate Decision

Adopting or purchasing a pet should be a well-considered decision. Impulsive pet purchases can lead to unintended consequences. The rescue adoption process differs in that it discourages impulse decisions. It involves a more extended period of getting to know the dog, ensuring compatibility with your lifestyle, and the dog's well-being. The goal is for both the rescue dog and the owner to establish a strong bond and find happiness under the same roof.

8. Pedigree Puppies vs. Rescue Dogs

When you purchase a purebred dog from a breeder, you typically bring home a puppy. This phase involves intensive training, including housebreaking, separation training, basic commands, and obedience training. On the other hand, adopting an adult rescue dog means they may already have learned some fundamental rules for living with humans and other dogs. While bonding and adjustment will be necessary in the initial days following adoption, adult rescue dogs tend to be calmer and less active than puppies, making them a suitable choice for various households, especially for older individuals.

In summary, the decision to adopt or purchase a pet should be a thoughtful one. Impulse decisions can lead to unforeseen challenges. Rescues prioritise the careful matching of dogs and owners, ensuring a successful and fulfilling adoption process.

The best indoor games for dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:18 +0700

Best Indoor Games

When the weathers bad, try some of these games to keep your dog entertained and mentally challenged.

Best Indoor Games For Dogs

When the weathers bad, try some of these games to keep your dog entertained and mentally challenged.

Even when outdoor activities are limited due to the weather, you can keep your dog both physically and mentally engaged at home. Boredom can lead to unusual behaviours, so it's crucial to have plenty of fun indoor options for your furry friend.

For the Smart Pups and Their Clever Owners

Intelligence games

These are a hit among dog owners. For instance, try hiding a dog treat under a paper cup and encourage your dog to find it. Start with one cup and, if successful, add another. Allow your dog to observe where you place it and reward them when they find the treat quickly. You can increase the challenge by using up to three cups.

Snuffle Mats: Enriching Your Dog's Mind and Senses

Snuffle mats are an excellent tool to tap into your dog's innate instincts while providing mental stimulation and entertainment. Use one of our mats to engage your dog's senses and mental acuity, keeping them sharp and engaged.

The concept is simple but effective. You hide dog treats within the mat's creases, and your dog is tasked with using their remarkable sense of smell to locate each hidden morsel. It's a delightful and rewarding challenge for your furry companion.

Pet stores also offer a variety of pre-made board games designed to stimulate your dog's play and feeding instincts. These include challenging brain teasers that require multiple tasks to be completed before the reward is earned.

Shop Snuffle Mat

For the Detective Dogs and Energetic Athletes

Games of search and hide-and-seek are great fun. Hide in another room and praise your dog when they find you there. Alternatively, hide your dog's favourite toy or a dog treat in your home and have them search for it. Incorporate tasks like running through a tunnel or create your own mini obstacle course using a blanket and two chairs.

You can even turn this into a home agility course, where your dog jumps over broomsticks, weaves around bottles, crawls through a makeshift tunnel, and tackles a long jump over a low obstacle. Let your creativity shine, but ensure all activities are safe and don't cause fear.

Click Your Way to Success

Clicker training is another engaging option, albeit a bit more intricate. With this method, dogs learn to associate the clicker's specific sound with a reward. Clicker training can be used for basic commands, tricks, and entertaining stunts. It's essential to gather detailed information or, better yet, attend a training course to fully understand this technique.

A Gentle Reminder

While playing and learning with your dog, be mindful not to overwhelm them. Short, positive sessions lasting just a few minutes throughout the day are often sufficient. You will be amazed how quickly your dog will get tired from the stimulation. Always conclude each activity on a positive note to ensure your dog feels accomplished and content.

Explore Happy Dog's Training Treats

From rewards during training sessions to delightful snacks for those in-between moments, our dog treats are cherished by dogs everywhere! Our selection encompasses dog biscuits, which are ideal for promoting regular dental health.

Browse Dog Treats

Hemp in Dog Food: A Natural Way to Boost Your Pup's Well-being

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:16 +0700

The Ultimate Guide to Holistic Dog Care

Welcome to our comprehensive guide on holistic pet care, where we delve into the world of natural remedies and supplements to enhance the health and happiness of our beloved dogs. In this blog, we'll explore the wonders of hemp in dog food, as well as the benefits of L-tryptophan and magnesium for your canine companion.

Hemp in Dog Food

Hemp, derived from the Cannabis sativa plant, is a nutritional powerhouse, offering a plethora of health benefits for dogs. Let's discover why hemp is becoming a go-to ingredient in dog nutrition.

Omega Fatty Acids

Hemp seeds are a powerhouse of nutrition, containing an ideal ratio of Omega-3 and Omega-6 fatty acids. These are crucial for maintaining a shiny coat, reducing inflammation, and supporting overall heart health. Omega fatty acids are essential, meaning your dog can't produce them on their own and must obtain them from their diet.

Natural Calming Effects

The non-psychoactive cannabinoids found in hemp, particularly CBD, are known for their calming effects. They work by interacting with your dog's endocannabinoid system, helping to regulate mood and alleviate stress and anxiety. This makes hemp an excellent choice for dogs who experience separation anxiety, noise phobias, or general nervousness.

Joint Health and Mobility

As our canine companions age, they often suffer from joint pain and reduced mobility. The anti-inflammatory properties of hemp can provide much-needed relief, improving their quality of life.

Gut Health

Hemp is also a good source of fibre, aiding in digestion and promoting gut health. A healthy digestive system is crucial for nutrient absorption and overall well-being.

Introducing Happy Dog Calm & Relax Care Snacks

Incorporating hemp into your dog's diet has never been easier, thanks to Happy Dog Calm & Relax Care Snacks. These treats are not only nutritious but also delicious, making them a hit with pups of all ages and sizes.

Why Choose Happy Dog Calm & Relax Care Snacks?

Quality Ingredients: Made with high-quality, natural hemp, these snacks ensure your dog gets all the benefits of hemp without any harmful additives.
Calming Effect: Ideal for dogs that get anxious or stressed, these snacks can help soothe and relax your furry friend in a natural way.
Nutritionally Balanced: Alongside hemp, these snacks are packed with other beneficial ingredients, ensuring a balanced addition to your dog's diet.

How to Use

Happy Dog Calm & Relax Care Snacks are designed to complement your dog's regular diet. You can use them as a treat, a reward during training, or a soothing snack during stressful situations like thunderstorms or vet visits.

Two additional key ingredients in Happy Dog Calm & Relax play a crucial role in soothing and comforting your dog:

The Benefits of L-Tryptophan and Magnesium

L-Tryptophan and magnesium are two other vital nutrients that play a significant role in maintaining your dog's mental and physical health.

L-Tryptophan: The Mood Enhancer

Mood Regulation: L-Tryptophan is crucial for serotonin production, helping to stabilise mood and reduce anxiety.
Stress Reduction: It effectively manages stress-related behaviours and improves sleep patterns in dogs.
Behavioural Benefits: L-Tryptophan can also help in reducing aggression and abnormal behaviour.

Magnesium: The Multi-Tasker

Bone Health: Essential for the absorption and metabolism of calcium, magnesium is vital for strong bones.
Muscle Function: It ensures proper muscle function and prevents cramps.
Nervous System Support: Magnesium has a calming effect and aids in nervous system functioning.
Heart Health: It supports heart health by maintaining a normal heart rhythm.

The Synergistic Effects

When combined, L-tryptophan and magnesium enhance each other's benefits, particularly in mood stabilisation and calming effects, making them a great addition to a dog's diet for managing anxiety and stress.

Conclusion

Embracing a holistic approach to pet care with hemp, L-tryptophan, and magnesium can significantly improve the quality of life for your furry friends. These natural supplements support physical health and emotional well-being, making them ideal for dogs of all ages and breeds. Remember, consulting with a veterinarian is crucial before introducing any new supplements to ensure they are appropriate for your dog's specific health needs.

Discover the benefits of Happy Dog Relax Care Snacks and consider incorporating hemo, L-tryptophan and magnesium into your dog's diet for a happy, healthy, and relaxed pup.

Note: Always seek veterinary advice before making changes to your dog's diet.

Unleashing the Power of Sled Dogs:

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:15 +0700

The Four-Pawed Athletes of the North

The history of sled dogs, shrouded in the mists of time, likely originates from northern Siberia, where indigenous peoples have long mastered the art of winter travel with these canine companions. These dogs are not just pets, but super athletes known for their remarkable endurance, determination, eagerness to run, and resistance to harsh cold.

Today, sled dogging has evolved, welcoming various medium-sized breeds and even mixed-breed teams, reminiscent of those seen during the Klondike Gold Rush. Interestingly, the Fédération Cynologique Internationale (FCI) recognises only four specific sled dog breeds, each with its own fascinating history and characteristics..

1. The Samoyed: A Fluffy Companion with a Sunny Disposition

Originally from Siberia and named after the Samoyed people, this breed is more than just a sled dog. With its plush, white fur and characteristic "smile," the Samoyed was a multi-purpose helper, from guarding reindeer herds to warming up tents. Despite being less physically robust than other sled dogs, the Samoyed boasts impressive endurance and adaptability.

2. The Alaskan Malamute: The North's Locomotive

The Alaskan Malamute has been a loyal partner to the Arctic peoples for over 2,000 years. Known for its intelligence and strong work ethic, this breed narrowly escaped extinction due to extensive cross-breeding in the early 20th century. Fortunately, dedicated breeding efforts have preserved its legacy, leading to its recognition by the FCI in 1963.

3. The Greenland Dog: A Versatile Arctic Worker

With a history intertwined with the Inuit, the Greenland Dog's skills in hunting and sled-pulling are legendary. Bred for robustness and work capability, this breed has been an indispensable companion in the harsh Arctic environment and was even utilised by early polar explorers.

4. The Siberian Husky: The Quintessential Sled Dog

The Siberian Husky's transition from a crucial farm animal to a beloved family member highlights its versatility and affectionate nature. Renowned for its strength, sense of direction, and love for running, the Husky remains a top choice for mushers worldwide.

Sled Dogs in the Modern Era

While traditional breeds continue to be celebrated, today's sled dog races often feature a diverse mix of dogs, including hounds and non-purebred canines. These dogs are characterised by their high work drive, navigational skills, and resilience, especially under challenging conditions.

The Nutritional Needs of a Sled Dog

To maintain their peak performance, sled dogs have unique dietary needs, consuming three to four times more energy than usual when active. A high-fat, high-protein diet, rich in liquids and minerals, supports their metabolism, muscle development, and recovery. However, it's crucial to moderate carbohydrate intake to prevent muscle damage and digestive issues.

Discover the diversity of our Happy Dog Profi-Line collection, tailored to meet the unique nutritional needs of sled dogs. Our product range extends from maintenance diets to specialized "Race Ready" formulas. Each product is carefully crafted, with options like our high-performance diet featuring 34% protein and 24% fat, ensuring your sled dogs receive the precise nutrition they need for both daily health and peak racing conditions.

Did you know you can participate in the UK?

Explore the exhilarating world of sled dog racing with the British Sleddog Sports Federation (BSSF). A hub for all things related to sled dog sports in the UK, the BSSF offers a gateway to various activities like Bikejor, Scooter, Canicross, and Dryland Sprint. Whether you're a seasoned competitor or a newcomer eager to learn and run your dog for fun, the BSSF provides resources, including a comprehensive list of sled dog sport vendors and clubs across the country. The Federation is dedicated to promoting and enhancing international sled dog sports and racing in Great Britain, fostering a community where enthusiasts can discover and unleash the potential of their dogs in the exciting world of sled dog racing. Visit their website here: https://thebssf.org.uk

Top Rated Puppy Food - Rated Very Good by FutterTester.de

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:13 +0700

We are thrilled to announce that another one of our products has been recognised with an award. The Happy Dog Sensible Puppy & Junior, featuring chicken, salmon, and potatoes, has been awarded a "VERY GOOD" rating by FutterTester.de.

About Happy Dog Sensible Puppy & Junior:

This premium dog food for puppies and young dogs blends tasty chicken, fresh salmon, and easily digestible potatoes. It is gluten-free, without any added sugars, and boasts over 90% animal protein in its total protein content. The food is ideal for dogs starting from the 8th week of life, offering a well-balanced protein mix that supports healthy growth. Its appetising flavour makes it a top choice for young canine nutrition.

Achievement Recognised:

The product earned an impressive 9.4 out of 10 stars overall, classified as "VERY GOOD". The breakdown is as follows:

Packaging: 9.4 stars
Product Quality: 9.3 stars
Digestibility: 9.5 stars

A notable highlight is that 100% of participants recommended Happy Dog Sensible Puppy & Junior to others.

The Premium Choice:

We invite you to experience the quality of our superior wet food. Produced in Germany, our product guarantees excellence. Try it out now and see why it stands out.

Shop award winning puppy food

More Accolades:

Happy Dog's array of products consistently earns high praise. Besides the very good rating for Happy Dog Sensible Puppy & Junior, other products like Happy Dog Fit & Vital Mini Adult, and Sensitive varieties from France and Piemonte, along with Puppy and Junior Chicken, Salmon, and Potato, have also received top ratings. The brand has acquired additional recognitions, such as Happy Dog Soft Snacks being named Product of the Year 2020, and Sensible India as Product of the Year for 2021/22.

Making Every Purchase Count: Happy Dog's Mission to Support Rescue Dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:11 +0700

At Happy Dog, our love for canines extends beyond providing high-quality dog food; it's about making a significant difference in the lives of dogs in need. We're excited to share the impact of our ongoing initiatives and how, with your help, we're turning everyday purchases into lifelines for rescue dogs across the UK and ROI.

The Power of Your Purchase

Every time you choose Happy Dog for your furry friend, you're not just ensuring they receive nutritious, balanced meals—you're also contributing to the welfare of rescue dogs. Through our innovative Paw to Paw and donation schemes, we've devised a way to make every pound spent count towards supporting those pups who haven't had the easiest start in life.

Paw to Paw: A Campaign with Heart

The Paw to Paw initiative is our pledge to rescue dogs, transforming purchases into donations of Happy Dog food. For every £1 spent, customers earn meal tokens, which can then be redeemed to donate Happy Dog food to rescue centres in need. This direct action approach has already resulted in over 5,460 kilograms of dog food donations, and we're just getting started. Learn more here.

A Chance to Nominate and Support

What sets our campaign apart is the opportunity for you, our valued customers, to nominate rescue centres that hold a special place in your hearts. Each month, we commit to donating at least three pallets of Happy Dog food, equating to over 6,300 daily meals, ensuring that the nominated rescues can provide for their furry residents. See previous beneficiaries.

Engage, Nominate, and Win

We want our community to be actively involved in the process. By participating in our monthly competitions and games, you not only have the chance to win but also the opportunity to highlight and support a rescue that means something to you. It's our way of giving back and fostering a community spirit that values every dog's well-being.

Looking Forward

As we continue to refine and improve our rewards and donation programs, we're keenly observing how these changes enhance engagement and support for rescue centres. Our goal is not just to donate but to inspire a movement of collective action towards making a difference in the lives of dogs in need.

Join Us

We invite you to be a part of this rewarding journey. Whether by making a purchase, nominating a rescue, or participating in our monthly competitions, your involvement is crucial to the success of our mission. Together, we can ensure that rescue dogs not only survive but thrive.

For more details on how to get involved and to see this month's competition. Let's make every dog's life a happy one, with Happy Dog.

Sign up to our newsletters for the announcement of each new competition.

Ear Infections in Dogs – Why Nutrition Plays a Key Role

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:09 +0700

Why Nutrition Matters in Ear Infections

Ear infections (Otitis externa) are one of the most common health issues seen in veterinary practice. They cause itching, redness, shaking, and unpleasant odour — but often, they’re a sign of something deeper. Chronic ear infections in dogs are rarely just “local problems”; they’re usually symptoms of an underlying skin or allergy issue, often linked to diet and the immune system.

By improving nutrition and skin health through a carefully chosen hypoallergenic dog food or novel protein dog food, we can often reduce the frequency and severity of ear infections — making diet one of the most important tools in long-term management.

Why Ear Infections Develop

There are several contributing factors to ear inflammation in dogs:

Allergies – The most common cause, whether due to food, pollen, or dust mites.
Breed Predisposition – Breeds like Cocker Spaniels, Labradors, and French Bulldogs are prone due to narrower ear canals or increased wax production.
Moisture & Hygiene – Frequent swimming, over-cleaning, or inappropriate ear products can disturb the natural ear environment.
Secondary Infections – Bacteria and yeasts like Malassezia often take advantage of already inflamed ears, worsening symptoms.

Recurrent ear infections often indicate a food or environmental allergy. In such cases, changing your dog’s diet can make a significant difference.

The Link Between Skin Health and the Ears

Ear canal skin functions just like the rest of your dog’s skin — it acts as a barrier. When that barrier becomes inflamed or damaged, allergens and microbes can penetrate easily, causing repeated infections. Nutrition plays a key role in restoring this barrier and maintaining resilience.

Essential fatty acids, zinc, and vitamins A, E, and B-complex all help rebuild healthy skin. These nutrients are crucial to stabilising the immune response and strengthening the skin’s natural defence system — including inside the ears.

Feeding for Healthy Skin and Ears

Our Happy Dog Africa recipe is a premium novel protein dog food using ostrich — a rare, low-allergen meat that’s ideal for dogs with ear, skin, or digestion sensitivities. It’s a complete single protein dog food designed to calm inflammation, support the skin barrier, and promote long-term balance.

Made with ostrich as the sole protein source to reduce allergen exposure.
Includes omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids for anti-inflammatory skin support.
Enriched with zinc, biotin, and vitamins A & E to strengthen the skin and ear barrier.
Gluten-free and highly digestible, suitable for elimination diets or ongoing hypoallergenic feeding.

Dry – Africa (Ostrich) – natural, balanced and perfect for dogs with recurring ear or skin irritation.

Happy Dog Africa provides all the benefits of a vet-level diet with a naturally balanced, gentle recipe built around a rare protein.

Novel Proteins — A Natural Alternative for Sensitive Dogs

For dogs that need variety or rotation alongside Africa, switching between other novel protein dog food options — like kangaroo, goat, or horse — can help reduce sensitivity and support a calm, balanced immune system.

Our Happy Dog Sensible Pure wet food range is made with 100% pure meat and nothing else — no soya, no added sugar, and no artificial colours or preservatives — ideal for elimination diet rotations or maintenance feeding.

Wet Food Options
Wet Kangaroo – gentle and lean, ideal for dogs with recurring ear or skin issues.
Wet Ostrich – a hypoallergenic protein that supports a calm, healthy skin barrier.
Wet Goat – nutrient-dense and soothing for sensitive skin.
Wet Horse (Montana) – made with 100% pure horse meat for targeted elimination diets.

Dry Food Options
Dry Ostrich (Africa) – complete and hypoallergenic diet using ostrich as the sole protein source.
Dry Horse – formulated for long-term tolerance and skin health maintenance.

Rotating between novel proteins such as ostrich, kangaroo, and horse helps prevent new sensitivities while maintaining balanced nutrition and healthy skin.

In Summary

Chronic ear problems often signal that the immune system and skin barrier are under strain. Feeding a hypoallergenic dog food or single protein dog food rich in omega-3s, zinc, and rare proteins like ostrich can reduce the risk of recurring ear inflammation. For elimination or long-term management, Happy Dog Africa provides a natural, balanced way to nourish sensitive dogs.

With the right food and veterinary guidance, your dog’s ears can stay clean, comfortable, and healthy long-term.

Help your dog find relief from recurring ear issues with our novel protein and hypoallergenic diets — or start with a free trial pack to test Happy Dog Africa as part of an elimination diet.

Shop Skin & Allergy Diets

Digestive Health in Dogs – How Diet Can Help

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:08 +0700

When Your Dog’s Gut Needs Specialist Support

The digestive system is central to your dog’s health: it’s where nutrients should be absorbed, toxins filtered, and immune responses regulated. When that system is compromised — whether by inflammation, infection, or chronic stress — symptoms such as loose stools, recurrent vomiting, weight loss, or poor coat condition can quickly follow.

Diet is often the fastest lever to pull. Many dogs improve by transitioning to a carefully selected hypoallergenic dog food, a novel protein dog food, or a focused single protein dog food as part of a vet-led elimination diet to identify safe ingredients.

Understanding Digestive Disorders in Dogs

Dogs with sensitive stomachs may suffer from conditions like inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), chronic enteritis, or malabsorption syndromes. The root causes aren’t always obvious, but common contributing factors include:

Altered gut microbiome or disruption of the gut barrier.
Repeated or high‐intensity stress (travel, boarding, illness).
Dietary changes, low fibre intake, or feeding high levels of fat or proteins the gut cannot process efficiently.

When the intestine isn’t absorbing correctly, nutrient deficiencies and immune dysregulation follow — making the right diet the first line of defence.

The Role of Nutrition in Recovery and Maintenance

A veterinary diet aims to reduce digestive load, modulate inflammation, and support regeneration of the gut lining. This means selecting formulas that are highly digestible, with moderate protein and fat, adequate soluble and insoluble fibre, and supportive nutrients such as omega-3 fatty acids, digestible carbohydrates, and prebiotics.

Our specialist line, Happy Dog VET Intestinal, is designed exactly for this purpose — meeting veterinary standards for dogs requiring short-term feeding and for long-term gut support.

Which Diet Should You Use?

Here are our recommended products for digestive relief, maintenance, and rotation:

Dry – Intestinal Low Fat – ultra-low fat, suitable for dogs with chronic pancreatitis or fat malabsorption.
Dry – Intestinal – highly digestible dry formula for long-term gut support.
Wet – Intestinal – moist, easy-to-digest wet version that pairs perfectly with dry maintenance diets.

Always feed under veterinary guidance. Gradual transition and monitoring are key for gut recovery.

Novel Proteins — A Natural Alternative for Sensitive Digestion

Not every dog with a sensitive stomach needs a veterinary-only diet. For many, the solution lies in switching to a high-quality food based on novel proteins — meat sources your dog’s body hasn’t encountered before. These proteins are less likely to trigger inflammation or allergic reactions and can provide a gentler route to restoring digestive balance.

Our Happy Dog Sensible range uses unique single protein dog food formulas that are naturally easy to digest and ideal for dogs with mild sensitivities or after completing a vet-led elimination diet.

Wet Kangaroo – a lean, low-fat protein perfect for dogs prone to digestive upset.
Wet Ostrich – gentle on the stomach and ideal for rotating with vet diets.
Wet Goat – soothing and nutrient-dense for sensitive digestion.
Wet Horse (Montana) – single protein, low allergen, and highly digestible.

Using novel proteins like Kangaroo, Goat, or Horse can be a long-term solution for many dogs — supporting the gut while providing complete, balanced nutrition.

Supporting Gut Health Across Your Dog’s Life

Maintaining gut health after a digestive event means feeding consistently, avoiding sudden ingredient changes, and selecting diets that support the gut barrier. Fibre diversity, moderate fat, and fewer common allergens all play roles in reducing relapse risk.

Alongside feeding the right diet, simple measures such as feeding two or more meals per day, maintaining a healthy body condition, and reducing stress can significantly improve outcomes.

Explore our veterinary options, hypoallergenic dog food, and novel protein dog food — or try our free trial pack to test a single protein dog food as part of an elimination diet.

Browse Digestive-Friendly Diets

Skin Health & Nutrition — Why Novel Proteins Matter

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:06 +0700

Why Skin Health Starts in the Bowl

The skin isn’t just your dog’s largest organ — it’s a protective barrier. When that barrier becomes inflamed or damaged, problems such as itching, dryness, redness, or recurrent ear infections can follow. The right nutrition — from hypoallergenic dog food to targeted novel protein dog food — helps restore balance, strengthen the skin’s defences, and reduce allergy flare-ups.

Understanding the Root Causes of Skin Issues

Itchy, irritated skin can have many triggers — environmental allergens like pollen and dust mites, plus food sensitivities or nutritional imbalances. Dogs with reactive immune systems may overrespond to common proteins, leading to persistent scratching, hot-spots, or hair loss.

Modern diets and reduced exposure to natural microbes may increase intolerance to familiar foods such as chicken or beef. That’s why many vets recommend a structured elimination diet using single protein dog food to identify safe ingredients.

The Therapeutic Power of Nutrition

Research shows that targeted nutrition can directly influence skin health. Key nutrients that play a vital role include:

Essential fatty acids (Omega-3 & Omega-6): Support a healthy skin barrier, reduce inflammation, and promote a glossy coat.
Zinc: Important for wound healing, skin renewal, and coat shine.
Vitamins A, E and B-complex: Support cellular regeneration and protect against oxidative stress.

Nutrition is often the first and most effective step in managing skin allergies — helping your dog from the inside out.

Why Novel Proteins Make a Difference

When a dog’s immune system becomes sensitised to common proteins like chicken, beef or lamb, switching to a novel protein — one the body hasn’t encountered before — can help calm inflammation and restore normal skin function. This approach sits at the heart of an effective elimination diet.

Our Happy Dog Sensible range is built around this principle, offering carefully selected single protein dog food options that lower allergy risk and support healthy digestion.

Wet Kangaroo – ideal for sensitive digestion and protein rotation.
Wet Ostrich – rich in easily digestible, low-allergen protein.
Wet Goat – gentle on stomachs and skin.
Wet Horse – the perfect option for elimination diets.
Dry Ostrich – balanced and nutrient-rich for long-term feeding.
Dry Horse – highly digestible formula with essential fatty acids for coat health.

Building Healthier Skin from Within

Feeding a diet built around high-quality, single animal proteins and the right balance of Omega-3, zinc and vitamins helps to restore your dog’s natural protective barrier. The result? Less itching, a stronger immune system, and a visibly healthier coat. For many dogs, a phased elimination diet using hypoallergenic dog food or novel protein dog food is the most reliable way to find lasting relief.

Every meal you feed has the power to support your dog’s skin, coat and comfort — starting with the right protein choice.

Discover how our novel protein dog food and single protein dog food can help calm your dog’s skin and soothe sensitivities — or try our free trial pack as part of an elimination diet to see what works best.

Explore the Sensible Range

Food Intolerance in Dogs – Understanding Causes & Finding the Right Diet

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:45:03 +0700

When “Good Food” Still Causes Problems

Even with the best-quality dog food, some dogs react with itching, stomach upset, or recurring ear and skin problems. These signs often point to a food intolerance or allergy — a condition where the body overreacts to certain proteins or ingredients that are otherwise harmless for most dogs.

If your dog struggles with sensitivities, shifting to a carefully chosen hypoallergenic dog food, a novel protein dog food, or a focused single protein dog food used as part of an elimination diet can help identify safe ingredients and calm symptoms long term.

Allergy or Intolerance – What’s the Difference?

Both allergies and intolerances cause similar symptoms, but they develop in different ways:

Food allergies trigger an immune reaction — the body recognises a protein as “foreign” and attacks it, causing inflammation, itching, and skin irritation.
Food intolerances are non-immune reactions, often caused by missing digestive enzymes or difficulty breaking down certain nutrients such as fats or proteins.

In dogs, food allergies are relatively common — around one in ten canine allergies is food-related. Symptoms often appear on the skin: intense itching around the face, ears, belly, and legs, or recurrent ear infections. Some dogs also develop digestive symptoms like gas, diarrhoea, or vomiting soon after eating.

Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Terriers are among the breeds genetically more prone to food-related allergies and sensitivities.

Diagnosing a Food Allergy: The Elimination Diet

When an allergy is suspected, your vet may recommend an elimination diet — feeding a single, novel protein and carbohydrate source that your dog has never eaten before. This helps identify which ingredients are safe and which to avoid.

The process typically takes 6 to 8 weeks, though some cases require up to 12 weeks for clear results. If symptoms improve or disappear, the diagnosis is confirmed.

Creating a home-cooked elimination diet is possible but rarely practical long term. Balancing nutrients precisely can be challenging, which is why complete veterinary or specialised hypoallergenic dog food options are a safer choice.

Choosing the Right Food for Sensitivities

Dogs develop allergies only to ingredients their bodies have already encountered. Therefore, switching to a novel protein diet — one containing an entirely new source of animal protein — can dramatically reduce inflammation and itching.

Our Happy Dog VET Hypersensitivity line is formulated with rare and highly digestible ingredients, designed specifically for elimination diet trials and long-term management of food sensitivities. Each recipe provides complete nutrition while being gentle on digestion and skin.

VET Dry Hypersensitivity – formulated with quail and chestnut, ideal for food allergy elimination and maintenance.

Novel Proteins — Nature’s Gentle Alternative

For dogs that don’t require a veterinary diet, feeding novel proteins like ostrich, kangaroo, goat, or horse can be a simple and effective way to support skin and gut health. These proteins are rarely found in traditional dog foods, meaning the immune system is less likely to react.

Our Happy Dog Sensible single protein dog food recipes are formulated precisely for these cases, providing complete, balanced nutrition that soothes sensitive stomachs without compromise.

With — no soya, no added sugar, and no artificial colours or preservatives. They are a strong option when transitioning from an elimination diet to a long-term, hypoallergenic dog food plan.

Wet Food - 100% Pure Meat Options
Wet Kangaroo – gentle and lean, perfect for food rotations and sensitive digestion.
Wet Ostrich – novel and nutrient-rich, ideal for allergy-prone dogs.
Wet Goat – naturally soothing and easy to digest.
Wet Horse (Montana) – made with 100% pure horse meat, ideal for elimination diets.

Dry Food Options
Dry Ostrich – complete diet using low-allergen ostrich as the sole protein source.
Dry Horse – formulated for long-term maintenance and digestive tolerance.

Novel proteins can be used long term as part of a balanced rotation plan, helping to prevent sensitisation to any single protein source.

Can You Prevent Food Allergies?

Feeding hypoallergenic food before any symptoms appear isn’t recommended. Doing so can reduce the number of “safe” proteins available if a true allergy develops later. Instead, feed a varied, high-quality diet and introduce novel proteins only if your vet recommends it for intolerance or elimination diet testing.

Managing Enzyme Deficiency (EPI)

Some dogs don’t tolerate food because they lack the digestive enzymes needed to process it properly. This condition, known as exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (EPI), can lead to weight loss despite an increased appetite and frequent, large stools. In such cases, feeding highly digestible, low-fat diets and supplementing with enzymes under veterinary advice can help restore normal digestion.

VET Dry Intestinal Low Fat – ultra-low fat diet ideal for supporting recovery in dogs with chronic pancreatitis or enzyme deficiency.

From elimination diets to gentle novel protein dog food, find the right approach to calm your dog’s skin and stomach. You can also try our free trial pack to see how your dog responds.

Explore Sensitive & Hypoallergenic Diets

Our Premium Sustainable Barramundi Selected for Australian Open 2023

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:40:17 +0700

We are proud to announce that our barramundi was selected for the Australian Open 2023. It is a moment of immense pride for us to be the exclusive supplier of barramundi for one of the biggest sporting events in the country.

The Australian Open is one of the most prestigious sporting events in the world, and being selected as a supplier is a testament to the quality of our product. Our barramundi is not only delicious but also sustainable, which sets us apart from other suppliers in the market.

At our company, we are committed to providing our customers with the highest quality, sustainably sourced barramundi. We take pride in the fact that our fish is raised in a way that is both environmentally and socially responsible.

We are proud to be able to offer our customers a premium product that is not only delicious but also sustainable. We believe that it is our responsibility to protect the environment and promote sustainable practices, and we take this responsibility very seriously.

If you are looking for a delicious and sustainable seafood option, our barramundi is the perfect choice. We are proud to offer our customers a premium product that is not only delicious but also sustainable and environmentally responsible.

The post Our Premium Sustainable Barramundi Selected for Australian Open 2023 appeared first on MainStream Aquaculture.

Importance of Airfreight – MainStream Aquaculture CEO, Boris Musa, explains

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:40:16 +0700

We salute the entire team at Melbourne Airport who give Australian businesses global access. Here’s our CEO, Boris Musa, talking about our business and how airfreight plays a key role.

Boris MUSA, CEO of MainStream Aquaculture

The post Importance of Airfreight – MainStream Aquaculture CEO, Boris Musa, explains appeared first on MainStream Aquaculture.

The Center for Aquaculture Technologies Appoints Matt Kramer as Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:27 +0700

Matt Kramer has joined the growing team at the Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT) as the Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing. He will lead the company’s expanding global rollout of innovation in genetic improvement, particularly in commercial-scale genome editing for aquaculture.

Matt is a seasoned commercial leader with more than two decades of experience driving commercial growth in genomics and various life sciences sectors, with a specialty in commercializing innovation in the genomics field. He joins CAT following senior roles at QIAGEN, ThermoFisher, Element Biosciences, and Psomagen, where he led transformative sales initiatives, built high-performing teams, and established strategic, value-based partnerships. His expertise spans the commercial spectrum of sales, marketing, and product management, anchored in a strong foundation in genomics, molecular diagnostics, and next generation sequencing technologies.

Commenting on his appointment, Matt Kramer said:

“I was drawn to this role for its combination of strategic scope and purpose — with the opportunity to help shape how genomic and genome-editing technologies transition from research tools into real-world impact. CAT’s culture, scientific and aquaculture industry expertise, and long-term vision align strongly with my own values as a leader. I’m particularly looking forward to bringing the benefits of genome editing into the aquaculture market and delivering responsible, science-based adoption worldwide.”

He added:

“Genome editing offers transformative benefits for the global aquaculture industry by enabling targeted genetic improvements that enhance operational productivity, resilience, and sustainability, as complementary methods to traditional selective breeding strategies. My passion has always been to work for companies that drive innovation, and CAT provides exactly that opportunity. As the global population grows, CAT’s genome editing services offer a safe, efficient, and effective way to increase the availability of nutritious food while reducing pressure on wild fish stocks.”

Dr. John Buchanan, CEO of CAT, welcomes Matt:

“We are pleased to have Matt join our team. His experience and leadership will be instrumental as we expand the commercialization of genome editing in aquaculture globally. I look forward to introducing him to our clients and am confident that, together with the rest of our team, we will lead CAT into an exciting new era – further driving innovation, boosting productivity and sustainability, and supporting our core mission of feeding people responsibly.”

The post The Center for Aquaculture Technologies Appoints Matt Kramer as Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

The Center of Aquaculture Technologies Partners with UMBC to Advance Sterility Solutions in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:26 +0700

The Center of Aquaculture Technologies (CAT), a global leader in sustainable genetic innovation for aquaculture, today announced the signing of an exclusive licensing agreement with the University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC) covering two patents related to the induction of sterility in finfish using Morpholinos. This strategic collaboration strengthens CAT’s intellectual property portfolio and further backs their strategy in bringing responsible genome editing solutions to aquaculture.

There are many reasons to produce animals that do not undergo sexual maturation, reasons that align closely with the core goals of the aquaculture industry. Sterility in farmed fish offers benefits across performance, environmental protection, and animal welfare.

Why sterility matters

Improved Performance – Sterile fish avoid early sexual maturation, enhancing growth rates and feed conversion efficiency, reducing production costs, and minimizing waste.
Environmental Protection – Sterility safeguards the distinctive traits of wild populations, protecting biodiversity and supporting balanced ecosystems. This also addresses regulatory concerns with fish escapes from aquaculture production systems.
Animal Welfare – By reducing stress and aggression associated with sexual maturation, sterile fish experience improved health and lower mortality rates.

“CAT is committed to advancing Next-Gen Breeding solutions that combine scientific innovation with environmental and economic responsibility,” said Dr. John Buchanan, CEO of CAT. “Our partnership with UMBC allows us to bring further pioneering sterility technology closer to commercial reality, supporting healthier fish, stronger ecosystems, and more efficient production systems. With a growing global population to feed, sustainable aquaculture solutions have never been more critical, and genome editing, underpinned by sterility, is a key part of that future.”

Commenting on the signed agreement Dr. Yonathan Zohar, Professor at UMBC and Chair of the Department of Marine Biotechnology at IMET shared, “We are pleased to be working with CAT to advance the development of sterility technology in aquaculture. This collaboration, including a sponsored research agreement, aims to improve sterility success rates in Atlantic salmon, with potential applications across all finfish species. Our partnership with CAT will enable us to achieve 100% sterility and bring this technology to the aquaculture industry.”

Ten-Tsao Wong, DMB Associate Professor adds; “Morpholinos have been approved by the FDA for human medicine and are being used to treat Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD). This new agreement with CAT can accelerate our efforts to expand this technology to produce sterile fish. We look forward to collaborating with CAT to bring this technology to market.”

Morpholino sterility induction silences genes critical for germ cell development in fish embryos through bath immersion. The fish grow normally but are sterile, avoiding the negative effects of early sexual maturation on growth, flesh quality, and survival. Unlike other methods like triploidy, this approach preserves high-performance genetics while addressing animal welfare concerns.

John concludes,

“The Morpholino technology complements our genome editing solutions for sterility by offering a quick and flexible alternative. It can be used in situations where sterility is urgently needed, and while the introduction of sterility through genome editing into a breeding population is still in progress. For example, in salmonids, where breeding cycles are longer, this technology provides a timely option.”

Adding, “our Morpholino technology will be made available in situations where genome editing is not being used. Sterility is a critical issue for the aquaculture industry, and this gives us another reliable tool that we can call on.”

The post The Center of Aquaculture Technologies Partners with UMBC to Advance Sterility Solutions in Aquaculture appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Center for Aquaculture Technologies Shares Breakthroughs in Genome Editing at the First International Meeting on Genome Editing in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:25 +0700

The Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT) team joined leading scientists, industry experts, and policymakers in Chile at the end of November for the First International Meeting on Genome Editing in Aquaculture.

On the opening day of the event, organized by EDIGEN and the University of Chile in Puerto Varas, participants heard presentations on advances in genome editing and genomics applied to atlantic salmon, coho salmon, tilapia and trout. Topics included editing for disease resistance traits, including SRS, IPN, BKD , and sea lice, as well as the regulatory requirements for implementation in Chile.

The first CAT speaker was Dr. Matthew Josephson , Genome Editing – Commercialization Manager, who shared the transformative potential of genome editing and the value it can deliver to producers; higher growth, improved FCR, increased yield, and reduced management costs when sterility is included as a production trait.

Matt outlined the key requirements for integrating genome editing into breeding programs and highlighted several milestones CAT has achieved while scaling this technology for commercial aquaculture. He also shared practical examples from his work with both salmon and tilapia.

Dr. Matthew Josephson during his talk

“Successful use of genome editing in commercial aquaculture demands high-throughput, high-efficiency editing capabilities and the ability to work where the fish are – through our mobile laboratory. Importantly, genome editing will not replace traditional breeding; it will become a powerful addition to the toolbox, accelerating genetic improvement and enabling performance gains.”

Setting the stage for a key theme that his colleague Dr. Yehwa Jin would explore in depth, Matt emphasized the foundational role of sterility in responsible and scalable genome editing.

“Achieving 100% sterility remains the key that unlocks broader biotechnology adoption by addressing the concerns of regulators, producers, and stakeholders alike. Over the next five years, genome editing will drive major sustainability benefits, boost productivity, and reduce the resources required to produce fish and shellfish -ultimately allowing integrated genome-edited breeding programs to reach true commercial scale.”

The second day of the event continued with a series of scientific presentations showcasing the latest advances in genomics and genome editing applications in aquaculture.

During the “In Vivo Gene Editing” session, CAT Research Scientist Yehwa presented on the importance and opportunity of sterility as a foundational trait. She explained that a core requirement for commercial deployment of genome editing is ensuring edited fish are sterile or otherwise effectively contained. Yehwa shared CAT’s most recent strategies for reliably producing sterile, monosex populations at scale.

Dr. Yehwa Jin

Yehwa concluded:

“Sterile stocks have the potential to fundamentally transform the sustainability of aquaculture. We now know that 100% sterility is achievable through a genome-editing approach, giving us a reliable and scalable pathway to enhance performance while directly addressing key farming challenges. This work not only resolves regulatory and stakeholder concerns, it also lays the foundation for the next generation of aquatic biotechnologies.”

The event closed with a series of short presentations on emerging technologies. Genome Editing Research Manager Dr. Ashutosh Pudasaini presented CAT’s progress in genome editing for Pacific white shrimp (L. vannamei). While several editing methods have been reported in shrimp, with varying degrees of success, Ashutosh highlighted that challenges remain around enzyme delivery and achieving commercially viable survival rates to adulthood.

Despite these hurdles, CAT is in the early R&D stages of applying genome editing at a commercial scale in shrimp and has successfully created and grown edited shrimp beyond PL20+, demonstrating meaningful progress toward scalable deployment.

Ashutosh noted:

“Microinjection remains one of the most technically advanced approaches available, and our recent successes in precise genome editing show just how powerful it can be. With consistent access to embryos and state-of-the-art facilities, CAT is exceptionally well-positioned to scale this work and lead innovation in the field.”

Dr. Ashutosh Pudasaini

CAT’s contributions at the First International Meeting on Genome Editing in Aquaculture underscored the organization’s leadership in advancing practical and scalable genome editing solutions. With major progress across finfish and shrimp, a strong focus on sterility, and technologies designed for real-world breeding programs, CAT is shaping the future of sustainable aquaculture and accelerating the deployment of next-generation breeding in aquaculture.

CAT team at the event in Puerto Varas, Chile

The post Center for Aquaculture Technologies Shares Breakthroughs in Genome Editing at the First International Meeting on Genome Editing in Aquaculture appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Reflecting on 2025: Milestones Achieved, Innovation Accelerated

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:23 +0700

Dr John Buchanan, CEO

As 2025 comes to a close, we celebrate another year of reaching milestones and accelerating genetic advancements for our clients through CAT’s Next-Gen Breeding approach.

When asked to share his highlights, CEO Dr. John Buchanan reflects on a noteworthy year for the Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT) and offers a glimpse of what’s ahead for 2026 and beyond.

Commercializing Genome Editing

This year marked a major leap forward in the commercialization of genome editing for aquaculture. CAT’s collaboration with tilapia producer Brazilian Fish was announced in early 2025, celebrating the first introduction of commercial-scale, genome-edited tilapia in Brazil. This partnership highlights that the integration of genome editing into breeding programs is no longer theoretical – it’s happening.

Stay tuned in 2026 for updates on how genome editing has fast-tracked the selection of desirable traits that traditionally would have required many generations, driving faster genetic improvement and unlocking value across the entire supply chain for our partners.

Genetics: A Key Tool to Increase Value

In today’s competitive global market, we’ve continued to help our clients maximize returns by designing breeding strategies that balance input costs with genetic and economic gains. It’s been rewarding to see how these improvements compound generation after generation, supporting clients in building stronger, more sustainable operations.

This year, we added 10 new genotyping tools to our growing library of solutions developed specifically for aquatic species. This enables our team to match the right tool to each client’s program needs, ensuring they receive the insights required to maximize their genetic improvement plans. CAT’s collaborative approach brings innovative solutions to meet the increasing technical demands of our clients.

In addition, we added 6 new breeding programs to our portfolio of clients for Genetic Services, expanding our role in helping companies design and execute elite genetic improvement strategies.

CAT’s genotyping lab in San Diego, CA

Industry Leadership

Throughout the year, our team shared insights at major industry events and scientific conferences on topics including use of genomic tools, the practical benefits of selective breeding, commercial-scale genome editing, evolving regulatory frameworks for new technologies, benefits of sterility for the aquaculture industry, and new advancements in genome editing for P. vannamei. Thank you to everyone who invited us to speak, and to those who attended and engaged in our discussions – we look forward to sharing even more in 2026.

5th INFOFISH World Tilapia Trade and Technical Conference 2025, Bangkok

Looking Ahead

As we look ahead, CAT remains focused on supporting our core mission of feeding people responsibly by delivering customized precision breeding solutions that drive value and sustainability for our clients. From advancing our Sterility+® solution which enabling CAT to add sterility as a foundational trait in genome editing, to expanding access to the latest genotyping tools across aquatic species, our global team is committed not only to pushing the boundaries of aquaculture genetics through R&D, but also to ensuring these innovations are practical, scalable, and accessible to the entire aquaculture industry.

Following our recent partnership announcement with the University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC), there will be more to share as we bring Morpholino technology to clients where sterility is immediately needed, as genome-editing approaches to introduce sterility into breeding populations continue to progress. In species such as salmonids, where breeding cycles are longer, the morpholino technology provides a timely and practical solution, and we look forward to delivering this capability to the industry.

Thank you to our incredible clients, partners, and team – your trust, collaboration, and dedication are the foundation of our success. We’re excited to continue this journey together, making our industry more productive, resilient, and sustainable.

Here’s to a collaborative and successful New Year, and to making 2026 our best year yet!

The post Reflecting on 2025: Milestones Achieved, Innovation Accelerated appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Meet CAT at Aquaculture America 2026

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:22 +0700

We’re excited to be back at Aquaculture America 2026! The CAT team will be sharing practical insights on genetics, breeding strategies, and our Next-Gen Breeding approach to building resilient aquaculture systems.

Join us for our talks or stop by Booth 426 to learn how we help producers launch new breeding programs or strengthen existing ones, targeting the traits that deliver the greatest commercial impact. Learn about CAT’s existing technologies and future plans to help producers dramatically enhance commercial output.

This year’s Aquaculture America returns to Las Vegas. Organized annually by the U.S. Aquaculture Society in partnership with the National Aquaculture Association and the Aquaculture Suppliers Association, this event brings together the leading minds in aquaculture, and we can’t wait to be a part of it.

CAT Talks at Aquaculture America 2026

Breeding for the Future: Enhancing Resilience in Aquaculture with Genomic Offsets

Tuesday, Feb 17 | 3:00 PM

Finfish Genetics / Selection / Genomics Session

Speaker: Samuel May

Integrating Genome Editing into Breeding Programs: Achieving Commercial Scale

Tuesday, Feb 17 | 3:15 PM

Finfish Genetics / Selection / Genomics Session

Speaker: Takeshi Umazume

Harnessing Efficient Genetic Improvement in Tilapia to Maximize Economic Return

Wednesday, Feb 18 | 1:30 PM

Florida Marine Aquaculture Coalition

Speaker: Adriana Artiles

Choosing the Right Breeding Program: Comparative Strategies for Genetic Improvement

Thursday, Feb 19 | 12:00 PM

Annual U.S. Marine Finfish Aquaculture Session

Speaker: Samuel May

Visit Us at Booth 426

Between sessions, we invite you to stop by Booth 426 to meet the team, discuss your breeding goals and challenges, and learn how CAT is helping producers achieve faster, more predictable genetic gains through our NextGen Breeding TM solutions.

Whether it’s discovering what genotyping tools we have available, or what you need to consider to integrate genome editing gains, or how we design custom breeding programs, our team will be on hand to answer your questions and share practical strategies to improve animal performance and profitability.

See you at Aquaculture America 2026!

The post Meet CAT at Aquaculture America 2026 appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Revolutionising Aquaculture Through Genetics: The role of genetics in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:21 +0700

Aquaculture has been evolving fast. Producers continue to be under growing pressure to deliver more – more efficiency, more resilience, more sustainability and often with fewer resources and tighter financial constraints. So how does genetics help?

Genetics isn’t just about growing better animals. It’s about building aquaculture systems that are robust, adaptable, long-term, and commercially viable. At CAT, we demonstrate that genetics is a powerful lever producers have to future-proof their operations, and we exist to help capitalise on that potential.

Why Genetics Matters in Aquaculture

Aquaculture breeding programs have been improving fish and shellfish for many years, using approaches similar to those in other agricultural industries. At their core, these programs involve choosing the best animals as parents and consistently selecting for traits that improve performance over time.
What makes aquaculture unique is the biology of aquatic species. Many produce large numbers of offspring are fertilised externally, and a multitude of external factors can cause a varying range in how quickly they grow and mature. This creates a significant opportunity to make meaningful improvements through well-designed breeding programs. Producers typically focus on traits such as faster growth and better feed efficiency, higher yields, improved survival and robustness, product quality, and, in some cases, sterility.

Our Mission

CAT’s mission is simple – deliver custom genetic solutions that improve efficiency, sustainability, and profitability for aquaculture producers, genetics companies, and researchers worldwide.

We don’t believe in providing only off-the-shelf answers, because every species, environment, and market is different. That’s why we design breeding programs around what matters most to each client, whether that’s growth, survival, disease resistance, robustness, product quality, or a combination of traits that drive real commercial impact. We’ll work with you to agree on a plan suited to your goals.

Our tailored approach to choosing the most appropriate genotyping tool(s) for your breeding strategy is shaped by each client’s specific needs. Complex programs, such as multi-trait genomic selection, require high-density markers, whereas simpler programs may require only low-density markers for relatedness and family assignment.

By aligning cutting-edge genetic science with on-farm realities, we help producers make confident, data-driven decisions that deliver measurable results.

A True Client Partnership

Personalized Engagement, Hands-on Expertise
One of the biggest frustrations we hear from producers is feeling unsupported once a program is underway. At CAT, client engagement isn’t an add-on; it’s fundamental to how we work.

For all our annual breeding clients, we are committed to bi-weekly meetings, ensuring we stay closely involved throughout the entire breeding cycle. These regular touchpoints allow us to track progress, respond quickly to challenges, and refine strategies as conditions change.
And we don’t just show up on screens.

Guaranteed On-Site Support
CAT guarantees at least one on-site visit per year, because we know that effective genetic programs are built on real-world understanding. Being present matters. Seeing the facilities, meeting the teams, and understanding operational nuances enable us to deliver customised solutions.

Global Reach, Local Expertise and 24/7 When It Matters
Aquaculture doesn’t operate on a single time zone, and neither do we.
CAT has a genetic services team member in every major aquaculture region, providing local, on-hand support where and when it’s needed. This regional presence ensures cultural understanding, regulatory awareness, and timely response.

Our global team structure means we can provide support around the clock, with a CAT expert always available somewhere in the world.

Benefiting from the latest Genetic Improvement technologies

CAT’s clients are already benefiting from our expertise and leadership in bringing the latest genetic improvement to reality. We are working with several commercial producers to integrate genome editing into their breeding programs, giving them access to the latest advances in genetic improvement technologies.
In the same way as selective breeding, which delivers improved genetic progress over time, genome editing precisely targets and delivers genetic changes that could naturally occur. However, instead of taking many years of careful, selective breeding, this beneficial variation can now be introduced in a single generation. Our scientists directly create genetic variants in precise locations in the genome to deliver major improvements in performance, without introducing new DNA.
We can also leverage our patented approaches to induce sterility to provide clients with a guaranteed method of containment and improved growth and performance by reallocating reproductive energy.

With CAT’s guidance, clients harness these cutting-edge tools to achieve faster, more predictable improvements.

Building the Future of Aquaculture Together

At CAT, we see genetics as a collaborative journey. By working closely with producers, staying engaged throughout the breeding cycle, and delivering cutting-edge science that translates into real performance, we help producers reach their goals faster. Together, we are shaping a more resilient and profitable future for aquaculture.

The post Revolutionising Aquaculture Through Genetics: The role of genetics in Aquaculture appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Genetic Innovation for Blue Food Security: Production and Resilience in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:20 +0700

A 10-minute presentation by Debbie Plouffe

As the world searches for sustainable ways to feed a growing population, the future does not lie only on land, but also in our waters.

In this 10-minute talk recorded for Sea the Future 2026, Debbie Plouffe explores how genetic innovation is transforming aquaculture into a smarter, more resilient, and more sustainable engine for global food security.

Aquaculture has been documented as the fastest-growing source of animal protein, but growth by scale alone is no longer enough. Climate volatility, disease pressure and environmental constraints demand a more sophisticated approach: precision genetic innovation.

Debbie reveals how CAT’s genome editing work has moved beyond theory and into commercial deployment, reshaping what’s possible for aquaculture production.

An important part of this innovation is the ability to address containment concerns through genome editing and to reliably produce 100% sterile fish. Sterility is not just a biological feature; it is a foundational safeguard. It:

Addresses environmental and regulatory concerns
Prevents interbreeding with wild populations
Enables responsible commercial deployment of enhanced traits
Enhances growth by redirecting energy from reproduction to biomass
Protects proprietary genetics

Through our strategic partnership with Brazilian Fish, the CAT team have already applied genome editing at a commercial scale in tilapia production in Brazil. Guided by our expertise in breeding and leveraging our mobile genome-editing laboratory, the CAT team has worked to deliver sterility as well as improved growth, feed efficiency, and fillet yield into existing breeding programs, all while preserving genetic diversity and preventing genetic drag.

Thousands of edited fish are now growing as broodstock in Brazil, with regulatory processes underway and commercialization on track.

The economic implications of incorporating genome editing are staggering. Financial modelling shows that genome editing in Brazil’s tilapia sector alone could create incremental growth of hundreds of millions of dollars annually, driven by improvements in growth performance, feed efficiency, and filet yield, all without expanding environmental footprint.

At a global scale, even a single improved trait can significantly increase food output while conserving resources. This is not simply about better fish. It’s about strengthening food systems.

Debbie concludes with a clear vision: genome editing will not replace traditional breeding; it will significantly enhance it. As a powerful tool in the breeder’s toolbox, it offers a pathway to greater productivity, resilience, and sustainability.

If climate resilience and sustainable protein are priorities for you, this talk explores the transformative shift already underway.

Watch the full 10-minute presentation to see how genetic innovation is shaping the future of blue food security.

The post Genetic Innovation for Blue Food Security: Production and Resilience in Aquaculture appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

CAT Strengthens Focus on Client Partnerships with Ecuador and Global Support Roles

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:38:19 +0700

CAT (Center for Aquaculture Technologies) is expanding its client support services to further strengthen the company’s commitment to high-quality service and operational excellence.

The Ecuadorian shrimp Industry has experienced tremendous growth over the last 5 years. With much of Ecuador’s success as a global shrimp leader been driven by continuous genetic improvement programs. CAT supports these programs through high-quality genotyping services and close breeding partnerships; providing advanced genetic tools, CAT enables producers and breeders to achieve measurable gains in growth, feed conversion efficiency, and disease resistance across shrimp populations. CAT is the trusted partner in Ecuador and remains committed to investing in its clients and supporting the long-term sustainability and competitiveness of the industry.

Diana Lagos, recently attending Aqua Expo in Santa Elena

As part of its ongoing growth initiative, CAT strengthened its presence in Ecuador with Diana Lagos joining as the company’s on-the-ground representative. Drawing on her extensive laboratory and shrimp operations experience, Diana advises Ecuadorian clients on best practices for sample collection and shipping, which are critical to preserving sample integrity and ensuring reliable, actionable genetic data. She also plays a key role in coordinating with CAT’s global laboratory operations team to streamline project execution.

Maria Hernandez, Client Success Associate

Enhancing its clients’ experience and support, CAT now also welcomes Maria Hernandez to the Client Success team. Maria serves as a primary point of contact for any clients needing assistance with sample logistics. Maria connects all, supporting onboarding, providing technical guidance, and managing day-to-day client interactions to ensure a smooth and responsive experience. Both Maria and Diana are native Spanish speakers, which ensures CAT delivers professional and personalized support to its Ecuadorian and Spanish-speaking clients.

“Maria’s and Diana’s expertise and dedication to sustainability make them ideal advocates for our clients,” said Klara Verbyla, VP of Genetic Improvement. “Their roles reflect our ongoing commitment to not only provide cutting-edge genetic solutions but also to be a trusted partner in our clients’ long-term success.”

These investments in people and platforms are part of CAT’s broader strategy to be more than a genetic services provider. By combining infrastructure, insights, and personalized support, CAT empowers aquaculture producers to drive sustainable genetic progress.

Check out Sample Stream—our new client portal designed to make your genotyping process faster. Navigate sample submissions effortlessly through our simple 3-step system.

Discover Sample Stream

The post CAT Strengthens Focus on Client Partnerships with Ecuador and Global Support Roles appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Genome Editing: Driving Productivity at Commercial Scale

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:35:42 +0700

Genome editing is a practical, scalable tool that enables producers to unlock substantial gains in productivity, resilience, and sustainability – faster than ever before.

Unlike conventional selective breeding, which builds incremental improvement over generations, genome editing introduces significant performance gains in a single generation.

Genome editing strengthens established breeding programs, integrating seamlessly into commercial production to accelerate genetic gains and deliver faster value across the production chain.

A Tool That Delivers Across Many Traits

Genome editing can be applied across a wide range of traits that matter to every stakeholder: producers, regulators, and consumers alike.

These include:

Growth performance
Yield and fillet percentage
Feed efficiency
Disease resistance
Gender determination
Pigmentation
Monosex
Sterility

The Impact is Quantifiable

In tilapia, for example, CAT has recorded single-gene edits that have delivered up to 48% improvement in growth performance compared to non-edited siblings. That level of gain represents a meaningful shift in farm productivity, with the potential to shorten harvest cycles, improve turnover, strengthen margins, and enhance access to healthy sources of protein.

More Than Growth: Built for Sustainable Production

Genome editing can not only deliver performance gains but can also provide environmental, regulatory, and commercial confidence.

An important part of this innovation is the ability to address containment concerns. Genome editing enables the reliable production of 100% sterile fish, addressing multiple challenges simultaneously:

Prevents reproduction of escaped farmed fish with wild populations
Protects proprietary genetics and encourages investment
Addresses environmental and regulatory concerns
All whilst redirecting reproductive energy toward growth

Speed Changes Everything

One of the defining advantages of genome editing is speed.

Traditional breeding improves performance from generation to generation. Genome editing can introduce a significant improvement in a single generation. Gains that selective breeding can then continue to build upon.

This acceleration has the potential to increase genetic progress by orders of magnitude compared to conventional methods. For producers facing evolving disease pressures, feed cost volatility, and sustainability demands, speed matters.

Built for Commercial Scale

Reports show that more than 25 aquaculture species have already been successfully gene-edited, with tilapia leading research efforts due to its short generation time and robustness.

But delivering genome editing at a commercial scale requires more than scientific proof of concept. It requires:

High-throughput editing methods
Efficient egg processing
Integration into breeding programs
Careful management of relatedness and inbreeding
Robust genotyping and tracking systems

CAT’s recent advancements have achieved over 95% editing efficiency across thousands of eggs per day, demonstrating that genome editing is not just viable, it’s scalable. This progress was reinforced when CAT announced in 2025 their collaboration with tilapia producer Brazilian Fish, marking the first introduction of commercial-scale genome-edited tilapia in Brazil and confirming that integration into breeding programs is already underway.

Want to understand more about how genome editing could transform your breeding program?

START THE CONVERSATION

The post Genome Editing: Driving Productivity at Commercial Scale appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Unlocking the Genome: Advancing Aquaculture Through Low-Pass Whole Genome Sequencing

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:35:41 +0700

At the start of the year, Sabrina Sauri, Research Associate at CAT, presented at PAG33 – the International Plant and Animal Genome Conference – one of the world’s leading forums for genomic innovation.

Her poster showcased another example of how CAT is contributing to the future of aquaculture breeding through a powerful combination of laboratory innovation and advanced bioinformatics.

Sabrina Sauri, Research Associate at CAT

The project focused on developing a high-throughput low-pass Whole Genome Sequencing (WGS) pipeline for Cobia (Rachycentron canadum), an emerging aquaculture species with significant commercial potential. But the implications reach far beyond a single species, offering a scalable genomic framework for aquaculture programs worldwide.

What Is Whole Genome Sequencing – and Why Does It Matter?

Whole Genome Sequencing (WGS) determines the DNA sequence across an organism’s entire genome. Unlike traditional genotyping approaches that target predefined markers, WGS captures genetic variation across all chromosomes, including both common and rare variants.

This genome-wide perspective provides several key advantages:

Unbiased genetic insight without the limitations of fixed SNP panels
Detection of variants linked to complex traits such as growth and disease resistance
A scalable platform for large breeding populations

For aquaculture, where many emerging species still lack robust genotyping tools, these advantages are transformative.

The Power of Low-Pass Sequencing

While high-coverage sequencing can be costly at scale, CAT’s approach uses low-pass WGS, sequencing genomes at shallow coverage and then applying advanced imputation methods to recover accurate genome-wide genotypes.

This strategy allows breeding programs to analyse far more animals per generation while maintaining high data quality. The result is faster, smarter decision-making that supports:

More informed broodstock selection
Shorter breeding cycles
Steady genetic improvement in key traits like survival, growth, and disease resistance

By improving scalability and return on investment, genomic selection becomes accessible even for species without custom marker panels.

Innovation from Bench to Bioinformatics

CAT’s workflow integrates both laboratory and computational expertise. The team implemented an optimized library preparation method using a TnX transposon system, combining tagmentation and ligation to minimise positional bias while increasing throughput and reducing hands-on time.

Importantly, the value of low-pass sequencing continues to grow over time. As reference genomes improve and population datasets expand, existing data can be reanalysed to achieve even higher accuracy, without recollecting samples or regenerating libraries.

A Scalable Future for Aquaculture Genomics

This work demonstrates more than a technical achievement; it highlights CAT’s ability to deliver end-to-end genomic solutions, from experimental design and wet-lab optimisation to advanced analytical pipelines.

By building efficient, scalable, and future-proof workflows, CAT is helping aquaculture producers unlock the full potential of genomic selection – accelerating sustainable production and genetic progress across species.

Unlocking growth potential, boosting feed efficiency, and enhancing disease resistance in species all begins with understanding their genetic makeup.

The post Unlocking the Genome: Advancing Aquaculture Through Low-Pass Whole Genome Sequencing appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

The Alaska Blue Economy Center: Connecting Mariculture to the State’s “New Blue Economy”

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:33:29 +0700

In recent decades, Alaska has seen reductions in the population of working-age adults, according to the Alaska Economic Trends Magazine. This is hitting Alaska’s seafood industry, which generates billions of dollars for the state and the US economy, but is seeing declines in its output.

Maritime industries in Alaska are also being impacted by climate change. Melting ice caps, rapidly warming ocean temperatures, and ocean acidification are impacting the resilience of one of the state’s most important economic sectors.

Moreover, Alaskans are also deeply connected to the ocean on a cultural level, with Alaska Native communities having used coastal waters for thousands of years, and coastal fishing villages like Chignik suffering when their fisheries decline.

However, there is a growing movement within the last frontier to rebuild its historic ocean industries, especially in mariculture.

The Alaska Blue Economy Center (ABEC), launched in 2019, is at the forefront of this movement. It’s built around the ideas of a blue economy, which recognizes and promotes the economic significance of ocean industries in a sustainable manner.

ABEC is trying to revamp the state that produces over half of the nation’s seafood by building up future generations of workers in a state where they’re desperately needed.

UAS Applied Fisheries students preparing sampling kits for deployment to salmon hatcheries. (Credit: Angie Bowers)

Workforce Development

Tommy Sheridan has been with ABEC since 2022 and has been the director since August 2024. Before joining ABEC, which is part of the University of Alaska Fairbanks (UAF), he worked for 20 years in the Alaskan seafood industry.

What Sheridan has seen as a vital mission of ABEC is to secure funding and resources to help Alaska’s maritime-related industries, which are part of their “blue economy.”

“We have really worked to stimulate external funding in support of the state’s blue economy,” he said during a recent fisheries seminar at UAF.

This plan has certainly worked in recent years. In 2022, the Alaska state legislature appropriated $7 million to UAF to “support mariculture research, industry support and workforce development,” of which $2 million was given directly to the ABEC.

The next year, in 2023, UAF was awarded another $20 million through an EPSCoR grant to research “culturally and commercially important” species in the Gulf of Alaska. This five-year grant, known as the Interface of Change, brings communities, universities, and researchers from across the Gulf together to build “resilience” in coastal ecosystems and economies through mariculture.

ABEC and its partners have also benefited from the US Economic Development Administration awarding $49 million to the “Alaska Mariculture Cluster.” Sheridan has seen the push that national and state organizations are making for Alaska’s mariculture industry, and wants ABEC to maximize the funding and resources the industry obtains.

However, none of this funding matters if there aren’t workers to support the mariculture industry, which ABEC is particularly focused on. This is a vital step that ABEC has recognized and is working to improve: mariculture workforce development.

ABEC’s Tommy Sheridan and PWSC’s Dr. Amanda Glazier conduct mariculture sampling in Prince William Sound. (Credit: Tommy Sheridan)

In 2023, they contributed to the Alaska Mariculture Workforce Development Plan, which was designed to meet the “current and forecasted training needs” of one of the state’s most important economic industries. Sheridan says that this plan recommended creating “glidepaths” for students, which means not only showing but also supporting clear paths toward careers in Alaskan mariculture.

ABEC has supported students as young as junior high, supporting programs like the Alaska Science Olympiad. They’ve also partnered with the Teaching Through Technology (T3) program, which offers career support for high schoolers across Alaska.

“T3 is a STEM-focused program based at the University of Alaska, Fairbanks,” Sheridan explains. “We’ve worked with them to help them develop a mariculture curriculum.”

ABEC also provides a landing place at the university level to learn about and interact with several other mariculture educational institutions around the state.

Within the University of Alaska system, ABEC connects students to programs like the Applied Fisheries Program at the University of Alaska Southeast, or the Prince William Sound College, located right on the Gulf of Alaska. Sheridan says they also funded a state-wide mariculture research initiative that resulted in significant engagement with industry and community partners.

ABEC stretches beyond Alaska as well. With national partners like the American Fisheries Society, ABEC is collecting and sharing knowledge, resources, and career pathways in the hope of rejuvenating a younger mariculture workforce and ultimately preparing them to contribute to Alaska’s blue economy.

“There was an acknowledgement for the need to prepare the workforce for the new blue economy,” Sheridan says. “[…] that includes improving STEM education in the K-12 environment.”

UAF’s Tommy Sheridan with PWSC students and staff, sampling mariculture farm sites in Prince William Sound. (Credit: Tommy Sheridan)

Alaska’s New Blue Economy?

The blue economy is an economic framework that recognizes and promotes the importance of ocean-based industries. Alaska has long been known for its productive and well-managed wild fisheries and salmon hatcheries, but Sheridan says the state’s “new blue economy” will also include mariculture.

For instance, in 2023, through its Mariculture Innovation Research Fund, the ABEC funded research exploring how salmon hatcheries and mariculture could be combined at the same locations.

“We funded research looking at Alaskan salmon hatchery release sites, doing water quality testing to determine which release sites, if any, around the state were conducive to mariculture production,” Sheridan says.

The research project supported dozens of students around the state, engaging them in the growing mariculture sector of Alaska’s blue economy.

This past summer, ABEC continued its push for incorporating mariculture in Alaska’s established salmon hatcheries. UAF is an affiliated partner with NOAA’s Cooperative Institute Fostering Aquaculture Research and Marketing proposal, which will provide $300 million for aquaculture and mariculture projects around the country. ABEC hopes to receive and direct some of those funds toward mariculture development in Alaska.

In Alaska’s current economy, Sheridan says the mariculture industry is only a small component compared to the much bigger commercial fishing and processing industries. However, their goal is to transform it within the new blue economy into a thriving industry.

This transformation must be thought-out, however, and Sheridan says the new direction for the state’s ocean industries also prioritizes sustainable extraction.

He wants to bring outside organizations, such as the Marine Stewardship Council, to teach students about sustainable fisheries and possibly create a sustainability certification at UAF.

Sustainable extraction from ocean ecosystems requires understanding the ecology and habitat where mariculture farms and fisheries exist, to ensure that populations remain balanced.

Sheridan explains that this is another reason ABEC wants to promote higher education in the mariculture workforce, because the new blue economy requires its workers to understand the ocean on a scientific and data-driven level.

“The new blue economy is really […] technologically advanced, very heavy on big data,” Sheridan explains.

With Alaska experiencing rapid global warming in the Arctic and northern latitudes, ABEC recognizes the importance of creating not only a growing mariculture industry but also a sustainable one. Recent studies have shown that the term “blue economy” has become increasingly linked with the word “sustainability” and global sustainability frameworks.

Following this path, ABEC is promoting Alaska’s blue economy by emphasizing a sustainable, data-informed, and knowledge-driven attitude.

“The new blue economy is a knowledge-based economy,” Sheridan says, “looking to the sea, not just for the extraction of material goods, but for data and information to address societal challenges.”

UAF staff and Teaching Through Technology high school students attending a City of Valdez City Council meeting. (Credit: Tommy Sheridan)

The post The Alaska Blue Economy Center: Connecting Mariculture to the State’s “New Blue Economy” appeared first on FishSens Magazine.

Using AI to Revolutionize Gut Microbiome Analysis in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:33:28 +0700

Aquaculture is an increasingly vital player in the global food market, and currently supplies over half of the world’s seafood, according to the US Department of Agriculture. As demand for aquaculture products grows, the industry’s response works to keep pace.

One way farmers are doing this is by integrating observational and proactive systems that monitor fish in real time. Keeping tight tabs on fish populations and water quality allows farmers to better understand their operational conditions.

An important aspect of this is fish health and growth. Problems like disease can run rampant in farms, hampering fish growth and ultimately the quality of the end product, according to the World Aquaculture Society, underscoring the importance of stopping health problems before they spread.

Now, some companies are looking toward creating new technologies that can monitor fish populations and detect changes in health instantaneously, before they become a problem.

An example of Aquagut sample acquisition with salmon. (Credit: AquaGut)

Challenges with Monitoring Fish Health in Aquaculture

Horaizon AI started off in human healthcare by analyzing gut microbiomes, and has recently moved into gut microbiome analysis for terrestrial animals and, now, aquatic species. Alan Cook is an aquaculture consultant who has partnered with Horaizon AI to develop their new aquaculture diagnostics program: AquaGut.

“They found that using a fecal sample, they were able to quantify the metabolic activity present in a gut sample,” Cook says of Horaizon’s technology.

Across both terrestrial and aquatic species, the gut microbiome serves as an indicator of health, performing the same basic functions in animals. However, Cook says that the aquaculture industry has historically relied on more observational or easily accessible tests, such as measuring weight or gill microbiome analysis, rather than examining gut health.

Getting fecal samples is the primary method for analyzing gut health, and traditionally, samples had to be sent to labs for analysis. Cook says this method was laborious, expensive, and often took several weeks for analysis to be completed. This timeline, similar to historic observation methods, might only catch onto health changes when they’re already a problem.

Cook says that AquaGut lays out a process to observe and track changes in population health as they happen, rather than waiting until a problem shows up visibly.

How Does AquaGut Work?

Cook primarily sees AquaGut as a proactive method that could tell farmers to try different foods and maximize growth. He explains that choosing the right feed source can proactively prevent health problems while also minimizing costs.

“The biggest application for me is around feeding efficiency and getting better growth and reducing the amount you spend on feed,” Cook states.

The process starts by collecting a small fecal sample, dewatering it, and smearing it on AquaGut’s premade template. Then, users take a picture and upload it to the AquaGut app, where the Horaizon AI analyzes it.

An example of fecal smear microbiome results. (Credit: AquaGut)

Cook says that the analysis looks for biomarkers, like color and texture, of common functional microbes.

“It looks for those key types, butyrate producers, fatty acid producers, fermenters, and pathogen inhibitors,” Cook explains, “and then gives you a diversity score.”

High microbial diversity indicates a healthy gut and, therefore, a healthy fish. However, the analysis isn’t a one-off test, as farmers must have a large sample size. Rather, for the first few months, farmers must conduct multiple tests to understand the normal diversity levels in the species they’re raising.

Then, they can track changes in their stock’s gut diversity over time, and look for when fish are falling below that benchmark. Cook believes this method can be used in multiple ways, for both disease prediction and for choosing the best food.

“If you see a real drop in diversity or a real increase in pathogen inhibitors, it can suggest to you that you’ve got an impending health issue,” Cook says.

He continues, “If your use is about trying to figure out whose feed is better, you should also see that indicated in the diversity […]. You should see which gut is delivering better performance.”

Cook believes it’s a way for aquaculture farmers to get a snapshot of gut health and growth, without the need for traditional labor and time-intensive sampling and observation.

He also explains that it can be paired with water quality measurements, which have seen advances in real-time monitoring in the industry. This can provide a holistic view of farm conditions, and also show whether water quality conditions are impacting fish gut health or how they feed.

“This should allow farmers to have insight into gut biome populations, and that should be a very powerful tool for water quality, understanding the impact the environment has on the selection of diets,” Cook says.

However, he admits that, although AquaGut is trying to simplify the process, implementation isn’t always easy.

A flowchart of the AquaGut microbiome analysis. (Credit: AquaGut)

Challenges with Implementing Gut Health Analyses

AquaGut, AI in aquaculture, and gut microbiome analysis are all relatively new in the industry. Therefore, a large part of Cook’s job as a consultant with Horaizon is to talk with farmers about this new technology. He explains that while many of them see the value in instantaneous health and growth readings, they may find trouble when trying to implement a technology like AquaGut.

“Fish farming is hard, and trying to bring something new online requires extra effort and needs to deliver enough value to carve out time in your already busy day,” Cook says.

While the value of healthy populations may be obvious to farmers, using the gut as a surrogate for population health may be uncharted territory.

Sometimes, this is simply because they’re used to alternative methods of tracking health and feeding. If that’s the case, and they’ve never incurred the costs of gut microbiome analysis before, Cook says the selling point on cutting costs becomes null.

“If they’re not currently testing [gut health], the fact that it’s 10% of the existing costs, when they don’t have even that cost today, is not very compelling,” Cook explains.

To address the issue of implementing quicker microbiome analysis at a broad scale, Cook says that AquaGut is prioritizing showing instances of its use in the real world.

AquaGut Case Studies

AquaGut’s primary method for testing its technology is by offering farmers low-cost or free field trials. Cook says they are planning trial runs with a shrimp farm in Thailand and a tilapia hatchery.

“Once you have those commercial use cases that demonstrate the importance of what you’re doing, then you start to get some traction,” Cook says.

Cook says that, while lab results and research studies are helpful, they aren’t always enough. In an industry that’s demanding and results-based, farmers want to see real-world applications before incurring the costs and time it takes to implement new technologies.

That’s why AquaGut is conducting case studies early, to build up the data and show positive changes from their technology. Ultimately, Cook hopes that these case studies will show the importance of gut analysis and push aquaculture health monitoring in a better, more efficient direction.

“My hope is that this becomes another tool in the tool chest for farmers to monitor the health of their fish at a more microbial level, on a day-to-day basis,” Cook says.

The post Using AI to Revolutionize Gut Microbiome Analysis in Aquaculture appeared first on FishSens Magazine.

Strategies for Profitable Fish Species Selection for Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:32:15 +0700

If you want to make money in aquaculture, start with the right fish.

That decision shapes almost everything else: your feed costs, growth speed, survival rate, market demand, and day-to-day management. Choose the wrong species, and your costs can rise fast. Choose the right one, and you give yourself a much better chance to grow efficiently and sell profitably. Aquaculture already supplies more than half of the seafood produced for human consumption worldwide, so the opportunity is real—but species choice still makes or breaks the business.

Why species choice matters so much

Think of species selection as a business decision first, not just a biological one. You need to ask a few clear and practical questions. How fast is this fish likely to grow? How much feed will it need to reach market size? Will it survive well in your system and under your local conditions? And just as importantly, will buyers be willing to pay a price that makes the effort worthwhile? When you answer those questions early, you make it much easier to choose a species that supports both production success and profit.

In other words, profitability usually comes down to a few core factors working together: growth rate, feed conversion, survival, operating cost, and market value. When those lines are in place, your chances of building a resilient farm go up. Studies from FAO also emphasize that feed efficiency has a direct effect on profitability.

Look for species that grow fast and sell well

If you are looking for a practical starting point, tilapia often stands out.

Why? Because tilapia is widely farmed, adapts to many production systems, and is commonly favored for its suitability across a broad range of farming environments. It also benefits from extensive production knowledge and established markets in many parts of the world.

Catfish can also be a strong choice, especially when you want a hardy species with dependable demand in many markets. Carp remains important in lower-input systems and in price-sensitive markets, where affordability matters. Meanwhile, salmon can command a higher selling price, but it usually requires more sophisticated systems, tighter environmental control, and significantly higher investment. NOAA notes the importance of matching species and systems carefully, and highlights the specialized nature of marine aquaculture, such as Atlantic salmon production.

So the message is simple: do not ask only, “What fish is popular?” Ask, “What fish fits my farm and my buyers?”

Match the fish to your environment

Next, be honest about your conditions.

If you are in a warm region, species such as tilapia often make more sense. If you are working in cooler water, trout or salmon may be better options. Water temperature, oxygen levels, water supply, and energy costs all matter. NOAA’s regional aquaculture materials make this point clearly: different ecosystems support different farmed species and production methods.

So instead of forcing the environment to suit the fish, choose fish that already fit the environment you have.

That one move can reduce your spending on heating, aeration, filtration, and system correction. As a result, your operation becomes easier to manage and more profitable over time. FAO climate-related work on tilapia also shows that changes in feed cost, mortality, and fish price can sharply affect profitability, which reinforces the importance of environmental fit and risk planning.

Do not ignore the market

Now let’s make this practical: a fish that grows well but does not sell well is still a bad business choice.

Before you stock ponds, tanks, or cages, talk to buyers. Check local prices. Talk to restaurants, wholesalers, retailers, and processors. Learn what sizes they want, what species move steadily, and what customers already recognize.

This matters because stable demand is often more valuable than trendy demand. If you can sell consistently, you reduce risk. World Bank aquaculture research also points to the importance of operating costs, input use, and market structure in determining sector performance and profitability.

So say it this way: “I am not just raising fish. I am producing a product for a market.”

That mindset helps you make better decisions from the beginning.

Watch feed costs closely

Feed is usually your biggest expense.

Because of that, feed conversion ratio is not just a technical metric—it is a profit metric. A species that turns feed into body mass more efficiently can give you a real financial advantage. FAO feed-management publications on tilapia repeatedly stress that feed performance and feed conversion are central to farm economics.

This is one reason herbivorous and omnivorous species are often attractive to producers. In many cases, they are less expensive to feed than carnivorous species that depend more heavily on high-protein inputs.

So when you compare species, do not stop at selling price. Ask, “How much will it cost me to grow each kilogram?”

That is the number that protects your margin.

Choose species that help you reduce risk

If you are new to aquaculture, hardier species are often the smarter choice.

Fish that tolerate handling, crowding, and fluctuations in water quality can help reduce losses. Lower mortality means more predictable harvests, steadier cash flow, and fewer expensive surprises.

That does not mean premium species are bad choices. It means you should match complexity to your level of experience, infrastructure, and available capital. High-value fish can be profitable, but only when the production system is ready for them. NOAA’s aquaculture guidance and regional materials both support the idea that species choice should reflect the production environment and management capacity.

Think long term, not just short term

In the end, the most profitable aquaculture businesses usually do not chase hype. They build around fit.

They look at the whole picture: environment, feed cost, survival, infrastructure, labor, and buyer demand. Then they choose the species that balances those factors best.

That is the real strategy.

Do not ask only, “What fish makes the most money?” Ask, “What fish gives me the best chance to grow well, survive well, and sell well in my actual situation?”

That is how you build an aquaculture operation that can scale, stay resilient, and keep generating returns over time.

Make Your Aquaculture Business More Profitable

If you want your aquaculture business to be more profitable, do not guess on species selection.

Take time to evaluate your water conditions, climate, feed costs, infrastructure, and local buyer demand before you stock your system. Then choose the species that fits your farm financially and biologically.

For more practical insights on aquaculture, sustainability, and ecolonomic strategies, visit the Ecolonomics Action Team at EAT Community.

I can also turn this into a stronger SEO blog version with a focus keyword, meta description, internal link suggestions, and subheadings optimized for WordPress.

4 Reasons Fish Farms Fail After Scaling and How to Avoid Them

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:32:11 +0700

Scaling a fish farm can seem like the natural next step after early success. However, many fish farms fail after scaling because larger operations are far more difficult to manage than small ones. Expanding a farm is not just about adding more ponds, tanks, or fish. It also means dealing with more complex water quality issues, higher disease pressure, feeding inefficiencies, and a less stable production environment.

In many cases, fish farms fail after scaling because the systems that worked well at a small level do not perform the same way at a commercial level. Without careful planning, growth can quickly lead to poor fish health, lower survival rates, and financial losses.

Below are four major reasons fish farms fail after scaling and what producers need to watch closely.

1. Water Quality Problems Increase as Fish Farms Scale

One of the biggest reasons fish farms fail after scaling is poor water quality management. In small systems, operators can usually control oxygen levels, water turnover, temperature, and waste buildup more easily. As the farm expands, maintaining the same balance becomes much harder.

Large ponds and tanks often develop uneven circulation, poor aeration, and waste accumulation in certain areas. These conditions can create dead zones where dissolved oxygen drops and ammonia levels rise. Even slight variations in pH or temperature can stress fish and reduce growth.

According to the FAO’s guidance on dissolved oxygen, oxygen is one of the most important factors in fish survival and performance. Likewise, the FAO’s material on water quality and fish health shows how water chemistry directly affects fish health and production.

To avoid failure after scaling, fish farms need stronger monitoring systems, better aeration design, and faster response protocols.

2. Disease Outbreaks Spread Faster in Large-Scale Fish Farms

Another major reason fish farms fail after scaling is the increased risk of disease. As stocking density rises, fish are packed more closely together, which makes it easier for pathogens to spread. At the same time, stress from poor water quality weakens immune response and leaves fish more vulnerable.

A disease event in a small fish farm may affect one section of the operation. In a large-scale farm, the same outbreak can move rapidly through the entire stock and cause major losses. This is one of the clearest ways fish farms fail after scaling.

FAO emphasizes the importance of aquatic health management and biosecurity in reducing disease risks in aquaculture. Stronger biosecurity systems are essential when farms grow larger because equipment, water sources, workers, and routine movement can all introduce pathogens.

Fish farms that scale successfully treat disease prevention as a core management system, not an afterthought.

3. Feeding and Nutrition in Fish Farms Become Less Efficient at Scale

Feeding problems are another common reason fish farms fail after scaling. A feeding strategy that works well with a small population may become inefficient or inconsistent in a much larger system.

In larger ponds or tanks, feed may not be distributed evenly. Some fish get too much, while others get too little. Overfeeding raises nutrient loads and contributes to poor water quality. Underfeeding reduces growth rates and can increase competition and aggression.

The FAO’s aquaculture resources on water quality management explain that feeding intensity directly affects production performance and environmental conditions. Poor feeding practices can quickly damage both water quality and profitability.

To reduce the risk of failure, larger fish farms need better feed delivery systems, more consistent monitoring, and nutrition plans built specifically for higher stocking levels.

4. Ecosystem Balance Breaks Down in Larger Fish Farming Systems

Fish farms are not just production units. They are living ecosystems. Water, oxygen, microbes, fish behavior, plants, and mechanical systems all interact. As a farm grows, those interactions become much more difficult to balance.

This ecosystem complexity is a hidden reason fish farms fail after scaling. Larger operations often rely more heavily on pumps, aerators, filters, and circulation systems. If one part fails, the impact can be immediate and severe. Smaller farms sometimes have enough natural buffering to absorb a problem. Larger farms usually do not.

FAO’s guidance on water quality management notes that prolonged low oxygen and unstable conditions can reduce growth, lower disease resistance, and trigger mortality.

Scaling a fish farm means scaling biological complexity at the same time. Producers who ignore this often discover too late that bigger systems are also far more fragile.

How to Prevent Fish Farms’ Failure After Scaling

Fish farms fail after scaling when growth happens without stronger systems in place. Expansion should include more than infrastructure. It should also include better water monitoring, tighter biosecurity, improved feeding management, and a deeper understanding of system balance.

Fish farms that succeed at scale usually have:

reliable water quality monitoring
strong aeration and circulation design
biosecurity protocols for staff, equipment, and water
feeding systems suited for larger populations
backup systems for pumps, aerators, and filtration
management practices built around fish health and environmental stability

Conclusion

Fish farms fail after scaling for several predictable reasons. Water quality becomes harder to manage, disease spreads faster, feeding becomes less efficient, and ecosystem complexity increases. These problems do not always show up on a small farm, but they often become severe once the operation expands.

The fish farms that thrive at scale are the ones that prepare for these challenges early. They understand that growth is not just about size. It is about maintaining control, balance, and biological stability as complexity increases.

Start your own fish farm

Are you thinking about starting or expanding a commercial fish farm? The Ecolonomics Action Team provides practical guidance, valuable information, and access to experienced fish farmers who understand what it takes to build a resilient and profitable aquaculture operation. Join the team and get connected.

References

The post 4 Reasons Fish Farms Fail After Scaling and How to Avoid Them first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Norwegian RAS-Suppliers Strengthen Team in North America

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:30:51 +0700

By NACA

Norwegian Aquaculture in America (NACA) was established in 2025 by five Norwegian companies with a targeted focus on the land-based aquaculture market in the United States. Alex Tsappis will now be their local representative in the North-American market.

Alex Tsappis brings more than 20 years of experience in U.S. aquaculture and has in-depth knowledge of the industry. He was recently hired by NACA to represent the five Norwegian supplier companies: Silikal, Simona Stadpipe, Dynamic FishEye, Mat-Kuling, and Helland Silosystem across both the USA and Canada.

“It was necessary to establish a dedicated sales organization for the USA and Canada. Alex Tsappis will also handle logistics, service, aftersales, and eventually the local assembly of partners’ equipment,” says Bjørn Dørum, General Manager of Mat-Kuling.

NACA’s presence in North America is also strengthened by the partnership with, Structural Armor in Indiana. The company produces modular composite tanks for aquaculture as well as membranes for upgrading older tanks.

In May, all companies will participate in RasTech 2026 with their own NACA stand. NACA will also host a dedicated RAS workshop on the conference’s opening day.

Alex Tsappis was also present representing the NACA network at Aquaculture America 2026, held in Las Vegas in mid-February. NACA shared a booth with its partner Structural Armor, which is based in Indiana. The company produces modular composite tanks for aquaculture as well as membranes for upgrading older tanks.

With Alex Tsappis present in the USA to present their compete RAS-solutions to engineering firms, developers and fish farmers, the NACA-companies will have a much better outreach in their new market.

Alex Tsappis and Inge Stian Helland.

The website Home – Norwegian Aquaculture in America has been launched to promote the network’s initiative in USA and Canada. The NACA business network is supported by Innovation Norway.

“The engagement and support from Innovation Norway were decisive in our decision to enter the land-based aquaculture market in the USA and Canada, says Dørum on behalf of the NACA partners.

The 5 NACA-Companies:

Mat-Kuling Vannbehandling AS

MAT-KULING is a “non-stop shop for RAS equipment” with 30 years of experience in water treatment. The company designs, manufactures, and supplies RAS equipment for land-based farming of both saltwater and freshwater fish. Equipment is developed and built in their own factory. The company also offers systems and specialized MEP services (mechanical, electrical, and plumbing) for land-based aquaculture facilities.

Simona Stadpipe

Simona Stadpipe has over 30 years of experience in aquaculture and is one of Norway’s leading specialists in advanced piping systems and custom products for the industry. The company provides expertise across the entire value chain, from design and production to installation of land-based aquaculture facilities.

Helland Silosystem

Helland Silo is a family-owned company founded in 1965. It produces and supplies feed handling equipment such as silos, feeding systems, and various conveyors tailored for land-based aquaculture. The company has designed and delivered feed handling solutions to land-based aquaculture facilities both in Norway and the international market.

Silikal Aquaculture Solutions

Silikal Aquaculture Solutions has developed a specialized coating for land-based tanks and RAS facilities. The coating is designed to meet strict requirements from the Norwegian aquaculture industry, including durability through repeated production cycles and resistance to strong cleaning agents and high-pressure water for biosecurity purposes.

Dynamic FishEye AS

Dynamic FishEye provides advanced control systems specifically developed for land-based aquaculture, based on One Core technology. The FishEye platform enables real-time data collection and analysis for optimized feeding and improved fish health. FishEye Sense monitors water quality around the clock.

Australia’s Sustainable Seafood Champions Recognized for Advancing Responsible Production and Safeguarding the Future of Seafood

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:30:45 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council and the Marine Stewardship Council

• Retailers, producers and innovators honored at the Australian Sustainable Seafood Awards 2026

Australia’s seafood leaders have been recognized for setting the benchmark in responsible seafood production at the 2026 Sustainable Seafood Awards.

An initiative of the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) and the Marine Stewardship Council (MSC), two global non-profit organizations that set internationally recognized standards for seafood farming and wild capture fisheries, the awards celebrate farms, fisheries, retailers and individuals working to secure the long-term sustainability of Australia’s seafood industry.

The global population is projected to reach around 8.6 billion by 2030, and relies on seafood as a vital, nutritious and efficient protein source. Sustainably managed fisheries and responsibly farmed seafood are critical to meeting the world’s growing demand and long-term food security.

According to the United Nations more than one third of global fish populations are in decline and around 60 per cent are fished to their biological limit. With more than 60 per cent of seafood now farmed and global demand continuing to rise, sustainable production practices are increasingly critical and Australia’s leadership in certified blue foods supports climate resilience.

Independent certification and science-based standards play an important role in ensuring trust and transparency across seafood supply chains. Consumers can now choose from more than 500 ASC and MSC labelled seafood products on Australian retail shelves, spanning chilled, ambient and frozen seafood, as well as products used in pet food, supplements and beauty products.

ASC Market Development Manager Ellie Dixon said the award winners represent best practice across Australia’s seafood sector.

“As expectations from customers, NGOs, regulators and investors continue to rise, transparency, traceability and credible assurance have become more important than ever,” Dixon said.

“These trailblazing businesses are demonstrating leadership through the adoption of independent, science-based standards.”

MSC Program Director for Oceania and Singapore Anne Gabriel said Australians increasingly want confidence that their seafood comes from sustainable sources.

“At a time when sustainability claims are under increasing scrutiny and concerns about greenwashing are growing, credible, science-based certification is more important than ever,” Gabriel said.

“The winners recognized this year are helping build confidence across seafood supply chains and among the public.”

Seafood industry expert John Susman AM said the winners reflect a growing commitment across the sector to responsible production.

“The initiatives and dedication of this year’s nominees demonstrate significant industry progress,” Susman said.

“Across both farmed and wild seafood, we’re seeing producers, retailers, scientists and innovators working together to lift standards, ensuring Australians can enjoy seafood with confidence while protecting our marine environments.”

Award Winners – Highlights

Major Australian retailers ALDI, Coles and Woolworths were recognized for their leadership in sustainable seafood.

ALDI Australia received the ASC Best Responsible Seafood Retailer Award for the fourth consecutive year.

“ALDI distinguished itself through accessible, affordable ASC-certified seafood and national campaigns that helped millions of Australians choose responsible aquaculture,” the judging panel said.

Coles was awarded MSC Best Sustainable Seafood Supermarket, with judges commending its strong sourcing policies, transparent reporting and consumer engagement.

“Coles has demonstrated an exceptionally comprehensive commitment to MSC-certified sustainable seafood, showing excellence in policy, traceability, reporting and industry leadership,” the panel said.

Woolworths Group received both the MSC Community Champion Award and the ASC Aquaculture Champion Award for embedding sustainability initiatives across its seafood supply chain.

“Through initiatives such as the Ocean Pool Fund, Woolworths is investing in suppliers to enable innovation, continuous improvement and credible pathways toward certification,” judges said.

Humpty Doo Barramundi was awarded ASC Best Responsible Producer for its pioneering wetland recirculating aquaculture system and strong community engagement, including partnerships with First Nations communities.

I&J received ASC Best Responsible Seafood Brand for its progress in adopting ASC-certified products across its supply chain and Little Tuna won MSC Best Sustainable Seafood Brand based on a public vote – winning over 50% of the votes.

Two of Tasmania’s emerging stars were awarded the ASC Young Person in Aquaculture Awards recognizing Ryan Stallard (Skretting Australia) and Laura Hodge (Tassal Group) for their leadership in advancing environmental performance and innovation across aquaculture operations.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

ASC is advancing the leading certification program for responsible farmed seafood, partnering to increase demand for ASC-labelled products, and championing innovation through industry collaboration.

Find out more: asc-aqua.org/about-asc

About the Marine Stewardship Council (MSC)

The MSC was created in response to the growing threat of overfishing globally to help incentivize fisheries to become more sustainable.

The MSC is an international non-profit on a mission to end overfishing and restore fish stocks for future generations. With a vision of the world’s ocean teeming with life and seafood supplies safeguarded for this and future generations.

More than one-third of fish stocks are estimated to be fished at unsustainable levels. With the global human population set to reach 10 billion by 2050, the need to harness our natural resources more responsibly is more urgent than ever. Billions of people worldwide depend on seafood for their livelihoods, and, for many, seafood is their primary protein source.

The MSC blue fish tick label on a wild-caught seafood product or menu can be traced back to an MSC-certified sustainable fishery. By looking at each fishery individually using science, fisheries prove and improve their sustainability performance.

How to Choose the Best Cat Food for Your Feline Friend

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:06:15 +0700

As a cat owner, you want to give your pet the best life possible, and that starts with their diet. Choosing the right food for your cat can be tricky, especially since their nutritional needs change as they grow and face different life stages and challenges. From kittens to senior cats, each age and lifestyle calls for a tailored diet.

At GAIN Pet Nutrition, we’ve developed the GAIN Elite Cat Food Range to meet these unique needs. Let’s explore how you can choose the right food for your cat and how our products can help support their health at every stage of life.

1. Nourishing Your Growing Kitten

Kittens need high levels of protein and energy to support their rapid growth. A diet rich in protein and essential vitamins will help your kitten develop strong muscles, bones, and a robust immune system.

GAIN Elite Kitten Chicken is packed with premium chicken protein, vitamins, and minerals to give young cats the best start in life. This food is specifically designed to support their growth, ensuring they get all the nutrients they need to become healthy adult cats.

If you’re caring for a new kitten, providing them with the right nutrition early on is key to setting them up for long-term health. Learn more here.

2. Maintaining Health in Adult Cat

Once your cat reaches adulthood at one years old, their diet should focus on maintaining a balanced energy level, supporting a strong immune system, and promoting overall well-being.

GAIN Elite Adult Cat Chicken is a fantastic option for adult cats who enjoy a poultry-based diet. It’s formulated with high-quality chicken protein and balanced fats and carbohydrates to keep your cat healthy and energetic. Additionally, it contains antioxidants to support a strong immune system and keep your cat in peak condition.

For cats who prefer seafood, GAIN Elite Adult Cat Salmon is another great choice. Salmon is an excellent source of omega-3 fatty acids, which help maintain a healthy coat and skin. It’s perfect for cats that benefit from a little extra support in this area.

You can find more about both adult options here:

3. Tackling Hairballs in Indoor Cats

Indoor cats tend to groom themselves more frequently, leading to increased hairball formation. They also tend to be less active, so their diet needs to help manage their weight while addressing hairball issues.

GAIN Elite Cat Indoor Hairball is specifically designed to reduce hairball formation with a special blend of fibres that help pass hair through the digestive system. This food is also lower in calories, helping indoor cats maintain a healthy weight despite their more sedentary lifestyle.

If your cat spends most of its time indoors and struggles with hairballs, this formula can help. Learn more here.

4. Supporting the Needs of Senior Cats

As cats age, their dietary needs change. Senior cats (typically aged 7 and above) benefit from a diet that supports joint health, maintains muscle mass, and offers extra antioxidants to boost their immune system.

GAIN Elite Senior Cat 7+ Chicken is formulated with glucosamine and chondroitin to support healthy joints, while its antioxidant-rich formula helps combat the effects of aging. This diet also provides controlled calories to help older cats maintain a healthy weight as their activity levels decrease.

If your cat is entering its golden years, this specially formulated food will help them age comfortably and stay active. Find out more here.

Conclusion

https://www.countrylife.ie/shop/category/GAINCatEliteCats have different nutritional needs at various stages of life, and choosing the right food can make a big difference in their health and happiness. The GAIN Elite Cat Food Range offers tailored solutions for kittens, adults, indoor cats, and seniors, ensuring that your feline friend gets the nutrition they need at every stage.

By understanding your cat’s specific needs and selecting the right food, you’re giving them the best chance to lead a long, healthy, and happy life. Explore our full range of GAIN Elite Cat foods and find the perfect match for your pet today.

The post How to Choose the Best Cat Food for Your Feline Friend appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Keeping Your Dogs and Cats Protected in Winter

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 13:06:14 +0700

As the winter season approaches, it’s important to ensure that our furry friends are well-protected from the cold and harsh weather conditions. Here are some essential tips to keep your dogs and cats safe and comfortable during the winter months:

1. Keep Them Warm

Just like humans, pets can feel the cold too. Make sure your pets have a warm and cozy place to sleep, away from drafts and cold floors. Consider providing them with extra blankets or a heated pet bed. For dogs, especially those with short fur, a pet sweater or coat can provide additional warmth during walks.

2. Protect Their Paws

Winter can be tough on your pet’s paws. Ice, snow, and salt can cause irritation and even injury. After walks, be sure to wipe your pet’s paws with a damp cloth to remove any salt or chemicals. You can also apply a pet-safe paw balm to protect their pads from cracking and drying out.

3. Avoid Overfeeding

While it might be tempting to give your pets extra food during the winter, it’s important to maintain a healthy diet. Pets tend to be less active during the colder months, so overfeeding can lead to weight gain. Stick to their regular feeding schedule and ensure they get enough exercise indoors.

4. Hydration is Key

Even in winter, it’s crucial to keep your pets hydrated. Make sure they have access to fresh water at all times. If you notice that the water bowl is freezing over, consider using a heated water bowl to prevent this.

5. Be Mindful of Antifreeze

Antifreeze is highly toxic to pets, and unfortunately, it has a sweet taste that can attract them. Keep antifreeze and other chemicals out of reach, and clean up any spills immediately. If you suspect your pet has ingested antifreeze, contact your veterinarian right away.

6. Limit Outdoor Time

While some pets love playing in the snow, it’s important to limit their time outside during extreme cold. Prolonged exposure to freezing temperatures can lead to hypothermia and frostbite. Keep outdoor activities short and always supervise your pets when they are outside.

7. Provide Mental Stimulation

With shorter days and colder weather, pets may spend more time indoors. Keep them entertained and mentally stimulated with interactive toys, puzzle feeders, and regular playtime. This will help prevent boredom and keep them happy and healthy.

8. Regular Vet Check-ups

Winter is a great time to schedule a vet check-up for your pets. Ensure they are up-to-date on vaccinations and discuss any concerns you may have about their health during the colder months. Your vet can provide additional tips and recommendations for keeping your pets safe in winter.

By following these tips, you can help ensure that your dogs and cats stay warm, healthy, and happy throughout the winter season. Remember, a little extra care goes a long way in keeping our furry friends protected from the cold.

The post Keeping Your Dogs and Cats Protected in Winter appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Germany’s Best Brands 2025 & Top Pet Brands 2025

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 12:55:39 +0700

Germany’s Best Brands 2025 – Outstanding Price/Performance

We’re proud to announce that Happy Dog has been awarded the German Customer Award 2025/26 in the category “Outstanding Price/Performance.” The award recognises our ongoing commitment to delivering premium, naturally balanced nutrition — from hypoallergenic dog food for sensitive dogs to novel protein dog food crafted from rare, high-quality ingredients.

Between April and May 2025, over 4,500 interviews were conducted and more than 469,000 brand ratings collected across Germany. Each brand was evaluated on customer satisfaction, quality, and value for money.

Respondents were asked: “How do you rate the brand’s performance in relation to the asking price?” The top 20% of brands in each category received the ‘Outstanding Price/Performance’ seal. Thanks to consistently high ratings, Happy Dog placed within this top tier — a testament to our goal of creating affordable, premium-quality single protein dog food that delivers visible health benefits.

This award confirms what our customers already know — premium, vet-recommended nutrition and fair prices can go hand in hand.

We’re deeply grateful to all the pet owners who trust Happy Dog for exceptional quality and balanced nutrition. Whether dry or wet, each meal is made with our promise of natural ingredients, hypoallergenic recipes, and novel protein options that support healthy skin and digestion.

Top Pet Brands 2025 – Happy Dog VET earns leading recognition

Alongside this achievement, our Happy Dog VET line has been named a Top Pet Brand 2025 by hundkatzemaus and Statista for our trusted, science-led approach to hypoallergenic dog food and veterinary diets developed for dogs with specific needs.

In this major consumer study, around 7,000 pet owners rated brands on trust, quality, transparency, sustainability, and recommendation. Within the “Dietary Dog Food” category, Happy Dog VET earned a leading position and received the official Top Pet Brand 2025 seal.

The hundkatzemaus award is among the most respected in the pet sector — reflecting genuine trust from owners who rely on our single protein dog food and novel protein diets to support allergy management, skin health, and digestion.

Why this recognition matters

Pet owners choose Happy Dog VET because each diet is developed by veterinarians and designed for dogs with medical sensitivities. Our hypoallergenic and novel protein dog food recipes are tailored to conditions like digestive issues, renal stress, and skin irritation — ensuring every dog receives exactly what it needs.

Each formula provides complete, balanced nutrition and is available through veterinary consultation, giving owners confidence in the safety and efficacy of our allergy-friendly diets.

What these awards mean to us

Being recognised for both exceptional value and veterinary excellence shows that premium nutrition and affordability can coexist. These awards reinforce our mission to make scientifically backed, hypoallergenic and novel protein dog food accessible to every pet owner.

They also highlight the role of customer feedback: every Happy Dog meal — whether a single protein dog food or a specialised veterinary formula — represents our dedication to quality, transparency, and canine wellbeing.

Thank you for helping us become one of Germany’s best-rated pet food brands — your trust makes these achievements possible.

See why Happy Dog continues to earn top ratings for quality, trust, and value.

Discover our dog food ranges

From everyday nutrition to hypoallergenic and novel protein dog food diets, every Happy Dog recipe delivers exceptional taste, balanced nutrition, and proven results — because all you feed is love.

Why Does Every Dog Seem Allergic These Days?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 12:55:37 +0700

Unpacking the modern allergy epidemic

Are you constantly battling itchy skin, upset tummies, or recurring ear infections with your dog? You’re not alone — more owners than ever are looking for hypoallergenic dog food to ease skin and digestion issues. But is there really an “allergy epidemic,” or are we just learning to recognise what’s been there all along?

At Happy Dog UK, we combine insights from canine nutrition, biology, and behaviour to explore what’s really behind the rise in food sensitivities — and how choosing novel protein dog food or a carefully selected single protein dog food can make all the difference.

Itchy skin, paw-licking, tummy upsets, and recurring ear infections often point to underlying sensitivities. The aim isn’t to eliminate everything forever, but to restore balance to the gut, skin, and immune system.

1. The gut microbiome and the processed diet shift

The processed paradigm

For thousands of years, dogs’ ancestors ate fresh, whole foods. The shift to modern, highly processed kibble has changed how their digestive systems function. While convenient and nutritionally balanced, high-heat processing can alter natural proteins and enzymes, reducing the diversity of beneficial gut bacteria.

Reduced microbial diversity

A healthy gut microbiome helps regulate the immune system. When that diversity is lost — often through over-processing or repeated exposure to the same ingredients — the gut barrier can weaken, allowing undigested food particles into the bloodstream. This can trigger chronic inflammation and allergic reactions, often seen as itchy skin or digestive upset. Rotating suitable single protein dog food or moving to novel protein dog food can help reduce reactivity.

The carbohydrate load

Many standard kibbles rely heavily on wheat, rice, or maize. While not harmful for most dogs, a consistently high load of these carbohydrates can sometimes upset the gut balance in sensitive dogs — especially those already prone to inflammation or skin issues. A balanced hypoallergenic dog food can be a useful option here.

Favour highly digestible recipes and rotate suitable proteins to support a resilient microbiome.

2. The hygiene hypothesis and environmental factors

Overly clean environments

Just as in humans, dogs today are exposed to far fewer microbes early in life. The hygiene hypothesis suggests that this lack of microbial challenge leaves the immune system under-stimulated — and later, it overreacts to harmless substances like pollen, dust, or certain food proteins. Supporting gut health with hypoallergenic dog food may reduce flare-ups.

Hidden chemical exposure

Modern homes are filled with potential irritants — cleaning sprays, air fresheners, lawn chemicals, and even flame retardants in furniture. Reducing exposure alongside a simple single protein dog food can lower the overall trigger load.

3. Genetics, breeding, and better diagnostics

Breed predispositions

Certain breeds, like West Highland Terriers, French Bulldogs, Labradors, and Cocker Spaniels, are genetically more prone to allergies and atopy. Feeding limited ingredient options such as single protein dog food can help manage those sensitivities.

Better veterinary awareness

Veterinary medicine has advanced enormously. What used to be seen as “just itchy skin” is now diagnosed as food intolerance, inflammatory bowel disease, or environmental allergy. Many vets will start with an elimination trial using novel protein dog food or a single protein dog food to pinpoint triggers.

4. Raw feeding — Benefits vs Cons

Benefits

Less processing; proteins closer to natural form — may aid digestibility for some dogs.
Precise ingredient control for strict elimination diets and single protein plans.
Potentially richer microbial exposure supporting gut diversity.

Cons

Hygiene risks; strict handling and storage needed.
Must meet FEDIAF/AAFCO standards for long-term health (iodine, calcium, omega-3s, etc.).
Higher effort and cost to plan and supplement correctly compared with complete hypoallergenic dog food.

Raw can work brilliantly when done precisely and consistently — but it isn’t automatically better. Choose the approach your dog thrives on.

5. High-quality kibble: the modern solution

Not all kibble is created equal. At Happy Dog, we’ve taken the science of allergies and built diets specifically for sensitive dogs — using novel proteins, gentle processing, and easily digestible recipes that support skin and gut health. This is the foundation of our hypoallergenic dog food approach.

Our Rare Protein Range features exclusive sources such as Ostrich, Kangaroo, Goat, and Horse — proteins your dog is less likely to have encountered before, reducing the risk of reactions and providing true single protein dog food options.

We also offer Grain-Free Diets for dogs with grain sensitivities and Wet Food Options for those who prefer a softer texture or have dental or digestive concerns.

Each recipe is formulated to FEDIAF standards, meaning it’s nutritionally complete, balanced, and suitable for long-term feeding — giving your dog the health benefits of a carefully managed diet without the guesswork.

The takeaway: it’s about balance, not blame

There’s no single cause behind today’s canine allergy epidemic. It’s a combination of modern diets, environmental changes, genetic predisposition, and better diagnostics.

The right approach is to work with your vet to identify triggers and choose a food that is highly digestible, balanced, and free from common allergens. For many dogs, that means a novel protein dog food or a simple single protein dog food to keep ingredients clear and consistent.

Not sure where to start? Try a free sample and see how your dog responds.

Get your free trial pack

Because when it comes to your dog’s wellbeing, all you feed is love — and that’s the most important ingredient of all.

Reducing emissions in pig and poultry production

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 22:35:09 +0700

10–13 November 2026 in Hanover – Guiding theme: “Intelligence in animal farming” – Comprehensive technical program – DLG Spotlight: Emission Reduction – eurotier.com

Reducing emissions in pig and poultry production has become a key factor in animal welfare, climate and environmental protection as well as compliance with regulatory requirements. As emission efficient housing systems evolve rapidly, EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for animal farming and livestock management; , will offer a comprehensive overview of the latest developments. The DLG Spotlight “Emission Reduction” in Hanover, Germany, will present both proven practical approaches and innovative concepts currently being tested, complemented by expert presentations on the two DLG Expert Stages for Pig and Poultry.

Rising regulatory pressures and need for integrated solutions

Livestock farms have faced increasing environmental expectations in recent years. Ammonia and greenhouse gas emissions remain the primary focus, while odor and particulate emissions continue to receive attention. Farms must therefore optimize their production systems to meet environmental standards, ensuring that all solutions remain practical, economically viable and reliable. emission reduction is no longer a stand alone issue, but part of holistic farm management.

Emission reduction in pig production

One of the most effective emission reduction measures in pig production begins with feeding management.The goal is to reduce nitrogen excretion—primarily urea—to limit ammonia formation at the housing level. This is achieved by supplying amino acids tailored to the animals’ specific requirements. Nitrogen- and phosphorus-reduced feeding strategies are recognized Best Available Techniques (BAT) and can significantly lower ammonia emissions.

Housing technology and management

Alongside feeding strategies, modern housing technology measures play a decisive role in reducing emissions. Ammonia in the housing forms when feces and urine come into contact; the reaction starts quickly and intensifies the longer the mixture remains on floors or other surfaces.

Reducing the emitting surface area in manure channels — for example using V shaped plastic gutters — decreases the cross section and reduces ammonia release. Many systems also shorten the retention time of manure inside the barn, keeping emissions low.

Air scrubbers and additional technologies

In large mechanically ventilated barns, air scrubbers have become an essential element of emission control. These systems can reduce ammonia and dust emissions by at least 70 percent, while also significantly lowering odor levels. For larger installations, air scrubbers are mandatory under the German Federal Immission Control Act (BImSchG).

Other promising approaches include slurry acidification. Lowering the pH shifts nitrogen into ammonium form, preventing volatilization. Studies report emission reductions exceeding 60 percent, though structural adjustments and corrosion protection are required

Emission reduction in poultry production

In poultry production, ammonia emissions arise primarily from microbiological decomposition processes in manure and litter. Accordingly, many measures focus on optimized litter and housing climate management. For example, pH lowering additives can be incorporated into the litter. By strongly reducing the pH in the litter to around pH 2, microbial activity is inhibited, and ammonia is chemically bound in the manure layer as ammonium sulfate.

DLG spotlight and expert stages at EuroTier 2026

The DLG Spotlight “Emission Reduction” at EuroTier 2026 will present hands on solutions demonstrating how modern livestock farming and environmental protection can be successfully combined. Exhibitors will showcase technologies and management tools for reducing emissions in pig and poultry systems, offering farmers practical ideas and solutions for optimizing their operations. At the center is the understanding that effective emission reduction requires a coordinated mix of feeding, management and technology.

The spotlight is complemented by two species specific stage formats: the “DLG Expert Stage Pig” and the “DLG Expert Stage Poultry”.

At the DLG Expert Stage Pig, exhibitors join practitioners, researchers and advisory experts to discuss how animal welfare, feeding and emission reduction can be implemented in an economically viable way.

The DLG Expert Stage Poultry focuses on the specific requirements of poultry production—including hygiene, animal welfare, feeding and environmental impact. Current production concepts, innovative housing approaches and future trends for a competitive and sustainable poultry sector will be presented.

Source: EuroTier press release

Adding value into the poultry food chain

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 19:25:10 +0700

Enhancing efficiency, sustainability and consumer engagement are three cornerstones to increase profitability by adding value into the poultry food chain. All together are necessary across the whole production stages to assemble a solid value chain for poultry products.

Seeking efficiency

Most businesses aim to deliver high-quality products at the lowest cost and the same applies to the poultry industry. Yet, attaining this milestone requires a multifactorial approach to stay profitable throughout all stages and achieve economic sustainability in the long run. Husbandry conditions and management must align with breed requirements to accomplish high-yield performance objectives. Indeed, producers should look for poultry breeds that achieve high survival rates and good health and welfare under local conditions for high investment return and profitable flock performance. This includes low feed intake per production outcome, resilience to potential threats (pathogens, climate conditions, etc.) and soundness to husbandry conditions and management practices. Indeed, when all these metrics aren’t considered, high-performing layers and fast-growing broilers may underperform under suboptimal conditions due to high culling rates, mortality, and/or stress sensitivity (leading to growth checks, laying cessation, and immunosuppression) compared to more resilient and robust breeds. Precision feeding also becomes an ally to boost feed efficiency by implementing strategies that meet nutritional requirements throughout rearing and production phases tailored to breed-specific background, intended to reduce feed waste and improve health status. In addition to previous remarks, adopting strong biosecurity practices can help producers prevent disease outbreaks and associated losses in case of pathogen entry. Weak biosecurity protocols not only pose a risk for birds’ performance and survival but also raise food safety concerns, particularly in the case of food-borne diseases such as salmonellosis and campylobacteriosis. In this context, barn digitalization can advance record-keeping of environmental conditions, monitor flock health status and track performance which, in turn, can improve birds’ health, welfare and productivity. All these advancements in efficiency not only aid in managing resources efficiently but also spot gaps for improvements as well as pioneering procedures already implemented on-site that are useful for strategic, brand positioning and differentiation within the sector.

Embracing sustainable practices

Recent concerns about environmental sustainability are pressuring the poultry industry to mitigate its footprint by improving efficiency, optimizing resource use, and reducing waste. Beyond feed efficiency, there is a growing need for cutting down the amount of energy and water required for the production and processing of poultry products. Advocating for innovative solutions that use clean energy and water-saving technologies along the production line can demonstrate commitment in this regard. Road distribution of poultry products is associated with high CO₂ emissions into the atmosphere, and optimizing logistics and transportation procedures can further help mitigate carbon emissions. Also, sourcing feed ingredients from local producers and certified suppliers can support that sustainable practices are implemented early in the supply chain. Another important aspect to improve is reducing waste from barns, processing facilities and retailers, turning poultry byproducts into valuable opportunities and adopting sustainable packaging made from biodegradable and/or recyclable materials. In the context of circular economy, composting poultry manure to produce high quality crop fertilizer can bring additional revenue to producers and reduce production costs. Data market analytics can additionally help match expected short- and mid-term consumer demand with actual barn performance to avoid overproduction and optimise logistics. Furthermore, investing in strategies to capture human-produced pollutants (such as greenhouse gases) demonstrates environmental stewardship to shape a future in which the poultry industry plays a crucial role satisfying the rising demand for meat and eggs sustainably and integrated within the environment. All these approaches ultimately aim to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and the carbon footprint, and promoting these actions illustrates the poultry industry’s commitment to integrating green practices across the supply chain, which brings value along the way.

Engaging with consumers

All these efforts to attain better process efficiency and become more environmentally friendly must be communicated to consumers, stakeholders, policymakers, and non-governmental organizations. Transparency, traceability and knowledge transfer are essential for educational purposes and farm-to-fork visibility. Indeed, sharing this information with the end consumer is key to illustrating how day-to-day practices safeguard food safety, support animal health and meet animal welfare standards while the sector also becomes more environmentally conscious and integrated into a circular economy that promotes local economic growth. In this context, directional education and proper marketing should deliver clear, straightforward messages to consumers so they can understand: 1) the commitment of the poultry industry to take good care for animals and food products, and 2) how it contributes to the wellbeing and livelihood of neighbouring communities. Promoting the nutritional value of poultry products as well as the quality control along the supply chain can further reinforce the trust of consumers in the poultry industry. All together can bridge consumer expectations with current value-adding activities by the industry while acknowledging the routine efforts to secure the health of birds, people and environment.

Nigeria: rising chick costs and supply constraints weigh on egg production outlook

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 13:05:09 +0700

Nigeria’s poultry sector is facing renewed pressure as a sharp increase in day-old chick prices and ongoing supply constraints begin to affect farm-level decisions and egg availability.

Industry observations indicate that the price of day-old chicks has risen by around 67% within the first months of 2026. In practical terms, this has meant an increase from about ₦1,800 to ₦3,000 per chick in some cases, while other market reports show prices moving from roughly ₦400–₦600 a year ago to as much as ₦1,800–₦2,000 more recently. Across regions, the rise has made restocking more difficult, particularly for smaller producers.

Producers report that access to pullets is currently limited. Hatcheries are operating with waiting times of up to three months, reflecting increased demand linked to the return of some farmers to production after a period marked by high feed costs and farm closures in 2023 and 2024.

Stakeholders also point to earlier reductions in parent and grandparent stock, linked to weaker demand during that downturn, as a contributing factor to current chick availability. At the same time, the depreciation of the national currency has increased the cost of importing hatching eggs, adding further constraints to supply.

At farm level, the impact is visible in flock management. Producers indicate that high chick prices and limited availability are delaying restocking cycles and, in some cases, leading to reductions in laying flock size. This is occurring alongside continued pressure from feed costs, which account for about 70% of production expenses.

Environmental conditions are also contributing to the situation. Elevated temperatures reported across several regions are affecting bird performance, with heat stress reducing feed efficiency and egg output while increasing mortality risk. Erratic power supply is also cited as a factor affecting farm operations.

Market signals reflect these combined pressures. Traders in major urban centres, including Lagos, Kano and Abuja, report tighter egg availability and rising prices. Crate prices have moved from levels around ₦5,300–₦5,500 in late 2025 to ranges between ₦6,000 and ₦7,500 or higher depending on location and size, with individual eggs commonly selling between ₦250 and ₦300 in some markets.

While some industry representatives note that supply constraints are not uniform across the country, they acknowledge that availability has become less consistent, with occasional delays and localised gaps. Seasonal demand, including the Easter period and the upcoming back-to-school phase, is expected to add further pressure in the short term.

Sector representatives indicate that the current imbalance between chick supply and farm demand may persist until a new production cycle allows supply to stabilise. In the meantime, the combination of input costs, biological constraints and environmental factors continues to shape production decisions across the value chain.

Given the role of eggs as an accessible source of animal protein, developments in the poultry sector are being closely monitored. Current estimates place average daily protein intake in Nigeria at about 45.4 g per capita, below the FAO reference level of 53.8 g.

Field experience with postbiotic/phytogenic blend supports improved livability in APEC-challenged layers

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 03:40:08 +0700

Field data from a large commercial layer enterprise confirm that Cargill’s Biostrong C-Protect — a postbiotic/phytogenic blend — supports improved livability in layers in the face of avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC).

In a cage-free operation with 11 million birds, mortalities in APEC-challenged flocks fell more than 60% when the product was integrated into pullet diets and fed through peak production, consistent with earlier experimental results.

“APEC poses a major threat to layer operations, resulting in decreased egg production, increased bird mortality and significant economic losses. For cage-free producers, where birds face heightened exposure risks, the challenge is even greater,” said Mark Farmer, PhD, a nutritionist at Cargill.

“With antibiotics restricted in layers and vaccine efficacy waning over time, the industry urgently needs effective alternatives. These field observations confirm that Biostrong C-Protect holds up under real-world conditions, offering a reliable, sustainable solution that helps mitigate the toll of APEC on layer health, productivity and well-being.”

Reduced mortality

For the trial, the product was adopted in phases, initially looking at breed-level effects in flocks of Lohmann Browns and Lohmann Selected Leghorns with elevated APEC mortality.

The postbiotic/phytogenic blend was added to pullet diets 2 weeks before transition to lay houses and then fed through 40 weeks of age; these are critical windows for immune development. After demonstrating efficacy in high-risk flocks, the regimen was expanded to all flocks enterprise-wide.

The product was introduced gradually as pullets reached the appropriate implementation age. Before adoption, average mortality rates at 35 weeks were 15.3%. During progressive adoption, mortality decreased to 7.9%, and once the product was fully implemented across operations, the rate dropped further to 5.2% at the same age. Overall, this represents a more than 60% improvement in livability (Figure 1).

Click to enlarge.

Validated approach

Biostrong C-Protect combines the postbiotic XPC, a fermented yeast derivative shown to support immunity¹, with a proprietary phytogenic blend derived from Quillaja saponaria that supports gut health and nutrient digestibility.²

According to Farmer, Cargill’s research team validated the product’s ability to target APEC in the laboratory prior to field testing.

“Feed additives are often trialed blindly, but we took a benchtop approach to understanding how the mechanisms of various products could complement each other and affect APEC and host resilience,” he said.

“This approach has helped us achieve the robust results we’re seeing in commercial settings.”

‘Robust, science-based outcomes’

According to Manuel Da Costa, DVM, PhD, director of strategy, marketing and technology for poultry at Cargill, the mortality reductions observed in this account are consistent with findings from controlled studies, which have also demonstrated improvements in egg production and gut health in APEC-challenged hens.^2-4

“The ability to replicate outcomes from controlled studies in real-world operations is crucial to making informed decisions about flock health strategies,” Da Costa said. “We have trialed Biostrong C-Protect with APEC-challenge exposures at different bird ages, from 8-week-old pullets to 80-week-old layers, and the consistency of results is remarkable. The fact that field experiences mirror our research data should give layer producers confidence that they’re implementing a solution with robust, science-based outcomes.”

1 Lin et al, 2023. Effects of Saccharomyces cerevisiae hydrolysate on growth performance, immunity function, and intestinal health in broilers. Poultry Science, 102(1), 102237.
2 Chaney et al, 2024. Impact of Biostrong^TM C-Protect_, with or without vaccination, on broilers challenged with APEC serotype O78. Journal of Applied Poultry Research.
3 Hofacre et al., 2025. Effect of Biostrong^TM C-Protect on Amelioration of APEC O78 in a 10 Week Layer Pullet Intratracheal Challenge Model. IPSF 2025.
4 Ko et al., 2025. Effects of Biostrong^TM C-Protect on laying hens challenged with Avian Pathogenic E. coli. IPSF 2025.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Field experience with postbiotic/phytogenic blend supports improved livability in APEC-challenged layers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Turkey poults exhibit early and diverse behavior development

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 03:40:07 +0700

Turkey poults develop a wide range of behaviors besides eating, sleeping and resting in their first week of life. They also learn play behaviors and activities to comfort themselves, according to research by Alexandra Jackson, doctoral student, Auburn University.

“During this developmental phase, we observe turkey poults start to form social bonds, assess their environment, identify feed and overall practice, and refine their behaviors,” Jackson explained.

“Understanding bird behavior is critical because we use it as an indicator of bird mental and physical health,” she continued. “This knowledge will help guide management practices that contribute to fulfilling bird behavioral needs, thus enhancing their well-being.”

Jackson discussed her research at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Study set-up

Jackson and her research team designed the observational study to measure turkey poult behavior by age, time of day and sequence of behaviors. They placed Nicholas Select male turkey poults in three pens with 25 birds per pen on day of hatch and provided them with feed and water ad libitum. The birds were housed in an environment that matched commercial conditions.

For data collection, the researchers continuously recorded poult activity from day 1 to 7 using a Lorex infrared camera and network video recorder system.

Behavior was coded into five categories:

Active (walking, running, standing)
Resting (sitting, sleeping)
Comfort (stretching, adjusting, wing flapping)
Nutritive (eating, drinking, foraging)
Play (frolicking, strutting, warm running)

For the analysis, the research team assessed the duration of each behavior by age and time of day, as well as by diversity and sequence of behaviors.

Behaviors increase with age

Overall, the researchers observed an early expansion of behaviors in the young poults. This occurred while sleeping, sitting, stretching and adjusting behaviors decreased during the week. As a result, birds had more time available to engage in other behaviors.

“We saw locomotive and standing behaviors increase as the poults aged,” Jackson said. Explorative and social-type play behaviors also increased with age.

The time-of-day analysis showed that poults slept during dark periods and became active and engaged in nutritive behaviors in the morning and midday. Comfort behaviors were exhibited more in the pre-dark and evening hours than in the dark or morning periods.

During midday and afternoon, explorative and play behaviors appeared most frequently. As the poults exhibited more social play behaviors, these were frequently performed in the afternoon and evening.

Most common behaviors

“Overall, poults allotted most of their time toward resting behaviors,” Jackson said. “This shows the importance of rest for these birds. However, resting time decreased with age, increasing the time birds spent on other behaviors.

“We also observed that active behaviors were higher on day 1 than on day 2, along with nutritive and explorative behaviors,” she continued. “We believe this demonstrates initial assessment and acclimation to the new surroundings.”

Active behaviors were frequent because these were either a component of another behavior or allowed a poult to move from one location to another to perform a different behavior, Jackson explained.

“We saw an interesting pattern in the time of day for play,” Jackson said. “These were performed later in the day. Birds first needed to perform nutritive behaviors in the morning.” Then they were available for social play in the afternoon.

Active behaviors important

“In conclusion, we saw the early life expansion of the behavioral repertoire of turkey poults,” Jackson stated. “There were significant interactions between age, time of day and sequence in behavior performance.

“We also demonstrated the importance of active behaviors,” she added. Active behaviors helped poults facilitate other behaviors needed for their behavioral development.

The post Turkey poults exhibit early and diverse behavior development appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Field experience with a postbiotic/phytogenic blend supports improved livability in APEC-challenged layers

Edusehat — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 00:30:06 +0700

Reduced mortality

For the trial, the product was adopted in phases, initially looking at breed-level effects in flocks of Lohmann Browns and Lohmann Selected Leghorns with elevated APEC mortality.

Click to enlarge.

Validated approach

According to Farmer, Cargill’s research team validated the product’s ability to target APEC in the laboratory prior to field testing.

“This approach has helped us achieve the robust results we’re seeing in commercial settings.”

‘Robust, science-based outcomes’

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Field experience with a postbiotic/phytogenic blend supports improved livability in APEC-challenged layers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

EFSA annual report on avian influenza

Edusehat — Mon, 30 Mar 2026 18:05:05 +0700

In November 2025, the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) presented the annual report on avian influenza covering 2024. Data were collected from all EU Member States, by European Free Trade Association countries (Iceland, Norway, Switzerland), EU candidate countries (Georgia, North Macedonia) and other countries in Europe or at the Europe–Asia interface, including the United Kingdom (Northern Ireland), Ukraine, Moldova and Turkey, required to implement surveillance programs for the avian influenza virus (AIV) in both poultry and wild birds, collectively known as the Union Surveillance Programme (USP), in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/429 (“Animal Health Law”).

Avian influenza (AI) is a contagious viral disease caused by a virus from the Orthomyxoviridae family, primarily affecting poultry and wild waterbirds. Avian influenza viruses are classified as highly pathogenic (HPAIV) or low pathogenic (LPAIV) based on their molecular characteristics and ability to cause disease and mortality in chickens. In poultry, LPAIV infections often cause mild respiratory signs or remain asymptomatic, while HPAIV infections, particularly in chickens and turkeys, typically result in severe disease and high mortality. Poultry with LPAI may show mild or no symptoms, while HPAI causes severe illness and death. Both spread rapidly through farms, making strict biosecurity measures crucial. LPAI viruses can mutate into highly pathogenic strains, making surveillance of LPAIV strains essential.

In poultry production systems, this mutation potential is a major concern, as it can lead to sudden HPAI outbreaks, though so far only H5 and H7 subtypes have mutated to become HPAIV.

What is concerning is that highly pathogenic viruses are increasingly affecting wild birds and now appear to be adapting to mammals as well. Animal-to-human spillover, however, has occurred only occasionally.

The EFSA report provides an overview of HPAI spread from 2016-2023, highlighting how the virus showed a rather dynamic pattern with changing subtypes, host ranges, and epidemiological characteristics, reviewing each year’s epidemic and its peculiarities. Data show that the 2021-2022 epidemic was the most severe ever recorded in Europe, dominated by H5N1, with additional detections of H5N8 and H5N5. Meanwhile, the 2022-2023 epidemic massively affected wild birds and, as mentioned, was also observed in mammals, including wild carnivores, fur farming animals, marine mammals, and pets, though not frequently.

The report continues by presenting sampling data divided into four sections: poultry sector, captive birds, wild birds, and mammals. Regarding the poultry sector, 27,739 establishments were sampled, with a total of 40,555 sampling events and 218,667 samples collected.

ADIS (Animal Disease Information System), the EU information system for animal diseases, recorded 394 outbreaks in EU countries and 66 in non-EU countries in 2024 (Table 1 and Figure 1). In detail, fifteen EU countries (Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, France, Croatia, Hungary, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Sweden, Slovakia) and six non-EU countries were affected (Albania, Iceland, Moldova, North Macedonia, Norway, Turkey).

Table 1 – Countries affected (EU and non-EU) and number of HPAI outbreaks in poultry, per country

Source

European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), Abrahantes, J. C., Aznar, I., Boom, M., Catalin, I., Dórea, F., Grant, M., Mulligan, K. F., & Zancanaro, G. (2025). Avian Influenza annual report 2024. EFSA Journal, 23(12), e9761.

https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2025.9761

NUQO Animal Nutrition India Announces Two Key Appointments in North India

Edusehat — Mon, 30 Mar 2026 15:00:05 +0700

NUQO Animal Nutrition India Announces Two Key Appointments in North India to Drive Market Expansion

Bengaluru, 09.03.2026 – NUQO Animal Nutrition India Pvt. Ltd. has announced the appointment of two experienced professionals, Yogesh Srivastav and Prashant Kurele as Regional Sales Managers in North India, where they will be responsible for driving market expansion and customer partnerships across their respective regions. Further strengthening its commercial team as the company continues to expand its presence in the Indian animal nutrition market.

Yogesh Srivastav joins NUQO with over ten years of experience in animal nutrition and poultry business development. Prior to joining NUQO, he held key roles at Cargill Animal Nutrition and Huvepharma, where he managed strategic accounts and contributed to business growth across Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand.

Prashant Gupta has more than a decade of experience in animal health and poultry sales. He has worked with leading organizations such as MSD Animal Health, Zoetis India Ltd., Virbac Animal Health India Pvt. Ltd. and Provimi Animal Nutrition India Pvt. Ltd., building strong expertise in market development and customer engagement.

Both professionals will report to Dr. Krishnamurthy, Commercial Director – South Asia at NUQO Animal Nutrition India.

Commenting on the appointments, Neeraj Kumar Srivastava, Managing Director – South Asia at NUQO Animal Nutrition India, said “India continues to be a key growth market for NUQO, and strengthening our commercial team is essential as we expand our footprint. Yogesh and Prashant bring valuable industry experience and market understanding, and I am confident they will contribute significantly to delivering value to our customers and partners.”

Dr. Krishnamurthy, Commercial Director – South Asia, added: “North India is a key market for NUQO, and strengthening our commercial capabilities in this region is a priority for us. Yogesh and Prashant bring strong field experience and proven track records in customer engagement and business development. Their addition to the team will help us further expand our reach and deliver innovative nutritional solutions that support the productivity and sustainability goals of our customers.”

Reena Rani, Head of Marketing – South Asia, also commented: “At NUQO, we believe strong teams drive strong brands. With Yogesh and Prashant joining our commercial team, we are further enhancing our ability to support customers with innovative solutions and closer market engagement. Their addition reflects NUQO’s commitment to building a dynamic and customer-focused organization in India.”
NUQO continues to strengthen its presence in India in delivering innovative, sustainable solutions for the animal nutrition industry.

About NUQO^©

NUQO^© is a pioneer in combining phytogenics & phycogenics with a unique and cutting-edge micro- encapsulation technology that preserves efficacy and ensures optimal release of active ingredients.

Based on this expertise, NUQO^©promotes various solutions that help professionals to better address challenges related to the performance, health or welfare of animals.

The post NUQO Animal Nutrition India Announces Two Key Appointments in North India appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

How to Introduce Dental X-Rays to Your Clients and Avoid the Pushback

Edusehat — Sat, 28 Mar 2026 01:20:07 +0700

It is one thing to recommend dental x-rays to clients. It is quite another to convince them to say yes to the recommendation.

As a veterinary professional, you understand the importance of dental x-rays. In fact, you cannot diagnose many conditions without them. This is because a huge percentage of problems exist below the gumline.

Although price can be a deterrent for some clients, more often than not, the biggest pushback for clients is due to a lack of understanding. When clients understand the importance of dental x-rays, however, the acceptance rates skyrocket.

________________________________________

The Problem Clients Can’t See

The biggest mistake that veterinary practices make is to assume that clients understand the importance of dental health. They don’t.

Pet owners think that everything is fine and that there is no pain. What they don’t understand is that the majority of dental disease occurs below the gumline. This means that they cannot see it.

Use Simple, Relatable Language

When discussing dental imaging with your clients, try to relate it to something simple and easy to understand.

For example:

“It’s just like when you go to the dentist—X-rays are needed to see what’s happening under the surface.”
“By the time we can see a problem, it’s often already advanced.”

The above statements can be of great help in explaining to the clients the need to undergo dental X-rays at the present time without any kind of pressure.

________________________________________

Show, Don’t Just Tell

Nothing helps build trust with your clients like proof.

For example:

Offer them sample dental radiographs and explain them in simple language.
Highlight the common issues that are not easily seen.
Explain what the radiograph is showing them.

When the client sees the problem, the conversation changes from “Do I need this?” to “What do we do next?”

________________________________________

Position It as the Standard of Care

Confidence sells.

When dental X-rays are not presented as the standard of care, then the client will not see them as the standard of care either.

For example:

“We include dental X-rays with every cleaning to make sure we’re not missing anything.”
“This is how we provide complete dental care for your pet.”

Address Cost Before It Becomes an Objection

It’s not surprising that your clients will hesitate if they’re not sure what the cost will be or what they’re getting for the price they pay.

Be proactive:

Consider bundling dental X-rays with your dental services.

Explain the value of the X-rays in terms of prevention. Explain how getting X-rays can save them money in the long run, as they may not have to pay for more costly procedures in the future. The key is to explain the value of the X-rays. This is not an extra cost; it’s part of the job. Taking proper care of their loved one and saving them money in the future.

________________________________________

Make It Easy for Your Team to Deliver the Same Message

Consistency is key. You and your entire team, from the technicians to the front desk staff, should all feel comfortable explaining to your clients:

The importance of dental X-rays.
The X-ray process.
The benefits your clients will experience.

The more consistent the message, the more your team will feel, and the more accepting your clients will be.

________________________________________

Remove Workflow Barriers Behind the Scenes

Maybe the hesitation isn’t coming from your clients, but maybe it’s your staff.

If dental X-rays are seen as time-consuming and disruptive to the day, your staff is less likely to be recommended to clients. With the latest technology in dental X-rays, like the Ultra Dental Handheld X-Ray System, the process of dental X-rays is streamlined, quick, and easy to integrate into the day.

When it’s easy for your staff, it’s easy for your clients.

________________________________________

Build Trust Through Better Care

Ultimately, the process of dental X-rays is not about selling a service.

It’s about:

Providing better care
Catching problems earlier
Giving clients confidence that nothing is missed

When you focus on this, the process of dental X-rays will be well-received.

________________________________________

Are you ready to Elevate Your Dental Standard?

Diagnostic Imaging Systems offers the latest in digital dental imaging technology to help veterinary practices deliver better care with greater efficiency.

The post How to Introduce Dental X-Rays to Your Clients and Avoid the Pushback first appeared on Vet X-ray.

World Bank invests US$12m in Ghana’s poultry and US$75m in cocoa

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 18:55:09 +0700

The World Bank has launched two major interventions in Ghana to strengthen key agricultural sectors. Under the West Africa Food Systems Resilience Programme (FSRP), about 12 million dollars will support the Poultry Intensification Scheme, targeting commercial poultry farmers with improved day‑old chicks, vaccines, and matching grants to modernize processing facilities and enhance biosecurity. The aim is to cut dependence on imported chicken meat, increase local production, and create jobs along the poultry value chain.

At the same time, the Bank has committed roughly 75 million dollars to the Cocoa Rehabilitation Project, focusing on the rehabilitation of 25,000 hectares of ageing and disease‑affected cocoa farms. The project will provide improved planting material, better agronomic practices, and technical support to smallholder farmers, reinforcing cocoa as a pillar of Ghana’s export earnings and regional food‑system resilience.

Managing Winter Stress in Poultry

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:49 +0700

Winter poses significant challenges for poultry farmers. Cold weather, reduced daylight hours, and harsh environmental conditions can place stress on birds, negatively affecting their health, productivity and overall welfare. When the temperature drops below 55ºF during the winter season, a number of issues arise including poor feed conversion ratio in broilers, decreased egg production, lower weight gain, impaired fertility and hatchability, decreased water intake, etc. For this reason, poultry farmers are particularly concerned about how to manage their flocks during the winter.

Shaista Khan
Microbiologist
shaikhan789@gmail.com

This article provides a detailed guide on how to manage winter stress effectively to maintain a healthy and productive flock.

Understanding Winter Stress in Poultry

Winter stress in poultry arises from environmental and physiological factors. These include:

Cold Temperatures: Poultry are warm-blooded animals and must maintain a stable body temperature. When temperatures drop, they expend extra energy to stay warm, which impacts their growth and production. In chickens, the brain’s hypothalamus regulates this; if the temperature continues to drop, birds will produce more heat inside and send more blood to their extremities to keep warm.
Shortened Daylight Hours: Light is a critical factor for laying hens and reduced daylight can significantly lower egg production.
Poor Ventilation: Closed housing during winter may lead to dampness, poor air quality, ammonia buildup and increasing susceptibility to respiratory diseases.
Nutritional Deficiencies: Birds may struggle to meet their increased energy and nutrient demands during winter if diets are not adjusted appropriately.

Economic Benefits of Managing Winter Stress

Investing in winter stress management may require additional resource but the benefits outweigh the costs.
Increased Productivity: Maintaining egg production and growth rates ensures profitability.
Reduced Mortality: Healthy, stress-free birds have higher survival rates.
Lower Veterinary Costs: Preventative measures reduce the need for costly treatments.

Effects of Winter Stress on Poultry

The consequences of unmanaged winter stress can be severe:

Reduced Egg Production: Layers often experience a decline in productivity due to both cold temperatures and decreased light exposure.
Slower Growth Rates: Broilers may struggle to gain weight as more energy is diverted toward maintaining body heat.
Increased Susceptibility to Disease: Stress weakens the immune system, making birds prone to infections, especially respiratory conditions, which is the primary cause in chickens exposure to cold stress.
Behavioural Issues: Overcrowding near heat sources can lead to aggressive behaviours like feather pecking.

Strategies to Mitigate Winter Stress

Effective management of winter stress involves optimizing nutrition, housing, and husbandry practices. Below are detailed strategies:

1. Nutrition Management

Proper nutrition is the cornerstone of managing winter stress. Birds require additional energy and specific nutrients to deal with the colder environment.

Increase Caloric Intake: During winter, birds use more energy to regulate their body temperature. Incorporating energy-dense feeds such as corn or wheat can help to meet these requirements.
Enhance Protein and Fat Content: Protein supports muscle maintenance and egg production, while fats are an excellent energy source. Adding soybean meal, fish oil or tallow to the diet can be beneficial.
Vitamin and Mineral Supplementation: Certain vitamins and minerals play a vital role in boosting immunity and productivity:
- Vitamin A: Supports mucosal health and reducing susceptibility to respiratory infections.
- Vitamin D: Essential for calcium absorption and crucial for eggshell quality.
- Vitamin E and Selenium: Powerful antioxidants that improve immune function.
Electrolytes and Probiotics: These help to maintain gut health, enhance nutrients absorption and reduces the impact of stress.
Warm Water Supply: Provide access to clean, lukewarm water to encourage feed intake and preventing from dehydration.

2. Housing Management

Poultry housing plays a significant role in minimizing winter stress. Properly designed and maintained facilities can make a substantial difference.

Insulation and Heating:

Insulate walls, roofs, and doors to retain heat.
Use heat lamps or brooders to provide supplemental warmth, especially for chicks and young birds.
Position heat sources to prevent overcrowding.

Ventilation: While retaining heat is essential, proper ventilation must be maintained to prevent dampness and ammonia buildup. It is advisable to use adjustable vents or fans to ensure fresh air circulation without creating drafts.

Dry and Clean Bedding: Damp litter can lead to increased humidity and ammonia levels and also causing respiratory issues. Regularly replace bedding materials like straw or wood shavings to keep them dry and clean.

Space Allocation: Provide sufficient space to prevent overcrowding and reduce competition around feeders and heat sources.

3. Lighting Management

Daylight influences the laying cycle of hens. In the winter season, when daylight hours are reduced, supplemental lighting can help to maintain productivity.
Provide 14–16 Hours of Light: Use artificial lighting to extend the day length. LED or fluorescent lights are energy-efficient options.
Gradual Adjustments: Sudden changes in light duration can stress birds. Adjust lighting schedules gradually to mimic natural conditions.

4. Disease Prevention

Winter stress weakens the immune system, making birds more vulnerable to diseases. Preventative health measures are crucial.
Vaccination Programs: Ensure birds are vaccinated against common winter diseases such as infectious bronchitis and Newcastle disease.
Biosecurity Measures: Limit access to wild birds, rodents, and other potential disease carriers. Maintain cleanliness in housing and equipment. Isolate sick birds to prevent the spread of infections among the other birds.
Regular Monitoring: Observe birds for signs of illness such as lethargy, reduced feed intake, sneezing or nasal discharge. Early intervention can prevent outbreaks.

5. Behavioural Management

Behavioural issues such as feather pecking and aggression can be shown during winter due to stress and overcrowding.

Provide Enrichment:

Keep birds engaged by scattering grains or providing hanging vegetables such like cabbages. This reduces boredom and aggressive tendencies.
Adequate Feeder and Waterer Space.
Ensure there are enough feeders and waterers to minimize competition and aggression.

Group Management:

Separate aggressive birds or overcrowded groups to maintain harmony.

6. Emergency Preparedness

Winter weather can be unpredictable and power outages or extreme cold snaps can exacerbate stress. Farmers should be prepared for such events.
Backup Power Sources.
Invest in generators to ensure uninterrupted heat and light supply.
Stockpile Feed and Water Supplies.
Maintain a reserve of feed and water to avoid shortages during snowstorms or transport disruptions.
Inspect Housing Regularly for monitoring and maintaining the healthy environment.
Check for leaks, drafts or other structural issues that could worsen during extreme weather.

Conclusion

Managing winter stress in poultry requires a holistic approach that combines proper nutrition, housing, disease prevention and proper care. By addressing these factors, farmers can ensure their flocks remain healthy, productive and resilient throughout the cold months. Proactive planning, attention to detail and consistent monitoring will not only reduce stress but also contribute to a successful and sustainable poultry operation.

The post Managing Winter Stress in Poultry appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Mastering Water Quality for Optimal Poultry Performance

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:35 +0700

The Invisible Nutrient: Mastering Water Quality for Optimal Poultry Performance

In the hierarchy of poultry nutrition, water is often forgotten giant. While producers meticulously formulate feed rations down to micro-nutrients, water, which constitutes more than 70% of a chicken’s live weight, is frequently taken for granted. The reality, however, is stark: birds drink more water than the weight of the feed they consume. Consequently, water quality is not just a hygiene issue, it is a fundamental driver of feed conversion, gut health, and economic viability.

Any attempt to trade off water quality for other reasons compromises the health and productivity of the birds. This article explores the critical role of water, the hidden dangers of poor quality, and actionable strategies for management.

The Physiology of Hydration: Why Water Wins

Water is irreplaceable. No alternative can replicate its multifaceted role in hydration, nutrient distribution, and thermoregulation. Its influence on production is direct and immediate.

Feed Intake Correlation: There is a linear relationship between water and feed. Birds typically drink 1.6 to 2 times the equivalent weight of feed. If water intake is limited, feed intake declines. Poor water quality alone can reduce feed intake by 10-20%.

Digestion and Metabolism: Water is the medium for metabolic reactions. It acts as a transport system for nutrients and helps soften and dissolve feed in the crop for smooth digestion.

Thermoregulation: Water helps regulate body temperature. Consumption spikes significantly during heat stress, increasing by 6% for every 1°C rise in temperature between 20-32°C.

The Enemies Within: Assessing Water Quality Risks

Water quality involves a complex interplay of physical, chemical, and microbial factors.

Hardness (Calcium & Magnesium): While these minerals can be beneficial to the animal, they are detrimental to drinking lines. Hardness leads to scale formation in pipelines, reducing water flow and interfering with the efficacy of vaccines and medications.

Iron: Excess iron promotes biofilm formation, causes bad odor, and favors bacterial growth. In birds, it interferes with nutrient absorption and promotes oxidative stress.

Nitrates/Nitrites: Nitrates indicate organic decomposition and are converted into nitrites in the gut. These bind to hemoglobin, reducing the blood’s oxygen-carrying capacity.

pH Balance: Fluctuations in pH can lead to decreased water consumption, sanitization efficacy and compromised immunity.

The Biofilm Threat: Biofilm poses a significant threat to water quality, causing variations in key parameters that impact health. Biofilm acts as a reservoir for pathogens and can lead to clogged pipes, reduced water flow, and the continuous shedding of disease-causing organisms into the water supply.

Biological Contaminants: Water is a potent vector for disease. Contaminated supplies can transmit bacterial diseases like Salmonellosis and Colibacillosis (E. coli), as well as viral infections like Avian Influenza and Newcastle disease.

How does the water quality look across India?

Fluctuations in Water pH and Hardness levels are noted in poultry drinking water across diverse regions in India. Results in an average pH of 7.5, which exceeds the desired level of 6.5.

Microbes such as E. coli, Salmonella, Staphylococcus thrive in an alkaline environment.

Decreasing the environmental pH by one unit to desired pH level of 6.5, can also lower the metabolic activity of microbial communities by up to 50%.

The Leaky Bucket: Where Traditional Management Fails

Many farms rely on a “leaky bucket” approach, using isolated methods that fail to address the total water quality picture.

Chlorination Limitations: Chlorine efficacy is highly pH dependent. At an alkaline pH (above 7), chlorine exists primarily as the hypochlorite ion (OCL), which is a weaker sanitizer. It requires a pH of 6.0–6.5 to exist as Hypochlorous acid (HOCl), which is 80 to 300 times more effective at killing bacteria.

A Modern Roadmap: The 3-Step Management Program

To move from basic hydration to performance enhancement, Holistic roadmap adoption is essential

Step 1: Acidification – The Foundation

Controlling pH is the key to success, with a target range of 5.5 to 6.5. Maintaining water pH within this range creates a gut environment that is unfavorable for pathogenic bacteria such as Salmonella and E. coli, while enhancing nutrient absorption. Acidification can improve protein digestibility by up to 5% and reduce the incidence of dirty eggs.

Maintaining the desired pH consistently with AcidLAC azure ensures better nutrient absorption, improved medication efficacy, and pathogen control. Acidification helps reduce harmful microbes, supports gut health, and boosts bird performance. Good water quality prevents disease, avoids mineral imbalances, and ensures uniform flock growth.

Step 2: Sanitation and Biofilm Control

Sanitation must be continuous and supported by the right tools. Sustained pH control is critical for superior sanitization efficacy, especially when using chlorine. Regular pipeline cleaning is essential, flushing lines between flocks helps remove biofilm buildup. Specialized products like AcidLAC W restrict biofilm formation and support overall water quality management.

Step 3: Role of Filters on acidification

Filters are vital as they remove sediments, impurities, and contaminants, preventing blockages, and ensure effective use of acidifiers.

Economic Implications

Investing in water quality delivers a high return on investment. Proper water management can increase feed efficiency by improving protein digestibility by up to 5%. Additionally, maintaining optimal water quality reduces losses by lowering mortality rates, minimizing eggshell defects, and cutting medication costs associated with poor flock health.

Conclusion

Water is the “invisible” nutrient because it is transparent, yet its impact on the bottom line is substantial. By shifting focus from simple supply to active water quality management specifically targeting pH control, biofilm elimination, and consistent sanitation with expertise solution approach can unlock significant latent potential in poultry birds.

References on request

The post Mastering Water Quality for Optimal Poultry Performance appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

CLFMA Of India Empowers Young Minds with First Ever Student Program Initiative

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:32 +0700

For the very first time, CLFMA of India introduced a Student Program Initiative, opening new doors for young minds to engage with the livestock and animal nutrition sector. This unique platform was created to inspire, empower, and connect the next generation of researchers and professionals with the real-world challenges and opportunities of animal agriculture.

The initiative drew an overwhelming response, with 134 students from across the country participating. Students came forward with research and innovative ideas in four vital sectors — Poultry, Dairy, Swine, and Aqua. Topics ranged from the use of unconventional feed ingredients and gut health management in poultry to dairy management innovations under climatic stress, biosecurity in swine farming, and new technologies for aqua feed production. Each category encouraged students to blend scientific knowledge with practical approaches, showcasing their ability to shape the future of sustainable livestock practices.

To honor their creativity and hard work, the program awarded Gold, Silver, and Bronze winners in every sector. The Gold winner received ₹1 lakh, Silver ₹50,000, and Bronze ₹25,000, along with a ticket to Kochi and a complimentary stay, making the recognition both prestigious and rewarding.

The felicitation took place at the 58th AGM & 66th National Symposium 2025 in Hyderabad (India), where industry leaders and academicians applauded the students’ contributions. This initiative not only celebrated young talent but also marked a milestone in CLFMA’s efforts to build stronger bridges between academia and the livestock sector, ensuring that the sector is well-prepared for the future.

The post CLFMA Of India Empowers Young Minds with First Ever Student Program Initiative appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Use of Bile Salts in Poultry Nutrition

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:27 +0700

Use of Bile Salts in Poultry Nutrition: A Scientific and Practical Approach

Introduction:
The poultry industry is under constant pressure to enhance feed efficiency, support rapid growth, and maximize profitability while maintaining animal health and sustainability. In this context, feed additives that improve nutrient utilization have become increasingly valuable. Among these, bile salts have emerged as a potent tool to improve fat digestion, energy utilization, and overall bird performance. Though bile salts are naturally produced in the liver, their supplementation in poultry diets—particularly in broiler chicks and birds consuming high-fat or energy-dense diets—has demonstrated notable benefits.

Dr Pattath Damodar
Freelance consultant,
Bangalore India

This article provides an in-depth review of the science, mechanisms, applications, and experimental outcomes associated with the use of bile salts in poultry feed.

What Are Bile Salts:
Bile salts are amphipathic molecules synthesized from cholesterol in the liver and secreted into the duodenum through the bile duct. These compounds serve as natural emulsifiers, enabling the breakdown of dietary fats into smaller particles for better enzymatic digestion. The most common bile salts include cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid, which are conjugated with amino acids like glycine or taurine. In poultry, especially in the early post-hatch period, the bile system is not fully developed.

Dr Sushant Labh
Kemin Industries South Asia

Limited bile production may lead to suboptimal lipid digestion and poor utilization of energy, especially when birds are fed high-fat diets. Supplementing diets with exogenous bile salts compensates for this limitation, promoting efficient digestion and nutrient uptake.

Manufacturing/sourcing of Bile Salts:
Bile salts used in animal nutrition are typically manufactured through a multi-step process involving extraction, purification, and sometimes synthesis. Here’s a breakdown of how bile salts are manufactured, particularly for use in poultry feed.

Mechanism of Action in Poultry Digestion:
The primary function of bile salts is to emulsify lipids in the digestive tract. Dietary fats are hydrophobic and tend to aggregate in the aqueous environment of the intestine. Bile salts convert these large fat globules into micelles, thereby increasing the surface area for the action of pancreatic lipase, the enzyme responsible for breaking down triglycerides into monoglycerides and free fatty acids.

Additional Benefits:

Facilitate absorption of fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, and K)
Improve cholesterol metabolism
Stabilize gut microflora and improve gut health

Applications and Benefits in Poultry Nutrition:

1. Enhanced Lipid Digestibility
The most immediate impact of bile salt supplementation is the improvement in fat digestibility, particularly in diets using:

Saturated fats (e.g., tallow, palm oil)
Economic but less digestible fat sources

Improved digestibility leads to higher energy availability for growth and metabolic functions.

2. Support for Young Chicks

Newly hatched chicks have immature livers and underdeveloped bile secretion. Bile salts in the starter diet:

Compensation for poor endogenous production
Improve early feed efficiency
Support gut development and health

3. Improved Growth Performance
Several studies have shown that exogenous bile salts lead to:

Increased body weight gain
Reduced feed conversion ratio (FCR)
Enhanced apparent metabolizable energy (AME)

4. Cost Efficiency
By improving the digestibility of cheaper fats, bile salts enable producers to reduce reliance on high-cost vegetable oils. This results in:

Lower feed costs
Optimized feed formulation
Improved profit margins

Performance Trials and Scientific Evidence:

Trial 1: Zhang et al. (2011)
Objective: Compare effects of bile salt supplementation on broilers fed tallow vs. soybean oil diets.

Design: 360 broilers; six treatment groups; bile salts at 0.1%
Results:
- Tallow + bile salts → +9.2% body weight gain, +8.5% FCR improvement
- Higher fat digestibility with bile salts

Reference: Zhang, B., Haitao, L., & Chi, Y. (2011). Poultry Science, 90(12), 2701–2709.

Trial 2: Xie et al. (2020)
Objective: Evaluate bile salt effects on broiler starter performance

Design: 400 chicks, bile salts at 0.05% and 0.1% (first 21 days)
Results:
- +6.7% growth, lower FCR
- +5.2% increase in AME
- Lower serum triglycerides

Reference: Xie, M., Hou, S. S., Huang, W., & Fan, H. P. (2020). Animal Feed Science and Technology, 267, 114542.

Trial 3: Khan et al. (2017)
Objective: Use of bile salts with palm oil-based diets in broilers

Design: 240 broilers, bile salts at 0.1%
Results:
- Fat digestibility: from 72.3% to 81.6%
- Improved vitamin E absorption
- Increased daily gain

Reference: Khan, R. U., et al. (2017). Livestock Science, 197, 92–97.

Summary of Trial Results:

Practical Guidelines for Use:
Inclusion Rates

Typical dose: 0.05–0.1% of the diet
High doses may not yield proportional benefits and could influence gut microbiota

Compatibility

Most effective when used with low-digestibility fat sources
Can be combined with lipase enzymes for synergistic effects

Sources

Commercially available bile salts are typically derived from bovine or porcine origins
Plant-based or synthetic alternatives are under research for use in vegetarian or religiously restricted feed systems

Limitations and Considerations:

Cost vs. Benefit: The cost of bile salts must be justified by performance gains
Quality of Product: Purity and origin matter—contaminants or low-grade sources may reduce efficacy
Bird Age and Diet Type: Younger birds and fat-rich diets show the most pronounced benefits

Conclusion:
Bile salts have proven to be a valuable feed additive in poultry nutrition, particularly when aiming to enhance lipid digestion, optimize energy utilization, and support early-stage chick development. Supported by substantial trial data, their use enables more economical feeding strategies and contributes to improved growth performance and feed efficiency. As the industry moves toward precision nutrition, incorporating additives like bile salts—especially in targeted phases of production, can play a pivotal role in achieving both economic and sustainability goals.

Authors:
Dr Pattath Damodar, Freelance consultant, Bangalore India
Dr Sushant Labh, Kemin Industries South Asia

Previous article by Dr Sushant Labh:

Recent Advances in Calcium and Phosphorus Nutrition for Broilers (An Indian Perspective)

The post Use of Bile Salts in Poultry Nutrition appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Improving Egg Production in the Old Chicken

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:23 +0700

The egg production in the hen is complicated as it is involved with many system, including the Reproductive system and the Endocrine system. Today’s poultry industry has been dominated by the white leg horn breeds especially in the tropical countries like India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Pakistan for their commercial benefits of the optimum hen house production.

Dr. Ram Moorthy D
CEO, Geenat
rammoorthyd@gmail.com
W: www.geenat.co.in
Phone: +91 93446 42382

Achieving the desired egg production in the old hens after 50 weeks is the real challenge in both the open and the Environmentally Controlled (EC) sheds, as the age advances, the breeding efficiency gradually slows down.

The ‘egg Production time’ in the Hen

The duration of the egg production in the commercial chicken is the deciding factor of each egg produced.

In young flock, it is lesser than 25 hours and in the old flocks, it is more than 25 hours. This duration decides the layer farm’s egg production.

Old flock" width="287" height="337">

Young flock <25 hours> Old flock

How Chicken’s Oviduct makes eggs

Chicken’s Oviduct makes egg in the following steps:

Infundibulum the mouth of the hen’s oviduct lengths about 9 cm receives a yolk within 10 to 30 minutes; the egg is fertilised if the sperm is present, otherwise the egg remains unfertilized.
Magnum the center portion of the hen’s oviduct lengths about 33 cm secretes albumen (egg white) and it’s layered around the yolk in and around 3 hours.
Isthmus the mid lower portion of a hen’s oviduct, length about 10 cm ; adds inner and outer cell membranes around the egg white in and around 1 hour.
Shell Gland is the real uterus of a hen’s oviduct positioned in the lower portion, length about 10 to 12 cm , adds sheel material to the egg. Pigments are added here to make the brown shell. The process takes about 20 hours.
In the Vent at the end of the oviduct, the egg passes through, before it was laid down.

Factors involved in the Egg production

Age – High production in Young Flock and it gradually declines when the age advances.
Genetics – ‘Controlled Traits of a breed
Micro-Pathogen load– Viral, Bacterial & Fungi etc.
Disease Outbreak
Stress
Nutrition

Among the above factors we have a complete control on Nutrition especially through feed to improve the production in the old flocks that are above 48 weeks.

Nutrition for the old Chicken

We can tune the commercial Layer Feed Formulation above 48 weeks (Phase 2 – 48 to 65 weeks & Phase 3 – 65 weeks & above) with the following guidelines to achieve the maximum egg production and to improve the farm average egg production %.

Optimum CP – Crude Protein

In the layer feed for the old flcok (Phase 2 & 3) we need to give high energy diet to meet the bird’s BMR. However, we need to emphasize the optimum Crude Protein level 4% higher than the routine CP level irrespective of the breeds.

Optimum Amino Acids

We can maintain the Optimum Amino Acids level in the Phase 2&3. Optimum Methionine level can be not lesser than 0.4 & Lysiene level can be not lesser than 0.75. The above values are for 1 MT of feed.

Feed Additives

Vitamins & Minerals

We can top up the Vitamin & Trace Mineral premixes 10% higher than the regular dosage.

Emulsifier & Choline Chloride

Fat deposition in the old flocks will hamper the breeding efficiency and the egg production which is a natural and Adding Emulsifiers along with choline chloride can reduce the overall body fat and lean birds tend to yield more eggs. Dosage can be adjusted as per the local vet’s advice and brand claims.

Chromium Picolinate

There are studies and references available that chromium Picolinate improves the breeding efficiency in the laying hens. Chromium Picolinate a non-toxic chromium can be added in the layer feed for Phase 2 &3 as per the manufacturers’ label claims.

Anterior Pituitary – The Key Organ of a Laying Hen.

There are two Gonadotropin hormones ‘secreted in the Anterior Pituitary gland of the chicken which decide and determine the egg production of the chicken as the hormones link ovary & oviduct.

FSH – Follicle Stimulating Hormone.
FSH maintains the matured follicles in the ovary which ensures the ovulation (egg production) at the chicken’s old age of 80+ weeks
LH – Luteinizing Hormone
LH ruptures the matured follicles in the ovary and releases the ova.

Phytochemicals

- There are many references that a few specific phytochemicals that are discussed here which can induce the endocrine system (Anterior Pituitary) of the Chicken and releases the Gonadotropin Hormones to improve the egg production. We can include the dry powder of these phytochemicals in the Phase 2- & 3-layer feed.
- Asparagus racemosus – roots

- Pueraria tuberosa

- Glycyrrhiza glabra

Summary

Egg is an economical and affordable protein commodity, rich in nutrition. Moreover, egg can be consumed by all the age groups which is easily available for all the economical classes and it is without adulteration.

We need to ensure a high farm average of the egg production of every layer farm by implementing the nutritional guidelines discussed here by improving the production performance of the old age chicken.

The money invested for the value-added nutritional benefits discussed here will certainly ensure a high return through additional egg production and low egg breakage and the farmer can relish hassle-free farming.

We can use similar guidelines to the breeding farms to make the non-laying hens yield eggs which can improve the farm average of the egg production & better hatchability.

Author: Dr. Ram Moorthy D, CEO, Geenat

Previous article by same author: Pin Bone Syndrome in Commercial Chicken

The post Improving Egg Production in the Old Chicken appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Dhumal Industries Unveils Next-Gen 50″ Direct Drive Ventilation Fan

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:17 +0700

Dhumal Industries Unveils Next-Generation 50-Inch Direct Drive Ventilation Fan for Poultry & Livestock Houses

Engineered for efficiency, longevity, and lowest lifetime cost—designed and manufactured in India

Nashik, India: Dhumal Industries, one of India’s most respected names in poultry and livestock equipment engineering, has announced the launch of its new 50-inch blade diameter Direct Drive Ventilation Fan, a high-performance, energy-efficient solution developed to meet the evolving needs of modern poultry housing.

Designed with a strong focus on engineering excellence, durability, and total cost of ownership, this new fan represents a significant step forward for poultry producers and integrators looking to upgrade ventilation systems, reduce maintenance challenges, and achieve meaningful long-term energy savings.

Engineered for Performance & Reliability

At the heart of this innovation is a high-grade composite plastic Polypropylene (PP) body, engineered for long service life in harsh poultry house environments where humidity, dust, and corrosive gases often shorten equipment lifespan. Unlike traditional metal housings that are prone to corrosion and fatigue, the polypropylene based composite plastic construction ensures structural integrity, chemical resistance, and consistent airflow performance over many years.

The fan is powered by a 1.5 HP heat-dissipating induction motor, specifically selected to deliver high efficiency with excellent thermal management. The finned motor body improves heat dissipation, resulting in lower operating temperatures, improved motor life, and reduced electrical losses—a critical advantage in continuous-duty ventilation applications.

High Air Delivery with Lower Energy Consumption

The 50-inch Direct Drive Fan delivers an impressive 24,000 CFM (approximately 40,000 cubic meters per hour) under ideal operating conditions, ensuring rapid air exchange and stable house environments essential for bird health, performance, and uniformity.

Thanks to its direct-drive design and optimized aerodynamics, the fan is estimated to deliver up to 20% energy savings compared to conventional belt-driven ventilation systems. The elimination of belts not only reduces power losses but also removes one of the most common causes of maintenance downtime in poultry houses.

The fan is supplied with a robust butterfly shutter system, ensuring efficient airflow control, minimal backdraft when the fan is switched off, and improved static pressure performance.

Designed for a 15-Year Service Life

With an expected operational life of up to 15 years, the new Direct Drive Fan has been designed as a true long-term asset rather than a short-term replacement product. Its rugged construction, fewer moving parts, and optimized motor design significantly reduce wear and tear, resulting in:

Lower routine maintenance costs
Reduced breakdown risk
Higher uptime across production cycles

For poultry farmers and integrators, this translates into predictable performance and peace of mind over the entire lifecycle of the equipment.

Fast Payback, Strong Value Proposition

Energy efficiency combined with reduced maintenance makes this fan a compelling investment. Based on typical usage patterns in commercial poultry houses, the fan is expected to pay back its cost in less than three years, purely through energy savings and lower maintenance expenses.

This makes the product especially attractive for:

New turnkey poultry projects
Retrofit or replacement of ageing ventilation systems
Integrators focused on long-term operating cost reduction
Producers aiming to improve environmental control without increasing power bills

Make in India, Built for Indian Conditions

Aligned with the Make in India vision promoted by the Government of India and Hon’ble Prime Minister Mr. Narendra Modi, this fan has been indigenously designed, developed, and manufactured in India by Dhumal Industries.

By manufacturing locally, the company ensures:

Faster availability of equipment
Ready access to spare parts
Products engineered specifically for Indian climatic and operating conditions

All spare parts for the fan are readily available through Dhumal Industries’ branch network, authorized dealers, and online spares platform, ensuring long-term serviceability and customer confidence.

The fan is backed by Dhumal Industries’ strong after-sales support system and comes with a 1-year warranty program, reinforcing the company’s commitment to reliability and customer satisfaction.

Leadership Driven by Engineering Excellence

Dhumal Industries is led by Mr. Anil Dhumal and Mr. Akshay Dhumal, both engineers and technocrats who bring deep technical expertise and hands-on involvement to the company’s product development initiatives.

Unlike conventional manufacturing organizations, the leadership at Dhumal Industries takes direct personal interest in engineering design, material selection, testing protocols, and field feedback. This approach ensures that every product introduced by the company is not only technically sound but also practical, field-proven, and aligned with the real-world challenges faced by poultry farmers and integrators.

Setting a New Benchmark in Poultry Ventilation

With the launch of the 50-inch Direct Drive Fan, Dhumal Industries reinforces its position as a technology-driven Indian manufacturer capable of delivering global-standard solutions for the poultry industry.

By combining energy efficiency, long service life, low maintenance, strong service support, and rapid ROI, the new fan sets a new benchmark for ventilation solutions in Indian poultry housing.

As poultry producers continue to focus on efficiency, sustainability, and profitability, Dhumal Industries’ latest innovation offers a future-ready solution designed to perform—year after year.

The post Dhumal Industries Unveils Next-Gen 50″ Direct Drive Ventilation Fan appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Advanced Poultry Nutrition Forum 2026 – a Day Before VICTAM Asia in Bangkok

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:10 +0700

Bangkok, Thailand – 9 March 2026 – The Advanced Poultry Nutrition Forum 2026 (APNF 2026) will bring together senior poultry nutritionists, technical managers, feed formulators, and production leaders for a high-level, one-day technical forum in Bangkok, held immediately prior to VICTAM Asia 2026.

Positioned as a focused, application-driven platform, APNF 2026 is designed for professionals responsible for translating genetic progress into measurable commercial performance in both broiler and layer operations.

Bridging Genetic Progress with Nutritional Execution
Modern poultry genetics continue to advance at an unprecedented pace. Yet achieving the full biological and economic potential of today’s birds requires more than incremental formulation adjustments. It demands alignment between genetic capability, nutrient supply, and operational precision.

APNF 2026 is structured around this integrated theme—connecting genetic potential with practical nutritional execution for both broilers and layers.

Technical leaders from Aviagen and H&N International will lead dedicated breakout sessions addressing:

Genetic potential and realistic performance expectations
Current field performance: facts, data, and industry observations
Economic implications of performance gaps
Evaluating operation-level results to identify improvement opportunities

These sessions are designed to help participants critically assess their own flock performance while understanding the biological and financial realities shaping modern production systems.

From Potential to Performance: Precision Nutrition in Practice
Building on the genetic foundation, the Forum advances into applied nutritional strategy — translating performance targets into feed programs that deliver consistent, repeatable results.

For both broilers and layers, technical sessions will explore:

Situational nutrition strategies
Net energy systems and modern energy evaluation
Functional amino acid application
Precision feeding approaches aligned with genetic objectives

Rather than treating genetics and nutrition as isolated disciplines, APNF 2026 presents them as interdependent drivers of efficiency, uniformity, and return on feed investment.

Advanced Perspectives in Formulation, Additives and Gut Health
Complementing the genetics and core nutrition discussions, respected industry specialists will contribute applied insights into formulation science and feed optimization.

Contributing experts include:

Prof. Julian Wiseman (Ecolex) – Feed additive evaluation and energy value assessment
Ian Mealey (Datacor) – Data-driven formulation and nutrient modeling approaches
Arno van de Aa (Orffa)—Practical strategies for optimizing gut microflora and nutrient utilization

Together, these sessions extend the discussion beyond theory, equipping participants with tools to manage ingredient variability, improve nutrient precision, and strengthen feed efficiency under commercial conditions.

A Strategic Pre-VICTAM Technical Platform
Held one day before VICTAM Asia 2026, APNF 2026 offers a concentrated technical environment ahead of broader industry engagement.

Participants will have the opportunity to:

Gain forward-looking insight from global genetics and nutrition leaders
Engage in focused, peer-level technical exchange
Refine formulation and performance strategies prior to exhibition activities

Unlike exhibition-style presentations, the Forum format prioritizes in-depth discussion, practical application, and meaningful professional interaction.

Registration Information

Attendance is intentionally limited to maintain a high-level technical environment. With strong industry interest and seats filling steadily, early registration is strongly encouraged.

Registration fees will increase in March 2026.

For full program details and registration information, click here.

The post Advanced Poultry Nutrition Forum 2026 – a Day Before VICTAM Asia in Bangkok appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Veterinary Medicine in the Agro-Industrial Complex 2026

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:10:04 +0700

The XV International Scientific and Practical Conference and Exhibition “Veterinary Medicine in the Agro-Industrial Complex” to be held in Novosibirsk

From June 2 to 4, 2026, leading experts will address key veterinary issues in the agro-industrial complex, assist veterinary professionals in agricultural production to achieve better performance, and help resolve production-related challenges. The event is supported by the National Union of Pig Breeders, the National Union of Poultry Producers, the National Union of Beef Producers, and the National Union of Dairy Producers “Soyuzmoloko.”

“Veterinary Medicine in the Agro-Industrial Complex” has been held annually since 2011. The conference focuses on modern tools and methods for ensuring animal health at industrial enterprises, diagnostic challenges, current infectious diseases, and effective anti-epizootic measures.

“This is truly a place where common issues across all sectors can be discussed and feedback can be received. We are not afraid of discussions — it is precisely through dialogue that new paths for the development of the industry emerge,” noted Andrey Mukovnin, Deputy Director of the Veterinary Department of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation. “The event is expanding both in terms of the number of participants and the categories represented.”

Program:

Post-mortem examination sessions in the areas of “Veterinary Medicine in Pig Farming”, “Veterinary Medicine in Poultry Farming”
Plenary session;
Joint session of the Expert and Advisory Council on Veterinary Medicine and meetings on the topics:
- “Veterinary Medicine in Pig Farming”, “Veterinary Medicine in Poultry Farming”, “Veterinary Medicine in Cattle Farming”
Round-table discussions in the areas of
- “Veterinary Medicine in Pig Farming”, “Veterinary Medicine in Poultry Farming”, “Veterinary Medicine in Cattle Farming”
Round table on laboratory diagnostics: quality of domestic diagnostic kits, comparative testing;
Satellite events.

Traditionally, round tables will be held in a live format, where production requests, scientific opportunities, and the position of the state veterinary service are discussed. Current issues with the most relevant infections will also be addressed: PRRS, ASF, and streptococcal infections in pig farming; avian influenza in poultry farming; clostridiosis in cattle farming.

Key discussion topics include: Infectious diseases, vaccination and immunity, antibiotics, laboratory diagnostics, biological protection of the enterprise, and more.

The conference is accompanied by a full-scale exhibition featuring:

Veterinary drugs, vaccines, disinfectants, and more;
Laboratory equipment and laboratory services;
Innovations, automation, and digitalization in the agro-industrial complex;
Feed and feed additives;
Construction technologies and engineering solutions for livestock and poultry farming, and by-product disposal;
Scientific organizations and projects for the agro-industrial complex;
Media.

The exhibition provides an opportunity not only to discuss issues and challenges but also to explore the latest technologies, products, and equipment firsthand.

The event is based on a practice-oriented approach; the program is designed according to the daily requests and challenges faced by the industry. A full program is planned, with participation from veterinarians, zootechnicians, engineers, and other specialists from agricultural enterprises.

Registration:
Participants can register for the conference on the official website: https://conference.veterina.ru/. Seats are limited.

Venue: Novosibirsk Expocentre, 104 Stantsionnaya Street, Novosibirsk, Russia.

The post Veterinary Medicine in the Agro-Industrial Complex 2026 appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Supporting poultry during heat stress: Risks and technical solutions

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:32 +0700

Supporting poultry during heat stress requires a multi-faceted strategy addressing both environmental and nutritional factors. When high temperatures and humidity exceed birds’ tolerance, their behaviour, feed intake, and calcium metabolism are disrupted. This leads to issues like poor shell quality and reduced egg production. Practical management and precise diet formulation are key—but how can these be optimised to limit productivity losses?

Photo: Freepik

By Phosphea
Heat stress can represent a pressing concern during the summer season. With temperatures frequently above 30 degrees surpassing the 25 degrees comfort range for a poultry, the physiological challenges become more pronounced.

WHAT IS HEAT STRESS IN POULTRY?
Heat stress in poultry refers to a condition where they are exposed to high temperatures and humidity levels that exceed their physiological tolerance. It occurs when the bird is unable to dissipate the heat leading to various changes in the behavior of the poultry. The impact on productivity is high, this is why preventing it, is mandatory.

To evaluate the level of heat stress, the Temperature Humidity Index (THI) is commonly used. It is a numerical value to measure the combined effect of temperature and humidity on the thermal comfort and stress levels of poultry. A higher THI value indicates a greater risk of heat stress (Habeeb, 2018).

For example, a temperature of 28°C with a Humidity Level of 95 % has the same THI level as a temperature of 38 degrees with a 20% humidity.

WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF HEAT STRESS IN POULTRY?
The bird resort to panting in order to dissipate heat from their body, by opening their mouth, their feathers and wings, often leading to a decrease in feed intake and nutrient absorption. This hyperventilation leads to low CO₂ levels in blood and an increase of the blood pH. To compensate it, the bird degrades part of the bones to obtain carbonates and restore the blood levels. This process can lead to decrease in calcium storage of medullary bone, essential to eggshell formation (30 to 40%) during laying period. Consequently, we can observe declines in egg size, shell quality, shell color and broken eggs more frequent (Soriano, 2021).

Figure 1. Consequences of Heat Stress on Layers and Breeders

HOW CAN WE SUPPORT ANIMALS DURING HEAT STRESS?
The strategy to avoid maximum issues caused by heat stress should be a combination of:
• Management measures: Proper density and lighting, implementation of ventilation systems and roofing sprinklers, monitorization of feed and water intake and control of the water supply and its temperature.
• Formulation assessment: Good balance and digestibility of the diet, calcium incorporation rate and form. For example, the addition of fat instead of carbohydrates in the formulation may reduce the production of heat and increase palatability.
• Time adjustment: Feeding at the cooler time of the day is ideal to optimize the feed intake. Manipulation of the poultries should also be during those hours.

Figure 2. Heat Stress: Symptoms and Security Measures

These security and prevention measures are the first steps to reduce the impact of the heat stress (Wasti, 2020).

HOW CAN CALSEAGROW HELP POULTRY UNDER HEAT STRESS?
To mitigate heat stress, Phosphea created a unique blend of Peptic-oligosaccharides prebiotics and antioxidants specifically designed for layers and breeders. Due to its specific synergy between marine calcium and citrus extract, CalseaGrow provides prebiotic (POS) and antioxidant properties to the bird leading to better calcium mobilization for the bones and eggshell and control of oxidative stress caused by Heat Stress. By incorporating CalseaGrow at 1kg/ton of feed into their diet it is possible to enhance calcium deposition in both bones and eggshell increasing the shell quality of the egg.

Figure 3. How to use CalseaGrow During Heat Stress

Additionally, this innovative approach reduces the oxidative stress, improves feed intake during stress by increasing the nutrient absorption. It maintains and promotes gut health, which contribute to sustain egg production.

Our recommendation is: Supplement CalseaGrow 2 weeks before the heat wave, in order to help counteract the negative effects of heat stress.

Supporting poultry during heat stress: Risks and technical solutions yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Managing heat stress in poultry: The role of oxidative stress and gut health

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:30 +0700

Heat stress in poultry production is a common reality; its effects are quite complex and harmful and depend on the intensity and duration of the exposure to high temperatures. The gut is affected by heat stress through several pathways, including organ ischemia and hypoxia, as well as oxidative stress. In heat stress challenges, the intestinal barrier is compromised because of lower tight junction protein expression, enterocyte damage, and microbiome unbalance, leading to gut health issues such as dysbiosis and necrotic enteritis.

Photo: ew | nutrition

By the Technical Team of EW Nutrition
Stress in animals can be defined as any factor causing disruptions to their homeostasis, their stable internal balance. Stress engenders a biological response to regain equilibrium.¹ We can distinguish four major types of stress in the poultry industry: Technological or management-related stress; environmental stress; nutritional stress, including due to heavy metals, mycotoxins, and low-quality ingredients; and internal stress, which is related to health status and health challenges.² All types of stress lead to molecular and cellular changes that decrease health and productivity.

CLIMATE CHANGE, THERMOREGULATION, AND STRESS
High environmental temperatures are among the most important environmental stressors for poultry production, causing significant economic losses in the industry.³ Climate change has increased the prevalence and intensity of heat stress conditions in most poultry production areas all over the world.^4,5

The optimum temperature for poultry animals’ well-being and performance – the so-called thermoneutral zone – is between 18 and 22°C. When birds are kept within this temperature range, they do not have to spend energy on maintaining a constant body temperature.⁶

Heat stress is the result of unsuccessful thermoregulation in the animals, as they absorb or produce a higher quantity of heat than they can lose. It means that there is a negative balance between the net amount of energy flowing from the animal to the environment and the energy it produces.⁷

Photo: ew | nutrition

CONTRIBUTING FACTORS TO HEAT STRESS IN POULTRY
This energy imbalance is influenced by environmental factors such as sunlight, thermal irradiation, air temperature, humidity, and stocking density, but also by animal-related factors such as body weight, feather coverage and distribution, dehydration status, metabolic rate, and thermoregulatory mechanisms.^7,8 When the environmental temperature is above the thermoneutral zone, the animals activate thermoregulation mechanisms to loose heat through behavioral, biochemical, and physiological changes and responses.^9-¹²

Heat stress can be classified into two main categories: Acute and chronic. Acute heat stress refers to a short and fast increase in environmental temperature (a few hours), whereas under chronic heat stress the high temperatures persist for more extended periods (several days). Some studies suggest that, in some circumstances, poultry animals show a degree of resilience to acute heat stress.^7,^9,¹⁰ However, in the long-run, their compensatory mechanisms are not sufficient to maintain tissue integrity and thus health and performance.¹¹

THE ANIMAL’S RESPONSE TO HEAT STRESS
The exposure of poultry to heat stress changes the gene expression of cytokines, upregulates heat shock proteins (HSP), and reduces the concentration of thyroid hormones.^10,12 When heat stress persists, these cascades of cellular reactions result in tissue damage and malfunction.

The animals exposed to heat stress suffer adverse effects in terms of performance, which are widely known and include high mortality, lower growth and production (Figure 1), and a decline in meat and egg quality.^13,¹⁴

Figure 1. Body weight gain of broilers exposed to chronic heat stress (35°C continuously from day 21).
A marker for tight junction permeability was added to feed (FITC-d – fluorescein isothiocyanate dextran);
its fluorescence (in serum) increased with heat stress exposure time, showing higher intestinal permeability. (Adapted from Ruff et al., 2020)

OXIDATIVE STRESS – A CONSEQUENCE OF HEAT STRESS
Oxidative stress, simply put, occurs when the amount of reactive oxygen species (ROS – such as superoxide anions, hydrogen peroxide, and hydroxyl radicals) exceeds the antioxidant capacity of the cells.^6,^14,¹⁵ Oxidative stress is regarded as one of the most critical stressors in poultry production as it is a response to diverse challenges affecting the animals.^2,¹⁷

At a cellular level, the metabolism of the animal – its energy production – generates ROS and reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as hydroxyl radicals, superoxide anions, hydrogen peroxide, and nitric oxide. These usually are further processed by antioxidant enzymes produced by the cell^2,¹⁵, including superoxide dismutase (SOD), catalase (CAT), and glutathione peroxidase (GSH-Px). Nutrients such as selenium and vitamins E, C, and A also participate in antioxidant processes.^2,5 When the generation of ROS exceeds the capacity of the antioxidant system, oxidative stress ensues.^2,16

Heat stress in poultry leads to higher cellular energy demand, promoting the generation of ROS in the mitochondria¹³, which exceed the antioxidant capacity of the organism. As a consequence, oxidative stress occurs in several tissues, leading to cell apoptosis or necrosis.¹¹ Among these tissues, the gastrointestinal tract can be highly affected.

Oxidative stress damages cell proteins, lipids, and DNA, and reduces energy generation efficacy.6 Moreover, oxidized molecules can take electrons from other molecules, resulting in a chain reaction. If not controlled, this reaction can cause extensive tissue damage.¹⁶

In response to oxidative stress, all antioxidants in the organism work together to re-establish homeostasis. Several steps in the oxidative stress response have been identified. Whether they take place depends on the intensity of the stressor, with ROS and RNS acting as signalling molecules. These steps include the internal synthesis of antioxidants, the activation of transcription factors or vitagenes, and the production of protective molecules (Figure 2).

Figure 2. Summary of the antioxidant response
First, decrease free radical production by decreasing oxygen availability and reducing the activities of enzymes responsible for ROS production (NADPH oxidase). Second, scavenge and decompose free radicals through natural antioxidants (vitamins E & C, GSH, SOD, GPx, and CAT). Third, activate Nrf2 and vitagenes to further stimulate the synthesis of antioxidants. Fourth, activate enzymatic systems responsible for damaged molecule repair (HSP, Msr, DNA-repair enzymes) and removal (PH–GPx). Fifth, induce apoptosis and other processes to deal with terminally damaged cells. (Adapted from Surai et al., 2019)

OXIDATIVE STRESS’ EFFECTS ON THE GUT
In the gastrointestinal tract, oxidative stress and the consequent tissue damage lead to increased intestinal permeability. This facilitates the translocation of toxins and pathogens from the intestinal tract into the bloodstream (Figure 3).

Figure 3. Simplified effects of head stress in intestinal functions
1. Visceral blood flow is directed to the peripheria
2. Intestinal cell damage through oxidative stress
3. Disruption of tight junctions
4. Alteration of the microbiome
5. Leaky gut and translocation of toxins (mycotoxins, endotoxins) and pathogens into the bloodstream

Under oxidative stress conditions in the gut, there is a demand for antioxidants to counteract the excess of ROS; hence, dietary antioxidants can help reduce ROS and improve animal performance.¹⁵ Research shows that certain phytomolecules have antioxidant properties and improve performance under conditions of oxidative stress.^14,18-²⁰

Thermoregulation: Changes in blood flow
The gastrointestinal tract is profoundly affected by heat stress in poultry: to help with heat dissipation, the thermoregulatory mechanism of the animal shifts visceral blood flow towards peripheral circulation. Organ ischemia and hypoxia follow, limiting gut motility, nutrient utilization, and feed intake.^5,14 Enterocytes are particularly sensitive to hypoxia and nutrient restriction, which leads to oxidative stress.^2,12

Changes in intestinal barrier’s tight junctions
Several studies indicate that both acute and chronic heat stress increase gut permeability, partly by increasing oxidative stress and by disrupting the expression of tight junction proteins.^5,21 Heat and oxidative stress in the gut result in intestinal cell injury and apoptosis. When the tight junction barrier is compromised, luminal substances leak into the bloodstream, which constitutes the condition described as “leaky gut”.⁴^,21

Changes in intestinal morphology
Heat stress in poultry affects intestinal weight, length, barrier function, and microbiota, resulting in animals that have lower total and relative weight of the small intestine, with shorter jejunum and duodenum, shorter villi (Figure 4), and reduced absorption areas, in comparison to non-stressed animals.^11,^12,23^-26

Figure 4. Villous height and width of broilers exposed to heat stress in relation to the control group (100%). Villous height is always shorter than the control group, but width can increase when the organism shows resilience to the stressful situations and aims to recover intestinal surface. (Adapted from Jahejo et al., 2016; Santos et al., 2019; Wu et al., 2018; Abdelqader et al., 2016; Santos et al., 2015 and Awad et al., 2018 – by order of appearance in the graph, from left to right)

Changes in intestinal microbiome
Due to reduced feed intake and impaired intestinal function, the presence and activity of the commensal microbiota can also be modified. Heat stress can lead to reduced populations of beneficial microbes. At the same time, it can boost the growth of potential pathogens and lead to dysbiosis, increased gut permeability, as well as immune and metabolic dysfunction.²⁷ Burkholder et al. (2008) and Rostagno (2020) point out that pathogens such as Clostridia, Salmonella, and coliform bacteria increase in poultry exposed to heat stress, while the populations of beneficial bacteria such as Lactobacilli and Bifidobacteria decrease.

Necrotic enteritis
Heat stress in poultry causes damage in the gut microbiota, intestinal integrity, and villus morphology, as well as immunosuppression. Consequently, feed digestion and absorption decline.^11,^12,^28,²⁹ These factors increase the risk of necrotic enteritis outbreaks^5,28^,30^,31, one of the most problematic bacterial diseases in modern poultry production.

In a study by Tsiouris et al. (2018), cyclical acute heat stress was found to increase the incidence and severity of necrotic enteritis in broilers challenged with C. perfringens, and to produce the disease in animals that were not exposed to the bacteria. Other signs, such as growth retardation and a reduced pH of the intestinal digesta, were also observed in the heat-stressed birds.

By lowering feed digestibility, increasing gut permeability, and compromising immunity, heat stress leaves animals more susceptible to gut-health related issues such as dysbacteriosis and necrotic enteritis – and thus increases the need to use antibiotics.

Photo: ew | nutrition

MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Most intervention strategies deal with heat stress through a wide range of measures, including environmental management, housing design, ventilation, sprinkling, and shading, amongst others.⁸ Understanding and controlling environmental conditions is always a part of heat stress management: it is crucial for ensuring animal welfare and achieving successful poultry production.

Feed management and nutrition interventions are also recommended, together with environmental management, to reduce the effects of heat stress in poultry. They include feeding pelletized diets with increased energy, higher fat inclusions, reduction of total protein, supplemental amino acids, higher levels of vitamins and minerals, and adjusting the dietary electrolyte balance.^1,^12,¹⁸ Nutrition is crucial, and the use of the right diets aid in attenuating heat stress in birds.

Phytomolecules: Powerful antioxidants
It is practically impossible to avoid stress in commercial poultry production; hence it is common for animals to experience oxidative stress at times. Phytomolecules are natural antioxidants with anti-inflammatory and digestive properties⁸^,14, which have been shown to improve poultry performance, including during challenging periods. The antioxidant capacity of phytomolecules manifests itself in free radical scavenging, increased production of natural antioxidants, and the activation of transcription factors.²^,32^,33

As compounds that have low bioavailability, they can remain at high concentrations within the intestine, when provided at the appropriate dosage and through encapsulation technology. Research has found that phytomolecules can effectively reduce intestinal ROS and thus alleviate heat stress in poultry^15,^18-²⁰, specifically mitigating oxidative stress in the intestine.

One heat stress study, for example, found that carvacrol elevates serum GSH-PX activity, compared to non-supplemented broilers.¹⁹ Other studies demonstrate that cinnamaldehyde also increases the activities of natural antioxidants in heat-stressed broilers.^32,35 A study by Prieto and Campo (2016) showed that dietary supplementation of capsaicin effectively alleviated heat stress, as indicated by a lower H/L ratio in supplemented animals.

Silibinin, a flavonolignan present in silymarin (milk thistle extract), is another powerful antioxidant. In the gastrointestinal tract, it can come into direct contact with cells, activating transcription factors such as Nrf2, and thus helping to upregulate the antioxidant protection.³⁴ Other phytomolecules, such as menthol and cineol, also aid animals under heat stress by simulating the sensory cold receptors of the oral mucosa. This gives them a cooling sensation and reduces heat stress behavior.¹⁸

References
¹Das, S. et al., 2011. Nutrition in relation to diseases and heat stress in poultry. Veterinary World, 4(9), pp. 429-432.
²Surai, P. F., Kochish, I. I., Fisinin, V. I. & Kidd, M. T., 2019. Antioxidant defence systems and oxidative stress in poultry biology: An update. Antioxidants, 8(7).
³St-Pierre, N., Cobanov, B. & Schnitkey, G., 2003. Economic Losses from Heat Stress by US Livestock Industries. Journal of Daairy Science, Volume 86
⁴ Tellez Jr., G., Tellez-Isaias, G. & Dridi, S., 2017. Heat stres and gut health in broilers: role of tight junction proteins. Advances in Food Technology and Nutritional Sciences, 3(1).
⁵Lian, P. et al., 2020. Beyond heat stress: intestinal integrity disruption and mechanism-based intervention strategies. Nutrients, Volume 12.
⁶Akbarian, A. et al., 2016. Association between heat stress and oxidative stress in poultry; mitochondrial dysfunction and dietary interventions with phytochemicals. Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology, 7(37).
⁷ Lara, L. & Rostagno, M., 2013. Impact of heat stress on poultry production. Animals, Volume 3, pp. 356-369.
⁸ Saeed, M. et al., 2019. Heat stress management in poultry farms: a comprehensive overview. Journal of Thermal Biology, Volume 84, pp. 414-425.
⁹ Farag, M. & Alagawany, M., 2018. Phyisiological alterations of poultry to the high enviromental temperature. Journal of Thermal Biology, Volume 76, pp. 101-106.
¹⁰ Quinteiro-Filho, W. et al., 2010. Heat stress impairs performance parameters, induces intestinal injury, and decreases macrohage activity in broiler chickens. Poultry Science, Volume 89, p. 1905–1914.
¹¹ Santos, R. et al., 2015. Quantitative histo-morphometric analysis of heat-stress-related damage in the small intestines of broiler chickens. Avian Pathology, 44(1), pp. 19-22.
¹² Awad, E. et al., 2018. Growth performance, duodenal morphology and the caecal microbial population in female broiler chickens fed glycine-fortified low protein diets under heat stress conditions. British Poultry Science, 59(3), pp. 340-348.
¹³ Mujahid, A., Yoshiki, Y., Akiba, Y. & Toyomizu, M., 2005. Superoxide radical production in chicken skeletal muscle induced by heat stress. Volume 84, pp. 307-314.
¹⁴Hu, R. et al., 2019. Polyphenols as potential attenuators of heat stress in poultry production. Antioxidants, 8(67).
¹⁵Salami, S. et al., 2015. Efficacy of dietary antioxidants on broiler oxidative stress, performance and meat quality: science and market. Avian Biology Research, 8(2), pp. 65-78.
¹⁶ Lauridsen, C., 2019. From oxidative stress to inflammation: redox balance and immune system. Poultry Science, Volume 98, pp. 4240-4246.
¹⁷ Surai, P. F. & Fisinin, V. I., 2016. Vitagenes in poultry production: Part 1. Technological and enviromental stresses. World’s Poultry Science Journal, Volume 72.
¹⁸ Arab Ameri, S., Samadi, F., Dastar, B. & Zarehdaran, S., 2016. Efficiency of peppermint (Mentha piperita) powder on performance, body temperature and carcass characteristics of broiler chickens in heat stress condition. Iranian Journal of Applied Animal Science, 6(4), pp. 943-950.
¹⁹ Saadat Shad, H., Mazhari, M., Esmaeilipour, O. & Khosravinia, H., 2016. Effects of thymol and carvacrol on productive performance, antioxidant enzyme activity and certain blood metabolites in heat stressed broilers. Iranian Journal of Applied Animal Science, 6(1), pp. 195-202.
²⁰ Mishra, B. & Jha, R., 2019. Oxidative stress in the poultry gut: potential challenge and interventions. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 6(60).
²¹ Ruff, J. et al., 2020. Research Note: Evaluation of a heat stress model to induce gastrointestinal leakage in broiler chickens. Poultry Science, Volume 99, pp. 1687-1692.
²²Rostagno, M., 2020. Effects of heat stress on the gut health of poultry. Journal of Animal Science, 98(4).
²³Abdelqader, A. & Al-Fataftah, A., 2016. Effect of dietary butyric acid on performance, intestinal morphology, microflora composition and intestinal recovery of heat-stressed broilers. Livestock Science, Volume 183.
²⁴ Jahejo, A. et al., 2016. Effect of heat stress and ascorbic acid on gut morphology of broiler chicken. Sindh University Research Journal, 48(4), pp. 829-832.
²⁵ Wu, Q. et al., 2018. Glutamine alleviates heat stress-induced impairment of intestinal morphology, intestinal inflammatory response, and barrier integrity in broilers. Poultry Science, Volume 97, pp. 2675-2683.
²⁶ Santos, R. et al., 2019. Effects of a feed additive blend on broilers challenged with heat stress. Avian Pathology, 48(6), pp. 582-601.
²⁷ Shi, D. et al., 2019. Impact of gut microbiota structure in heat-stressed broilers. Poultry Science, Volume 98, pp. 2405-2413.
²⁸Burkholder, K. et al., 2008. Influence of stressors on normal intestinal microbiota, intestinal morphology, and susceptibility to Salmonella Enteritidis colonization in broilers. Poultry Science, Volume 87, pp. 1734-1741.
²⁹ Quinteiro-Filho, W. et al., 2012. Acute heat stress impairs performance parameters and induces mild intestinal enteritis in broiler chickens: role of acute HPA axis activation. Journal of Animal Science.
³⁰Antonissen, G. et al., 2014. The Impact of Fusarium Mycotoxins on Human and Animal Host Susceptibility to Infectious Diseases. Toxins, 6(2).
³¹ Tsiouris, V. et al., 2018. Heat stress as predisposing factor for necrotic enteritis in broiler chicks. Avian Pathology, 47(6), pp. 616-624.
³²Abd El-Hack, M. et al., 2019. Herbs as thermoregulatory agents in poultry: An overview. Science of the Total Environment.
³³Surai, P. F., 2020. Antioxidants in poultry nutrition and reproduction: An update. Antioxidants, 9(2).
³⁴ Surai, P. F., 2015. Silymarin as a natural antioxidant: An overview of the current evidence and perspectives. Antioxidants, 4(1).
³⁵ El-Maaty, A., Hayam, M., Rabie, M. & El-Khateeb, A., 2014. Response of heat-stressed broiler chicks to dietary supplementation with some commercial herbs. Asian Journal of Animal and Veterinary Advances, 9(12), pp. 743-755.
³⁶Prieto, M. & Campo, J., 2010. Effect of heat and several additives related to stress levels on fluctuating asymmetry, heterophil:lymphocyte ratio, and tonic immobility duration in White Leghorn chicks. Poultry Science, Volume 89, p. 2071–2077.

Managing heat stress in poultry: The role of oxidative stress and gut health yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Arginine in broilers: Enhancing growth, immunity, and heat stress resilience

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:29 +0700

L-Arginine is a basic amino acid and serves as the most abundant nitrogen carrier in tissue proteins. In mammals, it is considered a conditionally essential amino acid. However, poultry are unable to synthesize arginine on their own, making it an essential amino acid that must be supplied through the diet. The dietary requirement for arginine in broilers varies with the season. During the summer, the requirement increases to support optimal growth under heat stress conditions, so higher levels of arginine should be included in the diet.

Dr. Xiaoli Dong
Animal Nutrition Technical Manager
CJ BIO China

ARGININE IS AN ESSENTIAL AMINO ACID FOR BROILERS
Uric acid is the vehicle for nitrogen excretion in poultry metabolism. It originates from the purines which derive their nitrogen from amino acids. Therefore, arginine would not be expected to function in nitrogen transfer to the extent that it does in animals with an ornithine cycle (Figure 1). Klose (1938) and Leveille (1959) studied that arginine is essential for the growing chick as well as the adult bird. Arginine could not be replaced by ornithine and citrulline. Tamir and Ratner (1963) found that carbamyl phosphate synthetase has not been detected in any tissue, while ornithine transcarbamylase, argininosuccinate synthetase, and argininosuccinase lyase have been found in the kidney but not in the liver. Small amounts of argininosuccinate lyase activity were also presented in the spleen, pancreas, and intestinal tract. Jones et al. (1961) studied the enzymes of arginine metabolism in rats. Compared to the enzymes in rats, it can be concluded that arginine is essential for broilers because they lack carbamyl phosphate synthetase.

Figure 1. Urea cycle diagram of arginine synthesis

NUTRITIONAL EFFECT OF ARGININE IN BROILERS
The Requirements of Arginine in Broilers
Arginine is an essential amino acid for broilers. The requirement of arginine in broilers is affected by many factors such as breed, environment, etc. Moreover, Corzo (2020) indicated that the ratio of dArg/dLys increased as the birds’ age increased. The optimum dArg/dLys value to optimize BW gain and FCR from 1-14d was 106 for both parameters, however, it was determined to be 129 and 116 from 25 – 42d, respectively. The arginine requirement also increased in broilers fed diets without antibiotics. Ruan et al. (2020) demonstrated that growth performance of Qingyuan partridge chickens, which belong to the yellow-feathered broilers, was improved by increasing dietary Arg from 8.5 to approximately 12.0 g/kg in antibiotic-free diets. The study also showed that ileal secretary IgA levels were increased by Arg supplementation. Secretory IgA is the primary immunologic barrier preventing intraluminal pathogens from colonizing the intestinal mucosa, and this aids in maintaining homeostasis with the commensal microbiota. It may be expected that arginine plays important roles in intestinal health and immunity.

Photo: CJ-BIO

The Arginine Requirement Increases in Heat Stress
From market application experience, the requirement for arginine in broilers is different in different seasons. In the summer, nutritionists might appropriately increase the arginine level of the diets in order to avoid poor growth performance. A trial run by Sirathonpong et al. (2019) studied increasing arginine:lysine (Arg:Lys) requirement at high temperatures. Ross 308 broilers were reared under 27-30℃ and fed 5 different diets with Arg:Lys of 0.85, 0.95, 1.05, 1.16, and 1.26. Trial resulted in consistent improvements in feed conversion without any loss in growth and meat yield (results shown in Figure 2). Under heat stress, the organs such as the small intestine, liver, and spleen are experiencing ischemic and hypoxic conditions. Arginine was shown to have an important role in vasodilation and adversely changing blood flow. That may be why arginine plays a functional role under heat stress.

Figure 2. The effect of arginine on performance of broilers reared under heat stress condition

FUNCTIONAL EFFECT OF ARGININE IN BROILERS
Improve Intestinal Health
Zhang (2018) conducted six experiments to study the effects of L-arginine supplementation on the intestinal mucosal injury induced by the intestinal pathogenic bacteria in broiler chickens and related mechanisms. One experiment demonstrated L-arginine supplementation could inhibit Clostridium perfringens overgrowth and alleviate intestinal mucosal injury by promoting innate responses and maintaining intestinal barrier function. Dietary L-arginine supplementation prevented C. perfringens challenge-induced circulating arginine deficiency and normalized arginine transport and metabolism. L-arginine also plays a role in downregulated the activated JAK-STAT (jejunal Janus kinase, signal transducer and activator of transcription) signaling pathway. In another, L-arginine alleviated the intestinal inflammation and mucosal injury of chicken challenged by Clostridium perfringens. The arginine supplemented diet fed during the whole period exhibited more beneficial effects than that only fed during the infection stage.

Photo: CJ-BIO

Improve Immunity
Tan (2014) studied the effects of dietary L-arginine supplementation on growth performance, immunosuppression, inflammation, and intestinal barrier dysfunction in broiler chickens. The results demonstrated that additional dietary arginine supplementation is required to get the optimal growth performance and immune function for immunosuppressive broilers, and arginine supplementation attenuated IBDV (Infectious Bursal Disease Vaccine) inoculation induced immunosuppression via modulating circulating T cell subpopulations. Dietary arginine supplementation attenuated intestinal mucosal disruption of coccidiosis-challenged chickens probably through suppressing TLR4 and activating mTOR complex 1 pathway, and attenuated the overexpression of pro-inflammatory cytokines probably through the suppression of the TLR4 pathway and CD14+ cells percentage.

CONCLUSION
As an amino acid, arginine in poultry is essential. It plays a nutritional and functional role in broilers. The requirement of arginine is increased in antibiotic-free diets and during heat stress in order to ensure the growth performance of broilers.

About Xiaoli Dong
Getting her Ph.D in animal nutrition from the Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Xiaoli Dong joined CJ BIO China in 2015 working in the amino acid technology department. Now, she works as a technical director and is responsible for the application and promotion of small variety amino acid in Chinese markets.

Arginine in broilers: Enhancing growth, immunity, and heat stress resilience yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Preserving gut integrity and reducing enteritis risk in broilers under heat stress

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:27 +0700

Heat stress compromises gut barrier function, creating favoring conditions for Clostridium perfringens proliferation and increased enteritis risk in broilers. Research demonstrates that specialized dietary solutions enhance mucosal integrity and tight junction protein expression while reducing pathogen load—translating to improved feed efficiency under challenging conditions. These findings reveal practical nutritional strategies that preserve gut homeostasis and maintain performance when temperatures rise.

Dr. Alain Riggi
Global Poultry Manager
Phileo by Lesaffre

Lin Wang
Global Category Manager
Phileo by Lesaffre

Broiler production faces significant challenges when it comes to maintaining gut health and productivity, especially under heat stress conditions. One of the primary concerns is the increased risk of enteritis risk in broilers, driven by Clostridium perfringens proliferation and the development of necrotic enteritis, an important disease that can have severe consequences on broiler performance and producers’ profitability.

HEAT STRESS: OPENING THE DOOR TO CLOSTRIDIUM PERFRINGENS
Clostridium perfringens (C. perfringens) is an opportunistic pathogen that multiplies in the intestinal tract of broilers, particularly when there are excesses of nutrients and the gut barrier is compromised. Under heat stress conditions, broilers can have a cascade of physiological reactions such as the decrease of feed intake, poor nutrients’ absorption, furthermore in the broilers’ gut there can be disruption of the intestinal barrier function. All these changes can create favorable conditions allowing C. perfringens to proliferate and produce its potent toxins. The over-population of C. perfringens and its toxins can damage the intestinal epithelial cells, leading to necrosis and inflammation. This disruption of the intestinal barrier facilitates the bacteria and their toxins to penetrate deeper into the intestinal wall, further exacerbating the damage on broilers’ health and productivity.

ShutterStock | David Tadevosian

YEAST POSTBIOTIC’S PROVEN CONSISTENT EFFECTS
Preserving Gut Health
Numerous studies have shown that Safmannan^®, a premium quality yeast postbiotic, has positive impact on the preservation of the broiler’s gut barrier and the reduction of Clostridium perfringens load in the intestinal tract, under various challenging conditions including heat stress challenge.

The intestinal environment represents a critical interface between nutrition and health. When this environment is compromised due to heat stress, it creates a pathway for pathogens to proliferate, leading to inflammation and reduced nutrient absorption. Maintaining physiological balance at the gut level is therefore essential for efficient feed conversion and growth in commercial poultry operations.

Cheng et al. observed that Safmannan^® has the ability to help heat stressed-birds preserving their gut barrier and function, by increasing Mucin 2 secretion – main component of mucus, and gut tight junction proteins such as claudin-5. The same effects have been observed by Bungo et al. Birds in Safmannan^® group, challenged by heat stress, exhibiting significant higher levels of Mucin 2 and claudin-5, compared to the ones in both non-challenged group and heat stress-challenged group (Figure 1 and 2).

Figure 1. Mucosal gene expression – Mucin 2 at D21
Figure 2. Tight junction protein Claudin-5 at D21v

This indicates that Safmannan^® helps preserve the birds’ gut barrier integrity and proper function under heat stress conditions.

Reducing Clostridium Perfringens Load
Various environmental and management factors can disrupt homeostasis in poultry, with heat stress being particularly problematic in many regions. When birds experience heat stress, they activate physiological mechanisms to dissipate heat, which often comes at the expense of productive functions. The resulting imbalance can lead to reduced feed intake, impaired gut function, and increased susceptibility to pathogens like C. perfringens.

Modern poultry production requires a deep understanding of these biological mechanisms to implement effective interventions. By supporting natural homeostatic processes, producers can minimize the negative impacts of stress factors and maintain optimal performance.

Santovito et al. have studied the effectiveness of Safmannan^® in adsorbing Clostridium perfringens. The researchers used an equilibrium isotherm approach to measure the capability of Safmannan^® to adsorb C. perfringens. The study found that Safmannan^® can effectively absorb C. perfringens in a dose- and time-dependent manner, with high affinity and capacity. The researchers also observed that the adsorption of C. perfringens by Safmannan^® resulted in a reduction in the viability of the pathogen. This suggests that the antimicrobial activity of Safmannan^® against C. perfringens can be attributed to an adsorption mechanism, where the yeast postbiotic components bind to the bacterial cells and interfere with their metabolic functions.

Figure 3. Clostridium perfringens load at D35

Furthermore, Alqhatani et al. demonstrated that adding Safmannan^® to broilers’ diet can significantly decrease Clostridium perfringens load in the gut of broilers reared under natural heat stress conditions, compared to the challenged, non-supplemented birds (Figure 3).

Figure 4. FCR under severe heat stress (D0- D42, THI 32 – 33)

Improving Poultry Performance
In addition to its positive effects on gut barrier preservation and Clostridium perfringens reduction, Safmannan^® has also been shown to help mitigate the detrimental effects of heat stress on broiler productivity. Multiple trials conducted in different regions around the world have demonstrated Safmannan^® capacity to improve feed conversion ratios (FCR) and survival rates in broilers under severe heat stress conditions (Figure 4).

These improvements align with the fundamental principle that maintaining homeostasis leads to improved feed efficiency and better growth rates. When birds can allocate energy to productive functions rather than combating stress and pathogens, the economic benefits become evident through enhanced performance metrics.

By preserving gut integrity and reducing the risk of enteritis in broilers, Safmannan^® enables broilers to better withstand the challenges of heat stress and maintain optimal performance. This makes Safmannan^® a valuable tool in the battle against the negative impacts of heat stress in broiler production.

Implementation of management practices that support homeostatic balance is increasingly recognized as essential in modern poultry production. Nutritional strategies, including the use of specialized dietary solutions like Safmannan^®, represent an effective approach to helping birds maintain physiological equilibrium even under challenging conditions.

Environmental controls that minimize stress are equally important, as they work synergistically with nutritional interventions to support optimal functioning. The economic benefits of supporting natural homeostatic processes translate directly to improved profitability, making these approaches highly relevant to poultry producers.

Photo: Phileo by Lesaffre

CONCLUSION
In conclusion, Safmannan^® has been shown to be an effective solution in preserving the gut barrier and reducing the risk of Clostridium perfringens-induced enteritis in broilers under heat stress conditions. By adsorbing the pathogen and reducing its viability, Safmannan^® helps maintain the integrity of the intestinal barrier and enables broilers to better withstand the challenges of heat stress. The incorporation of Safmannan^® into broiler heat stress management can enhance the resilience of the flock, optimize production efficiency, and ultimately, improve the profitability of broiler operations.

References
1. Cheng, Y. et al. (2019). Effects of Saccharomyces cerevisiae fermentation product on growth performance, intestinal barrier function, and immune response of broilers under heat stress. Poultry Science, 100(1), 100805
2. Bungo et al., (2021), Evaluating the effect of Safmannan^® supplementation on broiler chicks subjected to high ambient temperature, WPC 2021
3. Santovito, E. et al. (2019). Equilibrium Isotherm Approach to Measure the Capability of Yeast Cell Wall to Adsorb Clostridium perfringens. Foodborne Pathogens and Disease, 16(9), 1-8
4. Alqhatani, H. et al. (2024). Dietary supplementation of prebiotic yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae cell wall promotes

About Dr. Alain Riggi
With extensive field experience as Chief Veterinarian in various poultry production companies, Dr. Alain Riggi joined MSD Animal Health in 2010. Since then, he has held several key roles, including Poultry Technical Director for Europe and North & West Africa. As poultry veterinarian, one of Dr. Riggi’s core missions at Phileo by Lesaffre is to help large poultry producers in the world (US, China, EU, Brazil, Thailand, etc.) to identify the issues in their farms and provide solutions.

About Lin Wang
With over 15 years of experience in animal nutrition and health, including a decade specializing in the poultry sector, Lin Wang brings deep expertise to her role at Phileo by Lesaffre. She is passionate about advancing quality protein solutions to address global nutritional challenges. Through her work, Wang contributes to developing sustainable animal production systems that enhance both producer profitability and animal welfare, aligning scientific innovation with practical industry needs.

Preserving gut integrity and reducing enteritis risk in broilers under heat stress yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

New insights on digestible arginine requirements in broilers

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:25 +0700

Digestible arginine requirements in broilers have traditionally focused on specific ratios to lysine, but emerging research highlights benefits of exceeding historical norms. Higher ratios have shown positive effects on growth, immunity, gut health, and even resilience during heat stress and enteric challenges. The article explores how arginine’s multifunctional roles may be more critical than previously assumed—especially under stress conditions.

Image by wirestock on Freepik

By Dr. Chance Williams, Director of Nutrition, Wayne Sanderson Farms Inc.
Dr. Jason Lee, Product Development Director, CJ Bio America
Historically, nutritionists have used formulating ratios for digestible arginine to digestible lysine (dArg:dLys) between 103% and 107% for broilers. However, recent research has reported that ratios above 107% can have beneficial impacts on performance, health and stress. Benefits include additional body weight gain, efficiency and carcass yield by increasing the dArg:d Lys ratio to 112-115%. Additionally, elevated levels of dArg:dLys demonstrated improvements in intestinal function and integrity during an enteric challenge, as well as performance during protozoal and bacterial infections. The functional properties of arginine have also shown to assist the health and well-being of poultry when reared in elevated temperatures. Increasing arginine concentration above historical norms appears to better meet the nutritional requirement of poultry and prevents growth performance losses due to prioritization of this important nutrient to metabolic pathways other than growth.

ARGININE IS A FUNCTIONAL AMINO ACID
Arginine is an essential amino acid for broilers, known for its direct influence on growth (Kidd et al., 2001), immunity (Collier and Vallance, 1989), tissue healing (Efron and Barbul, 1998), and carcass traits (Corzo et al., 2003). Arginine is the most versatile amino acid and is involved in numerous physiological functions, serving as a substrate for the biosynthesis of nitric oxide, creatine, glutamine, glutamate, and ornithine (Khajali and Wideman, 2010). Arginine modulates the immune response directly through the production of nitric oxide and ornithine (Le Floc’h et al., 2004) and promotes the proliferation of lymphocytes in Peyer’s patches and stimulates the secretion of anabolic hormones such as growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor-1 which promote protein synthesis and wound healing. Nitric oxide acts as a cytotoxic mediator of immune-activated cells and regulator of the immune system (Hibbs et al., 1988). Arginine also serves as a precursor for the synthesis of polyamines, which are important for cell division and gene expression (Le Floc’h et al., 2004).

In a recent evaluation of the optimal ratio of arginine to lysine in Ross 708 broiler males, Corzo et al., (2021) observed that the ratio needed to optimize body weight gain, feed conversion ratio, and breast meat weight was 129%, 116%, and 112% respectively (Figure 1). Corzo et al. (2021) also reported linear increases in thigh weight and yield with increasing arginine ratio during the finisher phase, concluding higher dArg/dLys needs as the bird ages are likely due to the considerably high maintenance value of arginine in broilers. Performance enhancement with increasing arginine to lysine ratios were also reported by Oliveira et al., (2022) with a linear increase in body weight with arginine ratios ranging from 96% up to 124% of dLys with similar linear reduction in feed conversion ratio in Cobb 500 broilers. Anderson et al., (2023) also reported linear effects on body weight with increasing arginine ratios in Cobb 500 broilers.

Figure 1. Digestible arginine to digestible Lysine ratio for optimization of feed conversion of YPM X Ross 708 male broilers from 25 to 42 day of age Adopted from Coro et al., (2021)

Interestingly, Oliveira et al., (2022) evaluated an arginine dose response on skin thickness and strength in addition to the increasing arginine impact on muscle creatine level. The authors reported a linear increase in skin thickness (sampled from the left and right pelvic back region) and skin strength at 44 days of age as arginine ratio was increased from 94% to 124% of dLys. The highest evaluated arginine level of 124% of dLys resulted in a skin thickness of 1.211 mm and a strength of 10.171 mm as compared to 0.898 mm thickness and 5.154 mm strength from broilers fed a diet containing an Arg ratio of 106% of dLys, which is historically considered the requirements in broilers. The authors concluded that mitochondrial arginase located in the kidney can hydrolyze arginine into ornithine (Furakawa et al., 2021) and then ornithine into proline by the enzyme ornithine-aminotransferase. This benefit in skin quality could have significant impact on broiler health and wellbeing during grow out, as well as economic importance due to improved performance, less disease challenge, and decreased condemnations during processing. Andeson et al., (2024;2025) reported in two separate studies that increasing dietary arginine led to linear increases in serum ornithine levels, thus supporting the conclusions put forth by Oliveira et al. (2022).

Photo: CJ-BIO

IMMUNOLOGICAL BENEFITS
Fathima et al., (2024) demonstrated the immunological modulating effects of arginine during gastrointestinal challenge as an increase in dietary arginine decreased the CD8+:CD4+ T-cell ratio and down regulated the expression of inflammatory cytokines and enzymes preventing inflammatory injury to the tissues during necrotic enteritis challenge in broilers. The beneficial immunological impacts of elevated arginine ratios were also documented by Yazdanabadi et al., (2020), who reported that increasing the dietary arginine concentration to 125% of recommended levels increased nitric oxide and decreased pro-inflammatory cytokines in coccidiosis challenge broilers. This immunomodulation effects of arginine resulted in improved growth performance compared to 100% recommended arginine levels (Yazdanabadi et al., 2020). This downregulated expression of inflammatory cytokines and enzymes could prevent inflammatory tissue injury during enteric intestinal challenge.

Anderson et al., (2023) also observed effects on the immune system when feeding increasing levels of digestible arginine in addition to improvements in growth performance. In a dose response study with dArg:dLys ratios between 80% and 133%, quadratic analysis determined that the optimal ratio to maximize body weight gain and feed conversion ratio (95% of vertex) in Cobb 500 broilers was 116%. Additionally, following an LPS challenge, the infiltration of heterophils, production of nitric oxide and the ratio of heterophils to lymphocytes increased linearly with increasing arginine concentration. These data support the fact that arginine plays a pivotal role in the initiation of the immune response against a foreign antigen.

These immunomodulatory effects of arginine could benefit production animals during times of enteric challenge and allow improved growth performance and ability to effectively fight and clear a pathogenic infection. Necrotic enteritis is an economically important disease in broiler chickens causing intestinal damage and loss of performance. Zhang et al., (2019) demonstrated the antipathogenic properties of arginine in a necrotic enteritis model. Intestinal infection via a direct challenge resulted in significant lesion development and Clostridium perfringens recovery in the liver. The addition of L-arginine to increase the ratio to 123% of dLys significantly decreased Clostridium perfringens recovery in the liver, as well as observed lesion score in challenged broilers (Figure 2 -adopted from Zhang et al., 2019). Wang et al., (2024) reported the benefits of increasing arginine concentration on Clostridium perfringens’ α toxin-induced intestinal injury in broilers. Feeding increased levels of arginine increased broiler body weight, increased serum IgA and IgG, increased villus height and reduced crypt depth, decreased IL-1β, IL-6, and IL-17 and increased mTOR expression. Figure 2 (adopted from Wang et al. (2024) illustrates the beneficial impact of L-arginine supplementation on intestinal morphology during a challenge situation and the improved gastrointestinal health with longer and healthier villi and shorter crypt depth. This was observed simultaneously with reductions in proinflammatory cytokines and activation of the SLC38A9/mTORC1 pathway. Anderson et al., (2025) also reported benefits of increasing arginine level during a necrotic enteritis challenge as they evaluated a dose response of digestible arginine ratio to digestible lysine ranging from 80 to 150 in Ross 708 broilers subjected to a necrotic enteritis challenge model. Anderson et al., (2025) reported a linear decrease in broiler FCR during the recovery phase of challenge with increasing arginine concentration and reported an optimal arginine ratio for FCR during the dose response period of 123% dArg:dLys. These series of experiments provide a comprehensive view of the immunomodulatory potential of arginine administration and a mode of action for the induced performance benefits during challenge.

Figure 2. Intestinal injury examination and liver C. perfringens number of broiler chickens. A Gross lesion score of the small intestine. B and C Histopathological injury score and representative histopathological pictures of the jejunum. The jejunal cross-sections were hematoxylin and eosin-stained. D Number of C. perfringens in the liver in the liver. CON group, received a basal diet; ARG group, fed a basal diet supplemented with 3 g/kg arginine; CON+CP group, received a basal diet and underwent C. perfringens challenge; RG + CP group, given a basal diet supplemented with 3 g/kg arginine and underwent C. perfringens challenge. The results are expressed as means ± SEM (n=8)

HEAT STRESS
The ability of elevated levels of arginine to provide benefits to poultry when experiencing heat stress is not a new concept. Brake et al., (1998) demonstrated that increasing the digestible arginine concentration positively benefited broiler body weight during periods of elevated temperatures. However, at the time of this publication in 1998, a commercially available option for a concentrated form of arginine was not available. With the introduction of feed grade L-arginine since 2016, dietary arginine concentrations can now be easily adjusted. Anderson et al., (2024) conducted an arginine dose response in broilers that were subjected to cyclic elevated temperatures (32 vs. 24 °C) in an effort to replicate summer conditions. In their study results, broilers fed increasing Arg ratios had linearly reduced cloacal temperatures at 46 days of age. This effect on core body temperature directly correlated with a linear reduction in observed feed conversion ratio and quadratic effects on breast meat yield with the apex of breast yield occurring at a ratio of 116%. These data demonstrate that the functional properties of arginine benefited the bird’s ability to handle elevated temperatures while providing sufficient arginine to maintain growth performance and yield.

Figure 3. Representative histomorphology pictures of jejunum in broiler chickens. ATX birds received a basal diet and subjected to a C. perfringens challenge. ARG+ATX birds received a basal diet supplemented with 0.3% arginine and subjected to a C. perfringens challenge
Figure adopted from Wang et al., (2024)

Figure 4. Cloacal body temperature (°C) of Ross 708 male broilers on day 46 of age while being reared during cyclic elevated temperatures being fed a diet with increasing ratios of dArg:dLys from 80 to 140%

CONCLUSIONS
Arginine is the most diverse essential amino acid necessary for numerous metabolic pathways that are essential for the health and wellbeing of an animal. Its roles in immunological functions, nitric oxide production, polyamines, creatine, proline synthesis and antioxidant capacity are vital to the ultimate performance of poultry and economic return. Due to the importance of these roles in health and wellbeing, providing less than adequate amounts of dietary arginine will force the animal to prioritize and potential lack sufficient amounts of arginine necessary for optimal economic performance, growth and yield.

References
1. Anderson, A., C. Beck, J. Santamaria, J. Lee, R. Adhikari, S. Rochell, and G. Erf. 2023. Influence of dietary arginine on local and systemic inflammatory responses to lipopolysaccharide in broilers. Poultry Science Association Annual Meeting. Philadelphia, PA. July 17, 2023
2. Anderson, A., J. Lee, R. Adhikari, and S. Rochell. 2024. Dietary arginine responses of Ross 708 broilers reared under cyclic elevated temperatures. International Poultry Scientific Forum. Alanta, GA. January 29, 2024
3. Anderson, A. J. Lee, R. Adhikari, R. Hauck, and S. Rochell. 2025. Dietary arginine response of Ross 708 broiler subjected to enteric challenge with Eimeria spp. And Clostridium perfringens. International Poultry Scientific Forum, Atlanta, GA January 27, 2025
4. Brake, J., D. Balnave, and J. Dibner. 1998. Optimum dietary arginine:lysine ratio for broiler chickens is altered during heat stress in association with changes in intestinal uptake and dietary sodium chloride. British Poultry Science 39:693-647. doi:10.1080/00071669888511
5. Collier, J., and P. Vallance. 1989. Second messenger role for NO widens to nervous and immune system. Trends Pharmacological Science. 10:427-431
6. Corzo, A., E. Moran, and D. Hoehler. 2003. Arginine need of heavy broiler males: applying the ideal protein concept. Poultry Science 82:402-407
7. Corzo, A., J. Lee, J. Vargas, M. Silva, and W. Pacheco. 2021. Determination of the optimal digestible arginine to lysine ratio in Ross 708 male broilers. Journal of Applied Poultry Research. 30:100136
8. Efron, D. and A Barbul. 1998. Modulation of inflammation and immunity by arginine supplements. Current Opinion in Clinical Nutrition and Metabolic Care 1:531-538
9. Fathima, S., W. Al Hakeem, R. Shanmugasundaram, and R. Selvaraj. 2024. Effect of arginine supplementation on growth performance, intestinal health, and immune response of broilers during necrotic enteritis challenge. Poultry Science 103:103815
10. Le Floc’h, N., D. Melchior, and C. Obled. 2004a. Modifications of protein and amino acid metabolism during inflammation and immune system activation. Livestock Production Science 87:37-45
11. Khajali, F., and R. F. Wideman. 2010. Dietary arginine; metabolic, environmental, immunological, and physiological interrelationships. World’s Poultry Science Journal 66:751-766
12. Kidd, M, E. Peebles, S. Whitmarsh, J. Yeatman, and R. Wideman. 2001. Growth and immunity of broiler chicks as affected by dietary arginine. Poultry Science 80:1535-1542
13. Oliveira, C., KK. Dias, R. Bernardes, T. Diana, R. Rodrigueiro, A. Calderano, and L. Albino. 2022. The effects of arginine supplementation through different ratios of arginine:lysine on performance, skin quality and creatine levels of broiler chickens fed diets reduced in protein content. Poultry Science 101:102148
14. Wang, X., T. Zhang, W. Li, H. Wang, L. Yan, X. Zhang, L. Zhao, N. Wang, and B. Zhang. 2024. Arginine alleviates Clostridium perfringens α toxin-induced intestinal injury in vivo and in vitro via the SLC38A9/mTORC1 pathway. Frontiers in Immunology. 10.3389/fimmu.2024.1357072
15. Yazdanabadi, F., G. Moghaddam, A. Nematollahi, H. Daghighkia, and H. Sarir. 2020. Preventative Vererinary Medicine 180:105031
16. Zhang, B., L. Gan, M.S. Shahid, Z. Lv, H. Fan, D. Liu, and Y. Guo. 2019. In vivo and in vitro protective effect of arginine against intestinal inflammatory response induced by Clostridium perfringens in broiler chickens. Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology. 10:73. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40104-019-0371-4

New insights on digestible arginine requirements in broilers yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Micro Encapsulated Phytogenics: Redefining poultry performance and profitability

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:24 +0700

Micro encapsulated phytogenics are transforming poultry nutrition, moving beyond early herbal blends toward precision formulations that stabilize active compounds and target their release in the digestive tract. These innovations promise improved feed efficiency, growth performance, and gut health while addressing handling and processing challenges. Trials show measurable economic benefits, yet the full potential of combining plant and marine bioactives continues to evolve, inviting further exploration.

Dr. Stephanie Ladirat
R&D Director
Nuqo Feed Additives

THE CHANGING FACE OF PHYTOGENICS
In the 1980s and 1990s, when phytogenic feed additives first emerged on the market, they were greeted as a natural and promising alternative to antibiotic growth promoters (AGPs). Formulated from herbs, spices, and other aromatic plants, these early blends brought a welcome “green” dimension to poultry production. They were embraced for their antimicrobial effects, ability to stimulate digestion, and potential to improve feed efficiency. But they were also products of their time – created with limited manufacturing technologies, reliant on volatile compounds that often degraded during feed processing, and typically built on formulations shrouded in mystery. For many years, the sector saw incremental progress rather than transformational change.

The global ban on AGPs brought phytogenics into the spotlight, especially in broiler production, where nutritionists sought natural tools to close the performance gap left by antibiotics. These plant-based solutions broadened their scope: They could modulate gut microbiota, reduce inflammation, stimulate enzyme activity, and strengthen gut lining integrity. Yet, despite their promise, first-generation phytogenics were hampered by three recurring challenges: Stability during feed processing, palatability and handling safety, and a lack of transparent formulation backed by solid scientific evidence.

Today, the sector stands at a turning point. The market is no longer satisfied with generic herbal blends that depend on marketing rather than measurable results. Instead, poultry producers are demanding precision, consistency, and proof. This has given rise to a second generation of phytogenics, products designed with advanced extraction techniques, rigorous quality control, and above all, manufacturing innovations such as micro-encapsulation that allow active compounds to survive processing and reach their target site in the digestive tract. This shift is not just a matter of science; it is transforming poultry farm economics by delivering higher feed efficiency, better growth rates, and measurable returns on investment.

MOVING BEYOND THE “BLACK BOX” ERA
The early generation of herbal blends reflected the technological capabilities of their time. Simple grinding, milling, or crude distillation were used to obtain plant extracts, but these methods often failed to protect sensitive molecules from the heat, moisture, and pressure of feed manufacturing. Volatile oils would evaporate, phenolic compounds would oxidize, and efficacy could vary dramatically from one batch to the next. Worse, many products were dusty and irritant for feed mill workers, and their strong aromas sometimes reduced feed intake in poultry.

Modern poultry farming demands more. Today’s second-generation phytogenics address these shortcomings with a combination of scientific transparency and cutting-edge processing. One of the most transformative innovations is micro-encapsulation. Unlike simple coating, which offers limited protection, micro-encapsulation allows active ingredients to be embedded in a protective matrix. This stabilizes volatile compounds during storage and processing, ensures uniform distribution in feed, and enables targeted release exactly where they are most effective; usually in the small intestine, where nutrient absorption is most critical.

This precision is particularly valuable in poultry farming; indeed without targeted release, much of a phytogenic’s potential can be lost before it can act. Encapsulation also solves key safety and handling issues. Dust-free granules improve working conditions in feed mills, while the controlled aroma prevents negative effects on feed intake. Nuqo’s solution lies in XPR Technology, a proprietary micro encapsulation process that physically protects these sensitive bioactives and delivers them where they are needed most in the animal’s gastrointestinal tract. Unlike simple coatings or standard encapsulation, XPR creates multiple protective layers, ensuring thermal stability during pelleting or extrusion, preserving efficacy, targeted release in the intestine, where bioactives can exert the greatest effect and synergistic action between plant and seaweed components, boosting immune function, modulating gut microbiota, and improving nutrient utilization (Figure 1).

The technological leap is not only in the delivery system but also in the source of active molecules. While plants remain at the core of phytogenic development, the exploration of marine algae (phycogenics) is opening new frontiers. Certain algae metabolites have shown unique effects on gut health and immunity, adding complementary modes of action to those of traditional herbs and spices. The combination of plant and algae bioactives, delivered through robust micro-encapsulation, is setting a new industry standard for efficacy, stability, and profitability.

TRIAL RESULTS – MEASURING PERFORMANCE, PROVING PROFITABILITY
The transition from first-generation herbal blends to high-precision phytogenics is not just theoretical. Trials around the world have repeatedly demonstrated the tangible benefits of these advanced formulations in commercial poultry production. One example is Nuqo NEX (NQ), a second-generation solution combining high concentrations of active metabolites from both plants and marine algae, protected by proprietary micro-encapsulation technology. The formulation ensures superior concentration and stability compared to conventional solutions, integrating phytogenic compounds derived from thyme, cinnamon, and clove with phycogenic bioactives from Ascophyllum nodosum.

In a 39-day trial at the University of Arkansas, male Cobb 500 broilers were raised on a standard US three-phase diet (Starter, Grower, Finisher). Starter feeds were pelleted and crumbled, while Grower and Finisher diets were fed as pellets – conditions that typically challenge the stability of volatile phytogenic compounds. NQ was applied at 100 g/ton from day 0 to day 39 in the treatment group, while the control group received the basal diet only (Figure 2).

By the end of the trial, control birds achieved body weight gains close to their genetic potential. Yet, the NQ group gained an additional 57 grams per bird and improved feed conversion ratio by 2.1 points compared to controls. In practical terms, this meant that the supplemented birds not only matched but exceeded their genetic performance expectations for body weight, while moving closer to optimal feed efficiency. Economic analysis, based on prevailing US feedstuff prices, calculated a return on investment of 3:1 for the farm, demonstrating that the additional cost of supplementation was more than offset by gains in performance.

Beyond growth and feed efficiency, NQ supplementation improved carcass and breast yields without increasing the incidence of meat quality defects such as woody breast or white striping. Other meat quality parameters, including pH, drip loss, and color, were unaffected, confirming that the performance improvements did not come at the expense of product quality.

This trial is part of a broader body of evidence, with over 30 studies worldwide documenting the benefits of this second-generation technology across broilers, layers, and other species. The consistency of results, across different diets, climates, and feed processing methods, highlights one of the most important advantages of high-precision phytogenics: they work reliably in real-world conditions, not just in laboratory settings.

A NEW STANDARD FOR POULTRY NUTRITION
The evolution of phytogenics from generic herbal blends to high-precision, micro-encapsulated formulations marks a decisive turning point in poultry nutrition. The first generation played an important pioneering role, introducing the concept of plant-based performance enhancers and paving the way for antibiotic-free production. But the demands of modern farming, greater transparency, consistent efficacy, worker safety, and demonstrable economic returns, have rendered many of these older solutions obsolete.

Second-generation phytogenics, exemplified by products like NQ technology, offer a fundamentally different value proposition. They combine carefully selected plant and algae bioactives, produced and processed with scientific precision, and delivered through micro-encapsulation that protects, stabilizes, and targets their activity. The result is a reliable improvement in performance metrics such as body weight gain and feed conversion, alongside enhanced meat yield and quality, all translating into measurable profitability for the farmer.

For an industry facing tight margins, volatile feed prices, and increasing consumer demand for sustainable production, these innovations are more than just an upgrade – they are a necessity. Continued research into new natural metabolites, coupled with further refinement of encapsulation and delivery technologies, promises to push the boundaries of what phytogenics can achieve.

The era of herbal blends as “black box” solutions is over. Poultry producers now have access to transparent, scientifically validated, and economically proven phytogenic technologies. The next decade will likely see these high-precision products become the norm, setting new standards for performance, profitability, and sustainability in poultry farming.

About Dr. Stephanie Ladirat
Currently working as Nuqo’s Technology Director, Dr. Stephanie Ladirat obtained her MSc degree in Food Technology with a specialization in Food Ingredient and Functionality and her PhD degree in Food Chemistry from Wageningen University (The Netherlands). During her PhD thesis, she studied in depth the human gut microbiota composition and its modulation upon prebiotic supplementation and/or antibiotic treatments. From 2014 till 2020, she worked at Cargill Animal Nutrition, first as technology lead for gut health additives and, then, as swine portfolio manager. She provided global technical product support for a broad range of products (phytogenics, organic acids, short and medium chain fatty acids, probiotics) and trained technical and sales teams. She most recently managed R&D projects and developed innovative feed additive solutions to answer specific customer needs related to animal gut health and performance.

Micro Encapsulated Phytogenics: Redefining poultry performance and profitability yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Feed Pathogen Control: Evidence-based approaches to salmonella reduction in poultry production

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:22 +0700

Feed pathogen control is a critical control point for Salmonella and other pathogens that compromise both food safety and production performance. Research analyzing multiple intervention strategies confirms feed contamination is both pervasive and persistent. Microbial-based interventions, postbiotics, bacteriophages, organic acid blends, heat treatment, and coarse grain diets demonstrate measurable effectiveness, while feed sanitizers provide both initial pathogen elimination and sustained recontamination protection.

Dr. Alastair Thomas
Global Head of Poultry Nutrition & Health
Anitox

Feed represents a key critical control point for Salmonella and other pathogens that compromise both food safety and production performance. As diagnostic capabilities advance through whole genome sequencing and CRISPR Sero-Seq technology, the question shifts from whether feed can harbor dangerous serotypes, to which interventions can effectively control them while preventing recontamination.

FEED CONTAMINATION DYNAMICS
Research analyzing multiple intervention strategies confirms that feed contamination with Salmonella is both pervasive and persistent (Bourassa et al, 2018; Chaney et al, 2022; Vilá et al, 2009). Historical data mapping Salmonella prevalence through feed mills shows contamination levels beginning at 27% during ingredient reception, decreasing to 6.5% immediately post-pelleting, then nearly doubling to 12.9% before loadout (Nape 1968; Hacking 1978; Jones 1991, 2004; Davies 1997; Whyte 2003). This recontamination pattern demonstrates that effective pathogen control must address both initial elimination and sustained protection throughout distribution.

Research has demonstrated that Salmonella serotypes isolated during poultry processing link to those found in feed mills, with studies showing over half of processing plant isolates trace back to feed sources (Corry 2002; Shirota 2000), reinforcing the need for comprehensive feed pathogen management strategies.

TREATMENT EFFICACY: THE EVIDENCE BASE
Microbial-Based Approaches
Microbial-based interventions operate through distinct mechanisms. Probiotics establish competitive exclusion by colonizing gut niches and producing antimicrobial compounds that create unfavorable conditions for pathogen growth.

Studies have shown that probiotic interventions demonstrate measurable effectiveness against Salmonella. For example, Knap et al (2011) documented that Bacillus subtilis DSM17299 achieved 58% reduction in Salmonella-positive samples while reducing cecal loads by 3 log units over 42 days. Vilá et al (2009) reported complete elimination in broilers (0% versus 42% in controls) using Bacillus cereus var. toyoi.

Postbiotics deliver bioactive metabolites and immunomodulatory factors that enhance intestinal barrier function and stimulate protective immune responses without requiring live organisms. Chaney et al (2022) found Saccharomyces cerevisiae-derived postbiotics reduced cecal prevalence from 12.2% to 3.4% (p = 0.0006) in a trial involving approximately 112,800 birds.

Bacteriophages provide highly targeted antimicrobial action through species-specific lysis of Salmonella cells while preserving beneficial microbiota. A study assessing bacteriophage delivery via feed achieved up to 100% reduction in some treatment groups with statistically significant load reductions (Thanki et al 2023).

Photo: Freepik

NON-MICROBIAL APPROACHES
Organic acid blends can show measurable benefits. Bourassa et al (2018) found formic acid treatment (4 kg/ton over 6 weeks) reduced cecal positivity to 0% compared to 17% in controls, while combination treatments achieved 35% versus 60% positivity rates.

Physical modifications to feed can also demonstrate efficacy. Santos et al (2008) reported coarse grain diets resulted in lower cecal Salmonella loads (3.8-3.9 log MPN/g) compared to fine grain diets (4.4 log MPN/g), suggesting feed particle size represents an underutilized control parameter.

Treatments—including heat treatment and organic acids— act in feed to provide effective initial pathogen reduction but offer limited protection against recontamination during handling, transport, and storage.

Heat treatment exemplifies this limitation. While pelleting at 80-85°C for 20-40 seconds reduces general microbial load, it fails to achieve Salmonella elimination and provides no residual protection. Even extended protocols (6 minutes at 86°C) cannot prevent post-processing contamination from the moment the feed cools post-extrusion and during handling between mill and feeder.

Organic acids face similar constraints. Despite bacteriostatic properties and demonstrated efficacy at high inclusion rates, they do not actively protect feed from recontamination occurring during ingredient transport, mill processing, finished feed storage, delivery to farms, and bin-to-feeder transfer.

FEED SANITIZERS: ADDRESSING THE PROTECTION GAP
Over 40 years of research evidences that feed sanitizers represent the only commercially available solution providing both initial pathogen elimination and sustained recontamination protection. Wales et al (2013) documented that formaldehyde-based feed sanitizers, such as Termin-8®, effectively reduced Salmonella contamination while preventing recontamination throughout extended storage periods.

Recent Animal Plant and Health Agency work demonstrated that formaldehyde-free feed sanitizer, Finio®, controlled Salmonella more effectively at 1 kg/MT inclusion rates than organic acid blends applied at 6 kg/MT—significant for both efficacy and cost-effectiveness (Gosling et al., 2021). Research by Dr. Haraldo Toro expanded feed sanitizer effectiveness beyond bacteria, demonstrating avian influenza virus inactivation within feed matrices.

Feed sanitizers provide protection extending at least 14 days post-application, addressing the recontamination challenge limiting other strategies. This protection window covers typical mill-to-consumption timeframes, ensuring pathogen-free feed delivery to food-producing animals.

Photo: Freepik

IMPLEMENTATION AND SELECTION CRITERIA
Continuous feed sanitation throughout the production cycle provides greater protection than partial approaches, as benefits accumulate over time to suppress pathogens more effectively. Early application is especially important, since exposure during initial gut development can establish long-lasting colonization that is difficult to control later. Collaborative research between Anitox and Colorado Quality Research has shown that birds receiving sanitized diets during critical windows may be better able to withstand enteric disease challenges, with lower mortality, reduced lesion scores and improved performance—highlighting the value of sustained, cycle-long interventions.

When evaluating feed pathogen control options, producers should consider two fundamental requirements:
Efficacy: Different treatments demonstrate varying capabilities against target pathogens. While some reduce general microbial load, specific pathogen elimination requires targeted approaches with documented effectiveness against Salmonella.

Sustained Protection: The feed mill and the extensive feed distribution network create ongoing recontamination risks from the point of extrusion in the mill all the way through to the feeder. Interventions providing residual protection offer advantages over those effective only at application point.

Feed pathogen management represents a practical component of comprehensive food safety programs. Research demonstrates multiple intervention categories can achieve measurable Salmonella reduction, with varying effectiveness and protection duration.

Producers implementing feed pathogen control strategies should evaluate options based on demonstrated efficacy, practical application requirements, and ability to maintain protection throughout the distribution chain. The goal remains straightforward: Ensuring feed quality at the mill translates to feed safety at the feeder.

As the industry optimizes production efficiency while maintaining food safety standards, evidence-based feed pathogen management strategies provide valuable tools for achieving both objectives simultaneously.

References
1. Al-Nass, A. Y., Al-Zenk, S. F., Al-Saff, A. E., Abdulla, F. K., Al-Baho, M., & Mashaly, M. (2011). Zeolite as a feed additive to reduce Salmonella and improve production performance in broilers
2. Bourassa, D., Wilson, K., Ritz, C., Kiepper, B., & Buhr, R. J. (2018). Evaluation of the addition of organic acids in the feed and/or water for broilers and the subsequent recovery of Salmonella Typhimurium from litter and ceca. Poultry Science, 97(1), 64-73
3. Chaney, W., Naqvi, S. A., Gutierrez, M., Gernat, A., Johnson, T., & Petry, D. (2022). Dietary inclusion of a Saccharomyces cerevisiae-derived postbiotic is associated with lower Salmonella enterica burden in broiler chickens on a commercial farm in Honduras. Microorganisms, 10(6), 1123
4. Knap, I., Kehlet, A. B., Bennedsen, M., Mathis, G., Hofacre, C., Lumpkins, B., Jensen, M. M., Raun, M., & Lay, A. (2011). Bacillus subtilis (DSM17299) significantly reduces Salmonella in broilers. Poultry Science, 90(12), 2787-2796
5. Santos, F. B. O., Sheldon, B. W., Santos, A., & Ferket, P. R. (2008). Influence of housing system, grain type, and particle size on Salmonella colonization and shedding of broilers fed triticale or corn-soybean meal diets. Poultry Science, 87(3), 405-420
6. Thanki, A., Hooton, S. P. T., Whenham, N., Salter, M., Bedford, M., O’Neill, H. M., & Clokie, M. R. J. (2023). A bacteriophage cocktail delivered in feed significantly reduced Salmonella colonization in challenged broiler chickens. Emerging Microbes and Infections, 12(1), 2181578
7. Vilá, B., Fontgibell, A., Badiola, I., Esteve-Garcia, E., Jiménez, G., Castillo, M., & Brufau, J. (2009). Reduction of Salmonella enterica var. Enteritidis colonization and invasion by Bacillus cereus var. toyoi inclusion in poultry feeds. Poultry Science, 88(5), 975-979
8. Wales, A. D., Carrique-Mas, J. J., Rankin, M., Bell, B., Thind, B. B., & Davies, R. H. (2010). Review of the carriage of zoonotic bacteria by arthropods, with special reference to Salmonella in mites, flies and litter beetles. Zoonoses and Public Health, 57(5), 299-314

About Dr. Alastair Thomas
With a PhD in Microbiology from the University of Bath, Dr. Alastair Thomas is the Global Head of Poultry Nutrition and Health at Anitox, where he leads a worldwide team of technical experts across 68 countries. A microbiologist by training, he focuses on optimizing poultry gut health, feed hygiene, and biosecurity, with particular expertise in early-life microbiome development and its impact on bird performance. He has contributed extensively to advancing antimicrobial-free production practices by highlighting the role of feed as a critical control point for pathogens such as Salmonella, Enterobacter, and Clostridia. Widely recognized as a thought leader in the field, Dr. Thomas integrates scientific research with practical, data-driven solutions to help producers safeguard flocks, improve nutrient absorption, and unlock the genetic potential of birds.

Feed Pathogen Control: Evidence-based approaches to salmonella reduction in poultry production yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

More eggs, stronger shells: The role of activated vitamin D

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:21 +0700

Modern egg production is increasingly focused on the goal of a 100-week laying period and 500 eggs per hen, while maintaining consistent eggshell quality. As hens age, calcium metabolism and shell formation become critical limiting factors for productivity and profitability. Activated vitamin D supports efficient calcium absorption and mobilization, helping sustain eggshell strength and laying performance throughout extended laying cycles.

Photo: Manop Boonpeng | Shutterstock

By Phytobiotics Futterzusatzstoffe GmbH
Commercial egg producers are striving to produce more eggs with adequate eggshell quality within one laying period of their hens. Some poultry farmers already achieve the target of 500 eggs in 100 weeks by adjusting breeds, management and nutrition. These are great examples of how modern hens can achieve performance goals unimaginable only 10-20 years ago. Active D Product Manager Murat Devlikamov explains:

WHAT IS THE BIGGEST CHALLENGE IN TERMS OF EXTENDED LAYING TIME?
Modern laying hens are truly high-performance animals that lay an egg almost every day. However, the eggs need to have a proper eggshell in order to be marketable; if this is not the case, economic losses are inevitable.

The eggshell requires calcium, which is mobilized from the feed and bones. The weight of the eggshell of the total egg mass remains relatively constant throughout the laying period as its share is genetically predetermined. Consequently, as the egg is getting larger, the eggshell is getting thinner. Considering the fact that the eggshell consists of 96% calcium carbonate the importance of calcium supply is evident to ensure stable eggshells. With age, shell thickness also decreases, because calcium availability reduces. As a result, the breaking strength of the eggshell declines and more and more eggs show cracks or abnormalities.

In the first half of the laying period, the percentage of broken eggs is neglectable, but increases in the second laying period and requires feeding-related or management measures.

Photo: BELL KA PANG | Shutterstock

HOW ACTIVATED VITAMIN D HELPS
It is not only the size of the egg that influences the breaking strength of the eggshell. It is also a proper absorption, mobilization and transport of calcium. Vitamin D is an essential molecule which activates calcium transport and influences its absorption rate. Because of the importance of both, a supplementation with vitamin D and calcium should be ensured throughout the whole production period. Unfortunately, it is not always the case, especially in older laying hens, as the function of organs such as liver and kidneys is impaired by environmental influences. The production of specific enzymes involved in the metabolization of vitamin D declines. The availability of calcium in bones also decreases as reserves are depleted. In this case plant based Active D may help as it provides the already activated vitamin D glycosides which are directly available for the hen.

Activated vitamin D offers the advantage that it does not require the vitamin D metabolic pathway and is therefore not dependent on enzymes or organs functionality. As a result, the mobilization of calcium from the feed is maintained in critical phases and more calcium is available for the formation of the eggshell.

A field study conducted by the University of Sydney and described below shows the positive effect of Active D in old hens.

The use of plant-based Active D, containing activated vitamin D led to a significant higher eggshell thickness after 85 weeks of production.

USE OF ACTIVE D IN OLDER BROWN LAYING HENS
A total of 240 Hy-Line Brown layer hens, 55 weeks of age, were purchased from a commercial laying farm and housed in the high-rise layer facility at the University of Sydney’s Camden Campus. After an adaptation period of 5 weeks, during which the hens received standard commercial feed, the trial started. The animals were allocated into three groups. A control group with standard vitamin D levels in a control diet. Treatment 1 consisted of a control diet plus 75 g of activated vitamin D₃ product/ton of feed, while Treatment 2 consisted of the control diet plus 125 g of activated vitamin D₃ product/ton of feed. From the 60th week, following relevant data was collected, among others: Egg production, eggshell breaking strength, and eggshell thickness.

Active D led to a higher egg production rate from week 58 to week 80.

PROMISING RESULTS
In both treatment groups, shell thickness was maintained relatively throughout the trial, while dropped notably in the control birds at 80 weeks of age. Concurrently, supplementation of both concentrations of activated vitamin D₃ maintained eggshell thickness compared to the control diet, indicating that activated vitamin D₃ may counteract the decrease of shell thickness frequently observed as hens age, because it ensures the calcium absorption and transport to the eggshell. Significant improvements in relative shell weight and thickness indicate that supplementing activated vitamin D₃ in older laying hens may benefit eggshell quality. Additionally, a numerical increase of laying performance indicates that the overall productivity is maintained compared to the control group. This finding shows that Active D is a promising tool for egg producers to achieve the goal of 100 weeks and 500 eggs and thus enables longer economic production.

More eggs, stronger shells: The role of activated vitamin D yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Celebrating the 2024 APA Scholarship Recipients

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:17 +0700

The American Poultry Association is proud to announce that Elizabeth Wilson and Conner Calloway have been selected as the 2024 recipients of the APA Richard Stevens Scholarship.

Elizabeth, is pursuing a degree in Biomanufacturing. A dedicated 4-H and open poultry show participant, she has achieved great success in the showroom with her Tufted Roman geese and Leghorn and Sumatra chickens.

Conner, is a well-known competitor in the Midwest poultry circuit, will be persuing a degree in Kinesiology. He has distinguished himself in both showmanship and quality of stock, making him a strong ambassador for youth involvement in the poultry fancy.

These scholarships are made possible by the extraordinary generosity of the late Richard Stevens of Virginia. Through his estate, Mr. Stevens ensured that APA members would be supported in their educational journeys for decades to come. His legacy continues to make an impact, with scholarship funds carefully invested to sustain the program for at least thirty years. Over time, the APA hopes to increase either the amount of each award, the number of scholarships given—or both.

Members who wish to honor this legacy and support future scholars are welcome to contribute. Donations can be made by sending a check payable to the American Poultry Association to:

APA Office
P.O. Box 205
Landisville, Pennsylvania 17538

Applications for the 2025 Richard Stevens Scholarship Are Now Open!

Are you—or someone you know—an APA member pursuing further education? Two $1,000 scholarships will be awarded again in 2025.

To learn more about eligibility requirements and how to apply, visit:
APA Richard Stevens Scholarship Information
Access the 2025 Application (login required)
Download Reference Forms

Deadline to apply: May 31, 2025

We congratulate Elizabeth and Conner on this well-deserved recognition and look forward to supporting the next generation of APA scholars!

The post Celebrating the 2024 APA Scholarship Recipients appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Keeping Healthy While Keeping Poultry

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:15 +0700

Poultry and Personal Health: A Meaningful Connection

Keeping poultry is an exciting and rewarding hobby. There are numerous practices that can be used to prevent illness for both you and your birds while you work towards your poultry goals. Below are some methods to help keep you and your flock healthy and productive.

Personal Hygiene and Safe Handling

Washing your hands regularly when working with poultry and avoiding contact with your eyes, mouth, or nose with contaminated objects can help to keep you healthy. Wearing appropriate clothing such as close-toed shoes, sturdy gloves, and garments that cover skin when
needed can prevent common minor injuries. It is also important to regularly disinfect your poultry equipment including feeders, waterers, and other tools that can house bacteria that may be harmful.

Clean Environments and Proper Ventilation

Maintaining a clean and ventilated living space for your fowl can also prevent illness in your birds and yourself. Moist and damp environments are best to be avoided and eliminated whenever possible. When cleaning your coops, using safety equipment, such as protective gloves or facemasks, can help you protect your health. Ventilation in your coop is important as poor airflow can contribute to respiratory issues for both birds and people. Additionally, maintaining barriers between wild birds and your poultry flock and securing your coop from predators can keep them safe from illness, physical harm, or stress from other animals..

Safe Use of Poultry Products

One of the rewards of raising poultry is having the opportunity to consume poultry products from your own flock like eggs and meat. To safely enjoy these goods, thoroughly cleaning and cooking all products before consumption is necessary. This will ensure harmful
pathogens that may be present are eliminated from your food. Also, eggs should be checked for cracks or breaks in the shell before consumption and those with damages should be discarded. These habits will help you continue to take advantage of this unique aspect of the hobby in good health.

Early Detection of Illness

If one of your birds does appear ill, it is best to isolate it from other healthy birds andseek veterinary help. Taking early notice of poultry illness and seeking treatment can be extremely beneficial to keeping your flock healthy. If you begin to feel ill you should call your
doctor or seek medical help. Just as with your birds, timely medical evaluation can preserve your health.

Practicing Poultry Biosecurity

Practicing biosecurity for both you and your flock can ensure you can continue to enjoy your passion in good health. By adopting these habits and being a keen-eyed fancier you can continue to maintain a healthy, successful, and sustainable operation for you and your flock.

"Hello, my name is Jacob Fagnani. I’m a medical student at Upstate Medical University in Syracuse, NY. I am fortunate to have raised and shown chickens from a young age at local events, and later as an APA member at regional shows. This article combines my interest in health with my passion for the poultry hobby and outlines how fanciers can preserve their health and secure many years of poultry enjoyment."

By Jacob Fagnani

Medical Student, Upstate Medical University

The post Keeping Healthy While Keeping Poultry appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Now Live: APA Job Listings Board

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:13 +0700

We’re pleased to announce the launch of the APA Job Listings Board — a new tool to help our members post and find roles related to poultry shows and exhibitions. We hope this board will serve the community by helping Show Staff connect with Judges & Volunteers.

Whether you’re organizing a local event or a sanctioned meet, the job board helps connect you with the right people to get the job done.

Available Job Types:

Apprentice Judge – Offer learning opportunities or find shows to complete your training.
Licensed Judge – Find experienced, APA-certified judges for your show.
Show Clerk – Post or apply for positions assisting judges with scoring and paperwork.
Volunteer Show Staff – Request or volunteer for help with setup, takedown, hospitality, and more.

How It Works:

All postings are visible on the Job Listing page, which can be found under the “Events” tab on the APA website.
You must be a paid member of the American Poultry Association and logged in to post a job listing.
All listings must be approved by APA Admin before going live.

If you don’t see the position you need listed, feel free to reach out directly:
Email: webmaster@amerpoultryassn.com

Quick Links:

This board is here to support APA members, encourage mentorship, and help keep shows running smoothly. We’re proud to provide this new way to serve the exhibition poultry community.

Let’s keep the fancy strong — together

The post Now Live: APA Job Listings Board appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Hosting a Poultry Show? Get It on the Calendar!

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:12 +0700

Now Accepting Poultry Show Submissions

The APA event submission form is back online—thank you for your patience while we fixed the page.

If you’re hosting an upcoming poultry show, we encourage you to submit your event so it can be added to the APA Events Calendar. The form is quick and easy to use, and no login is required at this time.

Submit your show here: https://www.amerpoultryassn.com/add-an-event/
Questions? Email: webmaster@amerpoultryassn.com

Let’s keep the poultry community connected—get your event listed today!

The post Hosting a Poultry Show? Get It on the Calendar! appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Winter Preparation for Poultry & Selecting Breeders

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:11 +0700

As the days grow shorter and temperatures begin to drop, poultry keepers must start preparing their flocks for the challenges of winter. Whether you’re raising chickens, ducks, or other fowl, ensuring your birds are healthy, warm, and productive through the colder months is essential. Winter is also a strategic time to evaluate and select breeders for the upcoming spring hatching season. Here’s how to approach both tasks effectively.

Winter Preparation for Poultry

1. Coop Insulation and Ventilation

A well-insulated coop helps retain warmth, but ventilation is equally important to prevent moisture buildup, which can lead to frostbite and respiratory issues. Ensure your coop:

Has no drafts at bird level.
Includes vents near the roof to allow moist air to escape.
Uses deep litter bedding (like straw or wood shavings) to provide insulation and composting warmth.

2. Lighting for Egg Production

Hens need about 14–16 hours of light daily to maintain egg production. Consider adding a timer-controlled light to supplement natural daylight, especially in northern regions.

3. Water and Feed Management

Use heated waterers or change water frequently to prevent freezing. Be sure to be careful with waterfowl, specifically geese, as they may chew the electric cords and electrocute themselves.
Increase feed slightly, as birds burn more calories to stay warm.
Offer high-energy treats like cracked corn in the evening to help them generate body heat overnight.

4. Health Checks and Parasite Control

Before winter sets in:

Conduct a flock health check.
Deworm if necessary and treat for mites or lice.
Trim feathers around vents if needed to keep birds clean and dry.

Selecting Breeders for Spring

Winter is an ideal time to evaluate your flock and select the best candidates for breeding. This ensures you’re improving your stock and maintaining healthy, productive birds.

1. Evaluate Physical Traits

Choose birds that exhibit:

Strong body conformation.
Good feather quality and color.
Bright eyes and active behavior.
No signs of deformities or chronic illness.

2. Consider Production Records

Track egg production, growth rates, and feed efficiency. Select hens and roosters from lines that consistently perform well.

3. Genetic Diversity

Avoid inbreeding by maintaining genetic diversity. If needed, plan to introduce new bloodlines in the spring.

4. Temperament and Behavior

Select birds with calm, manageable temperaments, especially if you plan to hatch chicks and raise them around children or in a community setting.

Final Thoughts

Preparing your poultry for winter and selecting breeders are two sides of the same coin—both ensure the sustainability and success of your flock. With proper planning, your birds will not only survive the winter but thrive, setting the stage for a productive spring.

The post Winter Preparation for Poultry & Selecting Breeders appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Basic Understanding of Poultry Shows

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:08 +0700

When you first walk into a poultry show, understanding the showroom layout can be overwhelming. If you are showing birds, knowing where to start looking for cages can take your stress to new heights.

Understanding poultry shows comes with time, but knowing the showroom layout before you even enter the building can help you feel more prepared for your first poultry show.

If you’re showing for the first time, go directly to the office or the Show Secretary as soon as you arrive. They will check you in, give you your exhibitor number and an exhibitor list, and help you find your cages.

How It’s All Laid Out

Poultry shows, big and small, are generally open to three types of fowl recognized by the American Poultry Association and the American Bantam Association. Turkeys and waterfowl are shown at most shows, but chickens are by far the most common type of fowl.

It may appear that the wall-to-wall chickens have no particular order. However, someone has worked hard to organize the birds. The pattern may not be immediately apparent, but once you start understanding poultry shows, it will begin to make sense.

Large Fowl (Big), Bantam (Small), Waterfowl, Turkeys, Guineas

The first thing you may notice is that there are very large birds and very small birds. Some look almost identical, except for size. The small birds are bantams; the larger birds are large fowl. Waterfowl come in both sizes. A few breeds are only available as large fowl or only as bantams, but many can be either.

Large fowl are the standard size for a chicken. Bantams are popular because they are smaller, easier to handle, take up less space, eat less food, and still provide many of the benefits of owning chickens. In the showroom, large fowl and bantams are shown separately and in different areas.

Classes

The next thing you may notice is that birds are grouped by breed and variety. A specific group of breeds makes up a class.

For large fowl, the classes are named after the area of origin:
American, Asiatic, English, Mediterranean, Continental, and All Other Standard Breeds.

For bantams, classes are named after physical characteristics:
Game Bantams, Modern Game, Single Comb Clean Legged (S.C.C.L.), Rose Comb Clean Legged (R.C.C.L.), All Other Comb Clean Legged (A.O.C.C.L.), and Feather Legged (F.L.).

For waterfowl, classes are categorized by weight:
Bantam Ducks, Heavy Ducks, Medium Ducks, Light Ducks, Heavy Geese, Medium Geese, and Light Geese.

Turkeys and guineas are categorized by their variety (color):
Turkeys are recognized in: Beltsville Small White, Black, Bourbon Red, Bronze, Narragansett, Royal Palm, Slate, and White Holland.
Guineas are recognized in: Lavender, Pearl, and White varieties.

Breed

Within each class, there are several breeds. Each breed has specific characteristics that differentiate it from others.

For example:
Among bantams, the Brahma and Silkie are both in the Feather Legged (F.L.) class.
The Rhode Island Red and Leghorn are both in the Single Comb Clean Legged (S.C.C.L.) class.

Breeds differ in shape, feather characteristics, comb type, and other attributes.
The Standard of Perfection provides detailed information on each breed’s characteristics and history.

Variety (Color)

Some breeds have many color varieties; others have only one.

For example, both large fowl and bantam Plymouth Rocks are recognized in:
Barred, White, Buff, Silver Penciled, Partridge, Columbian, and Blue varieties. Each variety has distinctive traits that set it apart from others.

Some of the same color varieties appear across multiple breeds. For example, there are Buff Brahmas, Buff Cochins, Buff Orpingtons, Buff Silkies, and others. The Standard of Perfection outlines the characteristics of each variety.

Synopsis:

Poultry shows are organized first by class.
Each class is divided into the breeds within that class.
Each breed’s varieties are then grouped together and organized by the sex and age of the bird (cocks, cockerels, hens, pullets).

Understanding this framework will help you navigate poultry shows more confidently.

Basic Showroom Courtesies – The Unwritten Rules of Showing Poultry

Knowing and following proper etiquette when attending or entering a poultry show helps create a pleasant experience for everyone: the show committee, the judges, other exhibitors, visitors — and, of course, you. Most of these unwritten “rules” are common sense, but following them will help you feel like a seasoned exhibitor rather than a rookie.

Etiquette Reminders:

Fill out your entry form correctly and always keep a copy for yourself.
Many shows use their own forms. Ask show staff if you need help completing them. This helps avoid confusion at check-in.
Be aware of check-in times.
Check-in may be Friday night or Saturday morning. Judging usually begins around 9:00 a.m., but verify the schedule. Ensure your birds are caged in time for judging.
Do not disturb judges while they are working.
Judges are happy to answer questions after judging is complete.
Never touch another exhibitor’s bird.
If you see something concerning, notify show staff so they can inform the owner.
Coop out on schedule.
It’s courteous to stay for awards announcements and congratulate other exhibitors. We’re all hobbyists, and good sportsmanship matters in any competition.

This article highlights the essentials to help you feel comfortable with the rules at your first show. Ask questions! Judges and fellow exhibitors are usually happy to share their knowledge and talk about their birds.

Above all else — have fun and enjoy the experience!

The post Basic Understanding of Poultry Shows appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Introducing the APA Video Library

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:06 +0700

The American Poultry Association is excited to announce the launch of our Poultry Video Library—a growing collection of educational videos designed to support poultry enthusiasts at every stage of their journey. Whether you’re raising your very first chicks or preparing for your next show, these video lessons are here to guide and inspire.

From breed standards and showmanship tips to flock health, housing, and responsible breeding practices, the APA Video Library covers a wide range of topics. Each video features insights from experienced judges, seasoned breeders, and trusted poultry professionals from across the country, helping you deepen your understanding and sharpen your skills.

Our mission is to preserve and promote Standard Bred Poultry, and we believe that access to quality education is one of the best ways to do that. We’re proud to offer this resource to help fanciers of all ages and experience levels succeed in the world of poultry.

Watch and Learn

New videos will be added periodically, so check back often to see what’s new. You can start watching now by visiting:
APA Poultry Video Lessons

Want to Contribute?

Are you an experienced breeder, exhibitor, or poultry educator with knowledge to share? We’re always looking to expand our library with fresh voices and perspectives. If you’re interested in contributing a video or suggesting a topic, please reach out to us at webmaster@amerpoultryassn.com.

Let’s work together to strengthen the future of Standard Bred Poultry—one video at a time.

Belgian d’Uccle Sickles

In this video Jeff Duguay, Ph.D. covers d’Uccle main and lesser sickles.

Click Here

Evaluating Silkie Wings

In this video Jeff Duguay Ph.D. discusses Silkie wing carriage as it relates to the Standard of Perfection.

Click Here

The post Introducing the APA Video Library appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

Youth Program Ambassador Opportunity

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 03:05:03 +0700

The American Poultry Association is seeking a Youth Program Ambassador for its Annual Meet. This role involves planning and leading engaging youth activities that promote education and enthusiasm for poultry breeding and exhibition.

Key Duties:

· Develop and refresh youth-focused activities

· Create program materials

· Coordinate with APA marketing and host club

· Attend and oversee the Annual Meet youth program

Compensation:

$1,500 stipend for travel and participation.

Qualifications:

· Strong organizational and communication skills

· Experience with youth or educational programs

· Ability to work independently and collaboratively

· Exhibition poultry knowledge is a plus

Interested? Contact Brian Gates (gates98@cvalley.net) and/or Norma Padgett (apapoints@gmail.com) for details!

We hope to have someone secured no later than December 31, 2025, be sure to get your letter of interest submitted soon.

For more information visit: Youth Ambassador Program

The post Youth Program Ambassador Opportunity appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

KZNPI Board Member Lindani Nkwanyana Reflects on His Career

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:55:02 +0700

By: Lindani Nkwanyana As a boy growing up in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, Lindani Nkwanyana dreamed of flying airplanes. “I wanted to be a pilot,” he recalls. “I thought that was the way to soar.” But his career would take off in a very different way. In 2005, while waiting to hear from flight schools, Lindani discovered a one-year poultry learnership at the KwaZulu Natal Poultry Institute (KZNPI). Out of 600 applicants, he was one of the few selected. “At home, I only knew indigenous chickens,” he says. “The KZNPI course opened my eyes to genetics, nutrition, and commercial production. We spent half our days in class and half on the Institute’s mini farm. KZNPI was very well connected and regularly brought in the best industry experts as instructors,” he adds. A few months later, his dream letter arrived: he’d been accepted into an overseas pilot training program. But by then, his heart had shifted. “I was hooked on poultry. I couldn’t walk away.” The course changed his life. Alongside 30 learners, Lindani gained not just technical skills, but life skills and confidence. He earned certificates in firefighting, first aid, and health and safety. He also proudly got his driver’s license. “It was my first time behind a steering wheel!” he laughs, looking back. At the course’s 10-month mark, top poultry companies came scouting for interns for the final two months of full-time practical immersion. Lindani joined Eggbert Eggs Farm in Blood River. “It was a lot of work, but I was well prepared,” he says. “When my supervisor went on leave, I was left in charge for two weeks. That trust meant everything.” From there, Lindani’s career took flight. He became a site supervisor at Eggbert Eggs’ Rooines Farm in Johannesburg, later a farm manager, then a poultry technician for a feed company, and most recently, a manager of large-scale broiler contract farmers. Along the way, he earned a tertiary qualification in Business Management, generously sponsored by an employer. In 2016, he came full circle, joining the KZNPI Board of Directors. Lindani remains close with his fellow course alumni. “KZNPI gave us a foundation,” he says. “Some of us became managers; others started our own commercial farms or became extension officers.” He is quick to credit those who make KZNPI a training gem. “We are blessed to have the KZNPI management team. They are passionate about the Institute and committed to its mission. And the World Poultry Foundation has been an incredible supporter over the years.” Looking back on his journey, and that of his classmates, Lindani reflects, “KZNPI gave us a career, a path to follow, a door to walk through.” Although he never became a pilot, Lindani still soared, just closer to the ground.

The post KZNPI Board Member Lindani Nkwanyana Reflects on His Career appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

When Women Win, We All Win: WPF’s Commitment to Women’s Empowerment in Poultry

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:55:00 +0700

How WPF’s integrated Gender, Nutrition, and Sales & Marketing training is transforming poultry value chains and the lives of rural women. By: Evelyn Tatenda Kamba, Maureen Stickel, Fara Ratalata, and Cara Raboanarielina Across rural communities, women are at the heart of household food decisions and community economic life, yet they have long been excluded from the market information, training, and opportunities that could transform their potential. Women manage households and food production with little access to capital or markets. At the same time, young people face limited local livelihoods, driving many to migrate away from their communities. Through its programs, World Poultry Foundation (WPF) intentionally integrates gender-responsive approaches into market development, technical assistance, training, and monitoring and evaluation. The Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) brings together gender, nutrition, and market systems in a unified framework that places women at the center of poultry value chain development. This work matters more than ever. 2026 has been declared the International Year of the Woman Farmer (IYWF 2026) by the United Nations General Assembly, with FAO leading global efforts to recognize women’s indispensable contributions to agrifood systems and close persistent gender gaps. WPF’s work across all PMI programs is a direct, on-the-ground expression of what this global commitment looks like in practice. A Training Built on Integration One of the most recent examples of this commitment is the integrated Gender, Nutrition, and Sales & Marketing training for PMI partner Field Service Representatives (FSRs) in Madagascar and Senegal. FSRs are the frontline agents working for private-sector poultry companies directly with farmers. The training content was developed collaboratively: the business and sales modules were created by Roz Haan of The Franchising Company, while the gender and nutrition modules were developed by Vicky Veevers and the team at ManoCap. WPF has since adapted and refined the content further, but the foundation reflects this rich collaboration across experts in each field. The training was designed around one core conviction: gender, nutrition, and marketing cannot be addressed in isolation. As Evelyn Tatenda Kamba, WPF’s Training Coordinator, explains:

“When these areas are addressed together, the impact is significantly greater and will unlock opportunities that remain invisible when they are treated as separate components.” — Evelyn (Eve) Tatenda Kamba, Training Coordinator, WPF

This specialized training opportunity links technical poultry knowledge with practical, market-oriented approaches, in particular, exploring what the 7Ps of marketing look like when applied to dual-purpose poultry (DPP) value propositions, and how to shape those propositions to fit the profiles, needs, and motivations of women farmers. Seeing Women as Economic Actors, Not Just Beneficiaries Delivering the integrated Gender and Nutrition modules in both Madagascar and Senegal was Cara Raboanarielina, a WPF consultant with deep expertise in local food systems and gender dynamics. Her goal was clear from the start.

“My primary goal was to help FSRs see women not just as beneficiaries, but as key economic actors and clients in dual-purpose poultry systems.” — Cara Raboanarielina, WPF Consultant

Using participatory methods and visually engaging materials adapted to local realities, this training supports participants to develop empathy and understanding of the constraints women and youth face, from limited market access to restricted control over household finances. A particularly striking moment came when Cara shared nutrition and food security data for the regions where participants work. Many FSRs were shocked: anemia rates in Senegal, and extremely high food insecurity in central Madagascar, were far worse than they had imagined. That data became a powerful motivator for the FSRs. The Power of Dual-Purpose Poultry At the core of PMI’s model is dual-purpose poultry, breeds that produce both eggs and meat, offering households diversified economic and nutritional benefits. DPP are particularly powerful because they align economic incentives with nutrition outcomes. The evidence for why this matters for women is clear. Research shows that more than 70% of chicken owners in rural areas of sub-Saharan Africa are women (Gueye, 2003), and that when women control poultry income, they are more likely to reinvest in food quality, dietary diversity, and children’s nutrition, ultimately strengthening their bargaining power in household decision-making and their wider role in their communities (FAO, 2010; Riise et al., 2007). In the PMI program, we are already seeing this play out. Participants in Madagascar describe how DPP enables women to grow businesses, support schooling costs, access urban markets, and diversify their agri-enterprises with increased income translating directly into better outcomes for their families. The program’s pulse surveys, lightweight monitoring tools designed to track farmer experiences and course-correct in real time, are providing early on-the-ground evidence of these shifts. In Sierra Leone, women’s participation in the Brooder Unit program rose from 24% to 38% in the first year, and women’s adoption of dual-purpose breeds nearly doubled from 34% to 70%. In The Gambia, women’s control over poultry income decisions jumped from 73% to 94% among Brooder Unit farmers in under twelve months. FSRs as Change Agents Perhaps the most significant shift the training aimed to create was a reframing of the FSR’s own role. As Fara Ratalata, WPF’s former Business Development Manager, put it: “Field Service Representatives are not only technical advisors, they are change agents.” The training equipped FSRs with practical strategies to identify and engage motivated women producers, those often already active in savings groups, producer associations, or small agribusinesses. As Maureen Stickel, WPF Vice President of Innovation & Initiatives, explains, targeting these dynamic women creates a triple win:

Stronger sales and market development for PMI partners
More resilient livelihoods for women farmers and their families
Better nutrition outcomes for children and communities

FSRs left with a deeper understanding that effective marketing starts not with selling a product, but with understanding lived realities: listening, building trust, and communicating with respect. As Eve reflected, many FSRs described this as “a new way of thinking about agribusiness marketing.” When Women Win, We All Win The message that the WPF embeds throughout the PMI program is one that resonates across everything WPF does. When women succeed economically, households become more resilient, nutrition improves, and entire communities benefit. Across WPF and every PMI program, from market systems design to data collection, from FSR training to partner capacity building, WPF embeds this principle at every level. The goal is not simply to include women as participants in poultry development, but to build systems that are genuinely designed around the realities, constraints, and aspirations. With training expanding to Zambia next, WPF remains focused on ensuring that technical poultry interventions translate into real economic and social impact at the household level, the community level, and beyond. By building the capacity of FSRs to deliver market-led, nutrition-sensitive, and gender-inclusive poultry support, the program is strengthening the entire value chain from the ground up. The APMI Program is being implemented in The Gambia and Sierra Leone with generous funding from the Qatar Fund for Development (QFFD).

The post When Women Win, We All Win: WPF’s Commitment to Women’s Empowerment in Poultry appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

International Women’s Day: Interview with Radhika

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:52:41 +0700

On the occasion of International Women’s Day, Poultry TRENDS celebrates the inspiring contribution of women who are shaping the future of the poultry industry. In the dynamic field of poultry exhibitions—where innovation, networking, and knowledge sharing come together—women professionals are playing a vital role in connecting industry stakeholders and driving growth.

In this special interaction, we speak with P. Radhika, a leading professional in the Indian poultry exhibition sector, about her journey, the challenges she has faced, and her vision for encouraging more women to participate in the industry.

Poultry TRENDS: Please briefly tell us about your background and professional journey.

Radhika: I have over 12 years of experience in the events and exhibitions industry, with more than a decade dedicated to the poultry sector. I joined IPEMA / Poultry India in 2014, and since then my journey has focused on managing large-scale industry events, international collaborations, and stakeholder engagement.

As the Senior Operations Head, I oversee the operational planning and execution of key initiatives such as the Poultry India Expo, Knowledge Day seminars, and industry programs. It has been very rewarding to contribute to the growth of Poultry India into one of the world’s largest poultry exhibitions, bringing together global industry leaders, associations, and innovators on a single platform.

Poultry TRENDS: What challenges have you faced as a woman in this field, and how did you overcome them?

Radhika: The poultry and exhibition industry has traditionally been male-dominated, so establishing yourself and gaining recognition can sometimes be challenging. However, I focused on dedication, professionalism, and consistently delivering results.

The encouragement and support from the IPEMA leadership, committee members, and industry stakeholders helped me grow with confidence. Their trust and guidance allowed me to take on greater responsibilities and develop strong operational and leadership skills. Over time, these challenges became opportunities for learning and growth.

Poultry TRENDS: How do you balance your professional responsibilities with your personal life?

Radhika: Balancing professional and personal life requires effective planning, time management, and the support of family and colleagues. My role involves coordinating large-scale events and working closely with industry stakeholders, which can be demanding, especially during major exhibitions.

I am fortunate to have the encouragement of my family as well as the support of my team at IPEMA. We are a dedicated team of around 25 members working with strong commitment towards the success of Poultry India, and their cooperation and teamwork make it possible to execute such large international events successfully.

Poultry TRENDS: What does International Women’s Day mean to you personally and professionally?

Radhika: International Women’s Day is a celebration of the achievements, strength, and contributions of women across all sectors. Personally, it reminds me of the importance of support systems—family, mentors, and colleagues—who help women grow and succeed.

Professionally, it is an opportunity to recognize and encourage more women to take leadership roles in industries like agriculture and poultry. It is also a time to highlight the progress women have made and inspire the next generation to pursue their ambitions with confidence.

Poultry TRENDS: How has the guidance and encouragement from the IPEMA committee helped you in managing large-scale events like the Poultry India Expo?

Radhika: The guidance and encouragement from the IPEMA committee and its member companies have played a very important role in successfully organizing large-scale events like the Poultry India Expo. As IPEMA currently represents 55 member companies, it is my responsibility to understand and support their needs while ensuring that our initiatives add value to their businesses. At the same time, I consider it a continuous learning experience—interacting with our members, understanding their perspectives, and receiving their suggestions and guidance motivates me to keep improving and contribute more effectively to the growth of the association.

I feel deeply grateful to have worked under the guidance of respected leaders such as Shri Chakradhar Rao Potluri, Shri Anil Dhumal, Shri Harish Garware, Shri Shirish Dhopeshwar (our past Secretary), Shri Srikanth Manchala (our present Treasurer), and our present President Shri Uday Singh Bayas. Each of them has given me the opportunity to prove myself and entrusted me with important responsibilities.

Their suggestions, advice, and continuous guidance have taught me invaluable lessons about leadership, planning, and how to organize a world-class international event. These experiences have been instrumental in shaping my professional growth and strengthening my ability to manage complex operations within the organization.

Team Poultry India

At IPEMA, we also have a dedicated team of around 25 members who work with strong commitment towards the success and growth of Poultry India. As the Senior Operations Head, I am truly thankful to our entire team for their continuous support, coordination, and hard work in executing one of the world’s largest poultry exhibitions, the Poultry India Expo. Their teamwork, dedication, and professionalism play a vital role in ensuring the successful planning and seamless execution of every edition of the event.

Poultry TRENDS: How has your family supported you throughout your professional journey in the poultry industry?

Radhika: Family support has played a very important role in my professional journey. I am truly grateful to my parents, Shri Narsing Rao and Smt. Hema Latha, whose encouragement and values have always motivated me to work hard and stay committed to my responsibilities. Their constant support has given me the confidence to pursue my career and handle challenges with determination.

I also receive immense motivation from my daughter Keerthana and my siblings Ramu and Deepika, along with my sister-in-law Harika, who have always encouraged me and stood by me throughout my journey. Their understanding and support help me maintain a healthy balance between my professional responsibilities and personal life.

Their belief in me has been a strong source of strength and inspiration, enabling me to continue contributing with dedication to IPEMA and Poultry India.

Poultry TRENDS: On the occasion of International Women’s Day, what message would you like to share with young women?

Radhika: My message to young women is to believe in yourself and never hesitate to pursue opportunities in any field you are passionate about. With dedication, continuous learning, and confidence, women can achieve great success.

It is also important to seek guidance from mentors and stay connected with supportive professional networks. With the right mind-set and determination, women can play a significant role in shaping industries and creating a positive impact on society.

The post International Women’s Day: Interview with Radhika appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Hello Protein: A Unified Vision for a Protein-Secure India

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:52:39 +0700

Poultry TRENDS Exclusive: In Conversation with the Founder Members of Hello Protein.

In this special interaction with Poultry TRENDS, Mr. O.P Singh and Mr. Karan Singh – the founder members of HELLO PROTEIN share the vision, purpose, and long-term objectives behind this nationwide public awareness initiative.

Conceptualized as a structured movement to strengthen protein literacy across India, Hello Protein aims to address the growing nutritional gap through credible information, industry collaboration, and responsible advocacy. The founders discuss the strategic roadmap of the initiative, the role of the Indian poultry sector in combating protein deficiency, and the importance of unified industry participation.

What is the long-term vision and purpose of launching the Hello Protein movement?

OP Singh & Karan Singh: Every human being in the next generation needs protein security ensuring not only improvement in their health parameters but also efficiency in their lives. Every Indian citizen deserves qualitative protein inputs in their daily diet. Protein deficiency doesn’t just harm individuals – it quietly drains corporate India. In a knowledge – driven economy where productivity depends on mental agility, nutrition is no trivial issue.

To bring this vision alive, we are spearheading a countrywide initiative called “HELLO PROTEIN”. The movement aims to spark conversations, debunk myths, and encourage Indians to consciously incorporate more protein into their daily diets. The initiative is designed to reach diverse segments from urban professionals and students to homemakers and fitness enthusiasts – by simplifying scientific information and converting it into practical, culturally relevant advice, supported by expert insights, public-awareness campaigns, and collaborations with nutritionists. Hello Protein strives to make protein education both accessible and engaging.

India is often described as facing a silent protein crisis. Why is this crisis not visible yet so serious?

OP Singh: Protein crisis in India is an untold story as yet. The protein deficit problem should be educated about properly in the ration because in a plate full of foods, a minimum of 1/4 ^th of the plate should contain a protein-rich food. We ourselves as an industry have decided to conduct an education program called “HELLO PROTEIN”.

India faces a silent protein crisis because 7 out of 10 citizens are protein-deficient, yet this malnutrition is hidden behind calorie-sufficient but nutrient-poor, carb-heavy diets. It is serious because it leads to long-term health issues, weak immunity, muscle loss, and chronic diseases, rather than immediate, visible starvation, often caused by low awareness and cultural eating habits.

Why the Crisis is Not Visible:

The “Fullness” Illusion: Most Indian diets are high in carbohydrates (rice, wheat) but low in quality protein, meaning people feel full but are malnourished.
Cultural & Genetic Factors: With roughly 39% of the population vegetarian and 81% avoiding certain meats or eggs, many rely on incomplete protein sources.
Lack of Awareness: 93% of urban Indians do not know their daily protein needs, and many wrongly believe their cereal-heavy diet is sufficient.
Affordability & Accessibility: While often a myth, protein-rich food can be expensive, leading low-income households to rely on cheaper calories.

Why the Crisis is Serious:

Long-Term Health Consequences: Deficiency causes chronic issues like low immunity, poor muscle health, fatigue, and lower cognitive development in children.
High Prevalence: Studies show 80% of Indian diets are protein-deficient.
Impact on Productivity: Protein is essential for tissue repair and energy, affecting overall physical strength and economic productivity.
Not Just for the Poor: The deficiency spans income levels, with many wealthier households also failing to meet recommended protein levels.

Are vegetarian diets in India sufficient in protein if planned correctly, or do they need diversification? What role can affordable protein sources like eggs & poultry play in national nutrition security?

OP Singh: Vegetarian diets in India can be sufficient in protein if planned correctly, but for many, they currently require greater diversification to meet daily requirements. While traditional combinations like dal-rice (pulses and cereals) provide complete protein profiles, widespread protein deficiency persists due to over-reliance on carbohydrates and a lack of variety in daily meals.

Affordable animal-based sources like eggs and poultry are increasingly recognized as essential to closing this protein gap and ensuring national nutrition security. Despite the potential for adequacy, studies show that up to 84% of Indian vegetarian diets are protein-deficient. Eggs are among the most cost-effective sources of high-quality protein available in India. Animal protein in eggs and chicken contains all nine essential amino acids in the right proportions, making them superior to plant-based proteins for muscle building and repair. For millions, adding affordable and accessible sources like eggs and poultry is a necessary strategy for national nutrition security.

Let’s Junk Those Junk Food Ads – Recently Britain has implemented a statutory ban on advertising unhealthy food & the U.S. has also released a dietary guideline for Americans 2025-2030. What are your comments on this?

Karan Singh: Britain’s statutory ban on pre-9 pm and online ads for high-fat, salt, and sugar (HFSS) foods, combined with the U.S. Dietary Guidelines for 2025-2030 emphasizing reduced processed foods, represents a major, necessary shift toward proactive public health policy. These actions aim to curb obesity, particularly in children, by reducing marketing exposure and shifting food preferences.

It is a very good initiative & effort done by both countries; even in India, the Indian Council of Medical Research & Indian Institute of Nutrition should give some guidelines to the public so that the consumers will understand the addition of protein in their diet, because it will not only enrich the lifestyle & healthy situations but also encourage the newer generation to be more different than the current deficit protein nation.

Beyond policy, how important is nutrition education and awareness in correcting protein imbalance?

Karan Singh: Nutrition is a fundamental component of nursing education and is essential to providing high-quality care across the spectrum of healthcare. Positioning protein within a broader nutrition agenda is essential for improved health outcomes. While policy can improve accessibility to protein-rich foods (e.g., through fortification or school meals), education empowers individuals to choose, prepare, and consume these foods effectively.

In summary, while policies focus on increasing the supply of protein through Mid-Day Meals or Public Distribution Systems, nutrition education is essential to ensure that this protein is utilized by the intended population, correcting the “knowledge gap” that often drives protein deficiency.

If you had to give one message to Indian households about protein, what would it be?

OP Singh & Karan Singh: Treat protein as a daily essential, not occasional supplement. Indians are estimated to consume less protein than recommended. WHO recommends 1 gm of protein per Kg of your body weight should be consumed. Every unit of qualitative protein ensures a healthy life; therefore, every plate of food in the household deserves either egg or chicken based on its safety norms & nutrient quality. In a fast-paced urban world, protein is strength—and a well-nourished India is a stronger, sharper, and more productive India.

Strong families are built at the dining table, and a stronger India begins with adequate protein.

Let’s Join hands & make our nation protein deficit free with HELLO PROTEIN.

If this mission resonates with you, do drop your ideas/ comments/ suggestions at: helloproteins25@gmail.com

The post Hello Protein: A Unified Vision for a Protein-Secure India appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Learning from AGP mechanisms to advance poultry nutrition

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:50:07 +0700

Our understanding of how nutrition influences growth and resilience in poultry has greatly expanded in recent years. It is now clear that animal performance stems to a large extent from a balance between metabolism, immune function, and the gut microbiome. These systems interact continuously, and even small nutritional or environmental changes can shift the animals’ physiological response. This growing knowledge has encouraged the development of nutritional strategies and feed components that work through adaptive, non-antibiotic mechanisms. One recent proposed explanation for these responses has rapidly gained ground: hormetic modeling.

Ilinca Anghelescu
Global Director, Marketing & Communications
EW Nutrition

Dr. Andreas Michels
Global Director, Research and
Development
EW Nutrition

Predrag Persak
Regional Technical Manager
North Europe
EW Nutrition

Hormetic modeling describes how small or moderate doses of nutritional components can activate beneficial adaptive responses (improved resilience or metabolic efficiency), while excessive doses become harmful. This idea parallels, largely speaking, Paracelsus’s famous principle: “The dose makes the poison.” In poultry nutrition, such hormetic patterns are well recognized in nutrients like trace elements (selenium, zinc) and specific amino acids (for example, arginine). At optimal levels, these nutrients support antioxidant defense, growth, and immune balance, whereas excessive intake may cause oxidative or metabolic stress
This review examines the hormetic principle and its application to modern poultry/swine feeding concepts, exploring how balanced nutrient design and controlled inclusion of bioactive compounds can strengthen cellular adaptation, improve stress tolerance, and enhance production efficiency.

HOW DO AGPs ACTUALLY WORK?
Despite AGP’s widespread historical use, the precise mechanisms by which subtherapeutic doses of antibiotics enhance animal productivity remained poorly understood. Recent advances in systems biology and mitochondrial research propose new answers, much needed to develop future advanced nutritional systems.

The traditional explanations for AGP efficacy have focused primarily on antimicrobial effects:
• reducing nutrient competition from microorganisms
• decreasing harmful bacterial metabolites
• improving gut wall morphology (thinner gut wall → better nutrient absorption)
• preventing subclinical infections

However, these mechanisms alone could not fully explain why different classes of antibiotics with diverse mechanisms of action produce similar growth-promoting effects (Gutierrez-Chavez et al., 2025).

Niewold (2007) hypothesized that the primary mechanism of AGPs is non-antibiotic anti-inflammatory activity, reducing the energetic costs of chronic low-grade inflammation. Inflammation diverts nutrients from growth toward immune responses, with cytokine production (particularly IL-1β, IL-6, and TNF-α) suppressing anabolic pathways (Kogut et al., 2018). AGPs appear to selectively inhibit pro-inflammatory cytokine production without completely suppressing immune function.

A paper published in 2024 by Fernandez Miyakawa et al. proposes that antibiotics at subtherapeutic levels act primarily through mitochondrial hormesis and adaptive stress responses, and not simply through antimicrobial activity. In this model, mitochondria act as bioenergetic hubs and signaling centers. Low-dose antibiotics trigger mild mitochondrial stress, which triggers the activation of adaptive protective pathways. This in turn induces mitokine release, leading to systemic adaptive responses improving growth, feed efficiency, and disease tolerance.

Photo: Freepik.com

MECHANISM OF ACTION IN THE HORMETIC MODEL OF AGP EFFICIENCY
Hormesis is a biphasic mechanism whereby high doses are toxic, but low doses stimulate adaptive responses and are beneficial. In the case of AGPs, Fernandez Miyakawa et al. propose that low doses stimulate growth, stress resistance, and cellular repair.

KEY SIGNALING PATHWAYS
As Bottje et al. (2006, 2009) shows, efficient animals often have mitochondrial inner membranes that are less permeable to protons and other ions, allowing for more effective coupling between electron transport and ATP synthesis, which reduces energy loss through proton leak and maximizes the production of ATP per oxygen molecule consumed. Lower membrane permeability is influenced by factors like decreased membrane surface area per protein mass, specific membrane protein content (such as adenine nucleotide translocase), and fatty acid composition in the membrane phospholipids, all contributing to a tighter barrier that prevents unregulated electron or proton flow and supports higher energetic efficiency. Such features make mitochondria in efficient species more capable of maintaining membrane integrity and ATP generation, especially when facing environmental stress, as seen in freeze-tolerant animals whose mitochondria do not undergo damaging permeability transitions under extreme conditions.

Nrf2
Many AGPs interfere with mitochondrial protein synthesis and electron transport chain. At subtherapeutic levels, they cause a mild ROS (Reactive Oxygen Species) increase, which triggers the activation of redox-sensitive transcription factor Nrf2. Since Nrf2 regulates over 250 antioxidant, detoxification, and anti-inflammatory genes, the result is improved cell survival, redox balance, and tolerance to stress (Petri et al., 2012).

Figure 1. From Zhang et al., 2024

Mitokine production
Mitokines are “signaling molecules that enable communication of local mitochondrial stress to other mitochondria in distant cells and tissues” (Burtscher et al., 2023). Through fibroblast growth factor 21 (FGF21), growth differentiation factor 15 (GDF15), adrenomedullin2 (ADM2) etc, these stress signals are released systemically and coordinate tissue-wide responses, leading to improved growth and resilience.

INFLAMMATION AND DISEASE DEFENSE
While the negative side of antibiotic growth promoters is well researched and understood (Rahman et al., 2022), science can advance by isolating the positive effects and attempting to offer different pathways to the same benefits. One such lesson can be derived from understanding inflammation pathways and responses.

Chronic low-grade intestinal inflammation is common in modern poultry production, due to diet, microbiota shifts, high metabolic demands etc. This inflammation diverts energy from growth to immune responses.

AGPs reduce the energy costs of this inflammation in three main ways:
• Reduces inflammation through adaptive stress response
• Raising the threshold to trigger inflammation
• Promoting overall resilience, rather than simply killing pathogens

Fernandez Miyakawa et al. suggest, in this emerging model, that disease defense can operate two different actions: resistance to health challenges through reduction of the pathogen load (which is driven by the immune system and is energy costly); and overall resilience by reducing host damage without reducing the pathogen load. AGPs, the authors claim, mainly promote resilience by enhancing mitochondrial stress responses and tissue repair, i.e. more precisely:
• Direct mitochondrial stimulation in intestinal epithelial cells
• Systemic mitokine signaling coordinating organism-wide adaptive responses
• Selective microbiota modulation enhancing beneficial host-microbe interactions
• Improving resilience without immune system costs
• Metabolic optimization supporting growth and feed efficiency

Figure 2. From Fernandez Miyakawa et al., 2024.

In this context, “metabolic optimization” refers to the enhancement of metabolic processes within livestock or poultry to support efficient growth, feed conversion, and physiological resilience, without relying on immune-mediated pathways that are energetically costly. Scientific evidence shows that metabolic optimization involves improving nutrient assimilation, promoting more efficient energy production in tissues (such as mitochondrial ATP synthesis), and minimizing wasteful metabolic byproducts, resulting in reduced feed intake per unit of growth and better utilization of dietary nutrients (Rauw 2025, El-Hack 2025).

FUNCTION OF FEED ADDITIVES AND FEED COMPONENTS
Feed additives and feed components in many ways represent the complete other side of the spectrum from antibiotics, but are there some features where antibiotics and feed additives come close in their functions? There is a good case to be made for certain feed additives ultimately working in the animal to achieve similar benefits to the desirable, non-medicinal usage of AGPs. Especially with the emergent model of AGP mechanism described above, it is worth discussing how certain feed additives can support the same end goal: promoting animal resilience.

Lillejhoj et al (2018), Gutierrez-Chavez et al. (2025) and others outline the end-results such products must achieve:
• Growth performance & feed conversion efficiency
• Promotion of animal productivity under
real-world conditions
• Support gut homeostasis
• Non-adverse effect on the immune system
• Reduction of oxidative stress
• Support organism in mitigation of enteric inflammatory consequences

Within the hormetic model, possibly the most important systemic benefit is, in one phrase, promoting resilience. Phytomolecules have long been used, in human and animal medicine, for the same end goal. The mechanisms described below should naturally be seen with caution, as phytomolecule microbiome effects can be subtler and context-dependent. However, the substantiating literature has been increasingly accumulating on these specific topics.
1. Immunometabolic regulation
Phytomolecules demonstrate remarkably similar anti-inflammatory effects to what Niewold (2007) suggested was a primary mechanism of AGPs: non-antibiotic anti-inflammatory activity, reducing the energetic costs of chronic low-grade inflammation. Inflammation diverts nutrients from growth toward immune responses, with cytokine production (particularly IL-1β, IL-6, and TNF-α) suppressing anabolic pathways (Kogut et al., 2018). AGPs appear to selectively inhibit pro-inflammatory cytokine production without completely suppressing immune function. A similar effect can be observed with various types of phytomolecules, which significantly reduced pro-inflammatory and/or increased anti-inflammatory cytokine expression in animals challenged with several pathogens. The anti-inflammatory mechanism appears to involve inhibition of NF-κB activation and modulation of MAPK signaling pathways (Kim et al., 2010; Long et al., 2021).

2. Mitochondrial hormesis and energy metabolism
Fernández Miyakawa et al. (2024, see above) proposed that AGPs exert growth-promoting effects through mitochondrial hormesis – subtherapeutic antibiotic doses induce mild mitochondrial stress, triggering adaptive responses that enhance mitochondrial function, energy metabolism, and cellular resilience. This mechanism, while requiring further validation, explains why different antibiotics with diverse targets produce similar growth outcomes.

The mitochondrial stress response involves activation of the IL-6 receptor family signaling cascade, which regulates metabolism, growth, regeneration, and homeostasis in liver and other tissues (Perry et al., 2024). Subtherapeutic antibiotic exposure activates proteins involved in growth and proliferation through IL-6R gp130 subunit signaling, including JAK, STAT, mTOR, and MAPK pathways.

Phytomolecules demonstrate similar mitochondrial effects. Perry et al. (2024) showed that increased activity of AMPK, mTOR, PGC-1α, PTEN, HIF, and S6K can also be available via phytomolecule activity, suggesting enhanced anabolic metabolism.

Capsicum oleoresin supplementation in broilers increased jejunal lipase and trypsin activity, enhanced ileal amylase activity, improved jejunal morphology, and modulated immune organ development, indicating enhanced digestive efficiency and nutrient utilization (Li et al., 2022).

Compounds such as vanillin, thymol, eugenol have been shown to improve glucose and lipid metabolism through TRPV1 activation and mitochondrial function enhancement (Gupta et al., 2022; Zhang et al., 2017).

Photo: Freepik.com

3. Gut microbiota modulation
AGPs selectively reduce specific microbial populations, particularly Lactobacillus species that produce bile salt hydrolase (BSH). Since BSH reduces fat digestibility and thus weight gain, AGP-mediated reduction of BSH-producing bacteria enhances energy extraction and growth (Lin, 2014; Bourgin et al., 2021).

Recent research by Zhan et al. (2025) using single-molecule real-time 16S rRNA sequencing demonstrated that therapeutic antibiotic doses (lincomycin, gentamicin, florfenicol, benzylpenicillin, ceftiofur, enrofloxacin) significantly altered chicken gut microbiota composition, with Pseudomonadota and Bacillota becoming dominant phyla after exposure. Different antibiotics produced distinct temporal effects on microbial diversity and community structure.

Phytomolecules exert targeted antimicrobial effects while promoting beneficial bacteria. Dietary supplementation with 800 mg/kg Capsicum extract in Japanese quails reduced cecal counts of pathogenic bacteria (Salmonella spp., E. coli, coliforms) while modulating Lactobacilli populations (Reda et al., 2020).

In pigs, 80 mg/kg natural capsicum extract increased cecal propionic acid and total volatile fatty acid concentrations, with increased butyric acid in the colon – indicating enhanced fermentation by beneficial bacteria (Long et al., 2021).

Capsicum and Curcuma oleoresins altered intestinal microbiota composition in commercial broilers challenged with necrotic enteritis, reducing disease severity through microbiome modulation (Kim et al., 2015).

Capsaicin demonstrates selective antimicrobial activity, inhibiting pathogenic Gram-negative bacteria while favoring development of certain Gram-positive bacteria. The antibacterial mechanism involves induction of osmotic stress and membrane structure damage (Adaszek et al., 2019; Rosca et al., 2020).

4. Intestinal barrier function and gut health
AGPs have been associated with improved intestinal morphology, including increased villus height and reduced crypt depth, which enhance absorptive capacity (Gaskins et al., 2002).

Phytomolecules produce similar or superior effects. Capsicum extract (80 mg/kg) in pigs increased ileal villus height and upregulated MUC-2 gene expression, indicating enhanced gut barrier function and integrity. The improved barrier function correlated with reduced diarrhea incidence (Liu et al., 2013; Long et al., 2021).

Allium hookeri extract increased expression of tight junction proteins (claudins, occludins, ZO-1) in LPS-challenged broiler chickens, demonstrating direct enhancement of barrier integrity (Lee et al., 2017).

5. Oxidative stress mitigation
Oxidative stress impairs growth by damaging cellular components and triggering inflammatory responses. AGPs reduce oxidative stress indirectly through anti-inflammatory effects and microbiota modulation (Bortoluzzi et al., 2021).

Phytomolecules possess direct antioxidant properties. Capsicum extract (50 mg/kg) in heat-stressed quails reduced serum and ovarian malondialdehyde (MDA) while increasing superoxide dismutase (SOD) and catalase (CAT) activities. Ovarian transcription factors showed decreased NF-κB and increased Nrf2 and HO-1 expression (Sahin et al., 2016).

A mixture of herbal extracts including pepper reduced thiobarbituric acid reactive substances and MDA in broiler liver and muscle, while increasing glutathione peroxidase (GSH-Px) activity and improving antioxidant enzyme expression (Saleh et al., 2018).

Capsicum extract (80 mg/kg) in pigs increased total antioxidant capacity, SOD, and CAT while reducing MDA levels, demonstrating robust antioxidant effects (Long et al., 2021).

STANDARDIZATION AND CONTROLLED RELEASE: CRITICAL SUCCESS FACTORS
A major criticism of phytomolecules has been inconsistent efficacy across studies. However, this variability largely reflects differences in:
• Active compound concentrations
• Bioavailability and stability
• Dosing precision
• Product quality and standardization

Microencapsulation is one of the technologies that address the standardization and bioavailability challenges. It protects volatile compounds from degradation during feed processing and storage, with encapsulated essential oils showing significantly higher retention compared to unprotected forms (Stevanović et al., 2018). By creating a protective barrier around active ingredients, microencapsulation enables controlled release in specific regions of the gastrointestinal tract, improving absorption efficiency and reducing dose variability (Bringas-Lantigua et al., 2011). The technology also masks unpalatable flavors that can reduce feed intake while standardizing active ingredient concentrations through precise manufacturing processes (Gharsallaoui et al., 2007). Studies demonstrate that spray-dried microencapsulated essential oils achieve encapsulation efficiencies exceeding 93% with minimal loss during storage (Hu et al., 2020), and can be engineered for enzyme-mediated release to ensure bioactive delivery at optimal intestinal sites (Elolimy et al., 2025).

MECHANISTIC SYNTHESIS: AN INTEGRATED MODEL
The evidence indicates that both AGPs and phytomolecules operate through an integrated network of effects:
1. Primary Level: Selective antimicrobial effects modify gut microbiota composition
2. Secondary Level: Reduced microbial metabolites (ammonia, endotoxins) decrease inflammatory signaling
3. Tertiary Level: Reduced inflammation conserves energy for growth; enhanced barrier function improves nutrient absorption
4. Quaternary Level: Mitochondrial hormesis and metabolic optimization increase energy efficiency
5. Systemic Level: Improved immunometabolic homeostasis supports optimal growth

This integrative model explains why multiple antibiotics with different mechanisms produce similar growth outcomes: they converge on common pathways regulating immunometabolism and mitochondrial function (Fernández Miyakawa et al., 2024).

Phytomolecules operate through the same mechanistic framework but with potential advantages:
• Multiple bioactive compounds providing redundancy
• Antioxidant effects enhancing stress resilience
• Lower AMR (Antimicrobial Resistance) selection pressure
• Potential prebiotic-like effects supporting beneficial microbiota

SAFETY AND ANTIMICROBIAL RESISTANCE CONSIDERATIONS
Antibiotic exposure significantly disrupts gut microbiota diversity and stability, with effects persisting beyond withdrawal periods. The study by Zhan et al. (2025) demonstrated that different antibiotics produce varying degrees of microbiota disruption, with florfenicol and gentamicin showing the strongest and most persistent effects.

In contrast, phytomolecules generally do not generate resistance through the same mechanisms as antibiotics. Some phytochemicals may actually enhance antibiotic efficacy and resensitize resistant bacteria through structural modifications of bacterial membranes (Khameneh et al., 2021; Suganya et al., 2022).

However, one study reported increased correlation between antibiotic resistance genes (ARGs) and mobile genetic elements in pig feces after mushroom powder supplementation, suggesting that certain phytogenic compounds may increase ARG mobility (Muurinen et al., 2021). This emphasizes the need for continued surveillance of phytomolecule effects on resistance gene dynamics.

Capsaicinoids and capsinoids have well-established safety profiles. Capsiate, a non-pungent analogue of capsaicin, exhibits substantially lower toxicity while maintaining similar metabolic and growth-promoting effects (Gupta et al., 2022). No adverse effects on animal health or product quality have been reported at recommended dosages in reviewed studies.

FUTURE DIRECTIONS AND RESEARCH NEEDS
Despite substantial progress, several areas require further investigation:
1. Mechanistic refinement: Detailed characterization of signaling pathways, particularly the IL-6R/gp130 cascade and mitochondrial stress responses
2. Precision formulation: Development of combinations optimized for specific production stages, environmental conditions, and disease pressures
3. Bioavailability optimization: Advanced delivery systems ensuring consistent active compound release and absorption
4. Microbiome-host interaction mapping: High-resolution characterization of microbial community shifts and their functional consequences
5. Economic validation: Large-scale production trials assessing cost-effectiveness compared to AGPs and disease management costs

CONCLUSIONS
The scientific evidence demonstrates that standardized phytomolecules operate through well-characterized biological mechanisms that substantially replicate those of AGPs:
1. Anti-inflammatory effects reducing energetic costs of immune activation
2. Mitochondrial hormesis enhancing energy metabolism and cellular resilience
3. Selective microbiota modulation supporting beneficial bacteria while controlling pathogens
4. Intestinal barrier enhancement improving nutrient absorption and reducing translocation
5. Antioxidant activity mitigating oxidative stress and supporting immune function

When properly standardized and formulated for controlled release, phytomolecules deliver growth promotion, feed efficiency improvements, and disease resistance comparable to AGPs, while potentially offering advantages in AMR risk profile, stress resilience, and consumer acceptance.

The mechanistic convergence between AGPs and phytomolecules, coupled with demonstrated efficacy in controlled trials, provides producers with confidence that science-based phytomolecular interventions represent legitimate alternatives to AGPs. Success depends on product standardization, appropriate dosing, and understanding that phytomolecules work through fundamental biological pathways rather than undefined or mystical mechanisms.

As the livestock industry continues to navigate the post-AGP era, standardized phytomolecules offer a scientifically sound, mechanistically validated approach to maintaining animal performance, health, and welfare while addressing antimicrobial resistance concerns.

References
1. Adaszek, Ł., et al. “Properties of Capsaicin and Its Utility in Veterinary and Human Medicine.” Research in Veterinary Science, vol. 123, 2019, pp. 14 – 19.
2. Bottje, W., et al. “Mitochondrial proton leak kinetics and relationship with feed efficiency within a single genetic line of male broilers”. Poultry Science, Volume 88, Issue 8, 1 August 2009, p. 1683-1693.
3. Bortoluzzi, C., et al. “A Protected Complex of Biofactors and Antioxidants Improved Growth Performance and Modulated the Immunometabolic Phenotype of Broiler Chickens Undergoing Early Life Stress.” Poultry Science, vol. 100, 2021, p. 101176.
4. Bourgin, M., et al. “Bile Salt Hydrolases: At the Crossroads of Microbiota and Human Health.” Microorganisms, vol. 9, no. 1122, 2021.
5. Bravo, D., et al. “A Mixture of Carvacrol, Cinnamaldehyde, and Capsicum Oleoresin Improves Energy Utilization and Growth Performance of Broiler Chickens Fed Maize-Based Diet.” Journal of Animal Science, vol. 92, 2014, pp. 1531 – 1536.
6. Bringas-Lantigua, M., et al. “Influence of Spray-Dryer Air Temperatures on Encapsulated Mandarin Oil.” Drying Technology, vol. 29, 2011, pp. 520–526.
7. Burtscher, J., et al. “Mitochondrial Stress and Mitokines in Aging.” Aging Cell, vol. 22, no. 2, 2023, e13770.
8. El-Hack, M. et al. “Integrating metabolomics for precision nutrition in poultry: optimizing growth, feed efficiency, and health”. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, Sec. Animal Nutrition and Metabolism, Volume 12 – 2025. https://doi.org/10.3389/fvets.2025.1594749
9. Elolimy, Ahmed A., et al. “Effects of Microencapsulated Essential Oils and Seaweed Meal on Growth Performance, Digestive Enzymes, Intestinal Morphology, Liver Functions, and Plasma Biomarkers in Broiler Chickens.” Journal of Animal Science, vol. 103, 2025, p. skaf092, https://doi.org/10.1093/jas/skaf092.
10. Fernández Miyakawa, Mariano E., et al. “How Did Antibiotic Growth Promoters Increase Growth and Feed Efficiency in Poultry?” Poultry Science, vol. 103, no. 2, 2024, article 103136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2023.103136
11. Gaskins, H. Rex, C. T. Collier, and D. B. Anderson. “Antibiotics as Growth Promotants: Mode of Action.” Animal Biotechnology, vol. 13, no. 1, 2002, pp. 29 – 42.
12. Gharsallaoui, A., et al. “Applications of Spray-Drying in Microencapsulation of Food Ingredients: An Overview.” Food Research International, vol. 40, no. 9, 2007, pp. 1107-21.
13. Gutiérrez-Chávez, Vanesa, et al. “Capsaicinoids and Capsinoids of Chilli Pepper as Feed Additives in Livestock Production: Current and Future Trends.” Animal Nutrition, vol. 22, 2025, pp. 483 – 501. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aninu.2025.03.014.
14. Gupta, A., et al. “Capsaicin and Capsinoids: Recent Updates on Their Health Benefits and Mechanisms of Action.” Phytotherapy Research, vol. 36, no. 5, 2022, pp. 1898 – 1912.
15. Hu, Q., Li, X., Chen, F., Wan, R., Yu, C.-W., Li, J., McClements, D. J., & Deng, Z. (2020). “Microencapsulation of an essential oil (cinnamon oil) by spray drying: Effects of wall materials and storage conditions on microcapsule properties”. Journal of Food Processing and Preservation, 44(11). https://doi.org/10.1111/jfpp.14805
16. Khameneh, B., et al. “Mechanisms of Antibiotic Resistance Resensitization by Phytochemicals: Review.” Phytomedicine, vol. 85, 2021, p. 153529.
17. Kim, D. K., et al. “Effects of Capsicum and Curcuma on Necrotic Enteritis in Broilers.” Poultry Science, vol. 94, 2015, pp. 2314 – 2321.
18. Kim, J. S., et al. “Anti-inflammatory Effects of Plant-Derived Molecules via NF-κB and MAPK Pathways.” International Immunopharmacology, vol. 10, no. 3, 2010, pp. 306 – 314.
19. Lee, S. H., et al. “Allium Hookeri Extract Enhances Tight Junction Proteins in Broilers.” Journal of Animal Physiology and Animal Nutrition, vol. 101, no. 1, 2017, pp. e48 – e56.
20. Li, X., et al. “Capsicum Oleoresin Supplementation Improves Digestive Enzyme Activity and Gut Morphology in Broilers.” Poultry Science, vol. 101, no. 7, 2022, p. 101844.
21. Lin, J. “Effect of Antibiotics on the Intestinal Microbiota and Their Role in Animal Growth.” Animal Biotechnology, vol. 25, no. 3, 2014, pp. 149 – 157.
22. Lillehoj, H., et al. “Phytochemicals as Antibiotic Alternatives to Promote Growth and Enhance Host Health.” Veterinary Research, vol. 49, no. 76, 2018.
23. Liu, Y., et al. “Dietary Capsicum Extract Enhances Intestinal Barrier Function and Growth in Pigs.” Journal of Animal Science, vol. 91, 2013, pp. 518 – 525.
24. Long, L., et al. “Phytogenic Feed Additives Modulate Intestinal Immunity and Antioxidant Status in Pigs and Poultry.” Frontiers in Veterinary Science, vol. 8, 2021, p. 620998.
25. Muurinen, J., et al. “Mushroom Powder Supplementation Increases Antibiotic Resistance Gene Mobility in Pig Feces.” Frontiers in Microbiology, vol. 12, 2021, p. 676678.
26. Niewold, T. A. “The Non-antibiotic Anti-inflammatory Effect of Antimicrobial Growth Promoters, the Real Mode of Action? A Hypothesis.” Poultry Science, vol. 86, 2007, pp. 605 – 609.
27. Perry, F., C. N. Johnson, L. Lahaye, E. Santin, D. R. Korver, M. H. Kogut, and R. J. Arsenault. “Protected Biofactors and Antioxidants Reduce the Negative Consequences of Virus and Cold Challenge by Modulating Immunometabolism via Changes in the Interleukin-6 Receptor Signaling Cascade in the Liver.” Poultry Science, vol. 103, no. 9, 2024, article 104044. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2024.104044
28. Rahman, Md, et al. “Insights in the Development and Uses of Alternatives to Antibiotic Growth Promoters in Poultry and Swine Production.” Antibiotics, vol. 11, no. 6, 2022, p. 766, https://doi.org/10.3390/antibiotics11060766.
29. Rauw, W.M. et al., “Review: Feed efficiency and metabolic flexibility in livestock”. Animal. Vol. 19 (2025) 101376. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.animal.2024.101376
30. Reda, F. M., et al. “Capsicum Extract Supplementation Modulates Gut Microbiota and Performance in Japanese Quails.” Animal Feed Science and Technology, vol. 265, 2020, p. 114507.
31. Rosca, I., et al. “Capsaicin Induces Osmotic Stress in Gram-negative Pathogens.” Veterinary Sciences, vol. 7, no. 4, 2020, p. 172.
32. Sahin, K., et al. “Dietary Capsicum Extract Reduces Oxidative Stress in Heat-stressed Japanese Quails.” Poultry Science, vol. 95, no. 2, 2016, pp. 231 – 240.
33. Saleh, A. A., et al. “Herbal Extract Mixtures Improve Antioxidant Status and Performance in Broilers.” Poultry Science, vol. 97, no. 11, 2018, pp. 3927 – 3936.
34. Stevanović, Z. D., et al. „Essential oils as feed additives—Future perspectives”. Molecules, 23(7), 2018, pp1717.
35. Suganya, R., et al. “Phytochemicals in Combination with Antibiotics: Antimicrobial Resistance Breakers.” Antibiotics, vol. 11, 2022, p. 123.
36. Zhang, Benyuan et al. “Mitochondrial Stress and Mitokines: Therapeutic Perspectives for the Treatment of Metabolic Diseases.” Diabetes & Metabolism Journal vol. 48,1, 2024, pp. 1-18.
37. Zhan, Ru, et al. “Effects of Antibiotics on Chicken Gut Microbiota: Community Alterations and Pathogen Identification.” Frontiers in Microbiology, vol. 16, 2025, article 1562510. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2025.1562510
38. Zhang, Y., et al. “Effects of Vanillin, Thymol, and Eugenol on Glucose and Lipid Metabolism via TRPV1 Activation.” Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, vol. 65, no. 13, 2017, pp. 2719 – 2727.

Learning from AGP mechanisms to advance poultry nutrition yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Precision nutrition in commercial poultry production

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:50:06 +0700

Precision nutrition is reshaping commercial poultry production by extending beyond feed formulation into data-driven health and performance management. Advances in sensor technologies, blood biomarkers, and machine learning now enable more accurate, timely nutritional decisions. By integrating multiple data streams, precision nutrition supports improved bird performance, flock uniformity, animal welfare, and long-term sustainability in modern poultry systems.

Aaron Cowieson
Head Digital Consultancy & Solutions
dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

HAS NUTRITION NOT ALWAYS BEEN PRECISE?
The term ‘precision nutrition’ could suggest that current nutrition practices are ‘imprecise’. However, nutrition has been, and will always remain, a precise science, striking a balance between providing enough nutrients to meet the requirements of the animal for optimal growth, without unnecessarily inflating feed cost or nutrient excretion into the environment.

Production animal nutrition has also been a constantly evolving discipline, with regular adoption of novel concepts e.g. digestible nutrient formulation systems, net energy etc. In the past few years, improved access to sensor technologies, data science tools such as machine learning and artificial intelligence, has accelerated this evolution. Systematic data generation, advanced analytics, and interpretation, offer disruptive opportunities to better understand the nutrition and health status of the flock.

In this new paradigm of animal nutrition, veterinary health, and live production, data is the new currency. Companies that collect, monitor, map, visualize, analyze, and interpret their data will be the most competitive and sustainable. The new tools available to the poultry industry present an opportunity to be more precise.

Figure 1. Illustration of how Verax™ works, starting with data collection, data input and then interpretation and making recommendations (Source: dsm-firmenich, 2023)

Figure 1 shows how data are gathered, collected, and interpreted in the Verax™ platform. First, blood samples are taken from birds and analyzed on site. The analysis results are added to the secure Verax™ cloud database via a dedicated app. The results are benchmarked, and the significance of the analysis results are given to the producer who can then make more informed management decisions. Over time, comparisons can be made to previous seasons or flocks, helping to identify changes. Using Verax™ is especially helpful when implementing new flock management changes or nutritional changes, as the data can be used to see how the changes are affecting the physiology of the bird.

ALL IN THE DETAIL
What makes Verax™ so valuable is the systematic and thorough method of data collection, notation, and storage. It is only by having such detailed notes on each sample that disruptive insights are found. The level of detail in Verax™ allows certain biomarkers to be linked with veterinary health outcomes. Any high value phenotype can be plugged into machine learning to produce algorithms for diagnostics and predictive tools.

Verax™ is accessed via a user-friendly and secure app interface on a mobile device. There are already many benefits to digitizing necropsies, but the real value comes from the thorough annotation and standardization of the data capture, allowing more in-depth insights to be drawn from the samples. The consistency of capturing several blood biomarkers and veterinary observations from every animal, house, farm and complex, allows machine learning to alert Verax™ users to potential problems before they develop.

Figure 2. Precision animal farming requires inputs from a wide range of sources (Source: dsm-firmenich, 2023)

Verax™ is part of a wider precision animal farming platform. Blood biomarkers are only one source of input, but data can be gathered from a whole range of biological matrices including saliva, digesta and excreta contents, feed and water consumption, and genetics (Figure 2).

EXAMPLES OF GETTING CALCIUM AND PHOSPHORUS RIGHT
Calcium (Ca) and phosphorus (P) are the most abundant mineral elements in the body. Most of the body’s Ca and P is stored in the skeleton which is why these minerals are so closely linked to bone health and skeletal integrity. But Ca and P are also involved in several other important pathways such as energy metabolism, blood clotting and neuromuscular function. Insufficient levels or an inadequate ratio of these minerals in the diet can cause several problems such as rickets, tibial dyschondroplasia, lameness, nerve function problems, poor appetite and body weight uniformity.

Total blood Ca is typically around 11.5-12 mg/dL, and P is usually approximately 6-7 mg/dL (Figure 5). Approximately 47-48% of blood Ca is ‘ionized’ (metabolically active; Figure 4), whereas the remainder of blood Ca is covalently bound to plasma proteins or associated with anions such as phosphate or lactate. These concentrations do not substantially change with bird age or gender but can be disrupted by various nutrition and management factors.

Figure 3. Typical levels of ionized calcium (mmol/l) found in the blood of broilers (Source: dsm-firmenich, 2023)
Figure 4. Mean plasma calcium (mg/dL) and phosphorus (mg/dL) concentrations in the blood of broilers (Source: dsm-firmenich, 2023)

For example, ionized Ca has been observed as low as 0.6 mmol/l. Birds with levels of ionized Ca as low as this will display atypical behaviour, nervous paralysis and elevated mortality. More often, subclinical hypocalcemia or hypophosphataemia are observed, which is associated with low body weight (Figure 6) and poor flock uniformity.

Skeletal abnormalities such as bacterial chondronecrosis with osteomyelitis (BCO), enterococcus, and femoral head necrosis, are significantly more prevalent when ionized Ca levels drop below 1.1-1.2 mmol/L or when plasma total Ca concentration is below 10-10.5 mg/dL. Low plasma phosphorus, which is often associated with high plasma Ca, is also associated with skeletal abnormalities but most commonly is related to poor growth rate and body weight uniformity.

Figure 5. Body weight over time in birds with high (red line) or low (blue line) levels of plasma phosphorus (Source: dsm-firmenich, 2023)

ENVIRONMENTAL pH CAN IMPACT Ca LEVELS IN THE BLOOD
Verax™ data has shown an association between the Ca and P status of the bird and season. This may be related to blood pH or a more general disruption to the acid/base balance of birds as ambient carbon dioxide concentrations rise and fall with altered respiratory tract health and ventilation rates. Blood pH is important as this influences the proportion of Ca that is metabolically active. This interplay is one example of why more systematic analysis of multiple data streams can shed light on underlying physiological changes relevant for efficiency and welfare. Further investigation is currently being carried out to assess seasonal variations in data held in the Verax™ platform, with the possibility of making recommendations for different feeding programs in warmer or colder seasons that go beyond the traditional adjustments made by nutritionists.

Figure 7. Relationship between dietary phosphorus and blood phosphorus in broilers (Source: Walk et al., 2022)

USING BLOOD BIOMARKERS TO ADJUST FEED FORMULATIONS
Even though Ca levels are hormonally regulated, blood Ca and P does respond to dietary inputs. Parathyroid hormone, calcitonin and vitamin D will regulate blood Ca levels to some extent, but not completely. Figure 6 shows a statistically significant association between dietary Ca and plasma Ca. This has also been shown for P (Figure 7). Interestingly, whilst dietary P has an influence on blood P, diet Ca is capable of influencing both Ca and P. Specifically, over-feeding dietary Ca has a supressing effect on blood P and vice versa. Whilst dietary Ca and P do have some influence on blood Ca and P, blood pH and acid/base balance may be more important in order to optimise blood Ca and P concentrations. For example, the proportion of total blood Ca that is metabolically active and can contribute to skeletal mineralisation is normally around 47-48% in broilers. However, this can drop by 2-4% for every 0.1 unit increase in blood pH. These interactions highlight the importance of monitoring biomarkers beyond blood Ca and P when attempting to optimise the nutrition and health status of the bird.

Figure 6. Relationship between dietary calcium and blood calcium in broilers (Source: Walk et al., 2022)

A common disturbance to optimal blood pH in commercial broilers is high chloride intake. Chlorine based sanitizers and water treatments are not unusual, plus sources of chloride are used in the feed. These can all, inadvertently, push blood pH down which might have negative implications, not only for Ca and P, but for renal health, litter quality and growth rate. Nutritionists need to understand the balance between cations and anions, and use them as levers within the least-cost formulation strategy to produce desirable outcomes.

EARLY DETECTION OF HEALTH PROBLEMS
In 2019, a trial was conducted looking at the response time of certain blood biomarkers to a coccidiosis challenge. Potassium and carotenoids began to shift 3-7 days before any other obvious or macroscopic symptoms becoming apparent. This rapid response sparked the idea for an early warning system for coccidiosis. The hypothesis was proposed that with enough data, machine learning could be used to create a classifier model with a forecasting capacity for coccidiosis.

MACHINE LEARNING
Verax™ uses supervised machine learning to create classifier and regressor models. There are currently many tens of thousands of data points in the database, gathered from commercial broilers with a naturally occurring prevalence of coccidiosis. To create the model, the data set was split into two sections; 60% used for training, and 40% used for validation. All the birds with coccidiosis were identified and a biomarker profile was created which predicted that phenotype. The model was then validated on the other subset of birds. Over time and with more data, especially from birds that have coccidiosis, the accuracy of the model increases and permits the identification of specific Eimeira species.

This principle was applied in practice on a farm in the US. Blood samples were taken from birds on four different farms on day 14. The blood analysis results were used to predict that two of the farms would have a coccidiosis outbreak later, and the other two would not. A second visit to the farms on day 28 confirmed the predictions.

Although the model is not 100% accurate yet, there is a very strong association with excellent statistical performance in terms of false positive and false negative rates on the forecasting ability of the model. Figure 8 shows an example of the user interface in Verax™ for tracking flocks, including coccidiosis scores, over time.

Figure 8. Verax™ user interface

CONCLUSIONS
• The importance of data cannot be overstated. Data science will continue to unlock new opportunities for poultry producers if a more systematic approach is taken towards data handling, capturing, and processing.
• New technologies and tools are allowing nutrition to be more precise than ever before. Nutritional optimization is getting easier with improved monitoring and shorter feedback loops.
• By collecting and analyzing data from a variety of sources, nutritionists are better able to unlock new levels of bird performance. New tools like large language models are making it much easier to ingest unstructured data sources, but the data must be accessible to begin with.
• Blood biomarkers can be used to predict disease outbreaks earlier than ever before.

About Dr. Markus Wiltafsky-Martin
As Director of Service Commercialization in Evonik’s Animal Nutrition business, Dr. Markus Wiltafsky-Martin received his degree in Agricultural Science from the Technical University of Munich, Germany. He has been with Evonik since 2009 and has more than 16 years of experience in conducting projects with stakeholders of the animal protein business, focusing on the importance of feed ingredient quality for the overall business. In the last 13 years, Wiltafsky-Martin has worked intensively on the quality evaluation of feed ingredients and on the translation of analytical data into valuable information for the feed industry via advanced data evaluation.

Precision nutrition in commercial poultry production yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Ventilation shutdown with heat and humidity demonstrates effectiveness as broiler depopulation method

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:47:50 +0700

Ventilation shutdown with heat and humidity may be superior to other methods of broiler depopulation under controlled environmental conditions, but this method requires further study under industry-like conditions, according to researchers at North Carolina State University.

The poultry industry has had much more experience depopulating turkeys and layers compared to broilers due to outbreaks of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI). In 2015 and 2022, HPAI outbreaks caused massive losses to the poultry industry. Yet broilers made up only about 6% of the 96 million birds that died from the disease or were sacrificed.

In 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak resulted in the widespread shutdown of sit-down and fast-food restaurants. Because of reduced restaurant demand and labor shortages during the human COVID-19 pandemic, broiler producers had to depopulate large numbers of birds, approximately 2 million broilers. These depopulations mostly occurred in regions not usually impacted by HPAI.

Thus, the pandemic experience begs the question: When it comes to broilers specifically, how do approved methods of rapid depopulation compare?

The research team investigated three approved depopulation methods or modes of action — ventilation shutdown with heat, ventilation shutdown with heat and humidity and increased carbon dioxide atmosphere — to assess their effects on broiler stress parameters and behavior.

Current depopulation methods

They noted that current poultry depopulation methods approved by the American Veterinary Medical Association include water-based foam application, carbon dioxide atmosphere (by CO₂ carts) and various forms of “ventilation shutdown plus” (VSD+). Foam application tends to be labor-intensive, and a large disease outbreak can cause shortages of depopulation supplies, including CO₂.

“While ventilation shutdown plus heat (VSDH) and ventilation shutdown plus CO₂ (VSDCO₂) are approved,” the researchers stated, “there is still a need for quicker, less-stressful methods.”

A previous study with layers found that adding steam (heat plus high relative humidity) as a VSD+ method resulted in significantly faster first-hen mortality and complete mortality compared to VSDH alone. In any case, any use of VSD+ must be approved by the veterinary medical officers overseeing the depopulation.

Study design

In this study, the research team evaluated the addition of higher relative humidity (Rh) to VSDH, resulting in VSDHRh. They compared VSDHRh to VSDH and VSDCO₂ for effectiveness in rapid, controlled-stress depopulation of broilers. Experimental data included time-of-death, stress parameters (electroencephalograms, blood chemistry, corticosterone, gene expression) and bird behavior.

“Adding relative humidity may result in a reduction in time to death,” they hypothesized.

The researchers conducted a two-phase experiment using randomly selected, mixed sex broilers from the Poultry Teaching Unit of the Prestage Department of Poultry Science. The birds had been raised to 42 days under identical conventional broiler grow-out conditions.

To control experimental conditions, the researchers used 4.75 cubic-foot, partially insulated Plexiglass® chambers to add heat, humidity or CO₂ for both phases of the experiment.

The VSDH treatment started at 85.24° F (29.58° C) and rose to 101.86° F (38.81° C) with 85.55% Rh. The VSDHRh treatment started at 86.00° F (30.00° C) and rose to 107.20° F (41.78° C) with 82.70% Rh. The VSDCO₂ treatment started at 0.28% CO₂ (not significantly different from other treatments) and rose to 16.85% CO₂.

The first phase analyzed the effects of the depopulation method on stress parameters and the concentration of Hsp70 (heat shock protein 70, a “molecular chaperone” expressed in response to stress) at the time of death. The second phase examined the progression of the stress parameters over time for each method.

An interesting feature of this experiment was the use of individual electroencephalogram (EEG) monitors to measure each bird’s brain electrical output in millivolts. This technique allowed correlation of EEG with bird behavior per mode of action during the depopulation process, along with accurate determination of time of death.

Results

The researchers found the most rapid depopulation via VSDCO₂ (20 minutes to 100% depopulation), followed by VSDHRh (60 minutes) and VSDH (64 minutes).

The results “appear to indicate similarity among these methods as effective broiler flock depopulation methods with respect to their effects on each parameter measured over time,” they noted.

At the lower or upper EEG ranges, the methods caused no significant differences between conscious and unconscious behaviors. “However, around the midway point of each treatment, there was a noticeable shift toward unconscious behaviors,” the researchers observed.

They concluded that VSDHRh “may be a viable alternative method” for broiler depopulation, given its similarity to VSDH. They also suggested that VSDHRh may cause less stress in broilers due to lower Hsp70 levels.

Nonetheless, they cautioned that “more research needs to be conducted to fully understand how this treatment works in a non-environmentally controlled setting.”

What does this study mean for producers?

To depopulate a broiler house, VSDHRh — for example, using steam — may work better than VSDH alone.
Heat with added humidity may help reduce stress on broilers during depopulation.
Any VSD+ method must be approved by the veterinary medical officers overseeing the depopulation.

The full paper, titled “The comparative effects of ventilation shutdown with heat (VSDH), relative humidity (VSDHRh), or CO2 (VSDCO2) on broiler electroencephalogram (EEG), blood chemistry and gene expression,” can be found in Applied Poultry Research and online here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Ventilation shutdown with heat and humidity demonstrates effectiveness as broiler depopulation method appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Creative feed additives help broilers weather heat stress

Edusehat — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 02:47:50 +0700

Heat stress affects poultry farms everywhere — even in Canada, where poultry producers battle hot, humid conditions in the summer.

“Heat stress is not only a problem in the tropics but also in temperate climates,” stated Deborah Adewole, PhD, associate professor, University of Saskatchewan.

“Broiler chickens are particularly sensitive to hot temperatures due to their rapid growth rates and limitations in dissipating heat,” she said. Feathers, a lack of sweat glands and relatively high stocking densities limit body temperature regulation.

The impact of heat stress on broilers is well researched. Among the many symptoms are reduced feed intake and weight gain, a suppressed immune system and increased skeletal muscle damage.

“Strategies to reduce the effects of heat stress must be holistic and multi-factorial because so many factors contribute to it,” Adewole added. “Housing, ventilation, environmental control, litter management, genetic selection and nutrition are some of those factors.”

In her recent work, Adewole focused on nutritional strategies to reduce heat stress. She discussed her research in a webinar hosted by Canadian Poultry.

High energy density, vitamins improve performance

“Because heat stress decreases feed intake, one nutritional strategy is to increase energy density and nutrition in diets so that chickens have adequate energy supplies,” Adewole said. “In our lab, high energy density consistently reduced the feed-conversion ratio throughout the rearing period.”

They also found higher jejunum villus height, indicating better absorption of the high-energy diet and nutrients.

Other studies have reported that increasing energy up to 200 kcal/kg in diets improved the performance, nutrient digestibility and carcass traits of heat-stressed broilers, Adewole said. Dietary vegetable oils added to diets at 4.5% to 7.5% also improved production performance during heat stress.

Adding vitamins such as A and C also demonstrates value during heat stress in research trials. The vitamins act as destressors, antioxidants and immunomodulators in chickens. Another trial of vitamin A and zinc added to broiler diets revealed that the combination of both significantly increased carcass parameters, such as feed conversion and live-weight gain.

Search for antibiotic substitutes

Adewole conducted several studies with phytogenic feed additives in search of an alternative to antibiotics. She used brown seaweed meal and extract, grape pomace and red osier dogwood extracts in her research.

She first tested seaweed meal at 1 mL/L and 2 mL/L in broiler diets with 2% seaweed extract in the water. Then she compared them to a control group with no additives. Heat stress occurred at temperatures ranging from 90° F to 93° F (32° C to 34° C) for 8 hours a day, from 21 to 27 days of age. The thermoneutral groups were kept at 75° F (24° C). Growth performance was measured on days 7, 14, 21 and 28, and gut tissue was taken on day 28.

“On day 28, adding seaweed and seaweed meal in the diet significantly increased feed intake and average bodyweight compared to control,” Adewole said. “This is irrespective of the heat-stress challenge.

“The seaweed also modulated the gut microbiome,” she added. “The 2% seaweed meal and extract significantly increased some bacteria that are very important to the health of the chickens, like Lactobacillus.

“Heat stress also compromises the function of the small intestine to absorb nutrients by reducing the height and weight of the villi. We found that seaweed meal and extract significantly increased the villus height in heat-stressed chickens.”

Grape pomace, red dogwood tests

Adewole also studied the use of grape pomace (the discarded skins, seeds, stems and pulp from winemaking) and an extract from red dogwood, which is known for its antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties. She compared the grape pomace at 2.5% and the red dogwood at 0.3% to the antibiotic bacitracin methylene disalicylate (BMD) at 0.05% and a control group.

Overall, BMD produced the best results for growth performance before and after heat stress. When examining blood parameters, creatine levels that were reduced during heat stress increased with both BMD and red dogwood. BMD also increased antioxidant capacity in chickens under normal conditions.

“The ileal microbiome was modulated by our treatments. Among the treatments, BMD performed the best with increasing the abundance of some microorganisms,” Adewole said. “In the ceca microbiome at the genus level, BMD and grape pomace significantly increased the abundance of some bacteria irrespective of heat stress. Overall, BMD performed best, followed by red dogwood.”

When examining the villus-height-to-crypt-depth ratio in the intestine, feed additives all performed well, especially under heat stress. “BMD, red dogwood and grape pomace repaired the negative effects of heat stress,” she related. “They increased intestinal absorptive capacity.”

Antioxidant additives against cold stress

“It’s well known that young chickens are less able to handle cold stress than others,” Adewole reported. “Cold stress can impact meat quality, immunity, disease susceptibility and growth. Although grown in controlled environments, there are conditions when cold stress will be an issue, such as power outages, extreme weather and heating issues.”

In a research project, Adewole studied how an antioxidant feed additive protected young broilers against cold stress. The microencapsulated additive known as P(BF+AOx) has performed well as a dietary supplement by improving immune response. But it had not been tested against cold stress.

The study involved two groups of 96 broilers — a cold-stress group and a thermoneutral group. Each group was split, with half receiving the feed additive and the other half serving as a control. The cold-stress group was housed at 68° F (20° C) for 48 hours and 8 to 10 days of age. The thermoneutral group was kept at 84° F (29° C). Growth performance parameters were taken from 0 to 21 days.

“The supplement did improve bodyweights of chicks in all groups and improved feed conversion,” Adewole said. “Chickens under cold stress lack antioxidants, which affects immunity. The supplement significantly increased antioxidants during cold stress.

“Feeding P(BF+AOx) at 0.015% could provide a novel approach for improving gut health and early life growth performance in broiler chickens,” she concluded.

The post Creative feed additives help broilers weather heat stress appeared first on Modern Poultry.